[ST, May 2, 1900 par. 10]          Shall we not be doers of God's Word? Shall we not work in partnership with Christ? "By one offering He hath perfected forever them that are sanctified. . . . This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put My laws into their hearts and in their minds will I write them; and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more." God desires us to have all that He has provided for us at such an immense cost. The reason why the great and grand truths which have been presented to us do not accomplish more is that we do not live these truths; therefore they are powerless to influence us. We need a deeper appreciation of truth.                                         Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 2, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 1]       May 9, 1900 At Simon's House.         And one of the Pharisees desired Him that He would eat with him. And He went into the Pharisee's house, and sat down to meat." Christ had no home that He called His own. Those who invited Him to their houses regarded Him as being too poor to possess a home. But every house was His property.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 2]          Simon thought that in making this feast he was doing Christ an honor. But, even tho what he furnished had been his own, in partaking of his hospitality Christ would have given more than was bestowed on Him. As He sat at the Pharisee's table, He ate the provision furnished by His Father. Scribes and Pharisees were tenants in His home. His benevolence provided them with food and clothing. If He had not become man's surety, they would have enjoyed no blessings. And not only do temporal blessings come from Him, but to all who will receive it, He gives the bread of life.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 3]          Christ ate with publicans and sinners, as well as with Pharisees. When He was invited to their homes, He accepted the invitation. In this He offended the scribes and Pharisees, who thought that a Jew should not thus forget the wall of partition that tradition had erected. But with God there is no sect or nationality. When thus accused, Christ answered, "I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." He placed Himself in the very avenue where He could gain access to perishing souls, and plant in human hearts the seeds of truth, seeds that would spring up and bear fruit to the glory of God.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 4]          Christ never provided a luxury for Himself, but He allowed expressions of respect and love to flow to Him. This was His due. He had nothing in the world which He claimed as His own, yet He made the world and all that is therein. For our sake He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. He bore the weakness of humanity. Could human eyes have been opened, they would have seen that He was stronger than the strong man armed; but He never forgot that in the estimation of the world He was poor man. There was no sham humility about Him. He was humility itself. "Being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself." When any one did Him a favor, with all courtesy and heavenly politeness He blessed the giver. He never refused the simplest flower plucked by the hand of a child and offered to Him in love. He accepted the offerings of children, and blessed the givers, inscribing their names in the book of life.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 5]          "And, behold, a woman in the city, which was a sinner, when she knew that Jesus sat at meat in the Pharisee's house, brought an alabaster box of ointment, and stood at His feet behind Him weeping, and began to wash His feet with tears, and did wipe them with the hairs of her head, and kissed His feet, and anointed them with the ointment. Now when the Pharisee which had bidden Him saw it, he spake within himself, saying, This Man, if He were a prophet, would have known who and what manner of woman this is that toucheth Him; for she is a sinner."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 6]         By curing Simon of leprosy, Christ had saved him from a living death. But now Simon questioned whether Christ were a prophet. Because Christ allowed this woman to approach Him, because He did not indignantly spurn her as one whose sins were too great to be forgiven, because He did not show that He realized that she had fallen, Simon was tempted to think that He was not a prophet. His heart was filled with mistrust and unbelief. Jesus knows nothing of this woman, who is so free in her demonstrations, he thought, or He would not allow her to touch Him.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 7]          But Simon could not read his Guest's heart. It was his ignorance of the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom He had sent, that led him to think as he did. He had not yet been fully converted from his Pharisaism. He did not realize that on such occasions God's Son must act in God's way,--with compassion, tenderness, and mercy. Simon's way was to take no notice of Mary's penitent service, her humble action. Her act of kissing Christ's feet and anointing them with ointment was exasperating to Simon. He thought that if Christ were a prophet, He would recognize sinners, and rebuke them.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 8]          Reading Simon's thoughts, Christ answered them before he had spoken, thus showing that He was a prophet of prophets. "Simon," He said, "I have somewhat to say unto thee. . . . There was a certain creditor which had two debtors; the one owed five hundred pence, and the other fifty. And when they had nothing to pay, he frankly forgave them both. Tell me therefore, which of them will love him most? Simon answered and said, I suppose that he, to whom he forgave most. And He said unto him, Thou hast rightly judged."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 9]          As did Nathan with David, Christ concealed His home thrust under the vail of a parable. He threw upon His host the burden of pronouncing sentence upon himself. This way of presenting the matter made Simon feel very uncomfortable. He himself had led into sin the woman he now despised. She had been deeply wronged by him. By the two debtors of the parable Simon and the woman are represented. Simon's sin is shown to be tenfold greater than that of the woman, as much greater as a debt of five hundred pence is greater than a debt of fifty pence.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 10]          Simon now began to see himself in a new light. He saw how Mary was regarded by one who was indeed a prophet in every sense of the word. He saw that with keen prophetic eye Christ read her heart of love and devotion. Simon was ashamed. He felt that he was in the presence of a being superior to himself.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 11]          Simon had doubted that Christ was a prophet, but in his very knowledge of this woman, Christ gave evidence of His prophetic character. His mighty works bore witness of Him. His miracles, His wonderful instruction, His long patience, His humility, all were evidences of His divinity. Simon need not have doubted.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 12]          "I entered into thine house," Christ continued, "thou gavest Me no water for My feet;" but with tears of repentance, prompted by love, she hath washed My feet, and hath wiped them with the hairs of her head. "Thou gavest Me no kiss;" but this woman, whom you despise, since the time she entered in, hath not ceased to kiss My feet. The washing of the feet and the kiss of welcome were attentions that were not invariably shown to guests. It was customary to bestow them on those to whom it was desired to show special regard. These ministrations Christ should have received from His host, but He did not.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 13]          Christ recounted the opportunities Simon had had to show his love for his Lord, and his appreciation of what had been done for him. Plainly, yet with delicate politeness, Christ assured His disciples that His heart is grieved when His children neglect to express their gratitude to Him by words and deeds of love. Some may think that this scripture is no longer of force, but it is. Writing of those women who were to be honored, Paul said, "If she have lodged strangers, if she have washed the saints' feet, if she have relieved the afflicted, if she have diligently followed every good work." Many need sympathy and appreciation. But those who would wash the saints' feet must have sanctified discernment, that they may be able to recognize a saint. The garment of God's messenger may be travel-stained and worn, but he may be an angel in disguise. Unrecognized, angels talk with men, speaking words that are to their souls as the water of life. Mary was looked upon as a great sinner, but Christ knew the circumstances that had made her thus. He saw that she had great capabilities for good. He saw the better phase of her character, and knew that through His grace she would become a partaker of the divine nature, and would purify her soul by obeying the truth.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 14]          Christ might have extinguished every spark of hope in Mary's soul, but He did not. The Heart-searcher read the motives that led to her actions, and He also saw the spirit that prompted Simon's words. "Seest thou this woman?" He said to him; she is a sinner; "I say unto thee, Her sins, which are many, are forgiven; for she loved much; but to whom little is forgiven, the same loveth little. And He said unto her, Thy sins are forgiven."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 15]          Those present, thinking of Lazarus, who had been raised from the dead by Christ, and who was at this time a guest in his uncle's house, began to question, saying, "Who is this that forgiveth sins also?" But Christ continued, "Thy faith hath saved thee; go in peace."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 16]          Jesus knows the circumstances of every soul. You may say, I am sinful, very sinful. You may be; but the worse you are, the more you need Jesus. He turns no weeping, contrite soul away. He does not tell to any all that He might reveal, but He bids every trembling soul take courage. He will not reject any who come to Him penitent and believing. Freely will He pardon all who come for forgiveness and restoration.  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 16}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 17]          But to know Jesus requires a change of heart. No unconverted person, in his natural state of depravity, loves Christ. A love of Jesus is the first result of conversion. The proof of this love is given: "If ye love Me, keep My commandments." "If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father's commandments, and abide in His love."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 17}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 18]          Christ might commission the angels of heaven to pour out the vials of wrath on our world, full of hypocrisy and sin, destroying those who are filled with hatred to God. He might blot this dark spot from His universe. But He does not do this. He is today standing at the altar of incense, presenting before God the prayers of those who desire His help. "Who is He that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 18}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 19]         Jesus is to be loved and trusted. All who will be obedient He leads upward step by step, as fast as they can advance, that, while standing by the side of the Sin-bearer, in the light that proceeds from the throne of God, they may breathe the air of the heavenly courts. Beside his great Intercessor, the repentant sinner stands above the strife and accusation of tongues. "Who is he that will harm you, if ye be followers of that which is good? But and if ye suffer for righteousness' sake, happy are ye; and be not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled."  {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 19}
[ST, May 9, 1900 par. 20]          No human being, even tho united with evil angels, can impeach the souls who have fled to Christ for refuge. He has united the believing soul to His own divine-human nature. In His mediatorial office, His divinity and humanity are combined, and upon this union hangs the hope of the world.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, May 9, 1900 par. 20}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 1]       May 16, 1900 Ministry.         In His life and lessons Christ gave a perfect exemplification of the unselfish ministry which has its origin in God. God does not live for Himself. By creating the world, and upholding all things, He is constantly ministering to others. Satan misrepresented God to the world, as he did to Adam and Eve. Selfishness has its origin in Satan, and just as far as it is indulged, so far are Satan's attributes cherished; but Satan charged God with these attributes, and belief in his principles was becoming more and more widespread. By the Son of God these principles must be demonstrated as false, and God's character shown to be one of love. By Him the Father must be rightly represented. God committed His ideal to Christ, and sent Him into the world, invested with divinity, yet bearing humanity.  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 2]          Christ stooped to take man's nature, that He might reveal the sentiments of God toward the fallen race. Divine power was brought within the reach of all, that sinful human beings might reveal the image of God. Christ assumed our nature in order to counterwork Satan's false principles. He came to give by His ministry an expression of the mind of God.  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 3]          And with clearness and power Christ set forth the attributes of God. He is "the brightness of His glory, and the express image of His person," even "the image of the invisible God;" yet He humbled Himself, taking the form of a servant. Our Redeemer is a perfect revelation of the Godhead; and it is of importance that, as His disciples, we understand through Him God's relation to us, and our relation to God. He is the world's great Teacher; and what we know of God through Him is the measure of our practical knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus Christ.  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 4]          That His people might not be misled by the selfishness which dwells in the natural heart, and which strengthens by self-serving, Christ Himself set us an example of true service. He would not leave this great subject in man's charge. Of so much consequence did He regard it, that He Himself, one equal with God, washed the feet of His disciples. "Ye call Me Master and Lord," He said; "and ye say well; for so I am. If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your feet; ye also ought to wash one another's feet. For I have given you an example, that ye should do as I have done to you. Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord; neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him. If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them."  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 5]          The ordinance of humility most forcibly illustrates the necessity of true ministry. This ordinance was to be observed by the disciples, that they might ever keep in mind the lessons of humility and ministry that Christ had given them. Not long before this, John and James had come to their Master with the request, "We would that Thou shouldest do for us whatsoever we shall desire. And He said unto them, What would ye that I should do for you? They said unto Him, Grant unto us that we may sit, one on Thy right hand, and the other on Thy left hand, in Thy glory." The other disciples were very much displeased by this request. Jesus called them all to Him, and talked with them about it: "Ye know that they which are accounted to rule over the Gentiles exercise lordship over them; and their great ones exercise authority upon them. But so shall it not be among you; but whosoever will be great among you, shall be your minister; and whosoever of you will be the chiefest, shall be servant of all. For even the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many."  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 6]          While the disciples were contending for the highest place in the promised kingdom, Christ girded Himself, and performed the office of a servant, by washing the feet of those who had called Him Lord. He, the pure and spotless One, was about to offer Himself as a sin-offering for the world; and as He ate the Passover with His disciples, He put an end to the sacrifice which for four thousand years had been offered. In the place of the national festival which the Jewish people had observed, He instituted a memorial service, the ordinance of feet washing and the sacramental supper, to be observed through all time by His followers in every country. These should ever repeat Christ's act, that all may see that true service calls for unselfish ministry.  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, May 16, 1900 par. 7]          Christ's words on this occasion should be studied, appreciated, and obeyed. The spirit of selfishness that led James and John to ask for the first place in the kingdom would, if cherished, have resulted in self-serving, and they would have been eternally lost. The sentiments of many who claim to be sons and daughters of God need to be greatly changed. The Son of God was rich, yet for our sake He became poor, that through His poverty we might be made rich. His example should be followed by all who name His name. "We are laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building."                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                            (Concluded next week.)  {ST, May 16, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 1]       May 23, 1900 Ministry. No. 2.         The ordinance of feet washing is an ordinance of service. This is the lesson the Lord desires all to learn from it. He desires us to think of its whole meaning, not merely of the act of outward cleansing. This lesson was given to reveal the great truth that Christ is an example of what we, through His grace, are to be in our intercourse with one another. It shows that the entire life should be one of humble, faithful ministry. This ordinance means much to us; and when rightly practised, the children of God are by it brought into holy relationship with one another, to bless and help one another.  {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 2]          There is an object before all Christians. They are to do the work Christ did while here upon earth. "Wist ye not," He said, "that I must be about My Father's business?" I came to show what the Lord requires of all who would win eternal life. Christ's work was performed according to the law of service, and He says to us, "Without Me ye can do nothing." After His ascension He appeared to His disciples, who had returned to their fishing. So wearied and discouraged were they that at first they did not recognize His voice. He asked them if they had taken anything, and the mournful answer was returned. "We have toiled all night, and have taken nothing." In clear, calm tones Christ's words sounded over the water, "Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find." They hastened to do His bidding, yet saying at the same time, "We have toiled all night without success; it is not likely that we shall be successful now." But the success that always follows obedience crowned their efforts. They were not able to draw in the net, so full was it of fish. Immediately they forgot the fruitless labor of the night. They saw Jesus as a risen Saviour, and believed in Him. From this miracle they learned the lesson which all need to learn,--that without the co-operation of Christ, all work will be hard and profitless.  {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 3]         If we would work as Christ worked, we must have the mind of Christ. He can not co-operate with those whose lives reveal variance, strife, and bitterness. Those who cherish these attributes are not susceptible to the influence of the Holy Spirit. The divine Comforter strives with them, but they close the door of the heart to His gracious pleading, desiring to be left alone in their foolish, selfish perversity. They find a satisfaction, a kind of rest, without pardon, without wearing Christ's yoke and learning His meekness and lowliness. But let adversity come, and they find that they have leaned on a broken reed. There is no peace for the wicked. Difference and dissension will be seen among those who are not chosen by the Lord; but let it not spring up and bear fruit among those who claim to be representing Christ. There is no work more sacred for Christians than to maintain peace among themselves. Then they present to the world the unity that Christ prayed might exist, and bear witness that God sent Christ into the world to redeem the human race.  {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 4]          Wherever we go, whatever we do, we are to have an abiding sense that we are in the service of the Lord. The world is full of those who need to be ministered unto,--the weak, the helpless, the ignorant. Christ's followers should cherish no selfish motives, no feeling of self-exaltation. He who shows that he desires the highest place, irrespective of those around him, who thinks that he must be specially favored, is far from grasping the meaning of Christ's words, "The Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister."  {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 5]          The principles of God's law are to be imprinted on our hearts and carried into every phase of life. Our children should be taught obedience to God's commandments. When this law is graven on our hearts, we shall indeed minister to others for Christ's sake. But there are many who do not live out Christ's merciful, unselfish life. Some who think themselves excellent Christians do not understand what constitutes service for God. They plan and study to please themselves. They act only with reference to self. Time is of value to them only as they can gather for themselves. In all business transactions this is their object. Not for others, but for themselves do they minister. God created them to live in a world where unselfish service must be performed. He designed them to help their fellow-men in every possible way. But in the place of doing this, they grasp everything for themselves. "I" is so large that they can not see anything else. They are not in touch with suffering humanity.  {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 6]          Those who thus live for self are like the fig tree, which made every pretension, but was fruitless. When Christ came to it, seeking fruit because He was hungry, no fruit rewarded His search. He pronounced a withering curse on this tree. "Let no fruit grow on thee henceforth forever," He said; and presently the fig tree withered away. This fruitless tree symbolized the condition of the Jewish nation at that time. Every opportunity and privilege were granted them. Christ came to show them the way of life, but they were determined to walk in their own selfish way, and the Lord gave them up as joined to their idols. He left them to perish in the destruction of Jerusalem. Had they kept the law of God, they would have done the same unselfish work that Christ did, and would thus have fulfilled God's purpose for them.  {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, May 23, 1900 par. 7]          The Jewish nation brought ruin on themselves by refusing to minister to others. Love for God and for their fellow-men was eclipsed by pride and self-sufficiency. Christ came to counteract this influence. He lived the law of God by ministering to those around Him. By the illustration of the withered fig tree He sought to teach the disciples a lesson they would never forget, and this lesson is a warning to every nation, every individual. No one can keep the law of God without ministering to others. Man is not to act as tho there was one rule for the master and another for the servant. Christ was a servant; he lived not to please Himself; and by His life of service He has ennobled all service. Those who for Christ's sake minister to the hungry and thirsty, the sick and imprisoned, because they see in every being a soul for whom Christ died; those who do not exalt themselves above their fellow-beings, but minister to their necessities, are doing the work Christ came to do. For them a reward is prepared by the Father.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 23, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 1]       May 30, 1900 "Go, Work Today in My Vineyard."         The Lord of life and glory humbled Himself to partake of human nature, that in and through Him the fallen sons and daughters of Adam may become united with God. Never could an earthly father feel as great and deep a pity and sympathy for his sons and daughters as our heavenly Father feels for His sons and daughters. Never can love be shown by mortals like the love that God has shown for the human family. God is revealed in Christ as full of mercy, love, goodness, and truth. His compassion can not be measured. Look at the cross of Calvary. Behold there God's precious gift. He "so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 2]          This is the truth that is to be proclaimed everywhere. In this age uncertainty and irreligion prevail. There is a famine in the world for the true Word. But how few there are who preach the Gospel unmixed with human tradition! Saith the apostle Paul. "My speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man's wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power." Today the simple truths of God's Word are preached by very few. Let us search and try our hearts to see if we have a burden of soul for those who know not the truth, a burden that leads us to work faithfully for them. The time has come, and this will be seen more and more plainly, when a standard-bearer for God, who ministers in word and doctrine, is far more secure than those who possess gold and silver.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 3]         We should set a high estimate upon the Gospel, building our hopes on the sure Rock, Christ Jesus. The leaven of truth in the soul will lead us to do the very work that Christ did when He was on this earth, to show the same love for others that He showed for us. All who know this love are privileged above anything that language can express. To understand it means to understand what Paul meant when he said: "That He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man ［through the leaven of truth］; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God."  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 4]          If we are laborers together with God, the deep interest we have in those for whom Christ died will lead us to use His precious gifts to the very best advantage in rescuing the souls who are dying in their sins. As we use the power we have in God's lines, we shall be encouraged to exercise faith. We shall be shown what we can do in connection with Christ.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 5]          There are many souls to be saved. Often you will need to begin your work by feeding the hungry, by ministering to their bodily necessities. This will give you an opportunity to minister to the necessities of the soul. Thus the way is prepared for the uplifting of Christ. With those who do this work because the Lord has given it to them to do, hunting for the lost sheep, speaking loving words in season and out of season, helping the needy, telling them of the wonderful love that Jesus has for them, the Saviour is always precious, impressing the hearts of the poor, the miserable, the wretched, with their need.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 6]          "Is not this the fast that I have chosen?" God asks, "to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?"  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 7]          This is the recipe Christ has given to fainthearted, doubting, trembling saints. In this word He has given something definite and solid for diseased souls to grasp and lean upon. Let the sorrowful ones, who walk mournfully before the Lord, arise and help some one who needs help. God says to them, "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily; and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward." Christ is our righteousness. He goes before us as we do this work, and the glory of the Lord follows.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 8]          Christ has definitely pointed out our work; for He Himself, the Son of the living God, stooped to uplift the fallen. By pledges and words of assurance He sought to win to Himself the poor, the lost, the suffering. Human beings are precious in the sight of the Lord. Is it not a very strange thing that we regard so lightly those for whom Christ has died, that we put so little of ourselves into the work of doing what we can to rescue those who are suffering from poverty, sickness, and heartache, who need to know that Christ will forgive their sins and pardon their transgressions? Our work is to be done for the love of Christ and for the love of the beings that the Lord loved so much that He gave His only-begotten Son to die for them.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 9]          Satan has prepared every kind of temptation to ensnare the youth, and not the youth only, but those of all ages. For rich and for poor he has spread his net, that he may ruin God's workmanship. Every year multitudes are ruined through intemperance, yet there are thousands upon thousands of saloons sustained by law. And the church, which should be a living power, is asleep. Men of discernment, of vital piety, are needed. Such men will look with horror upon the practise of legalizing the work of manufacturing drunkards. But the great majority give their influence to the destroyer, aiding him by voice and vote to destroy the moral image of God in man, not thinking of the families that are degraded by a perverted appetite for liquor.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 10]          Many a man has not the moral power to pass a saloon, with its attractions and invitations. He enters, and the glass is put to his lips. The intoxicating draught takes away his reason, and places him in the control of a spirit that leads him to violence and murder. His health is ruined, and his power of distinguishing between right and wrong, between the sacred and the common, is destroyed. His wife and children are beggared, and all because Satan's temptations were not resisted. The liquor seller knows the effect of liquor drinking; for it is demonstrated at his own door in scenes of quarreling and fighting. What an account liquor dealers will have to render to their God! What an account, too, will the poor inebriate have to render! He has brought children into the world with the same desires that control him. His sinful inclinations will be perpetuated in his children and his children's children. One man becomes defiled by a wrong course of action, and he defiles many others.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 11]          As men, and women as well, are thus beguiled, will not the Lord work through His church, impressing His people to do their duty in regard to these victims of sin? By many, liquor has been regarded as the only solace in trouble. If God's people seize the opportunities offered them, they will see the work waiting to be done. They will do the work which God would have had them do in the beginning of their experience, when their souls were filled with joy and gladness because their sins had been pardoned.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 12]          All who strive in the name of the Lord Jesus to counteract the evil of self-indulgence are doing the very work which Jesus of Nazareth came to our world to do. Make every effort to save all whom you possibly can. Do not argue that the evil is so deep and so widespread, and is increasing so rapidly, that your efforts will be of no avail. Rally round the standard of Christ. See in the degraded specimens of humanity, men and women whom Christ came to save. Altho they may have sunk to the very lowest depths of sin, there is a possibility of saving them. "I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance," Christ declared. It is the sinners that the church of God is called upon to seek and to save. Feed the hungry, clothe the naked, presenting at the same time the love of the great Physician.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, May 30, 1900 par. 13]          Among the wealthy there are mirth, liquor drinking, reveling, dissipation. There are balls, games, theaters. All these tempt men and women from their allegiance to God. There are those there like the maiden who danced before Herod, so infatuating the besotted king that Satan gained control of his mind, and led him by a rash movement to sacrifice the life of one of the greatest of the prophets. But, notwithstanding all this, work, work, for Christ's sake, work. You are under obligation to God to show an interest in those around you. Your neighbor may be yielding to the temptation to destroy himself by liquor drinking and tobacco using. He may be burning up his vital organs by fiery stimulant. He is pursuing this course to the ruin of himself and his wife and children, who have no success in trying to stay the feet that are traveling the road to perdition. God calls upon you to do all in your power to save your fellow-creatures. Souls should not be left to perish. Lift before them the crucified Saviour. Point them to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. Some will be led to look upon the Saviour. Christ will inspire them with faith to look and live.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, May 30, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 1]       June 6, 1900 "Go, Work Today in My  Vineyard." No. 2.         It is the special work of Christians to help those who have fallen under Satan's temptations. "Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus." Those who have the mind of Christ, work in the same lines in which Christ worked. If you see a man who has by yielding to temptation weakened his moral power, do all that you can to help him. Let him that is strong support the weak. Help him by speaking words that encourage faith. By your influence seek to strengthen every good trait in his character.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 2]          The wretched victim of intemperance may refuse to seize the opportunity of regaining his manliness by breaking with Satan. Is it any less your duty to strive to awaken the soul dead in trespasses and sins, by doing all that human effort can do? Remember that you are not dealing with a sane man, but with one who is for the time being under the control of a demon. In the past, Satan has controlled his mind and directed his actions. When he comes to his senses, when he is no longer drunk, do all a human being can do to show him that you are his friend. Do not blame him; for very likely he curses himself; but help him to rise. Without some one to help him, he will go over the same ground again and again.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 3]          The world has utterly failed to restore the moral image of God in man. Multitudes have been allured to sell their reason for a glass of rum; and the world looks on, without the power to counteract the evil. Shall the priests and Levites see the ruin which Satan is working without making an effort, in the name of the Lord God of Israel, to lift up a standard against the enemy? Shall those who claim to be sons and daughters of God feel perfectly at liberty to enjoy the good things of this life, as did Dives, making no use of that which God gave to be used in carrying out His purposes? Shall the pitying tenderness of the Saviour for wretched, fallen, helpless beings be in vain, for the want of human channels through whom He can communicate His treasures of food and clothing and words fitly spoken?  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 4]          Christ is waiting to exercise His power in behalf of the broken-down victims of intemperance; but few, very few, of those who claim to be His children have co-operated with Him by speaking hopeful words to these discouraged souls, by taking to them, if necessary, the gifts of simple food, unstimulating drink, and clean clothing. Thousands might have been saved if those who have acted as did the priest and Levite had acted the part of the good Samaritan. Who will now awake to their God-given responsibilities? One soul rescued is a soul saved from Satan's grasp.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 5]         If poor, helpless beings are saved, it will be by arousing in them the sense that it is not too late for them to be men. Those who would act the part of the priest and Levite, may pass by on the other side, saying of the drunkard, It is time lost to work for such a man. But Christ died for that soul. Shall the heavy ransom paid for him be of no account? Let every soul who believes himself to be a Christian strive with all his power to do the work that Christ did. The Lord will use as His instrumentalities those who faithfully act their part.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 6]          Remember that every soul you succeed in saving will have the life that measures with the life of God. Those whom you are trying to help will be continually tempted to evil; but do not, because of this, cease your efforts. Remember the helplessness of these tempted human beings. Their fellow-men are co-operating with Satan in presenting his bribes. Let all who name the name of Christ arouse, and make determined efforts to save sinners, knowing that Jesus, the great Physician of the soul and of the body, is their efficiency.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 7]          There are many in poverty who are being driven to ruin. If the large sums of money now devoted to erecting monuments to the dead were used to help the hungry, starving, dying millions that throng our world, God would be better pleased. Is He not a God of the living? In the judgment a strict account will be required for every misused talent. Those who now engage in horse-racing, cricket matches, gambling, are spending money for that which is not bread. Can they receive the benediction, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord"?  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 8]          The cities and villages of today are leavened with the principles of evil that prevailed in the time of Christ. "As it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all. Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they builded; but the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed."  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 9]         We must proclaim the truth now. We are guilty of fearful sin if we neglect to co-operate with God in His work of salvation. There is work for every one to do. When God's people open the door of the heart to His love, the light of His glory will be revealed in their work, as we have not yet seen it. All around you, in our cities, towns, and villages, there are those who are tired, worn, depressed, whom Satan is tempting to indulge in amusements that pave the broad road which leads to ruin and death. He is offering them the apples of Sodom, which, when they are eaten, will be as ashes. Who will take upon themselves the burden of these souls? By judicious effort many can be reached who are now infatuated by pleasures that drive Christ from the soul. Let us press to the mercy-seat, and in the name of Christ claim the power that has been promised to co-workers with Him.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 10]          Jesus will work wonderful miracles if men will but do their part. In his own strength, man can never recover himself from Satan's grasp. Only by a union with Christ can this restoration be accomplished. Man must work, he must pray, he must uplift the discouraged and hopeless, by his human endeavor, while he grasps the arm of the Mighty One, and wrestles as did Jacob for the victory. His cry must be, "I can not, I will not let Thee go unless Thou bless me."  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 11]          What was Bunyan before his conversion? Who wrought in him the great change? His life reveals the power of the divine Physician. He was dead in trespasses and sins, but Christ re-created him. He took his mind under His control, and showed him wonderful things, enabling him to place them in such a form as to be the means of enlightening many in regard to the Christian warfare. Bunyan was redeemed from profanity and reveling, Newton from slave-dealing, to proclaim the uplifted Saviour. These cases show God's love for humanity. They show us that the God of nature is above nature in His deep and inexpressible love for man. By His power He causes the dead in trespasses and sins to hear the voice of the Son of God and come forth.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, June 6, 1900 par. 12]          Do not forget that a Bunyan and a Newton may again be redeemed from among men. Just as wonderful miracles will be wrought upon human minds in the future as have been wrought in the past. Man is dead, without God, and without hope in the world. But over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, Christ proclaimed, "I am the resurrection and the life." Not only will all who are in the graves hear His voice and come forth, He is today the Restorer of those dead in sin. Today Jesus is working His miracles. The great Physician stands by the side of the faithful worker, saying to the repentant, discouraged soul, "Son, thy sins be forgiven thee."                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, June 6, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 1]      June 13, 1900 Christ's Sacrifice for Man.                               Man's Responsibility.          We can not know God and Jesus Christ until we search the Scriptures. In this Word we find out why it was necessary for Christ to leave His high command in heaven, to separate Himself from the angelic family, laying off His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothing His divinity with humanity. For our sake He became poor, that by His poverty He might make many rich, securing for them eternal riches. That He might work in our behalf, He came to live among fallen humanity, in a world marred by sin and misery.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 2]          Adam listened to the temptation of Satan. He believed a lie, and thus greatly dishonored God. He had not a semblance of excuse for transgressing; and his disobedience changed his relation to God. The law can in no case pardon the transgressor. It can only condemn the guilty. Adam had to meet God over His broken law. His fatal disobedience brings out with clear prominence that of which the apostle writes, "For as by one man's disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous."  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 3]          Man's happiness must always be guarded by the law of God. In obedience only can he find true happiness. The law is the hedge which God has placed about His vineyard. By it those who obey are protected from evil. In transgression Adam became a law to himself. By disobedience he was brought under bondage. Thus a discordant element, born of selfishness, entered man's life. Man's will and God's will no longer harmonized. Adam had united with the disloyal forces, and self-will took the field.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 4]          By Christ the true standard is presented. He made it possible for man to be once more united with God. He came to take the sentence of death for the transgressor. Not one precept of the law could be altered to meet man in his fallen condition; therefore Christ gave His life in man's behalf, to suffer in his stead the penalty of disobedience. This was the only way in which man could be saved, the only way in which it could be demonstrated that it is possible for man to keep the law. Christ came to this earth and stood where Adam stood, overcoming where Adam failed to overcome. He is made unto us wisdom and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 5]          But while the death of the Son of God saves all who repent, it speaks death to those who will not receive Christ as a personal Saviour. That which is life to the believer is death to the impenitent transgressor. The new and living way is seen and followed by those who receive Christ as their Redeemer. But upon those who refuse to accept His sacrifice, is passed the sentence of eternal death.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 6]          "Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ; by whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand, and rejoice in hope of the glory of God. . . . Wherefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned. . . . Even so by the righteousness of One the free gift came upon all men unto justification of life." Adam's fall in the Garden of Eden caused all to sin; but in the Garden of Gethsemane Christ drank the bitter cup of suffering and death, that whosoever believes in Him may not perish, but have everlasting life.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 7]          Before the foundation of the world, Christ pledged His word that He would give His life as a ransom if man turned from his allegiance to God. He revealed His love by humbling Himself, stooping from heaven to work among fallen, disorderly, lawless human beings. Of himself man could not possibly cope with the enemy. Christ offers Himself and all He has, His glory, His character, to the service of those who return to their loyalty and keep the law of God. This is their only hope. Christ says definitely, I came not to destroy the law. It is a transcript of God's character, and I came to carry out its every specification. I came to vindicate it by living it in human nature, giving an example of perfect obedience.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 8]          As Christ took upon Him this work, He saw all it would bring,--His betrayal (because of envy, pride, and love of money) by a professed follower, His trial in the judgment-hall, the scourging, the cruel death. He had led the children of Israel from Egyptian bondage into the land of Canaan. He had now come to lead them from spiritual bondage into the city of God. But they rejected Him, and delivered Him up to death. He came to His vineyard to receive the fruit thereof, but those who should have welcomed Him, said, "This is the Heir; come, let us kill Him, and let us seize on His inheritance."  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 9]          Looking down the future, Christ saw the return that would be made for His love. He saw Himself condemned to suffer the punishment only inflicted on those most deeply sunken in crime. He saw Himself, in His humiliation, hanging on the cross, while priests and rulers looked on with exultation, saying in mockery: "He saved others; Himself He can not save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him."  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 10]          Christ looked down through the ages, and saw His humiliation carried into every successive generation. He heard the false testimony that He died to abrogate the law. He saw that to multitudes this error would be more palatable than the truth. The carnal mind "is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be." He saw the natural mind, true to the enmity of its character, daily enacting afresh the scenes of Calvary, even down to the close of this earth's history. He saw that some would show indifference and contempt to the law of God, while others would go to greater lengths in their hatred of it, tearing down its precepts by their falsehoods and ingenious arguments. He saw that the law would be trampled upon and dishonored until God would arise to punish the inhabitants of the earth.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, June 13, 1900 par. 11]          Knowing all this, Christ bore the penalty of transgression. He was crucified and buried, but He broke the fetters of the tomb, and over the rent sepulcher of Joseph He proclaimed, "I am the resurrection, and the life." He was in possession of the great gift of eternal life, and He gave gifts unto men. He sent His message of mercy and pardon to all who would receive Him as the world's Redeemer. "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." He has paid the price for every son and daughter of Adam, and He is abundantly able to save all who accept Him as the Sin-bearer.                                                       Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, June 13, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 1]       June 20, 1900 The Right Side and the Wrong  Side.         There is a right side and a wrong side. Let each ask himself the question, On which side am I standing? Those who do not choose the side of Christ range themselves under the banner of darkness, with the great apostate, who in heaven refused to obey God, and who in the Garden of Eden deceived the holy pair, and opened the flood-gates of woe upon our world.  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 2]          On the side of obedience Christ stands, giving to all the invitation, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." "Strive ［agonize］ to enter in at the strait gate; for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in"--with all their worldly treasures--"and shall not be able." "Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it."  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 3]          In every possible way Satan tries to make the broad road attractive and the narrow road grievous, humiliating, and objectionable. He lays ingenious plans to lead men and women to indulge appetite. Cheap, unsatisfying pleasures are made all and in all in this age; for over these pleasures Satan has thrown a glamor, and men and women allow them to take the place of eternal things. There are many who, like Esau, sell their birthright for self-indulgence. To them worldly pleasure appears more desirable than the heavenly birthright.  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 4]          We are to come out from the world and be separate, and our works are to be in accordance with the works of Christ. He declares, "I have kept My Father's commandments." Are we on His side, obeying God's commands, or on Satan's side, warring against the law of God. "As the Father hath loved Me." Christ says, "so have I loved you; continue ye in My love." How can we continue in Christ's love? By disobeying God's law?--No, no. By showing to the world that we choose to be among the loyal people of God. "This is the love of God, that we keep His commandments." This love is more than an impulse, an emotion. It is a living, active, working principle. It is not guided by the feelings, but by the will. In it is comprehended the stern resolve of a mind subdued and softened, which lays hold of the strength of the Infinite, saying, I will serve Thee even unto death.  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 5]          "If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples." All who are true and loyal to God will bear fruit, not the fruit of transgression, but the fruit of a glad, willing obedience. They are filled with thankfulness that they are not numbered with those who have chosen the wide gate and broad road as more convenient than the road cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in.  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 6]          Sin is the transgression of the law. Those who continue in sin, notwithstanding the fact that light has come to show them what sin is, those who refuse to lift the cross because doing so would possibly limit their prospect of worldly gain, will meet with great loss. They show that they do not choose to be partakers of Christ's life of self-denial and self-sacrifice, and they will lose eternal life. "What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?"  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 7]          Both the Old and the New Testament exalt the law of God, and those who reverentially study the Scriptures for themselves, laying aside all the preconceived opinions taught by human wisdom, will not be left in the darkness of error. But many, rather than lift the cross, put their own construction upon a plain "Thus saith the Lord," and drag the Scriptures in the direction of their own suppositions. They are blind leaders of the blind, and both they and those they are leading must fall into the ditch.  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 8]          When Christ was upon the earth, the great mass of the people would have accepted Him had it not been that they were afraid of what the scribes and Pharisees might do. These leaders, sitting in Moses' seat, claiming to know God, saw that Christ was drawing the attention of the people from them. They determined to oppose His work, and, once started in the path of opposition, no evidence had any weight with them. The wonderful works Christ did were denied. The gracious words which fell from His lips were misstated and misconstrued. By the priests and rulers the rejoicing shown because of His works of compassion and healing were regarded as a personal slight to themselves. The appeals which Christ made, appeals which were freighted with love, the conclusive arguments which He presented, only kindled fires of hatred in hearts that, once convicted, had refused the light. Christ came to His own, but His own received Him not. He had to forsake Judea in order to preserve His life till the fulness of the time. "After these things," we read, "Jesus walked in Galilee; for He would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill Him." So will all act who choose to stand on the side of rebellion.  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 9]          High and holy must be the purposes of every one who obtains the character all must obtain who win the crown of everlasting life. God is in earnest with us. We can not play at loose purposes with Him. In His service He requires the whole being, heart, mind, soul, and strength. Christ has made every provision that men and women may obtain salvation; but, notwithstanding the light shining upon them, leading to the strait gate and the narrow way, many are choosing the broad way. What road are we traveling? We may take with us into the broad road all our evil tendencies, our cheapness of character, our associates in evil. We may choose to listen to the words of these companions and to laugh at their wit; but in so doing we shall descend lower and lower in the scale, and at last the words will be spoken: "Cut down the unfruitful tree. Why cumbereth it the ground?"  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 10]          Do not suppose that you can unite yourself with the amusement-loving, the gay and pleasure-loving, and at the same time resist temptation. By trying to serve two masters, you spoil yourself utterly for both. You make neither a successful worldling nor a successful Christian. Your Redeemer has said, and His lips never made a false statement, "Ye can not serve God and mammon." Then why not do the only safe thing to do,--follow the road you know to be right, irrespective of consequences?  {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, June 20, 1900 par. 11]          The inhabitants of the unfallen worlds and of the heavenly courts are watching with intense interest the conflict between good and evil. They rejoice as Satan's subtleties are one after another discerned and met with, "It is written," as Christ met them in His conflict with the wily foe. Every victory gained is a gem in the crown of life. And in the day of final victory all the heavenly universe will triumph. The harps of the angels will sound forth heavenly music, accompanying the music of their voices, as they sing; "Be glad and rejoice with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem. The Lord hath taken away thy judgments, He hath cast out thine enemy; the King of Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee; thou shalt not see evil any more. In that day it shall be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love; He will joy over thee with singing."                                                        Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, June 20, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 1]      June 27, 1900 The Sinner's Hope.         When this earth was created by Christ, it was holy and beautiful. God pronounced it "very good." Every flower, every shrub, every tree, answered the purpose of its Creator. Everything upon which the eye rested was lovely, and filled the mind with thoughts of love for the Creator. Every sound was music, in perfect harmony with the voice of God.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 2]          But a change has come. Sin has brought decay, deformity, death. Today, the whole world is tainted, corrupted, stricken with a mortal disease. The earth groans under the continual transgression of the inhabitants thereof.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 3]         Human beings have degenerated. One after another they fall under the curse, because sin has entered the world, and death by sin. The truth is not made precious by practise. It does not sanctify the soul. It fades from the mind because the heart does not appreciate its value. In consequence, the mind becomes more and more darkened by the atmosphere, which is malarious because of the perpetuating of Adam's sin. The conscience has lost its sensitiveness. Through a repetition of sin, the impression made on the conscience by sin has no longer force enough to arrest the transgressor, diseased, depraved, and dying. The voice no longer echoes the voice of God, or gives expression to the music of a soul sanctified through the truth. The heart, in which God should be enthroned, is a place from which come forth all kinds of abominations. How has the fine gold become dim! Man has lost the reflection of God's character.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 4]          This calamity is well-nigh universal. There is no place upon earth where the track of the serpent is not seen and his venomous sting felt. The whole earth is defiled. The curse is increasing as transgression increases. The earth is preparing for purification by fire.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 5]          Satan has come down with great power to work with the children of men. Their senses are perverted by his schemes. He lends enchantment to the view which he presents to them, covering transgression with great desirableness. As he tempted Adam and Eve, saying, "Ye shall be as gods, made wise by partaking of the fruit which God has forbidden you to eat," so he tempts men and women today.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 6]         But a hope has been set before every sinner. The instant Adam yielded to Satan's temptation, and did the very thing which God had said he should not do, Christ, the Son of God, stood between the living and the dead, saying: "Let the punishment fall on Me. I will stand in man's place. Give him another trial." Transgression placed the whole world under the death sentence. But in heaven there was heard a voice saying, "I have found a ransom." He who knew no sin was made sin for fallen man. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Christ laid off His royal robe and kingly crown, and gave up His command over all heaven. He clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might bear all the infirmities and endure all the temptations of humanity. He was a Man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. He was wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed. For our sake He became poor, that through His poverty we might be made rich. For us He left the adoration of the angels for the insults and execrations of a mob lashed to madness by the priests and rulers.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 7]          The words in the first chapter of John are full of meaning: "That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name. . . . The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us. . . . full of grace and truth. . . . And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace."  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 8]          All that God could do has been done to save sinners. The Saviour invites all: "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." But those who refuse to yoke up with Christ, who will not learn of the great Teacher, can not receive God's protection. If they are determined to walk in the path of disobedience, Satan will exercise his power over them, after deceiving, to destroy. We may choose God's way, and live; we may choose our own way, and know that sin has entered into the world, and death by sin.  {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, June 27, 1900 par. 9]          Christ is the true light. Shall this light shine in darkness and the darkness comprehend it not?--God forbid. The Word of God comes to us as a cure for diseased souls and bodies. It is life for those who are dead in trespasses and sins. He who knew no sins was made sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him. On Him the iniquities of us all were laid. He lives to be our Advocate. He did nothing worthy of death, yet He died. And if we hear the glad words, "Well done, good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord," we shall have done nothing worthy of life. Jesus, the sinless, died having done nothing deserving of death. The sinner is saved without having done anything worthy of salvation. He is wholly without merit. But, clothed with the spotless robe of Christ's righteousness, he is accepted by God. The living way has been laid open. Life and immortality have been purchased by Christ. Through obedience to God's commands, sinners may find pardon and peace.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, June 27, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 1]       July 4, 1900 The Need of Christ-Like Work.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         A solemn responsibility rests upon us in regard to gaining a knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ. How great this responsibility is, is shown by the prayer offered by Christ a few hours before His betrayal. "This is life eternal," He said, "that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent."  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 2]         Christ came to correct existing evils. He came to adjust God's claims on man. He sees the selfishness of human beings. He sees that the world is engrossed by business and amusement. He sees the intensity of the efforts made to obtain earthly treasure. He sees that God is forgotten.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 3]          God has committed His goods to men, that they may advance His work in the world. He calls upon them to use their intrusted gifts in the relief of His suffering children, who plead for mercy and relief. But His plainly-stated claims are ignored. Men can not afford to return to the Lord His own. Yet millions and millions of dollars are spent in distilleries, where is made the liquor which ruins the souls and bodies of men. This life-destroying, maddening agency is dealt out by professedly Christian nations.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 4]          How many in our world recognize God as the owner of the money they handle? They spend it for self-pleasing, for selfish gratification. But before the bar of God they must give an account of the way in which they have spent this money. Here they must settle for their neglect of the fatherless and the widow. What a terrible account liquor sellers will have to meet in the great day of God! In the books of heaven a record is kept of every tempting glass held out by man to his fellow-man, to forge the chains of an appetite which makes him mad. At the judgment the money and influence that might have been used to relieve suffering human beings will be charged against those who might have helped in this work, but did not. God will render to every man according to his work.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 5]          Many of the officers in charge of steamers and other vessels place themselves under the control of Satan by liquor drinking. A continuance of this indulgence destroys the brain nerve power, and they become incapable of doing their work. We know not how many times God has interposed to save a whole ship's company from destruction because there were some on board who loved and feared Him. For their sake He has wrought wondrously. But there comes a time when the line of forbearance is passed. Mercy steps down from her golden throne, and, folding her wings, departs. Then the enemy is permitted to do that which he longs to do. Many of the terrible calamities which happen by land and sea will one day be seen to have been caused by liquor drinking.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 6]          He who lives for self-indulgence is unable to distinguish between good and evil. His appetite is his god. He worships his stomach. He lives to eat, instead of eating to live. This means self-destruction. Thus beings made in the image of God sink lower and lower. Their physical, mental, and spiritual strength is destroyed.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 7]          Satan has the world under his control. Christ came in human flesh to give the race another trial. He came to uplift and ennoble men and women. But the power of the Gospel is counteracted by the course pursued by professing Christians. How little is being done by the religious teachers to lift the standard of temperance! There are many ministers who fear to bear a decided testimony on temperance, because they know that this would affect their salary. The members of their churches indulge in liquor drinking, and do not want anything said about this evil. They are willing to have their names enrolled as churchmembers, but they are not willing to live a religion which involves a cross.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 8]          Much of the preaching of the present day is of a character to lull the people into a spiritual sleep. The doctrine of the millennium is a soothing potion to the sinner who does not desire to cease from sin. And Satan is better pleased with the help which the shepherds of the flock give him when they present truth mingled with error, than with the help given by the boldest unbeliever.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 9]          Human beings are all living on probation, and they are either working out their own eternal good or their eternal ruin. Satan is continually seeking to turn them away from God. He brings before them one scene of excitement after another,--horse-racing, football matches, pugilistic contests. Around these scenes thousands of spectators assemble, greedy for excitement, anxious to see man getting the better of his fellow-man. As it was in the days of Noah, just prior to the destruction of the world by a flood, so will it be before the coming of the Son of God.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 10]          God sees the sinfulness of this world. He sees that men have dropped eternity out of their reckoning. He sees that excitement is making them mad; that they are goaded on to do violence to one another, while the multitude, among which are professing Christians, stand by and applaud. "Shall I not judge for these things?" He asks.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 11]          Sin is the transgression of the law, and yet in this age, when God is about to close the records for eternity, men dare to say that His law is abrogated. A strange statement, indeed, when Christ declared that He came not to destroy the law or the prophets, and that heaven and earth should pass away before one jot or tittle should pass from the law. And by His life He showed that it is possible for man to keep the law. There is nothing in the Scriptures to lead man to suppose that He can break the law and be guiltless. The heavens above us remain to testify to the binding claims of God's law.  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 12]          God has chosen men and women as instrumentalities through which to work to counteract the evils in our world. He will hold those accountable who have been given great light, and yet are devoting their time and means to self-service, while thousands are perishing for want of help. He is about to pass by those who refuse to take up the work that must be done. Of those who refuse to take up the cross and deny self, the Lord says: "They shall not taste of My supper. I will take illiterate and obscure men, and by My Spirit move upon them to carry out My purposes in the work of saving souls. The last message of mercy will be given to the world, but not by the counsels of the supposed sages, who received My commission, but did not My work. The work will be done, not by the eloquence of the learned, but by a people who love and fear Me. Not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit will I work."  {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, July 4, 1900 par. 13]          If Jesus were made the sum and substance of every discourse given, sinners would be converted. By the message borne they would know what they must do to be saved. Lift Him up, the Man of Calvary, higher and still higher. He who draws nigh to Christ need not try to shine. As he beholds the Saviour, he catches the divine rays of light from the Sun of Righteousness, and he can not help shining. The light that is in him shines forth in clear, bright rays, in words and works of righteousness. Christ's grace dwells in him richly, and heaven's light shines through him. He honors Christ by complete obedience. He is stimulated to more vigorous action in the cause of God as he imparts that which the Lord gives him. He is a light-bearer in the world, shedding light on those who are in darkness. He walks close by the side of Christ, conversing with Him and gathering divine principles from His Word. He goes about doing good, comforting the downcast, guiding wandering footsteps in the narrow way, sweetening the cup of bitterness which many drink as the result of their own course of action, watching over those who need the guidance of a firm, steady hand to lead them to the feet of the Master, helping all with whom he comes in contact to fight manfully the battles of the Lord.                                                    -    {ST, July 4, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 1]       July 11, 1900 "Be Strong in the Lord."         No one has anything beyond that which God gives him. All that we have, time, ability, strength, has been bought with a costly price. A ransom, which includes every son and daughter of Adam, has been paid for the human race. The precious blood of Christ has been shed to redeem man from earthliness, from spiritual and physical uncleanness. This is the covenant God has made with His people. They are to be His chosen ones. Those who truly receive Christ will not yield to any claim, even for a moment, which would strengthen the powers hostile to righteousness and truth. They put on the yoke of Christ, devoting themselves unreservedly to the Saviour for all time. They pledge themselves to obey God's commandments, even should every other member of the human family become disloyal.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 2]          He who receives Christ by faith is a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King, an heir of God and a joint-heir with Christ. His lot is a part of the cross of Christ. He is bound up with Christ for life and for death in the great plan of redemption. The full and entire renunciation of self that appeared in Christ appears in him. He shows Christlike gentleness, by speaking kind, compassionate words, words which are full of comfort, and hope, and love. He is filled with solicitude for human souls. His watchword is, "I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in Me." He is willing to make any sacrifice to draw lost, perishing souls to the cross of Calvary.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 3]          A church separate and distinct from the world is in the estimation of heaven the object of greatest value in all the world. The members are pledged to consecrate their service to one Master, Jesus Christ. They are to show that they have chosen Christ as their Leader. In the Scriptures the members of the church of God are represented as striving, laboring, working, fighting the good fight of faith, and praying in faith, ever ready to unsheathe the sword of the Spirit.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 4]          The blessing of grace is given to men that the heavenly universe and the fallen world may see, as they could not otherwise see, the perfection of Christ's character. The great Teacher came to our world to show men and women how to live so that in the great day of God it may be said to them, "Ye are complete in Him." We are to be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. When we feel that we are strong in our own strength, then comes defeat. Trusting in God we shall be victorious. Entire confidence in God brings success and victory. The Lord Jehovah is our strength and our shield.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 5]          The truth is to be given to those who are ready to perish. Call the attention of the people to the signs of the times. There are wars and rumors of wars. Nation is rising against nation. Selfishness and covetousness lead to violence, crime, and all kinds of wickedness. Nation is watching nation, to see if there is not some advantage to be gained. A concession made by one nation to another only opens the way for another concession to be called for. The presumptuous, daring deeds of unholy ambition, done to gain power by robbing others, show that men do not realize that those who take the sword shall perish with the sword."  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 6]          The signs of Christ's coming are fulfilling. Time is precious, too precious to be frittered away. God needs men who will give the warning message. He needs men who will sell and give alms, that the work of warning the world may not be hindered. The aggressive warfare is to be carried forward with firmness and determination; for Satan has come down with great power to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 7]          Christians are to reveal the attributes of Christ, steadfastly persevering in the work God has given them to do. To those who do this work in faithfulness, angels are commissioned to give enlarged views of the character and work of Christ and of His power and grace and love. Thus they become partakers of His image, and day by day grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ. It is the privilege of the children of God to have a constantly enlarging comprehension of the truth, that they may bring love for God and heaven into their work, and draw from others praise and thanksgiving to God because of the richness of His grace.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 8]          The Lord is in earnest with us. His promises are given us on condition that we faithfully do His will. He said to Solomon: "As for thee, if thou wilt walk before Me, as David thy Father walked, and do according to all that I have commanded thee, and shalt observe My statutes and My judgments; then will I stablish the throne of thy kingdom, according as I have covenanted with David thy Father, saying, There shall not fail thee a man to be ruler in Israel. But if ye turn away, and forsake My statutes and My commandments, which I have set before you, and shall go and serve other gods, and worship them; then will I pluck them up by the roots out of My land which I have given them; and this house, which I have sanctified for My name, will I cast out of My sight, and will make it to be a proverb and a byword among all nations."  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 9]          God's government is a government of personal responsibility. No one can do his neighbor's work. No one will be excused for neglecting his own work because his friend or neighbor has failed to do the work the Lord has marked out. Each will be called upon to give an individual account for the way in which he has performed the work of giving the message of warning to the world. At the hand of the unfaithful servant God will require the blood of those who might have been saved had he done his duty faithfully.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 10]          Paul sums up his instruction to the Ephesians by saying, "Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord," not in self, "and in the power of His might," not in self-confidence and self-sufficiency. "Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 11]          "Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all,"--having obeyed the instruction given by the Lord,--"to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace." Let the peace of Christ rule in the heart and express itself in words and works of praise and thanksgiving. Christlike words and deeds are the fruits which the Saviour loves to see in His followers. There is no excuse for dearth in the soul. The peace of Christ, which passeth understanding, is provided for all.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 12]          "Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked." Satan is near, for the purpose of preventing souls from gaining the spiritual attainments they may receive. Confidence in God, a constant exercise of faith, will quench his fiery darts.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 13]          "And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit"-- presented to you by the Captain of the Lord's host--"which is the Word of God."  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 14]          We have reason for continued gratitude to God in that He has left us a perfect example. Every Christian should strive earnestly to follow the footsteps of the Saviour. We should offer grateful thanksgiving to God for giving us such a mighty Helper, a safeguard against every species of impropriety in thought, word, or deed.  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 15]          God stands ready to furnish His children with light and grace and power. Every soldier in the army of the Lord is to stand firm in the faith, working out his own salvation with fear and trembling, knowing that God is working with him and for him. God's soldiers are ever to be ready with the word, "It is written." When assailed by the enemy, they are not to use words of human wisdom, but words of divine wisdom, keeping the eyes fixed on the Saviour. As they work to press back the powers of darkness, they are to pray always, "with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints."  {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, July 11, 1900 par. 16]          The only security against falling into sin is to keep ourselves constantly under the molding influence of the Holy Spirit, at the same time working actively in the cause of truth and holiness, discharging every God-given duty, but taking no burden that God has not laid upon us. Christians must stand firmly under the banner of Christ, fighting the good fight of faith perseveringly and successfully, relying not in their own wisdom, but on the wisdom of God, never forgetting that they have a Leader who never has been and never can be overcome by evil.    Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, July 11, 1900 par. 16}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 1]       July 18, 1900 "My Witnesses." No. 1.         And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the Gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people. But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd. Then saith He unto His disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few; pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He will send forth laborers into His harvest."  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 2]          In His work Christ met those who were longing for a better way, those who were hungering and thirsting for the bread of life and the water of salvation. The world was dark, and full of sin and sorrow; surely there was need of light from heaven. The Redeemer saw that the time had come to set men apart to go forth to labor for the people. He knew that those who were to do this work must obtain an individual experience while He was yet with them to instruct them, and correct any errors they might reveal in their manner of working.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 3]          The Saviour called to Him the twelve disciples who since the beginning of His public ministry had been with Him, hearing His words of instruction and warning, witnessing His deeds of mercy and compassion. With solemn reverential awe the disciples came to receive their commission, to be honored by being made laborers together with their Lord and Master. They were to be imbued with the Spirit of Christ. This was to fit them to engage in the great and solemn work, of bearing to men the message of salvation. They were to work as Christ worked, to shine as lights amid the moral darkness that had enveloped the world.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 4]          Look upon the touching scene! Behold the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, surrounded by the twelve whom He had chosen, not men learned in the schools of the rabbis, but men who had been learning of the greatest Teacher the world had ever known, simple, humble, true-hearted men, needing to be instructed in patience and tenderness in order to be fitted for the trust placed upon them.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 5]          Christ is about to ordain His disciples for their work. By these feeble agencies, through His Word and Spirit, He designs to place salvation within the reach of all.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 6]          God and the holy angels beheld this scene with interest and with great gladness. The Father knew that from these men divine light would shine forth, that the words spoken by them as they witnessed for the truth would echo from generation to generation.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 7]          Christ gave His disciples "power against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease." And He commanded them: "Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not; but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give. Provide neither gold, nor silver, nor brass in your purses, nor scrip for your journey, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves; for the workman is worthy of his meat."  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 8]          "Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not." Christ knew that, should the disciples make a specialty of laboring for the Samaritans or the Gentiles, they would prejudice the Pharisees against them, and their way would be hedged up at its very commencement. They would be involved in controversy and would become discouraged; for more than human wisdom would be required to meet the arguments of the men who would not receive any evidence, however clear and forcible, that did not coincide with their ideas. The scribes and Pharisees believed that God was a God of the Jews only, and not of the Gentiles. In their blindness they had built up a barrier between themselves and every other nation.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 9]          It was the Saviour's design to show His disciples that God is a God of Jew and Gentile, rich and poor, free and bond. But the disciples received slowly the truth that all nations, tongues, and peoples were to receive the Gospel. Until they had a clearer perception of God's plan, they were not to labor for the Gentiles or for the Samaritans.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 10]          The Redeemer was sorely tried by the traditions that clung to His chosen disciples. When Jesus was with them, they were not made afraid by the caviling of the priests and rulers. They saw the effect of His words upon the people. They saw how easily He thwarted His enemies when they tried to confuse and perplex Him. Jewish doctrine and maxims could have little influence over them when the Saviour was by their side, for He would always present them the truth just as it reads in the Old Testament Scriptures. But when separated from their Master, they were perplexed and unsettled by the arguments of the priests, who talked to the disciples as they never dared talk to Christ.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 11]          This weakness on the part of the disciples made it necessary for Christ to reprove them. At times, dull of comprehension, they failed to understand His words. How tenderly He worked with them as He tried to teach them! If, unable to grasp the full import of His words, they came to Him for help, He at once rolled away the cloud, and made His meaning so clear that they could not but see it. He rejoiced when He could lead their minds, step by step, to comprehend the spiritual lessons He sought to teach them.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 12]          For many months the men who received the Gospel commission had been beside the Saviour. They must now be separated from Him for a short time; for there were lessons they needed to learn in regard to meeting opposition. They must begin to understand what they would have to meet when Christ was no longer by their side in human form.  {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, July 18, 1900 par. 13]          Christ knew that as the disciples went forth in the power of the Spirit, to withstand the agencies working against the truth, they would gain strength and courage. He would follow them at every step, and in time of need His Spirit would bring His words to their remembrance. By living the truth before them He had trained them for service more effectually than He could have done had He been continually dwelling upon doctrine. He knew that when they were separated from Him, the words He had spoken to them would flash into their minds when they were in conflict with the powers of darkness.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, July 18, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 1]       July 25, 1900 My Witnesses. No. 2.         And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till ye go thence. And when ye come into an house, salute it. And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it; but if it be not worthy, let your peace return to you. And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when ye depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of your feet. Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment, than for that city. Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves; be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves." The disciples must show no severity in word or action. While they must ever cultivate the wisdom of the serpent in seeking to save the souls of their fellow-men, they must be as harmless as doves.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 2]          Christ's instruction at this time had reference directly to the short journey the disciples were about to make, but He looked beyond this, and saw the work that lay before them, after His betrayal and crucifixion, when by the experience of the day of Pentecost they would be fully prepared to do their work. He lost sight of the beginning of their mission, of their trial trips, when He could be with them, to correct any errors that might appear in their manner of labor, to encourage them to bear trials, and to show them how to meet repulse and derision. He saw before them a broader missionary field, which after His ascension they were to enter as missionaries for Him, in which they would meet fierce opposition and persecution.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 3]          "But beware of men; for they will deliver you up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues; and ye shall be brought before governors and kings for My sake, for a testimony against them and the Gentiles. But when they deliver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall speak; for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall speak." They were not to be intimidated or terrified by opposition. By searching the Scriptures and gaining a clear understanding of the reasons of their faith, they were to prepare for the time when they should be called upon to stand before kings and rulers. They were to regard themselves as under the special care and guardianship of God. Tho they might be bound and imprisoned, yet they were to remember that they were free in Christ. Putting their entire trust in God, they were to perform the highest, noblest work ever given to mortals. They were not to be discouraged or cast down by persecution, but were to show themselves worthy of the sacred trust which had been given them. They would never be alone; for the Saviour assured them that One more mighty than all their enemies would be constantly by their side. "It is not ye that speak," Christ declared, "but the Spirit of your Father which speaketh in you."  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 4]          This promise was indeed fulfilled. After the day of Pentecost, the apostles were filled with the Spirit, and they spoke the Word of God with boldness. And Paul declared: "At my first answer no man stood with me, but all men forsook me. . . . Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me, and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known, and that all the Gentiles might hear; and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion."  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 5]          Over the Prince of life and the holy angels the satanic agencies can not prevail. Altho suffering and death came to the disciples for Christ's sake, yet not in one instance did Satan triumph. He bruised Christ's heel, but Christ bruised his head. Standing before governors and kings for the Master's sake, for a testimony against them and the Gentiles, the disciples were the means God used for showing the contrast between the spirit which controls those connected with Satan and the spirit which controls those connected with the Prince of life.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 6]          The promise of help in time of need is given to us as surely as it was to the disciples. When we deliberately adopt a right course of action, when we determine to be true to the claims of the truth, to obey God, not swerving from principle to save property, reputation, or life, wisdom from above will be given us, even as it was given to them.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 7]          Paul declares: "We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore," He enjoins us, "take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand." Whatever trial may come upon you, however oppressed by persecution you may be, remember that beside you stands One mighty in power, even the Captain of the Lord's host. Resolve that not one jot or tittle of the sacred law of Jehovah shall be marred or dishonored by your course, that its authority shall not weaken in your hands.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 8]          Satan is defeated every time God's servants maintain their integrity in spite of his lying accusations and fierce persecution. An entire surrender of self to Him who has purchased all human beings will enable the suffering one to say: "Who is He that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us. Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? As it is written, For thy sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter. Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 9]          "Wherefore let them that suffer according to the will of God commit the keeping of their souls to Him in well-doing, as unto a faithful Creator." "For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind. Be not thou therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord; . . . but be thou partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel according to the power of God."  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 10]          The faith and confidence in God which is essential in time of trial is gained by a diligent cultivation of the qualifications given by God. A daily striving to know God and Jesus Christ will give to the mind a power and efficiency more precious than gold or silver. As we faithfully endeavor to improve our God-given faculties, we are made partakers of the divine nature.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 11]          The Lord desires His representatives to be as wise as serpents and as harmless as doves. It is His design that the men in positions of responsibility in the world shall have an opportunity of hearing the truth. The truth has been misrepresented. False charges have been made against it. The kings and rulers of this world are to be given an opportunity of knowing and understanding the truth for themselves. They are to see the truth in contrast with error. While they are being critically examined by men who do not love or fear God, the Lord's servants will have opportunity to speak words of wisdom. "For it is not ye that speak, but the Spirit of your Father which speaketh in you."  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 12]         Thus human beings may bear a powerful testimony for their Lord. The Christian can not remain silent and non-committal until he sees that it is safe for him to speak. He is bound by the most sacred responsibilities to take his position on the side of truth and righteousness and witness for Christ. He is pledged to battle bravely against the disregard of God's law, even tho he be in danger of being swept away by the fury of the passions aroused by the stand he takes.  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, July 25, 1900 par. 13]          Jesus seemed to lose sight of the nearer view as He saw what was to come upon the world. He looked into the future, and saw that the world would despise His warnings and reproofs. "The brother shall deliver up the brother to death," He said, "and the father the child; and the children shall rise up against their parents, and cause them to be put to death." Satan was the instigator of all this cruelty. He worked to put to death those who were determined to serve God, according to the light they had received, and according to the dictates of their own conscience. Satan tries to force men even in their worship of God to carry out his ideas. Christ has given no example for this kind of work. He draws men, but He never drives them. "My sheep hear My voice," He says, "and they follow Me."     Mrs. E. G. White.                              (Concluded next week.)  {ST, July 25, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 1]       August 1, 1900 "My Witnesses." No. 3.         And ye shall be hated of all men for My name's sake," the Saviour continued; "but he that endureth to the end shall be saved." Sell not your faith to Satan, even tho by so doing you may save your life. You will lose your soul.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 2]          "But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another; for verily I say unto you. Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be come."  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 3]          The disciples were not to expose themselves unnecessarily to persecution and death. Christ on one occasion left Judea because He knew that if He remained, His life would be cut short by the hatred of the priests and rulers before His work was done.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 4]          "The disciple is not above his master, nor the servant above his lord. It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master, and the servant as his lord. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub, how much more shall they call them of his household? Fear them not therefore; for there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed; and hid, that shall not be known. What I tell you in darkness, that speak ye in light; and what ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the housetops." Always be ready to give to others the light you have received. Avow your principles of action; scorn concealment. Unfurl your colors; for you are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Shun not responsibility. You can not serve God and Baal. God desires His sons and daughters to stand bravely for the right, that the world may know where they will be found in the time of trial.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 5]          "And fear not them which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul; but rather fear Him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell." Christ has purchased the entire being, mind, soul, and body. The price of man's redemption has been paid, and all he has and is should be sprinkled with the blood of Christ, dedicated to God; for it belongs to Him. Our motto should be, "I am not my own; for I have been bought with a price."  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 6]          Jesus came to this world to be our substitute and surety. He is our atoning Sacrifice; for He has offered Himself in our behalf. With unutterable love He seeks to draw all men to Him. God has given Him the priceless gifts of heaven to dispense to men. Today He stands before God as the Advocate of the human race, pleading for the beings He has redeemed.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 7]         Shall we who have received so much through the suffering of the Son of God fear the consequence of freely acknowledging our faith? Shall we who have tasted the power of the world to come become discouraged and faint-hearted because we are threatened with danger? Christ accepted us in our weakness and unworthiness. Shall we shrink from the trials which accepting Him brings to us? He says to us, "Fear not them which kill the body." He pledges Himself to give us help, saying: "I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forevermore." "Because I live, ye shall live also." When brought to the trial of your faith, look at your sinless Sacrifice. "It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us." "Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father. But the very hairs of your head are all numbered. Fear ye not therefore, ye are of more value than many sparrows."  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 8]          God understands Satan's ability to deceive and discourage. Through Christ he has declared his power to save. Christ is bound by the covenant of promise to intercede for all who come to God through Him. He knows that Satan tries to make men feel that God is a stern judge. He knows that the enemy hides from human beings the Father's love and mercy, trying to make them think that they are too sinful to ask for pity. Therefore in the simplest language the Saviour assures us that God is full of mercy and compassion, and that He, our Saviour, is touched with the feeling of our infirmities, having been in all points tempted like as we, are yet without sin. Fully acquainted with the temptations and devices of the enemy, He presents before His children what they may expect, assuring them at the same time that He will help them bear whatever may come. He knows our difficulties, He understands our distresses. Not a sigh is heard, nor a throb of anguish felt, but the pang vibrates in the heart of Christ. With tender sympathy for our weakness, He points us to the care God has for the little sparrow which flits from bough to bough, and tells us that not one of these tiny birds falls to the ground without the knowledge of the Father: "Fear ye not therefore, ye are of more value than many sparrows."  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 9]          "Whosoever therefore shall confess Me before men, him will I confess also before My Father which is in heaven. But whosoever shall deny Me before men, him will I also deny before My Father which is in heaven."  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 10]          As the disciples listened to these words, they were deeply impressed, and in their hearts they said: "I will live for the Master.  No earthly consideration shall induce me to disown my Redeemer."  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 11]         As we look upon the cross of Calvary, shall we not remember that for us Christ engaged in conflict with the powers of darkness? He endured the penalty of sin in our behalf. He was wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities. It pleased the Lord to bruise Him to put Him to grief, that He might compass the redemption of the human race.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 12]          Shall we deny our Redeemer? You say, No, I will never deny Christ. But remember that there are many ways in which you may deny Him. Saul, the first king of Israel, denied the Lord by disobeying His commands. He failed to obey the first law of God's kingdom,--the law of self-government. He set up his own will as better than the Lord's will. His life was a failure because he denied God. The apostles, on returning from their missionary journey, "gathered themselves unto Jesus, and told Him all things, both what they had done, and what they had taught." They did not hide their mistakes, but laid all before Him for His inspection. Every disciple as he came was welcomed by the Master. The good Shepherd knew how to give the needed encouragement. The disciples were weary, but they were so glad to be once more in the presence of their Lord that they forgot their weariness.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 13]          How many burdens we might lay off if we would do as the disciples did,--take all our troubles, large and small, to Jesus. He has invited us to do this. Let us encourage the habit of intimate communion with Jesus. Thus we shall learn to know Him better, and His divine presence will bring us relief and assurance. We shall be drawn to Him as to a loving friend. As we tell Him our sorrows and perplexities, our mistakes and errors, He will speak peace and comfort to our hearts. He says: "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me." "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 1]       August 1, 1900 Selections From a Recent Letter         How pleased I am that the work in the Southern field is advancing! My prayer is, Let it advance, deepen, widen, enlarge, until this shall be a part of the vineyard no longer neglected, but under cultivation. May it be a fruitful garden of the Lord. This can only be done by educating the colored people to read. Then the Word of God, the Bible, placed in their hands, even tho without explanation, will be made plain and applied by the Holy Spirit.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 2]         The apostle Paul considered that the Jew had a great advantage above the Gentile, "because unto them had been committed the oracles of God." This is the highest commendation or testimony of the value of the Bible. Every effort should be made to have the sacred Book containing the whole of the revelation of God, placed in the hands of all nations, tongues, and people.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 3]         If the mere possession of the Bible is an advantage, how much greater is the privilege of knowing how to read and study its pages! All who wish to understand the Word are stewards of God as verily as those who have been entrusted with riches. Earthly possessions are talents to be imparted to others to advance the work of righteousness in the world.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 4]         The Bible is becoming more and more an educating lesson-book for children and youth, giving to the young, to those of mature age, and to the aged of every nation, the instruction of truth in heavenly things which is the higher education.  {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, August 1, 1900 par. 5]         Teach the colored people to read the Word of God, and it will have a transforming power upon life and character, and give vigor to the intellect. As its principles are sent home by the power of the Holy Spirit, they will work a positive reformation in the minds of all who receive the Word.                                                    -    {ST, August 1, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 1]      August 8, 1900 The Reward of Obedience         He which soweth sparingly shall reap also sparingly; and he which soweth bountifully shall reap also bountifully. Every man according as he purposeth in his heart, so let him give; not grudgingly, or of necessity; for God loveth a cheerful giver." In these words the duty of every one is plainly outlined. All are to do their best. God has given rich promises to those who will reveal in the daily life the virtue and power of their faith and self-denial.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 2]          Christ says to us: "Occupy till I come. Do all that is in your power, and much that seems beyond your power, to save perishing souls." There are many who can not give large offerings of money, because they have no money to give. But by self-denial, by denying inclination, they may save something for the Master; and this discipline will be of great value to them. They may think their gift too small to be worth anything. But as it is laid upon the altar, God will bless it, and the results from it will be surprising. To practise self-denial and self-sacrifice is a discipline necessary to the disciples of Christ.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 3]          "And God is able to make all grace abound toward you; that ye, always having all sufficiency in all things, may abound to every good work (as it is written, He hath dispersed abroad; he hath given to the poor; his righteousness remaineth forever)."  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 4]          This promise is made to all who reveal a working faith, a faith which prompts the receiver to relieve the necessities of his fellowmen. This faith works by love, and purifies the soul. But faith without works is dead, being alone.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 5]          We have the Word of God as our assurance, to inspire us with hope and comfort. God declares that He will not be unmindful of our labors of love in carrying out His will in behalf of our fellow-men. God has made those who believe in Him His stewards. They are to live His law, showing the world by their good works that this law is perfect, converting the soul, uprooting from the heart all selfishness and covetousness, and planting there the precepts of righteousness.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 6]          The law of God is the transcript of His character. Those who profess to keep this law, but who fail to show that they love God with heart, mind, soul, and strength, who do not devote themselves unreservedly to His service, keep neither the first four commandments, which enjoin supreme love for God, nor the last six, which enjoin unselfish love for one another. "By their fruits ye shall know them." True love for God will always manifest itself. It can not be hidden. Those who keep God's commandments in truth will reveal the same love that Christ revealed for His Father and for His fellow-men. He in whose heart Christ abides will reveal Christ in the character, in his work in behalf of those who need to be brought to a knowledge of the Gospel. He will show the fruits of his faith, revealing the Saviour in loving words and in deeds of mercy.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 7]          Christians are to show that the law of God is not only to be believed theoretically, but is to be acted out in the life as a living principle. They are to show by their lives that the law is written in their hearts. Thus they may represent the Redeemer. Thus they may show that they have the mind of Christ and are doing the works of Christ.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 8]          Those who claim to have light on the Word of God are to manifest to the world the influence and power that this light has upon the character. If it makes no decided change in us, it is of no value to us. We are like salt which has lost its savor and is good for nothing. We do not reveal to the world any saving, redeeming qualities.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 9]          Mark carefully the following words: "Now he that ministereth seed to the sower both minister bread for your food, and multiply your seed sown, and increase the fruits of your righteousness; being enriched in everything to all bountifulness, which causeth through us thanksgiving to God" --thanksgiving offered by those we have helped from love to God.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 10]          The doing of the law of God is the fruit of His grace in the heart. Obeying this law, we daily remember that God is the giver of all we hold in trust. He provides us with all we have. It is because of His mercy and love that we have strength to labor. He opens up ways by which we may gain earthly treasure, not that self may be exalted, not that the treasure obtained may be hoarded up, but that God's name may be glorified, that the needy may be helped, that God's treasury may be provided with that which He claims in gifts and offerings, that the work of uplifting the cross of Christ in regions beyond may move forward.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 11]          Upon all who consecrate themselves to God as laborers together with Him is laid the responsibility of guarding the interests of His cause and work. They are to live the truth which they claim to believe. They are to keep Christ constantly before them as their pattern, and by their good works cause praise to flow forth from hearts hungering and thirsting for the bread of life. Not only are they to minister to the spiritual needs of those they are seeking to win to Christ, they are to supply their temporal necessities. This work of mercy and love is ever presenting itself, and by doing it faithfully, God's servants are to show what the Gospel has done for them. They are to be faithful stewards, not only of Gospel truth, but of all the blessings given them. Not only are they to speak words of sympathy, by their deeds they are to demonstrate the sincerity of their love.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 12]          "The administration of this service not only supplieth the wants of the saints, but is abundant also by many thanksgivings unto God." It warms the heart and awakens the soul, filling it with gratitude to God. "By the experiment of this ministration they glorify God for your professed subjection unto the Gospel of Christ, and for your liberal distribution unto them, and unto all men; and by their prayer for you, which long after you for the exceeding grace of God in you."  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 13]         This work is a savor of life unto life. It is an "experiment" which will always produce the very best kind of results, not only in the receiver, but in the giver.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 14]          Men and women may shun the reproach they are called upon to bear for Christ's sake; they may do the works of transgression, but as surely as they do this, they will receive the reward of the evil-doer. They may climb to places of distinction, they may stand high in the literary world, and with proud superiority they may resist the truth of heavenly origin; but in the end they will lose all. Man's happiness and salvation depend upon eating the bread of life, that is, obeying the words and doing the works of Christ, advancing righteousness and restraining unrighteousness. Nothing can give such self-reliance, such courage, such an increase of talent and ability, as a true estimate of the requirements of God's law. Nothing will give such firmness and confidence, such an appreciation of the talents bestowed on us, as a realization that we are "laborers together with God," and that we must have respect unto all His commandments.  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, August 8, 1900 par. 15]          Those who realize the importance of studying Christ's life, who seek to develop a character like His, will be attended by holy angels, who at every step will help them to exalt the Saviour. Christ sacrificed His life in order to save those ready to perish. All may share with Him in the divine work of turning souls to righteousness. And to those who do this is given the promise, "They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White  {ST, August 8, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 1]       August 15, 1900 Resistance to Light. No. I.         Jesus was in the temple court. At the time of the Feast of Tabernacles, crowds assembled in this place. In the court were erected high standards, upon which were placed branching lamps. After the evening sacrifice, these lamps were lighted, and the flame, bright and strong, filled the court, representing the pillar of fire which had guided the children of Israel through the wilderness.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 2]          This sight created the greatest enthusiasm among the people. Their admiration was unbounded and their rejoicing universal. But the Saviour looked upon the rejoicing congregation with pitying tenderness. The One who had created the light, who, enshrouded in the pillar of fire, had guarded and protected the children of Israel in their journeyings through the wilderness, now stood in the temple court, and if the worshipers had not separated themselves from God, they would have recognized Him.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 3]          The Son of God looked at the lamps which represented Him, and His voice, full of a melody which commanded silence, was heard, saying, "I am the light of the world; he that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." His words fell on the ears of the people with a strange power; for as He spoke, divinity flashed through humanity, sending to the hearts of His hearers the conviction that His words were true.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 4]          The Light of the world, Christ, came to the place where Satan had set up his throne. He came not to condemn and destroy by His glory, but to restore and uplift by His healing beams. He came as the light and life of men, and He presented Himself in His true relation to the world. His light was to shine, not merely to the Jewish nation, as represented by the lights in the temple courts, but it was to send its far-reaching beams to every nation under heaven. The time would come when upon every human being would shine the light of the Sun of Righteousness.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 5]          O, that the Jewish people had recognized Christ as the true light which lighteth every man that cometh into the world! But Satan had determined that if he could not overthrow the Prince of Life, he would so blind the eyes of the nation that they would reject the Saviour. God had worked in majesty and power to make of Israel a chosen nation, a royal priesthood, that they might show forth the light of His truth. They had been exalted to heaven by their privileges. This people Satan determined to use as his agents in quenching all heaven-sent light.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 6]          He succeeded in gaining the Jewish teachers to his side. While the light in the temple court was causing joy and gladness among the worshipers the hearts of the Pharisees were filled with bitterness and murder. They were under the control of Satan.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 7]          "I am the light of the world." Clear and emphatic the Saviour's words fell upon the ears of all in the court. The people could not at that time understand the meaning of the relation Christ claimed to the world, but His words sank into their hearts, and He knew that afterward many would comprehend His meaning. His words, tho not understood now, would by and by be brought to their remembrance by the Holy Spirit. The beams of the Sun of Righteousness would shine into their minds, and the words He was now speaking would be remembered and understood. Then they would realize that when listening to Christ they had listened to no cunningly devised fable, but to the Word of God, whereunto they were to take heed, as unto a light that shines in a dark place.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 8]          To the Jewish teachers Christ seemed only an impostor. They could see only the human side of His character; for in their pride they had overlooked the prophecies relating to the humiliation of the Messiah. They did not believe that He was to come to the world without earthly glory. That a man like themselves should make such claims was something they could not tolerate.  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 9]          Again and again Christ had tried to show the Jewish leaders the relation which He sustained to the human family. And as He saw the lights which shone in the temple court, He made another attempt. But their prejudice and unbelief came at once to the front. "Thou bearest record of Thyself; Thy record is not true," they said. On one occasion Christ had said, "If I bear witness of Myself, My witness is not true." He meant that if He came bearing witness only to advance His own interest and glorify Himself, they would be justified in not crediting His testimony. To their charge at this time He answered: "Tho I bear record of Myself, yet My record is true; for I know whence I came, and whither I go. . . . Ye judge after the flesh; I judge no man. And yet if I judge, My judgment is true; for I am not alone, but I and the Father that sent Me. It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true. I am One that bear witness of Myself, and the Father that sent Me beareth witness of Me. Then said they unto Him, Where is Thy Father? Jesus answered, Ye neither know Me, nor My Father; if ye had known Me, ye should have known My Father also."  {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, August 15, 1900 par. 10]          At another time He said of the Jewish leaders, "If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin; but now have they both seen and hated both Me and My Father." If the scribes and Pharisees had received the testimony borne by so many in regard to Christ's work, if with a teachable spirit they had searched the Scriptures to see if His claims were in accordance with prophecy, they would have been enlightened, and would have recognized Jesus as the light of the world. But, self-righteousness and self-sufficient, they received instead the suggestions of one who was expelled from heaven for self-seeking. Instead of searching the Scripture, they opened their hearts to evil imaginings. Determined not to believe that Christ's claims were just, they resisted every conviction which His words sent home to their hearts.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                              (Continued next week.)                                                    -    {ST, August 15, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 1]       August 22, 1900 Resistance to Light. No. 2.         Christ looked with sadness upon the deceived multitude who, while rejoicing in the representation of the light which had led them through the wilderness, were rejecting and turning from the true Light. What pitiful blindness! What strange inconsistency! Standing as He did in the very shadow of the cross, Christ longed to save the people from the doom to which they were hastening. But as He lifted up His voice in earnest accents of entreaty, the Jewish leaders watched Him with cruel malice, hoping to hear Him say something by which they could condemn Him. They had departed from the Word of God, and when the truth revealed itself, they were ready, under Satan's direction, to attack it.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 2]          Why did not the priests and rulers recognize Christ? Simon took the infant Jesus in his arms, and said, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace, according to Thy word; for mine eyes have seen Thy salvation, which Thou hast prepared before the face of all people; a light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of Thy people Israel."  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 3]          Why did not the Jewish teachers search the Scriptures, beginning at Moses and the prophets, and carefully studying the types and shadows which pointed to Christ? How easily they could have traced out the prophecies concerning His mission! But they read God's Word as those who understood it not; and the prince of darkness helped them not to see in Jesus the promised Messiah. Under the guidance of Satan they drifted into darkness and unbelief.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 4]          The world's Redeemer was not to come the first time surrounded by the host of heaven; for human beings would not have been able to bear the sight. It was necessary that Christ should humble Himself and become a Man of sorrows. "He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed."  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 5]          Thus plainly had the Messiah been set forth in prophecy; but the Jewish leaders did not want to understand these words. They believed not in the Christ represented in the Scriptures, but in a Christ of the imagination, who, they claimed, would come with great power, to conquer every nation, and put down all authority but the authority of the Jews. They looked for a Messiah who would reign as a temporal prince in Jerusalem, and who would exalt the Jews above every other nation. Christ did not come according to their ideas, and therefore they refused to receive Him.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 6]          "Ye can not tell whence I come, and whither I go," Christ said to them. Virtually He told them that they had no desire to know whence He came. They had closed the eyes of their understanding to the evidence which again and again He had given them. You have allowed prejudice and imagination to control you, He said. You may claim to have authority over the people by virtue of your piety, you may pride yourselves on your superior knowledge of God, but you do not know the Father, and therefore you do not know Me; for to know the Father is to know Me. It is your lack of a true knowledge of Me that destroys your spiritual eyesight.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 7]          "I lay down My life, that I might take it again," He said. "No man taketh it from Me, but I lay it down of Myself." The Saviour could have avoided the suffering and death which He endured. Had He so chosen, He might have left the human race to the consequences of their apostasy. But in counsel with the Father He pledged Himself to secure the salvation of every human being. An irrevocable covenant was made between the Father and the Son. Christ must go forward and finish the work which He had undertaken, or all the world would perish.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 8]          Christ's death on the cross  was one of willing obedience, else in it there would have been no merit; for justice would not punish in the place of the sinner an innocent being who was unwilling to bear the penalty. It was the Saviour's full and free acceptance of the penalty that made His sacrifice wholly acceptable in every point. So the sinner must freely surrender his own will to God, and accept Christ as his substitute and surety. He must rely upon Him as the only one who can change a sinner to a saint. God calls upon us to acknowledge our guilt and accept pardon from Christ, revealing our sincerity by copying His way and doing His will. Of the one who does this the words are spoken, Ye are complete in Him, not having your own righteousness, but the righteousness which is of Christ by faith.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 9]          "Whither I go, ye can not come," Christ said. "Then said the Jews, Will He kill Himself?" The answer came, clear and decided: "Ye are from beneath; I am from  above; ye are of this world;  I am not of this world. I said therefore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins; for if ye believe not that I am He, ye shall die in your sins."  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 10]          The wily spies upon Christ's track were determined to make Him state in specific terms that He was the promised Messiah. The false ideas of the Messiah with which Satan had filled their minds they had presented to the people, so that the general idea of what Christ should be was very different from the representation given in prophecy. If they would provoke Him to make a claim that He was the Messiah, they could work upon the minds of the Jews to pronounce Him an impostor. "Who art Thou?" they asked; and Christ answered: "Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning. I have many things to say and to judge of you; but He that sent Me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of Him."  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 11]          Christ read the thoughts of His enemies, and did not answer as they wished Him to answer. He did not attempt to prove His Messiahship, but spoke of His relation to God. He accused the Jews of not knowing the Father. Their opposition to His work was the result of this lack of knowledge.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 12]          "They understood not that He spake to them of the Father. Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am He, and that I do nothing of Myself; but as My Father hath taught Me, I speak these things. And He that sent Me is with Me; the Father hath not left Me alone; for I do always those things that please Him. As He spake these words, many believed on Him."  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 13]          His words made a deep impression upon many minds; for as He spoke, divinity flashed through humanity, and a convincing power attended the truths He uttered. Many were unconsciously imbued with the heavenly influence which surrounded Christ.  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 14]          "Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him, If ye continue in My word, then are ye My disciples indeed; and ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free."  {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, August 22, 1900 par. 15]          Truth never brings the soul into bondage. It is turning from truth to error that brings the soul into captivity. The one who is bond up in close relationship with Christ is freed from the slavery of sin.                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.                             (Concluded next week.)                                                    -    {ST, August 22, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 1]       August 29, 1900 Resistance to Light. No. 3    (Concluded.)         The Pharisees took offense at the words, "The truth shall make you free." "We be Abraham's seed," they said, "and were never in bondage to any man; how sayest Thou, Ye shall be made free?" Jesus answered: "Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whosoever committeth sin is the servant of sin. And the servant abideth not in the house forever; but the Son abideth ever. If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 2]          Paul declares: "There is therefore now no condemnation to them which are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit. For the law  of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law of sin and death. For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh; that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 3]          "I know that ye are Abraham's seed," Christ continued; "but ye seek to kill Me, because My word hath no place in you. . . . If ye were Abraham's children, ye would do the works of Abraham. But now ye seek to kill Me, a Man that hath told you the truth, which I have heard of God; this did not Abraham."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 4]          Christ declares that lineal connection is superseded by spiritual connection. The Jews were indeed Abraham's seed according to the flesh, but they manifested a spirit very different from the spirit of righteous Abraham. By their unbelief and persistent rejection of truth they disinherited themselves. Abraham obeyed God, and it was counted to him for righteousness. By their works the Jews showed that they bore no real relationship to Abraham.  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 5]          On one occasion when Christ was informed that His mother and brethren were without, desiring to speak with Him, He looked upon the men and women who were feasting on His words, and, stretching forth His hands toward them, said: "Behold My mother and My brethren! For whosoever shall do the will of My Father which is in heaven, the same is My brother, and sister, and mother." Precious, glorious truth, spoken to comfort all believers, who may indeed be encouraged by knowing how Christ regards them!  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 6]          "Ye do the deeds of your father," Christ said to the Jews, and they answered scornfully, "We be not born of fornication; we have one Father, even God." "If God were your Father," Christ said, "ye would love Me; for I proceeded forth and came from God; neither came I of Myself, but He sent Me. Why do ye not understand My speech? even because ye can not hear My word."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 7]          With faithful, unsparing hand Christ unmasked the men who had professed so much and done so little. Behind their pretentious piety there lay concealed deceitful malignity, the controlling principle of their lives. Children of Abraham, children of God, they were not, and neither could they be. By their works they bore evidence that they were the children of the enemy of God.  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 8]          Christ saw that the time had fully come to rend from the Jewish leaders their covering of pretended piety, and to show that they were but whited sepulchers. "Ye are of your father the devil," he said plainly, "and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own; for he is a liar, and the father of it. And because I tell you the truth, ye believe Me not. Which of you convinceth Me of sin? And if I say the truth, why do ye not believe Me? He that is of God heareth God's words; ye therefore hear them not, because ye are not of God. Then answered the Jews, and said unto Him, Say we not well that Thou art a Samaritan, and hast a devil? Jesus answered, I have not a devil; but I honor My Father, and ye do dishonor Me. And I seek not Mine own glory; there is One that seeketh and judgeth."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 9]          "Which of you convinceth Me of sin?" The keen eyes of jealousy had been watching Christ, trying to find something whereby He might be condemned. But nothing could be found. "The prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in Me," the Saviour declared. No envy, no worldly ambition, no pride, no selfishness, could be found in Him. "I know thee who thou art," the evil spirits cried, "the Holy One of God."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 10]          Standing in the presence of the multitude, Christ uttered words which, if spoken by any one else, would have been blasphemous. "If a man keep My saying, He shall never see death," He said. "Then said the Jews unto Him, Now we know that Thou hast a devil. Abraham is dead, and the prophets; and Thou sayest, If a man keep My saying, he shall never taste of death. Art Thou greater than our father Abraham, which is dead? and the prophets are dead; whom makest Thou Thyself? Jesus answered, If I honor Myself, My honor is nothing; it is My father that honoreth Me; of whom ye say, that He is your God. Yet ye have not known Him; but I know Him; and if I should say, I know Him not, I shall be a liar like unto you; but I know Him, and keep His saying. Your father Abraham rejoiced to see My day; and he saw it, and was glad."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 11]          The command given to Abraham to slay his son was the most severe test that could be brought upon him. But as he prepared in faith to obey God, there was opened before him the coming of the Just One, the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world for the sins of the human race. As by faith he grasped the promise, Christ revealed Himself to him. Abraham saw the incarnate Saviour, and rejoiced.  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 12]          "Then said the Jews unto Him, Thou art not yet fifty years old, and hast Thou seen Abraham?" "Verily, verily, I say unto you," Jesus answered, "Before Abraham was, I am. Then took they up stones to cast at Him; but Jesus hid Himself, and went out of the temple, going through the midst of them, and so passed by." Their eyes were blinded that they might not see Him.  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 13]          "Before Abraham was, I am." Christ is the pre-existent, self-existent Son of God. The message He gave to Moses to give to the children of Israel was, "Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, I AM hath sent me unto you." The prophet Micah writes of Him, "But thou, Bethlehem Ephratah, tho thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of Thee shall He come forth unto Me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old, from everlasting."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 14]         Through Solomon Christ declared: "The Lord possessed Me in the beginning of His way, before His works of old. I was set up from everlasting, from the beginning, or ever the earth was. When there were no depths, I was brought forth; when there were no fountains abounding with water. Before the mountains were settled, before the hills was I brought forth. . . . When He gave to the sea His decree, that the waters should not pass His commandment; when He appointed the foundations of the earth; then I was by Him, as one brought up with Him; and I was daily His delight, rejoicing always before Him."  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 15]          In speaking of His pre-existence, Christ carries the mind back through dateless ages. He assures us that there never was a time when He was not in close fellowship with the eternal God. He to whose voice the Jews were then listening had been with God as one brought up with Him.  {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, August 29, 1900 par. 16]          Christ's words were spoken with a quiet dignity and with an assurance and power that sent conviction to the hearts of the scribes and Pharisees. They felt the power of the message sent from heaven. God was knocking at the door of their hearts, entreating entrance. But they refused to listen. By their persistent rejection of warnings and invitations they caused Him to abandon them to their blindness and its results. Satan was working with all his power to secure them in his cause, and under his control they developed a stubbornness which brought upon them their ruin.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, August 29, 1900 par. 16}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 1]       September 5, 1900 "Ask, and It Shall Be Given You."         Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you; for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened." Christ knows that it is not possible for us to resist Satan's temptations in our own strength. We can do this only by receiving divine help. In our own strength we should surely fail. Provision has been made that in every emergency and trial we may flee to the stronghold. When in faith we ask for help, it will be given us. We have the assurance of this from lips that can not lie. His word is Yea and Amen.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 2]          Then let every weary, burdened soul ask, and he shall receive. Will not He who gave His beloved Son to  die for us give us help in time of need? Let us not dishonor God by unbelief. Let us take Him at His word, remembering His promise. The blessing is ours if we grasp it by faith. Why should our Christian experience be weak and nerveless? Why should our souls be anxious? Why should we not venture out by faith on the promises given?  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 3]          Christ says, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect;" and He has the power to make us perfect. But too often we forget this. Too often we forget to look to Christ. He is the Redeemer and Restorer, and those who call upon Him in faith will receive strength to overcome every wrong habit and practice.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 4]          Those who do not strive to bring the will into conformity to God's will can not be vessels unto honor. A defective character shows that the grace of God has not been allowed to work in the heart. Wrong habits are a constant hindrance to usefulness. Those who cherish them can not be Christians; for to be a Christian is to be Christlike. We must comply with the conditions laid down in God's Word. We must grasp in confidence the rich promises of God; then we shall be overcomers.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 5]          "Ye have not chosen Me," Christ declares, "but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain; that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you." Before we loved God, He loved us. Before we turned toward Him, His grace was making its impression on our hearts. He has bought us with a price, "the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot," and He desires us to walk before Him in holiness, bearing fruit to His glory.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 6]          God will be to us all that we let Him be. But we must believe that we shall receive of Him the things He has promised. Languid, half-hearted, faithless prayers will bring no returns from heaven. We need to press our petitions to the throne of grace, asking in faith, waiting in faith, receiving in faith, rejoicing in hope; for every one that asketh receiveth.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 7]          Be in earnest in this matter. Seek God with all the heart. Men put earnestness and energy into temporal business. They know that if they do not, their efforts will not be crowned with success. With intense earnestness learn the science of seeking for the rich blessings promised in God's Word. Work with persevering effort, and you will receive light and truth and grace. These blessings are for all who serve God aright. We need to fear lest the promise being left us of victory through Christ, we should come short of it.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 8]          Christ is our example. His life was a life of prayer. Yes, Christ, the Son of God, equal with the Father, Himself all-sufficient, the storehouse of all blessings, He whose voice could rebuke disease, still the tempest, and call the dead to life, prayed with strong crying and many tears. He often spent whole nights in prayer. While the cities were hushed in slumber, angels listened to the pleadings of the Redeemer. See the Saviour bowed in prayer, His soul wrung with anguish. He is not praying for Himself, but for those whom He came to save. In the mountains of Galilee and in the groves of Olivet the Beloved of God prayed for sinners. Then He came forth to minister to them, His tongue touched anew with living fire.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 9]          Christ was the representative of the race. As our example He prayed to the Father for strength and grace. These prayers reach down to our time. He has identified Himself with us. Being tempted in all points like as we are, He is able to sympathize with those who are tempted. He bowed before His Father as a suppliant, obtaining strength from on high. By communion with God He was invigorated and refreshed for His work of helping those who were in need. Braced for duty and prepared for toil by intercession with the Father, He went forth to encourage and bless others. Those who are indeed friends of Christ will often commune with Him, having implicit faith that He will answer all the prayers offered in His name.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 10]          God permits a crisis to come now and then, that His children may go to Him. He sees and knows all things. He desires them to feel their helplessness, and to plead with Him, casting their helpless souls upon Him. Then they are ready to be taught. "Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you." In the Saviour's presence God's people will have no fear of evil. The ever-varying perplexities, the abrupt and unexpected changes, of this age will not baffle or discourage them, but will give them fortitude and courage, bracing them for labor.  {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, September 5, 1900 par. 11]          Christ declares, "Every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth." This is a law of the divine government, a law sure and unfailing, establishing a connection between human and divine agencies. O, what a world of promises we have in the Word of God! To all who seek Him at the footstool of mercy Christ gives power to witness for Him. He has placed Himself under obligation never to disappoint a true seeker for the Holy Spirit's guidance. And to assure us of this He appeals to the love of earthly parents: "What man is there of you," He asks, "whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him?"                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, September 5, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 1]       September 12, 1900 Our Duty as Christians.         Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might." Do not trust in your own strength. "Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil." Do we make the preparation which it is our privilege that we may be able to stand against the enemy? Do we realize the sacred character of God's work and the necessity of watching for souls as they that must give an account? We must be vigilant, "knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep; for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed. The night is far spent, the day is at hand; let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light.'  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 2]          "Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises; that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 3]          These promises are the assurance that through the influence of the Holy Spirit we are strengthened to become like God in character. By beholding His purity and holiness, we become partakers of His nature, overcoming the selfishness of the natural heart. There is a power in truth that will always work if the human agent will heartily co-operate, allowing himself to be brought by faith into captivity to Jesus Christ. The Saviour's virtues and excellencies then become the savor of the whole being.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 4]          "And besides this," the apostle continues, "giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 5]          This is not a surface work. It means a clear understanding of spiritual things, and a genuine sense of the practical working of the Holy Spirit upon mind and heart. "He that lacketh these things is blind, and can not see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins." But "if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 6]          Through the application of the truths of the Gospel, men become laborers together with God. But those who while claiming to believe the Bible fail to practise the truth it contains, are blind and can not see afar off. This is why so many men and women live at cross-purposes with God. They do not live and work upon the Gospel plan of addition. Their religious experience is dwarfed.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 7]          "Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure; for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall; for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 8]          A mere creed, tho every jot and tittle of it may be sound, is not enough to restore in man the moral image of God. An ancestral faith, however tenaciously held, can not correct the evils of the natural heart. It is the willing mind, the earnest spirit, the hearty, self-denying efforts, imbued with love to God and man, which bring results approved by God. The whole heart must be given to God, else we shall fail to love Him supremely, and then, necessarily, we shall fail to love our neighbor as ourselves. We can not obey the law unless it is written on the heart. Only the truth as it is in Jesus can illuminate the soul, enabling us to do good and only good to those with whom we are associated.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 9]          There are those to whom the truth is not truth. The work of the Redeemer exerts no restoring influence upon their lives. The will of God is not obeyed. The countless mercies and blessings bestowed on them are received as a matter of course. What is the matter? They do not obey the injunction, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 10]          Christ declares, "The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life." To make a profession of faith while we fail, to receive the truth as a thirsty man receives water, leaves the soul as barren as the hills of Gilboa. The heart is the citadel of the being, and until the heart is surrendered to God, the enemy will claim it as his stronghold, and no power on earth can dispossess him. Christianity is not there. Its place is occupied by sophistry. Love for the Saviour and for those for whom He died is not there. There is no experimental knowledge of the words, "We are laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 11]          Are there not many like the fig-tree which bore no fruit? They seem to think that a profession of following Christ constitutes the sum of Christianity. Many dishonor the religion of the Bible by lowering the standard to meet their own attainments. They do not prepare themselves to meet the attacks of the enemy. They do not crucify self. They seem not to realize that they are to fight constantly against the inclinations of the natural heart. O, for more of the spirit of the Master! How much His children need it!  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 12]          We are not obliged to forsake business pursuits in order to live the religion of Christ. We need not flee to the desert and dwell in the caves of the earth in order to obtain a closer walk with God. The Lord does not require us to be useless in society in order to serve Him. Indolence is not a Christian grace. We are to be zealous of good works, "not slothful in business; fervent in spirit, serving the Lord."  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 13]          In all business relations we must represent God, showing ourselves to be Christians. Men can serve God in business life if amid the temptations of the world they keep His religion pure and undefiled. The Christian is to set his aim high. He is to let his light shine before men, that they may see his good works, and glorify his heavenly Father. Amid the confusion and change of daily life, he is to hold fast his integrity.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 14]          God's will is to be our will and His way our way just as much when we are engaged in business as when we are on our knees in prayer. We are to maintain Christian principles under all circumstances, however trying. The religion of the Bible is for all times and all occasions.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 15]          True goodness is revealed by the bearing of good fruit. This goodness bears the endorsement of heaven. The religion of Christ makes all who possess it truly benevolent. It countenances no littleness, no mean transactions. True Christians have a nobility which allows none of the cheap, covetous actions that are a disgrace to the doer.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 16]          If we would work wisely and intelligently for God, our human passions, our hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong; must be brought under the control of a higher and more commanding generalship than human ability.  {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 16}
[ST, September 12, 1900 par. 17]          "Cease to do evil; learn to do well." This is the lesson each one should learn day by day. We are to walk in accordance with the will of God, who is too wise to err, and too good to do us harm. The Redeemer met Satan's treacherous advances with the words, "It is written," and with the imperative command, "Get thee behind Me, Satan." Christians should receive with meekness the engrafted Word, which is able to save the soul.  The Word of God is a tower of strength, into which they may run and be saved.   Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, September 12, 1900 par. 17}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 1]       September 19, 1900 The Need of Unity.         God has given His children different talents and capabilities, but all are to work under one great Head. Those who claim to serve God are under obligation to work for Him with faithfulness and unselfishness. They are not to watch for an opportunity to build themselves up to the injury of some one else.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 2]          Different gifts are imparted to different ones, that we may feel our need of one another. God bestows these gifts, and they are to be employed in His service, not to glorify the possessor, but to uplift the world's Redeemer. They are to be used for the good of all mankind. God desires His people to help one another in the discharge of their various duties, and in the faithful accomplishment of the work He has given them to do.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 3]          The Lord wishes His people to reach a higher standard. He desires them to overcome all self-exaltation. No jealousy or envy is to be manifested, no evil surmisings entertained. The power of Satanic agencies is great, and the Lord calls upon His people to unite their forces to strengthen one another, "building up yourselves on your most holy faith." "Love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous."  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 4]          We are laborers together with God. One laborer plants, another waters or cultivates, and God gives the increase. The progress of the work in each individual soul determines the strength of the church. When those who claim to believe the truth are sanctified through the truth, when they learn of Christ, His meekness, and lowliness, there will be complete and perfect unity in the church. The members will answer Christ's prayer, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy Word is truth; . . . that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are One; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in One; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me."  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 5]          When Christ abides in the hearts of believers, all quarrels, all selfish actions, all discourteous words, will be put away. Each one will ask earnestly, "Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?"  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 6]          Let us strive with earnestness for the victory over sin. Let us be determined not to give place to the enemy by criticizing, by picking flaws, by disparaging others, and seeking to be first. Let us study the prayer made in our behalf, and work for its fulfilment. Let us keep our eyes fixed upon the perfect Pattern. The only way to avoid dissension and strife is to keep looking to Him who came to the world to save sinners, learning of Him, His meekness and lowliness. He says to us, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." How, then, can there be strife among us? If we live in Christ's presence, there will be no contention.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 7]          Read the instruction given in the eighteenth chapter of Matthew. In all the oracles of God there is nothing more positive than this, and yet God is dishonored and His cause marred by the doing of the wrongs pointed out in this chapter. These words are for you and for me, and for all who claim to be followers of the meek and lowly Jesus. He shows us the principles upon which we are to act in all cases and under all circumstances. There is to be no striving for the supremacy. Christ teaches that in His spiritual kingdom it is not position, not outward splendor or authority, but inward excellence that constitutes greatness.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 8]          The disciples came to Jesus with the question, "Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto Him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven."  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 9]          This is Christ's lesson for those He has ransomed by His own blood. He takes a deep interest in the least and feeblest of His children, and regards that which is done for them as done for Himself. The angels, who are in constant communion with the Father, are not ashamed, but glad and willing to minister to those most in need of their help. Then should not we, as servants of Christ, be willing to minister to those whom we suppose to be inferior to ourselves?  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 10]          The greatest in the kingdom of God are those who know and love Him. These are they who are chosen of Him and precious. To do justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly before God, this is an unfailing evidence of true sanctification of heart and life.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 11]          Christ's teachings are to be to us as the leaves of the tree of life. As we receive and assimilate His words, we shall reveal a symmetrical character. By our unity, by esteeming others better than ourselves, we bear to the world a living testimony of the power of the truth. We are not to fear that unless we seek to be first, we shall not be properly estimated. If men had higher and clearer views of Christ, if they had greater confidence in Him and less confidence in themselves, their characters would be molded and fashioned according to the divine likeness. When self is hid in Christ, the Saviour will appear as the chiefest among ten thousand, and the One altogether lovely.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 12]          Christ's presence in the church is its life, its health, and its growth. Let God's children remember that to be esteemed by men is nothing, but to be commended by God is everything. Christians must give up seeking to be first if they obtain the favor and recognition of God. Those who have correct views of what constitutes true greatness will never contend for the supremacy.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 13]          Let us put far from us every feeling of self-exaltation. Let us prepare to be good soldiers of the cross by learning the lesson Christ gave when He said, "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls." He who has crushed down all desire for self-recognition will surely be recognized by the unselfishness of His life. In order to help and encourage others, he is willing to put self aside, to forego his own plans and desires. Such a man is a noble leader in Christ's army.  {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, September 19, 1900 par. 14]          Look at the Saviour's patient endurance in suffering and trial, and remember that we too are engaged in a severe and trying warfare. Let us yoke up with Him in unselfish service. "Let nothing be done through strife or vain-glory; but in lowliness of mind let each esteem other better than themselves. . . . Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus; who, being in form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men. . . . Do all things without murmurings and disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, September 19, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 1]       September 26, 1900 As Lights in the World.         God desires us to shine as lights in the world. Darkness has covered the earth and gross darkness the people; and Christ says to His followers, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." We are to give the light of truth to others, ever asking, ever receiving, ever imparting, working in all simplicity through the sanctification of the Spirit.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 2]          Christ pointed out the position His people should occupy when He said, "Ye are the light of the world." From the members of the church is to go forth an influence which shall enlighten others. The Light-giver arranges the lamps so that all in His house (the world) may be enlightened. He has an inexhaustible supply of light, and He places those who truly believe in Him, where they will shine brighter and brighter. Constantly our light is to increase in brightness because we are constantly receiving light from the Source of all light. Beholding Christ, we are to become changed into His image, reflecting His light to the world.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 3]          Each soul united to Christ becomes a light in God's house. Each is to receive and impart, letting his light shine forth in clear, bright rays. We are held responsible by God if we do not let light shine to those who are in darkness. God has given each member of His church the work of giving light to the world, and those who faithfully act their part in this work will receive an increasing supply of light to impart. By His Spirit the Lord will mold and fashion the human agent, quickening his energies, and giving him light wherewith to enlighten others.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 4]          Life always shows itself in action. If the heart is living, it will send the life-blood to every part of the body. Those whose hearts are filled with spiritual life will not need to be urged to reveal this life. The divine life will flow forth from them in rich currents of grace. As they pray, and as they speak, God is glorified.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 5]          There is no limit to the Lord's efficiency. He is prepared to advance and to add new territory to His kingdom. But His people must do their part in carrying forward this work. "Ask, and it shall be given you," is the promise. Our part is to rest on the Word with unwavering faith, believing that God will do according to His promise. Let faith cut its way through the shadow of the enemy. When a questioning doubt arises, go to Christ, and let the soul be encouraged by communion with Him. The redemption He has purchased for us is complete. The offering He made was plenteous and without stint. Heaven has a never-failing supply of help for all who are in need.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 6]          It is the Saviour's delight to see His followers co-laborers with God, receiving bountifully all the means of fruit-bearing, and giving bountifully, as workers under Him. Christ glorified His Father by the fruit He bore, and the lives of His true followers will produce the same result. Receiving and imparting, his workers will produce much fruit. "Hitherto," Christ said to His disciples, "ye have asked nothing in My name. Ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full."  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 7]          The God of providence still walks among us, tho His footsteps are not seen, tho His positive and direct workings are not recognized or understood. The world in its human wisdom knows not God. The Lord designs that through human beings His glory, not the glory of men, shall be manifested. It is His light that shines through His agencies. Providence and revelation work in divine harmony, revealing God as first, and last, and best in everything.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 8]          Christ is drawing sinners to Himself by the cords of love, seeking to unite them to Himself, that they may be laborers together with God, not in pride and self-sufficiency, but in meekness and lowliness. When sinners are converted, God is glorified before the principalities and powers of heaven and earth. These converted ones are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. "Ye are My witnesses," God says. By looking to Me you are to become transformed in character; and by the manifestation of Christlike forbearance and love you are to reveal this transformation.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 9]          By imparting to others the love and tenderness which God has so abundantly bestowed on us, we are to let our light shine. We should put every gift of God to the best possible use, making it a producer of good. To God we can give nothing which is not already His; but we can help the needy ones around us. We can supply them with the necessities of this life, and at the same time speak to them of the wonderful love of God.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 10]          Christ has identified His interests with those of His people. He has plainly stated that we can minister to Him by ministering to His suffering ones. Words of encouragement and cheer, spoken when the soul is sick and the pulse of courage is low, these are regarded by the Saviour as if spoken to Himself. The heavenly angels look on in pleased recognition. In no better way can we express our love to God than by unselfish, self-sacrificing actions, performed because the grace of  God has been received into our hearts.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 11]          There are only two kingdoms in this world,--the kingdom of Christ and the kingdom of Satan. To one of these kingdoms each one of us must belong. In His wonderful prayer for His disciples Christ said: "I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy Word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world."  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 12]          It is not God's will that we should seclude ourselves from the world. But while in the world we should sanctify ourselves to God. We should not pattern after the world. We are to be in the world as a corrective influence, as salt that retains its savor. Among an unholy, impure, idolatrous generation we are to be pure and holy, showing that the grace of Christ has power to restore in man the divine likeness. We are to exert a saving influence upon these in the world.  {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, September 26, 1900 par. 13]          "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith." The world has become a lazar-house of sin, a mass of corruption. It knows not God's children, because it knows Him not. We are not to follow its ways or imitate its customs. Continually we must resist its principles. Continually we must obey the words, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, September 26, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 1]       October 3, 1900 The Bread of Life.         The Bible contains the science of salvation. "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works."  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 2]          He who breathed into man the breath of life and made him a living soul, has breathed into the Scriptures a vital, life-giving power. "The Word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in His sight; but all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of Him with whom we have to do."  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 3]          We need to study the Word of God far more than we do. Thus we shall see ourselves as we are. Let us take God's holy Word as our counselor. Let us study it with a heart open to receive its instruction.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 4]          Those who study the Bible with a true purpose will become wise unto salvation. Christ speaks of this as eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of man. "I am the living bread which came down from heaven," he said; "if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 5]          "The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this Man give us His flesh to eat? Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. . . . It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life."  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 6]          By offering Himself on the cross of Calvary, Christ gave His flesh and blood for the salvation of the world. Those who believe in Him as a personal Saviour, those who work His works, receiving His words and practising His principles, are eating the bread of life. Christ's lessons are their food and drink. They constantly seek to do Christ's will. Under all circumstances they strive to do as He would do. They look to Him who is the Author and Finisher of their faith, inquiring earnestly, What would Jesus do? What words would He speak? If I speak words that He would not speak were He in my place, I am not abiding in Him, or He in me.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 7]          Christ's Word is the bread of life and the water of salvation. Trust in its fulness comes to us through constant communion with God. By it we gain spiritual strength. Christ supplies the life-blood of the heart, and the Holy Spirit gives nerve power. Begotten again unto a lively hope, imbued with the quickening power of a new nature, the soul is enabled to rise higher and still higher. Paul's prayer for the Ephesians was "that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God."  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 8]          As our natural life is sustained by physical food, so our spiritual life is to be sustained by spiritual food, even the words of Christ. The Gospel, believed and lived, means eternal life. It gives spiritual health and vigor. It enables us to show in the daily life the fruits of the Spirit.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 9]          The disciples of Christ are to bring the perfection of His character into their characters. He has given them His Word as their spiritual food. As they eat His Word, they will grow like Him, manifesting unselfishness, integrity, kindness, and love. In all they do, Christlikeness will be revealed. Thus they will show that they are eating the bread of heaven and drawing living water from the wells of salvation.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 10]          In Christ, "God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory." These words are not merely to be read as a lesson. They are to be understood, believed, and lived. They will give us spiritual life. Christ's teachings are to be brought into the daily experience. We have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of our sins.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 11]          It is by the Word of life that the Christian is to live. From it we are to receive a continually increasing knowledge of truth. From it we are to gain light, purity, goodness, and a faith which works by love and purifies the soul. It is given to us that we may be cleansed from all defilement, and presented faultless before the throne of divine glory. Wondrous victory, gained by Christ in our behalf!  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 12]          Oneness with Christ depends on the renewing of the mind by the Holy Spirit. Thus we are strengthened to walk in newness of life, receiving from Christ forgiveness for our sins. He who has this experience is a cleansed vessel, sanctified and meet for the Master's use. Self is dead. His words are, "I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me." There is a daily reception of the Holy Spirit, and this brings eternal life to the soul.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 13]          Those who eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God have a vital, saving union with Him. They are partakers of the divine nature. Christ dwells in the human tenement. True Christians are one with Christ as Christ is one with God. The quickening of the Holy Spirit brings life to the soul. When this is believed, understood, and known by experience, the character of God is revealed in the human agent. Christ abides in the heart.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 14]          All disunion, all selfish thoughts, words, and actions, are the fruit of the working of an unholy spirit upon the mind. Under the influence of this spirit, words are spoken which do not reveal the Saviour. Christ is not formed within, the hope of glory. Those who live thus are sinners, tho they may be counted as saints. They are without faith. They do not practise the principles of Christ. Many who claim to be Christians commit grievous sins because they do not eat the bread that came down from heaven.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 15]          Those who receive Christ are meek and lowly. Christ opens within their hearts a fountain of living water, which springs up unto eternal life, refreshing the souls of others. The lives of those who eat the bread of life are purified by the grace of God. They claim and receive all that the giving of Christ's flesh and blood signifies. Vivified by the Holy Spirit, they are enabled to work the works of Christ.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, October 3, 1900 par. 16]          The Word of God should be our counselor in all difficulties, our guide in all the relations of life. In the heart, the home, the place of business, the living oracles of God should reign supreme. When alone, when no human eye sees, no human ear hears, the truth is to be our companion. Ever the soul is to be subject to its control. Upon thought, word, and deed it is to stamp its divine impress. To those who obey, the Word of God is the tree of life. It possesses the elements necessary for the formation of a perfect character, and on the effect which its teaching produces in us depends our destiny for eternity.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, October 3, 1900 par. 16}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 1]       October 10, 1900 His Wonderful Love.         God created Adam and Eve, and placed them in charge of the Garden of Eden, where everything was beautiful to look upon, and the fruit pleasant to the taste. He said to them, "Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat; but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it; for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die." They were forbidden to eat the fruit of this tree. This seems a small thing, but it was a test of their obedience and of their trust and confidence in God. God told them that if they disobeyed, death would be the result. Their happiness depended on obedience.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 2]          By obedience Adam would have lost nothing which it was for his good to retain. But, notwithstanding this, he disobeyed. The temptation to transgress was presented by Eve, who, having herself eaten of the forbidden fruit and realized no immediate harm, offered some of it to Adam, telling him of the great advantages of which they were deprived by not being allowed to eat of it.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 3]          Thus sin was brought into the world. God closed against the disobedient pair the gates of Paradise, placing an angel with a flaming sword to guard the way to the tree of life. Man must not now eat of the fruit of the life-giving tree; for sin must not be immortalized. One star of hope illumined the dark and dismal future. God said to the serpent, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." Thus was given the promise of the Redeemer.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 4]          God pitied the fallen race. He "so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Christ came to bring life and immortality to those dead in trespasses and sins. Who is he that carries such a weight of responsibility?--"There shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots; and the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon Him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord." "Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulder; and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace."  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 5]          Christ declared, "Before Abraham was, I am." By this declaration He laid open the resources of His infinite nature, imparting in His words assurance of peace and pardon for the guilty race. He spoke with the assurance that He was able to take up and lay down His life as He chose, to secure the salvation of those who have fallen into Satan's snare.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 6]          Christ spoke with the authority of greatness, as with a clear, distinct voice He said: "I am the light of the world." "I am the bread of life." "I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life." "I am the Good Shepherd. . . . My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me; and I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of My hand." "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 7]          John calls our attention to the love that God has bestowed on us. "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." Altho for ages sin has been accumulating, altho through falsehood and artifice Satan has cast the black shadow of his interpretation upon the Word of God, yet the Father's mercy and love have not ceased to flow earthward in rich currents. If human beings would open the windows of the soul heavenward, in appreciation of the divine gifts, a flood of healing virtue would pour in, leading men to exclaim, "Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins."  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 8]          To enlarge our views of God's goodness, Christ calls upon us to behold the works of His hands. "Behold the fowls of the air," He says; "they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall He not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? . . . For your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you."  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 9]         Tho men have sinned grievously, they are not forsaken. The Hand that upholds the world, upholds and strengthens the weakest and most sinful human being. The great Master Artist, whose skill is infinitely beyond the skill of any human being, who gives to the lily of the field its delicate and beautiful tints, and who cares for the little sparrow, cares also for His children.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 10]          The care bestowed by Heaven on any given object is proportionate to the place occupied by this object in the scale of creation. If the flower is given a beauty that outvies the glory of Solomon, what can be the estimate that God places on His purchased heritage? Christ points us to the care bestowed on the things that wither in a day, to show us how much love God must have for the beings created in His own image. He desires every mind to grasp this precious truth. He opens before us the volume of providence, and bids us behold the names written therein. In this volume every human being has a page, on which are written the events of his life. And from the mind of God these names are never absent for a moment. Wonderful indeed are God's love and care for the beings He has created.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 11]          In behalf of man God has poured out the whole treasury of heaven, and in return He claims and expects our entire affections. For us He gave up His only-begotten Son to a life of rejection, abuse, insult, and mockery.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 12]          All this God did that man might become filled with the divine love and benevolence. Thus He would assure sinners that sins of the greatest magnitude can be forgiven if the transgressor seeks for pardon, surrendering himself, body, soul, and spirit, to be transformed by the grace of God, and changed into His likeness.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 13]          Christ imparted His divine benediction, with a copiousness which showed that all power in heaven and earth have been given to Him with which to bless and strengthen humanity. All the treasures of eternity are at His command. There is no restriction of His beneficence. To all, high and low, rich and poor, who receive Him by faith as the Son of God, He is a very present help. He thought it not robbery to be equal with God, that in word and deed He might reveal God.  {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, October 10, 1900 par. 14]          Having brought into the world the great treasures of heaven, owned and created by the eternal God, Christ can give to all eternal life. With His humanity He touches humanity, and with His divinity He firmly grasps divinity. Into man, prostrated, diseased, enfeebled, He can breathe the breath of life, making him a partaker of the divine nature.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, October 10, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 1]       October 17, 1900 Help for the Tempted.         "In the world ye shall have tribulation; but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world."  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 2]          There is no warfare between Satan and his agents, between fallen angels and those who have yielded themselves to evil. Both possess the same attributes, both through sin are evil. But between Christ's followers and the powers of darkness there is an unwearied conflict, which is to have no end till Christ shall come the second time without sin unto salvation, to destroy him who has destroyed so many souls through his deceptive power.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 3]          This enmity was spoken of in Eden. God declared to Satan, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her Seed; It shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise His heel." This enmity was revealed as soon as man transgressed God's law. His nature became evil. He formed a confederacy with the enemy of God. Fallen men and fallen angels have united in a desperate companionship against good. Satan does all in his power to lead men to work with him. Christ has pledged Himself to engage in conflict with the prince of darkness, and Christ's soldiers, the chosen of God, war against principalities and powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 4]          Satan tempts men and women in many ways. On the right hand and on the left he works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. To some he comes in a winning garb and with a friendly air. To others he comes in garments of darkness, to scatter and slay. By torturing fears he seeks to dishearten and distract.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 5]          Again and again he came to the children of Israel, and at no time was he completely repulsed. He always found some soul ready to entertain him. The very men who had seen the glory of God from the mount received him as a welcome guest. Two hundred and fifty princes, men of renown, fell under his subtle power. Members of the priesthood, connected with the sacred work of God, were deluded by his devices, and were found fighting against the Lord.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 6]          These men mixed the cup of gall for Moses. They thought they were serving the Hebrew host by opening to them a door of freedom. What a terrible delusion they cherished! How fearfully they were deceived!  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 7]          The history of the children of Israel was recorded for the benefit of those upon whom the end of the world is come. We are to take warning from their experience, that we may not dishonor God as they dishonored Him. Satan was continually inciting them to rebellion, but he is even more active today. He attacks first one and then another, and when men are unguarded he succeeds in his purpose.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 8]         Christ saw that Satan's power was exercised upon the human family, and that he claimed the whole race as his own. The Saviour pledged His word to give His life in man's behalf. He laid aside His royal robe and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might clothe humanity with His garment of righteousness.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 9]          Jesus came to the world as a human being, that He might become acquainted with human beings, and come close to them in their need. He was born a babe in Bethlehem. He grew up as other children grew. And from youth to manhood, during the whole of His earthly life, He was assailed by Satan's fiercest temptations.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 10]         Adam was tempted by the enemy, and he fell. It was not indwelling sin which caused him to yield; for God made him pure and upright, in His own image. He was as faultless as the angels before the throne. There were in him no corrupt principles, no tendencies to evil. But when Christ came to meet the temptations of Satan, He bore "the likeness of sinful flesh." In the wilderness, weakened physically by a fast of forty days, He met His adversary. His dignity was questioned, His authority disputed, His allegiance to His Father assailed by the fallen foe.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 11]          All heaven watched the conflict between the Prince of Light and the prince of darkness. Angels stood ready to interpose in Christ's behalf should Satan pass the prescribed limit. O, what love burned in their hearts as they saw their Commander apparently in the power of His foe! When the last temptation came, when as Satan offered Christ all the world and the glory of it, if He would  fall down and worship him, divinity flashed through humanity, and the enemy was resisted, the love of the angels knew no bounds. Their sympathy could no longer be restrained.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 12]          Christ overcame Satan on every point. The wily foe could not induce Him to swerve from His allegiance to His Father. "Get thee behind Me, Satan," Christ said; "for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve." The Captain of our salvation overcame for us; Satan left the field a conquered foe. But the strain upon Christ had left Him as one dead. "And, behold, angels came and ministered unto Him." Their arms encircled Him. Upon the breast of the highest angel in heaven His head rested. Divine consolation flowed into His soul. The foe was vanquished. Humanity was placed on vantage ground. Christ had conquered. Those who became partakers of the divine nature would be able to resist the temptations of the enemy.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 13]          Christ lived a human life that He might be man's example in all things. He endured temptation even as every human being must endure. He believed God, as we must believe. He learned obedience, even as we are required to learn obedience. And He overcame, as we must overcome. His path lay through manifold temptations; therefore He knows how to succor those who are tempted.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 14]          Wonderful indeed is God's work in behalf of man. Let the tempted soul remember that he is a representative of Christ. It is only by coming in contact with obstacles and difficulties and overcoming them that we become strong. Our necessity is God's opportunity. If we will hold fast to Christ, every trial will work out for our good.  {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, October 17, 1900 par. 15]          "We have not an High Priest which can not be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, October 17, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 1]       October 24, 1900 A Present Help in Every Time of  Need.         Christ's workers should be well qualified, well trained men and women, enjoying the vigorous use of all their powers. They should be men and women who have denied self, who in a crisis will know, as did Daniel, what course to pursue in order to honor and glorify God.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 2]         Infidelity in many specious forms will have to be met. Satan works under disguise, and it will require a well-trained mind, sharpened by divine enlightenment, to meet his wily devices. Men can not now retain with safety defects of character. If they do not make determined efforts to overcome hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong, these tendencies will become lusts which war against the soul.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 3]         My heart is stirred within me as I see so many cities and villages in the darkness of superstition and ignorance, with no one to teach them the special truths so important for this time. I can scarcely restrain myself from crying aloud, Where are the missionaries to carry light to these ignorant ones? Where are the men and women who will work with self-denial and self-sacrifice to save souls?  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 4]         Alas, are there not many like the doomed fig-tree which bore no fruit,--mere cumberers of the ground? They seem to think that to profess Christ constitutes the sum of Christianity. Many live in the hope of some day growing better, but they do not advance a step. They dishonor the religion of the Bible by lowering the standard to meet their own attainments. They do not prepare to meet the assaults of Satan. They do not realize that God calls upon them to engage in a constant warfare against the selfishness and pride of their own hearts. They do not crucify self. O, for more of the Spirit of the Master! How much His people need it!  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 5]         Every day and every hour we need the sanctification of the Spirit, else we shall be taken unawares. Christ, the Commander of heaven, durst not bring against the devil a railing accusation, altho He had every excuse for doing so. We need to learn how to manifest Christlike humility. "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me," the Saviour says. "I am not boastful. I hide My glory. I am meek and lowly in heart." When God's people have sanctified hearts and sanctified tongues, they will do a work that will not need to be repented of. The influence they exert will be a savor of life unto life. The Lord is opening the way for the spread of the Gospel, but we are not ready. Daily we need to be softened and refined by the Holy Spirit's power. Even our thoughts are to be brought into subjection to Christ. Unconsecrated self is to be crucified. Like Mary, we are to sit at the feet of Christ and learn of Him.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 6]         As we work for Christ, we need not appeal to the wisdom of human beings. Christ says, "Come unto Me, . . . and I will give you rest." Have faith in God. What is faith?--"The substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." Without faith it is impossible to please God. Make faith in Christ a glorious reality. A mighty faith in the Redeemer exerts an influence which nothing can withstand. God Himself comes to the help of His tried and tempted but faithful followers.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 7]         God is our only sure defense. The new and living way is opened before every one who cheerfully submits to the yoke of Christ. The strength of the Lord is made perfect in the weakness of His followers, whether they be as renowned as Paul or as obscure as the least of the disciples. Those who suppose that they are perfect need to take Christ's yoke upon them, and learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. Thus they will find out how weak and inefficient they really are. Those who think themselves to be pure in spirit and strong in faith need to learn daily the meaning of the words, "Without Me ye can do nothing."  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 8]         As laborers together in God we are to be thankful that we are not all cast in the same mould. Every leaf in the Lord's creation has an identity of its own. God does not ask His followers to be precisely alike. Temptations come to each one in a different way, and God reveals His power by upholding and delivering each one. Deliverance in time of trial is prepared for all who are tempted no matter how diverse their temptations may be. Strength to advance upward and forward is provided for each one.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 9]         Every soul must fight his own battles. He must himself put on the armor. He must pray for himself. He must commune with God for himself. He must keep his own soul under watchful guidance, knowing that if he does his part, God will not fail of doing His part.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 10]         As the tempted one draws nigh to God, God draws nigh to him, and lifts up for him a standard against the enemy. As human beings seek the Lord in earnest prayer, they will learn what no human being can teach them. They will see what transgression of the law means, and what a costly price has been paid for the redemption of the race. They will hate the sins that wound the heart of Christ. They will see in Jesus a compassionate, tender High Priest, and will bow in contrition before Him.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 11]         God's people are weak because they have not made Him their trust. They have not made Him their dependence, but have laid their burdens on finite minds and human hearts. The help they have received has been like the helpers they have sought. God has been lost sight of. Look to Him who can say, "I will; be thou clean," and straightway the leprosy of sin departs. Go for help to Him who commands the winds and the waves, and they obey His voice; who speaks, and the dead come forth from corruption to life and health. Glory and majesty surround Him in all His ways.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 12]         Who ever spake as did Jesus? His prayers were an expression of the divine will. Who ever loved men and women like Him who gave His life for them? He is the Holy One of God, and He is entitled to our praise and adoration. His glory and majesty fill the heavens, and yet He is filled with love and sympathy for His weakest child.  {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, October 24, 1900 par. 13]         How infinitely inferior we are to the perfect Pattern that we are called upon to copy! Yet in His strength we can reach the ideal set before us. We can do "all things" in His power. We are to give to the people of God today the message given to Moses for the children of Israel, "Go forward." Christ spoke these words. He guided the children of Israel through the wilderness. His right arm brought them victory in their warfare against their enemies; and He is just as willing to help us in our warfare as He was to help them.                                                         Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, October 24, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 1]      October 31, 1900 The Parable of the Vineyard.         In the parable of the vineyard Christ opened before the Jews the past history of their nation, showing the deeds of unrighteousness they had done, notwithstanding the great light given them. In the immense congregation surrounding Christ there were many priests and rulers. The divine Teacher's gaze took in past, present, and future, as He presented before the Jewish rulers their own course of action. Messenger after messenger had been sent by God to the husbandmen in charge of the vineyard, to receive the fruits thereof. These messengers bore to the husbandmen a most solemn message. But they were shamefully treated by them. One was beaten, another stoned, and another killed.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 2]          Last of all, the owner of the vineyard sent His Son, saying, "They will reverence My Son." But when the husbandmen saw Him, they said, "This is the heir; come, let us kill Him, and let us seize on His inheritance."  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 3]          As Christ described His vineyard, fenced about by the commandments of God, and as He spoke of the treatment His messengers had received, the Jewish rulers stood as if riveted to the spot; and when Christ asked, "When the Lord therefore of the vineyard cometh, what will He do to those husbandmen?" they joined with the people in answering, "He will miserably destroy those wicked men, and will let out His vineyard unto other husbandmen, which shall render Him the fruits in their season." With their own lips they pronounced their sentence.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 4]          Jesus looked upon them, and seeing His look, they knew that He read the secrets of their hearts. His divinity flashed before them with unmistakable power, and, seeing in the husbandmen a representation of themselves, they involuntarily exclaimed, "God forbid."  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 5]          With heavenly light shining from His countenance, Christ said, "Did ye never read in the Scriptures, The Stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner?" What an impression these words made upon those who heard them! If they had received Christ as the Sent of God, saying, "Blessed be He that cometh in the name of the Lord. . . . Thou art my God, and I will praise Thee; Thou art my God, I will exalt Thee," how different would have been their future! But they rejected Christ, and He declared, "Therefore I say unto you, The kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. And whosoever shall fall on this Stone shall be broken; but on whomsoever It shall fall, It will grind him to powder." The husbandmen had yielded to God no returns, and in these words is portrayed their final doom. The Stone lies passive under the treatment It receives. It is discarded, stumbled over, mocked at; but at last a living power takes possession of It. It seems to rise from the earth, and falls on those who have treated It with such contempt. On those who do not fall upon It and become broken, whose hearts are not cleansed by the mercy and forgiveness of God from hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong, that Stone will fall and grind them to powder.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 6]          "And when the chief priests and Pharisees had heard His parables, they perceived that He spake of them." Their hearts were filled with hatred toward Him, "but when they sought to lay hands on Him, they feared the multitude, because they took Him for a prophet."  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 7]          Those who are true learners in the school of Christ will study with intense interest the parable of the vineyard. In this parable Christ presented the true condition of the once chosen people of God. He revealed to them their sinful breach of trust. He designed this parable to be a lesson to all, warning them that unless they walk in the ways of the Lord, keeping all His commandments, He can not bless and sustain them. The church on earth is greatly beloved by God. It is the fold provided for the sheep of His pasture. But the Lord will not serve with the sins of His people. Many times He has suffered calamity and defeat to come upon them because they have glorified themselves, weaving false principles into their practise. He willingly forgives those who repent, but He will remove His favor from those who go on sinning, exalting self, and mingling the sacred with the common. Terrible judgments will destroy those who have misrepresented Him, saying, "The temple of the Lord, The temple of the Lord, The temple of the Lord, are these," when their example is misleading.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 8]          In His daily life Christ gave men an example of the work they were to do. In the temple, in the highways and byways, by His parables, His miracles, His divine compassion and sympathy, He constantly declared, I came not to do My own will, but the will of Him that sent Me. He went about doing good, healing the souls and bodies of those who were sick; and when Pilate gave Him up to the rage of the people for whom He had done so much, it was with the words, "I find no fault in Him." His was a perfect humanity. In His life, activity and devotion were harmoniously blended. The day found Him teaching in the temple or healing the sick; and the night, praying in Olivet for strength to complete His work. The Son of man, He must brace Himself for duty and temptation. He must have vigor of soul and body. He must leave His followers a perfect example of how to combat the enemy. And He prayed earnestly to His Father for strength to do this. For all who desire to follow Him, His example is left on record. Prayer sanctified His ministry. Strength and vigor for daily duty are derived from worshiping God in the beauty of holiness. The lamp must be filled with holy oil before its light can shine amid the moral darkness.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 9]          The Lord has a warning for His people. When men is positions of trust grow careless, when they disregard the requirements of God, when they abuse the influence and misappropriate the talents God has given them, they are abusing His goods, and punishment will surely come upon them. Those who are called by Christ's name are to wear His credentials, showing that they have learned His meekness, His lowliness, His compassion, His love for others. When Christians do this, there will be a different condition of things in the church; for Christ will be revealed. Humanity will be under the influence of divinity.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 10]          For the good of His church God has intrusted to men of His appointment the work of representing Him by their well-chosen words and their firm resistance of evil. The hearts of these men are to be tender and their characters symmetrical, that they may rightly represent the Saviour. But many in God's service are harsh and discourteous. Their spirits are loveless; for they are filled with selfishness and covetousness. They think they have a right to make their own terms regarding the value of their labor, and they become oppressive. If, after testing them, God sees that they will not repent, He removes them, and gives their place to men who will better represent Him. If those who are thus raised up by the Lord remain true and loyal, the Lord will work through them in a remarkable manner.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 11]          The confusion which weakens the church of God is a result of the work of unconsecrated men, whose narrowness of vision prevents them from seeing the loving-kindness shown them by God. They fail to see that God gives to them in order that they may impart to others. All the counsels of God are faithful and true. He disciplines His people that He may lead them in the right way. If they refuse to be instructed, if they will not heed the command to impart what they receive, God can not use them. When God's people become so blind that they lose sight of principle, when they partake of the same spirit that is stirring the hearts of the ungodly, they can not bear God's sign or seal. The severity of their punishment will be proportionate to the light which they had but to which they did not give heed.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 12]          Satan is constantly using mighty principalities and powers to destroy the chosen people of God. Unconsecrated Christians are aiding him in his work. All who fail to keep Christ in view are working away from the right. They are not gathering with Christ, but are scattering abroad. The life-giving power of Jehovah is more needed now than at any former period in the history of the church. God's people are to stand firm in the acknowledged strength of Jesus Christ. He is their refuge and defense.  {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, October 31, 1900 par. 13]          True faith and sanctified work are greatly needed at this time. God says to His people, "Press together, press together; that you may not be destroyed as were the inhabitants of Jerusalem." "Come, My people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee, hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast. For, behold, the Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity; the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain." Persecution is coming, and God calls upon all to stand firm in Christian love, their hearts knit together, of one mind and one judgment. His people are to cleave to Him, and they are to love one another as He has loved them. Christ's life is to be their example. In love, in meekness, in humility, they are to follow Him.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, October 31, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 1]       November 7, 1900 In the Master's Service.         These twelve Jesus sent forth, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not. But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 2]          If the disciples had now preached the Gospel to the Gentiles or the Samaritans, they would have lost their influence with the Jews. By exciting the prejudice of the Pharisees, they would have involved themselves in controversy, which would have discouraged them at the outset. Even the disciples were slow to understand that the Gospel was to be carried to all nations. Until they themselves could grasp this truth, they were not prepared to labor for the Gentiles. If the Jews would receive the Gospel, God purposed to make them His messengers to the Gentiles. Therefore they were first to hear the message.  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 3]          The Saviour continued: "And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out devils; freely ye have received, freely give. Provide neither gold, nor silver, nor brass in your purses; nor scrip for your journey, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves; for the workman is worthy of his meat. And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till ye go hence. And when ye come into a house, salute it. And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it; but if it be not worthy, let your peace return to you. And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when ye depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of your feet. Verily I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment, than for that city. Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves; be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 4]          The Saviour portrayed before His delegated messengers the treatment they would receive as they bore testimony for Him. He would not allow them to enter upon their work as His messengers without telling them what they would meet. He had a complete knowledge of the struggles they would encounter. He showed them the plan of the battle, pointing out the dangers before them. They were not to go into the work blindfold, but were to count the cost of every trial.  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 5]          "Beware of men," Christ said; "for they will deliver you up to the councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues; and ye shall be brought before governors and kings for My sake; for a testimony against them and the Gentiles."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 6]          Christ did not wish His disciples to engage in the warfare in their own strength, thinking that they could break down every opposing influence; for then they would be taken unawares by the enemy. He told them what they might expect. He told them that they must count the cost. At the same time He assured them that help from on high would be given them. They were fighting the good fight of faith, and they would not be left alone. Heavenly angels would fight in their ranks, and the mighty General of heaven would lead the way. They might fear that their sinfulness would make them powerless. They might feel that they could not stand against the enemy. They were to remember that Omnipotence could make them more than conquerors if they would go forward in faith, refusing to fail or be discouraged.  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 7]          The Holy Spirit will supply with grace those who feel their inefficiency. Those who trust in the Lord will be surrounded with a wall of light and holiness. Christ says to His soldiers today: "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." "Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 8]         This spiritual wickedness will develop as time goes on. Laws will be made to compel men to worship God in accordance with human opinions. "Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breast-plate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 9]          The powers of this earth will unite with the powers from beneath to oppress God's people. In the Revelation, John writes: "I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by the sword, and did live. And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads; and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 10]          When Satanic agencies shall unite with the professed Christian world in opposing God, these words of the prophet will be fulfilled. In blind zeal "the brother shall deliver up the brother to death, and the father the child; and the children shall rise up against their parents, and cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for My name's sake; but he that endureth to the end shall be saved."  {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, November 7, 1900 par. 11]          God desires His servants to remember the instruction here given, that they may not be deceived in regard to what is coming upon the world. Of ourselves we can do nothing. Without the Spirit of God we are utterly helpless. Our strength lies in hiding in Jesus. God can do more in one moment to convict people than we can do in a lifetime. Therefore let us hold fast to the arm of Omnipotence. Let us lean upon Jesus. Thus we shall grow strong to do His will. The Lord is our helper. He will not leave or forsake us.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, November 7, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, November 14, 1900 par. 1]       November 14, 1900 "Not by Might nor by Power."         This is the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts. Who art thou, O great mountain? before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain; and he shall bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings, crying, Grace, grace unto it."  {ST, November 14, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, November 14, 1900 par. 2]          The world begins its work with pomp and show and boasting; but all will come to naught. God's way is to make the day of small things the beginning of the triumph of truth and righteousness. For this reason none need be elated by a prosperous beginning, nor cast down by apparent feebleness. God is to His people riches, fulness, and power. His purposes for His chosen people are, like the eternal hills, firm and immovable.  {ST, November 14, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, November 14, 1900 par. 3]          Remember that human might did not establish the church of God, neither can human might destroy it. From age to age the Holy Spirit is an overflowing fountain of life. "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith." There is victory for all who strive lawfully, in perfect harmony with the law of God. They will triumph over all opposition. As they carry forward God's work in the face of all foes, they will be given the guardianship of holy angels.  {ST, November 14, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, November 14, 1900 par. 4]          Christ has pledged Himself to help all who join his army, to co-operate with Him in fighting against visible and invisible foes. He has promised that they shall be joint heirs with Him to an immortal inheritance, that they shall reign as kings and priests before God. Those who are willing to share in this life the humiliation of the Saviour, will share with Him in His glory. Those who choose to suffer affliction with the people of God rather than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season, will be given a place with Christ on His throne.  {ST, November 14, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, November 14, 1900 par. 5]          Hold fast the Word of life. The tempest of opposition will spend itself by its own fury. The clamor will die away. Carry forward the Master's work bravely and cheerfully. The Father above, who watches over His chosen ones with the tenderest solicitude, will bless the efforts made in His name. His work will never cease until its completion amid the triumphant shout, "Grace, grace unto it."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, November 14, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, November 28, 1900 par. 1]      November 28, 1900 The Present Crisis    By Mrs. E. G. White         A great crisis awaits the people of God. A great crisis awaits the world. The most momentous struggle of all the ages is before us. Events which for more than half a century we have, upon the authority of the prophetic Word, declared to be impending, are now taking place before our eyes. An amendment to the Constitution restricting liberty of conscience, has long been urged upon the legislators of the nation; and the question of enforcing Sunday observance has become one of national importance. Are we ready for the issue involved in the Sunday movement?  {ST, November 28, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, November 28, 1900 par. 2]          Many who are working for Sunday enforcement have never understood the claims of the Bible Sabbath, and the false foundation on which the Sunday institution rests. And they are blinded to the results of Sunday legislation. They do not see that it would be a blow against religious liberty. But any movement in favor of religious legislation is really an act of concession to the Papacy, which for so many ages has steadily warred against liberty of conscience. Sunday owes its existence as a so-called Christian institution to the "mystery of iniquity;" and its enforcement will be a virtual recognition of the principles which are the very corner-stone of Romanism. When our nation shall so abjure the principles of its government as to enact a Sunday law, Protestantism will in this act join hands with the Papacy; it will be giving life to the tyranny which has long been eagerly watching its opportunity to spring again into active despotism.  {ST, November 28, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, November 28, 1900 par. 3]          As this struggle progresses, it may appear to human sight that Satan is triumphant and that truth is overborne with falsehood and error. In the country which has been an asylum for the conscience-oppressed servants of God and defenders of His truth, religious freedom may be placed in jeopardy, and the people over whom God has spread His shield, may meet suffering and trial. But God would have us recall His dealings with His people in the past, to save them from their enemies, and trust in Him. He has always chosen extremities, when there seemed no possible hope for deliverance from Satan's workings, for the display of His power. Man's necessity is God's opportunity.  {ST, November 28, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, November 28, 1900 par. 4]          While the Protestant world is making concessions to Rome, and danger is increasing on every hand, let us arouse to comprehend the situation, and to see the contest before us in its true bearings. Let the watchmen lift up the voice, and give with clearness the message which is present truth for this time. "For if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself to the battle?" Let us show the people where we are in prophetic history, and seek to arouse the spirit of true Protestantism, awaking the world to a sense of the value of the religious liberty they have so long enjoyed.                                                                   -    {ST, November 28, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 1]       December 12, 1900 Unfaithful Stewards.                            Judged out of Their Own Mouths.          Then began He to speak to the people this parable: A certain man planted a vineyard, and let it forth to husbandmen, and went into a far country for a long time. And at the season he sent a servant to the husbandmen, that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard; but the husbandmen beat him, and sent him away empty. . . . Then said the lord of the vineyard, What shall I do? I will send my beloved son; it may be they will reverence him when they see him.  But when the husbandmen saw him, they reasoned among themselves, saying, This is the heir; come, let us kill him, that the inheritance may be ours. So they cast him out of the vineyard, and killed him. What therefore shall the lord of the vineyard do unto them?" The priests and Pharisees answered, "He will miserably destroy those wicked men, and will let out his vineyard unto other husbandmen, which shall render him the fruits in their seasons. Jesus saith unto them, Did ye never read in the Scriptures, The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner? . . . And whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be broken; but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder."  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 2]          The Pharisees had watched Christ narrowly as He gave this parable. They were cut to the heart by His words; for they could not fail to see their purpose. The Jewish nation had treated the servants whom God had sent unto them with contempt, injustice, and cruelty; and in consequence the vineyard would be taken from them, and they would be punished with fearful severity. And the Pharisees saw that He had pointed them out as the very ones whose sentence they themselves had pronounced. They were filled with anger against Christ. They decided that He knew too much of their base practises to be allowed to live. They feared that He would expose before the people the wicked deeds they had committed, and the result would be the loss of their popularity.  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 3]          Baffled thus far in their attempts to entrap Christ, the Pharisees took counsel with the Herodians. Having laid their plans, they "sent forth spies, which should feign themselves just men, that they might take hold of His words, that so they might deliver Him unto the power and authority of the governor." They did not send the old Pharisees, whom Jesus had often met, but young men, who were ardent and zealous, and whom they thought Christ did not know.  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 4]          The representatives of the Pharisees and Herodians approached Christ with apparent sincerity, as if desirous to know their duty. "Master," they said, "we know that Thou sayest and teachest rightly, neither acceptest Thou the person of any, but teachest the way of God truly." This was a wonderful admission; but their words were not sincere, but were spoken to deceive. The testimony was true, however. The Pharisees did know that Christ said and taught rightly, and by their own words they will be judged.  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 5]          "Is it lawful for us to give tribute unto Caesar, or no?" they continued. This was a question over which there was much contention. The Pharisees paid their taxes unwillingly, and many denied the right of the Romans to demand tribute. The spies expected Christ to answer the question by a simple yes or no. If He told them it was lawful to pay tribute to Caesar, He would lose popular favor. If He said the tribute was unlawful, they hoped to "deliver Him unto the power and authority of the governor."  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 6]          They appeared to ask honestly, and they thought they had sufficiently disguised their purpose. But Jesus read their hearts as an open book, and sounded their hypocrisy. "Why tempt ye Me?" He asked, thus giving them a sign they had not asked by showing that He read their hidden purpose. They were still more confused when He said, "Show Me a penny." "Whose image and superscription hath it?" He demanded, and they answered, "Caesar's." Pointing to the inscription on the coin, Jesus said, "Render therefore unto Caesar the things which be Caesar's, and unto God the things which be God's."  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 7]          Thus Christ rebuked the hypocrisy and presumption of the Pharisees, and to the bystanders His answer seemed so wise that they admired His tact and wisdom. His reply was no evasion, but a candid answer, and in many minds a vexed question was settled. Forever after they held to the right principle. And altho many went away dissatisfied, they saw that the underlying principle had been laid out in straight lines.  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 8]          When the Pharisees heard Christ's answer, "they marveled, and left Him, and went their way." They were convinced against their will; but they would not yield and accept Christ. They could not at that time satisfy their wrath, but they were determined to carry out their purpose. Henceforth evidence had no effect on their deep-rooted prejudice. There was no more peace or rest for the Saviour; for they manifested the most bitter opposition and intense hatred, and their plans and schemes to entrap Him were abundant, never ceasing until the purpose of hate was fully accomplished on Calvary.  {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, December 12, 1900 par. 9]          But in spite of the opposition of the priests and Pharisees, Christ kept His mission ever before Him. With a heart ever touched by human woe, He ministered to those around Him. He spoke with clearness, simplicity, and authority, and His sermons were such as had never before been heard. His principles were so clearly and wisely inculcated that none need make a misstep, if they will but follow Him, and keep His words.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, December 12, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 1]       December 19, 1900 Words of Warning                                The Law of God in Force.          O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. For I say unto you, Ye shall not see Me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord."  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 1}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 2]          This was the most solemn denunciation that had ever been uttered against Jerusalem. After denouncing the hypocrisy of the Jewish leaders, who worshiped the temple, but were working with Satanic hatred to destroy the One who made the temple in any way sacred, Christ bade adieu to the hallowed courts. He quitted the temple forever, declaring, "Your house is left unto you desolate."  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 2}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 3]          From henceforth Christ saw a cloud blacker than sackcloth hanging over the once favored nation. Looking into the future, He saw the gates of Jerusalem burst open by the assaults of the Roman legions. He saw the walls, white like walls of snow, broken, and the beautiful stones, which had been laid with artistic skill, torn down, so that not one was left standing. The arm strong to save had become strong to smite.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 3}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 4]          The disciples were unable to comprehend Christ's words in reference to the temple. They called His attention to its massive walls, saying, "Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here!" The stones of the temple were of purest marble, of perfect whiteness, and the pillars supporting the porches were of massive dimensions. They could not understand Christ's words dooming to destruction these mighty walls, a portion of which had withstood the devastation of armies.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 4}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 5]          As His attention was called to the magnificence of the temple, what must have been the unuttered thoughts of that rejected One! The view before Him was indeed beautiful; but He said with sadness: I see it all. The buildings are wonderful. You point to them as apparently indestructible; but listen to My words. I tell you solemnly the day will come when there shall not be left one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 5}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 6]          Solemn judgments had been predicted against Jerusalem by the prophets. Its iniquity and crime had once caused it to be destroyed, and its people carried captive to Babylon. In their humiliation, many sought the Lord with repentance and compassion; and when they returned from captivity, there seemed for a time to be a reformation. "I will not contend forever," God declared, "neither will I be always wroth; for the spirit should fail before Me, and the souls which I have made. For the iniquity of his covetousness was I wroth, and smote him. . . . I have seen his ways, and will heal him; I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him."  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 6}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 7]          But the leaders of the people did not remain converted. They did not "keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment." The word of the Lord through His prophets was refused. Then God sent His Son with a message of mercy, calling on them to repent; but they refused to receive Him, and said, "This is the heir; come, let us kill Him, and the inheritance shall be ours." Thus Christ "came unto His own, and His own received Him not."  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 7}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 8]          The time of greatest responsibility for the Jewish nation was when Jesus was among them. This was the time, too, of their greatest privilege and blessing. And by rejecting the Son of God, and refusing every overture of mercy, they made themselves guilty of the greatest of all sins.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 8}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 9]          "Ye shall not see Me henceforth," Christ said, "till ye shall say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord." You have refused to see in Me a merciful Saviour, offering you redemption. When God's heavy judgments fall upon you, you will still refuse to see in Me a sin-pardoning Saviour. But you will one day long for a Deliverer who was once among you, but whom you would not receive. Then you will be ready to bless Him whom once you cursed, but it will be too late. Thus with power and authority our Lord reproved the Jewish people.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 9}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 10]          Jerusalem was lost because of its obstinate refusal to acknowledge the truth. This is the condition of the world today. Men refuse to see the truth so plainly given in the Word of God. "Thus saith the Lord," is counted of little value, while the words of men are given great authority.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 10}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 11]         Christ did not abolish God's holy law. "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets," He said; "I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil." As the head of the human family, He lived every precept, every jot, and every tittle of the law. He lived in humanity the life that He required His followers to live. He emphasized His words: "Verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in nowise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." His death on the cross, instead of making void the law, is an unanswerable argument in favor of the changeless character of every precept.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 11}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 12]          The Sabbath commandment is a part of this unchangeable law. The Sabbath was given to the world as the memorial of creation. It begins with the "remember." "Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God; in it thou shalt not do any work." Then the reason is given: "For in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day; wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it." The explanation is full, so that none need be left in darkness unless they choose darkness, just as the Jews did in regard to the message Christ came to bring to the world.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 12}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 13]          The professed people of God may ignore the Sabbath; but they can not make it less binding upon them. No one has any excuse for accepting a Sabbath by him whom God's Word designates as "the man of sin," who shall "think to change times and laws." He thinks thus to show his supremacy above God; but he does not do it. He can not change God's law; the law-making power is God's prerogative only. God is over all kings and rulers on the face of the earth. He is God, and beside Him there is none else.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 13}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 14]          The Sabbath, sanctified and blessed by God, was designed as His great memorial of creation. It is ever to stand unmoved, a rock of offense, as Christ was to the Jewish nation. The Sabbath is the test today, as Christ was a test to the Jews.  {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 14}
[ST, December 19, 1900 par. 15]         Forty years after Christ uttered His prediction respecting Jerusalem and the temple, His words were fulfilled to the letter. Jerusalem was destroyed, and in the siege it is stated that more than a million people perished. The rejection of the Son of God decided the destiny of that nation. Let Christians take heed, lest by rejecting God's holy memorial their fate also be decided.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White                                                    -    {ST, December 19, 1900 par. 15}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 1]       January 2, 1901 "Not Your Own."                           Some Thoughts for the New Year.          The old year, with its burden of record, is fast passing away. The new year, with all its possibilities, will soon be ushered in. What advancement have we made in the knowledge of Christ during the past year? Are we prepared to show, more decidedly than ever before, that we are on the Lord's side? At this time, when the nations of the world are wavering between infidelity and idolatry, are we prepared to stand as faithful ambassadors for Christ? Shall we not, at the beginning of this new year, give ourselves and all we have to God? Shall we not listen to His voice, which calls us to a renewed contest, to a more thorough consecration of ourselves and our intrusted capabilities to His service?  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 2]         To God we owe all we have and are. In Him we live and move and have our being. We have not been forgotten by Him. In His book each human being has a page, on which is recorded his whole history. Constantly and untiringly God is working for our happiness. The treasures which He has placed within our reach are numberless. "The Lord is good to all; and His tender mercies are over all His works. Thou openest Thine hand, and satisfiest the desire of every living thing." He is the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort. The earth is full of His goodness. Creation proclaims, with myriad voice, the forbearance, love, and compassion of the Almighty.  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 3]          Thru all the ages God has manifested for the human race a love that is without a parallel. He so loved man that He bestowed on him a gift that defies computation. That the abundance of His grace might be revealed, He sent His only-begotten Son to our world, to live a man among men, to spend His life in the service of humanity. In our behalf the Son of the Infinite God was numbered with the transgressors. Christ was the channel thru which the Father poured into the world the rich stream of His grace. God could not give less than the fulness, nor was it possible for Him to give more. "Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins."  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 4]          God has made us His stewards. To every one He has given some talent, which is to be improved and returned to Him. Every one is the possessor of some trust. Time, intellect, reason, money, the tender ministry to which some are adapted,--these are the gifts of God. From the lowliest to the highest, all have been intrusted with the goods of heaven, and all are called upon to make a return to the Giver.  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 5]          The first thing we are to do is to give ourselves to the Lord. Life, with its endowments and privileges, is God's gift. Let us remember that it comes from God, and is to be wholly consecrated to Him. Let us say with Paul, "I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord; for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung, that I may win Christ, and be found in Him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is thru the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith."  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 6]          When we have given ourselves to God, we shall be willing to give Him what He has given us. All we have and are is to be laid at Christ's feet. We have been bought with a price which can not be estimated, and we should count it a privilege to co-operate with God by denying self, by giving of our earthly possessions to make it possible for those in the darkness of error to hear the truth. Each soul saved is worth more than a world; for he is saved unto eternal life. Those who invest their means in this work double their talents.  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 7]          Whether or not we give mind, soul, and strength to God, it all belongs to Him. God speaks to each human being, saying: "I have a claim on you. Give me your zeal, your capabilities, your energy, your means." He has a right to ask this; for we are His, redeemed by His boundless love and by the agony of the cross of Calvary from the service of sin. On no account are we to devote our powers to self-serving. Day by day we are to return to the Lord that which He has intrusted to us. And we are to ask Him, not only for temporal blessings, but for spiritual gifts. He who asks in faith, believing that God will fulfil His word, and who acts in accordance with His prayer, doing God's will in all things, will receive rich blessings from on high. And as he receives, he is to impart to those who need help.  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 8]          The Christian has been given the management of his Lord's goods. Great trust is reposed in him, and he is to treat the property in his hands with as much care as if it were his own; yea, he is to be more exact in his treatment of it, putting more thought, more energy, more devotion into his work, because he has been trusted to stand in his Master's place. His interests are to be bound up with the interests of his Master. He is to lose all selfishness in working for the One who has honored him by trusting him. If he were to use for his own advantage any portion of the goods intrusted to him, he would prove himself unworthy of the trust placed in him. He would sacrifice his honor at the shrine of mammon.  {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, January 2, 1901 par. 9]          Christ warns us against laying up treasure on this earth, "where moth and rust doth corrupt." He urges us to use our goods for the advancement of God's kingdom. He sees men risking everything to secure earthy riches, crazed with the prospect of getting gain; and, lifting up His voice, He cries, "What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?" In comparison with the value of one soul, the whole world sinks into insignificance.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, January 2, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 1]       January 30, 1901 Hope for the Intemperate.         I would point the intemperate to a power out of and beyond themselves, --the power of Jesus. Flee to your Saviour. He has overcome in behalf of just such helpless, sinful ones as you. In His strength you may be honest, faithful men, true to your Maker. But no half-way work will suffice. You must be thorough. And do not think that you can do the work of abstaining gradually. Leave the accursed thing once and forever. "Touch not, taste not, handle not." Drink not a drop of the liquor which sets depraved appetite on fire.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 2]         Do not rob God of the powers He has given you for high and holy purposes. Remember that you speak and act in the presence of God and the holy angels. Think, O, think of the superiority of a Christian man over a poor votary of sin! See the difference between a man sunken in vice, the victim of his own passions, and a man reclaimed by the truth of God's Word, ennobled by beholding Jesus. Look at the condition of those who give themselves up to intemperance. Degraded and belittled, they are without God and without hope in the world. This is the result of their own course. The Word of God declares, "Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap." God does not will that man shall be lost. He has made every provision for his salvation. He gave His beloved Son to save men from misery. But too often they refuse to accept the gift. There are men who, had they accepted the Gospel of Jesus, might be standing among their fellows, their countenances not as they now appear, bloated, depraved, and coarse, but radiant with intelligence, their hopes bright, and their whole demeanor indicating the dignity and self-possession derived from intercourse with good men and the study of God's Word.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 3]          Drunkards choose the way of sin, a path strewn with thorns and ending in death. They have no acquaintance with God or His Word. They remember not their high origin, but debase their God-given powers to the level of the brute. Shall these degraded, besotted beings charm you? Shall they induce you to degrade your powers? Would you become besotted like them? Will you allow yourself to sink into debauchery? Shall those who bear scarcely a trace of the moral image of God be your pattern? Will you follow their example in evil-doing? Is not the picture of their condition enough to make you shun the first step in intemperance?  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 4]          Gladly would I write something to lead the intemperate to fasten their grasp by faith upon the mighty Helper. Heaven may invite them, presenting its choicest blessings, but all will be useless unless they are willing to help themselves. They must put forth their powers to overcome, or they will sink lower and lower.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 5]          We can hardly conceive what man may become, what God can do thru him. Tho fallen and degraded, he may, thru the merits of Christ, be an heir of immortality, his thoughts elevated and ennobled, his heart purified, his conversation in heaven.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 6]          Let me say to him who is struggling to overcome, God presents before you a strong hope that you may lay hold on eternal life. Lose not your opportunity for becoming a man. When you look at yourself, and think of the strength of temptation, you say, "I can not resist." I tell you that you can resist. Tho you are weak and degraded, you may be a child of God. Tho self-indulgence has marked your path, it need not always be thus. You can resist temptation. Jesus is your Helper. In His strength you can overcome the power of appetite. Summon will-power to your aid; for unless your will is placed on the Lord's side, you can never be successful in overcoming, in trying to elevate yourself. Do not think that you can not say, I can and I will. God has pledged Himself to help you in every determined effort you make to regain your manhood. If you accept His help, you will become a bright and shining light in the world, and will at last hear the benediction, "Well done."  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 7]          God created Adam pure and noble, but thru the indulgence of appetite he fell. Yet notwithstanding the great gulf thus opened between God and man, Christ loved the hopeless sinner. He left His royal throne, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to our world to bridge the gulf which sin had made, and to unite divine power with human weakness, that in His strength and grace man might wrestle against Satan's temptations, overcome, and stand in his God-given manhood, a victor over perverted appetite and degrading passions. The last words of David to Solomon, his son, who was soon to be seated on the throne of Israel, were, "Be strong, and show thyself a man." To the weak and tempted one I address the same words, "Show thyself a man." I point him to the cross of Calvary. In the name of Jesus I bid him look and live. Destroy not yourself. It is possible for you to gain the ascendency over appetite and passion. Jesus is reaching over the battlements of heaven to lift you in His strong arms and set you upon your feet.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 8]          Life is in all cases burdened with weighty responsibilities, and happy will it be for those who brace themselves to meet it manfully, with Christ-like steadfastness resisting every temptation, with Christ-like fortitude bearing every trial, and overcoming in the name of the Redeemer. God has made man capable of constant progress in mental and moral worth. No other creature of His hand is capable of such advancement. Man can reach an eminence in self-control that will place him above the slavery of appetite and passions, where he can stand before God with thankfulness and rejoicing.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, January 30, 1901 par. 9]          To those who are contending with the power of habit, God says: "Would you walk by and by the streets of the holy city? Then obey the command, Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing. I, the infinite God, the Creator of the universe, will receive you. I will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters." "Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God." Connect with Heaven. Thus you may become children of the heavenly King. Do you want higher honor, greater exaltation? Riches God has in abundance for those who overcome; for the streets of the holy city are paved with gold. It is your privilege to enter this city, to partake of the tree of life, to listen to the voice that is sweeter and richer than any music that ever fell on mortal ears. There is strength in the arm of the Lord. Take hold upon it, and you will one day stand victors in the city of God, each wearing on his brow a crown of immortal glory.                                                         Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, January 30, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 1]       February 13, 1901 "Be Ye Kind One to Another."         In His life Christ has given an example of how we should treat one another. He went about "doing good," ministering to the suffering and teaching the ignorant. He did not come to this world to save the righteous; for there was none righteous. He came to save all who felt their need of a Saviour. For this end He worked untiringly, never thinking of Himself.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 2]          Christ labored unceasingly to save men from delusion. To this end His servants must work. God has given to every man a measure of light, and he is to let this light shine forth to others. No Christian lives to himself. He who is devoted to self-serving has not yet learned of the divine Teacher, tho he may profess to be a Christian. It is one thing to passively assent to the truth, and another to apply the truth to the practical life. There are many hearers, but few doers.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 3]          God is measuring the temple and the worshipers therein. There are those who in the providence of God have been placed in positions where they have opportunity to do much good with the blessings they have received. Upon these He places the responsibility of ministering to those who have few blessings and little encouragement. "Freely ye have received," He says; "freely give." Human beings in their suffering are crying to God, and their prayers are just as surely ascending before Him as did the blood of Abel. God is not indifferent to the needs of His children, wherever they may be; and His angels are waiting to see what testimony they can carry to the courts above regarding the help which those who are highly privileged have given to these suffering ones.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 4]          God never forsakes His children. Jacob obtained his birthright by fraud, and then fled to escape his brother's wrath. He knew that he had sinned. Sad and despondent, he lay down to sleep. But God had not forsaken him. That night he saw a ladder reaching from heaven to earth, the base of it planted firmly on the earth, and the topmost round reaching to the highest heaven. And continually angels of shining brightness ascended and descended this ladder. Jacob understood the meaning of this dream, and he said: "This is none other but the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven." "Surely the Lord is in this place; and I knew it not."  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 5]          There are in our Lord's discourses numerous places where He speaks of being personally injured by an injustice done to His followers. He is affected by all that befalls them; for He has identified Himself with them. He is never an indifferent spectator of the doings of men. He puts Himself in the place of His injured, oppressed children. His soul throbs with compassionate pain as the members of His body suffer; for He is the great sympathetic nerve of the church. All the suffering of the members is felt by Him. At the last great day He says to the selfish, "Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to Me."  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 6]          In the "new commandment" Christ has laid down the rule we are to follow in dealing with our fellow-men. "A new commandment I give unto you," He said, "That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another." If we do not obey this command, we shall not glorify our Redeemer. It should be our ambition to excel in all that is noble and good and unselfish. Never should we do anything that will mar our representation of God's character. We are to hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. The friends of the truth are friends of one another. By the golden links of love they are bound with one another and with Christ. Each one is to labor earnestly for the highest good of his brother.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 7]          We need as never before to pray with heart and voice for the indwelling of the Spirit, that we may be used in God's service. We are to unite with our fellow-workers in the upbuilding of God's kingdom. We are never to be satisfied with present attainments, but are ever to press upward and onward, seeking greater fervency and purer zeal. Our greatest desire should be to be found faithful to the Master.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 8]          Do you wish your heart to overflow with the love of God? Then cultivate grateful thanksgiving for the unspeakable privilege of knowing the truth. Lose sight of self by beholding Christ. Then you will be changed from glory to glory into His image. Bridle your disposition. Then peace and contentment will fill your soul.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 9]          God desires His church to be firmly united in the bonds of Christian unity. The want of harmony is the result of the development of the root of bitterness. Unless every fiber of this is eradicated, many will be defiled.  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 10]          James wrote to his brethren: "Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom. But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace."  {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, February 13, 1901 par. 11]          The spirituality of many is being killed by their selfishness. Many cherish a spirit of self-sufficiency, which leads them to treat harshly the purchase of Christ's blood. Unless such are converted, they can never see the kingdom of heaven. God says: "Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honor preferring one another." "Bear ye one another's burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ." "The Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another, and toward all men, . . . to the end He may stablish your hearts unblamable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, February 13, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 1]       February 20, 1901 Words of Warning.         Christ foretold the destruction of Jerusalem, as well as of the temple. His words were spoken in the hearing of a large number of people; but when He was again alone, Peter, James, John, and Andrew came to Him, saying, "Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the world?"  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 2]          Jesus did not answer His disciples by taking up separately the destruction of Jerusalem, and the last great day of His coming. The city of Jerusalem represented the world, and the utterances regarding its destruction are to be connected with the world's more terrible destruction. In speaking of Jerusalem, His prophetic words reached beyond that event to the conflagration that will take place in that day when the Lord shall rise "out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity." The description of the two events is mingled, and the entire subject is a warning to those who shall live in the last scenes of earth's history.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 3]          "Take heed that no man deceive you," Christ said. "For many shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many." False messiahs will appear, claiming to work miracles, and declaring that the deliverance of the Jewish nation has come. These will mislead many. Christ's words were fulfilled. Between His death and the siege of Jerusalem, many false messiahs appeared. But this warning is given to those also who live in this age of the world. The same deceptions practised prior to the destruction of Jerusalem will be practised again. The events that took place at the overthrow of Jerusalem will be repeated.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 4]          "And ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars; see that ye be not troubled; for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet." Prior to the destruction of Jerusalem, there were rumors of wars. Men wrestled for the supremacy. Emperors were murdered. Those supposed to be standing next the throne were slain. "All these things must come to pass," Christ said, "but the end is not yet.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 5]          "For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows." The rabbis, Christ said, would declare that the signs that appeared were tokens of the advent of the Messiah. But be not deceived; they are the beginning of His judgments. The people have not repented, and been converted, that I should heal them. The signs that they argue are tokens of their release from bondage, are signs of their approaching destruction.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 6]          "Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you; and ye shall be hated of all nations for My name's sake. And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another." All this the Christians suffered. Mothers and fathers betrayed their children; children betrayed their parents. Friends delivered their friends up to the Sanhedrin.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 7]          Thru the apostles God gave the Jewish people a last opportunity to repent. He manifested Himself thru His witnesses, in their arrest, in their trial, and in their imprisonment. He had told His disciples that they would be delivered up to councils; but He told them also that they were not to be anxious as to how they might vindicate the truth, for He would give them a wisdom that all their adversaries could not gainsay nor resist. Yet their persecutors wrought out their purpose in killing Stephen, Paul, Peter, and other Christians, men of whom the world was not worthy. In killing them the Jews crucified afresh the Son of God.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 8]          On every occasion that persecution takes place, the witnesses make decisions, either for Christ or against Him. Those who show sympathy for the men wrongly condemned, and are not bitter against them, show their attachment to Christ.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 9]          "And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many." False prophets and false Christs did arise, deceiving the people, and leading great numbers into the desert. Magicians and sorcerers, claiming miraculous power, drew the people after them into the mountain solitudes. But this prophecy was spoken also for the last days. This sign is a sign of the second advent. Satanic agencies will be prepared to deceive and to delude.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 10]          "And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold." In times of trial many will be offended because the principles of truth cut directly across their practise or their income. Many will stumble and fall. They have professed to love the truth; but they will then show that they had no vital union with the True Vine. They will be cut away, as branches that bear no fruit, and will be bound up with unbelievers. "But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved."  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 11]          "When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place (whoso readeth, let him understand); then let them which be in Judea flee into the mountains; let him which is on the housetop not come down to take anything out of his house; neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes." This warning was given to be heeded forty years after, at the destruction of Jerusalem. The Christians obeyed, and not one of them perished in the destruction of the city.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 12]          "But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the Sabbath day." Christ, who made the Sabbath, did not abolish it, nailing it to His cross. The fourth commandment was not rendered null and void by His death. It was to be held sacred forty years after His death; even as long as the heavens and the earth remain, so long will it hold its claim upon the human family.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 13]          "Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not. For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect. Behold, I have told you before. Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, He is in the desert; go not forth; behold, He is in the secret chambers; believe it not. For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Here, again, the warning concerning Jerusalem is blended with the warning of the second advent.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 14]          The disciples heard Christ's words; but they did not fully understand them. They did not know why He connected the perils at the overthrow of Jerusalem with the perils attending His second advent. The Holy Spirit must guide them into all truth, bringing to their remembrance all things that Christ had said to them. But those who live in this age may understand the general warning, and should appropriate it, applying it to the period where it belongs.  {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, February 20, 1901 par. 15]          "This Gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come."                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, February 20, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 1]       March 20, 1901 The Sabbath of the Lord.         The Sabbath is to be a sign between God and His people. "Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you." This is Bible sanctification.  {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 2]          Those who teach for doctrines the commandments of men make void the law of God thru their tradition. Said Christ: "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill can not be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in nowise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." Just as long as the heavens remain above us, and the earth is beneath our feet, there can be no semblance of excuse for any power in heaven or earth to change the law of God. "Whosoever therefore," continued Christ, "shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven."  {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 3]          "As it is written, There is none righteous, no, not one; there is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good; no, not one. Their throat is an open sepulcher; with their tongues they have used deceit; the poison of asps is under their lips. Whose mouth is full of cursing and bitterness; their feet are swift to shed blood; destruction and misery are in their ways; and the way of peace have they not known; there is no fear of God before their eyes." The eye of Him who sees the present condition of things has portrayed the state of things existing in the world and the church today. Psalms 14:1-4. And what has brought about this terrible condition?--It is the making void of the law of God.  {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 4]         The men who have the oracles of God not only break the law themselves but teach those who would investigate and obey the light to do the same. The men who claim to be teachers deceive the people, as did the leaders in Israel in Christ's day. He, the great Teacher, was in the world; He was the light of the world; but Satan interposed his hellish shadow between Him and the souls whom Christ came to save. When accused by the Pharisees, He said, "Ye make void the law of God by your tradition." "Ye teach for doctrines the commandments of men." Again He said to those so-called teachers, "Ye are both ignorant of the Scriptures and the power of God."  {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 5]          Satan is continuing the work on earth that he commenced in heaven. He leads men to transgress the commandments of God. The plain "Thus saith the Lord" is put aside for the "thus saith" of men. The whole world needs to be instructed in the oracles of God, to understand the object of the atonement, the at-one-ment, with God. The object of this atonement was that the divine law and government might be maintained. The sinner is pardoned thru repentance toward God and faith in our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. There is forgiveness of sin, and yet the law of God stands immutable, eternal as His throne.  {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 6]          There is no such thing as weakening or strengthening the law of Jehovah. As it has always been, so it is. It can not be repealed or changed in one principle. It is eternal, immutable as God Himself. To "honor" or "dishonor" it is but the speech of men. The law is to awaken respect and honor in the minds of the human family. Christ honored the law of Jehovah by giving it His implicit obedience. The law of Jehovah was always holy, just, and good, and complete in itself. The law is altogether a different thing from what in their ignorance men have considered it. It is because of Satan's falsehoods that such blindness exists in regard to the law.  {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, March 20, 1901 par. 7]          The law of God was given for the human family, and in punishing sin, Christ reveals His holiness, and His love even for those whom He has punished. Men did not obey the Word of God in this world; and because He loved them, He gave them a probation; He gave them His only-begotten Son to bear all the guilt of their transgression. If they refuse the expensive Offering of heaven, and will not obey His commandments in their lifetime, while wholly dependent upon God; if they show no gratitude and love by keeping His commandments, Christ can do no more for them. But if they will receive the Son of God, believe in Him, they will find their way back, thru Jesus Christ's own merits, to the place of sons and daughters of God.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, March 20, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 1]       April 10, 1901 The Days of Noah.         As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all way; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be."  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 2]          Instead of showing gratitude to God for His blessings, the antediluvians used His blessings as a means of separation from Him. They did not seek to honor and glorify their Creator. The gold and silver which He entrusted to them they used for self-gratification. Violence filled the land. Appetite and passion bore sway. Men spent their time in dissipation and amusement and in enriching themselves. The earth was polluted under the inhabitants thereof, and God said, "The end of all flesh is come before Me; for the earth is filled with violence thru them; and, behold, I will destroy them with the earth." He declared that by a flood He would cleanse the earth from its pollution.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 3]          To Noah was given the work of warning the people of the coming flood. For one hundred and twenty years the faithful preacher of righteousness sounded the warning. In obedience to God's command he built an ark, that in the day of destruction those who believed his message might find a refuge. By his works as well as by his words, he warned the world. Every blow struck on the ark was a note of warning.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 4]          At that time the world showed scarcely the first signs of decay. Everything in nature was beautiful and lovely. The lofty trees, the towering mountains, the signs that God had hung in the heavens, appeared so great and grand to the people that they refused to believe that the earth was to be destroyed.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 5]          The antediluvians had abundant opportunity to learn in regard to the flood, but they would not learn. The warning was given; but they closed their eyes that they should not see, and their ears that they should not hear, the evidence of coming doom. Deception, violence, pride, and iniquity prevailed. The people went on as before, eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage. These things are not in themselves unlawful, but they were carried to excess. The minds of the people were so engrossed by them that they forgot their God.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 6]         Does not a similar state of things exist today? Are not our daily papers filled with records of crime, murder, and iniquity of every kind? Do they not testify that as it was in the days of Noah, so it is today?  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 7]         The antediluvians were warned, but the record states that they knew not until the flood came and took them all away. "We can not believe your message," they said to Noah. "Everything about us is so firm, so enduring. Look at the beautiful earth. It knows nothing of decay, neither will it for thousands of years."  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 8]          To the people Noah's course seemed inconsistent. Together they talked about the foolishness of building an ark on dry ground, and the unbelief of one was strengthened by the unbelief of another.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 9]          But Noah believed that God would do as He had said, and he acted in accordance with his belief. While the people laughed and mocked and jeered, he kept steadily on with his work, teaching and building. He did not stop to listen to the false reports, to contradict the slander thrown at him. To him had been committed the work of warning the world and preparing a refuge for those who would receive his word, and he allowed nothing to turn him from this work.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 10]          The time came for the Word of God to be fulfilled. Still the people went on in their own way, irrespective of the warning. Still they allowed their minds to be engrossed by the things of the world.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 11]          The ark is finished, and the people see animals coming from the forest, and of their own accord entering the ark. Soon they see that the heavens are black with birds, and the inquiry is made, "Where can they be going?" Lo, they are flying toward the ark, and two by two they pass into it. With curious interest the people watch the strange sight. They can not understand what it means. They are alarmed; but they try to find some reason for the occurrence, and soon make light of it.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 12]          Could not the people see from this that the building of the ark was the work of God? Did they not know that animals and birds would not enter the ark in perfect order and of their own accord without the guidance of a divine hand? They might have known; but for a hundred and twenty years they had been hardening their hearts. For a hundred and twenty years they had been training themselves to reject the message of truth. Now, when unmistakable evidence was given them, their hearts were so hard that they laughed it away.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 13]          Presently they saw Noah and his wife and their sons and their wives passing into the ark; and the door was closed upon them. Only eight persons entered that refuge from the storm, and for a week they waited for the rain to come. Can we imagine the trial that this waiting brought to Noah's faith? During this time the enemy suggested doubts, while outside the people laughed at the crazy old man who with his family had shut himself in an ark. Daily the sun rose and set in a clear sky, and daily there came to Noah the temptation to doubt. But the Lord had said that the flood was coming, and Noah rested in this word.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 14]          At the end of seven days clouds began to gather. This was a new sight; for the people had never seen clouds. Previous to this time no rain had fallen; the earth had been watered by a mist. Thicker and thicker gathered the clouds, and soon rain began to fall. Still the people tried to think that this was nothing very alarming. But soon it seemed as if the windows of heaven had been opened; for the rain poured down in torrents. For a time the ground drank up the rain; but soon the water began to rise, and day by day it rose higher and higher. Each morning as the people found the rain still falling they looked at one another in despair, and each night they repeated the words, "Raining still!" Thus it was, morning and evening.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 15]          For forty days and forty nights the rain poured down. The water entered the houses and drove the people to the temples which they had erected for their idolatrous worship. But the temples were swept away. The crust of the earth was broken, and the water that had been concealed in its bowels burst forth. Large stones were thrown into the air.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 16]          Everywhere could be seen human beings fleeing in search of a refuge. The time had come when they would have been only too glad to accept an invitation to enter the ark. Filled with anguish they cried, "O for a place of safety!" Some shrieked to Noah, pleading for admission into the ark. But amid the furious blast of the tempest their voices were unheard. Some clung to the ark till they were washed away by the dashing waves. God had shut in those who believed His word, and no others could enter.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 16}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 17]          Parents with their children sought the highest branches of the trees yet standing; but no sooner had they reached this refuge than the wind flung tree and people into the foaming, seething water. Terrified animals and terrified human beings climbed the highest mountains, only to be swept together into the angry flood.  {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 17}
[ST, April 10, 1901 par. 18]          Where was now the ark and those at whom the people had jeered and mocked?--Preserved by the power of God, the immense boat was riding safely upon the waters, and Noah and his family were safe inside.  Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, April 10, 1901 par. 18}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 1]       April 17, 1901 The Days of the Son of Man.         The Inspired Record says, "As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be."  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 2]          To us has been given the message of Christ's second coming. At the ascension of our Lord, angels stood beside the disciples, and with them watched the Saviour as He passed into the heavens. Then they turned to the disciples with the words, "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." This message was given to the disciples to give to us, and God designs that it shall sound till the end of time. We are to wait and watch for Christ to come in His own appointed time, without sin unto salvation.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 3]          Those in the world fail to realize that the judgments of God are about to fall upon the earth. Their minds are filled with thoughts of eating and drinking and getting gain. They have allowed these subjects to take their whole attention, and as a result violence fills the world. Sin is on the increase. Iniquity prevails.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 4]          How is the message of warning received?--Just as it was in Noah's day. "All things continue as they were from the beginning," men say.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 5]          Christ declares, "If that evil servant shall say in his heart, My Lord delayeth His coming; and shall begin to smite his fellow-servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken, the Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites."  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 6]          Man was created to glorify his Maker. But iniquity has so increased that at the present time men and women do not appreciate the goodness of God. They do not believe His Word. Self is the god they worship.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 7]          Ever since his fall, Satan has been working at cross-purposes with God, seeking to obliterate all trace of the divine likeness in man. He has led human beings to indulge an appetite for liquor and tobacco. He knows that those who give themselves up to indulgence of these appetites can not stand in their God-given manhood. They are slaves. Their reason is beclouded, their intellect dulled.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 8]         All over the world, pride, vanity, and self-indulgence are crippling men and women, so that they dishonor God as their Creator. The wrath of Jehovah is soon to fall upon the ungodly; but human beings are so controlled by the enemy that they see not what is coming. So deeply engrossed are they in the things of this world that they have no time to study God's Word, no time to think seriously of their spiritual welfare. Their one thought is to gain wealth, to make a display; and tho they make mistakes, they have no time to remedy them, but hurry on, scarcely thinking that soon they must give an account of their life-work.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 9]          Satan comes to men and women with his specious temptations. Offering them riches and power, he says, "All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me." And thousands upon thousands listen to his words, and worship him by becoming wholly engrossed in a search for wealth or in following the fashions of this degenerate age. Thus the world is being led captive. The beings whom God created in His own image are entirely neglecting to prepare for the Judgment.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 10]          As the waters of the flood cleansed the earth in the days of Noah, so will the fire of God purify it in the last great day. Then the water from the heavens united with the water in the bowels of the earth; and in the destruction that is coming, fire from heaven will unite with the fire that is stored up in the earth.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 11]          Are we preparing for what is coming upon the earth? Have we thought seriously of these things? You who are giving yourselves up to pride and vanity, have you thought of the day when you must give an account for the time and money you have wasted?  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 12]          Christ said to His disciples, "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." They tell us that Christ is soon coming, to take to Himself those who have loved Him and have waited for His appearing; and for those who have devoted time to pleasure-seeking and display, to a search for the riches that perish with the using, they bring the message: "I never knew you; depart from Me, ye that work iniquity."  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 13]          As Noah warned the people of the coming flood, so God desires His people today to give the warning message of Christ's soon coming. There is no time to lose. Christ's coming is near at hand, and instead of spending our lives in inactivity, instead of investing our means in the things of this world, we should use our talents to the glory of God. Let us put out our money to the exchangers, that at His coming Christ may receive His own with usury.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 14]         Those who serve God will meet with trials and temptations. They will have burdens to bear, and difficulties to encounter. Noah was ridiculed and scorned. His work was made a laughing-stock. But none of these things moved him from his purpose, and God's people must not allow the trials they meet to lead them away from Him. All the difficulties we meet, all the burdens laid upon us, we are to take to the Lord in prayer, asking Him for help. Those who do this will surely gain the victory.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 15]          Now is our time to prepare to meet Christ. God has given us this time, and if we use it in self-gratification instead of in crucifying self by sacrifice, we shall come up to the Judgment unprepared. In that day many will plead as an excuse, that they did not know that Christ's coming was near. But this excuse will not be accepted. They did not know simply because they did not want to know. God gave them abundant opportunity for knowing, but they closed their eyes that they might not see, and stopped their ears that they might not hear. Their one thought was to enjoy the things of this world. Like the people of Noah's day, they spent their lives in self-gratification.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 16]          The cases of all are pending in the heavenly sanctuary. Day by day angels of God are watching the development of character, and weighing moral worth. In the Judgment the question will not be, "What profession did you make?" but, "What have you done for Me? What fruit have you borne to My glory?" Now is the time to prepare for the coming King. Cultivate the mind; for it is capable of the highest cultivation. Prepare to be among those who shall be saved with an everlasting salvation when the Master comes to gather out His jewels. "It doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is."  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 16}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 17]          All defects must be remedied. The character must be assimilated to the character of Christ. "Whosoever will come after Me," the Saviour declared, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Everything that is unlike Christ, all hatred, jealousy, folly, covetousness, must be put away. We must here be like the angels in spirit if we would join them in the kingdom of glory.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 17}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 18]          As John saw the multitude standing around the throne of God, the question was asked, "What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?"--"These are they which came out of great tribulation," the angel answered, "and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb." At an infinite cost a fountain has been prepared for our cleansing. In the blood of the Son of God we may wash our garments of character, and make them white. If now we crucify self, and live for Christ, God will give us a place in the mansions He is preparing for those who love Him.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 18}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 19]          Thank God that we have a time in which to get ready, a time in which to wash and iron our garments of character, that we may appear before Christ without spot or wrinkle or any such thing.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 19}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 20]          In the day of Christ's coming, many will cry, "Too late, too late." Others will plead for mercy, but mercy will have folded her wings and taken her departure. Christ will have stepped down from the throne. Then will be heard the terrible cry to the rocks and mountains, "Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb; for the great day of His wrath is come, and who shall be able to stand?"  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 20}
[ST, April 17, 1901 par. 21]          Are we preparing to meet the Saviour in peace, or are we absorbed in worldly business and pleasure? Shall we not strive to be among the number who will welcome Christ with the words, "Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us; this is the Lord; 'we have waited for Him, we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation"?                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, April 17, 1901 par. 21}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 1]       May 1, 1901 The Divine Teacher.         In His manner of teaching, Christ has given us the secret of all effectual teaching. He did not appeal to the understanding merely. He sought to reach the heart. With the greatest simplicity He presented sublime, eternal truths.  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 2]          Christ's words were forcible and easy to be understood. His illustrations were those best calculated to impress with convincing power the minds of all classes of people, the learned as well as the unlearned. By the objects with which His hearers were most familiar, on which their eyes rested daily, He illustrated His lessons. A city set on a hill, salt which has lost its savor, the candle set in a candlestick, the vine and the branches, the shepherd and the sheep, the fruitless tree, the narrow gate, thru which men seek to enter but are not able, the wide gate, which admits the multitude, the sower and the seed, the tares among the wheat,--by these things Christ illustrated divine truths, knowing that afterward, whenever His hearers should see these objects they would recall the words He had spoken.  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 3]          Christ spoke with clearness, and in a distinct, melodious voice. His tones were natural and even. Had He raised His voice to an unnatural key, as so many speakers today do, its pathos and melody would have been destroyed, and much of the force of the truth would have been lost.  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 4]         The Jewish teachers had taken away from the people the key of knowledge. The rabbis had shut the kingdom of heaven against the poor and ignorant, leaving them to perish. Christ came to proclaim the Gospel to all humanity, high and low, rich and poor, learned and unlearned.  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 5]          Christ is the originator of all truth. By the work of the enemy the precious gems of truth had been torn from their setting and placed in a frame-work of error. Christ came to replace the jewels of truth in their rightful position. He rescued them from the rubbish of error, gave them a new power, and bade them stand fast forever. He could use these truths with perfect freedom; for He was their author. He had cast them into the minds of each generation; and when He came to the world, He vitalized and re-arranged the truth which Satan had robbed of life. Clothing them with more than their original freshness and power, He gave them to the world for the benefit of future generations.  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 6]          To us has been given the precious legacy of Christ's teaching. This is recorded in His Word. In order to make it our own, we must search the Word diligently. Many truths are hidden, as the precious ore is hidden in the earth. And we must not only search; we must ask God for wisdom to aid us in searching. The truths essential for us to know are too deeply buried to be discovered by unaided human research.  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 7]          Satan has misrepresented God's purpose, and caused man to look upon Him in a false light; yet thru the ages God's love for man has never ceased. Christ, the divine Teacher, came to reveal the Father as a merciful, compassionate Being, full of goodness and truth. The Saviour swept back the shadow in which the enemy had enveloped the Father, declaring, "I and My Father are one; look on Me and behold God."  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 8]         Christ came to give knowledge to the ignorant and hope to the despairing. He offered men wisdom which would make them wise unto salvation. He sought to lighten their self-imposed burdens of worldly anxiety and care. He invited them to come to Him, to exchange their cumbrous, galling yokes for His yoke, which is light. And down thru the ages have been sounding the gracious words of invitation, "Come unto Me, . . . and I will give you rest."  {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, May 1, 1901 par. 9]          Christ has most precious lessons for us to learn. Strength of purpose and moral courage are obtained thru His grace. He is made unto us "wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption." His treasures of truth have been opened to us, that we may understand the great love wherewith God has loved us. "Wherefore grid up the loins of your mind; be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ; as obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance; but as He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, May 1, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 1]       May 15, 1901 The Rejection of a Faithful Message.         In the sixth chapter of John is recorded the plain testimony which Christ bore to His followers. "It is the Spirit that quickeneth," He said; "the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are Spirit, and they are life. But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray Him. And He said, Therefore said I unto you that no man can come unto Me, except it were given unto him of My Father."  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 2]          It was necessary that Christ should speak thus plainly in regard to His work. Those who claimed to be His disciples must be tested. They must be proved, and this before He should leave them, lest after His departure their apostasy should come as a surprise to the true disciples, and the trial be too severe for them. The Saviour saw that this test was necessary for the future safety of His church.  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 3]          "There are some of you that believe not. . . . Therefore said I unto you that no man can come unto Me, except it were given unto him of My Father." He desired to impress them with the fact that if they were not drawn to Him, it would be because they were not sensible of the greatness of the Father's love for fallen human beings. "The natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned." It is by a living, ever-increasing faith that the soul sees and appreciates the holiness of Christ. This is the glory that pure faith receives, and it awakens in the soul the decided action which demonstrates the power of God.  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 4]          The plainly spoken truth did its work. By it many were offended. They showed by their actions that truth was unpalatable to them. Closing their eyes to the light, and their hearts to rebuke, they chose the praise of men rather than the admonition of God. They willingly misapprehended Christ's words. "From that time," we read, "many of His disciples went back, and walked no more with Him."  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 5]          With sorrowful heart the Saviour watched the result of His words, and saw that many were departing from Him. His compassion was unappreciated, His love unrequited, His mercy slighted, His salvation rejected; and He felt this keenly. It was such developments as this that made Him a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief.  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 6]          The news quickly spread that Christ Himself had declared that He was not the Messiah. This garbled statement changed the tide of popular feeling, and turned many away from Him. But Christ did not enter into controversy with those who had left Him. He did not seek to remove from their minds the impression which had resulted in their leaving. He did not try to explain away His words. Looking upon the twelve who remained, He asked, "Will ye also go away?" Peter responded by the inquiry, "Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that Thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God." "To whom shall we go?" Separated from Christ, where would they be? Should they leave His lessons of love and mercy for the unbelief and wickedness of the world?  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 7]          Those who were reproved in love were offended, and turned from Christ in disdain, uniting with His enemies. They could not bear the test sent to save them from fatal deception.  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 8]          Today souls are being tested and tried, and many are passing over the same ground trodden by those who forsook Christ. When tested by the Word, they reject the divine Teacher. When rebuked because their lives are not in harmony with truth and righteousness, they turn from the Saviour; and their decision, like that of the offended disciples, is never reversed. They walk no more with Christ. Thus are the words fulfilled, "Whose fan is in His hand, and He will throughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into the garner."  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 9]         To those who are controlled by the Holy Spirit, Christ's lessons appear complete in their harmony with His mission of love. Those who are partakers of the divine nature, will be melted into tenderness when the Spirit sends conviction of sin. They will see the great work that must be done for the soul before it is prepared to dwell in the presence of God. They will not be too self-sufficient to receive correction. And in their dealing with one another, they will manifest the pitying tenderness which Christ revealed in His words and works.  {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, May 15, 1901 par. 10]          True, earnest, self-sacrificing Christians will understand more and more of the mystery of godliness. The Spirit of Christ abides with them. They are co-laborers with Christ, and to them the Saviour reveals His purposes. There is seen in them none of the surface-work which leaves the character dwarfed, feeble, and sickly. Daily they grow in grace and in the knowledge of God. They recognize the mercy which administers reproof and reaches out the hand to restrain evil. In word and deed they say, "Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life."                         Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 15, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 1]       May 22, 1901 The Foundation of All True Godliness.         When the lawyer came to Christ with the question, "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?" the Saviour laid the burden of the answer on the questioner. "What is written in the law? how readest thou?" He asked. The lawyer answered, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." "Thou hast answered right," Christ said; "this do, and thou shalt live."  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 2]          Supreme love for God and unselfish love for our neighbor,--this is the foundation of all true godliness. The greatest in the kingdom of heaven are those who love the Saviour too well to misrepresent Him, who love their fellow-men too well to imperil their souls by setting them a wrong example.  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 3]          "Wherewith shall I come before the Lord, and bow myself before the high God? Shall I come before Him with burnt-offerings, with calves of a year old? Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my first-born for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul? He hath showed thee, O man, what is good; and what doth the Lord require of thee, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?"  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 4]          God does not ask us to purchase His favor by any costly sacrifice. He asks only for the service of a humble, contrite heart, a heart that has gladly and thankfully accepted His free gift. The one who receives Christ as his personal Saviour has in his possession the salvation provided by Christ. And he is never to forget that as he has freely received, so he is freely to impart. When there is a failure to appreciate the necessities of humanity, an unwillingness to be God's helping hand, the most costly offerings, the grandest display of liberality, are abominable in the Lord's sight.  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 5]          The words and works of the Lord harmonize. His words are gracious and His works bountiful. "He causeth grass to grow for the cattle, and herb for the service of man." How liberally He has provided for us. How wonderfully He has displayed His munificence and power in our behalf. Should our gracious Benefactor treat us as we treat one another, where would we be?  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 6]          What marvelous condescension the Saviour showed in His work. How graciously, without prejudice or partiality, He received all who came to Him, rich or poor, white or black. With Him there is no caste. "God is no respecter of persons; but in every nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him."  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 7]          Varied were the circumstances and needs of those who besought Christ for aid. One came in behalf of his son, another in behalf of his daughter. A generous, compassionate master came to ask help for his servant, who was stricken with the palsy. He had done all he could for him, but he saw that there was need of a healing power which he did not possess. He came to the Great Physician, saying, "Lord, my servant lieth at home sick of the palsy, grievously tormented." Christ did not turn the earnest petitioner away. His great heart of infinite love responded to the anxious interest and compassion shown by the master. He is always pleased to see that the superior position of the master has not led him to neglect those connected with him in service. He needed no further entreaty, but gladly responded, "I will come and heal him."  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 8]          To do good to all, to encourage and strengthen instead of discouraging and weakening,--this is true missionary work. Paul enjoined upon the Philippians, "Look not every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others." And as their example he points them to Christ, "who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God, but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross."  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 9]          Christ did not come to this earth merely to live as any man might live. He descended to the very depths of human woe, becoming obedient to a shameful, ignominious death, even death by crucifixion. So deeply was Paul impressed with the Saviour's condescension that he traces His history from stage to stage, as if the sacrifice were too great to be comprehended all at once. Step by step he leads us down, until the lowest depths of humiliation are reached, and we see the Saviour hanging on the cross, while the priests and rulers say tauntingly, "He saved others; Himself He can not save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him."  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 10]          I present to Christians this wonderful picture. If it is clearly discerned, will it not annihilate selfishness? As we see the royal Sufferer hanging on the cross, let us think of the height from which He descended in our behalf. From the heavenly courts He beheld the misery of the race, and coming to this earth He found a ransom for us, even thru great humiliation and suffering. To rescue us, the Lord of life and glory took up the position and duties of a servant. For us He submitted to mockery, insult, and rejection. He became a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. "He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed."  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 11]          Shall we disregard this wonderful sacrifice? Shall it make no impression on our minds? Shall those who take the name of Christian, dishonor their Redeemer by selfishly neglecting the needs of those around them?" Shall they not rather follow the golden rule, "All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them?"  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, May 22, 1901 par. 12]          Before angels and before men we are representing Christ. Shall we not try to represent Him aright? Shall we not love one another as He has loved us? Let not those who have been redeemed by the shedding of Christ's blood, hinder by their selfishness the working out of His plan of salvation. Let them not become so bound about by selfishness that they will fail to see the necessities of their suffering fellow-beings. Let them rather become God's helping hand, to restore, to heal, and to bless.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, May 22, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 1]       May 29, 1901 God's Purpose for Us.         God created man for His own glory. It was His purpose to re-populate heaven with the human race, if after test and trial they proved to be loyal to Him. Adam was to be tested, to see whether he would be obedient or disobedient. Had he stood the test, his thoughts would have been as the thoughts of God. His character would have been moulded after the similitude of the divine character.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 2]          But Adam did not endure the test. Satan, the fallen angel, jealous of God, determined to defeat the purpose of heaven by leading Adam and Eve into sin. He approached Eve, not in the form of an angel, but as a serpent, subtle, cunning, and deceitful. With a voice that appeared to proceed from the serpent, he spoke to her, and his conversation was like the words which today wise and wicked angels speak thru various agencies. As Eve listened, the warnings that God had given faded from her mind. She yielded to the temptation, and as she tempted Adam he also forgot God's warnings. He believed the words of the enemy of God.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 3]         In Eden Satan used the serpent as his instrument. Today he makes use of the members of the human family, striving by means of every species of deception to hedge up the path of righteousness cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 4]         What were the words Satan spoke to Eve?--"Ye shall not surely die; for God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil." The "evil" was disobedience to God's commands. And Adam did indeed go thru the experience of knowing evil, with all its fearful consequences.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 5]          The eyes of Adam and Eve were opened, but to what?--To see their own shame and ruin, to realize that the garments of heavenly light that had been their protection were no longer around them as a safeguard. They saw that nakedness was the result of transgression. As they heard the voice of their Creator in the garden, they hid themselves from Him; for they anticipated that which before they had not known,--the condemnation of God.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 6]          The lie which Satan told Eve, "Ye shall not surely die," has been sounding thru the centuries from generation to generation. Thus Satan tempted our first parents, and thus he tempts us today. And from age to age men and women have fallen into his snare, notwithstanding that they have before them Adam's disobedience and its results. Today men think and act the words of the great deceiver, giving the impression that God does not mean what He says.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 7]         The accusation which Adam brought against Eve, "The woman whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat," had no influence to save him from the result of disobedience. God said, "Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree, of which I commanded thee, saying, Thou shalt not eat of it; cursed is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life; thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee."  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 8]          Adam and Eve were shut out of Eden, and an angel with a flaming sword guarded the way to the tree of life, that the disloyal, disobedient pair might not gain access to it, and thus immortalize transgression.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 9]          Mark this point. The Lord did not place in Adam fallen and disobedient the confidence which He placed in Adam loyal and true, living by every word that proceeded out of the mouth of God. God's plan was to give man clear-sightedness in all his work. This was arranged for Adam by his heavenly Father. There was to be co-operation between God and man. But this plan was interfered with by Adam's transgression. Satan led Adam into sin, and the Lord could not communicate with him after he had sinned as He did when he was without sin.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 10]          Satan's instrument, the serpent, was cursed. And all who today allow themselves to be used by Satan as his instruments in leading others to disregard the commands of heaven, are under the curse of God. Man's safety lies in whole-hearted belief in a "Thus saith the Lord." This is the declaration of truth. Those who from any motive are led away from the truth, to venture into a path of their own choosing, are following a path which will lead them to destruction.  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 11]         Adam and Eve were given a probation in which to return to their allegiance; and in this plan of benevolence all their posterity were embraced. After the fall, Christ became Adam's instructor. He acted in God's stead toward humanity, saving the race from immediate death. He took upon Him the work of mediator between God and man. In the fulness of time He was to be revealed in human form. He was to take His position at the head of humanity by taking the nature but not the sinfulness of man. In heaven was heard the voice, "The Redeemer shall come to Zion, and unto them that turn from transgression in Jacob, saith the Lord."  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 12]          Christ was anointed "to preach good tidings unto the meek; . . . to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified."  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 13]          It is God's purpose that His name shall be exalted among the nations. "For Zion's sake will I not hold my peace, and for Jerusalem's sake will I not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth. And the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory; and thou shalt be called by a new name, which the mouth of the Lord shall name. Thou shalt also be a crown of glory in the hand of the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God."  {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, May 29, 1901 par. 14]          This is to be the experience of those who hold fast the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. The whole of the sixty-second chapter of Isaiah is a representation of the work Christ will do thru those who follow His example. "Go thru, go thru the gates; prepare ye the way of the people; cast up, cast up the highway; gather out the stones; lift up a standard for the people. Behold, the Lord hath proclaimed unto the end of the world, Say ye to the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy salvation cometh; behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. And they shall call them, The holy people, The redeemed of the Lord; and thou shalt be called, Sought out, A city not forsaken."                                     Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 29, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 1]       June 5, 1901 The Moral Law.         Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily, I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 2]          A government, of whatever character, requires a governor. This world has a governor,--the God of the universe. His guardian-care is universal, extending to man and beast, reaching even to the little sparrow; for Christ declares, "Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father. But the very hairs of your head are all numbered."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 3]          In God's moral government, which is a government based upon a distinction between right and wrong, law is essential to secure right action. God's law is the expression of His character, and in His Word it is pronounced holy, just, and good. David says, "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul; the testimony of the Lord is sure, making wise the simple."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 4]          Lucifer took the position that as a result of the law of God, wrong existed in heaven and on this earth. This brought against God's government the charge of being arbitrary. But this is a falsehood, framed by the author of all falsehoods. God's government is a government of free-will, and there is no act of rebellion or obedience which is not an act of free-will.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 5]          As Creator of all, God is governor over all, and He is bound to enforce His law throughout the universe. To require less from His creatures than obedience to His law would be to abandon them to ruin. To fail to punish transgression of His law would be to place the universe in confusion. The moral law is God's barrier between the human agent and sin. Thus infinite wisdom has placed before men the distinction between right and wrong, between sin and holiness.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 6]          God is supreme. It is not for finite man to question His right to govern the universe. God asserted His right to rule when He declared, "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me;" "for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is." He is the Creator and the Preserver of the worlds. He upholds the universe by the word of His power. Nature and science bear witness that He has a right to govern His own creation. Angels are subject to His rule; therefore let man bow in adoration before Him.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 7]          The Scriptures make it plain that God is Ruler, and that man is under the highest obligation to acknowledge this, and to obey His law with heart and mind, trusting in His power for help and protection. This law which man is called upon to obey as the standard of right for the universe, is the wise and holy counsel of God. It is a moral law, and has its foundation in the difference between right and wrong. Moral law is universal; positive law is not necessarily universal, but may be restricted or extended according to the will of the law-giver. Moral law must be immutable, while positive law may be changed or abolished, as the law-giver may choose.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 8]          The Decalog, or moral code of God, consists of ten precepts, engraven on stone by the finger of God. These precepts contain the whole duty of man. The first four define man's duty to his God; the last six man's duty to his fellow-man. These two great principles were recognized by the Saviour; for He declared that the whole law hung upon love to God and love to man. Other commands may be found in the Scriptures, but only as an amplification of those contained in the ten precepts of the Decalog.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 9]          Christ's work was to rid the commandments of the traditions and customs placed upon them by the Jewish teachers. The work of covering the law with useless exactions had been planned by the adversary of God, in order that Christ's pure ministry should not harmonize with the teaching of the scribes and Pharisees. The Jewish leaders had yielded to the temptation to depart from the Lord, and while by their forms and ceremonies making the law a yoke of bondage which the people were not able to bear, they failed to follow its great principles. This led Christ to declare, "Except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 10]          At the opening of His ministry, Christ, in His Sermon on the Mount, gave an exposition of the law, which had long been buried under man-made customs and traditions. He brought to light its pure principles, freeing it from the burdensome exactions placed upon it by man. As He showed the far-reaching claims of the law, the Pharisees saw that their pet theories were being swept away by His plain statements. Jealousy took possession of their hearts; for they felt that their teaching and influence were being made of no effect. In their hearts they had so long mingled human tradition with divine commands that when Christ disregarded these traditions, they thought that He was making void the law. But Christ read their thoughts, and suddenly they were startled by the words, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets; I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 11]          With all the exalted influence and glory he possessed before the fall, Satan could not change the smallest letter of the law; and as an apostate and traitor, he has still been unable to alter it. If he has succeeded in his purpose of gaining the professed Christian world to his side, and if the world and the church have formed a bond of fellowship to make void the law of God, this does not prove that it has been changed. To admit that God made a law so imperfect that it needed to be changed would be to stamp God as changeable and imperfect. God has spoken on this point. Let us heed what He says: "My covenant will I not break, nor alter the thing that is gone out of My lips."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 12]          Christ, in His teaching, fully developed the principles of the law, making it plain that it does not concern the outward actions merely, but has to do with the heart, reaching even to the unspoken thoughts. Christ exalted the law, holding it forth in its original purity as a perfect system of morality. His life was a living illustration of the law of God. He made this law honorable by His perfect conformity to its requirements.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 13]          God's law, enforced in the Old and New Testaments, is an exclusive rule of duty. The objection sometimes brought against the law, that nowhere in the New Testament are all the commandments of the Decalog specified, has no force; for the expressions so often repeated "the law," "the commandments of God," mean the whole, not a part.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 14]          The Lord has given this rule of righteousness,--the foundation of true religion,--and it must be obeyed. We might better sacrifice all our temporal interests,--houses, lands, riches, liberty, even life itself, than disobey the least of God's commandments. The Saviour declares, "He that findeth his life shall lose it; and he that loseth his life for My sake shall find it."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 15]          We have many noble examples of loyalty to the law in the history of the prophets and apostles, who endured imprisonment, torture, death itself, rather than break one of God's commands. Peter and John have left a record as heroic as any in the Gospel dispensation. When called before the high priest, and commanded not to speak at all, nor to preach in the name of Jesus, they answered: "Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye. For we can not but speak the things which we have seen and heard. So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the people; for all men glorified God for that which was done." When they were called a second time before the council, the Jewish leaders asked them, saying, "Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? and, behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man's blood upon us. Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men." In this answer we have evidence that no human authority has a right to place us under obligation to claims which will cause us to disobey our rightful Sovereign, whose subjects we claim to be.  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 16]          God has special regard for righteousness of character. In His Word we are told that He takes pleasure in them that fear Him, in those that hope in His mercy. He commands the inhabitants of the earth to stand in awe of Him, and yet He invites the most lowly to seek Him, "if haply they might feel after Him, and find Him, tho He be not far from every one of us."  {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 16}
[ST, June 5, 1901 par. 17]          By willing obedience to God's commands, we show our love for Him. Thus we gain a fitness to be among that number of whom it will be said, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in thru the gates into the city."     Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, June 5, 1901 par. 17}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 1]       June 12, 1901 Spiritual Growth.         It is the Lord's desire that His followers shall grow in grace, that their love shall abound more and more, that they shall be filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the praise and glory of God.  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 2]          Where there is life, there will be growth and fruit-bearing; but unless we grow in grace, our spirituality will be dwarfed, sickly, fruitless. It is only by growing, by bearing fruit, that we can fulfil God's purpose for us. "Herein is My Father glorified," Christ said, "that ye bear much fruit." In order to bear much fruit, we must make the most of our privileges. We must use every opportunity granted us for obtaining strength.  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 3]          A pure, noble character, with all its grand possibilities, has been provided for every human being. But there are many who have not an earnest longing for such a character. They are not willing to part with the evil that they may have the good. Great opportunities are placed within their reach. But they neglect to grasp the blessings that would place them in harmony with God. They work at cross-purposes with the One who is seeking their good. They are dead branches, having no living union with the Vine. They can not grow.  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 4]          One of the divine plans for growth is impartation. The Christian is to gain strength by strengthening others. "He that watereth shall be watered also himself." This is not merely a promise; it is a divine law, a law by which God designs that the streams of benevolence, like the waters of the great deep, shall be kept in constant circulation, continually flowing back to their source. In the fulfilling of this law is the secret of spiritual growth.  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 5]          Hear Christ's words: "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commended you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." No words can express the blessings received by those who work earnestly to carry out this commission. Of those who after the Saviour's resurrection obeyed His command to impart the light they had received, we read, "They went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following."  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 6]          Everything that could be done was done to make our first parents pure and keep them pure. And since the fall the Lord has wrought out His will in the plan of redemption, a plan by which He is seeking to restore man to his original perfection. Christ's death on the cross has made it possible for God to receive and pardon every repentant soul. This was arranged in the councils of love. It is possible for us to be more than conquerors thru Him who gave His life for us. If we come to God in faith, He will receive us and give us strength to climb upward to perfection. If we watch every word and action, that we may do nothing to dishonor the One who has trusted us, if we improve every opportunity granted us, we shall grow into the full stature of men and women in Christ. Exceeding great and precious promises have been given us that we may do this.  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 7]          Let those who are oppressed under a sense of sin remember that there is hope for them. The salvation of the human race has ever been the object of the councils of heaven. The covenant of mercy was made before the foundation of the world. It has existed from all eternity, and is called the everlasting covenant. So surely as there never was a time when God was not, so surely there never was a moment when it was not the delight of the eternal mind to manifest His grace to humanity. He is ever calling, "Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon." "Behold, the Lord's hand is not shortened, that it can not save, neither His ear heavy, that it can not hear."  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, June 12, 1901 par. 8]          Christians, is Christ revealed in us? Are we doing all in our power to gain a body that is not easily enfeebled, a mind that looks beyond self to the cause and effect of every movement, that can wrestle with hard problems and conquer them, a will that is firm to resist evil and defend the right? Are we crucifying self? Are we growing up unto the full stature of men and women in Christ, preparing to endure hardness as good soldiers of the cross?                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, June 12, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 1]       June 19, 1901 Christ's Prayer for Us.         This is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent."  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 2]          These words are of the greatest importance to us. Professing Christians should manifest a deep, earnest, anxiety to be like the Redeemer in character. They should dwell upon Christ's life. Then they will be changed into His likeness. Let each examine himself critically, to see whether in the home, in the church, and in the world he is revealing the Christlikeness, so that the Saviour may say, "I am glorified in him."  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 3]          "I pray not that Thou shouldst take them out of the world," Christ continued, "but that thou shouldst keep them from the evil." Christians should exercise every ability which God has given them in an effort to answer this prayer. They are to ask God earnestly and frequently to keep them from the evil that is in the world. Christ has charged His followers to pray without ceasing. Never fail to importune God in private prayer. Never cease to intercede with him; for when you fail to pray, you are strengthless to resist Satan's temptations.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 4]          Our sanctification is the work of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit. It is the fulfilment of the covenant that God has made with those who bind themselves up with Him, to stand with Him, with His Son, and with His Spirit in holy fellowship. Have you been born again? Have you become a new being in Christ Jesus? Then co-operate with the three great powers of heaven who are working in your behalf. Doing this you will reveal to the world the principles of righteousness.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 5]          As we strive to represent Christ to the world, we must exercise faith in Him. He says, "According to your faith be it unto you." It was by faith that Enoch walked with God. Do not ask others to exercise faith for you. You are yourself to obtain a daily experience in the things of God. You are yourself to realize the truth of the words, "All things are possible to him that believeth."  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 6]          When you accept Christ, you are in one sense cut away from the world. You are dead to its ambitions, dead to its greed for advantage over your brethren and neighbors. God says, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, . . . and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty." This is the pledge of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; made to you if you will keep your baptismal vow, and touch not the unclean thing. You are to turn aside from all that would pervert the pure, sacred principles of truth. You are to enter into no intrigue. Sharp practise with believers or unbelievers, is an offense in God's sight. It is a sin which places those who commit it in connection with the author of all sin.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 7]          Those who come out from the world in spirit and in all practise may regard themselves as sons and daughters of God. They may believe His word as a child believes every word of his parents. Every promise is sure to him that believes. Those who unite with the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, who show by their lives that they are no longer following the course they followed before they united with these divine instrumentalities, will receive wisdom from above. They will not depend upon human wisdom. In order to deal righteously with the world, as members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King, Christians must feel their need of a power which comes only from the heavenly agencies that have pledged themselves to work in man's behalf.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 8]          After we have formed a union with the great threefold power, we shall regard our duty toward the members of God's family with a sacred awe. We shall seek to answer the prayer, "Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven," by living pure, sanctified lives, showing the world how the will of God is done in heaven.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 9]          "Enoch walked with God; and he was not; for God took him." And when God takes the members of His church to heaven, it will be because they have walked with Him here on this earth, receiving from above strength and wisdom which enables them to serve Him aright. Those who are taken to God will be men and women who now pray in humility and contrition, whose hearts are not lifted up unto vanity. In their dealing with their fellow-men they represent Christ. Those who dishonor God while professing to serve Him, are one with the world. In the last great day they will be found among the number who knew their Lord's will, but did it not.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 10]          God calls upon those who have united with Him, who have pledged themselves to die to the world and live unto Christ, properly to represent their profession of faith. If they are partakers of the divine nature, the principles of sacred brotherhood will be sacredly cherished by them. To all they will manifest tenderness, sympathy, and compassion. They will reveal Christ's longing to receive the members of His family, and to feed their hungry souls with the bread of life.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 11]          "Sanctify them thru Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified thru the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me thru their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me." These words present the grand result of Christian unity. Christians are to be one in Christ. By their unity they are to bear witness to the world that Christ is the Sent of God. All true disciples will realize that this is the standard they must reach. They will strive continually to help one another.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 12]          "I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me." They are on My side. They stand under My banner. By receiving Me as their personal Saviour, they have pledged themselves to keep My holy law, to reveal Me in all their transactions in the church and in the world. I have purchased them by My manifestation of love and power in their behalf. For them I have sanctified Myself to the work Thou hast appointed Me, that they also may be sanctified to the work Thou hast appointed them, that by their union with Me and with one another they may reveal to the world that Thou didst send Me to the earth to save sinners.  {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, June 19, 1901 par. 13]          "And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved Me." The world needs to see a correct representation of the principles of the Gospel. As Christians it is our duty to show the uplifting, sanctifying power of the truth. We have a great work to do, and O, we need so much to close the windows of the soul earthward, and open them heavenward. God will keep the current of His grace flowing into the hearts of those who are willing to be channels of light.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, June 19, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 1]       June 26, 1901 Our Guide-book.         When a question was brought to Christ, the answer was, "Have ye not read?" "What saith the Scriptures?" Christ could have answered every perplexing question brought to Him, but He did not do this. He directed His questioners to the great storehouse of knowledge. He knew that He could not always be with them in human form, and He desired to teach them to make the Word their dependence. "Search the Scriptures," He said. He referred them to His own inspired Word, that when tempted by the enemy they might meet him as He had done, saying, "It is written." Thus the enemy could be repulsed; for he has no power over the one who relies on the testimony of God's Word.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 2]          Of the Word of God the psalmist writes: "The entrance of Thy Word giveth light; it giveth understanding to the simple." It is as a light shining in a dark place. As we search its pages, light enters the heart, illuminating the mind. By this light we see what we ought to be.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 3]          We see in the Word warnings and promises, with God behind them all. We are invited to search this Word for aid when brought into difficult places. If we do not consult the Guide-book at every step, inquiring, Is this the way of the Lord? our words and actions will be tainted by selfishness. We shall forget God, and walk in paths He has not chosen for us.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 4]          God's Word is full of precious promises and helpful counsel. It is infallible; for God can not err. It has help for every circumstance and condition of life, and God looks on with sadness when His children turn from it to human aid.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 5]          As we receive physical strength from the food we eat, so we are to receive spiritual strength as we study the Word of God. It is as necessary that attention should be paid to the cry of the soul for spiritual food as that attention should be paid to the cry of a hungry child for temporal food. A neglect to supply the soul with the bread of life leaves it weak and strengthless, unable to do the will of God. The life of such a one is like the barren fig-tree, destitute of fruit.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 6]          He who converses with God thru the Scriptures will be ennobled and sanctified. As he reads the inspired record of the Saviour's love, his heart is melted in tenderness and contrition. He is filled with a desire to be like the Master, to live a life of loving service.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 7]          Great light shone forth from the patriarchs and prophets. Glorious things were spoken of Zion, the city of God. Thus the Lord designs that the light shall shine forth thru His followers today. If the saints of the Old Testament bore such a bright testimony of loyalty, should not we today, who have the accumulated light of centuries, arise and shine? The glory of the prophecies sheds light on our pathway. Type has met antitype in the death of God's Son. Christ has risen from the dead, proclaiming over the tomb, "I am the resurrection and the life." He has sent His Spirit into our world to bring all things to our remembrance. By a miracle of His power He has preserved His written Word thru the ages. Shall we not, then, make this Word our constant study, learning from it God's purpose for us?  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 8]         The Bereans were commended as being more noble than those of Thessalonica, in that they received the Word with all readiness of mind, and searched the Scriptures daily. They did not search the Bible from curiosity, but that they might learn in regard to Christ. Daily they compared scripture with scripture, and as they searched, heavenly intelligences were beside them, enlightening their minds and impressing their hearts.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 9]          We are to open the Word of God with reverence, with a sincere desire to know the will of God concerning us. Then the heavenly angels will direct our search. God speaks to us out of His Word. We are in the audience-chamber of the Most High, in the very presence of God. Christ enters the heart. The Holy Spirit takes of the things of God and shows them to us. We see more clearly the greatness of God's love and the fulness of His salvation. We appreciate more fully His gracious design to make us partners in the heavenly firm. We are drawn into full sympathy with the plans of God. His secret is with us, and He shows us His covenant.  {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, June 26, 1901 par. 10]          The truth is likened to treasure hid in a field, "the which when a man hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth, and selleth all that he hath, and buyeth the field." He desires to cultivate it, that he may obtain possession of its treasure. So we are to take the Word of God and search its pages, that we may find the treasures of truth. It is the Holy Spirit's office to direct and reward this labor. The searcher finds lodes of precious ore, and he sinks the shaft still deeper for still more valuable treasure. The gold-fields of earth are not so closely interlaced with veins of precious ore as are the fields of revelation with veins of truth that bring to view the unsearchable riches of God.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, June 26, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 1]       July 10, 1901 What it Means to Be a Christian.         To be a Christian means to be Christlike, to follow the Saviour. Following implies obedience. No soldier can follow his leader unless he obeys orders. Following means imitation. "Learn of Me," the great Teacher says to those who have taken the name of Christian. Keep your eyes fixed on the Model. Do all things for His glory and in and thru the love He has for you.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 2]          The Christian is the world's light, and the only Bible that many read. Thru Christians men see God. How careful, then, should those be who have taken the name of Christian. But many professing Christians crucify the Son of God afresh and put Him to open shame. He who fails to correct the mistakes shown him in the divine mirror, presents before the world a miserable representation of Christ. Angels veil their faces in sorrow. The world sees that he is not what he professes to be, and they turn  from him as a counterfeit. Christians are either under Christ's rule or under the control of the enemy. Their influence is either a savor of life unto life or of death unto death. They are either doing positive good or incalculable harm.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 3]          Christ's children have been redeemed from Satan's bondage, and they are to stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel, working with unselfishness and fidelity for the One who owns them. Ever they are to remember the words, "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God's." When they took the name of Christian, they pledged themselves to be true to God. They are bound up with Him and the angels in family relation, because Jesus has delivered them from a tyrant's oppression. In every respect their actions are to be such as become saints. Discarding all that is unbecoming, they are to live a new and holy life. By doing this they show that they are worthy of the sacred trust conferred upon them, that they have been born again, not of the flesh, but of the Spirit, that they no more live to self, but to God, whose they are and whom they serve.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 4]          Paul says, "Do all things without murmurings and disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world." Like brave, true soldiers, Christians are to obey the orders of their Captain; for they have made a sacred pledge to rule themselves well. They are to strive earnestly to overcome everything that hinders them from fulfilling their high and holy resolve. Mind and body are to be treated with the greatest respect; for they are Christ's. Day by day they are to be improved, that to the earnest gaze of the watching angels it may be revealed that Christ has not died in vain.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 5]          Christians, when you took this name, you promised to prepare in this life for the higher life in the kingdom of God. Take the Christlife as your pattern. Keep eternity ever in view. Follow righteous principles of action, which with their refining, ennobling influence will restore in man the moral image of God. As by faith we adopt the principles which are an expression of the life of Christ, they are in the soul as a well of water springing up unto everlasting life. The soul overflows with the riches of the grace of Christ, and the overflow refreshes other souls. Thus may the human agent show that he is keeping the pledge he has made. Thus he may work in partnership with Christ, showing to the world what it means to be a Christian.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 6]          The Gospel is the voice of duty and the voice of God. What is meant by a failure to obey its principles is shown in the history of Satan, who for his disobedience was cast out of heaven. The highest gifts that could be bestowed in a created being were given to Lucifer, the covering cherub. Before his fall he was a glorious being, occupying a position next to Christ in the heavenly courts. But in seeking to be equal with God he brought upon himself irretrievable ruin.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 7]          With this lesson before us let us hide ourselves in Christ. He is the source of all wisdom and power. Behold in the cross of Calvary the guarantee for our salvation. Behold the Saviour giving His life for us that we might be Christians.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 8]          Those who live the life of a Christian are battling against the devil's lie,--that man cannot keep God's law. Can we doubt the result of this conflict? God lives, God reigns; and daily He is working His miracles. "They that are Christ's have crucified the flesh, with the affections and lusts." Before the universe they show that they are trying to live out the words. "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report, . . . think on these things."  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 9]          "Love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance,"--these are the fruit of the Christian tree. The tree that bears only leaves, the life that has only profession, must be withered by the curse of God, even as the fruitless tree which flaunted its abundant foliage before the Saviour.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, July 10, 1901 par. 10]          God help us to be true Christians, consistent today, consistent tomorrow, upright in action, kindly in word, pure in thought. The true Christian lives the Christ-life. In all his transactions he lifts the banner of the cross. If he is misunderstood, he takes no offense, but pursues the even tenor of his way. He is kind, thoughtful, and forbearing. He closely examines himself, lest in word or deed he shall deny his Lord. He chooses God's way. Each day of his life he unselfishly ministers to others. The light that is in him shines forth, and he stills the strife of tongues. Day by day, tho unconsciously to himself, he is working out before men and angels a vast, sublime experiment. He is showing what the Gospel can do for fallen human beings.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, July 10, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 1]      July 17, 1901 "Be Ye Therefore Perfect."         Those who serve God should aim at perfection. Wrong habits must be overcome. Right habits must be formed. Under the discipline of the greatest Teacher the world has ever known, Christians must move onward and upward toward perfection. This is God's command, and no one should say, I can not do it. He should say instead, God requires me to be perfect, and He will give me strength to overcome all that stands in the way of perfection. He is the source of all wisdom, all power.  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 2]          Individually we are to be loyal to the laws that govern God's kingdom. Christians are to be light-bearers, saying to all with whom they come in contact, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." They are to be examples of piety, representing Christ in word, in spirit, in action. Their actions are to be a copy of the actions of the Saviour. Thus they are to show the superiority of Christ's principles over the principles of the world. They are to work upon a higher plane of action than do those who are not Christians. They are to bring the ennobling influence of the Gospel into every phase of life. Their purity and usefulness are to be a source of illumination to others.  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 3]          The world has set up a standard to suit the inclinations of unsanctified hearts, but this is not the standard for those who love Christ. The Redeemer has chosen them out of the world, and has left them His sinless life as a standard. He wants them to rise above all cheapness of word or action. "Be ye therefore followers of God, as dear children, and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us, and hath given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor." "Gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ. . . . As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy."  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 4]          These words are to be believed and practised. Christians are to be superior in wisdom, in knowledge, in skill, because they believe in God and His power. The Lord desires them to reach the highest round of the ladder, that they may glorify Him. He has a treasure-house of wisdom from which they may draw. The religion of Christ never degrades; it never makes men and women coarse and rough. God wants His children to be correct in speech and correct in habits. He desires them to possess knowledge that will give them a standing-place among men.  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 5]          Overcoming, means much more than we realize. It means resisting the enemy and drawing nigh to God. It means taking up the cross and following Christ, doing cheerfully those things that are contrary to natural inclination. Christ came from heaven to show us how to live a life of self-sacrifice. In His strength we are to gain perfection. He has made it possible for us to do this, and when He comes the second time, He will ask us why we have not fulfilled His purpose for us. Day by day, hour by hour, we are preparing for the judgment, deciding our eternal destiny. We are trading on our Lord's goods. When He comes, He will reckon with us, to see how we have improved His goods. Results proportionate to the talents entrusted will be required, and to every faithful, self-denying Christian will be given a reward proportionate to his work. Nothing that is done in sincerity is in vain. Everything is accurately weighed in the golden scales of the sanctuary.  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 6]          Christianity means perfect conformity to the Christ-life. Those who possess this Christianity will show sound spiritual growth, because they are partakers of the divine nature. Heaven is full of light, and provision has been made that this light shall shine in clear rays upon those who accept Christ, and from them be reflected to those who are dead in trespasses and sins, that by the Holy Spirit's power they may be raised to newness of life. Christians must be laborers together with God, or they will fail of overcoming, and their influence will cause others to fail. No one is lost who does not also draw others down. Let those who name the name of Christ depart from all iniquity, that Christ may not be ashamed of His professed followers.  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 7]          The eye of the Lord is in every place, beholding the evil and the good. He knows all our temptations, and He expects us to resist them as Christ resisted them. Jesus died for us that we might live His life of purity. Our prayer should be, "Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me." The heart must be purified; for out of it are the issues of life. The will must yield its helm to the command of Christ. Paul describes this as putting on the new man, "which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness."  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 8]          No compromise with sin can ever be accepted by a pure and holy God. No conversion is genuine that does not radically change the heart, the character, every line of conduct. "If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature." Not a moment should be wasted on a patchwork religion. Our citizenship is above, where Christ sits at the right hand of God. This present life is only our training-school. Here we are to be purified that at Christ's coming we may be without spot or wrinkle or any such thing,--prepared to receive the inheritance of the saints in light.  {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, July 17, 1901 par. 9]          The true Christian obtains an experience that brings holiness. The light of truth irradiates his understanding. A glow of love for the Redeemer clears away the cloud that has interposed between his soul and God. The will of God, pure, elevated, and sanctified, becomes his will. His countenance reveals the light of heaven. His body is a fit temple for the Holy Spirit. Holiness adorns his character. God can commune with him; for soul and body are in harmony with the principles of heaven.                     Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, July 17, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 1]       July 24, 1901 Trading on Our Lord's Goods.         To men and women God has entrusted talents to be improved by use and returned to Him. Our time, our strength, our intellect, our means, all belong to God. He has lent them to us that we may use them in helping those around us.  If we use these gifts for the benefit of others, we become channels of usefulness, and God gives us an increase; for His law is, "Give, and it shall be given unto you." Those who have been blessed by God, and yet refuse to help the needy, are charged in the ledger of heaven with robbery toward their Maker, at whose bar they will be called to account for their neglect of the needy and suffering.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 2]          God has purchased us by the death of His Son. He desires us to remember that we are His, and that by the right use of our endowments we are to make of ourselves all that it is possible for us to be. Earnestly we are to cultivate the highest powers of our being, striving by persevering effort to rise to the highest spiritual efficiency. In spirit, in word, in action, we are to try to please God. This we may do; for Enoch pleased God, tho living in a degenerate age. The power at Enoch's command is also at our command.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 3]          God gives men means, saying, Put it out to the exchangers. Use it where it will bless some one who in turn will bless some one else. As My money is thus put into circulation to help My children, it will steadily multiply itself.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 4]          Those who have the Spirit of Christ will not selfishly spend on self that which would provide homes for the homeless, and give the destitute food and clothing. They will not lay up their money for the sake of increasing gain. Those who do this are controlled by covetousness. They love neither God nor man. Their fellow-beings are perishing all around them, and yet, tho it is in their power to be a blessing to them, they shut their eyes to their wants.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 5]          God has a controversy with those who use His gifts for self-gratification. When the judgment shall sit, and the books are opened, these will have a fearful account to settle. If they were not blinded by the enemy, they would fear and tremble at the thought of the time when God will avenge the death of His Son, whom, by their selfishness, they have crucified afresh and put to open shame.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 6]          Hear the words of the Lord: "Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your miseries that shall come upon you. . . . Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days. Behold, the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth; and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabbath. Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth and been wanton; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of slaughter. Ye have condemned and killed the just, and he doth not resist you."  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 7]          This is the condition of things in the world today. Men are grasping all they can obtain, paying their laborers the lowest prices, while they exact the highest prices for what they sell. Selfishness, avarice, and covetousness are cherished. Thousands and thousands of dollars are locked up where they are of no use to any one. Thus the Lord's capital fails to bring an increase to Him.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 8]         Talents are of value only as they are used to accomplish the design of the Giver. God has given human beings opportunities and privileges that they may  make the most of themselves from a Bible standpoint. If we use our talents wisely, our improvement will be a blessing to ourselves and to others; but when we look upon our talents as of value from the standpoint of accumulating gain for selfish purposes, we fail to carry out the Lord's purpose, and serious loss to the Master follows. Those who might have been benefited fail to receive the help the Lord designed them to have.  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 9]          In the day of judgment no one will be accepted because through clever schemes and sharp dealing he became rich. To such a one Christ will say, "I gave you talents of skill, talents of worldly treasure, that you might co-operate with Me. I was willing to teach you how to impart aright. I could have made you a channel of communication. I could have helped you to reveal My attributes by imparting to others the wisdom and understanding imparted to you. You could have used My gifts to My glory and for the uplifting of those around you. But you allowed the tempter to corrupt your senses; and under his guidance you have robbed Me of the glory I should have received, had you used your talents to relieve the suffering of My children. You were a receiver, but not a producer. Had you used My money to advance My kingdom, I could now recognize you as a faithful servant. But you withheld the means you should have imparted. I gave you My goods to dispense, but you did not feed the hungry or clothe the naked. You neglected the widow and the fatherless. In their destitution they cried for help, but you heeded them not. Their cries have ascended to Me. Their tears are registered in My book. The time has now come for Me to deal with My unfaithful servants. Wherein do your riches help you now? What peace, what happiness do you find from your transactions? 'What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?'"  {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, July 24, 1901 par. 10]          Let us remember that there will be no second probation. Some flatter themselves with the thought that the Lord will give them another opportunity. Fatal delusion! Just now, day by day, we are preparing for the judgment. We are trading on our Lord's goods, and at His coming He will reckon with us. And from each one He will expect a return. Let us do faithful, unselfish work. Our reward will be proportionate to the work we have done. "Behold, I come quickly," Christ says; "and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be." The Master calls for every man to do the work given him according to his ability. In the love of the Saviour let Christians arise and work for those nigh and afar off.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, July 24, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 1]       July 31, 1901 A Perfect Law.         God, the great governor of the universe, has put everything under law. The tiny flower and the towering oak, the grain of sand and the mighty ocean, sunshine and shower, wind and rain, all obey nature's laws. But man has been placed under a higher law. He has been given an intellect to see, and a conscience to feel, the powerful claims of God's great moral law, the expression of what He desires His children to be.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 2]          God has made known His will so plainly that none need err. He desires all to have a correct understanding of His law, to feel the power of its principles; for their eternal interests are here involved. He who has an understanding of the far-reaching claims of God's law can understand something of the heinousness of sin. And the more exalted his ideas of God's requirements, the greater will be his gratitude for the pardon granted him.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 3]          God's law reaches the feelings and motives, as well as the outward acts. It reveals the secrets of the heart, flashing light upon things before buried in darkness. God knows every thought, every purpose, every plan, every motive. The books of heaven record the sins that would have been committed had there been opportunity. God will bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing. By His law He measures the character of every man. As the artist transfers to the canvas the features of the face, so the features of each individual character are transferred to the books of heaven. God has a perfect photograph of every man's character, and this photograph He compares with His law. He reveals to man the defects that mar his life, and calls upon him to repent and turn from sin.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 4]          There are those who say, "Give me Christ, but I want nothing of the law." They talk of the grace of Christ, but they know not the meaning of grace; for God does not use His grace to make void the law. Satan has confused their minds, leading them to look upon the law as a yoke of bondage, a hindrance to spirituality. They talk of faith, but they know not the meaning of the word; for faith is never found apart from truth. The peace which they boast their faith gives them is but self-righteous confidence. Let no one claim that he has been accepted by Christ, and is living without sin, while at the same time he is, like Lucifer, waging war against God's law, aiding the enemy in the very work which he commenced in heaven and is carrying forward on this earth.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 5]          Thousands today are transgressing God's law, advocating the ideas which for ages Satan has been manufacturing. Like the proud Pharisees, they are ignorant both of the Scriptures and of the power of God. Wrapped in the darkness of unbelief, they refuse to search the Scriptures for themselves. They accept fables in the place of truth. They claim God's promises while they break His precepts. In the last great day they will say to Christ, "Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name, and in Thy name cast out devils, and in Thy name done many wonderful works?" But Christ will answer, "I never knew you; depart from Me."  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 6]         The natural heart rebels against the requirements of God's law. It was the law against which Satan fought in heaven, and those who are controlled by him will hate its principles. But let them remember that when they cast reproach at the law, they cast reproach at Him with whom the law originated. He who while trampling on the law of God claims that Christ has forgiven his sins, knows not of what he is talking. John declares that sin is the transgression of the law. If there were no law, there would be no sin. Those who claim to love Christ, while at the same time they refuse to obey Him, are like fountains which send forth impure water. Professing to follow Christ, they do the work of the adversary. Their faith is dead; for it is unsupported by good works. They can no more be saved by their faith than can the fallen angels, who believe and tremble, by their faith.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 7]          For the highest good of His creatures, God has given a perfect law, a law that demands perfect obedience. God compels no one to obey this law. He leaves men free to decide whether they will obey and receive the reward of obedience, or disobey and receive the punishment of transgression.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 8]          Let us study God's law in connection with the work of Christ. Man broke the law. Christ came to this earth to make an atonement for transgression. His atonement was complete in every part. As He hung on the cross, He could say, "It is finished." The demands of justice were satisfied. The way to the throne of grace was opened for every sinner.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 9]          The law stands firm, and justice sternly points the sinner to its holy precepts. It is not the province of the law to save the sinner, but to condemn, not to pardon, but to convict. It can not be changed to meet man in his fallen condition. Then how is God's justice to be satisfied and His favor obtained? Not by works; "for by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in His sight." In his own strength the sinner can not meet the demands of God. He must go for help to the One who paid the ransom for him. It is impossible for him of himself to keep the law. But Christ can give him strength to do this. The Saviour came to this world and in human flesh lived a life of perfect obedience, that the sinner might stand before God justified and accepted.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, July 31, 1901 par. 10]          Christ is our hope. Those who trust in Him are cleansed. The grace of Christ and the government of God walk together in perfect harmony. When Jesus became man's substitute, mercy and truth met together, and righteousness and peace kissed each other. The cross of Calvary bears witness to the high claims of God's law. Christ did not die to encourage man in rebellion against God, but to provide a way whereby he might keep the whole law. His garment of spotless righteousness clothes the repenting, believing sinner. He is made unto us wisdom and righteousness and sanctification and redemption.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, July 31, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 1]       August 7, 1901 "Ask, and It Shall Be Given You."         It seems so sad that we praise God so little. Gratitude, praise, and thanksgiving need now to be searched for, and cultivated as lost arts. They are more precious to the Lord Jesus than all the treasures of gold and silver which the earth contains. Every human being should appreciate the kindness and love wherewith God has loved us. When we were yet enemies, Christ gave His life that we might be saved. How much have we appreciated this gift?  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 2]                      The All-comprehending Gift of the Spirit.          In His instruction to His disciples, Christ dwelt upon the great gift of the Spirit, declaring that nothing was too great to be expected from the coming of the divine Spirit. He longed to quicken and enlarge the conception of His disciples by communicating to them His own complete appreciation of God's love, that they might be able to comprehend the value of the gift of all gifts, given by God with the giving of His beloved Son,--the gift of the Holy Spirit. On all who love and serve God this gift has been bestowed. Christ has made provision for all to receive His Spirit; for He desires to see human nature released from the bondage of sin, and, by the power which God gives, renewed, restored, raised to a holy rivalry with the angels.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 3]          To the woman at the well Christ said, "If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give Me to drink, thou wouldst have asked of Him, and He would have given thee living water. . . . Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life."  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 4]          Yes; in giving the Holy Spirit, it was impossible for God to give more. To this gift nothing could be added. By it all needs are supplied. The Holy Spirit is the vital presence of God, and if appreciated will call forth praise and thanksgiving, and will ever be springing up unto everlasting life. The restoration of the Spirit is the covenant of grace. Yet how few appreciate this great gift, so costly, yet so free to all who will accept it? When faith takes hold of the blessing, there comes rich spiritual good. But too often the blessing is not appreciated. We need an enlarged conception in order to comprehend its value.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 5]                               A Divine Encouragement to Faith.          Christ declared, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, will he give him a stone? or if he ask a fish will he for a fish give him a serpent? or if he shall ask an egg, will he offer him a scorpion? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?"  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 6]          O what amazing love and condescension! The Lord Jesus encourages His believing ones to ask for the Holy Spirit. By presenting the parental tenderness of God, He seeks to encourage faith in the reception of the gift. The heavenly Parent is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him than earthly parents are to give good gifts to their children.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 7]          What greater thing could be promised? What more is necessary to awaken a response in every soul, to inspire us with a longing for the great gift? Shall not our half-hearted supplications be turned into petitions of intense desire for this great blessing?  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 8]          We do not ask for enough of the good things God has promised. If we would reach up higher and expect more, our petitions would reveal the quickening influence that comes to every soul who asks with the full expectation of being heard and answered. The Lord is not glorified by the tame supplications which show that nothing is expected. He desires every one who believes, to approach the throne of grace with earnestness and assurance. Do we realize the magnitude of the work in which we are engaged? If we did, there would be more fervency in our prayers. Our entreaties would rise before God with convincing earnestness. We would plead for power as a hungry child pleads for bread. If we realized the greatness of the gift, if we desired the attainment of the blessing, our petitions would ascend with earnestness, importunity, urgency. It would be as if we were at the gate of heaven, soliciting entrance.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 9]          I do not understand the tameness in the requests offered to God. We are to urge our way into the very presence of God, into the Holy Place of the Most High. We are to plead for that which we most need,--the bread of life, the leaf from the tree of life. As Jacob wrestled with the angel, saying, "I will not let thee go, except thou bless me," so we are to wrestle in prayer until we prevail. We are to ask with an urgency that will not be turned away, that expects God to bestow His blessings with a liberality that is an assurance to all fear.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 10]          "Thus saith the Lord, the Holy One of Israel, and His Maker, Ask Me of things to come concerning My sons, and concerning the work of My hands command ye Me. I have made the earth, and created man upon it. I, even My hands, have stretched out the heavens, and all their host have I commanded." This is the Word of the Lord, which is Yea and Amen. Then let your prayers be more fervent, more heavily weighted with faith and hope. Let the intensity of your desire be proportionate to the value of the object you wish to obtain.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 11]          The greatness of the gift and our need of it should fill us with a hungering desire for it.  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 12]          Have we reason to believe that an earnest application to the Source of all power for the deep moving of the Holy Spirit upon hearts will be crowned with success? Certainly; but before we talk to others in regard to this, let us first talk with God. Plead with Him as if your life was depending upon the gift you desire. Remember that the blessing is promised unconditionally, absolutely, certainly. If you ask in faith, presenting the name of God's Son as your indorsement, your prayer will be heard and answered. God's goodness makes this promise unchangeable. The infallibility of the promise is to inspire faith in the one who asks. "Ask, and ye shall receive."  {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, August 7, 1901 par. 13]          We should ask with an earnestness that will not be denied. The Lord has an intense desire that every one should take advance steps in absolute certainty, relying upon God. He is the light and life of all who seek Him. The measure which we receive of the holy influence of His Spirit is proportionate to the measure of our desire to receive, of our faith to grasp, and of our capacity to enjoy the great goodness of the blessing, and to impart it to others.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, August 7, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 1]       August 14, 1901 "Ask, and It Shall Be Given You."                          (Concluded from last week.)          Every one that asketh receiveth, and he that seeketh findeth." Christ is here presenting a law of the divine government. Asking for the Holy Spirit is connected with receiving this gift. The Lord reads the hearts of all men. He selects from His subjects those He can use, choosing material which can be worked. He selects--The most unpromising subjects, and through them magnifies His own wisdom and power by causing them to sit among princes. In all ages He has used human beings to carry out His purposes. He chooses subjects who will not be perverted, who in all righteousness and faith will honor His name. He passes by the men who have perverted the capabilities He has given them, and selects men of His own wisdom, who make Him their trust, their dependence, their efficiency. He hews and polishes the rough stones He has quarried out of the world. He works through men who realize that they must submit to the ax, the chisel, and the hammer, lying passive under the divine hand. Through those who voluntarily submit themselves to Him in all matters, who seek Him in faith and hope, He works out His plans.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 2]                                      Rightly Asking.          Those who ask because they wish to impart to others will not be disappointed. God will reward those who come to Him in earnest faith. He assures us that the thought of His majesty and sovereignty should not keep us in fear. He will do much more graciously than we suppose if we will come to the footstool of His mercy. He urges His sovereignty as a reason for His great and merciful bountifulness in supplying the demands upon Him. He pledges Himself to hear our prayers, declaring that He will hear them. He condescends to appeal from the instinct of parental tenderness to the infinite benevolence of Him whose we are by creation and redemption. He says, "If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him." The needy and soul-hungry never plead with God in vain.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 3]          Humanity and divinity must be linked together in the experience of every overcomer. In our weakness we are to accept Christ's power. He gives us the assurance, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 4]          In view of this tell me who should wear countenances more bright and cheerful, more full of sunshine, than those who live by faith in the Son of God. In Him the needy and hungry find all their wants supplied. But let us not forget that those whom God has blessed with the good things of this life are to be His helping hand, to supply the necessities of His needy ones. They are to be laborers together with Him. They are--His stewards in trust, and are to use their goods for the advancement of His work, that His name may be glorified. The Lord desires to employ the church as a channel through which to communicate His bounties. If His people would keep the channel open, receiving the spiritual and temporal gifts of His grace, and imparting them to the needy, there would be no sick ones neglected, no orphans crying for food. The hearts of the widow and the fatherless would sing for joy.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 5]          God has given man the richest of His gifts. This He has done that man may dispense His bounties. Medical missionary work and the Gospel ministry are the channels through which God seeks to pour a constant supply of His goodness. They are to be as the river of life for the irrigation of His church. There is not the semblance of an excuse for the lifeless condition of a people who know the plain "Thus saith the Lord." God calls their attention to the words, "Ye are the light of the world. . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." He reminds us that we have only to ask, and we shall receive; to seek, and we shall find; to knock, and it shall be opened unto us.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 6]          Throw open the windows of the soul heavenward, and close them earthward. The Lord has made His church the repository of divine influence. The heavenly universe is waiting for the members to become channels through which the current of life shall flow to the world, that many may be converted, and in their turn become channels through which the grace of Christ shall flow to the desert portions of the Lord's vineyard.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 7]          The heavenly universe is burdened with the magnitude of the divine gifts which it has to impart. Angels are longing for the great joy of imparting the grace of God to men who will impart it to their fellow-men. The commission is, "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations." All who belong to the church are commanded to shine. Every receiver of divine grace is held accountable for the souls of those within his reach who are in the darkness of unbelief, ignorant of the rich blessings God is waiting to bestow upon them.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 8]          "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." Those who take part in the solemn rite of baptism, in the name of the highest authorities of heaven, pledge themselves to come out from the world, to separate themselves from its idolatrous practises. God places His sign upon them, making them members of the royal family. And they on their part pledge themselves before angels and before men to live for Christ. They are buried with Him in baptism in the likeness of His death and raised in the likeness of His resurrection. "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on this earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory."  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, August 14, 1901 par. 9]          In the day of final accounts, what will the church give as a reason for her strange indifference to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth? My brethren and sisters, keep the temple of God pure and holy, that He may use it to the glory of His name. God will enlarge His faculties and multiply His gifts to you, as you make use of them to gather souls under the blood-stained banner of the Redeemer. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. By yielding to the temptations of the enemy, by losing sight of God, you have lost the sense of what a child of God ought to be. Your powers of perception are clouded. But the way is open for your spiritual life to be reinforced with new power. "Ask, and ye shall receive."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, August 14, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 1]       August 21, 1901 The Need of Missionary Effort         The last message of mercy is to be given to the world by the proclamation of Gospel truth. Truth, Bible truth,--this is what the people need. On our knees we are to claim the promises of God's Word, asking that we may receive pure, unadulterated truth, and that we may realize the necessity of giving this truth to others. Then men and women will be converted. The hand of God will be recognized in the raising up of new churches. The Lord will baptize with the apostolic spirit many who will go forth to do missionary work in places where the people know not the truth.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 2]          True missionary work will furnish the churches with a sure foundation, a foundation having this seal, "The Lord knoweth them that are His." Then God will be glorified in His people. Christian missions will be built upon Jesus Christ. Under the supervision of God the work will go forward, and innumerable evidences will be given of the genuineness of the work. The workers will not seek to glorify self, but will praise God as the designer and organizer of every holy, ennobling work. They not only profess to be believers; they are believers. They are sanctified by the truth; for truth acted as well as preached has a purifying influence upon the character.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 3]          In the home and in the church the true missionary is a living exposition of truth. He eats the flesh and drinks the blood of the Son of God, and his life is moulded according to the divine similitude. He digests and assimilates the Word, saying, "I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me." True missionary work leads those engaged in it to bow before God in humiliation and unfeigned gratitude for the past and present manifestations of His power. They hide self in Christ, praising and glorifying Him as the One altogether lovely.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 4]          Christian missionary work is of great value to the home churches. By it the members are inspired with holy, sanctified zeal to deny self, to lift the cross of Christ, to labor with self-sacrificing effort to send the truth to regions beyond. Christian missionary work has a reflex influence upon the churches, an influence uplifting and sanctifying. It has a salutary influence upon unbelievers; for as the workers labor under divine superintendence, worldlings are led to see the greatness of the resources God has provided for those who serve Him. God's truth, demonstrated by the working of grace in the heart, multiplies the agencies of Christian usefulness and makes a decided impression upon the world.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 5]          God desires His people to be living examples of the purifying influence of the truth. He desires them to reveal in their lives its power to elevate and ennoble. Thus they are to illustrate the excellence of the truth, raising the standard of Christian courtesy, tenderness, and love. With an intensity of effort they are to seek to save those who are perishing. Let the heart yearn even to breaking over those who know not the truth. Let not believers center their thoughts upon themselves. Let them go to work for others, forgetting self in the loving desire to help those around them. Let them think and plan and work for those who know not God. It is not only the learned, the talented, who are to work for others. All who claim to believe in Jesus should do this. This is Christian usefulness. And in this work let us show a holy dependence upon God. Dependence upon God, sanctification of purpose, earnestness in service,--these distinguish between those who serve God and those who serve Him not. We who believe are to illustrate in our lives the excellence of the Christ-life. Church-members are to arise and shine amid the moral darkness of the world. If we are connected with the Light of the world, we shall reflect light to others. If we partake of the Saviour's rich grace, we shall be a blessing to those around us.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 6]          God calls upon us to show a hallowed patriotism, to reveal the attributes of the Saviour in the home and in the church, to deny self that we may have to give to the work in the fields afar off. Let all seek to manifest the benevolence of Christ. He gave His life to save a fallen world, and shall Christians, those who claim to be His representatives on the earth, be unwilling to deny self? Shall they remain weak and inefficient because they are too selfish to make sacrifices for Him who gave His life as a sacrifice for them?  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 7]         God help us to arise and take a most decided stand in the center of a large circle of benevolent work. Thus we may glorify and magnify the name of Him who is truth. We are laid under the most solemn obligations to furnish, in Christian missions, a grand illustration of the principles of the kingdom of God. The church is to work actively as an organized body to spread abroad the influence of the cross of Christ. Those who work unselfishly to give the truth to those nigh and afar off are registered in the courts above, "Laborers together with God; . . . God's husbandry, . . . God's building." Controlled by the great Designer, they show what human beings can be when they wear the yoke of Christ, learning His meekness and lowliness.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 8]          It is because so many of Christ's professed followers seek to be first that He can not trust them. Were they humble, willing to be taught by Him, they would be a power in showing to the world the influence of the truth upon human character. Those who work in Christ's lines, never seeking to exalt self, will reveal constant activity and steady progress in missionary enterprises. They will not be satisfied unless church is added to church.  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 9]          God expects those in His service to contend earnestly for the faith once delivered to the saints. Our aggressive missionary work is to be more abundant than it has been in the past. More territory is to be annexed; the standard of truth is to be planted in new places; churches are to be established; all is to be done that can be done to fulfil the commission, "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, August 21, 1901 par. 10]          The life of a church depends on the interest which its members manifest in those outside the fold. Let the church of God remember that Christ gave Himself as a sacrifice to save a world from destruction. For our sake He became poor, that we through His poverty might come into possession of eternal riches. Shall those whom God has blessed with a knowledge of the truth become narrow in their plans? Let them arouse to a sense of their vast obligations, cutting away every thread of selfishness, that the Lord may pour upon them His Holy Spirit. Let them seek the Lord while He may be found, and call upon Him while He is near. They have no reason for being faithless and complaining. Let them cease all fault-finding and murmuring, and encourage a spirit of gratitude for past mercies and blessings. Let them praise the Lord in unfeigned gratitude for the light of His Word, which shines upon their pathway, to be received into heart and mind, and reflected upon those in darkness. Thus they will be prepared to work to the praise and glory of Christ, and to inscribe upon their banners, "Here are they that keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, August 21, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 1]       August 28, 1901 Words of Cheer.         And he showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel."  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 2]          Joshua represents the people of God. When Satan accused him, the Lord rebuked him, and spoke to those who stood before him, saying, "Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair miter upon his head. So they set a fair miter upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angels of the Lord stood by."  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 3]          Satan endeavors to bring reproach upon those who are trying to serve and honor God. He presents them in a questionable light, as those who are clothed with filthy garments. But God says, "Take away the filthy garments. You have no right to put them upon my people. Take them away. My people may have imperfections of character; they may fail in their endeavors; but if they repent, I will forgive them."  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 4]          The word of assurance is given to all who have faith in God. Receive this wonderful promise. It is not a human being who is speaking: "Thus saith the Lord of hosts, If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by."  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 5]          Among those who stand by,--the hosts of the enemy, who are trying to bring God's people into disrepute, and the hosts of heaven, ten thousand times ten thousand angels, who watch over and guard the tempted people of God, uplifting and strengthening them. These are they who stand by. And God says to His believing ones, You shall walk among them. You shall not be overcome by the powers of darkness. You shall stand before Me in the sight of the holy angels, who are sent forth to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation.  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 6]          God loves His believing people, and He has placed their feet in a safe and sure path. He has caused them to sit in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. This He has done, not because of their goodness and worthiness, but because of the free promptings of His grace, because He is rich in mercy, because of the great love wherewith He loves them. He has delivered them from the power of darkness, and has translated them into the kingdom of His dear Son. He is very desirous that they shall perfect characters which will enable them to stand before Him, purified and made white.  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 7]          But let them not suppose that the pathway to heaven will be always smooth, that no temptations will come. Peculiar difficulties will arise, which will test their faith, tax their patience, and try their steadfastness. Face the difficulties bravely. Be men and women of unswerving principle. Remember that Christ has said, "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." The battle is before you, but you are not called upon to fight alone. Christ and the angels are with you. Perseverance is service, willing obedience to God's way, will win for you a crown of life. Then cast off the works of darkness, and put on the armor of God.  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 8]          "Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God."  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 9]         Unbelief is repulsive, dark, forbidding. It can only deny and destroy. Faith lifts the head in conscious dignity and firm trust in God. True workers walk and work by faith. Sometimes they grow weary with watching the slow advancement of the work, when the battle wages strong between the powers of good and evil. But if they refuse to fail or be discouraged, they will see the clouds breaking away and the promise of deliverance fulfilling. Through the mist which Satan has thrown across their pathway, they will see the shining of the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness. The glory of the Lord is to fill the whole earth.  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 10]          Have faith in God. When you make mistakes, turn your defeats into victories. Your love and fidelity will be tested by difficulty, disappointment, and trial. These your faith must overcome. The burden you bear for Christ's sake, the service you render in the complete surrender of your will to God,--this is the measure of your love for Him. There is fulness for you in Christ. Come to the water of life and drink. Do not stay away and complain of thirst. The water of life is free to all. Spend much time on your knees in prayer. Believe that God hears your prayers, and you will see of His salvation.  {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, August 28, 1901 par. 11]          If God be for us, who can be against us? He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things? . . . Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? . . . Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, August 28, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 1]       September 4, 1901 Instruction to Believers.         The first chapter of Colossians is a decided address to every believer. The Holy Spirit indicted this instruction for the help of those who should afterward compose the church, as well as for those to whom Paul addressed his letter. The apostle writes:--  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 2]          "Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Timotheus our brother, to the saints and faithful brethren in Christ which are at Colosse: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. We give thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying always for you, since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, and of the love which ye have to all the saints, for the hope which is laid up for you in heaven, whereof ye heard before in the word of the truth of the Gospel; which is come unto you, as it is in all the world; and bringeth forth fruit, as it doth also in you, since the day ye heard of it, and knew the grace of God in truth; as ye also learned of Epaphras our dear fellow-servant, who is for you a faithful minister of Christ; who also declared unto us your love in the Spirit.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 3]          "For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and long-suffering with joyfulness."  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 4]          This scripture speaks of the vital union which should exist between Christ and His disciples. Constantly we are to strive to obtain this union. The religion which consists merely of profession is but pretense. Those whose union with Christ ends with the writing of their names on the church roll are not channels of light.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 5]          "Giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light; who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son." The great object for which Christ came to our world was to demonstrate the falsity of Satan's claim to the sovereignty of the world, and to reassert the original and supreme ownership of God. As the Restorer and Lifegiver, Christ placed Himself in the enemy's pathway, disputing his right to the souls and bodies of men and women. He planted His cross midway between heaven and earth, that He might wrestle with and overcome the powers of darkness. He gave His life for the life of sinners, and Satan, the prince of the world, was cast out.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 6]          "We have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins; who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature; for by Him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers; all things were created by Him, and for Him; and He is before all things, and by Him all things consist. . . . It pleased the Father that in Him should all fulness dwell; and, having made peace through the blood of His cross, by Him to reconcile all things unto Himself; by Him, I say, whether they be things in earth, or things in heaven. And you, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath He reconciled in the body of His flesh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in His sight; if ye continue in the faith grounded and settled, and be not moved away from the hope of the Gospel, which ye have heard, and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven."  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 7]          We have been taught by God concerning the great plan of redemption. This should be to us a matter of earnest thanksgiving. God's promises will never fail if we constantly watch unto prayer. Having learned the excellent way, we are to be sanctified, body, soul, and spirit. We are to be purified and cleansed through the washing of the Word. It is the privilege of every one to be grounded and settled in the faith. No one who exercises that faith which works by love and purifies the soul will be moved away from the hope of the Gospel.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 8]          Cherishing goodness in the heart is a work which many have strangely neglected. Those whose hearts are sanctified and cleansed will follow no sharp practises. But evil passions fill the heart that is actuated by selfishness. Selfishness leads to oppression, and as acts of oppression are repeated, the mind is corrupted, and fails to make correct decisions.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 9]          In no case will Christ serve with unfair, unfaithful dealing. "You, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath He reconciled in the body of His flesh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in His sight." God calls for intelligent Christians, for men and women who are filled with the knowledge of His will. He calls for men and women who by their good works show that the truth has brought about a change in their lives.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 10]          God's servants should daily gain more knowledge of Him, and this knowledge should give spirituality to the understanding. The Lord is pleased when those connected with Him are filled with a knowledge of His will. Daily they should grow in grace and in spiritual understanding, strengthened with might according to His glorious power. They are to increase in spiritual efficiency, that they may give strength to those for whom they labor.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 11]          God does not ask men and women to enter His service with their natural traits of character, to make a failure before the heavenly universe and before the world. He does not ask a man who is unconverted to attempt to serve Him. Christ invites all to come to Him; but when they come, they are to lay aside their sins. All their vices and follies, all their pride and worldliness, are to be laid at His cross. This He requires because He loves them, and desires to save them, not in their sins, but from their sins.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 12]          The hard, cruel spirit which judges and condemns has left the trace of the enemy upon the work. But mercy is to come in and lay her broad impress upon every plan. The world is to see principles different from those which have hitherto been presented. God does not call upon any man to manufacture tests and crosses for His people. He presents His requirements before them, and gives them the invitation, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." Wear my yoke, and in your daily experience you will find the rest which comes only to the obedient.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 13]          The truth is to be believed and practised, because it is the Word of the living God. The brightest beams of light from the threshold of heaven are thrown on the pathway in which God requires His people to walk. When sinners accept Christ as their personal Saviour, they realize the greatness of God's gift to them, and praise and thanksgiving flow to the divine Giver. The recovery of souls from sin is to be a revenue of goodness to men and of glory to God.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 14]          But how many offer praise and thanksgiving to God? How many, by thanking the Giver, show that they appreciate their blessings? How many give thanks to the Father, "which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light"? We have redemption through His blood. He has delivered us from the power of darkness, and has translated us into the kingdom of His Son. The heavenly angels are constantly engaged in serving us, bringing to us the most wonderful opportunities and blessings. Why, then, should we be so slow to express our thanksgiving? Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God. A fragrant atmosphere surrounds the believing, thankful soul who offers grateful praise to his heavenly Father. Let all appreciate the blessings of the Lord. We reflect bright beams of light when in the home and in the church we express our appreciation of the Lord's goodness.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 15]          "Even the mystery which hath been hid from ages and generations, but now is made manifest to His saints; to whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory; whom we preach, warning, every man and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus; whereunto I also labor, striving according to His working, which worketh in me mightily." Through His human instrumentalities God desires to demonstrate the power of His grace. By His saints He would make known among the Gentiles the riches of His plan of redemption.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, September 4, 1901 par. 16]          In all wisdom people are to be warned and taught. Those who are seeking to win souls to Christ must be guarded in every action, lest they make a wrong impression on those for whom they are working. The Lord will give success to those who in spiritual and temporal lines will deal faithfully with human minds. Let those who work for Christ put on Christ. Then there will be a continual advancement in knowledge and understanding, an advancement that will make an impression on the world. Those who are daily learning of Christ will become so meek and lowly that Christ can lead them. He will go before them as their righteousness. As they follow in His footsteps, fulfilling His requirements, many will take knowledge of them that they have been with Christ. Their lives are conformed to the truth, and as they reveal the Saviour's character in their lives, they are doing the work that He did. As they behold Christ, they are changed from glory to glory, from character to character. Such believers will move the world.                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, September 4, 1901 par. 16}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 1]       September 18, 1901 "Your Reasonable Service."         We have considered the obligation resting upon those who have not accepted Christ as a personal Saviour. But how are they to be convinced of the importance of obedience to the truth? Is it not by the work of unselfish, self-sacrificing Christian men and women? "There is no difference between the Jew and the Greek; for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him. For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved. How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher? and how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the Gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!"  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 2]          Is it not time for the church to arise and shine because her light has come, and the glory of the Lord has risen upon her?  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 3]          In order to reflect light to those in darkness, we must receive the bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness. In order to give the bread of life to starving souls, we must ourselves receive this bread from the hand of the Saviour. In order that the soul may be surrounded with the pure atmosphere of heaven, we must breathe His spirit.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 4]          For the health and vitality of the soul the divine Physician has prescribed communion with Christ. Spiritual health is dependent on the food which is given to the heart and mind, and on the atmosphere which is breathed. The soul needs food, and in order to get this food, the Word of God must be studied. Christ declares:--  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 5]          "I am the bread of life; he that cometh to Me shall never hunger, and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst. . . . I am the living bread which came down from heaven; if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world. . . . Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father; so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me. . . . It is the spirit that quickeneth, the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are Spirit, and they are life."  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 6]          The breathing of pure air is essential for physical health. And it is no less true that the air we breathe in the spiritual life must be pure if we would make healthy growth in grace. Breathe the atmosphere which produces pure thoughts and noble words. Choose Christian society. The Christian will not be spiritually healthy unless he carefully guards his associations.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 7]          Exercise is essential to growth in grace. When the spiritually diseased are given exercise in spiritual things, there is seen a transformation of character. But spirituality can not grow while the heart is full of the corrupting sores of selfishness. The soul must be cleansed and purified by the refining grace of God. The channel of communication between earth and heaven must be kept free from all obstruction, that the soul may receive from Christ a supply of living water. Every spiritual muscle and sinew must be put to the test. God has given us many opportunities to work for Him. Unless we improve these opportunities, we can not be growing Christians. When Christ is formed within, the hope of glory, a decided change will be seen in the religious experience of professing Christians.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 8]          The young convert to truth must not always remain a child in spiritual knowledge. A child, however beautiful as a child, is a dwarf if it makes no development as years pass by. And every Christian who is indeed a Christian, must grow. He must constantly increase in wisdom and knowledge. Day by day he must approach more nearly to the full stature of a man in Christ Jesus. He must advance into a deeper appreciation of the love of God, and a clearer knowledge of His will. If his light does not shine more and more brightly, his faith becomes weak, his love grows feeble; and unless he seeks and acknowledges his danger, he is doing the cause of God more harm than an avowed unbeliever. Piety leaves the soul-temple. The man turns carelessly from duties and responsibilities. By him the Son of God is crucified afresh and put to open shame.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 9]          We are living in an age of doubt. The Christian life has been cheapened by unbelief. Even those who claim to be looking for their Lord's return are not all true to principle. The truth may be taught with so little life, so coldly and so heartlessly, as to make it of none effect. Unless church- members arouse and repent, and consecrate themselves to God, their influence will do more harm than good to unbelievers.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 10]          "These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks: I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil; and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name's sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless, I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works: or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent."  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 11]          God calls upon us to draw near to Him. As we do this we resist the devil, and he flees from us. Unless we follow on day by day to know the Lord, unless our faith increases, and holiness comes into the daily experience, we shall lose our first love. Its freshness and power will disappear. The candlestick will be moved out of its place.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 12]          Before we can enter the heavenly courts, we must be refined, purified, elevated, and ennobled. In order to preserve the purity which God requires, the truth must be brought into constant contact with mind and heart. God calls upon His people to walk with Him, as did Enoch. Study His Word, if you desire to have Christ abiding in you, the life-blood of the soul.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 13]          The Christian church needs to be purged and purified. The members must be consecrated to a higher office than they have hitherto occupied. "Go," said Christ, "and preach the Gospel to every creature." God calls for a decided reform. You call yourselves Christians. Are you Christians? Are you not afraid that you misrepresent Christ by taking His name, and saying, "The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord" are we, while you allow the love of money to lead you to withhold your tithe, your offering, and your service from Him? The neglect and indifference of professed Christians are cast by the world as a reproach upon God.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 14]          How can we, men and women who have a knowledge of present truth, be so listless and indifferent, so careless in regard to the work which must be done to warn souls perishing in sin? Christians need a clear conviction of duty. The heart needs to be filled with the childlike faith which takes God at His word. Then the deathlike stupor resting upon the church will be removed. The Lord will work upon hearts. The soul-temple will be purified. There will be no fungus growth. Sloth and stupidity will no longer endanger faith. There will be seen spiritual elasticity and vigorous growth.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, September 18, 1901 par. 15]          God calls for a decided change in His people. Heart-conversion is needed. The Lord calls upon us to reveal to the world the sanctifying power of the truth. He calls upon us to lay ourselves upon His altar, a living sacrifice, consecrating all that we have and are to His service.                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, September 18, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 1]       September 25, 1901 "Work Out Your Own Salvation."         Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure."  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 2]          The salvation of the soul requires the blending of divine and human strength. God does not propose to do the work that man can do to meet the standard of righteousness. Man has a part to act. Humanity must unite and co-operate with divinity. Grace and sufficiency have been abundantly provided for every soul. But in order to receive this, man must unite with his divine Helper. Unless of his own accord man consents to renounce his sinful practises, Christ can not take away his sin. Man must heartily co-operate with God, willingly obeying His laws, showing that he appreciates the great gift of grace. Feeling his dependence upon God, having faith in Christ as his personal Saviour, expecting efficiency and success only as he keeps the Lord ever before him,--it is thus that man complies with the injunction, "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling."  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 3]          But human effort is not sufficient. It avails nothing without divine power. Of himself man has not strength to wrestle with the powers of darkness. Therefore Christ clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth that He might co-operate with man. To those who will receive Him and trust in His power to save, He imparts the virtue of His righteousness. He gives them power to become the sons of God. "The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth. . . . And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace."  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 4]          The human agent must remember that he has in himself no merits to present to God. Christ is the fountain of life, the source of immortality. He is the Author and Finisher of our faith. The great, grand work of perfecting character can not be accomplished without the help that He is always ready to supply.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 5]          He who desires to grow in physical, mental, and spiritual power must feel every moment his dependence upon the One who provides efficiency for service. In the work of developing and strengthening the faculties of body and mind, men must constantly receive power from on high. The Lord is watching with earnest interest to see how man will conduct himself in the life which has been given him. Be not careless and indifferent in regard to the work to be done by God and man. On your part you are to believe, receive the grace of God, and honor Christ in the life. On His part, He dwells in your heart, supplying you with divine strength, working in you to will and to do of His good pleasure.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 6]          Parents are to co-operate with God by bringing their children up in His love and fear. They can not displease Him more than by neglecting to train their children aright. God has given them these children as a sacred trust, to educate for Him. In a sense they stand in the place of God to their children. They are to work out the salvation of those who are too young to understand the difference between good and evil. They are in no case to think that good will naturally predominate in the hearts of their children. They are to guard carefully the words and actions of their little ones, lest the enemy shall gain an influence over them. This he is intensely desirous of doing, that he may counterwork the purpose of God. Kindly, earnestly, tenderly, parents are to work for their children, cultivating every good trait and repressing every evil trait which develops in the character.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 7]          Parents should be constant learners in the school of Christ. They need freshness and power, that with the simplicity of Christ they may teach the younger members of God's family the knowledge of His will. Line upon line, precept upon precept, they are to reiterate His lessons. They are to be diligent students of the Bible, that they may be apt in the tillage of the garden of the heart. With persevering effort they are to cultivate the hearts of the children placed in their care; and God will help them in every faithful, patient effort.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 8]          In the earliest years of the child's life the soil of the heart is to be carefully prepared for the showers of God's grace. Then the seeds of truth are to be carefully sown and diligently tended. And God, who rewards every effort made in His name, will put life into the seed sown. There will appear first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 9]          Too often, because of the wicked neglect of parents, Satan sows his seeds in the hearts of children, and a harvest of shame and sorrow is borne. The world today is destitute of true goodness because parents have failed to gather their children to themselves in the home. They have not kept them from association with the careless and reckless. Therefore the children have gone forth into the world to sow the seeds of death.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 10]         In the cultivation of the garden of the heart, the efforts of parents must be unceasing, or unsightly weeds will spring up and choke the good seed. The weeds which spring up, the natural imperfections which appear, must be removed. Day by day parents are to watch vigilantly and correct wisely, insisting upon prompt obedience.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 11]          Parents, give your time to your children. Teach them to form careful habits. Some parents allow their children to be destructive, to use as playthings things which they have no right to touch. Children should be taught that they must not handle the property of other people. For the comfort and happiness of the family, they must learn to observe the rules of propriety. Children are no happier when they are allowed to handle everything they see. If they are not educated to be care-taking, they will grow up with unlovely, destructive traits of character.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 12]          Parents do their children great wrong when they allow them to scream and cry. They should not be allowed to be careless and boisterous. If these objectionable traits of character are not checked in their early years, the children will take them with them, strengthened and developed, into religious and business life. Children will be just as happy if they are taught to be quiet in the house.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 13]          Fathers and mothers be sensible. Teach your children that they must be subordinate to law. Do not allow them to think that because they are children, it is their privilege to make all the noise they wish in the house. Wise rules and regulations must be made and enforced that the beauty of the home life may not be spoiled.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 14]          If, when parents had first begun to live upon the earth, there had been a firm adherence to the laws of God, the world would now be filled with well-ordered families. From age to age right habits and customs would have been handed down from parents to children, and God would have been loved and honored.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 15]          The wickedness which exists in the world today may be traced to the neglect of parents rightly to discipline themselves and their children. Thousands and thousands of Satan's victims are what they are because of the injudicious way in which they were managed during childhood. The stern rebuke of God is upon this mismanagement. The records of heaven show the awful history of the men and women who as children were left to follow their own way.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 16]         Upon parents rests the responsibility of developing in their children those capabilities which will enable them to do good service for God. To do this work acceptably, parents must exercise self-control. They must choose the good and refuse the evil. There are many parents who themselves need to be converted. Their untrained characters unfit them for the great work of training their children. When a child reveals the wrong traits which it has inherited from its parents, shall they storm over this reproduction of their own defects?--No, no! Let parents keep a careful watch over themselves, guarding against all coarseness and roughness, lest these defects be seen once more in their children.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 16}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 17]          The mother is especially the educator of her children. "The hand that rocks the cradle is the hand that rules the world." God sees all the possibilities in that mite of humanity. He sees that with proper training the child will become a power for good in the world. He watches with anxious interest to see whether the parents will carry out His plan, or whether by mistaken kindness they will destroy His purpose, indulging the child to its present and eternal ruin. To transform this helpless and apparently insignificant being into a blessing to the world and an honor to God, is a great and grand work. Parents should allow nothing to come between them and the obligation they owe to their children.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 17}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 18]          The training of children constitutes an important part of God's plan for demonstrating the power of Christianity. A solemn responsibility rests upon parents so to train their children that when they go forth into the world, they will do good and not evil to those with whom they associate. Our children are to be educated line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. From babyhood the character of the child is to be moulded and fashioned in accordance with the divine plan. Virtues are to be instilled into its opening mind.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 18}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 19]          In the management of their children, parents are to be in perfect harmony with the divine plan. The rules and regulations of the home life must be in strict accordance with a "Thus saith the Lord." The rules God has given for the government of His church are the rules parents are to follow in the church in the home. It is God's design that there shall be perfect order in the families on earth, preparatory to their union with the family in heaven. Upon the discipline and training received in the home depends the usefulness of men and women in the church and in the world.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 19}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 20]          The Lord calls upon parents to study and obey His Word. He asks them so to guide and educate their children, that these will rise up and call them blessed. I recommend to parents a study of God's will and way. I urge them to put on the whole armor of God and gird themselves for the battle. They will be aided and encouraged in every movement they make in the right direction.  {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 20}
[ST, September 25, 1901 par. 21]          Without human effort divine effort is in vain. God will work with power when in trustful dependence upon Him parents will awake to the sacred responsibility resting upon them, and seek to train their children aright. He will co-operate with those parents who carefully and prayerfully educate their children, working out their own and their children's salvation. He will work in them, to will and to do of His own good pleasure.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, September 25, 1901 par. 21}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 1]       October 2, 1901 Love to God and Man.         Every Christian should be determined that he will not, in word or action, dishonor the law of God. This law is an expression of the character of God, a revelation of what every minister of the Gospel, every teacher, every man, woman, and child, should be. The Christian will become excellent in wisdom, if he will surrender himself to the guidance of the principles of God's law. This is not to be an influence among many influences. God designs the heaven-born principles of His law to be the all-powerful influence in the lives of His children, sanctifying and purifying them. It is God's purpose that these principles shall be followed in our homes, our institutions, our churches. They are His everlasting truths, proclaimed in righteousness, mercy, and love.  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 2]          Supreme love for God, and unselfish love for one another,--these are the two great arms on which hang all the law and the prophets. The greatest of all gifts, all talents, is true, Christlike love. It is the brightest evidence of the power of religion. By it, a daily witness for Christ is borne to the world. The Lord calls upon His churches to manifest this love.  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 3]         "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." This was the answer the lawyer gave when Christ asked, "What is written in the law? how readest thou?" And before priests and rulers Christ replied, "Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live." Thus He forever settled the great question, "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?"  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 4]          Christ has expressly enjoined His followers to respect and love one another. He says, "A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another."  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 5]          He who takes the position of teacher, yet fails to show a tender regard for his brethren, might better cease his labors until the converting power of God teaches him the lessons he must learn in order to do successful work. He who really desires to be a vessel meet for the Master's use must submit to the molding and polishing process carried on by the wheel of God's providence, until all unshapeliness and roughness have vanished. Only thus can he become a vessel unto honor.  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 6]          No man should take up the work of a minister of Jesus Christ until he has complied with the invitation, "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. " God's ministers are to show forth in their lives the unselfish love which Christ constantly taught and perfectly exemplified. Thus is to be shown the marked distinction between those who love God and keep His commandments, and those who are standing under the black banner of Satan.  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 7]          No man can separate fellowship with God from a life of holiness. Sanctification takes in the whole being. To walk in the light is to know and obey the truth. To have fellowship with God is to treat one another as children of God. "If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth; but if we walk in the light as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin."  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 8]          Many in this our day claim fellowship with God while by their lives they deny the claim. They do not love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves. They are not willing to do to others as they wish them to do to them. Selfishness is shown in the use of God's money. Extravagance is seen where economy should be practised in order that the cause of God may be advanced. Man ventures to use for self-indulgence means which should be used for the Lord. This is entirely contrary to the lessons Christ has given. It is impossible to harmonize a selfish use of the Lord's money with the principles of Christ's life.  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 9]         He whose mind is so filled with his own devisings that he has little time to study the Word of God, no time to find out, by looking into the Divine Mirror, what kind of character he is forming, should not think that he is fitted to hold forth the Word of life to others. Perhaps he catches a glimpse of the mistakes he is making. He sees that his building is unlike the design given him. But he is so absorbed in correcting others that he has no time to correct his own defects, and therefore continues to present before angels and men a miserable representation of Christ. He knows not what it is to feel the saving power of divine grace. He is too busy to act like a Christian, too busy to give expression by courteous words and kindly deeds to Christlike love. Angels vail their faces in sorrow. Men see that he is not what he professes to be, and they turn from him as a counterfeit.  {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, October 2, 1901 par. 10]          The acceptance of Christ's atonement is the ground-work of true faith. To those who repent and confess their sins, the Holy Spirit, the Author of all sanctification, will give grace to speak kind, tender, respectful words. Those who will look long enough into the Divine Mirror to see and despise their unlikeness to the meek and lowly Saviour, will have strength to overcome. All who truly believe will confess and forsake their sins. They will co-operate with Christ in the work of bringing their hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong under the control of the Divine Will, so that sin shall not have dominion over them. Looking to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of their faith, they will be changed into His likeness. They will grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, October 2, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 1]       October 9, 1901 The Coming Crisis.         Troublous times are right upon us. The signs of the times give evidence that the judgments of heaven are being poured out, that the day of the Lord is at hand. The daily papers are full of indications of an intense conflict in the future. Bold robberies are of frequent occurrence. Strikes are common. Thefts and murders are committed on every hand. Men possessed by demons are taking the lives of men, women, and little children. All these things testify that the Lord's coming is near.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 2]          The restraining Spirit of God is even now being withdrawn from the world. Hurricanes, storms, tempests, disasters by sea and by land, follow one another in quick succession. The signs thickening around us, telling of the near approach of the Son of God, are attributed to any other than the true cause. Men can not discern the sentinel angel restraining the four winds, that they shall not blow until the servants of God are sealed; but when God shall bid His angels loose the winds, there will be such a scene of strife as no pen can picture.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 3]          The time is right upon us when there will be sorrow in the world that no human balm can heal. Even before the last great destruction comes upon the world, the flattering monuments of man's greatness will be crumbled in the dust. God's retributive judgments will fall on those who in the face of great light have continued in sin. Costly buildings, supposed to be fire-proof, are erected. But as Sodom perished in the flames of God's vengeance, so will these proud structures become ashes. I have seen vessels which cost immense sums of money wrestling with the mighty ocean, seeking to breast the angry billows. But with all their treasures of gold and silver, and with all their human freight, they sank into a watery grave. Man's pride will be buried with the treasures he has accumulated by fraud. God will avenge the widows and orphans who in hunger and nakedness have cried to Him for relief from oppression.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 4]          The words of Revelation 18 will be fulfilled. John writes: "I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, My people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities. Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double. How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her; for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow. Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire; for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her."  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 5]          "As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." In the days of Noah God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. "And it repented the Lord that He had made man on the earth, and it grieved Him at His heart. . . . And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh is come before Me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and, behold I will destroy them with the earth."  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 6]          But though men were so wicked, God would not destroy them without warning. "My Spirit shall not always strive with man," He said, "yet his days shall be an hundred and twenty years." During this period of probation the message of warning given to Noah was to sound in their ears.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 7]          At first many were startled by this message. Some believed it, and some died in the faith. But as time went by, the message lost its power over the careless, world-loving people. They forgot all thought of peril, and laughed at Noah for building an ark on dry land. But still the work of building went on. Noah showed his faith by his works, and by his faith and works condemned the world.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 8]          As Noah warned the world, so the people of God today are to warn the world. By their faith and works they are to condemn transgressors. They will meet the same wicked resistance that Noah met in his day. But they are not to fail or become discouraged. God calls for men who will deal prudently and contend earnestly for the faith once delivered to the saints.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 9]         The Lord sends to His people the warning: "Take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth. Watch ye therefore and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man."  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 10]          In these words the danger signal is uplifted. The warning is given to those who have received the important truth for this time, yet are not making ready for the coming of Christ. There is no time when spiritual slothfulness is excusable. Only by being clothed with the robe of Christ's righteousness can we escape the judgments that are coming upon the earth.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 11]          We are living in a time that calls for decided action. The world is more bitterly opposed than ever to Gospel reform. But notwithstanding this, God's work is to go forward. The words of Christ come down to us who are living at the close of the earth's history: "When these things shall begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh." The nations are in unrest. Times of perplexity are upon us. Men's hearts are failing them for fear of the things that are coming upon the earth. But those who believe in God will hear His voice amid the storm, saying, "It is I; be not afraid." The world is lying in wickedness and apostasy. Rebellion to God's law seems almost universal. But amid the tumult of excitement, with confusion in every place, there is a work to be done for God in the world.  {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, October 9, 1901 par. 12]          "Blow the trumpet in Zion, sanctify a fast, call a solemn assembly; gather the people, sanctify the congregation, assemble the elders, gather the children; . . . let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, and the bride out of her closet. Let the priests, the ministers of the Lord, weep between the porch and the altar; and let them say, Spare Thy people, O Lord, and give not Thine heritage to reproach." "Turn ye even to Me with all your heart, and with fasting, and with weeping, and with mourning; and rend your heart, and not your garments, and turn unto the Lord your God; for He is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness, and repenteth him of the evil. Who knoweth if He will return and repent, and leave a blessing behind Him?"                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, October 9, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 1]       October 30, 1901 Resisting Evil.         Do ye think that the Scripture saith in vain, The spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth to envy? But He giveth more grace. Wherefore He saith, God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble. Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you."  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 2]          There are those who when they grieve the Holy Spirit draw away from God because they feel that He is not pleased with their course of action.  But how much better and safer it is to draw near to God, that the pure light shining from His Word may heal the wounds that sin has made in the soul. The Lord will draw near to him who confesses to his brethren the wrongs he has done them, and then comes to God in humility and contrition.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 3]         The closer we are to God, the safer we are; for Satan hates and fears the presence of God. "Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you."  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 4]          "Cleanse your hands, ye sinners; and purify your hearts, ye double minded. Be afflicted, and mourn, and weep; let your laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and He shall lift you up." Precious promise! How good and acceptable it will be to the Lord when His people draw near to Him and humble themselves before Him.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 5]          "Speak not evil one of another, brethren." How much merchandise has been made of a brother's mistakes and a brother's sins by those who are far more guilty in the sight of the heavenly Father than the one they condemn. "Doth a fountain send forth at the same place sweet water and bitter?" There is but one answer to this question: No; it is impossible. "Can the fig-tree, my brethren, bear olive berries? either a vine, figs? So can no fountain both yield salt water and fresh." The sum is proved by one who never makes a mistake. The contradiction between the life and the profession of the Christian who speaks evil of his brethren is self-evident.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 6]          "Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom." How many sins this consistent conduct would prevent! How many souls it would turn from crooked paths into paths of righteousness. By a well-ordered life and godly conversation, God's people are to demonstrate the power of the great truths God has given them.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 7]          "But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not,"--tho you may suppose that you have gained the mastery in argument,--"and lie not against the truth." You may be keen in argument, but with a controversial spirit God is not pleased. "This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy." "Easy to be entreated." It would rather suffer wrong than do an injury to God's heritage.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 8]          A contrast is drawn between those who think themselves wise and those whom God has gifted with wisdom. A man may speak fair words, but unless his life reveals good works, his wisdom is worthless. Genuine wisdom is full of gentleness, mercy, and love. The worldly policy which men call wisdom is by God called foolishness. Many in the church have become spiritual bankrupts because they have been satisfied with this wisdom. They have lost the opportunity to obtain knowledge, because they have not realized that the efficiency of Christ is essential to make a successful steward for God, one who will trade wisely on his entrusted goods. They have failed to supply themselves with the heavenly merchandise, and the value of their stock in trade has continually decreased.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 9]          It is not enough to have knowledge. We must have the ability to use knowledge aright. God calls upon us to live the life of Christ, a life free from all roughness and vanity. Speak no words of harsh command; for they will gender strife. Speak instead words that will give light and knowledge, words that will restore and build up. A man shows that he has true wisdom by using the talent of speech to produce music in the souls of those who are trying to do their appointed work, and who are in need of encouragement.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 10]         "Let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom." Let every action be such that it will win the divine approval. Into every business transaction bring mercy, justice, and the love of God.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 11]          Let sin be called by its right name, and let it be purged from the church by confession, repentance, and reformation, that the members may not present before angels and men a misrepresentation of the truths they profess to believe.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 12]          Let the words of the apostle, spoken so clearly and distinctly, and with such tenderness and love, break down every barrier. Let God's people make earnest, thorough work for repentance. Do not be zealous to humble one another. Humble yourselves. Take hold of your own case, and by humble confession stand clear before God. Confess your faults to one another, that you may be healed. How many there are who are carrying a load of unconfessed wrong-doing. They try to shape matters so that their dignity will not be hurt. To make wrongs right from the very first departure, looks to them like extinguishing themselves. They think that if they did this, their usefulness would be destroyed. If they would cease this reasoning, and place themselves in the hands of God, to let Him work out His will in them, how much safer they would be. Delaying the confession of injustice to others is the most dangerous course that can be followed. Thus a compromise is made with Satanic agencies. The burden of unconfessed sin is the heaviest burden that can be borne. Jesus, the great burden-bearer, asks you to transfer your load to Him. Draw nigh to God, and never again separate from Him. Satan shuns the company of those with whom he was once connected in the heavenly courts.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, October 30, 1901 par. 13]          Be faithful in little things, and you will be faithful in larger trusts. "He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much; and he that is unjust in that which is the least is unjust also in much." Perform faithfully the preparatory work in the perfection of Christian character, and you will gain a grand, eternal victory. "The work of righteousness shall be peace, and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance forever."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, October 30, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 1]       November 6, 1901 "Watch and Pray."         To the people of God comes the injunction, "Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation." Temptations born of selfishness and covetousness will come to us constantly, and constantly we are to resist them, strengthened by the grace of God. Before a world that is watching professing Christians, ready to make capital of any inconsistencies, those who put on Christ will work out the pure principles of heaven.  {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 2]          The church of God is to be the light of the world, shining amid the moral darkness. Let nothing unlike Christ be allowed to make the least appearance among the people to whom God has given the work of revealing His character to those opposed to Him. We are to bring pure principles into all our dealing with believers and unbelievers. Christians are to treat their fellow-workers as they would wish to be treated, being careful not to take the least advantage of them. They are not selfishly to seize opportunities which will place their brother at a disadvantage. Fathers, masters, rulers, are never to take advantage of their position to bring about such a condition of things that questionable principles shall bear sway.  {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 3]          I speak to you in the words of the great Teacher: "Watch ye therefore; for ye know not when the Master of the house cometh, at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning; lest coming suddenly He find you sleeping. And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch." I lift my voice in warning. Hear the words of Jesus. In all business transactions, watch. Ministers and presidents of conferences, watch unto prayer. Work out your own prayers, and you will find that you are co-operating with Christ.  {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 4]          My brethren, you can not afford to make one move on the wrong side, one move that will in any way vindicate the principles which God condemns. Turn away from wicked examples, by whomsoever they may be set; for they should not be followed. God is at work, calling attention to the laws of His kingdom. Bow to no human authority, unless a plain, "Thus saith the Lord," makes it safe for you to do this. When those who claim to have authority in business lines deviate in the slightest particular from mercy and justice, do not follow in their ways, or seek to vindicate their actions.  {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 5]          Those who will be most exalted in the kingdom of God are those who in this life love the Lord Jesus and their fellow-men, those who are always ready to honor Him who made so great a sacrifice for them. He laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe, and stepped from His high command to take His place at the head of a fallen race. Clothing His divinity with humanity, He came to a world all seared and marred with the curse, to become one with humanity, to endure in behalf of humanity the temptations of the wily foe. He came to show men that they may stand on vantage-ground with God, keeping all the laws of His kingdom, acting out His will in love and kindness and loyalty, doing good and not evil.  {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 6]          Nothing has been so difficult for the people of God to learn as loyalty to the pure, elevated, unselfish principles of heaven. And as a result, sin and suffering make up a large part of their history. The words spoken to Daniel by the angel are positive: "Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly, and none of the wicked shall understand." Be assured that Satan, as a strong man armed, is continually on the watch, seeking to penetrate to the very heart of God's working force, striving to bring in questionable methods of dealing, and thereby mar the work of God. He works with all his power to bring his suspicious, evil theories into the business dealing of God's people. He would  be well pleased to eclipse the brightness of God's principles by the selfishness of the principles on which he works. If he possibly can, he will tarnish the pure gold of character. If he can place the false where the true should be, his object is gained.  {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, November 6, 1901 par. 7]          The originator of all evil, Satan comes with stealthy tread, presenting plausible theories to the people of God, telling them that if they do this or that, even tho it may be questionable, they will gain great advantage, and the end will justify the means. He tries to persuade them that the eating of the forbidden fruit will be to them a source of great good. When men listen to him, the spiritual eyesight is dimmed, and the power of distinguishing between good and evil is lost.                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, November 6, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 1]       November 13, 1901 The Divine Guardian of the Church.         Satan's work is represented in the third chapter of Zechariah. We read: "He showed me Joshua the high priest standing beside the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel."  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 2]          Satan comes to God's people with temptation, the temptation gains the victory, and those claiming to follow Christ fall a prey to the devices of the enemy, giving him an excuse to point at God's people as clothed with filthy garments. He points to the defects of such ones as a sample of what is done by God's commandment-keeping people.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 3]          The Lord may seem to have forgotten the perils of His church, and the injury done to her by those who follow principles which He can not indorse. But God has not forgotten. Nothing in this world is so dear to the heart of God as His church. He marks every action of the members. It is not His will that worldly policy shall corrupt her record as a representative of heaven. Nothing so offends the heart of Christ as injury done those whom He died to save.  His heart of love is grieved when the lame are turned out of the way by the crooked paths made by others. God does not leave His people to be overcome by Satan's temptations. He will chastise those who misrepresent Him. But He will be gracious to all who sincerely repent.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 4]          "He answered and spake unto those that stood before Him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair miter upon his head. So they set a fair miter upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by. And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts: If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by."  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 5]          Standing before God in filthy garments, Joshua well represented the condition of God's ministers and the lay members of the church. They need to be revived and reformed. They need to be sanctified by the Holy Spirit. But God will rebuke Satan, refusing to hear his accusations against His church, even tho she is far from what she should be.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 6]          Those who continue in the service of God will, through the revival of God's appointed agencies, return to whole-hearted obedience, depending on the merits of a crucified Saviour, and trusting in His atonement for salvation. The righteous will continually follow righteousness, because Christ, who is formed within, is righteousness and truth. They will be imbued with a pure, fervent love, a love begotten by the love of God. Their transgressions will be forgiven, and their sins pardoned. And God will look upon them with pleasure.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 7]          Christ loves His church. He will give all needed help to those who call upon Him for strength for the development of Christlike character. But His love is not weakness. He will not serve with their sins, nor give them prosperity while they continue to follow a wrong course of action. Only through faithful repentance will their sins be forgiven; for God will not cover evil with the robe of His righteousness. He will honor faithful service. He will abundantly bless those who reveal to their fellow-men His justice, mercy, and love. Let those who are engaged in His service walk before Him in true humility, following faithfully in His footsteps, cherishing the holy principles which will live through the eternal ages. Let them in word and action show that they obey the laws which are obeyed in heaven.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 8]          Remember that those who are truly united to Christ will show Christlike sympathy for one another. Are they not members of His body? Should they not show a kindly interest in their fellow-laborers, and rejoice in helping them? Such believers will exert an influence which produces the fruits of righteousness. Their light will shine forth to others, and the church will feel the benefit of the sanctifying power of the grace of Christ.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 9]          The way of the world is to begin with pomp and boasting, exalting human agents. But all this will come to naught. God's way is to make the day of small things the beginning of the glorious triumph of truth and righteousness. Bear in mind that human power and human inventions did not establish the church, and neither will they destroy her. The Holy Spirit will keep every one who in faith and trust is committed to His charge. The overflowing fountain of life is for God's servants to enjoy. It makes them more than conquerors, victorious over all opposition.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 10]          I present the following scripture to those who claim to respect the law of Jehovah:--  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 11]          "Listen, O isles, unto me; and hearken, ye people, from far: The Lord hath called me from the womb; from the bowels of my mother hath He made mention of my name. And He hath made my mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of His hand hath He hid me, and made me a polished shaft; in His quiver hath He hid me; and said unto me, Thou art My servant, O Israel, in whom I will be glorified. Then I said, I have labored in vain, I have spent my strength for naught, and in vain; yet surely my judgment is with the Lord, and my work with my God. And now, saith the Lord that formed me from the womb to be His servant, to bring Jacob again to Him, Tho Israel be not gathered, yet shall I be glorious in the eyes of the Lord, and my God shall be my strength. And He said, It is a light thing that Thou shouldst be My servant, to raise up the tribes of Jacob, and to restore the preserved of Israel; I will also give Thee for a light to the Gentiles, that Thou mayest be My salvation unto the end of the earth. Thus saith the Lord, the Redeemer of Israel, and His Holy One, to Him whom man despiseth, to Him whom the nation abhorreth, to a servant of rulers, Kings shall see and arise, princes also shall worship, because of the Lord that is faithful, and the Holy One of Israel, and He shall choose thee. Thus saith the Lord, In an acceptable time have I heard thee, and in a day of Salvation have I helped thee; and I will preserve thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, Show yourselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the springs of water shall He guide them. And I will make all My mountains a way, and My highways shall be exalted. Behold, these shall come from far; and, lo, these from the north and from the west, and these from the land of Sinim. Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains; for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy upon His afflicted. But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? Yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands; thy walls are continually before Me."  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, November 13, 1901 par. 12]         God means every word that He says. He continues to carry forward His work of redemption in the hearts of those who will repent and be converted. The church has failed, sadly failed, to meet the expectations of her Redeemer, and yet the Lord does not withdraw Himself from His people. He bears with them still, not because of any goodness found in them, but that His name may not be dishonored before the enemies of truth and righteousness, that the Satanic agencies may not triumph in the destruction of God's people. He has borne long with their waywardness, unbelief, and folly. With wonderful forbearance and compassion He has disciplined them. If they will heed His instruction, He will cleanse away their perverse tendencies, saving them with an everlasting salvation, and making them eternal monuments of the power of His grace. Under His superintending care, they will carry forward His work without misrepresenting Him in any line. His glorious work, founded on eternal principles, will never decay. It will shine with the light of the Sun of Righteousness, and there will be shoutings of Grace, grace unto it.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, November 13, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 1]       November 20, 1901 Called to Victory.         Comfort ye, comfort ye My people, saith your God. Speak ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned; for she hath received of the Lord's hand double for all her sins. . . . O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord God will come with strong hand, and His arm shall rule for Him; behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd; He shall gather the lambs with His arm, and carry them in His bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young. . . . Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? There is no searching of His understanding. He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint."  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 2]          Let those who are engaged in the Master's service study these eloquent words. What is the object of divine compassion?--The uplifting of fallen humanity. For this purpose messengers from the throne of God are sent to this earth. In Second Kings we read how holy angels came on a mission to guard the Lord's chosen servants. The prophet Elisha was in Dothan, and thither the king of Syria sent horses and chariots and a great host to take him. "And when the servant of the man of God was risen early, and gone forth, behold, an host compassed the city with horses and chariots. And his servant said unto him, Alas, my master! how shall we do? And he answered, Fear not; for they that be with us are more than they that be with them. And Elisha prayed, and said, Lord, I pray Thee, open his eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the eyes of the young man, and he saw; and, behold, the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha."  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 3]          Angels of God came down in mighty power, not to consume, not to despise, not to rule or exact homage, but to minister to those who should be heirs of salvation. They came in mighty power to encamp round about the Lord's faithful servants.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 4]          Depend on this: If you study the Word of God with a sincere desire to gain knowledge, God will fill your soul with light. The mysteries of heaven will become the treasures of your mind. Your work will be approved by God, and your influence will be a savor of life. Never complain. Let not your lips utter perverseness. Do not talk darkness because appearances are against you. We are in a world of sin and crime. As we work for the Master, we shall feel pressure for want of means, but God will hear and answer our petitions. Let your language be, "The Lord God will help me; therefore shall I not be confounded; therefore have I set my face like a flint, and I know that I shall not be ashamed."  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 5]          Look on the bright side. If the work is hindered, be sure that it is not your fault, and then rejoice in the Lord, even tho the experience through which you are passing may be hard and grievous. Heaven is full of joy. It resounds with the praises of the One who has made such a wonderful sacrifice for the redemption of man. Should not the church on earth be full of praise? Should not Christians publish throughout the world the joy of serving Christ?  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 6]          The Lord desires us to be strong in His strength and joyful in His love. Thus we reveal the power of redeeming grace. We may triumph in the keeping power of the Redeemer. Through faith in Him we may gain victory after victory over self.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 7]          Those who enter heaven must learn on earth the song of heaven, the key-note of which is praise and thanksgiving. Only as they learn this song can they join in singing it with the heavenly choir.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 8]          My fellow-laborers, never let your courage fail. The Christian always has a strong helper in the Lord. When because you are unable to obtain the needed help you come to a pause in your earnest efforts, cast your burden on the Lord. Be content to leave it there, knowing that He is faithful who has promised. The What and How of the Lord's helping we know not; but this we do know: The Lord will never fail those who put their trust in Him. When He has fully proved His workers, He will bring them forth refined as gold tried in the fire.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 9]          The lessons that God sends will always, if well learned, bring help in due time. "Tribulation worketh patience; and patience, experience; and experience, hope; and hope maketh not ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us."  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 10]          Put your trust in God. Pray much, and believe that in His good work the Lord will guide you step by step. Trusting, hoping, believing in the Lord, holding fast the hand of Infinite Power, you will be more than conquerors. In God you will have victory and success. You will see the salvation of the Lord.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 11]          Work in faith, and leave the results with God. Pray in earnest faith, and the mystery of God's providence will bring its answer.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 12]          "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." At times it may seem that you can not succeed. Hindrances will come. You will be tested and tried. But work and believe, putting faith and life and hope and courage into your work. After you have done what you can, wait for the Lord, declaring His faithfulness, and He will bring His word to pass. Wait, not in fretful anxiety, but in undaunted faith and unshaken trust.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, November 20, 1901 par. 13]          "For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace; the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir-tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree; and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign that shall not be cut off."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, November 20, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 1]       December 4, 1901 Sowing and Reaping.         Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor; other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors."  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 2]          Say not, when you have committed your seed to the ground. There are yet four months--the usual time between seed-sowing and harvest--and then comes the harvest. In speaking thus to the disciples, Christ was referring specially to the work to be done for the Samaritans. The Samaritan woman to whom He had been talking had left her water-pot and had gone into the city, to say to the people there, "Come, see a man which told me all things that ever I did; is not this the Christ? Then they went out of the city, and came unto Him." and "many of the Samaritans of that city believed on Him for the saying of the woman, which testified, He told me all that ever I did. . . . They besought Him that He would tarry with them; and He abode there two days. And many more believed because of His own word; and said unto the woman, Now we believe, not because of thy saying; for we have heard Him ourselves, and know that this is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world."  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 3]          The coming of these people to Christ and their conversion to the truth was an object-lesson to the disciples, and it should teach an important lesson to all who are engaged in the work of soul saving. From it ministers should learn that God desires them to go forth into aggressive labor, that He has not given them the work of hovering over the churches, when close by there are souls who are perishing for lack of knowledge.  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 4]          "And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor." The Saviour spoke these words in anticipation of the ordination and sending forth of His disciples. The earthly work of the great Teacher was soon to close. The apostles were to follow after to perfect this work, to gather the fruit of the seed which He had sown. In the streets of the cities and in the synagogues Christ had been sowing the seeds of truth. The plan of salvation had been distinctly and clearly outlined; for the truth never languished on the Saviour's lips. As a result of His work an interest had been aroused. The disciples were to follow up the efforts of the divine Sower, reaping where He had sown, that both Sower and reapers might rejoice together.  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 5]          Today in his great harvest-field God has need of both sowers and reapers. Let those who go forth into the work, some to sow and some to reap, remember that they are never to take to themselves the glory of the success of their work. God's appointed agencies have been before them, preparing the way for the sowing of the seed and the reaping of the harvest. "I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor," Christ said; "other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors."  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 6]         Those who sow the seed, presenting before large and small gatherings the testing truths for this time, at the cost of much labor, may not always gather the harvest. After they have done their part, and they rest from their labors, other servants of God, going over the ground, reap the fruit of their seed-sowing, completing their work.  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 7]          "He that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together." Read these words carefully. Study their meaning; for they outline God's plan. Often the Lord's workers are bitterly opposed in their field of labor, and thus their work is hindered. They do their best. With earnest, painstaking effort they sow the good seed. But the element of opposition becomes fiercer and fiercer. Some may be convinced of the truth, but they are intimidated by the opposition. They have not the courage to acknowledge their conviction. The lives of the workers may be endangered by those who are controlled by Satan. It is then their privilege to follow the example of their Master, and go to another place. "Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel," Christ said, "till the Son of man be come."  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 8]          Let the messengers of truth pass on to another field. Here there may be a more favorable opportunity for work, and they may successfully accomplish the work of sowing and reaping. The report of their success will find its way to the place where the work was apparently unsuccessful, and the next messenger of truth who goes there will be more favorably received. The seed sown in trial and discouragement will be seen to have life and vitality. Adversity, sorrow, loss of property,--the changes of God's providence, recall to the minds of the people with vivid distinctness the word spoken many years before by the faithful servants of God. First will appear the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear.  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 9]          The rejection of the truth of the Gospel by some prepares the way for its reception by others, who can see the weakness and inconsistency of the arguments used to make the truth of none effect. Thus those who seek to oppose the counsel of God are advancing rather than hindering the truth.  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 10]          As food to the hungry and water to the thirsty, so is the doing of God's work to those who obey His will because they love Him. Those who are engaged in the work of the ministry are to give evidence that God has a message for them to bear and a work for them to do. They are to labor in the spirit of meekness, showing that they have learned in the school of Christ His lowliness of heart, carrying with them the evidence that they have been with Christ and learned of Him. "Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones."  {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, December 4, 1901 par. 11]          All parts of God's vineyard are to be worked. There is need of wise men and wise women, who will labor earnestly to accomplish the work committed to them. God will use them as His instruments in the conversion of souls. Some will sow, and some will reap the harvest of the seed sown. Let every one do his very best to improve his talents, that God may use him either as a sower or a reaper.                                             Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, December 4, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 1]       December 11, 1901 Co-operating With God.         The Lord compares Himself to a potter and His people to clay. He seeks to mold and fashion His people according to His likeness. The lesson they are to learn is the lesson of submission. If they give heed to the Lord's instruction, surrendering self to the divine will, the hand of the Potter will produce a shapely vessel.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 2]          Again, the Lord compares Himself to a gardener, and His people to trees and plants. As a gardener straightens the trees which are growing crooked, so the Lord corrects His people. And they are to co-operate with the masterly, efficient hand which seeks to remedy that which is wrong in them. It is His desire that we shall serve Him with heart and soul and strength, not only for a hope of heaven, but that in unselfishness, purity, and holiness we may be a blessing to our fellow-men. We are not merely to be trees of righteousness. Christ said,"It is My Father's good pleasure that ye bear much fruit."  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 3]          But how common it is for defects to be looked upon as virtues. The clay refuses to be molded; the tree refuses to be made straight. Thus deformity is brought into the growth. Tendencies to wrong mar the character. There is not seen the perfection which God desires every human being to reveal.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 4]          How natural it is for man to feel that it is his duty to correct others, when his own character-building reveals marked defects. Christ has warned us of this. He says, "Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother's eye." God desires us to criticize ourselves. "Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith." Make the examination of self thorough and critical. Those who refuse to see themselves in the mirror of God's Word can not enter the kingdom of heaven. The gates of paradise will close against those  who do not work out their own salvation with fear and trembling.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 5]          This world is a school in which human beings are receiving an education that will decide their eternal destiny. The youth should be carefully and judiciously trained; for the wrong habits formed in childhood and youth often cling to the entire life-experience. May God help us to see the necessity of beginning right. Parents have a most important part to act in this matter. On them rests the responsibility of training their children for God, of helping their little ones to form characters which will gain for them entrance to the courts above. And in school, children are to be educated to obey the requirements of God's Word. Parents and teachers are to be laborers together with God, working unitedly to help the youth to fit themselves for membership in the royal family.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 6]          Children are not to be left to grow as they will. As the gardener straightens the young trees in an orchard, so they are to be straightened. Their perversity is to be checked; for if this is not done, they will carry it with them into the religious life, and it will make them crooked church members. Parents who think there is no  need of restraining their children, who allow them to shape their own character, will see in the future the sad result of this neglect. They will see that their failure to point out and correct defects has made it impossible for their children to enter heaven.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 7]          From generation to generation the neglect of parents is perpetuated. The evils uncorrected in a child are seen in the children and in the children's children. Parents, the sin you permit your child to cherish may result in the ruin of families to the third and fourth generation. To allow a child to grow up with evil tendencies uncorrected is a wrong which can never be undone. But to bring children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord is to do a work that will yield fruit unto eternal righteousness.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 8]          Children should be taught to obey the command, "Honor thy father and thy mother." From their earliest years they should be trained to carry their share of the home burdens. They should be taught that obligations are mutual. They should also be taught to  work quickly and neatly. This education will be of the greatest value to them in after-years.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 9]          Parents and children should become acquainted with one another. Together they should learn to fulfill their duty to God and to one another. The mother should not accept burdens in the church which compel her to neglect her children. The best church work in which a mother can engage is the training of her children. Let her be sure that in this work there are no dropped stitches. In no other way can a mother help the church more than by devoting her time to those who are dependent upon her for instruction. A well-disciplined, well-ordered family exerts a more powerful influence in favor of Christianity than all the sermons that can be preached.  {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, December 11, 1901 par. 10]          Fathers and mothers, prize your privileges and improve your opportunities. Seek a character so consistent that sin will find no place in word or action. Walk wisely before your children, that when you bow in prayer, the Lord can hear you and answer you. Let your words be seasoned with the grace of heaven. Let the Christlikeness of your words and actions be a sign to your children that you walk with the Saviour. By holding fast to the promises of God and obeying His requirements, you may be evangelists in the home, ministers of grace to your children.             Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, December 11, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 1]       December 18, 1901 Living for Christ.         There is no part of the being of which Christ is not to be all and in all. He is our life. Personal contact with Him builds the soul up, supplying its ever-recurring needs. He is our sufficiency. The one in whose heart Christ abides is conscious of constant spiritual joy. Our Redeemer is made unto us "wisdom and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption."  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 2]          God is the owner of all that man has, the owner of the riches which the selfish appropriate to their own use. With one motion of His hand He could sweep away everything they possess. Then for real power we must look beyond the honored and wealthy men of the world. Those whose minds reach heavenward find the first cause of all greatness, all honor, all majesty. In comparison with Him, human beings are but the small dust of the balance.  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 3]          God created man with affections capable of embracing eternal realities. These affections were to be kept pure and holy, free from all earthliness. But human beings have lost eternity out of their reckoning. God, the Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the One who holds in His keeping the destiny of every soul, is forgotten. Supposing themselves to be mighty in knowledge, men have let themselves down to the lowest level in God's sight.  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 4]          The mind of man has become earthly. In the place of revealing the impress of divinity, it reveals the impress of humanity. In its chambers are seen the imagery of earth. The debasing practises which prevailed in the days of Noah, placing the inhabitants of that age beyond hope of salvation, are seen today.  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 5]         In vivid language the prophet has described the condition of the world: "Our transgressions are multiplied before Thee, and our sins testify against us: for our transgressions are with us; and as for our iniquities, we know them; in transgressing and lying against the Lord, and departing away from our God, speaking oppression and revolt, conceiving and uttering from the heart words of falsehood. And judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off; for truth is fallen in the street, and equity can not enter. Yea, truth faileth; and he that departeth from evil maketh himself a prey; and the Lord saw it, and it displeased Him that there was no judgment."  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 6]          But human beings have not been left to live in hopelessness and despair. "God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." "He saw that there was no man, and wondered that there was no intercessor; therefore His arm brought salvation unto Him, and His righteousness, it sustained Him. For He put on righteousness as a breastplate, and an helmet of salvation upon His head; and He put on the garments of vengeance for clothing, and was clad with zeal as a cloak. According to their deeds, accordingly He will repay, fury to His adversaries, recompense to His enemies; to the islands He will repay recompense. So shall they fear the name of the Lord from the west, and His glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy shall come in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord shall lift up a standard against him. And the Redeemer shall come to Zion, and unto them that turn from transgression in Jacob, saith the Lord."  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 7]          These promises will be fulfilled when Christians take the position which God wishes them to fill. It is His desire that they shall demonstrate to the world that human beings can live pure, upright lives. That He might "purify unto Himself a peculiar people," Christ left the royal courts and clothed His divinity with humanity. He lived out in the world the principles of God's law, showing that His grace has power to redeem men and women and raise them to a plane of moral integrity. Amid the awful confederacy of evil now existing in the world, Christians are to stand firmly and bravely for the Redeemer, protesting by blameless lives against the prevailing apostasy.  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 8]          Christians are to walk humbly with God; for He is their strength. They are to strive for the mastery over self, remembering that their present and future happiness depends on the ascendancy which the spiritual gains over the temporal in the life. They are to cultivate the patience and forbearance of Christ, keeping the thoughts under the softening influence of the Holy Spirit. They are to make a solemn covenant with God that they will govern their words. "If any man offend not in word, the same is a perfect man, and able also to bridle the whole body."  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 9]          Christians are to esteem the reproach of Christ greater riches than all the treasures of this earth. Coming to the busy world, filled with clamor and confusion, Christ sought to break the spell of earthliness resting on human beings. "What shall it profit a man," He cried, "if he shall gain the whole world and lose his own soul?" He brought to the notice of men the nobler world, which they had lost from sight. He showed them the threshold of eternity, flooded with the glory of God.  {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, December 18, 1901 par. 10]          Before the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, the professing Christian pledges himself to overcome pride, covetousness, unbelief. And as he seeks to fulfil this pledge, he grows in self-distrust, placing entire dependence on God. He realizes what it means to be a child of God. He knows that the cleansing blood of Christ secures for him pardon and peace. In spirituality he grows like the lofty cedar. Daily he holds communion with God, and he is mighty in the knowledge of the Scriptures. His fellowship is with the Father and the Son, and he learns more and still more of the divine will. Filled with a constantly increasing love for God and his fellow-men, he bears a powerful testimony for the Master.              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, December 18, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 1]       December 25, 1901 The Love that is of God.         In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil: whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother. For this is the message that ye heard from the beginning, that we should love one another. Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him?--Because his own works were evil, and his brother's righteous."  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 1}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 2]          Hatred caused the first death in our world. After sin came, God gave to men the promise of the Redeemer, who was to die for the redemption of the race, and thus obtain pardon for them. Man was to show his faith in this promise by offering as a sacrifice a lamb without blemish. Thus he was to show his belief in the great truth that without the shedding of blood there is no remission for sin.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 2}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 3]          "And in process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the ground an offering unto the Lord. And Abel, he also brought of the firstlings of his flock, and of the fat thereof."  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 3}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 4]          Cain knew that God desired him to bring a lamb without blemish. But he was a tiller of the ground, and he did not wish to add to his offering a lamb of his brother's flock. My offering is abundant, he thought. But it lacked the very thing that would have made it of value. Without the lamb, all that he brought was valueless.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 4}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 5]          When Cain presented his offering, he saw nothing to signify that it was accepted by God. But when Abel presented his offering, fire from heaven consumed the sacrifice. "The Lord had respect unto Abel and to his offering; but unto Cain and to his offering He had not respect."  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 5}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 6]          "And Cain was very wroth, and his countenance fell. And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door."  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 6}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 7]          "And Cain talked with Abel his brother," arguing about his offering, refusing to see that it was his disobedience that had made it unacceptable to God. He was angry that the offering of Abel, his younger brother, had been accepted, while his had been rejected. He was angry with Abel for maintaining that God is just. "And it came to pass . . . that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 7}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 8]          "And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not; am I my brother's keeper? And He said, What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto Me from the ground. And now thou art cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand; when thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a vagabond shalt thou be in the earth."  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 8}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 9]          Human beings belong to one great family,--the family of God. The Creator designed that they should respect and love one another, ever manifesting a pure, unselfish interest in one another's welfare. But Satan's aim has been to lead men to self first; and yielding themselves to his control, they have developed a selfishness that has filled the world with misery and strife, setting human beings at variance with one another. Selfishness is the essence of depravity, and because human beings have yielded to its power, the opposite of allegiance to God is seen in the world today. Nations, families, and individuals are filled with a desire to make self a center. Man longs to rule over his fellow-men. Separating himself in his egotism from God and his fellow-beings, he follows his unrestrained inclinations. He acts as if the good of others depended on their subjection to his supremacy.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 9}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 10]         Selfishness has brought discord into the church, filling it with unholy ambition. If Christians are sanctified through a belief in God's Word, why do they so often speak words that would bruise the hearts of others? Why do they acknowledge no law but the law of selfishness? Under the baleful influence of selfishness, men have lost the sense of what it means to love one another with a Christlike love.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 10}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 11]          Love for Christ unites man to his fellow-man in unselfish interest. This is the science of benevolence. He whose heart is filled with the love that centers in God, realizes that he must deal justly and tenderly with his fellow-beings because they have been redeemed by the blood of Christ. Supreme love for God leads us to seek the highest good of humanity.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 11}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 12]          Selfishness destroys Christlikeness, filling man with self-love. It leads to continual departure from righteousness. Christ says, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." But self-love is blind to the perfection that God requires.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 12}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 13]          How great the love of God is! God made the world to enlarge heaven. He desired a larger family. And before man was created, God and Christ entered into a covenant that if he fell from his allegiance, Christ would bear the penalty of transgression. Man fell, but he was not left to the power of the destroyer. "God so loved the world that He gave his only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." To the Redeemer was given all power to impart to fallen human beings for their benefit and blessing.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 13}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 14]          While on this earth the Saviour was sorely tried. He was tempted in all points like as we are. He poured out His soul with strong crying and tears as He looked upon the backslidden condition of the people He had brought out of bondage. He saw them full of pride and self-exaltation, full of selfishness and covetousness. All this He must labor to overcome. He must live among them the life that God requires all His children to live. He must stand free from the slightest taint of impurity. Not in the least particular must He deviate from the principles of righteousness.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 14}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 15]          The gulf made by sin has been bridged. All may come boldly to the throne of grace, seeking help in every time of need. While we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. He took the place of the sinner, that He might present the repentant sinner to the Father, saying, "Lay his guilt on Me. I have espoused his cause." Holding out His hands, bearing the marks of the crucifixion, the Saviour says, "I have graven that sinner on the palms of My hands. No longer look upon him as guilty. Let him stand before Thee guiltless; for I have borne his iniquity." At the cross, justice and mercy met together, and righteousness and peace kissed each other. God bowed His head in recognition of the completeness of the offering made for sin, and said, "It is enough."  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 15}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 16]          As we contemplate the great love of God, shall not our hearts be subdued and softened, yea, broken? Shall we not be filled with patience, long-suffering, and love? Shall we not die to self?  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 16}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 17]          Christ came to this world to reveal the love of God. His followers are to continue the work which He began. Let us strive to help and strengthen one another. Seeking the good of others is the way in which true happiness can be found. Man does not work against his own interest by loving God and his fellow-men. The more unselfish his spirit, the happier he is, because he is fulfilling God's purpose for him. The breath of God is breathed through him, filling him with gladness. To him life is a sacred trust, precious in his sight because given by God to be spent in ministering to others.  {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 17}
[ST, December 25, 1901 par. 18]          "Beloved, let us love one another; for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not knoweth not God; for God is love. . . . If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar; for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen? And this commandment have we from Him, that he who loveth God love his brother also."           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, December 25, 1901 par. 18}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 1]       January 8, 1902 Enduring Religion.         Enduring religion is the religion that leads us to visit the fatherless and the widows in their affliction, and to keep ourselves unspotted from the world. This is Christianity. The Christian follows Christ. Lifting the cross, he bears it after his Leader in the path of self-denial.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 2]          The religion that is built on self is worthless; for God makes no compromise with selfishness. To have pure religion, we must open the heart to receive the heavenly Guest. So long as the door is closed against His entrance, we can have no abiding peace. No sunshine can flood the chambers of the soul, no light break through the mist and cloud.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 3]          The religion of Christ changes hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. It banishes self-confidence and egotism, leading man to see himself as he is,--weak and sinful, unable of himself to do any good thing. It leads him to behold Jesus, and beholding, he is changed into His likeness.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 4]          The religion of Christ is a firm fabric, composed of innumerable threads, woven together with tact and skill. Only by the wisdom that God gives can we weave this fabric. Trusting to ourselves, we draw into it threads of selfishness, and the pattern is spoiled.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 5]          There are many kinds of cloth which at first have a fine appearance, but they do not endure test. The colors are not fast. They wash out. Under the heat of summer they fade, and are lost. Such a fabric can not endure rough handling, and is worth very little.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 6]          So it is with religion. When the warp and woof of religion will not stand the test of trial, the material of which it is composed is worthless. And an effort to patch the old cloth with a new piece does not better the condition of things; for the worn-out, flimsy material breaks away from the new, leaving the rent much larger than before. Patching will not do. The only way is to discard the old garment and procure a new one. The religion of self, composed of threads that fade and give way under the stress of temptation, must be cast aside, to be replaced by the religion woven by Him in whose life no selfishness found place.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 7]          Christ's plan is the only safe one. He declares, "Behold, I make all things new." "If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature." The Saviour gives no encouragement to any to think that He will accept a patchwork religion. Such a religion is of no value in His sight. There may at first seem to be some of self and some of Christ; but it is soon seen that there is none of Christ. The patches of selfishness increase till the entire garment is covered with them.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 8]          Christ looks with pity on those who have a patchwork religion. The faithful and true Witness sees the want of the soul, and His voice is raised in warning, "I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot. I would thou wert cold or hot. So then, because thou are lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see."  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 9]          A religion formed after the divine pattern is the only one that will endure. Only by striving to live the life of Christ here can we prepare ourselves to live with Him through the eternal ages. That which is of value in this life will be of value in the life to come. A man's future is decided by the way in which he now allows himself to be influenced. If he cherishes selfish inclinations, refusing to deny self, he can never enter the kingdom of God. But if he fights against self, if he is willing to be governed by the Spirit of Christ, he is transformed in character. He sits at the feet of the Saviour, and from Him learns the lessons all must learn who are saved. Thus he is strengthened to resist evil. God works in him and with him, to will and to do of His good pleasure.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 10]          Such a one is filled with intense desire to save the souls perishing around him. He walks as Christ walked, in all things following His example. He understands the science of godliness, and consecrates his life to God, willing to spend and be spent in His service. He does not allow his natural inclinations to obtain the victory, but walks worthily before God and his fellow-men.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 11]          It is Christ's desire that His children shall reach this place. He longs to reveal through them the treasures of His grace. He says to them, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." And He says this because He knows that it is possible for them to reach perfection. He lived in this world the life that they must live. He met the foe single-handed, as they must meet him. He asked and received power to enable Him to overcome in the conflict. And those who walk in God's way may have the same power. The same angels that ministered to Christ minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation. As He overcame, so we may overcome. "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of His people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, January 8, 1902 par. 12]          Dear brethren and sisters in Christ, my prayer for you is "that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God. Now unto Him that is able to do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, unto Him be glory in the church by Jesus Christ throughout all ages, world without end."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, January 8, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 1]       January 15, 1902 Our Elder Brother.         Then cometh Jesus with them unto a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, Sit ye here while I go and pray yonder. And He took with Him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sorrowful, and very heavy. Then saith He unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowful, even unto death; tarry ye here, and watch with Me. And He went a little farther, and fell on His face, and prayed."  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 2]          Christ felt that by sin He was being separated from His Father. The gulf was so broad, so black, so deep, that His spirit shuddered before it. This agony He must not exert His divine power to escape. As man He must suffer the consequences of man's sin. As man He must endure the wrath of God against transgression.  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 3]          Only a short time before, Christ had offered His intercessory prayer to the Father, not as one overcome in battle, but as one who had gained the victory at each step as He approached the consummation of His work. As one already glorified, He had claimed oneness with God.  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 4]          But now the hour of Satan's apparent triumph had come. The storm of wrath was about to beat upon the Saviour. A horror of great darkness oppressed His soul. Everything was at stake with Him. In its hardest features Satan pressed the situation upon the Redeemer: "The people who claim to be above all others in temporal and spiritual advantages, have rejected you. They are seeking to destroy you, the foundation, the center and seal, of the promises made to them as a peculiar people. One of your own disciples, who has listened to your instruction, and has been among the foremost in church activities, will betray you. One of your most zealous followers will deny you. All will forsake you." Christ's whole being abhorred the thought. That those whom He had undertaken to save, those whom He loved so much, should unite in the plots of Satan, pierced His soul. The conflict was terrible. The sins of men weighed heavily upon the Saviour, and the sense of God's wrath against sin was crushing out His life. From His pale lips came the bitter cry, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me; nevertheless not as I will, but as Thou wilt."  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 5]          "And He cometh unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep." Had He found them praying, He would have been relieved. Had they been seeking refuge in God, that Satanic agencies might not prevail against them, He would have been comforted by their steadfast faith. But they had not heeded the repeated warning, "Watch and pray." At first they have been much troubled to see their Master, usually so calm and dignified, wrestling with a sorrow that was beyond comprehension. They had prayed as they heard the strong cries of the sufferer. They did not intend to forsake their Lord, but they seemed paralyzed with a stupor which they might have shaken off had they continued pleading with God.  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 6]          The weakness of the disciples awakened the sympathy of Jesus. Addressing Peter, He said, "Simon, sleepest thou? Couldst thou not watch with Me one hour?" He feared that they would not be able to endure the test that would come upon them in His betrayal and death; and He said, "Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation." Even in His great agony He sought to excuse their weakness. "The spirit truly is willing," He said, "but the flesh is weak."  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 7]          Once more Christ sought His place of prayer, and His voice was heard on the still evening air, not in tones of triumph, but full of human anguish. The words of the Saviour were borne to the ears of the drowsy disciples: "O My Father, if this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it, Thy will be done."  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 8]          Again Christ felt a longing for companionship, for some words from His disciples that would bring relief. Once more He came to them, "but their eyes were heavy; neither wist they what to answer Him."  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 9]          Turning away, Jesus sought His retreat, and fell prostrate to the ground, overcome by the horror of a great darkness. The humanity of the Son of God trembled in that trying hour. He prayed not now for His disciples that their faith might not fail, but for His own anguished, agonized soul. The awful moment had come,--that moment which was to decide the destiny of the world. The fate of humanity trembled in the balance. Christ might even now refuse to drink the cup apportioned to guilty man. It was not yet too late. He might leave man to perish in his iniquity. He might say, "Let the transgressor receive the penalty of his sin; and I will go back to my Father." Will the Son of God drink the bitter cup of humility and agony? Will the innocent suffer the consequences of the curse of sin, to save the guilty? The words fall tremblingly from His lips. "O My Father, if this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it, Thy will be done."  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 10]          Three times has He uttered that prayer. Three times has humanity shrunk from the last, crowning sacrifice. But now the history of the human race comes up before the world's Redeemer. He sees that the transgressors of the law, if left to themselves, must perish. He sees the power of sin. The woes and lamentations of a doomed world rise before Him. He beholds its impending fate, and His decision is made. He will save man at any cost to Himself. He will become the propitiation of a race that has willed to sin.  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 11]          O tried, tempted soul, remember that He who suffered in Gethsemane is your Saviour. He is touched with the feeling of your infirmities; for He was "in all points tempted like as we are." Because of this, "He is able to succor them that are tempted." He was made perfect through suffering. He is watching over you, trembling child of God. Are you tempted? He will deliver. Are you weak? He will strengthen. Are you ignorant? He will enlighten. "He healeth the broken in heart, and bindeth up their wounds." Whatever your anxieties and trials, spread out your case before the Lord. Your spirit will be braced for endurance. The way will be opened for you to disentangle yourself from embarrassment and difficulty. The weaker and more helpless you know yourself to be, the stronger will you become in His strength.  {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, January 15, 1902 par. 12]          To all who are reaching out to feel the guiding hand of God, the moment of greatest discouragement is the time when divine help is nearest. They will look back with thankfulness on the darkest part of their way. From every temptation and every trial they will come forth with finer faith and a richer experience.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, January 15, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 1]       January 22, 1902 The Joy of Giving.         All day the people had been thronging the house where were Christ and his disciples. All day the Saviour had been teaching them. They had listened to His gracious words, so simple and so plain that they were as the balm of Gilead to their souls. The healing of His divine hand had brought health to the sick, and life to the dying. The day had seemed to them like heaven on earth, and they were utterly unconscious of how long it had been since they had eaten anything.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 2]          The sun was sinking in the west, and yet the people lingered. Jesus had labored all day long without food or rest. He was pale from weariness and hunger. But He could not withdraw from the multitude that pressed upon Him.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 3]          "His disciples came to Him, saying, This is a desert place, and the time is now past; send the multitude away, that they may go into the villages, and buy themselves victuals. But Jesus said unto them, They need not depart; give ye them to eat. And they say unto Him, We have here but five loaves, and two fishes. He said, Bring them hither to Me. And He commanded the multitude to sit down on the grass, and took the five loaves, and the two fishes, and looking up to heaven, He blessed, and brake, and gave the loaves to His disciples, and the disciples to the multitude."  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 4]          In this parable is wrapped up a deep, spiritual lesson for God's workers. Christ received from the Father; He imparted to the disciples; they imparted to the multitude; and the people to one another. So all who are united with Christ will receive from Him the bread of life, the heavenly food, and impart it to others.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 5]         In full reliance upon God, Jesus took the small store of loaves; and altho there was but a small supply for His own family of disciples, He did not invite them to eat but began to distribute to them, bidding them serve the people. The food multiplied in His hands; and the hands of the disciples, reaching out to Christ, Himself the Bread of Life, were never empty. The little store was sufficient for all. After the wants of the people had been supplied, the fragments were gathered up, and Christ and His disciples ate of the precious, heaven-supplied food.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 6]          The disciples were the channel of communication between Christ and the people. This should be a great encouragement to His disciples today. Christ is the great Center, the Source of all strength. His disciples are to receive their supplies from Him. The most intelligent, the most spiritually minded, can bestow only as they receive. Of themselves they can supply nothing for the needs of the soul. We can impart only as we receive, and we can receive only as we impart. As we continue to impart, we shall continue to receive; and the more we impart, the more we shall receive.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 7]         "There is that scattereth, and yet increaseth; and there is that withholdeth more than is meet, but it tendeth to poverty." Mark that pool which receives the showers of heaven, but has no outlet. It is a blessing to no one, but in stagnant selfishness poisons the air around. Now look at the stream flowing from the mountain side, refreshing the thirsty land through which it passes. What blessing it brings! One would think that in giving so liberally, it would exhaust its resources. But not so. It is a part of God's great plan that the stream that gives shall never lack; and day by day and year by year it flows on its way, ever receiving and ever giving.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 8]          There is nothing, save the selfish heart of man, that lives unto itself. No bird that cleaves the air, no animal that moves upon the ground, but ministers to some other life. There is no leaf of the forest, or lowly blade of grass, but has its ministry. Every tree and shrub and leaf pours forth that element of life without which neither man nor animal could live; and man and animal in turn minister to the life of tree and shrub and leaf. The flowers breathe fragrance and unfold their beauty in blessing to the world. The ocean, itself the source of all our springs and fountains, receives the streams from every land, but takes to give. The mists ascending from its bosom fall in showers to water the earth, that it may bring forth and bud.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 9]          The angels of glory find their joy in giving,--giving love and tireless watch-care to souls that are fallen and unholy; heavenly beings woo the hearts of men; they bring to this dark world light from the courts above; by gentle, patient ministry they move upon the human spirit, to bring the lost into a fellowship with Christ that is even closer than they themselves can know.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 10]          God desires us to give--cheerfully, willingly, gladly. None can keep His law without ministering to others. Happiness is the gift of God to him who, in the spirit of Christ, toils for the good of others.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 11]          There are many to whom life is a painful struggle. They feel their deficiencies, and are miserable and unbelieving; they think they have nothing for which to be grateful. Kind words, looks of sympathy, expressions of appreciation, would be to many a struggling, lonely one as the cup of cold water to a thirsty soul. A word of sympathy, an act of kindness, would lift burdens that rest heavily upon weary shoulders. And every word or deed of unselfish kindness is an expression of the love of Christ for lost humanity.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 12]          "Freely ye have received; freely give." "Arise, shine; for thy light is come; and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee." If upon your spirit the glory of the Lord has risen; if you have beheld His beauty who is the chiefest among ten thousand, and the One altogether lovely; if your soul has become radiant in the presence of His glory, to you is this word from the Master sent. Have you stood with Christ on the mount of transfiguration? Down in the plain there are souls enslaved by Satan; they are waiting for the word of faith and prayer to set them free.  {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, January 22, 1902 par. 13]          The one who stands nearest to Christ will be he who on earth has drunk most deeply of the spirit of His self-sacrificing love,--love that "vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up, . . . seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil,"--love that moves the disciple, as it moved our Lord, to live and labor and sacrifice, even unto death, for the saving of humanity.                                                  Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, January 22, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 1]       January 29, 1902 The Power of Prayer.         Prayer is the opening of the heart to God as to a friend. In the secret place of prayer, where no eye but God's can see, no ear but His can hear, we may pour out our most hidden desires and longings to the Father of infinite pity; and in the hush and silence of the soul, that voice which never fails to answer the cry of human need, will speak to our hearts.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 2]          By prayer man is braced for duty and prepared for trial. Morning and evening our earnest prayers should ascend to God for His blessing and guidance. True prayer takes hold upon Omnipotence, and gains the victory. Upon his knees the Christian obtains strength to resist temptation. And while engaged in our daily work, we should lift the soul to heaven in prayer. It was thus that Enoch walked with God. The silent, fervent prayer of the soul rises like holy incense to the throne of grace, and is as acceptable to God as if offered in the sanctuary. To all who thus seek Him, Christ is a present help in time of need. In the day of trial they will be brave and strong.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 3]          From the experience of Moses we may see what intimate communion with the Most High it is man's privilege to enjoy. After Israel had shown such great dishonor to God by worshiping the golden calf, Moses pleaded with God in their behalf. The Lord read the sincerity and unselfish purpose in the heart of His servant, and communed with him face to face, "as a man speaketh unto his friend."  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 4]          Moses had carried the burden of Israel; he had borne an overwhelming weight of responsibility; when the people sinned, he suffered keen remorse, as if he himself were guilty. Now there pressed upon him a realization of the terrible result should God give Israel up to their darkness and impenitence. He prayed that the favor of God might be restored to His people, and that the token of His presence might continue to direct their journeyings: "If Thy presence go not with me, carry us not up hence. For wherein shall it be known here that I and Thy people have found grace in Thy sight? is it not in that Thou goest with us? So shall we be separated, I and Thy people, from all the people that are on the face of the earth."  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 5]          And the Lord said, "I will do this thing also that thou hast spoken; for thou hast found grace in My sight, and I know thee by name." Still the prophet did not cease pleading. Every prayer had been answered, but he thirsted for greater tokens of God's blessing. He now made a request that no human being had ever before made: "I beseech Thee, show me Thy glory."  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 6]          God did not rebuke his request as presumptuous; the gracious words were spoken, "I will make all My goodness pass before thee." The unveiled glory of God, no man in this mortal state can endure to look upon and live; but Moses was assured that he should behold as much of the divine glory as he could endure. Again he was summoned to the mountain summit; then the hand that made the world, the hand that "removeth the mountains, and they know not," took this creature of dust, this mighty man of faith, and placed him in a cleft of the rock, while the glory of God and all His goodness passed before him.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 7]          Those who seek God in secret, telling the Lord their needs, and pleading for help, will not plead in vain. "Thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly." As we make Christ our daily companion, we shall feel that the powers of an unseen world are all around us; and by looking unto Jesus, we shall become assimilated to His image. By beholding, we shall become changed. The character is softened, refined, and ennobled for the heavenly kingdom. The sure result of our intercourse and fellowship with God will be to increase piety, purity, and fervor. There will be a growing intelligence in prayer. We are receiving a divine education, and this is illustrated in a life of diligence and zeal.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 8]          Christ's days were passed in ministering to the crowds that pressed upon Him, and in unveiling the treacherous sophistry of the rabbis, and this incessant labor often left Him so utterly wearied that His mother and brothers, and even His disciples, had feared that His life would be sacrificed. But as He returned from the hours of prayer that closed the toilsome day, they marked the look of peace upon His face. It was from hours spent with God that He came forth, morning by morning, to bring the light of heaven to men.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 9]          We can no more live the Christian life without prayer than we can live the physical life without food. To grow in grace, we must ask and receive the bread of heaven. The strength gained by prayer gives a preparation for duty and fills the heart with peace.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 10]          To every sincere, earnest prayer an answer will come. The answer to your prayer may not come just as you desire, or at the time you look for it; but it will come, and in the way and at the time that will be for your best good. The prayers you offer in loneliness, in weariness and trial, God answers, not always according to your expectations, but always for your good.  {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, January 29, 1902 par. 11]          Not one sincere prayer is lost. Amid anthems of the celestial choir, God hears the cries of the weakest human being. We pour out our heart's desire in our closets, we breathe a prayer by the way, and our words reach the throne of the Monarch of the universe. They may be inaudible to any human ear, but they can not die away into silence, nor can they be lost through the activities of business that are going on. Nothing can drown the soul's desire. It rises above the din of the street, above the confusion of the multitude, to the heavenly courts. It is God to whom we are speaking, and our prayer is heard.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, January 29, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 1]       February 5, 1902 Through Trial to Perfect Trust.         He shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver; and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness." The refining process is hard for human nature to endure; but only by it can the dross be purged from the character. In the furnace of trial we are purified from the dross that prevents us from reflecting the image of Christ. God measures every trial; He watches the furnace fire that must test every soul.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 2]          Through trial God leads His children to perfect trust. "In the world ye shall have tribulation," Christ says; "but in Me ye shall have peace." It is through much tribulation that we are to enter the kingdom of God. The followers of Christ will often be sorely tried and afflicted. Joseph was maligned and persecuted because he was determined to preserve his virtue and integrity. David, God's chosen messenger, was hunted like a beast of prey by wicked enemies. Daniel was cast into a den of lions because he would not yield his allegiance to God. Jeremiah spoke the word that God gave him, and his plain testimony so enraged the king and the princes that he was cast into a loathsome pit. Stephen was stoned for preaching Christ and Him crucified. Paul was imprisoned, and finally put to death, because he obeyed Christ's command to carry the Gospel to the Gentiles. John, the beloved disciple, was banished to the Isle of Patmos for the Word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 3]          No cross, no crown. How can we be strong in the Lord without trial? To have physical strength, we must have exercise. To have strong faith, we must be placed in circumstances where our faith will be tried. Every temptation resisted, every trial bravely borne, gives us a new experience, and advances us in the work of character building. Our Saviour was tried in every way, yet He triumphed in God constantly. It is our privilege under all circumstances to be strong in the strength of God, and to glory in the cross of Christ.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 4]          Through affliction God reveals to us the plague-spots in our characters, that by His grace we may overcome our faults. Unknown chapters in regard to ourselves are opened to us, and the test comes, whether we will accept the reproof and the counsel of God. When brought into trial, we are not to fret and worry. We should not rebel, or worry ourselves out of the hand of Christ. We are to humble the soul before God. The ways of the Lord are obscure to him who desires to see things in a light pleasing to himself. They appear dark and joyless to our human nature. But God's ways are ways of mercy, and the end is salvation. Elijah knew not what he was doing when in the desert he said that he had had enough of life, and prayed that he might die. The Lord in His mercy did not take him at his word. There was yet a great work for Elijah to do; and when his work was done, he was not to perish in discouragement and solitude in the wilderness. Not for him the descent into the dust of earth, but the ascent in glory, with the convoy of celestial chariots to the throne on high.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 5]          Our sorrows do not spring out of the ground. God "doth not afflict willingly nor grieve the children of men." When He permits trials and afflictions, it is for our profit, that we may be partakers of His holiness. If received in faith, the trial that seems so bitter and hard to bear will prove a blessing. The cruel blow that blights the joys of earth will be the means of turning our eyes to heaven. How many there are who would never have known Jesus had not sorrow led them to seek comfort in Him.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 6]          The trials of life are God's workmen, to remove the impurities and roughness from our character. Their hewing, squaring, and chiseling, their burnishing and polishing, is a painful process; it is hard to be pressed down to the grinding wheel. But the stone is brought forth prepared to fill its place in the heavenly temple. Upon no useless material does the Master bestow such careful, thorough work. Only His precious stones are polished after the similitude of a palace.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 7]          But when tribulation comes upon us, how many of us are like Jacob. We think it the hand of an enemy; and in the darkness we wrestle blindly until our strength is spent, and we find no comfort or deliverance. To Jacob the divine touch at break of day revealed the One with whom he had been contending,--the Angel of the covenant; and, weeping and helpless, he fell upon the breast of Infinite Love, to receive the blessing for which his soul longed. We also need to learn that trials mean benefit, and not to despise the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when we are rebuked of Him.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 8]          "Happy is the man whom God correcteth. . . . He maketh sore, and bindeth up; He woundeth, and His hands make whole. He shall deliver thee in six troubles; yea, in seven there shall no evil touch thee." To every stricken one, Jesus comes with the ministry of healing. The life of bereavement, pain, and suffering may be brightened by precious revealings of His presence.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, February 5, 1902 par. 9]          Each fiery trial is God's agent for our refining. Each is fitting us for our work as co-laborers with Him. "Our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen; for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal."                                                         Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, February 5, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 1]       February 12, 1902 Living For Christ.         Ye are the light of the world. . . . Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. . . . Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men."  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 2]          God has given His subjects a work to perform. By helpful words and kindly actions they are to reveal Christ to the world. By self-denial, by sacrificing that which would be obtained at the loss of another, they are to show the power of the truth to restrain evil inclinations. Those who do this are "the salt of the earth," preserving it from decay.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 3]          God requires His followers to exercise toward others the compassion they desire others to exercise toward them. Christians are to bring Christlikeness into their service, that in their hands the truth may not lose its preserving influence. In all their associations in the church and in the world they are to be unselfish and sincere.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 4]          If a professing Christian is unchristlike; if he cherishes unholy traits of character, studying how he may get the best of a bargain to the disadvantage of some one else, if, forgetting that it is his duty to help others, he cares little whether he destroys his neighbor's prospects, he is as salt that has lost its savor--fit only to be cast out. He may gain some advantage himself, but what help is he to the world? If the character is not under the moulding influence of the Spirit of God, if the life is not free from selfishness, what does the profession avail?  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 5]          How may we retain in our lives the preservative qualities of the truth? How may we exert a saving influence on the world?--By obeying the plain command of God; by being kind and generous; by relieving the necessities of the needy; by working as Christ worked.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 6]          "Lord, who shall abide in thy tabernacle? who shall dwell in Thy holy hill? He that walketh uprightly, and worketh righteousness, and speaketh the truth in his heart. He that backbiteth not with his tongue, nor doeth evil to his neighbor, nor taketh up a reproach against his neighbor. In whose eyes a vile person is contemned; but he honoreth them that fear the Lord. He that sweareth to his own hurt, and changeth not. He that putteth not out his money to usury, nor taketh reward against the innocent. He that doeth these things shall never be moved."  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 7]          Let these lessons be practised. Not a tithe of what we should be are we in purity, in Christlikeness. This is why we have not more power with God. We profess to believe truth that God declares will refine and sanctify the life. But if our religion is merely nominal, we are as salt without savor.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 8]          Every true Christian will say from the heart, When I was baptized in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, I was buried in the likeness of Christ's death, and raised in the likeness of His resurrection. I have taken a sacred vow to live in close communion with Christ. I am pledged to devote my life to His service.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 9]          "Buried with Him in baptism, wherein also ye are risen with Him through the faith of the operation of God, who hath raised Him from the dead. And you, being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh, hath He quickened together with Him, having forgiven you all trespasses." As you openly renounced sin and Satan, the three great powers of heaven pledged themselves to help you to overcome. You were raised in newness of life by the power that raised Christ from the dead. You came forth from the watery grave pledged to devote your life to the Master's service. You are henceforth to live a new life, as if reason, knowledge, affection, speech, property, and all else you have, had been anew entrusted to you, with a distinct intimation from heaven that they are to be used for God. You are to live a life of cross-bearing and self-denial, a life bound up with the life of Christ.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 10]          The character of the Christian is to be a reproduction of the character of Christ. The same love, the same grace, the same unselfish benevolence, that characterized the life of the Redeemer, are to characterize the lives of His followers. "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory."  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 11]          In His great mercy, God gives men and women power for service, strengthening them as He strengthened Joseph, Samuel, Daniel, Timothy, and many others who availed themselves of His promises. They believed in Him and relied on Him, and this was their righteousness. Without the help that comes only from God we are in constant danger of falling into the snares that Satan has prepared for our feet. It is the one who obeys God, the one who is not satisfied unless he has the divine presence with him, that is a power for good in the world.  {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, February 12, 1902 par. 12]          "Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks, I know thy works." This figure illustrates the eternal vigilance of our Saviour. Christ is in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks, walking from church to church, from congregation to congregation, from heart to heart. He who keeps Israel neither slumbers nor sleeps. If the candlesticks were left to the care of human beings, how often they would flicker and go out. But God has not given His church into the hands of men. Christ, One who gave His life for the life of the world, is the Watchman of the house. He is the Warder, faithful and true, of the temple courts of the Lord. We are not dependent on the presence of priest or minister. We are kept by the power of God. The presence of Christ is the secret of our life and light.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, February 12, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 1]       February 19, 1902 What It Means to Be a Christian.         In all the details of life, Christians are to follow the principles of strict integrity. These are not the principles that govern the world; for there Satan is master, and his principles of deception and oppression bear sway. But Christians serve under a different master, and their actions must be wrought in God. They must put aside all desire for selfish gain.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 2]          To some, deviation from perfect fairness in business deal may look like a small thing, but our Saviour does not thus regard it. His words on this point are plain and explicit: "He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much; and he that is unjust in the least is unjust also in much." A man who will overreach in a small matter will overreach in a large matter if the temptation comes to him.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 3]          Christ's followers are obliged to be more or less connected with the world in business matters. In His prayer for them the Saviour says, "I pray not that thou shouldst take them out of the world, but that thou shouldst keep them from the evil." Christians are to buy and sell with the realization that the eye of God is upon them. Never are they to use false balances or deceitful weights. God says:--  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 4]          "Thou shalt not have in thy bag divers weights, a great and a small. . . . But thou shalt have a perfect and just weight, a perfect and just measure shalt thou have; that thy days may be lengthened in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee. For all that do such things, and all that do unrighteously, are an abomination unto the Lord thy God." "Thou shalt not oppress an hired servant that is poor and needy, whether he be of thy brethren, or of thy strangers that are in thy land within thy gates; at his day thou shalt give him his hire, neither shall the sun go down upon it; for he is poor, and setteth his heart upon it; lest he cry against thee unto the Lord, and it be sin unto thee. . . . Thou shalt not pervert the judgment of the  stranger nor of the fatherless; nor take a widow's raiment to pledge. . . . When thou cuttest down thine harvest in thy field, and hast forgot a sheaf in the field, thou shalt not go again to fetch it; it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow; that the Lord thy God may bless thee in all the work of thine hands. When thou beatest thine olive tree, thou shalt not go over the boughs again; it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vineyard, thou shalt not glean it afterward; it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow."  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 5]          In every action of life the true Christian is just what he desires those around him to think he is. He is guided by truth and uprightness. He does not scheme; therefore he has nothing to gloss over. He may be criticized, he may be tested; but through all, his unbending integrity shines out like pure gold. He is a friend and benefactor to all connected with him; and his fellow-men place confidence in him; for he is trustworthy. Does he employ laborers to gather in his harvest? He does not keep back their hard-earned money. Has he means for which he has no immediate use? He relieves the necessities of his less fortunate brother. He does not seek to enlarge his possessions by taking advantage of the untoward circumstances of his neighbor. He accepts only a fair price for that which he sells. If there are defects in the articles sold, he frankly tells the buyer, even tho by so doing he may seem to work against his own pecuniary interests.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 6]          A man may not have a pleasant exterior; but if he has a reputation for straightforward, honest dealing, he is respected. Stern integrity covers many unpleasant traits of character. A man who steadfastly adheres to the truth wins the confidence of all. Not only do Christians trust him; worldlings are constrained to acknowledge the worth of his character.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 7]          Satan knows full well what a power for good is the life of a man of unbending integrity, and he puts forth zealous efforts to prevent men from living such lives. He comes to them with alluring temptations, promising them wealth, position, worldly honor, if they will but yield the principles of righteousness. And he has much success. Thousands yield to his bribery. The desire for wealth, for fame, for position, is too powerful for them to resist. Forgetting God, they withdraw their affection from Him, and worship mammon.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 8]          From the sad history of many who have failed we learn the danger of prosperity. It is not those who have lost their property who are in greatest danger, but those who have obtained a fortune. Adversity may depress, but prosperity frequently elevates to presumption. Prayer is often requested for men and women in affliction; and this is right. But those in prosperity are more in need of the prayers of God's servants; for they are in greater danger of losing salvation. In the valley of humiliation men walk securely while they reverence God and make Him their trust. On the lofty pinnacle, where praise is heard, they need the help of special power from above.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 9]          Seeing the fearful danger of love of gain, Paul writes: "They that will be rich fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition. For the love of money is the root of all evil; which while some coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows. But thou, O man of God, flee these things; and follow after righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness. . . . Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not highminded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life."  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 10]          The temptation comes to a man to pursue a wrong course for the sake of gaining money. He yields, and commits himself to that which the Lord can not indorse. And daily the spiritual life of that man grows weaker. Daily he wanders farther from true happiness.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 11]          The sad history of Judas is a lesson for all. Judas was blessed with wonderful opportunities. He was with Christ during the entire period of the Saviour's ministry. Day by day for three years he listened to His instruction and witnessed His marvelous works. Had he been willing to renounce all selfishness, the Lord would have used him to advance His kingdom. But Judas loved gain. He was a speculator. He thought that he could manage the finances of the church, and so make money. Stronger and stronger grew his covetousness, till at last he sold his Master for thirty pieces of silver.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 12]          How many today are like Judas betraying their Lord! How many are sacrificing principle for the sake of worldly gain! Thus they crucify Christ afresh, and put Him to open shame.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 13]         In the smallest as well as the largest affairs of life the first question should be, "What is God's will?" "To obey is better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of rams." Christ calls upon His children to rid themselves of all selfishness, all covetousness, all impurity. "Come unto Me," He says, "and I will give you rest." Yield yourselves to My training. Submit your will to My will, your way to My way. Let your life be one with My life. So shall you gain treasure that will endure unto life eternal.  {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, February 19, 1902 par. 14]          True religion is not an experiment. It is an actual imitation of Christ. God keeps a personal account with every man, testing him by the practical results of his work. Soon will be heard the call, "Give an account of thy stewardship."                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, February 19, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 1]       February 26, 1902 A Lesson for Mothers.         Notwithstanding all that God had wrought for His people in the wilderness, the children of Israel, after their settlement in Canaan, continued to walk in their own ways. "They did not destroy the nations, concerning whom the Lord commanded them; but were mingled among the heathen, and learned their works. And they served their idols; which were a snare unto them. . . . Therefore was the wrath of the Lord kindled against His people, insomuch that He abhorred His own inheritance. And He gave them into the hand of the heathen; and they that hated them ruled over them."  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 2]          While Israel was sorely harassed by the children of Ammon on the east, and the Philistines on the west, the Lord hearkened to the prayers of His people, and began to work for their deliverance. After eighteen years of oppression, they made war against the Ammonites, and effectually destroyed their power. But the backsliding and idolatrous people soon forgot the lesson that Divine Wisdom had so often sought to teach them. As they continued to depart from God, He permitted them still to be oppressed by their powerful enemies, the Philistines.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 3]          For forty years the children of Israel were constantly harassed, and at times completely subjugated, by this cruel and warlike nation. They had mingled with these idolaters, uniting with them in commerce, in pleasure, and even in worship, until they seemed to be identified with them in spirit and interest. Then these professed friends became their bitterest enemies, and sought by every means to accomplish their destruction.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 4]          There were still in Israel true-hearted men and women whose souls were filled with anguish because of the condition of the people. Their prayers of confession, penitence, and faith ascended without ceasing to God. He was not indifferent to their cries, and while there was apparently no response to them, He was preparing help for them. In all Israel there was not to be found a man through whom the Lord could work for the deliverance of His people. The erroneous education given to children, indulgence of appetite and conformity to the practises of heathenism, had greatly lessened physical and moral power.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 5]          Godly fathers and mothers looked with gloomy forebodings into the future. Many a mother had secretly cherished the hope that she might give to God and to Israel a son who should deliver His people. But as parents saw their children growing up with perverted appetites and uncontrolled passions, the inquiry arose, What will the end be? What part will these youth and children act in the great drama of life? In the hearts of some parents hope battled against fear; but in many others reigned only discouragement and despair. What could the mother do to avert the threatened evil? How banish the nameless terror that oppressed her soul? "Spare us, O God, spare us," was the oft-repeated prayer. "Let not Thy people perish; let us not see our children a prey to the enemy."  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 6]          At this time the Lord appeared to the wife of Manoah, an Israelite of the tribe of Dan, and told her that she should have a son. He gave her special instruction concerning her own habits, and also for the treatment of her child. "Beware, I pray thee," he said, "and drink not wine nor strong drink, and eat not any unclean thing." He also directed that no razor should come on the head of the child; for he was to be consecrated to God as a Nazarite from his birth, and through him the Lord would begin to deliver Israel from the Philistines.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 7]          The woman sought her husband, and after describing the heavenly messenger she repeated his words. Then, fearful lest they should make some mistake in the important work committed to them, the husband prayed earnestly, "Let the man of God which Thou didst send come again unto us, and teach us what we shall do unto the child that shall be born."  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 8]          In answer to this petition the angel again appeared, and Manoah's anxious inquiry was, "How shall we order the child, and how shall we do unto him?" The previous instruction was repeated,--"Of all that I said unto the woman let her beware. She may not eat of anything that cometh of the vine, neither let her drink wine or strong drink, nor eat any unclean thing; all that I commanded her let her observe."  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 9]          The words spoken to the wife of Manoah contain a truth that the mothers of today would do well to study. In speaking to this one mother, the Lord spoke to all the anxious, sorrowing mothers of that time, and to all the mothers of succeeding generations. Yes, every mother may understand her duty. She may know that the character of her children will depend vastly more upon her habits before their birth and her personal efforts after their birth, than upon external advantages or disadvantages.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 10]         "Let her beware," the angel said. Let her stand prepared to resist temptation. Her appetites and passions are to be controlled by principle. Of every mother it may be said, "Let her beware." There is something for her to shun, something for her to work against, if she fulfils God's purpose for her in giving her a child. If before the birth of her child she is unstable, if she is selfish, peevish, and exacting, the disposition of her child will bear the marks of her wrong course. Thus many children have received as a birthright almost unconquerable tendencies to evil.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 11]          But if she unswervingly adheres to the right, if she is kind, gentle, and unselfish, she will give her child these traits of character.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 12]          Very explicit was the command prohibiting the use of wine by the mother. Every drop of strong drink taken by her to gratify appetite endangers the physical, mental, and moral health of her offspring, and is a direct sin against her Creator. The command forbidding the use of strong drink was made by the One who made man, and who knows what is for his best good. Dare any one regard it with indifference?  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 13]          Unwise advisers will urge upon the mother the gratification of every wish and impulse as essential to the well-being of her offspring. Such advice is false and mischievous. By the command of God Himself the mother is placed under the most solemn obligation to exercise self-control. Whose voice shall we heed--the voice of divine wisdom, or the voice of human superstition?  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 14]          The mother who is a fit teacher for her children must, before their birth, form habits of self-denial and self-control; for she transmits to them her own qualities, her own strong or weak traits of character. The enemy of souls understands this matter much better than do many parents. He will bring temptation upon the mother, knowing that if she does not resist him, he can through her affect her child. The mother's only hope is in God. She may flee to Him for grace and strength. She will not seek help in vain. He will enable her to transmit to her offspring qualities that will help them to gain success in this life and to win eternal life.  {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, February 26, 1902 par. 15]          Fathers as well as mothers are involved in this responsibility, and they too should seek earnestly for divine grace, that their influence may be such as God can approve. The inquiry of every father and mother should be, "What shall we do unto the child that shall be born?" By many the effect of prenatal influence has been lightly regarded; but the instruction sent from heaven to those Hebrew parents, and twice repeated in the most explicit and solemn manner, shows how the matter is looked upon by the Creator.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, February 26, 1902 par. 15}
[ST, March 5, 1902 par. 1]       March 5, 1902 A Lesson for Mothers.--No. 2.         It was not enough that the child who was to deliver Israel should receive a good legacy from his parents. This must be followed by careful training. From infancy he was to be trained to habits of strict temperance. From his birth he was to be a Nazarite. Thus he was placed under a perpetual prohibition against the use of wine and strong drink.  {ST, March 5, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, March 5, 1902 par. 2]          So today lessons of temperance, self-denial, and self-control are to be taught to children from babyhood. It should be the constant effort of every mother to conform her habits to God's will, that she may work in harmony with Him in the training of her children. Let mothers place themselves in right relation to their Creator, that by His grace they may build round their children a bulwark against intemperance. If they would but follow the course God has outlined for them, they would see their children reaching a high standard in moral and intellectual attainments, see them becoming a blessing to society and an honor to their Creator.  {ST, March 5, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, March 5, 1902 par. 3]         If mothers studied the Scriptures more and the magazines of fashion less, if they realized that their course affects the destiny of hundreds and perhaps of thousands, how different would be the condition of society. The cause of reform is suffering for want of men and women of integrity and steadfastness, men and women whose lives are an illustration of the self-denial and self-control that bar the way against intemperance.  {ST, March 5, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, March 5, 1902 par. 4]          Can we look upon the unbelief, the intemperance, the crime, that seem to be deluging the earth, without feeling our souls stirred to their very depths? Infidelity is rearing its proud head, saying, "There is no God." Intemperance marches boldly through the land, carrying with it degradation, desolation, and death. Ere long the cry of men and nations that have forsaken God, and have been forsaken by God, will rend the heavens. What can hinder the crime, what stay the woe, that is filling the world? The evil might have been prevented, had past generations been trained to fear, love, and obey God. Let us now do what we can to bring about the change that needs to be made. Explicit instruction has been given in the Word of God. Let these principles be carried out by the mother with the co-operation and support of the father. Let children be trained from infancy to habits of self-control. Let them be taught that the object of life is to bring blessing to one another and honor to God.  {ST, March 5, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, March 5, 1902 par. 5]          Fathers and mothers, labor earnestly and faithfully, trusting in God for wisdom. Let your aim be the highest good of your children and then require obedience. Keep yourselves constantly under the control of the Spirit of God. Then indeed may we hope to see our sons "as plants grown up in their youth," and our daughters "as corner stones, polished after the similitude of a palace."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, March 5, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 1]       March 19, 1902 In the Race for Eternal Life.         To illustrate the race of the Christian for the crown of life, Paul uses the races of the ancient Greeks. He says: "Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible."  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 2]          To win the prize--a chaplet of perishable flowers, bestowed amid the applause of the multitude--was regarded as the highest honor by the Grecian runners. In the hope of gaining this prize they subjected themselves to the most severe training and to continual self-denial. They put aside every indulgence that would tend to weaken the physical powers. We are striving for an infinitely more valuable prize,--even the crown of everlasting life. How much more careful should be our striving! how much more willing our sacrifice and self-denial!  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 3]          There is work--stern, earnest work--before those who win this prize that God holds out. They must "lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset, . . . and . . . run with patience." One of the weights that they must lay aside is the indulgence of appetite. Intemperance has cursed the world almost from its birth. Noah's son was so debased by the use of wine that he lost all sense of propriety, and the curse that followed his sin has never been lifted from his descendants.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 4]          Nadab and Abihu were men in holy office; but their minds became so clouded by the use of wine that they could not distinguish between sacred and common things. They "offered strange fire before the Lord, which He commanded them not. And there went out fire from the Lord, and devoured them, and they died before the Lord."  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 5]          Alexander found it much easier to subdue kingdoms than to rule his own spirit. After conquering nations, he fell through the indulgence of appetite,--the victim of intemperance.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 6]          Through appetite Satan controls the whole being. Thousands who might have lived to honor God and bless humanity have gone down to the grave, physical, mental, and moral wrecks because they sacrificed their powers to self-indulgence. Those who gain eternal life must bring every appetite under the control of the Spirit of God. Then will they have power to run the race set before them.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 7]          The Christian must lay aside all selfishness, living and working for the good of others. The only way to grow in grace is to do the work that Christ has enjoined upon us, helping and blessing those who need the help we can give. Strength comes by exercise; action is the very condition of life. Those who endeavor to maintain Christian life by passively accepting the blessings that come through the means of grace, and doing nothing for Christ, are trying to live by eating without working. And in the spiritual as in the natural world, this always results in degeneration and decay. A man who would refuse to exercise his limbs would soon lose the power to use them. The Christian who will not exercise his God-given powers, not only fails of growing up into Christ, but he loses the strength that he already had.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 8]          The spirit of unselfish labor for others gives depth, stability, and Christlike loveliness to the character, and brings peace and happiness to its possessor. The aspirations are elevated. There is no room for sloth or selfishness. Those who thus exercise the Christian graces will grow and will become strong to work for God. They are most surely working out their own salvation.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 9]          The Christian must lay aside all self-seeking. The hypocrisy of the Pharisees was the product of self-seeking. The glorification of self was the object of their lives. It was this that led them to pervert and misapply the Scriptures, and blinded them to the purpose of Christ's mission. This subtle evil even the disciples were in danger of cherishing. It was this that prompted the strife as to who would be the greatest. It was this that came between them and Christ, making them so little in sympathy with His mission of self-sacrifice, so slow to comprehend the mystery of redemption.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 10]          As leaven, if left to complete its work, will cause corruption and decay, so does the spirit of self-seeking, cherished, work the defilement and ruin of the soul. Yet among the followers of our Lord today, as of old, how widespread is this subtle, deceptive sin! How often our service to Christ, our communion with one another, is marred by the secret desire to exalt self!  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 11]         Only the power of God can banish self-seeking. This change is the sign of His work. When the faith we accept destroys self-seeking and pretense, when it leads us to seek God's glory and not our own, we may know that it is of the right order. "Father, glorify Thy name" was the key-note of Christ's life, and if we follow Him, this will be the key-note of our life.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 12]          The Christian must lay aside doubt. Not one that in penitence and faith has claimed His protection will Christ permit to pass under the enemy's power. The Saviour is by the side of His tempted ones. With Him there can be no such thing as failure, loss, impossibility, or defeat; we can do all things through Him who strengthens us. When temptations and trials come, do not wait to adjust all the difficulties, but look to Jesus, your Helper.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 13]          There are Christians who think and talk altogether too much about the power of Satan. They think of their adversary, they pray about him, they talk about him, and he looms up greater and greater in their imagination. It is true that Satan is a powerful being; but thank God, we have a mighty Saviour, who cast out the evil one from heaven. Satan is pleased when we magnify his power. Why not talk of Jesus? Why not magnify His power and love?  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 14]          The rainbow of promise encircling the throne on high is an everlasting pledge of God's love for us. It testifies to the universe that God will never forsake His people in their struggles with evil. It is an assurance to us of strength and protection as long as the throne itself shall endure.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 15]          Envy, malice, evil-thinking, evil-speaking, covetousness,--these are weights that the Christian must lay aside if he runs successfully the race for immortality. "If thy hand cause thee to stumble, cut it off; it is good for thee to enter into life maimed, rather than having thy two hands to go into hell, into the unquenchable fire. And if thy foot cause thee to stumble, cut it off; it is good for thee to enter into life halt, rather than having thy two feet to be cast into hell."  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 15}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 16]          Why this earnest language, than which none can be stronger?--Because "the Son of Man is come to save that which was lost." Shall the disciples of Christ show less regard for the souls of their fellow-men than the Majesty of heaven has shown? Every soul has cost an infinite price, and how terrible is the sin of turning one soul away from Christ, so that for him the Saviour's love and humiliation and agony shall have been in vain.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 16}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 17]          Any habit or practise that would lead into sin and bring dishonor upon Christ, would better be put away, whatever the sacrifice. That which dishonors God can not benefit the soul. The blessing of heaven can not attend any man in violating the eternal principles of right. And one sin cherished is sufficient to work the degradation of character and to mislead others. If the foot or the hand would be cut off, or even the eye would be plucked out, to save the body from death, how much more earnest should we be to put away sin, that brings death to the soul.  {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 17}
[ST, March 19, 1902 par. 18]          Every step that the Christian takes is a step of advance. The Lord draws near to him as he strives to reach the object set before him. Each temptation overcome marks a triumph. Each night of conflict and trial, bravely borne, hails the dawn of a better day. Laying aside all that would hinder his progress, forgetting the things that are behind, he presses toward the mark of the prize of his high calling.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, March 19, 1902 par. 18}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 1]       March 26, 1902 Words to Christians.         Christians, remember that you are "a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men." Men are watching you, to see the effect of your religion. Sinners are to be saved, not alone by the preaching of the Word, but by lives that reveal the power of Christ's grace. We are to represent Christ as Christ represented the Father. Do you realize that you are to work the works of Christ, that you are to live His life? God desires your heart to be cleansed from everything  unchristlike, that you may be able to speak words in season to the weary. Live very near the mercy-seat. Then you will be enabled to reflect the light of Christ's example. It is His desire that you shall be "blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world."  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 2]          No human being can work for God in His own power. Christ says, "Without Me ye can do nothing." Those who surrender body, mind, and spirit into the hands of God, to be controlled by Him, will see of His salvation.  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 3]          Christ says, "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." Precious is the experience of finding rest. He who does not, day by day, learn lessons from Christ, can not appreciate the suggestions of the Holy Spirit. But he who learns daily of Jesus, making use of every means of grace, grows in the knowledge of God. Under the influence of the Spirit, his heart is filled with the peace and comfort of hope. His faith and trust are strengthened. His development in Christlikeness is apparent to all with whom he comes in contact.  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 4]          The earnest, sincere performance of the work God gives, is the assurance of acceptance with Him. His word is "Go, . . . teach all nations;" and to the command is added the promise, "Lo, I am with you alway." The Lord requires of us nothing that He does not give us power to perform. The disciples obeyed the command to bear witness for Christ, and of their experience we read: "They went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following." Of you as well as of the disciples these words may be spoken.  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 5]         Do not think that you have received all the spiritual help you need. And do not think that you can obtain spiritual blessings without complying with the conditions that God has laid down. James and John thought that for the asking they could have the highest place in the kingdom of heaven. O how far short they fell of understanding! They did not realize that before they could share Christ's glory, they must wear His yoke and bear His burdens. Those who strive for the crown of eternal life have a race to run, a battle to fight. The cross comes before the crown.  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 6]          "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name, which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God." Self-righteousness finds no credit in God's sight. "And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only-begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth. . . . And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace." God satisfies the yearning desire of His children for peace and holiness. He opens the eyes of their understanding to see the truths of His Word. Thus they are strengthened and established. And while they rest in His love, they are "steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord."  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 7]          "And we beheld His glory." It is this beholding that the apostle Paul speaks of in the words, "We all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory,"--from character to character,--"even as by the Spirit of the Lord." He who commanded the light to shine out of darkness sheds light into the mind of every one who beholds Him, every one who loves Him supremely and shows unswerving faith and trust in Him. The heart is filled with the light that shines in the face of Jesus Christ, and with this light comes spiritual discernment,--the knowledge of the glory of God.  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 8]          Our safety is in beholding Christ. When self is the object of worship, when, filled with self-exaltation, men bow to their own image, losing sight of Christ, they are in fearful danger. Christ is the light of the world. Turn your face from Him, and you walk in darkness. Keep your eyes fixed on His perfection, and you walk in the light of heaven. Through the power of the manifestation of divine glory, you constantly increase in spiritual understanding.  {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, March 26, 1902 par. 9]          "And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that ye may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ; being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God." "The very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, March 26, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 1]       April 2, 1902 The Curse of Drunkenness.         Woe unto them that are mighty to drink wine, and men of strength to mingle strong drink; which justify the wicked for reward, and take away the righteousness of the righteous from him! Therefore as the fire devoureth the stubble, and the flame consumeth the chaff, so their root shall be as rottenness, and their blossom shall go up as dust; because they have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel."  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 2]          Notwithstanding thousands of years of experience and progress, the same dark blot that stained the first pages of history remains to disfigure our modern civilization. Drunkenness, with all its woe, is found wherever we go. The resolve to turn God's blessings into a curse was formed in the councils of the enemy, and by him insinuated into the minds of human beings under his control. He has laid his plans with subtlety and craft. Close by our doors are his death-traps. On the corner of almost every street in our large cities is a saloon, made as attractive as possible, to tempt the weak and unwary.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 3]          The command, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself," places on man the responsibility of being his brother's keeper, not his destroyer; of leading him to God, not away from God. But men who occupy high positions of trust in the world, who have pledged themselves to work for the good of the people, violate the principles of right by licensing the sale of that which they know to be a deadly evil.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 4]          Under the bewitching power of temptation, man indulges an appetite that knows no restraint, is subject to no control. With trembling eagerness, he seizes the glass held out to him by the liquor-seller, and one taste sweeps away every good resolution. He sells his reason for a glass of rum; he is unable to distinguish between right and wrong; cruelty and murder take possession of his soul; utterly unconscious of his actions, he lifts his hand to do a deed from which, in his sober moments, he would shrink with horror. He is arrested, and those who legalized the sale of that which changed him from a sane man into a madman, are now called upon to pass sentence upon him. He is sent to prison, leaving behind him, very likely, a wife and children to wrestle with poverty and hardship. Let men think seriously of these things; let them beware lest they have the blood of their fellow-men on their hands. There is a higher tribunal than the tribunals of earth--a tribunal before which every man must stand to answer for the deeds done in the body.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 5]          "Come now, and let us reason together saith the Lord; though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool. If ye be willing and obedient, ye shall eat the good of the land; but if ye refuse and rebel, ye shall be devoured with the sword; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it. How is the faithful city become an harlot! it was full of judgment; righteousness lodged in it; but now murderers. Thy silver is become dross, thy wine mixed with water; thy princes are rebellious, and companions of thieves; every one loveth gifts, and followeth after rewards; they judge not the fatherless, neither doth the cause of the widow come unto them."  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 6]          "The destruction of the transgressors and the sinners shall be together; and they that forsake the Lord shall be consumed. For they shall be ashamed of the oaks which ye have desired, and ye shall be confounded for the gardens that ye have chosen." In some cities there are grounds, made attractive by flowers and music, in which all kinds of intoxicating liquors are sold. The time will come when the prophecy shall be fulfilled, "Ye shall be as an oak whose leaf fadeth, and as a garden that hath no water. And the strong shall be as tow, and the maker of it as a spark, and they shall both burn together, and none shall quench them."  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 7]          The Lord says to liquor-dealers, "Your hands are full of blood. Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of your doings from before Mine eyes; cease to do evil; learn to do well; seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the fatherless, plead for the widow."  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 8]          On the books of heaven, the liquor-dealer is charged with the sins that those to whom he sold liquor were led to commit while under its influence. Look at the drunkard, you who place the bottle to your neighbor's lips. Look well at your work. That man gave you money, and in return you gave him that which placed him lower than the beasts. The luster has gone from his eye; his brain is paralyzed; and his muscles left without control. Reeling from side to side, he staggers along the street,--a specimen of your handiwork. If drunkenness were not so common, the indignation of the bystanders would be excited, and steps would be taken to stop the sale of liquor.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 9]          A demon-power is at work in our world, sowing seeds which spring up and yield an abundant harvest. At a railway station a wrong signal is given, there is a collision, and many lives are lost. And when investigation is made, it is found that the one whose work it was to give the signal, had been drinking. A vessel, freighted with precious souls, goes down at sea; and from the survivors it is learned that at the time of the accident those in charge of the vessel were intoxicated.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 10]          The terrible results of drunkenness,--the accidents, the suffering of women and children, the revolting crimes committed, the transmission of evil from generation to generation,--are traced by God to the men in positions of power, who could do much to remedy the evil. It is their duty to employ every legitimate means for putting an end to the liquor traffic.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, April 2, 1902 par. 11]          The drunkard is a slave to habit; but instead of coming to his relief, instead of breaking the chains that bind him, his fellow-men continue to legalize the sale of that which makes him what he is. Only Satan could so harden the heart. Men see their fellow-men sinking deeper and deeper in degradation, yet they make no effort to help them, no effort to place temptation out of their reach. Under the sanction of the law, the infamous traffic goes on, and men fall lower and lower. What would we think of men who could watch a shipwreck without making any effort to save those on board? But even more hardhearted are those who uphold the traffic that makes men drunkards.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, April 2, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 1]      April 9, 1902 The Crucifixion of Self.         The most hopeless, the most incurable of all sins is pride, self-sufficiency. This sin stands in the way of all advancement, all growth in grace. It has caused the ruin of thousands and thousands of souls. A man may be a great sinner, but if he realizes that he has sinned against God, if he repents and confesses his sin, and strives to make restitution for the past, he will receive forgiveness. God declares, "Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out." His promise to the contrite, repentant soul is, "Tho your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; tho they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool."  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 2]          But when a man is so filled with self-sufficiency that he can not see his faults, how can he be cleansed from sin? "They that be whole need not a physician." How can a man improve when he thinks his ways perfect? Self-sufficiency was the ruin of the leaders of Israel. They did not come to Christ, because they did not think they needed a Saviour. They refused to admit that they cherished sins which needed to be repented of and forsaken.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 3]          Many, many Christians are lacking in power because they are self-sufficient, because they do not feel the need of an abiding Christ. They suffer great loss; and the world, in need of their testimony, also suffers great loss. Lying in the darkness of error, the world needs the light which those who claim to love and serve God, should reflect. But many who stand as witnesses of the Saviour exalt self. Jesus is hidden by poor, selfish humanity. The world does not see the pure, holy example that should be a bright and shining light amid its darkness.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 4]          Some feel that in their Christian experience they have need of nothing more, that they are "rich and increased with goods." Could they see themselves as God sees them, they would acknowledge that they are "wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked." To such the True Witness says, "I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire,"--the gold of faith and love,--"that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment,"--the robe of Christ's righteousness,--"that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see."  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 5]          Let no one who reads this description become discouraged and say, "If this is my condition, I can never be an acceptable witness for Christ." Take the Word of God, and search its pages as never before, that you may learn what it means to be a Christian. You need not be discouraged; for the One who died to save you declares, "Ye shall receive power,"--power to overcome self and selfishness, power to reveal Christ as He is, full of grace and truth.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 6]          In order to work for God successfully, we must die to self, surrendering all to God. In words of great tenderness, Christ invites us, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." When you respond to this invitation, when you learn what it means to find rest by lifting the cross and bearing it after the Lord, you will be true witnesses for Him. But until this lesson is learned, self will appear, and Jesus will be kept in the background.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 7]          Come to Christ, and His gentleness and love will break down the harsh, cold selfishness that prevents you from revealing Him to the world. Your hasty temper will be subdued, your pride expelled. Jesus will fill your heart with His gentleness, His patience, His love. Then you can lift Him up before sinners. Working for Him, you will lose all thought of self. For His dear sake you will be willing to endure shame and reproach.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 8]          The Lord says, "Only acknowledge thine iniquity, that thou hast transgressed against the Lord thy God." "Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean; from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you."  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 9]          We must have a knowledge of ourselves, a knowledge that results in contrition, before we can find pardon and peace. It is only he who knows himself to be a sinner that Christ can save. We must know our true condition, or we shall not feel our need of Christ's help. We must understand our danger, or we shall not flee to the refuge. We must feel the pain of our wounds, or we shall not desire healing.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 10]          Are you willing to cast down the idols you have cherished? Are you willing to let Jesus enter the heart to cleanse it from all that defiles? Are you at all times and under all circumstances, obtaining the mastery over yourself? Can you say, "For me to live is Christ," I am His? Whatever I have, of time, or strength, or influence, all is His? Are you representing Him by your forbearance, your patience, your unselfishness? Are you learning to be like Him?  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 11]          God's word to us is, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." He calls upon every one to crucify self. Those who respond grow strong in Him. They learn daily from Christ, and the more they learn, the greater is their desire to build up God's kingdom by helping their fellow-men. The more enlightenment they have, the greater is their desire to enlighten others. The more they talk with God, the less they live to themselves. The greater their privileges, opportunities, and facilities for Christian work, the greater is the obligation they feel to work for others.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 12]          Human nature is ever struggling for expression. He who is made complete in Christ must first be emptied of pride, of self-sufficiency. Then there is silence in the soul, and God's voice can be heard. Then the Spirit can find unobstructed entrance. Let God work in and through you. Then with Paul you can say, "I live; yet not I but Christ liveth in me." But until self is laid on the altar, until we let the Holy Spirit mould and fashion us according to the divine similitude, we can not reach God's ideal for us.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 13]          Christ said, "I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly." This life is what we must have in order to work for Christ, and we must have it "more abundantly." God will breathe this life into every soul that dies to self. But entire self-renunciation is required. Unless this takes place, we carry with us that which destroys our happiness and usefulness.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, April 9, 1902 par. 14]          The Lord needs men and women who carry with them into the daily life the light of a godly example, men and women whose words and actions show that Christ is abiding in the heart, teaching, leading, and guiding. He needs men and women of prayer, who, by wrestling alone with God, obtain the victory over self, and then go forth to impart to others that which they have received from the Source of power. God accepts those who crucify self, and makes them vessels unto honor. They are in His hands as clay in the hands of the potter, and He works His will through them. Such men and women receive spiritual power. Christ lives in them, and the power of His Spirit attends their efforts. They realize that they are to live in this world the life that Jesus lived,--a life free from all selfishness; and He enables them to bear witness for Him that draws souls to the cross of Calvary.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, April 9, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 1]       April 16, 1902 The Love of Christ for His Children.         The love of Christ is a golden chain binding finite human beings to the infinite God. This love passes our knowledge. Human science can not explain it. Human wisdom can not fathom it. The more we feel the influence of this love, the more Christlike we shall be. Paul's prayer for the Ephesians was: "That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God."  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 2]          Writing to the church at Rome, Paul declares: "I am persuaded that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 3]          The Lord's children are never absent from His mind. Even the birds are the objects of His tender solicitude. "Behold the fowls of the air," Christ said; "for they sow not, neither do they reap nor gather into barns; yet your Heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they?" If the Lord cares for the birds, has He not a special care for those who believe in Him? His love and care flow earthward to His children. He knows us by name. He knows the very house in which we live, the name of each occupant. He has at times given directions to His servants to go to a certain street in a certain city, to such a house, to find one of His children.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 4]          Every soul is as fully known to Jesus as if he were the only one for whom the Saviour died. The distress of every one touches His heart. The cry for aid reaches His ear. He came to draw all to Himself. He says, "My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me." He cares for each one as if there were not another on the face of the earth. Each child is loved by Him with a peculiar love.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 5]          To the disciples just before His crucifixion, Christ said, "He that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to Him." Jesus read the future of the disciples. He saw one brought to the scaffold, one to the cross, one to exile among the lonely rocks of the sea, others to persecution and death. He encouraged them with the promise that in every trial He would be with them. That promise has lost none of its force. The Lord knows all about His faithful servants who for His sake are lying in prison or who are banished to lonely islands. He comforts them with His own presence. When for the truth's sake the believer stands at the bar of unrighteous tribunals, Christ stands by his side. All the reproaches that fall on him, fall on Christ. Christ is condemned over again in the person of His disciple. When one is incarcerated in prison walls, Christ ravishes the heart with His love. When one suffers death for His sake, Christ says, "I am He that liveth and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forevermore, . . . and have the keys of hell and of death." The life that is sacrificed for Me is preserved unto eternal glory.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 6]          Circumstances may separate friends; the restless waters of the wide sea may roll between us and them. But no circumstance, no distance, can separate us from the Comforter. Wherever we may be, He is at our right hand, to support, sustain, uphold, and cheer. Greater than the love of a mother for her child, is the Saviour's love for His redeemed. It is our privilege to rest in this love; to say, "I will trust Him; for He gave His life for me."  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 7]          Jesus is our strength and happiness. He is the great storehouse from which we may draw grace and power. How grieved He is when, after He has declared His willingness to help us, we withdraw our eyes from His sufficiency to behold and bemoan our weakness. We are to keep our eyes fixed upon Him. Has He not promised that His strength shall be made perfect in our weakness? Receiving and imparting His blessings, we grow in grace, increasing in strength and holiness.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 8]          For every service we perform, the Lord has pledged His word to reward us, not because it is a debt He owes us, but because His heart is full of love, full of mercy and tenderness. He promises to repay us a hundred-fold in this life, and in the world to come give us life everlasting. But how many there are who spend their days in gloom and discouragement, looking at the dark side of their experience, forgetting that angels of heaven are waiting to cooperate with them, waiting to make them channels of blessing to the world.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 9]          Listen to Christ's words of comfort, spoken to His sorrowing disciples, and to every sorrowing child of His; "Let not your heart be troubled; ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 10]          In words of tenderness Christ invites us; "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." Lay all your cares upon Me, He says, I will carry them for you.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 11]          In these words Christ is speaking to every human being. Whether they know it or not, all are weary and heavy laden. All are weighed down with burdens that only Christ can remove. The heaviest burden that we bear is the burden of sin. If we were left to bear this burden, it would crush us. But the sinless One has taken our place. "The Lord hath laid upon Him the iniquity of us all." He has borne the burden of our guilt. He will take the load from our weary shoulders. He will give us rest. The burden of our care and sorrow also He will bear. He invites us to cast our cares upon Him; for He carries us upon His heart. Not until we stand face to face with God, when we shall see as we are seen and know as we are known, shall we know how many burdens the Saviour has borne for us, and how many burdens He would have been glad to bear, had we brought them to Him.  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 12]          The Elder Brother of our race is by the eternal throne. He looks upon every soul who is turning his face to Him as the Saviour. He knows by experience what are the weaknesses of humanity, what are our wants, and where lies the strength of our temptations; for "He was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." "Come unto Me," is His invitation. The weaker and more helpless you know yourself to be, the stronger you will become in His strength. "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."  {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, April 16, 1902 par. 13]          Human love may change, but Christ's love knows no change. When we cry to Him for help, His hand is stretched out to save. "The mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but My kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of My peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee."                                                     Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, April 16, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 1]       April 23, 1902 Child-Training.         There is a great work to be done for the Lord. Let not parents forget that their part of this work begins in the home. This is their first field of missionary effort. When they show that they know how to manage their own children, they give evidence that they are prepared to take part in church work.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 2]          Parents, you are under a solemn obligation to train your children for God. They are His heritage, and to you is given the work of preparing them for acceptance as members of the royal family. You are to give your children such a training that as they grow older, they will take part in the work of the Lord. They are to be taught to be burden-bearers. As they grow older, they will become more and more useful, better fitted to bear their share of the burdens of life.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 3]          Children are to be taught to be respectful to their parents and to one another. Thus they learn to be respectful to God. They are to be taught to appreciate the abilities God has given them, and to remember that Christ's love for them calls for the surrender of all to Him. They are to be taught to do right because it is right; to control self, to be kind, loving, and gentle; to forget self in the effort to help others.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 4]          Parents, do all in your power to keep disagreements out of the home circle. If the children quarrel, remind them that God has said, "Let not the sun go down upon your wrath." Teach them never to let the sun go down on angry feelings or sin unconfessed. Teach them that harmony should reign in the home, even as it reigns in heavens.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 5]          In dealing with your children, reveal God's justice and His mercy. Repress every harsh word. Remember that fretting and scolding are as injurious to your children as profanity, and that too much management is as bad as no management at all. Be firm, but let no loud, angry words escape your lips. Rule your children with tenderness and compassion, remembering that "their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven." If you desire the angels to do for your children the work given them by God, co-operate with them by doing your part. Work with loving tenderness; for this is the way Christ works.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 6]          Remember that your child has rights which should be respected. Be very careful never to bring against him an unjust charge. Never punish him without giving him an opportunity to explain. Listen patiently to his troubles and perplexities. Never tell others in his hearing of his faults, or of his clever sayings or doings. Even in the presence of his brothers and sisters these things should not be spoken of. By speaking of his bright words and acts, you encourage self-confidence. By speaking of his faults, you humiliate him without softening him. Hatred springs up in his heart against your course, which he regards as cruel and unjust.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 7]          Remember that during their whole lifetime your children will bear the impress of the instruction they receive from you. Think how far-reaching will be the influence of your efforts to train them aright. The lessons you give them, they will by and by give to their children. The influence you exert over them, they will exert over their little ones.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 8]          Parents who neglect their children in order to do missionary work, make a sad mistake. The course of their untrained, undisciplined children robs them of all influence for good. Parents, do not allow anything to come between you and the work God has given you to do for your little ones. But this will not debar you from doing missionary work outside the home. Teach your children to help other children. With proper instruction they can do much real missionary work. You will find them a great help to you in working for others.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 9]          As parents teach their children, they will themselves learn precious lessons. Thus they gain an education of the highest value. Thus they learn to work for others. They are preparing to do a high and holy work for God, with their children to assist them as His helping hand.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 10]          Remember that your children have been brought into the world without voice or consent on their part, and that they are to be treated with the wisdom and tenderness that their necessities demand. You know the way; your children, young and inexperienced, do not. They are helpless and ignorant. They need wise, careful guidance, that their feet may not stray into forbidden paths. Remember that you are moulding their characters for eternity. Patiently train them to habits of neatness, usefulness and purity. By your example show them the charm of becoming behavior. Do not become weary in your labor of love. The angel of mercy pauses not in his efforts until the last sinner has heard the message of mercy. Patiently, untiringly, work for your little ones. Think how young they are, how much they have to learn. Deal with them gently and lovingly. By the cords of unselfish love bind them to you and to Christ.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 11]          Too often parents give to the world the time and attention that belong to their children. If they would realize the responsibility resting on them, if they would do all in their power for their children, God would work with them, by His Spirit impressing the children's minds. The Lord will not do the work He has given parents to do; but He will be their helper, cooperating with every sincere, unselfish effort they make.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, April 23, 1902 par. 12]          May the Lord impress fathers and mothers with the sacredness of their responsibility. As you unite with the Lord in bringing up your children in His fear, you are preparing for--I was going to say higher responsibilities, but I can not. There is no higher responsibility than the training of children.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, April 23, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 1]       May 7, 1902 "His Glory Shall Be Seen."         From a race of slaves the Israelites were exalted above all peoples, to be the peculiar treasure of the King of kings. God separated them from the world, that He might commit to them a sacred trust. He chose them as depositaries of priceless treasures of truth. He purposed, through them, to preserve among men a knowledge of Himself. Thus the light of heaven was to shine out to a world enshrouded in darkness, and a voice was to be heard appealing to all peoples to turn from their idolatry to serve the living God.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 2]          God's purpose for His people is expressed in the words that Christ spoke to them through Moses: "Thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God," He said; "the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. . . . Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them. Wherefore it shall come to pass, if ye hearken to these judgments, and keep, and do them, that the Lord thy God shall keep unto thee the covenant and the mercy which He sware unto thy fathers; and He will love thee, and bless thee, and multiply thee. . . . Thou shalt be blessed above all people."  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 3]          "Behold," said Moses, "I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law which I set before you this day?"  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 4]          God desired to make His people Israel a praise and a glory. In obedience to His law they would find their wisdom and understanding. He told them that the keeping of His commandments would bring to them an elevation of life and character that even the heathen world would recognize and commend. But Israel did not fulfil God's purpose. They forgot God, and lost sight of their high privilege as His representatives. Through disobedience, they developed a character exactly the opposite of the character He designed they should develop by obedience to His law. While the people were firm in their allegiance to God, His commandments were not grievous; but when they separated from Him and gave their powers to the service of the prince of evil, they became aware of their inability to execute the holy enactments of heaven. The law that had once been their delight, became an unendurable weight.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 5]          The Israelites placed their own mould and superscription upon the truths entrusted to them. Their minds were quickened into activity by selfish ambition. Inspiring them with a power from beneath, Satan infused their minds with subtle sentiments derogatory to God's character. He invented theories by which he ensnared the minds of all classes. Gradually the law of God was lost sight of, the minutiae of formalism taking its place. The Jewish religion became a religion of rites and ceremonies. The religious leaders, laying great stress on their own opinions, and teaching for doctrine the commandments of men, filled the minds of the people with theories and doctrines that were contrary to the law of God.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 6]         Amid the confusing din of voices there was need of a teacher direct from heaven to declare with inspired lips the testing truths so important to every human being. And it was at that time that Christ, seeing the condition of the world, chose to change the order of things. The Commander of all heaven, laying aside His glory, His kingly crown, His royal robe, came to our world, His divinity clothed with humanity, that in His humanity He might touch humanity.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 7]          As a Teacher sent from God, Christ's work was to explain the true significance of the laws of God's government. His work was important; for He sought to present truth in contrast to the many false theories so destructive to the salvation of all who entertained them. He came, not to abrogate the law, but to be in His life a correct expositor of the character of God, which the law revealed. To remove the confusion of opinion existing everywhere concerning the meaning of the law, He Himself lived the law in its purity.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 8]          Christ came as One able to expound the law of God, so long misunderstood and misinterpreted by priests and leaders. He tore away the gloomy framework of error and doubt, tradition and superstition, with which men had surrounded truth and obscured its brightness. Resetting the jewels of truth in the framework of God's law, He caused them to shine in their original, heavenly luster. He taught a religion entirely different from the religion taught by the Pharisees. He showed that true happiness springs from purity of heart. True religion is not a mere theory; it affects the heart, and is expressed in the life by good works.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 9]          If the Jewish nation had received the Teacher sent from God, they would have given up the traditions and maxims handed down from rabbi to rabbi, and accumulating from age to age. If they had hidden God's law in their hearts, if they had given due respect to its sacred principles, it would have exerted a corrective influence on the entire life, and would have remodeled their selfish, avaricious dispositions after the character of God. But instead of following the Great Teacher, they chose to follow their own way. By sinful indulgence they expelled from the heart the love of God and the love of the principles of His holy law. The love of the world filled their hearts, prompting them to disobey.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 10]          With His chosen people the Lord dealt as a loving father deals with a disobedient son. For a thousand years He gave to them blessings and responsibilities, privileges and opportunities. But as a people the Jews failed of fulfilling His purpose; and to others were entrusted the privileges they had abused, the opportunities they had slighted.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 11]          The glorious possibilities set before Israel could be realized only through obedience. The same elevation of character, the same fullness of blessing,--blessing on mind and soul and body, blessing on house and field, blessing for this life and for the life to come,--is possible for us only through obedience.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 12]          In all ages those who have rendered obedience to God have been transformed in character; and in these last days, when iniquity abounds on every hand, our wisdom and understanding before all people will consist in our obedience to the standard of righteousness. The favor of God is promised only to those who obey. "If ye keep My commandants, ye shall abide in My love," the Master declares. Not in great talents, not in great possessions, not in grand appearance, but in humble service to our Maker, is our strength, wisdom, and understanding.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 13]          God has committed a work to His people. Both at home and in the regions beyond, there is work to be done. The truths of the Bible have again become obscured by custom, tradition, and false doctrine. The erroneous teachings of popular theology have made thousands upon thousands of skeptics and infidels. Multitudes have been led to cherish an erroneous conception of God, as the Jews, misled by the errors and traditions of their time, had a false conception of Christ. "Had they known, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory." If we have the Spirit of Christ, and are laborers together with Him, it is ours to carry forward the work that He came to do, ours to reveal to the world the character of God. And His hand is stretched out to save His people in this age from sinking into the formal, Christless state into which the Jewish nation sank.  {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, May 7, 1902 par. 14]          As the Israelites were set as a light to the surrounding nations in the darkness of heathenism, so today every follower of Christ is to be as a light to those whose minds are darkened by sin. To His people Christ is now saying: "Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people; but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising. Lift up thine eyes round about, and see; all they gather themselves together, they come to thee; thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side. Then thou shalt see, and flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee." "For as the earth bringeth forth her bud, and as the garden causeth the things that are sown in it to spring forth; so the Lord God will cause righteousness and praise to spring forth before all the nations."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 7, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 1]      May 14, 1902 "The Unsearchable Riches of  Christ."         Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ; according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love; having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace wherein He hath made us accepted in the beloved."  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 2]          Such are the words in which "Paul the aged," "the prisoner of Jesus Christ," writing from his prison-house at Rome, endeavored to set before his brethren in Ephesus that which he found language inadequate to express in its fulness,--"the unsearchable riches of Christ,"--the treasure of grace freely offered to the fallen sons of men. The plan of redemption was laid by a sacrifice, a gift. Says the apostle: "Ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, tho He was rich, yet for your sakes He became poor, that ye through His poverty might be rich."  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 3]          The first chapter of the Ephesian letter is full of rich encouragement. This scripture sets before us the privileges and the opportunities, the hope and the confidence, given us by and through our Advocate, Jesus Christ the righteous. By Paul's words Christ is uplifted. The apostle desired all to behold the world's Redeemer, "in whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace; wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; having made known unto us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He hath purposed in Himself."  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 4]                                      His Purpose.          God has a purpose for each one. "God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ (by grace ye are saved;) and hath raised us up together, and made us to sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus; that in the ages to come He might show the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Christ Jesus. For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves: it is the gift of God; not of works, lest any man should boast. For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them." These words show us what we may become by striving to fulfill God's purpose.  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 5]         When Adam fell, God's attributes of holiness, justice, and truth could not be changed. And yet He desired to reconcile man with heaven's immutable law. Yearning to save fallen humanity, He sought to devise a plan whereby the sinner need not perish, but might gain everlasting life. Christ, the Eternal Truth, the Light, the Life, the Sovereign of heaven, offered to clothe His divinity with humanity, and give His life as a ransom for the fallen race. God in His wisdom accepted the plan proposed by Christ for the accomplishment of His purpose.  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 6]          A love that passeth all understanding was revealed to save fallen man. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son ［wonderful, wonderful condescension!］, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." God spared not His only-begotten Son, but delivered Him up as a ransom for us, and for a world lying in sin and ignorance.  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 7]                                The Saviour and Teacher.          Christ came to give moral power to man; to elevate, ennoble, and strengthen him. He came to prove the falsity of Satan's charge that God had made a law which man could not keep. While possessing man's nature, Christ kept the Ten Commandments. Thus He proved to the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds and to human beings that it is possible for man perfectly to obey the law. He vindicated God's justice in demanding obedience to His law. Those who accept Christ as their Saviour, becoming partakers of the divine nature, are enabled to follow His example of obedience to every divine precept.  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 8]          Christ came as the Expositor of the prophecies that He Himself had given to His people through holy men of old. He separated the precepts of Jehovah from the maxims and traditions of men. He taught the people that the Ten Commandments are an expression of the truth in all its purity. Of the leaders and teachers of the people He declared: "In vain they do worship Me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men." And to these teachers He said: "Ye have made the commandment of God of none effect by your tradition." "Ye do err, not knowing the Scriptures, nor the power of God."  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 9]          For thirty-three years the Only Begotten of God dwelt among the children of men. He represented the Father, the One full of goodness, mercy, and truth, the One touched ever by human woe. During these years Christ finished the great work that He came to accomplish. He became the propitiation for the sins of every one who believes on Him.  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 10]                                Reconciling Man to God.          Justice and mercy were reconciled by Christ's sacrifice. At the cross, Mercy and Truth met together; Righteousness and Peace embraced each other. Through the sacrifice of Christ, Mercy is reaching out, offering to cleanse man from his unrighteousness. Thus is fulfilled the everlasting purpose of God. Man may accept the great gift of redemption, and co-operate with God, his own will being conformed to God's will.  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 11]          Between unholy man, and God, the embodiment of holiness, there can be no companionship. The prophet Habakkuk declares that God is "of purer eyes than to behold evil, and can not look on iniquity." But Christ "gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity," and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. Christ is the Sin-Bearer. He bears the iniquity of all who repent and believe, all who accept His robe of righteousness. For our sake the Innocent is pronounced guilty, while through His merits the guilty are pronounced innocent. Repentant sinners may be "filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding," that they may "walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and long-suffering with joyfulness."  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 12]          The great heart of infinite Love is drawn toward the sinner with boundless compassion. "We have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins." Yes, only believe that God is your helper. He wants to restore His moral image in man. As you draw near to Him with confession and repentance, He will draw near to you with mercy and forgiveness. We owe the Lord everything. He is the author of our salvation. As you work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, "it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure."  {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, May 14, 1902 par. 13]                             The Boundlessness of God's Love.          All the paternal love which has come down from generation to generation through the channel of human hearts, all the springs of tenderness which have opened in the souls of men are but as a tiny rill to the boundless ocean, when compared with the infinite, exhaustless love of God. Tongue can not utter it; pen can not portray it. You may meditate upon it every day of your life; you may search the Scriptures diligently in order to understand it; you may summon every power and capability that God has given you, in the endeavor to comprehend the love and compassion of the Heavenly Father; and yet there is an infinity beyond. You may study that love for ages; yet you can never fully comprehend the length and the breadth, the depth and the height, of the love of God in giving His Son to die for the world. Eternity itself can never fully reveal it. Yet as we study the Bible, and meditate upon the life of Christ and the plan of redemption, these great themes will open to our understanding more and more. And it will be ours to realize the blessing which Paul desired for the Ephesian church, when He prayed "that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the Spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him; the eyes of your understanding being enlightened, that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of His power to us-ward who believe."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 14, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 1]       May 21, 1902 Mercy.         God's love for the fallen race is a peculiar manifestation of love,--a love born of mercy; for human beings are all undeserving. Mercy implies the imperfection of the object toward which it is shown. It was because of sin that mercy was brought into active exercise.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 2]         Sin is not the object of God's love, but of His hatred. But He loves and pities the sinner. The erring sons and daughters of Adam are the children of His redemption. Through the gift of His Son He has revealed toward them His infinite love and mercy. He "so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 3]                              Receiving that We May Give.          "Be ye therefore merciful, as your Father also is merciful." Mercy is an attribute that the human agent may share with God. As did Christ, so man may lay hold on the divine arm and be in communication with divine power. To us has been given a service of mercy to perform for our fellow-man. In performing this service, we are laboring together with God. We do well, then, to be merciful, even as our Father in heaven is merciful.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 4]          "I will have mercy," God says, "and not sacrifice." Mercy is kind, pitiful. Mercy and the love of God purify the soul, beautify the heart, and cleanse the life from selfishness. Mercy is a manifestation of divine love, and is shown by those who, identified with God, serve Him by reflecting the light of heaven upon the pathway of their fellow-creatures.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 5]          The condition of many persons calls for the exercise of genuine mercy. Christians, in their dealing with one another, are to be controlled by principles of mercy and love. They are to improve every opportunity for helping fellow-beings in distress. The duty of every Christian is plainly outlined in the words: "Judge not, and ye shall not be judged: condemn not, and ye shall not be condemned: forgive, and ye shall be forgiven: give, and it shall be given unto you; good measure, pressed down, and shaken together, and running over." "As ye would that men should do to you, do ye also to them likewise." These are the principles that we shall do well to cherish.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 6]                       We Receive Mercy as We Bestow Mercy.          Let those who desire to perfect a Christlike character ever keep in view the cross on which Christ died a cruel death in order to redeem mankind. Let them ever cherish the same merciful spirit that led the Saviour to make an infinite sacrifice for our redemption. Let not those who themselves have sinned against God, refuse to forgive a repentant sinner. Just as they deal with a fellow-being who is in spirit or in action has done wrong and has afterward repented, so God will deal with them for their defects of character. He who does not show mercy to his fellow-men can not expect to be shielded by the mercy of God. He himself is dependent on the mercy that God has enjoined him to exercise in seeking to restore every unsaved soul brought within the sphere of his influence. If he refuses to cultivate this divine grace, he himself will suffer the result of his neglect. Sometime, when he is in need of the mercy of God and of his fellow-men, he will find himself beyond mercy.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 7]          The attributes of mercy and love are nearly lost from the hearts of many, many members of the church. We should remember that all make mistakes: even men and women who have had years of experience sometimes err; but God does not cast them off because of their errors; to every erring son and daughter of Adam He gives the privilege of another trial. The true follower of Jesus manifests a Christlike spirit toward his erring brother. Instead of speaking in condemnation, he remembers the words, "He which converteth the sinner from the error of his way shall save a soul from death, and shall hide a multitude of sins."  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 8]                            The Need and Effect of Mercy.          In the church militant, men will be ever in need of restoration from the results of sin. The one who in some respects is superior to another is in other respects inferior to him. Every human being is subject to temptation, and in need of brotherly interest and sympathy. The exercise of mercy in our daily relations with one another is one of the most effective means of attaining perfection of character; for only those who walk with Christ can be truly merciful.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 9]          The merciful "shall obtain mercy." "The liberal soul shall be made fat; and he that watereth shall be watered also himself." There is sweet peace for the compassionate spirit, a blessed satisfaction in the life of self-forgetful service for the good of others.  {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, May 21, 1902 par. 10]          He who was given his life to God in ministry to His children, is linked with Him who has all the resources of the universe at His command. By the golden chain of the immutable promises his life is bound up with the life of God. The Lord will not fail him in the hour of suffering and need. "My God shall supply all your need according to His riches in glory by Christ Jesus." And in the hour of final need the merciful shall find refuge in the mercy of the compassionate Saviour, and by Him shall be received into everlasting habitations.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, May 21, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, May 28, 1902 par. 1]       May 28, 1902 "The Will of God Concerning  You."         This is the will of God concerning you, even your sanctification." Great possibilities, high and holy attainments, are within our reach. Sanctification means perfect love, perfect obedience, entire conformity to God's will. It means an unreserved surrender to Him. It means to be pure and unselfish, without spot or blemish.  {ST, May 28, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, May 28, 1902 par. 2]          From eternity God has chosen us to be His obedient children. He gave His Son to die for us, that we might be sanctified through His grace. Continual progress in knowledge and virtue is His purpose for us. His law is the echo of His own voice, giving to all the invitation, "Come up higher. Be holy, holier still." Every day we may advance in perfection of Christian character. For this Christ clothed His divinity with humanity. For this He came to the earth, and lived a life of suffering and privation.  {ST, May 28, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, May 28, 1902 par. 3]          But let no one think that it is possible for human beings in their own power to reach the ideal that God presents before them. Our hearts are evil, and we can not change them. "Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean?--Not one." "The carnal mind is enmity against God; for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be." Education, culture, the exercise of the will, human effort, all have their proper sphere; but here they are powerless. They may produce an outward correctness of behavior, but they can not change the heart; they can not purify the soul. There must be a power working from within, a new life from above, before man can be changed from sin to holiness. That power is Christ. His grace alone can quicken the lifeless faculties of the soul, and attract it to God, to holiness.  {ST, May 28, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, May 28, 1902 par. 4]                               He Saves to the Uttermost.          The one great lesson all must learn,--the poor sinner dead in trespasses and sins, and the professing Christian, who has known Christ, but has clung to his sins,--is that Christ will save to the uttermost all who come to Him. "Him that cometh to Me," He says, "I will in no wise cast out." The poor, the suffering, the sinful, may find in Christ all they need. As soon as they receive Jesus as their personal Saviour, the cries of distress and woe are changed to songs of praise and thanksgiving.  {ST, May 28, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, May 28, 1902 par. 5]          When the sinner feels his need of the Sun of Righteousness, when he comes to Jesus, saying, "Lord, I am sinful, unworthy, hopeless, and helpless; save me, or I perish," he is accepted in the Beloved. He learns what it means to sit in heavenly places in Christ Jesus. God says, "Let there be light," and there is light. The heart once darkened by sin is irradiated by the presence of Him who is the light of life.  {ST, May 28, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, May 28, 1902 par. 6]          God is ever seeking to bring human minds into association with the divine. He offers us the privilege of co-operation with Christ in revealing His grace to the world, that we may receive an increased knowledge of heavenly things. Looking unto Jesus, we obtain brighter and more distinct views of God, and beholding, we become changed. Goodness, love for our fellow-men, becomes our natural instinct. We develop a character that is the counterpart of the divine character. Growing into His likeness, we enlarge our capacity for knowing God. More and more we enter into fellowship with the heavenly world, and we have continually increasing power to receive the riches of the knowledge and wisdom of eternity. "We all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, May 28, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, June 4, 1902 par. 1]       June 4, 1902 The Never-Failing Fountain.         God's inexhaustible supply of grace is awaiting the demand of every soul. It will heal every spiritual disease. By it hearts may be cleansed from all defilement. It unites human beings with Christ, enabling them to walk in the path of willing obedience. Through the influence of the Spirit of God, man is transformed; his taste is refined, his judgment sanctified, his heart cleansed; he becomes complete in Christ. The love that was manifested in the death of Christ awakens in his heart a thankful response. The understanding takes hold of Christ. The beauty and fragrance of His character is revealed in the life, testifying that God has indeed sent His Son into the world. No other power could bring about so wonderful a change.  {ST, June 4, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, June 4, 1902 par. 2]          The words of Christ will fall with living power upon obedient hearts; the perfect image of God will be reproduced, and in heaven it will be said, "Ye are complete in Him."  {ST, June 4, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, June 4, 1902 par. 3]          Realizing that he lacks wisdom and experience, the Christian places himself under the training of the great Teacher, knowing that only thus can he attain perfection. And the indwelling of the Spirit enables him to reveal Christlikeness. Daily he becomes better able to comprehend spiritual things. Each day of diligent labor finds him at its close better fitted to help others. Abiding in Christ, he bears much fruit.  {ST, June 4, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, June 4, 1902 par. 4]          "This is the will of God concerning you even your sanctification." Is this your will also? Do you long after God, yea, pant after Him, as the hart pants after the water brooks? The world's pleasure and power will pass away; but the life spent in doing the will of God will abide forever. The results of the efforts put forth to uplift humanity will endure through all eternity.  {ST, June 4, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, June 4, 1902 par. 5]         As the sinner, drawn by the love of Christ, approaches the cross, and prostrates himself before it, there is a new creation. A new heart is given him. He becomes a new creature in Christ Jesus. Holiness finds that it has nothing more to require. God Himself is "the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus." And "whom He justified, them He also  glorified." Great as is the shame and degradation through sin, even greater will be the honor and exaltation through redeeming love. To human beings  striving for conformity to the divine image, there is imparted an outlay of heavenly treasures, an excellency of power, that will place them higher than even the angels who have never sinned.  {ST, June 4, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, June 4, 1902 par. 6]          Those who consecrate their lives to the service of God will live with Him through the ceaseless ages of eternity. "God Himself shall be with them, and be their God." "They shall see His face, and His name shall be in their foreheads." In this world their minds were given to God; they served Him with the heart and intellect, and now He can put His name in their foreheads. They do not go into the holy city as those who have no place there; for Christ says to them, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." "And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying; neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, June 4, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 1]       June 18, 1902 Prayer.         Prayer is communion with God. It is the opening of the heart to God as to a friend. Not that it is necessary in order to make known to God what we are, but in order to enable us to receive Him. Prayer does not bring God down to us, but brings us up to Him.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 2]          Jesus Himself, while He dwelt among men, was often in prayer. Prayer went before and sanctified every act of His ministry. It was by prayer that He was braced for duty and for trial. He is a brother in our infirmities, "in all points tempted like as we are;" but as the sinless One, His nature recoiled from evil; He endured struggles and torture of soul in a world of sin. His humanity made prayer a necessity and a privilege. He found comfort and joy in communion with His Father. And if the Saviour of men, the Son of God, felt the need of prayer, how much more should feeble, sinful mortals feel the necessity of fervent, constant prayer.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 3]          God longs to bestow on us the blessings of His grace. He has a deep, earnest desire for our happiness. He says, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." He urges us to present our needs. His heart of love is filled with a longing desire to bring us into close touch with Him.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 4]                              Do Not Be Afraid to Go to Him.          Do not entertain the thought that because you have made mistakes, because your life has been darkened by errors, your Heavenly Father does not love you and will not hear you when you pray. He says, "Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out." "The Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy." His heart of love is touched by our sorrows, and even by our utterance of them. Take to Him everything that perplexes the mind. Nothing is too great for Him to bear; for He holds up worlds, He rules over the affairs of the universe. Nothing that in any way concerns our peace is too small for Him to notice. There is no chapter in our experience too dark for Him to read; there is no perplexity too difficult for Him to unravel. None have fallen so low, none are so vile, that they can not find deliverance in Christ. The demoniacs of Gadara, in the place of prayer could utter only the words of Satan; but yet the heart's unspoken appeal was heard. No cry from a soul in need is unheeded.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 5]          The ear of the Lord is open to the cry of every suppliant. Even before the prayer is offered or the yearning desire of the soul made known, the Spirit of God goes forth to meet it. Never has there been a genuine desire, never a tear shed in contrition of soul, but grace from Christ has gone forth to meet the grace working upon the human heart.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 6]                                    The Opened Way.          Christ has opened the way for us to approach God. He says, "Make use of My name. It will be your passport to the heart of My Father and to all the riches of His grace. 'Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in My name, He will give it you. . . . Ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full.'" In Christ's name His followers are to stand before God. Through the value of the sacrifice made for them, they are of value in the Lord's sight. Because of the imputed righteousness of Christ, they are accounted precious. For Christ's sake the Lord pardons those that fear Him. He does not see in them the vileness of the sinner; He recognizes in them the likeness of His Son, in whom they believe.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 7]          True prayer brings power. Prayer has "subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions, quenched the violence of fire,"--we shall know what this means when we hear the reports of the martyrs who were burned for their faith,--"turned to flight the armies of the aliens."  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 8]          We shall hear about these victories when the Captain of our salvation, the King of heaven, opens the record before those of whom John writes: "These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple; and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes."  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 9]                       Freshness and Progress in Religious Life.          If we keep the Lord ever before us, allowing our hearts to go out in thanksgiving and praise to Him, we shall have a continual freshness in our religious life. Our prayers will take the form of conversation with God, as we would talk with a friend. He will speak His mysteries to us personally. Often there will come to us a sweet, joyful sense of the presence of Jesus. Often our hearts will burn within us, as He draws nigh to commune with us as He did with Enoch. When this is in truth the experience of the Christian, there are seen in his life simplicity, humility, meekness, and lowliness of heart, that show to all with whom he associates that he has been with Jesus, and has learned of Him.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 10]          Every sincere prayer is heard in heaven. It may not be fluently expressed; but if the heart is in it, it will ascend to the sanctuary where Jesus ministers, and He will present it to the Father, beautiful and fragrant with the incense of His love.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 11]          How wonderful it is that we can pray effectually; that unworthy, erring mortals possess the power of offering their requests to God. What higher power can man require than this,--to be linked with the infinite God? Feeble, sinful man has the privilege of speaking to his Maker. He utters words that reach the throne of the Monarch of the universe.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 12]          The cry of the soul can not die away into silence, nor can it be lost. It rises above the din of the street, above the noise of machinery, to the heavenly courts. It is to God we are speaking, and the prayer is heard.  {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, June 18, 1902 par. 13]          The rainbow about the throne is an assurance that God is true, that in Him is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. We have sinned against Him, and are undeserving of His favor; yet He Himself has put into our lips that most wonderful of pleas, "Do not abhor us, for Thy name's sake; do not disgrace the throne of Thy glory; remember, break not Thy covenant with us." When we come to Him confessing our unworthiness and sin, He has pledged Himself to give heed to our cry. The honor of His throne is staked for the fulfilment of His Word unto us.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, June 18, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 1]       June 25, 1902 What the Word of God Is to Us.         God has given us His Word as a lamp to our feet and a light to our path. Its teachings have a vital bearing on our prosperity in all the relations of life. Even in our temporal affairs it will be a wiser guide than any other counselor. Its divine instruction is the only way to success. There is no social position, no phase of human experience, for which the study of the Bible is not an essential preparation.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 2]          The Bible is the great standard of right and wrong, clearly defining sin and holiness. Its living principles, running through our lives like threads of gold, are our only safeguard in trial and temptation.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 3]          The Bible is a chart, showing us the waymarks of truth. Those who are acquainted with this chart will be enabled to tread with certainty in the path of duty, wherever they may be called to go.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 4]          The Bible contains a simple and complete system of theology and philosophy. It is the book that makes us wise unto salvation. It tells us how to reach the abodes of eternal happiness. It tells us of the love of God as shown in the plan of redemption, imparting the knowledge essential for all,--the knowledge of Christ. He is the Sent of God; He is the Author of our salvation. But apart from the Word of God, we could have no knowledge that such a person as the Lord Jesus ever visited our world, nor any knowledge of His divinity, as indicated by His previous existence with the Father.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 5]          The Bible was not written for the scholar alone; on the contrary, it was designed for the common people. The great truths necessary for our salvation are made as clear as noonday, and none will mistake and lose their way except those who follow their own judgment instead of the plainly revealed will of God.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 6]          The Word of God strikes at every wrong trait of character, moulding the whole man, internally and externally, abasing his pride and self-exaltation, leading him to bring the Spirit of Christ into the smaller as well as the larger duties of life. It teaches him to be unswerving in his allegiance to justice and purity, and at the same time always to be kind and compassionate.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 7]          The appreciation of the Bible grows with its study. Whichever way the student may turn, he will find displayed the infinite wisdom and love of God. To him who is truly converted, the Word of God is the joy and consolation of the life. The Spirit of God speaks to him, and his heart becomes like a watered garden.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 8]                              A Strengthener of Intellect.          There is nothing more calculated to strengthen the intellect than a study of the Bible. No other book is so potent to elevate the thoughts, to give vigor to the faculties, as the broad, ennobling truths of the Bible. If God's Word were studied as it should be, men would have a breadth of mind, a nobility of character, that is rarely seen in these times.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 9]         No knowledge is so firm, so consistent, so far-reaching, as that obtained from a study of the Word of God. If there were not another book in the wide world, the Word of God, lived out through the grace of Christ, would make man perfect in this world, with a character fitted for the future, immortal life. Those who study the Word, taking it in faith as the truth, and receiving it into the character, will be complete in Him who is all and in all. Thank God for the possibilities set before humanity.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 10]          "Whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope." "Meditate upon these things; give thyself wholly to them; that thy profiting may appear to all." "For all flesh is as grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withereth, and the flower thereof falleth away; but the word of the Lord endureth forever."  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 11]          The time devoted to a study of God's Word and to prayer will bring a hundred-fold in return.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 12]          The Word of God is the living seed, and as this seed is sown in the mind, the human agent must give diligent care to the successive stages of its growth. How is this to be done?--After the Word has been prayerfully received, it is to be cherished, and practised in the daily life. It is to spring up and bear fruit, putting forth first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 13]                                  The Spirit Necessary.          It is not enough to study the Bible as other books are studied. In order for it to be understood savingly, the Holy Spirit must move on the heart of the searcher. The same Spirit that inspired the Word must inspire the reader of the Word. Then will be heard the voice of heaven. "Thy Word, O God, is truth," will be the language of the soul.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 14]          The mere reading of the Word will not accomplish the result designed of Heaven; it must be studied, and cherished in the heart. The knowledge of God is not gained without mental effort. We should diligently study the Bible, asking God for the aid of the Holy Spirit, that we may understand His Word. We should take one verse, and concentrate the mind on the task of ascertaining the thought which God has put in that verse for us. We should dwell on the thought till it becomes our own, and we know "what saith the Lord."  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 15]          There is but little benefit derived from a hasty reading of the Scriptures. One may read the Bible through, and yet fail to see its beauty or to comprehend its deep and hidden meaning. One passage studied until its significance is clear to the mind, and its relation to the plan of salvation is evident, is of more value than the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in view, and no positive instruction gained. Keep your Bible with you. As you have opportunity, read it; fix the texts in your memory. Even while you are walking the streets, you may read a passage, and meditate upon it, thus fixing it in the mind.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 15}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 16]          The life of Christ, that gives life to the world, is in His Word. It was by His word that Jesus healed disease and cast out demons; by His word He stilled the sea, and raised the dead; and the people bore witness that His word was with power. He spoke the word of God, as He had spoken to all the prophets and teachers of the Old Testament. The whole Bible is a manifestation of Christ. It is our source of power.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 16}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 17]         As our physical life is sustained by food, so our spiritual life is sustained by the Word of God. And every soul is to receive life from God's Word for himself. As we must eat for ourselves in order to receive nourishment, so we must receive the Word for ourselves. We are not to obtain it merely through the medium of another mind.  {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 17}
[ST, June 25, 1902 par. 18]          Yes, the Word of God is the bread of life. Those who eat and digest this Word, making it a part of every action and of every attribute of character, grow strong in the strength of God. It gives immortal vigor to the soul, perfecting the experience and bringing joys that will abide forever.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, June 25, 1902 par. 18}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 1]       July 2, 1902 Our Talents.         Christ's followers have been redeemed for service. Our Lord teaches that the true object of life is ministry. Christ Himself was a worker, and to all His followers He gives the law of service,--service to God and to their fellow-men. Here Christ has presented to the world a higher conception of life than they had ever known. By living to minister for others, man is brought into connection with Christ. The law of service becomes the connecting link that binds us to God and to our fellow-men.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 2]          To His servants, Christ commits "His goods,"--something to be put to use for Him. He gives to every man His work, each has his place in the eternal plan of heaven. Each is to work in co-operation with Christ for the salvation of souls. Not more surely is the place prepared for us in the heavenly mansions than is the special place designated on earth where we are to work for God.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 3]          To every man God has given talents, "according to his several ability." The talents are not apportioned capriciously. He who has ability to use five talents receives five. He who can improve but two, receives two. He who can wisely use only one, receives one. None need lament that they have not received larger gifts; for He who has apportioned to every man is equally honored by the improvement of each trust, whether it be great or small. The one to whom five talents have been committed is to render the improvement of five; he who has but one, the improvement of one. God expects returns "according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not."  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 4]          The Power of Speech is a talent that should be diligently cultivated. Of all the gifts we have received from God, none is capable of being a greater blessing than this. With the voice we convince and persuade; with it we offer praise and prayer to God; and with it we tell others of the Redeemer's love. Not one word is to be spoken unadvisedly. No evil-speaking, no frivolous talk, no fretful repining or impure suggestions, will escape the lips of him who is following Christ. The apostle Paul, writing by the Holy Spirit, says, "Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth." A corrupt communication does not mean only words that are vile. It means any expression contrary to holy principles and pure and undefiled religion. It includes impure hints and covert suggestions of evil. Unless instantly resisted, these lead to great sin.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 5]         Upon every family, upon every individual Christian, is laid the duty of barring the way against corrupt speech. When in the company of those who indulge in foolish talk, it is our duty to change the subject of conversation if possible. By the help of the grace of God, we should try to drop words or introduce a subject that will turn the conversation into a profitable channel.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 6]          Our words should be words of praise and thanksgiving. If the mind and heart are full of the love of God, this will be revealed in the conversation. It will not be a difficult matter to impart that which enters into our spiritual life. Great thoughts, noble aspirations, clear perceptions of truth, unselfish purposes, yearnings for piety and holiness, will bear fruit in words that reveal the character of the heart-treasure. When Christ is thus revealed in our speech, it will have a power in winning souls to Him.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 7]          We Should Speak of Christ to those who know Him not. We should do as Christ did. Wherever He was, in the synagogue, by the wayside, in the boat thrust out a little from the land, at the Pharisee's feast or the table of the publican, He spoke to men of the things pertaining to the higher life. The things of nature, the events of daily life, were bound up by Him with the words of truth. The hearts of His hearers were drawn to Him; for He had healed their sick, had comforted their sorrowing ones, and had taken their children in His arms and blessed them. When He opened His lips to speak, their attention was riveted upon Him, and every word was to some soul a savor of life unto life.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 8]          So it should be with us. Wherever we are, we should watch for opportunities to speak to others of the Saviour. If we follow Christ's example in doing good, hearts will open to us as they did to Him. Not abruptly, but with tact born of divine love, we can tell them of Him who is the "chiefest among ten thousand" and the One "altogether lovely." This is the very highest work in which we can employ the talent of speech. It was given us that we might present Christ as the sin-pardoning Saviour.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 9]                                 Influence Is a Talent.          Through Christ, God has invested man with an influence that makes it impossible for him to live to himself. Individually we are connected with our fellow-men, a part of God's great whole, and we stand under mutual obligations. No man can be independent of his fellow-men; for the well-being of each affects others. It is God's purpose that each shall feel himself necessary to others' welfare, and seek to promote their happiness.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 10]          Every soul is surrounded with an atmosphere of its own,--an atmosphere, it may be, charged with the life-giving power of faith, courage, and hope, and sweet with the fragrance of love. Or it may be heavy and chill with the gloom of discontent and selfishness, or poisonous with the deadly taint of cherished sin.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 11]          By the atmosphere surrounding us, every person with whom we come in contact is consciously or unconsciously affected. This is a responsibility from which we can not free ourselves. Our words, our acts, our dress, our deportment, even the expression of the countenance has an influence that no man can measure. Every impulse thus imparted is a seed sown that will produce its harvest. It is a link in the long chain of human events, extending we know not whither. If by our example we aid others in the development of good principles, we give them power to do good; in their turn they exert the same influence upon others, and they upon still others. Thus by our unconscious influence thousands may be blessed.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 12]          Throw a pebble into the lake, and a wave is formed, then another; and another; and as they increase, the circle widens until it reaches the very shore. So with our influence. Beyond our knowledge or control, it tells upon others in blessing or in cursing.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 13]                               Our Time Belongs to God.          Every moment is His, and we are under the most solemn obligation to improve it to His glory. Of no talent He has given will He require a more strict account than of our time.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 14]          Every moment is freighted with eternal consequences. We are to stand as minute-men, ready for service at a moment's notice. The opportunity that is now ours to speak to some needy soul the word of life may never offer again. God may say to that one, "This night thy soul shall be required of thee," and through our neglect he may not be ready. In the great judgment-day, how shall we render our account to God?  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 15]          Christ regarded every moment as precious, and thus we should regard it. Life is too short to be trifled away. We have but a few days of probation in which to prepare for eternity. We have no time to waste, no time to devote to selfish pleasure, no time for the indulgence of sin. It is now that we are to form characters for the future, immortal life. It is now that we are to prepare for the searching judgment.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 15}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 16]                          Talents Used Are Talents Multiplied.          Success is not the result of chance or of destiny; it is the outworking of God's own providence, the reward of faith and discretion, of virtue and persevering effort. The Lord desires us to use every gift we have; and if we do this, we shall have greater gifts to use. He does not supernaturally endow us with the qualifications we lack; but while we use that which we have, He will work with us to increase and strengthen every faculty. By every whole-hearted, earnest sacrifice for the Master's service our power will increase. While we yield ourselves as instruments for the Holy Spirit's working, the grace of God works in us to deny old inclinations, to overcome powerful propensities, and to form new habits. As we cherish and obey the promptings of the Spirit, our hearts are enlarged to receive more and more of His power, and to do more and better work. Dormant energies are roused, and palsied faculties receive new life:  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 16}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 17]          The man who received the one talent "went and digged in the earth, and hid his lord's money." Just what he did, many today are doing. But let them not think that when Christ comes to reckon with His servants, He will be satisfied with the return of that only which was given. He will call for His own "with usury." The Lord expects every one to increase His gifts. Every provision has been made for us to do this. He who does not improve his talents is regarded by the Lord as a slothful, untrustworthy servant, unworthy of admittance into the heavenly courts.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 17}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 18]         The denunciations of God are not confined to the most revolting sins. In the day of judgment special reference will be made to the neglect of doing what might have been done, but was not done because of a lack of the qualification Christ died to place within the reach of every one.  {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 18}
[ST, July 2, 1902 par. 19]          Take the case of one who claims to know Christ, but who allows self-seeking to hold the largest place in his life. Busied with the things of self, he forgets God. He fails of improving his talents, and thus disqualifies himself for the sphere of usefulness he might have filled. Through his unfaithfulness, souls are lost. He has disappointed his Master. Upon him must fall the penalty of failing to fulfil God's purpose. God holds him responsible for the evil resulting from his neglect, for the souls he might have saved had he been faithful to his trust. Every hour spent in careless inaction, in indifference to God's claims, is an hour lost forever. Every opportunity for service allowed to pass unimproved means an eternal loss.  Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, July 2, 1902 par. 19}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 1]       July 9, 1902 Whole-hearted Service.         Christ says, "He that is not with Me is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad." He calls for whole-hearted, fearless disciples,--men and women who are ready to do and dare for Him, ready to follow wherever He leads the way. This requires thorough conversion. Half-converted men make half-hearted Christians. They are fruitless trees. On them Christ looks in vain for fruit: He finds nothing but leaves.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 2]          Many, by the half-hearted, careless way in which they do their work, say to the Master, "I pray Thee have me excused." Thousands would unite with Christ if they could do this without denying self. If Christ and self could be served at the same time, a large number would join the ranks of those who are journeying heavenward. But it is not for such as these that Jesus calls. His cause does not need such adherents.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 3]          Christ's true followers use their knowledge to make others the recipients of His grace. With their lamps filled with holy oil, they go forth to give light to those in darkness. Such workers see many souls turning to the Lord. New truths continually unfold to them, and as they receive, they impart.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 4]          Those for whom the fetters of sin have been broken, who have sought the Lord with brokenness of heart, and have obtained answer to their yearning requests for righteousness, are never cold and spiritless. They realize that they have a part to act in the work of soul-saving. They watch and pray and work for the salvation of souls. Moulded and fashioned by the Holy Spirit, they gain depth and breadth and stability of Christian character. They gain enduring spiritual happiness. Walking in Christ's footsteps, they become identified with Him in His self-sacrificing plans. Such Christians are not cold and unimpressible. Their hearts are filled with unselfish love for sinners. They put away from them all worldly ambition, all self-seeking. Contact with the deep things of God makes them more and more like their Saviour. They exult in His triumphs; they are filled with His joy. Day by day they are growing up to the full stature of men and women in Christ Jesus.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 5]          Christ hates sin. From Him evil met with stern rebuke. But while He hates sin, He loves the sinner. Laying aside His riches and glory, He came to this earth to seek for us, sinful, erring, unhappy, that He might lead us to heaven. He humbled Himself, and took upon Him our nature, that He might make us like Himself, pure and upright, free from defilement. He suffered more than any of you will ever be called to suffer. He gave His all for you. What have you given for Him?  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 6]          According to the talents entrusted to you will be the returns required by the Master. What have you done to persuade sinners to believe in Christ? All around you, in sin and degradation, are those for whom Christ died, that they might be pure, holy sinless. What are you doing for them? Has your life been filled with good works? Have you sowed in the hearts of those with whom you are brought in contact, seeds that will spring up to bear fruit unto righteousness?  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 7]          When we sit at the feet of Jesus, and learn from Him to be meek and lowly in heart, He can impart to us His treasures of truth, knowing that we shall be wise workers. Not until Christ's life is a vitalizing power in our lives can we be strong to resist the temptations that assail us from within and from without. We need to press close to the side of Christ. We need to be sure that we are wearing His yoke of restraint and obedience. Then we shall be safe, because we are on the Lord's side. His truth is in our hearts, and we find His yoke easy and His burden light. We are strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. But without Christ's strength we shall bend like the willow at every breath of criticism. Nothing but His power can make us and keep us true and steadfast. No one can stand firm who does not cherish in His heart the truth of God.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 8]          We are God's servants, and we are to be workers together with Him, doing His work in His way, that all with whom we come in contact may see that we not only talk of self-denial, but that we bring it into our lives.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 9]          There is to be in our service no taint of self-seeking. "Ye can not serve God and mammon." Lift Him up, the Man of Calvary. Lift Him up by living faith in God, that your prayers may prevail. Do we realize how near Jesus will come to us? He is speaking to us individually. He will reveal Himself to every one who is willing to be clothed with the robe of His righteousness. He declares, "I am He that holdeth thy right hand." Let us place ourselves where He can hold us by the hand, where we can hear Him saying with assurance and authority, "I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forevermore."  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 10]                            All Are Being Tested and Tried.          By the way in which we do the work Christ has given us to do in His absence, we decide our future destiny. Many neglect their God-given work. They refuse to be God's helping hand. Let us fear to fall short of God's plan for us. His servants are to be ever on duty, working always for the uplifting of those for whom He gave His life.  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 11]          Christ, the Master of the household, has gone to prepare for us mansions in the heavenly city. We are waiting for His return. Let us honor Him in His absence by doing with faithfulness the work He has placed in our hands. Waiting, watching, working, we are to prepare for His return. If we are faithful, if we serve Him with full purpose of heart, He will receive us with the gracious words, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." He will receive us with honor. To us will be given a crown of glory that fadeth not away, and a new name, "which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it." Those who follow Christ here will one day "follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth."  {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, July 9, 1902 par. 12]         God calls. Do you hear His voice? He calls for earnest, whole-hearted workers. Will you hear, and, denying self, take up the cross and follow Him? Those who refuse, giving themselves up to love of ease and self-seeking, suffer an eternal loss.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, July 9, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 1]       July 16, 1902 The Grace of Courtesy         Those who work for Christ are to be pure, upright, and trustworthy, and they are also to be tender-hearted, compassionate, and courteous. Courtesy is one of the graces of the Spirit. It is an attribute of heaven. The angels never fly into a passion, never are envious or selfish. No harsh or unkind words escape their lips. If we are to be the companions of angels, we too must be refined and courteous.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 2]          The truth of God is designed to elevate the receiver, to refine his taste and sanctify his judgment. No man can be a Christian without having the Spirit of Christ; and if he has the Spirit of Christ, it will be manifested in a refined, courteous disposition. His character will be holy, his manners comely, his words without guile. He will cherish the love that is not easily provoked, that suffers long and is kind, that hopes all things and endures all things.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 3]          What Christ was in His life on this earth, that every Christian is to be. He is our example, not only in His spotless purity, but in His patience, gentleness, and winsomeness of disposition. He was firm as a rock where truth and duty were concerned, but He was invariably kind and courteous. His life was a perfect illustration of true courtesy. He had ever a kind look and a word of comfort for the needy and oppressed.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 4]          His presence brought a purer atmosphere into the home, and His life was as leaven working amid the elements of society. Harmless and undefiled, He walked among the thoughtless, the rude, the uncourteous; amid the unjust publicans, the unrighteous Samaritans, the heathen soldiers, the rough peasants, and the mixed multitude. He spoke a word of sympathy here, and a word there, as He saw men weary, and compelled to bear heavy burdens. He shared their burdens, and repeated to them the lessons He had learned from nature, of the love, the kindness, the goodness of God.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 5]          He sought to inspire with hope the most rough and unpromising, setting before them the assurance that they might become blameless and harmless, attaining such a character as would make them manifest as children of God.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 6]          Tho He was a Jew, Christ mingled with the Samaritans, setting at naught the Pharisaic customs of His nation. In face of their prejudices, He accepted the hospitality of this despised people. He slept under their roofs, ate with them at their tables,--partaking of the food prepared and served by their hands,--taught in their streets, and treated them with the utmost kindness and courtesy.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 7]          Jesus sat an honored guest at the table of the publicans, by His sympathy and social kindliness showing that He recognized the dignity of humanity; and men longed to become worthy of His confidence. Upon their thirsty souls His words fell with blessed, life-giving power. New impulses were awakened, and the possibility of a new life opened to these outcasts of society.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 8]          The Religion of Jesus softens whatever is hard and rough in the temper, and smooths off whatever is rugged and sharp in the manners. It is this religion that makes the words gentle and the demeanor winning. Let us learn from Christ how to combine a high sense of purity and integrity with sunniness of disposition. A kind, courteous Christian is the most powerful argument that can be produced in favor of the Gospel.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 9]          The principle inculcated by the injunction, "Be ye kindly affectioned one to another;" lies at the very foundation of domestic happiness. Christian courtesy should reign in every household. It has power to soften natures which without it would grow hard and rough. The wife and mother may bind her husband and children to her by strong cords if she is unvaryingly gentle and courteous in words and manner. Christian courtesy is the golden clasp that unites the members of the family in bonds of love that every day become closer and stronger.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 10]          Those who profess to be followers of Christ, and are at the same time rough, unkind, and uncourteous in words and deportment, have not learned of Jesus. A blustering, over-bearing, fault-finding man is not a Christian; for to be a Christian is to be Christlike. The conduct of some professing Christians is so lacking in kindness and courtesy that their good is evil spoken of. Their sincerity may not be doubted, their uprightness may not be questioned; but sincerity and uprightness will not atone for a lack of kindness and courtesy. The Christian is to be sympathetic as well as true, pitiful and courteous as well as upright and honest.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 11]          Kind words are as dew and gentle showers to the soul. The Scripture says of Christ that grace was poured into His lips, that He might "know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary." And the Lord bids us, "Let your speech be alway with grace," "that it may minister grace unto the hearers."  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 12]          Some with whom you are brought in contact may be rough and uncourteous; but do not, because of this, be less courteous yourself. He who wishes to preserve his own self-respect must be careful not to wound needlessly the self-respect of others. This rule should be sacredly observed toward the dullest, the most blundering. What God intends to do with these apparently unpromising ones, you do not know. He has in the past accepted persons no more promising or attractive to do a great work for Him. His Spirit, moving upon the heart, has aroused every faculty to vigorous action. The Lord saw in these rough, unhewn stones precious material, that would stand the test of storm and heat and pressure. God sees not as man sees. He does not judge from appearances, but He searches the heart, and judges righteously.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 13]          True courtesy, blended with truth and justice, makes the life not only useful, but beautiful and fragrant. Kind words, pleasant looks, a cheerful countenance, throw a charm about the Christian that makes his influence almost irresistible. In forgetfulness of self, in the light and peace and happiness that he is constantly bestowing on others, he finds true joy.  {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, July 16, 1902 par. 14]          Let us be self-forgetful, ever on the watch to cheer others, to lighten their burdens by acts of tender kindness and deeds of unselfish love. Leave unspoken that unkind word; let that selfish disregard of the happiness of others give place to loving sympathy. These thoughtful courtesies, beginning in the home, and extending far beyond the home circle, go far to make up the sum of life's happiness, and the neglect of them constitutes no small share of life's misery.                                          Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {ST, July 16, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 1]       July 23, 1902 Satan's Rebellion         How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God; I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north; I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit."  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 2]          Among the inhabitants of heaven, Satan, next to Christ, was at one time most honored of God, and highest in power and glory. Before his fall, Lucifer, "son of the morning," was first of the covering cherubs, holy and undefiled. He stood in the presence of the great Creator, and the ceaseless beams of glory enshrouding the eternal God rested upon him.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 3]          Little by little, Lucifer came to indulge the desire for self-exaltation. Because of the exaltation of Christ, the One equal with the Father, he allowed jealousy to arise in his heart.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 4]          "Why," he questioned, "should Christ have the supremacy? Why is he honored above Lucifer?"  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 5]          Tho all his glory was from God, Lucifer came to regard it as pertaining to himself. Not content with his position, tho honored above the heavenly host, he ventured to covet homage due alone to the Creator. Leaving his place in the immediate presence of the Father, he went forth to diffuse the spirit of discontent among the angels. He worked with mysterious secrecy, and for a time concealed his real purpose under an appearance of reverence for God. He began to insinuate doubts concerning the laws that governed heavenly beings,--laws that he declared were arbitrary, detrimental to the interests of the heavenly universe, and in need of change. Vital interests were at stake. Would Lucifer succeed in undermining confidence in God's law? Would he make so apparent these supposed defects in the law, that the inhabitants of the heavenly universe would be justified in claiming that the law could be improved?  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 6]          By his rebellion against God's law, Satan brought sin into existence; for "sin is the transgression of the law."  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 7]          God in His wisdom did not use measures of force to suppress Satan's rebellion. Such measures would have aroused sympathy for Satan, strengthening his rebellion rather than lessening his power. If God had at the outset punished his rebellion, many more would have looked upon him as one who had been dealt with unjustly, and would have followed his example. It was necessary for him to have time and opportunity to develop his false principles. There was war in heaven, and the Prince of life overcame the apostate. Satan was cast out of heaven, with the angels who had united with him.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 8]          In the beginning God placed man under law, as an indispensable condition of his very existence. He was a subject of the divine government, and there can be no government without law. The tree of knowledge, which stood near the tree of life in the midst of the garden of Eden, was to be a test of the obedience, faith and love of our first parents. While permitted to eat freely of every other tree, they were forbidden to taste of this, on pain of death. They were also to be exposed to the temptations of Satan; but if they endured the trial, they would finally be placed beyond his power, to enjoy perpetual favor with God.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 9]          On this earth Satan sought to carry forward the work that he began in heaven. He declared that man could not obey the law of God. Approaching our first parents while they were on trial in the garden of Eden, he succeeded by falsehood and misrepresentation in turning them from allegiance to God's law. Through their failure to resist temptation, they were brought under Satan's jurisdiction. Thus the enemy gained supremacy over the human race.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 10]          When man rebelled, all heaven was filled with sorrow. The penalty of disobedience to God's law is death. There appeared to be no escape for those who had transgressed the law. The law could not be changed in order to meet man in his fallen condition. But God's love for humanity can never be measured. Instead of condemning the human race to eternal death, He gave His only begotten Son for their redemption.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 11]          The Son of God, heaven's glorious Commander, was touched with pity for the fallen race. He entered into a covenant with God to save man, and to vindicate His Father's character as expressed in the law. He came to the earth in the form of man to refute Satan's lie, that God had given a law which man could not keep. He came to give Himself as a sacrifice for sin, thus revealing to the heavenly universe that the law is as changeless and eternal as is Jehovah Himself.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 12]          God is omnipotent, omniscient, immutable. He always pursues a straightforward course. His law is truth--immutable, eternal truth. His precepts are consistent with His attributes. But Satan makes them appear in a false light. By perverting them, he seeks to give human beings an unfavorable impression of the Law-giver. Throughout his rebellion he has sought to represent God as an unjust, tyrannical being.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 13]          In the beginning it was Satan's purpose to separate man from God. And this purpose he has carried out in every age. Constantly he is at work among the children of men. He sways all classes. The same method of deception, the same logic, that he used to deceive the holy pair in Eden, he has used in all succeeding ages. His plan of work has ever been one of deception. At times he assumes a cloak of piety, purity, and holiness. Often he transforms himself into an angel of light. He has blinded the eyes of men so that they can not see beneath the surface and discern his real purpose. As a result of Adam's disobedience, every human being is a transgressor of the law, sold under sin. Unless he repents and is converted, he is under bondage to the law, serving Satan, falling into the deceptions of the enemy, and bearing witness against the precepts of Jehovah. But by perfect obedience to the requirements of the law, man is justified. Only through faith in Christ is such obedience possible. Men may comprehend the spirituality of the law, they may realize its power as a detector of sin, but they are helpless to withstand Satan's power and deceptions, unless they accept the atonement provided for them in the remedial sacrifice of Christ, who is our Atonement--our At-one-ment--with God.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 14]          Those who believe on Christ and obey His commandments are not under bondage to God's law; for to those who believe and obey, His law is not a law of bondage, but of liberty. Every one who believes on Christ, every one who relies on the keeping power of a risen Saviour that has suffered the penalty pronounced upon the transgressor, every one who resists temptation and in the midst of evil copies the pattern given in the Christ-life, will through faith in the atoning sacrifice of Christ become a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Every one who by faith obeys God's commandments, will reach the condition of sinlessness in which Adam lived before his transgression.  {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, July 23, 1902 par. 15]         Christ took upon Himself the nature of man, and by a perfect life demonstrated the falsity of the claims of him who constantly accuses those that are trying to obey God's law. And the blood of Christ shed on the cross is the everlasting, uncontrovertible testimony that God's law is as immutable as is His own character. In the day of judgment, when the death upon the cross is seen in all its meaning, every voice will be hushed. Every one will see that Satan is a rebel, and will acknowledge God's wisdom, justice, and goodness; with one accord declaring, "Just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, July 23, 1902 par. 15}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 1]      July 30, 1902 The Word Of God.         Clad in the vestments of humanity, the Son of God came down to the level of those He wished to save. In Him was no guile or sinfulness; He was ever pure and undefiled; yet He took upon Him our sinful nature. Clothing His divinity with humanity, that He might associate with fallen humanity, He sought to regain for man that which by disobedience Adam had lost, for himself and for the world. In His own character Jesus manifested to the world the character of God; He pleased not Himself, but went about doing good. His whole history, for more than thirty years, was one of pure, disinterested benevolence.  {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 2]          Can we wonder that men were astonished at His teaching? "He taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes." The teaching of the scribes and Pharisees was a continuous repetition of fables and childish traditions. Their opinions and ceremonies rested on the authority of ancient maxims and rabbinical sayings, which were frivolous and worthless. Christ did not dwell on weak, insipid sayings and theories of men. As one possessing higher authority He addressed His hearers, presenting before them momentous subjects; and His appeals carried conviction to their hearts. The opinion of all, expressed by many who were not able to keep silent, was, "Never man spake like this Man."  {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 3]          The Bible teaches the whole will of God concerning us. "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." The teaching of this Word is exactly that needed in all circumstances in which we may be placed. It is a sufficient rule of faith and practice; for it is the voice of God speaking to the soul, giving the members of His family directions for keeping the heart with all diligence. If this Word is studied, not merely read, but studied, it furnishes us with a storehouse of knowledge which enables us to improve every God-given endowment. It teaches us our obligation to use the faculties given us. Guided by its precepts, we may render obedience to God's requirements.  {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 4]          All who will come to the Word of God for guidance, with humble, inquiring minds, determined to know the terms of salvation, will understand what saith the Scripture. But those who bring to the investigation of the Word a spirit which it does not approve, will take away from the search a spirit which it has not imparted. The Lord will not speak to a mind that is unconcerned. He wastes not His instruction on one who is willingly irreverent or polluted. But the tempter educates every mind that yields itself to his suggestions and is willing to make of none effect God's holy law.  {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 5]          We need to humble our hearts, and with sincerity and reverence search the Word of life; for that mind alone that is humble and contrite can see light. The heart, the mind, the soul must be prepared to receive light. There must be silence in the soul. The thoughts must be brought into captivity to Jesus Christ. The boastful self-confidence and self-sufficiency must stand rebuked in the presence of the Word of God. The Lord speaks to the heart that humbles itself before Him.  {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 6]         Stirring times are before us, and it is fatal to be careless and indifferent. "Yet a little while, and He that shall come will come, and will not tarry." We can not afford to be disobedient to God's requirements. The wrath which the impenitent are now treasuring up against that day when the judgment shall sit, and every case shall be judged according to the things written in the books of heaven, will soon break upon them. Then the voice of mercy will no longer plead in behalf of the sinner.  {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, July 30, 1902 par. 7]          If the invitations given now are refused, if we persist in disobedience, we shall have no second probation. "Choose you this day whom ye will serve,"--God or mammon. Now, while it is called today, if ye will hear His voice, harden not your heart, lest it be the last invitation of mercy.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, July 30, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 1]      August 6, 1902 "The Righteous Shall Flourish  Like the Palm Tree."         See the weary traveler toiling over the hot sand of the desert, with no shelter to protect him from the rays of the tropical sun. His water supply fails, and he has nothing with which to slake his burning thirst. His tongue becomes swollen; he staggers like a drunken man. Visions of home and friends pass before his mind as he believes himself ready to perish. Suddenly he sees in the distance, rising out of the dreary, sandy waste, a palm tree,  green and flourishing. Hope quickens his pulses; he presses on, knowing that that which gives vigor and freshness to the palm tree will cool his fevered blood and give him renewed life.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 2]          As is the palm tree in the desert--a guide and a consolation to the fainting traveler--so the Christian is to be in the world. He is to guide weary souls, full of unrest, and ready to perish in the desert of sin, to the living water. He is to point his fellow-men to Him who gives to all the invitation, "If any man thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink."  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 3]          The sky may be as brass, the burning sand may beat about the palm tree's roots, and pile itself about its trunk; yet the tree lives on, fresh and vigorous. Remove the sand, and you discover the secret of its life; its roots strike down deep into the waters hidden in the earth.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 4]          Thus it is with the Christian. His life is hid with Christ in God. Jesus is to him a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life. His faith, like the rootlets of the palm-tree, penetrates beneath the things that are seen, drawing life from the fountain of life. And, amid all the corruption of the world, he is true and loyal to God. The sweet influence of Christ's righteousness surrounds him. His influence elevates and blesses.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 5]          The humblest and poorest of the disciples of Jesus can be a blessing to others. They may not realize that they are doing any special good, but by their unconscious influence they may start waves of blessings that will widen and deepen, and the blessed results they may never know till the day of final reward. They are not required to weary themselves with anxiety about success. They have only to go forward quietly, doing faithfully the work God's providence assigns, and their life will not be in vain. Their own souls will be growing more and more into the likeness of Christ; they are workers together with God in this life, and are thus fitting for the higher work and the unshadowed joy of the life to come.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 6]          As you go through life, you will meet with those whose lot is far from easy. Toil and deprivation, with no hope for better things in the future, make their burden very heavy. And when pain and sickness is added, the burden is almost greater than they can bear. Careworn and oppressed, they know not where to turn for relief. Put your whole heart into the work of helping them. It is not God's purpose that His children shall shut themselves up to themselves. Remember that for them as well as for you, Christ died. Hold out to them a helping hand. This will open the way for you to help them, to win their confidence, to inspire them with hope and courage.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 7]          All have trials, griefs hard to bear, temptations hard to resist. Do not tell your troubles  to your fellow-mortals, but carry everything to God in prayer. Make it a rule never to utter one word of doubt or discouragement. You can do much to brighten the lives of others and to strengthen their efforts, by words of holy cheer.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 8]          There is many a brave soul sorely pressed with temptation, almost ready to faint in the conflict with self and with the powers of evil. Do not discourage such a one in  his hard struggle. Cheer him with brave, hopeful words that will urge him on his way. "None of us liveth to himself." By our unconscious influence others may be encouraged and strengthened.  {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, August 6, 1902 par. 9]          The service rendered in sincerity has great recompense. "Thy Father, which seeth in secret, Himself shall reward thee openly." The faces of men and women who walk and work with God express the peace of heaven. They are surrounded with the atmosphere of heaven. For these souls the kingdom of God has begun. They have Christ's joy, the joy of being a blessing to humanity. They have the honor of being accepted for the Master's use; they are trusted to do His work in His name.                                                              E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, August 6, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 1]       August 13, 1902 Christ Our Mediator.         The Lord is honored when we trust in Him, bringing to Him all our perplexities. "Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name," He says, "that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son." God's appointments and grants in our behalf are without limit. The throne of grace is the center of attraction, because occupied by One who permits us to call Him Father. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 2]          Jehovah did not deem the plan of salvation complete while it was invested only with His own love. He has placed at His altar an Advocate clothed with our nature, whose office it is to introduce us to God as His sons and daughters. Christ intercedes in behalf of all who receive Him. He gives to them power to become the sons of God. And the Father demonstrates His love for Christ by receiving and welcoming Christ's friends as His friends. He is satisfied with the atonement made. He is glorified by the mediation of His Son. We are accepted in the Beloved.  {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 3]          In Christ's name our petitions ascend to the Father. He intercedes in our behalf, and the Father lays open for our appropriation all the treasures of His grace. "Ask in My name," Christ says. "I do not say that I will pray the Father for you; for the Father Himself loveth you, because you love Me. Make use of My name. This will give your prayers efficiency and power, the Father will give you the riches of His grace. Wherefore ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full."  {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 4]          What more could God do for us than He has already done? The rainbow encircling the throne is an everlasting promise that all who approach Him will find pardon. Christ encourages us to pray always. He seeks to draw us to Him, that He may satisfy His desire to help us. He urges us to present our needs. His heart of love is filled with an earnest desire to bring us in close touch with God.  {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 5]          When Satan tells you that the Lord will not regard you with favor, because you have sinned, say, "Jesus gave His life for me. He suffered a cruel death that He might enable me to resist temptation. I know that He loves me, notwithstanding my imperfection. I rest in His love. God has accepted His perfection in my behalf. He is my righteousness, and I trust in His merits. He takes away my sin-stained garments, and clothes me with the robe of His righteousness. Clothed with this garment, I stand before the Father justified."  {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 6]          "What shall we then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him freely give us all things?" "I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, August 13, 1902 par. 7]          Yes; Christ has become the medium of prayer and of blessing between God and man. He places the whole influence of His righteousness on the side of the suppliant. He pleads for man; and man, in need of divine help, pleads for himself, using the name of the One who gave His life for the life of the world. As we approach God in Christ's name, acknowledging our appreciation of His sacrifice, fragrance is given to our petitions. We are clothed with His priestly vestments. The Saviour draws us close to His side, encircling us with His human arm, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, August 13, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 1]       August 20, 1902 Words to Mothers.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         It is the mother's privilege to train her children for heaven. This is her high calling. But the work is a difficult one, requiring more than human strength and wisdom, and oftentimes the weary, over-burdened mother feels that the task is too much for her. But listen, tired mother, to the invitation of the Saviour, "Come unto Me, and I will give you rest." Go to Him, with your little ones in your arms. He who has said, "Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not," will not turn you away. He will welcome you, and will give you peace and joy. In His presence you will find strength that will give you courage and wisdom for the most trying hour.  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 2]          If mothers would go to Christ more frequently, if they would trust Him more fully, their burdens would be lighter, and they would find rest. Jesus knows the burden of every mother. He is her best friend in every emergency. His everlasting arms support her. That Saviour whose mother struggled with poverty and privation, sympathizes with every mother in her work, and hears her earnest prayers. That Saviour who went on a long journey for the purpose of relieving the anxious heart of a Canaanitish woman, will do as much for the afflicted mother of today. He who gave back to the widow of Nain her only son as he was being carried to burial, is today touched by the bereaved mother's woe. He who wept at the grave of Lazarus, who pardoned Mary Magdalene, who on the cross remembered His mother's needs, who after the resurrection appeared to the weeping women, and made them His messengers, is today woman's best friend, ready to aid her in her need if she will trust in Him.  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 3]         Mothers, be faithful. Do not become discouraged in your work. Talk to your children of Christ, and pray with and for them. Your words will abide in their hearts. They may not seem to heed what you say. They may put on an appearance of indifference and levity, as if your words were disregarded. But do not cease your efforts in their behalf. Your words are in their mind. They can not forget them. You have sown the seed. In years to come, it will spring up and bring forth much fruit.  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 4]          How many times has the remembrance of a mother's prayers and admonitions checked the absent child when about to yield to temptation. "When I was a child," said an old man, "my mother used to bid me kneel down beside her, and placing her hand on my head, she would implore God's blessing on her boy. Before I was old enough to know her worth, she died, and I was left to my own guidance. I was naturally inclined to evil, but again and again I was restrained by the thought of my mother's prayers. When a young man, I traveled much, and was exposed to many temptations. But when I would have yielded to temptation, I seemed to feel the pressure of my mother's hand upon my head, and I was saved. Sometimes there came with it a voice in my heart, a voice that must be obeyed: "O do not this wickedness, my son; sin not against thy God."  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 5]          Christian mother, forget not where lies the Source of your strength. Abound in prayer--fervent, earnest, wrestling prayer. Great and arduous are your duties, and great your need of help from on high. You need wisdom, firmness, patience, self-control. Whither can you go for these but to the mercy-seat of Him who "giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not"? "Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights."  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 6]          Constant prayer will fit you for your duties. By prayer you may lay hold of the strength of God, and be enabled to say with the apostle, "I can do all things through Christ which strengthen me."  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 7]          In the arms of faith carry your children to the Saviour. Plead for them the promises of God. A mother's voice will never plead in vain. Pride would teach you to ask for worldly honor, earthly greatness, for your loved ones; but O, ask for them a greater boon than these. Reach out and grasp for them a prize the worth of which eternity alone will reveal.  {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, August 20, 1902 par. 8]          O mother, you have a labor of love to perform. Faint not, neither grow weary. Let a sense of the importance of your high calling animate you to run with patience the race set before you. And when you have finished your course, yours will be the unspeakable joy of being welcomed with the words, "Well done, good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." And with your loved ones around you, you will stand on Mount Zion, and cast your crown at Jesus' feet, saying, Not unto us, but unto Thy name be glory.                                                    -    {ST, August 20, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 1]       August 27, 1902 God's Justice and Love.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The love of God is shed abroad in our hearts. . . .  For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the ungodly. . . . God commendeth His love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us."  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 2]          After the fall of our first parents, Christ declared that in order to save man from the penalty of sin, He would come to the world to conquer Satan on the enemy's own battle-field. The controversy that began in heaven was to be continued on the earth.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 3]          In this controversy much was to be involved. Vast interests were at stake. Before the inhabitants of the heavenly universe were to be answered the questions: "Is God's law imperfect, in need of amendment or abrogation, or is it immutable? Is God's government in need of change, or is it stable?"  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 4]          Before Christ's first advent, the sin of refusing to conform to God's law had become widespread. Apparently Satan's power was growing; his warfare against heaven was becoming more and more determined. A crisis had been reached. With intense interest God's movements were watched by the heavenly angels. Would He come forth from His place to punish the inhabitants of the world for their iniquity? Would He send fire or flood to destroy them? All heaven waited the bidding of their Commander to pour out the vials of wrath upon a rebellious world. One word from Him, one sign, and the world would have been destroyed. The worlds unfallen would have said, "Amen. Thou art righteous, O God, because Thou hast exterminated rebellion."  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 5]          But "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." God might have sent His Son to condemn, but He sent Him to save. Christ came as a Redeemer. No words can describe the effect of this movement on the heavenly angels. With wonder and admiration they could only exclaim, "Herein is love!"  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 6]          Christ entered upon His mission of mercy, and from the manger to the cross was beset by the enemy. Satan contested every inch of ground, exerting his utmost power to overcome Him. Like a tempest temptation after temptation beat upon Him. But the more mercilessly they fell, the more firmly did the Son of God cling to the hand of His Father, and press on in the blood-stained path.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 7]          The severity of the conflict through which Christ passed was proportionate to the vastness of the interests involved in His success or failure. It was not merely the interests of one world that were at stake. This earth was the battle-field, but all the worlds that God has created would be affected by the result of the conflict.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 8]          Satan sought to overthrow Christ, in order that he himself might continue to reign in this world as supreme. And he planned and carried out the murder of Christ in the hope that the Son of God would not endure a death made as terrible as his cunning could make it. He thought to prove the truth of his assertion that Christ was not self-sacrificing.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 9]          Inspired by Satanic influences, men clamored for the Saviour's crucifixion. All heaven watched the successive stages of his humiliation,--His trial, rejection, and death. Satan laid every scheme, planned every evil, inflamed every mind to bring affliction on the Son of God. He it was who instigated the false accusations against One who had done only good; he it was who inspired men to commit the cruel deeds that added to His suffering.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 10]          Satan sought to make it appear that he was working for the liberty of the universe. He was determined to make his arguments so varied, so deceptive, so insidious, that every one would be convinced that God's law was tyrannical. Even while hanging on the cross, assailed by Satan with his fiercest temptations, Christ was victorious. He did not yield up His life until He had accomplished the work which He came to do, and with His parting breath He exclaimed, "It is finished." The battle had been won. His right hand and His holy arm had gotten Him the victory. The blood of the innocent had been shed for the guilty. By the life that He gave, man was ransomed from eternal death, and the doom of him who had the power of death was sealed.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 11]          Not until the death of Christ was the character of Satan clearly revealed to the angels or to the unfallen worlds. Then the prevarications and accusations of him who had once been an exalted angel were seen in their true light. It was seen that his professedly spotless character was deceptive. His deeply laid scheme to exalt himself to supremacy was fully discerned. His falsehoods were apparent to all. God's authority was forever established. Truth triumphed over falsehood.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 12]          Not merely in the minds of a few finite creatures in this world, but in the minds of all the inhabitants of the heavenly universe, has the immutability of God's law been established. Satan's course against Christ was heralded to every world. When the issue was finally determined, every unfallen being expressed indignation at the rebellion. With one voice they extolled God as righteous, merciful, self-denying, just. His law had been vindicated.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 13]          The heavenly universe had witnessed the weapons that were chosen by the Prince of Life--the words of Scripture, "It is written," and the weapons used by the prince of the world--falsehood and deception. They had seen the Prince of Life deal in straightforward lines of truth, honesty, and integrity, while the prince of the world exercised his power of cunning, artful secrecy, intrigue, enmity, and revenge. They had seen the One who bore the banner of truth sacrifice everything, even His life, to maintain truth, while the one who bore the banner of rebellion continued to strengthen his accusations against the God of truth. The heavenly worlds and heaven itself were amazed at God's long forbearance.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 14]          When God expressed His abhorrence of Satan, and his indignation against him, the whole universe responded. They had been convinced. The last vestige of affection for the fallen angels had been uprooted; the last tie had been severed. The Lord had demonstrated His wisdom and justice in banishing Satan from heaven.  {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 14}
[ST, August 27, 1902 par. 15]          By his own course of action Satan has forged a chain by which he will be bound. The inhabitants of the heavenly universe will bear witness to God's justice in his destruction. Heaven itself has seen what heaven would be, if he were allowed to remain in it. All the unfallen beings are now united in regarding God's law as changeless. They support the government of Him, who, to redeem the transgressor, spared not His own Son. His law has been proved faultless. His government is forever secure. The Father, the Son, and Lucifer have been revealed in their true relation to one another. God has given unmistakable evidence of His justice and His love.                                                                   -    {ST, August 27, 1902 par. 15}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 1]       September 3, 1902 "Let This Mind Be in You."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The ethics inculcated by the Gospel acknowledge no standard but the perfection of God's mind, God's will.  God requires from His creatures conformity to His will. Imperfection of character is sin, and sin is the transgression of the law. All righteous attributes of character dwell in God as a perfect, harmonious whole. Every one who receives Christ as his personal Saviour is privileged to possess these attributes. This it the science of holiness.  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 2]          How glorious are the possibilities set before the fallen race! Through His Son, God has revealed the excellency to which man is capable of attaining. Through the merits of Christ, man is lifted from his depraved state, purified, and made more precious than the golden wedge of Ophir. It is possible for him to become a companion of the angels in glory, and to reflect the image of Jesus Christ, shining even in the bright splendor of the eternal throne. It is his privilege to have faith that through the power of Christ he shall be made immortal. Yet how seldom he realizes to what heights he could attain if he would allow God to direct his every step!  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 3]          God permits every human being to exercise his individuality. He desires no one to submerge his mind in the mind of a fellow mortal. Those who desire to be transformed in mind and character are not to look to men, but to the divine Example. God gives the invitation, "Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus." By conversion and transformation, men are to receive the mind of Christ. Every one is to stand before God with an individual faith, an individual experience, knowing for himself that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. For us to imitate the example of any man,--even one whom we might regard as nearly perfect in character,--would be to put our trust in a defective human being, one who is unable to impart a jot or tittle of perfection.  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 4]          As our Example we have One who is all and in all, the chiefest among ten thousand, One whose excellency is beyond comparison. He graciously adapted His life for universal imitation. United in Christ were wealth and poverty; majesty and abasement; unlimited power, and meekness and lowliness which in every soul who receives Him will be reflected.  In Him, through the qualities and powers of the human mind, the wisdom of the greatest Teacher the world has ever known was revealed.  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 5]         Before the world, God is developing us as living witnesses to what men and women may become through the grace of Christ. We are enjoined to strive for perfection of character. The divine Teacher says, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." Would Christ tantalize us by requiring of us an impossibility?--Never, never! What an honor He confers upon us in urging us to be holy in our sphere, as the Father is holy in His sphere! He can enable us to do this, for He declares, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth." This unlimited power it is our privilege to claim.  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 6]         The glory of God is His character. While Moses was in the mount, earnestly interceding with God, He prayed, "I beseech Thee, show me Thy glory." In answer God declared "I will make all My goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of the Lord before thee; and will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will show mercy on whom I will show mercy."  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 7]          The glory of God--His character--was then revealed: "The Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord, The Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty."  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 8]          This character was revealed in the life of Christ. That He might by His own example condemn sin in the flesh, He took upon Himself the likeness of sinful flesh. Constantly He beheld the character of God; constantly He revealed this character to the world.  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 9]          Christ desires His followers to reveal in their lives this same character. In His intercessory prayer for His disciples He declared: "The glory ［character］ which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me."  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 10]          Today it is still His purpose to sanctify and cleanse His church "with the washing of water by the Word, that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish." No greater gift than the character that He revealed, can Christ ask His Father to bestow upon those who believe on Him. What largeness there is in His request! What fulness of grace every follower of Christ has the privilege of receiving!  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 11]         God works with those who properly represent His character. Through them His will is done on earth as it is done in heaven. Holiness leads its possessor to be fruitful, abounding in every good work. He who has the mind that was in Christ never becomes weary in well-doing. Instead of expecting promotion in this life, he looks forward to the time when the Majesty of heaven shall exalt the sanctified ones to His throne, saying unto them "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world."  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 12]          O that we might more fully appreciate the honor Christ confers upon us! By wearing His yoke and learning of Him, we become like Him in aspiration, in meekness and lowliness, in fragrance of character, and unite with Him in ascribing praise and honor and glory to God as supreme. Those who live up to their high privileges in this life will receive an eternal reward in the life to come. If faithful, we shall join the heavenly musicians in singing with sweet accord songs of praise to God and to the Lamb.  {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, September 3, 1902 par. 13]          It is our life-work to be reaching forward to the perfection of Christian character, striving constantly for conformity to God's will. Day by day we are to press upward, ever upward, until of us it can be said, "Ye are complete in Him."                                                                   -    {ST, September 3, 1902 par. 13}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 1]       September 10, 1902 Work for Christians.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Because the world was ruined through sin, God gave His Son to draw men back to Him. He so loved the world that He gave all that heaven could give for the saving of the lost. In every soul that receives this love, it will manifest itself in like manner. God so loved that He gave all. If we love with His love, we too will give all. We shall be co-workers with Him whose mission it is to "preach the Gospel to the poor, . . . to heal the broken hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised." All who pray in sincerity, "Be Thou my pattern," will work in Christ's lines; they will show that they themselves are striving to follow Christ, and, as the natural result, they will lead others to seek the higher life.  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 2]          "Lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed." All about us there are souls who have gone out of the way--souls who have been wounded and bruised by the enemy, and who long for help, for comfort, for sympathy. These souls, when brought in contact with us, should find a strong hand stretched out to clasp their hand--a strong, living faith, that will help them to put their trust in Jesus.  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 3]          Let none feel that Christ has placed them on the judgment seat, to pass judgment on a brother or a sister who has fallen into error. Many hearts are sorely stricken, to whom words fitly spoken would bring peace and rest. Such ones are a test to their brethren and sisters. All Heaven looks on to see how we deal with those who need our help. The way in which we relate ourselves to them shows whether the fire of divine love is burning in our hearts.  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 4]          Every one who names the name of Christ is called, so far as lies in his power, to help every other soul in the heavenward way. The Saviour records all such efforts as put forth for Himself; for He has identified Himself with suffering human beings.  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 5]          The power of speech is a precious gift of God, and when used to utter words of hope and courage to the oppressed, it is a savor of life unto life. But it may be a savor of death unto death. Harsh, or even thoughtless words may be a great hindrance to the struggling, fainting soul. They may sting and bruise until he is driven upon Satan's battle-ground, never again to listen to the voice of Christ.  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 6]          What power for good the church would have, if all its members were so imbued with the Spirit of Christ that they would speak only words of comfort and hope; if no one felt at liberty to judge, to oppress, to cast a shadow on the life of another!  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 7]          Many, blinded by sin, have lost sight of Christ, and are groping in the dark shadow of discouragement. Go to them, with a heart filled with love and tenderness, and tell them of the Saviour. Invite them to receive the righteousness of Christ, to claim justification through faith in the divine Surety. Point them to His atonement for their sins, to His merits, and His changeless love for them.  {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, September 10, 1902 par. 8]          "That he might sanctify the people with His own blood," Jesus "suffered without the gate," bearing the reproach. "Let us go therefore unto Him without the camp, bearing His reproach. For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come. By Him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips, giving thanks to His name. . . . Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do His will, working in you that which is well-pleasing in His sight, through Jesus Christ."                                                    -    {ST, September 10, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, September 17, 1902 par. 1]       September 17, 1902 The Strait Gate.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it."  {ST, September 17, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, September 17, 1902 par. 2]          He who would enter in at the strait gate must put away all love of the world. There is not room to walk in the narrow way carrying the things of the world. He who would walk in this way must make an entire consecration of his all to God. Christ says, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." Those who love wealth, worldly honor, high position, can not enter in at the strait gate unless they part with these idols.  {ST, September 17, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, September 17, 1902 par. 3]          Our besetting sins must be laid aside. There is no room to walk in the narrow way, and at the same time cherish evil surmisings, doubts, criticisms, envy, unkindness. To enter the strait gate and travel the narrow way demands firmness of purpose, perseverance, steadfastness; for on every hand there are voices inviting the soul into forbidden paths. It demands that we give the future life our first attention. We are to cut away from our lives everything that would hinder our progress. Every inclination to evil must be denied, every habit not in harmony with the word of God must be overcome. We are to be one with Christ. We are to refuse to turn into the path of transgression, even tho natural inclination would lead us to take a course in opposition to God's will. Those  who thus strive to follow Christ will hear His voice saying to them, "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life."  {ST, September 17, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, September 17, 1902 par. 4]          An entrance to the strait gate does not depend on the possession of riches or learning, but it does depend on the possession of a teachable spirit. We are to search the Scriptures with a determined purpose to know the will of God. He who comes to the Bible with a humble, teachable spirit, with a heart that prefers truth to error, and the favor of God to the friendship of the world, will know of the doctrine. He will not be left to be deceived by the enemy, or to be swayed hither and thither by false doctrines. Christ will guide him day by day, and he will enter the strait gate, to walk in the narrow path that leads to life.  {ST, September 17, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, September 17, 1902 par. 5]          Let us not refuse to enter the strait gate because we can not see the whole of the path to the Paradise of God. He who receives the first ray of light sent him, and walks in it, bringing his actions into harmony with God's Word, will receive more light. He who walks in the light as it comes, not waiting to have every doubt removed, every mystery solved, will follow on to know the Lord. For him the light will shine brighter and brighter unto the perfect day. His path will be illuminated as he advances. God's Word will be a lamp to his feet and a light to his path.  {ST, September 17, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, September 17, 1902 par. 6]          Let us follow our Leader. He has trodden the way before us, and He will lead us safely. With unquestioning confidence in our Guide, let us go forward as children of light.  {ST, September 17, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 1]       September 24, 1902 Christ's Sacrifice for Us.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The Lord created man pure and holy. But Satan led him astray, perverting his principles and corrupting his mind, turning his thoughts into a wrong channel. His purpose was to make the world wholly corrupt.  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 2]          Christ saw man's fearful danger, and He determined to save him by the sacrifice of Himself. That He might accomplish His purpose of love for the fallen race, He became bone of our bone and flesh of our flesh. "As the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. For verily He took not on Him the nature of angels; but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. Wherefore in all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 3]          "We see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honor; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man. For it became Him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through suffering." Through the agency of the Holy Spirit, a new principle of mental and spiritual power was to be brought to man, who, through association with divinity, was to become one with God. Christ, the redeemer and restorer, was to sanctify and purify man's mind, making it a power that would draw other minds to Himself. It is His purpose, by the elevating, sanctifying power of the truth, to give men nobility and dignity. He desires His children to reveal His character, to exert His influence, that other minds may be drawn into harmony with His mind. "As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him, rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. . . . For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him, which is the head of all principality and power."  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 4]          Christ might, because of our guilt, have moved far away from us. But instead of moving farther away, He came and dwelt among us, filled with all the fulness of the Godhead, to be one with us, that through His grace we might attain perfection. By a death of shame and suffering He paid our ransom. From the highest excellency He came, His divinity clothed with humanity, descending step by step to the lowest depths of humiliation. No line can measure the depth of His love.  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 5]          Christ has shown us how much our God can love and suffer in order to secure our complete restoration. The Son of God, in whom dwelt absolute perfection, became sin for the fallen race. He did not know sin by the experience of sinning, but He bore the terrible weight of the guilt of the whole world. He became our propitiation, that all who receive Him may become sons of God. The cross was erected to save man. Christ uplifted on the cross was the means devised in heaven of awakening in the human soul a sense of the sinfulness of sin. By the cross Christ sought to draw all to Himself. He died as the only hope of saving those who because of sin were in the gall of bitterness.  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 6]          To break down the barrier that Satan had erected between God and man, Christ made a full and complete sacrifice, revealing unexampled self-denial. He revealed to the world the amazing spectacle of God living in human flesh, and sacrificing Himself to save fallen men. What wonderful love! As I think of it, I weep to think that so many of those who claim to believe in Christ are encrusted with selfishness. Living for self, they know not their Saviour. O that they had more faith, more love! If they entered into God's work in the spirit of Christ, if they knew the power of His grace, they would be imbued with holy zeal. They would labor earnestly to give the Lord's workmen in needy, difficult fields every possible advantage. With their prayers and with their means they would compass sea and land to establish memorials for God.  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 7]          It is because the divine influence has not imbued Christ's followers that there is so little unselfish work. A message must be borne to the world that will impart new, sanctified impulses to those who are corrupted by sin. By those nigh and afar off the message is to be heard.  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, September 24, 1902 par. 8]          My soul is filled with sorrow as I see those professing to be children of God bringing their sinful habits and tendencies into the Christian life. Self gains the mastery, and Christ is dishonored. I marvel that professing Christians do not grasp the divine resources, that they do not see the cross more clearly as the medium of forgiveness and pardon, the means of bringing the proud, selfish heart of man into direct contact with the Holy Spirit, that the riches of Christ may be poured into the mind, and the human agent be adorned with the graces of the Spirit, that Christ may be commended to those who know Him not.  {ST, September 24, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 1]       October 1, 1902 "What Have They Seen in Thine  House?"    By Mrs. E. G. White.         I cut from an exchange the following paragraphs. They convey an important lesson, and one well worthy of our consideration:--  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 2]         A lady had just parted with some friends who had been her guests for a few days. With a feeling of loneliness she sat down in her deserted drawing-room. Her eyes fell on a Bible, and opening it, she read the words, "What have they seen in thine house?" "Strange words," she thought. "What do they mean?" Glancing through the preceding chapter, she learned how graciously the Lord had delivered Hezekiah from the dangers of battle and then from sickness. She read how ambassadors came with presents from the king of Babylon, and how Hezekiah entertained them. What did he show them?--"Not the Lord's doings," said the lady, with a rising feeling of self-reproach. "Surely," she thought, "the Lord must have sent these words to me. Two years ago the Lord delivered me in my terrible conflict with unbelief, and brought me into the liberty and joy of a child of God.  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 3]         "Last summer, when I lay in my darkened chamber, sick unto death, I earnestly entreated God to give me back my health, that I might tell my friends of Christ's love and righteousness, and of the wonderful riches of His grace.  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 4]         "Mrs. R. and her daughter have been my guests, and now the Lord asks me, 'What have they seen in thine house?' What can I answer? After dinner yesterday I showed them all our water-color drawings; then I took Mrs. R. to my boudoir to see my new carpet. I do not remember what they saw on Wednesday, except that I showed Mrs. R. the beautiful set of jewels that my uncle gave me. We spent Wednesday afternoon considering what our children should wear next spring. What a precious opportunity I have lost of speaking to her of the spotless robe of Christ's righteousness. And Marian has gone home longing to have a bracelet like the one she saw on my child. Had I been faithful, she would have left me to speak of Jesus and His glory.  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 5]         "What have they seen in my house? Alas! vanity, idleness, worldly treasure! And what have they heard? True, they heard family reading and prayer. But it must have seemed a mere form. They must have thought that we had far more delight in the worldly songs that were sung, and in the gay conversation, which the form of family worship hardly interrupted. They left me, having seen nothing better than the visitors from Babylon saw in the house of Hezekiah."  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 6]         Reader, is not this a word to your soul? Look around you, and see how many things you have gathered that war against the soul. Review your social intercourse, your entertainment of guests, and then to God answer the question, "What have they seen in thine house?"  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 7]         I hope that these paragraphs which I have quoted will impress the minds of those who read them as forcibly as they did mine. We are living amid the closing scenes of this earth's history. It is a time when we should draw very near to God. How is our time occupied? What are we doing to lead those with whom we associate to seek earnestly for higher, holier attainments? The Lord has given us the assurance that we may be laborers together with Him in the work of soul-saving. He desires us to be ever on the watch for opportunities to point souls to Christ, saying, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world."  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 8]         What have your friends and acquaintances seen in your house? Are you, instead of revealing the treasures of the grace of Christ, displaying those things that will perish with the using? Or do you, to those with whom you are brought in contact, communicate some new thought of Christ's character and work? Have you always some fresh revelation of His pitying love to impart to those who know Him not?  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 9]         Study the case of Hezekiah. He had been sick unto death. He had appealed to the Lord, and God had added to his life fifteen years. "At that time Merodach-baladan the son of Baladan, king of Babylon, sent letters and a present to Hezekiah; for he had heard that he had been sick, and was recovered. And Hezekiah was glad of them, and showed them the house of his precious things, the silver, and the gold, and the spices, and the precious ointment, and all the house of his armor, and all that was found in his treasures; there was nothing in his house, nor in all his dominion, that Hezekiah showed them not. Then came Isaiah the prophet unto king Hezekiah, and said unto him, What said these men? and from whence came they unto thee? And Hezekiah said, They are come from a far country unto me, even from Babylon. Then said he, What have they seen in thine house? And Hezekiah answered, All that is in mine house have they seen; there is nothing among my treasures that I have not showed them. Then said Isaiah unto Hezekiah, Hear the word of the Lord of hosts: Behold, the days come, that all that is in thine house, and that which thy fathers have laid up in store unto this day, shall be carried to Babylon; nothing shall be left, saith the Lord."  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 10]         The visit of the ambassadors to Hezekiah was a test of his gratitude and devotion. The record says, "Howbeit, in all the business of the ambassadors of the princes of Babylon, who sent unto him to inquire of the wonder that was done in the land, God left him, to try him, that he might know all that was in his heart."  God had raised him from a bed of death, giving him a new lease of life. The Babylonians had heard of his wonderful recovery. They marveled that the sun had been turned back ten degrees, as a sign that the word of the Lord should be fulfilled. They sent messengers to Hezekiah to congratulate him on his recovery. The visit of these messengers gave him an opportunity to extol the God of heaven. How easy it would have been to point them to the God of gods. But pride and vanity took possession of Hezekiah's heart, and in his self-exaltation he laid open to covetous eyes the treasures with which God had enriched His people. Not to glorify God did he do this, but to exalt himself in the eyes of the foreign princes. He did not stop to think that these men had not the fear or the love of God in their hearts, and that therefore they were not safe confidants. His indiscretion prepared the way for national disaster. The ambassadors carried to Babylon the report of Hezekiah's riches, and the king and his counsellors planned to enrich Babylon with the treasures of Jerusalem.  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 11]         Had Hezekiah improved the opportunity given him to bear witness to the power, the goodness, the compassion, of the God of Israel, the report of the ambassadors would have been as light piercing darkness. But he magnified himself above the Lord of hosts, and failed to give God the glory. He "rendered not again according to the benefit done unto him; for his heart was lifted up; therefore there was wrath upon him, and upon Judah and Jerusalem."  {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, October 1, 1902 par. 12]         O that those for whom God has done marvelous things would show forth His praises, and tell of His mighty works. But how often those for whom God works are like Hezekiah,--forgetful of the Giver of all their blessings.                                                    -    {ST, October 1, 1902 par. 12}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 1]      October 8, 1902 Witnesses for God.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         God can not display the knowledge of His will, and the wonders of His grace, among the unbelieving world, unless He has witnesses scattered all over the earth. This is God's plan: that men and women who are partakers of this great salvation through Jesus Christ, should be His missionaries, bodies of light throughout the world, to be as signs to the people--living epistles, known and read of all men; their faith and works testifying to the near approach of the coming Saviour, and that they have not received the grace of God in vain. The people must be warned to prepare for the coming Judgment. To those who have been listening only to fables, God will give an opportunity to hear the sure word of prophecy, whereunto they do well that they take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place. God will present the sure word of truth to the understanding of all who will take heed, that they may contrast truth with the fables which have been presented to them by men who claim to understand the Word of God, and profess to be qualified to instruct those in darkness.  {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 2]          Many who have called themselves Adventists have been time-setters. Time after time has been set for Christ to come, but repeated failures have been the result. The definite time of our Lord's coming is declared to be beyond the ken of mortals. Even the angels who minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation, know not the day nor the hour. "But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only." Because the times repeatedly set have passed, the world is in a more decided state of unbelief than before in regard to the near advent of Christ. They look upon the failures of the time-setters with disgust; and because men have been so deceived, they turn from the truth substantiated by the Word of God that the end of all things is at hand.  {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 3]          Those who presumptuously preach definite time, in so doing gratify the adversary of souls; for they are advancing infidelity rather than Christianity. They produce scripture, and by false interpretation show a chain of argument which apparently proves their position. But their failures show that they are false prophets, that they do not rightly interpret the language of Inspiration. The Word of God is truth and verity; but men have perverted its meaning. These errors have brought the truth of God for these last days into disrepute. Adventists are derided by ministers of all denominations. Yet God's servants must not hold their peace. The signs foretold in prophecy are fast fulfilling around us. This should arouse every true follower of Christ to zealous action.  {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 4]          In Noah's day, the inhabitants of the old world laughed to scorn what they termed the superstitious fears and forebodings of the preacher of righteousness. He was denounced as a visionary character, a fanatic, an alarmist. "As it was in the days of Noah, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of Man." Men will reject the solemn message of warning in our day as they did in Noah's time. They will refer to those false teachers who have predicted the event and set the definite time, and will say that they have no more faith in our warning than in theirs. This is the attitude of the world today. Unbelief is wide spread, and the preaching of Christ's coming is mocked at and derided. This makes it all the more essential that those who believe present truth should show their faith by their works. They should be sanctified through the truth which they profess to believe; for they are savors of life unto life, or of death unto death.  {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 5]         Noah preached to the people of his time that God would give them one hundred and twenty years in which to repent of their sins, and find refuge in the ark; but they refused the gracious invitation. Abundant time was given them to turn from their sins, overcome their bad habits, and develop righteous characters. But inclination to sin, tho weak at first with many, strengthened through repeated indulgence, and hurried them on to irretrievable ruin. The merciful warning of God was rejected with sneers, with mocking, and derision, and they were left in darkness, to follow the course their sinful hearts had chosen. But their unbelief did not hinder the predicted event. It came, and great was the wrath of God which was seen in the general ruin.  {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 6]          These words of Christ should sink into the hearts of all who believe in Christ's soon coming. "And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares." Our danger is presented before us by Christ Himself. He knew the perils we should meet in these last days, and would have us prepare for them. "As it was in the days of Noah, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of Man." They were eating and drinking, planting and building, marrying and giving in marriage, and knew not until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and the flood came and swept them all away. The day of God will find men absorbed in like manner in the business and pleasures of the world, in feasting and gluttony, and indulging perverted appetite in the defiling use of liquor, and the narcotic, tobacco. This is already the condition of our world, and these indulgences are found even among God's professed people. Lawyers, mechanics, farmers, traders, and even ministers from the pulpit, are crying "Peace and safety," when destruction is fast coming upon them.  {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, October 8, 1902 par. 7]          What a responsible position, to unite with the Redeemer of the world in the salvation of men! This work calls for self-denial, sacrifice, and benevolence; for perseverance, courage, and faith. Why there are so little results seen of those who minister in word and doctrine, is, they have not the fruit of the grace of God in their hearts and lives. They have not faith. Many who profess to be ministers of Jesus Christ, manifest a wonderful submission in seeing the unconverted all around them going to perdition. A minister of Christ has no right to be at ease, and sit down submissively to the fact that the truth is powerless, and souls are not stirred by its presentation. They should resort to prayer, and should work and pray without ceasing. Those who submit to remain destitute of spiritual blessings, without an earnest wrestling for those blessings, consent to have Satan triumph. Persistent, prevailing faith is necessary. God's ministers must come into close companionship with Christ, and follow His example in all things--in purity of life, in self-denial, in benevolence, in diligence, in perseverance. They should remember that a record will one day appear in evidence against them for the least omission of duty.                                                    -    {ST, October 8, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 1]       October 29, 1902 How to Meet Temptation.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ saw that it was not possible for man to overcome in his own strength; therefore He came in person from the throne of glory, and bore the test that Adam failed to bear. In man's behalf He resisted the temptations of the enemy, and made it possible for man, by faith in Him, to overcome in his own behalf. Satan knew that everything depended on the result of his effort to overcome Christ. He knew that if Christ bore the test that Adam failed of bearing, the plan of salvation would be carried out to its fulfilment, and his destruction would be certain. He saw that he must either conquer or be conquered. All the powers of the apostate were rallied against the Son of God. Christ was made the mark of every weapon of hell. Satan bent all his energies to the effort to cause Christ to swerve from his allegiance. From the desert to Calvary, the storm of the enemy's wrath beat upon the Saviour; but the more mercilessly it fell, the more firmly did the Son of God cling to the hand of His Father, and press on in the blood-stained path. All the efforts of Satan to overcome Him only brought out in a purer light His spotless character.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 2]          In our own strength it is impossible for us to conquer in the conflict with sin. But Christ is acquainted with our necessities and our weakness. He came to this world as a man, and as a man lived a life of obedience. We shall never be called upon to suffer as He suffered; for upon Him were laid the sins of the whole world. That we might have eternal life, He endured reproach, mockery, insult, and a death of shame.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 3]          We need not expect to gain the victory over sin without enduring suffering, or to win the overcomer's reward by feeble efforts. Think of how much it cost the Saviour, as in the wilderness He battled with temptation. For forty days He fasted and prayed. Weak and emaciated from hunger, worn and haggard with mental agony, "His visage was so marred more than any man, and His form more than the sons of men."  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 4]          The Christian life is a life of constant conflict. It is a battle and a march. Every act of obedience, every deed of self-denial, every trial bravely endured, every temptation resisted, every victory gained, is a step forward in the march to eternal triumph.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 5]          There is hope for man. Christ says, "To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne." But let us never forget that the efforts we make in our own strength are utterly worthless. Our strength is weakness; our judgment foolishness. Only in the name and strength of the Conqueror can we conquer. When we are pressed with temptation, when unchristlike desires clamor for the mastery, let us offer fervent, importunate prayer to the heavenly Father, in the name of Christ. This will bring divine aid. In the Redeemer's name we may gain the victory.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 6]          As, seeing the sinfulness of sin, we fall helpless before the cross, asking forgiveness and strength, our prayer is heard and answered. Those who present their petitions to God in Christ's name will never be turned away. The Lord says, "Him that cometh to Me I will in nowise cast out." "He will regard the prayer of the destitute." Our help comes from Him who holds all things in His hands. The peace that He sends is the assurance of His love to us.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 7]          Nothing can be more helpless and yet more invincible than the soul that feels its nothingness, and relies wholly upon the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. God would send every angel in heaven to the aid of the one who places his whole dependence on Christ, rather than allow him to be overcome.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, October 29, 1902 par. 8]          If we accept Christ as our Guide, He will lead us safely along the narrow way. The road may be rough and thorny, and the ascent steep and dangerous; there may be pitfalls on the right hand and on the left. When weary and longing for rest, we may have to toil on; when faint, we may have to fight; but with Christ as our Guide, we shall not fail of reaching heaven. Christ Himself has trodden the rough path before us, smoothing it for our feet. The way is illuminated by Him who is the light of the world. As we follow in His footsteps, the path grows brighter and brighter unto the perfect day.  {ST, October 29, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 1]       November 26, 1902 Christ's Prayer For Unity.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ's last prayer before His trial was for the unity of His followers. "That they all may be one, as We are," He prayed. O that the importance of this prayer might be impressed on our hearts! O that the spirit of this prayer might influence and control our lives!  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 2]          "Neither pray I for these alone," He continued, "but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them; and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me."  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 3]          Upon the virtue of Christ's sacrifice for us we are all agreed. His prayer for us is that we may be made perfect in one. Shall we not, by obeying His word, make it possible for God to answer this prayer?  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 4]          Harmony existing among men of varied dispositions is the strongest evidence that can be borne that God has sent His Son into the world to save sinners. True Christians are distinct in individuality, and they differ in disposition; but they are sanctified by the same spirit, and they are one in the understanding of the things of God. They are different parts of the same great temple.  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 5]          "A new commandment I give unto you," Christ said, "That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another."  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 6]          Why did Christ call this a new commandment?--Because He was yet to give, in the sacrifice of His life, the crowning evidence of His love. When this offering should have been made, the gift would be complete, and the disciples would understand more fully the meaning of the new commandment. "As I have loved you, that ye also love one another."  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 7]          Should not this love be appreciated? Shall we not strive to answer the Saviour's prayer for unity,--the prescription for the cure of all alienation and strife? Shall we not, without an hour's delay, begin to fulfil His purpose for us, loving one another as He has loved us? Then will come the glorious result; because we are bound together by the golden chain of love, men will know that we are Christ's disciples. And the heart of the Saviour will be filled with rejoicing.  {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, November 26, 1902 par. 8]          We are sometimes asked, Why does not God work miracles through the church today, as He did in the days of the apostles?--Because the church refuses to be guided and controlled by Him. Christ's love in the heart, revealing through the life its wondrous power,--this is the greatest miracle that can be performed before a fallen, quarreling world. Let us make it possible for God to work this miracle. Let us put on Christ, and the miracle-working power of His grace will be so plainly revealed, in the transformation of character, that the world will be convinced that God has sent His Son to make men as angels in life and character.                                                                   -    {ST, November 26, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 1]      December 3, 1902 "In All Points Tempted Like As  We Are."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ came to this world as a man, to prove to angels and to men that man may overcome, that in every emergency he may know that the powers of Heaven are ready to help him. Our Saviour took the nature of man, with all its possibilities. We have nothing to endure that He has not endured.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 2]          At Christ's baptism the glory of God rested upon Him, as a dove of burnished gold. Light from the throne of God encircled Him, while from heaven were heard the words, "This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased."  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 3]         Then Christ was led by the Spirit into the wilderness; and here His test came. He went into the wilderness to be alone, to contemplate His mission and work. By fasting and prayer He was to brace Himself for the bloodstained path He must travel. But Satan knew that the Saviour had gone into the wilderness; and he thought this the best time to approach Him.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 4]          Before beginning His public ministry, Christ submitted to the fierce assaults of the enemy, knowing that without conflict there could be no victory. He condescended to engage in the contest under any circumstances that the foe might require. In all things He was made "like unto His brethren." He was "in all points tempted like as we are." "In that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 5]          In the wilderness Christ and Satan met in combat, Christ in the weakness of humanity, apparently with not a friend to aid Him. Satan is subtle. It is by falsehood that he seeks to prevail. With all the power that he possessed, he tried to overcome the Son of Man. Could he lead the Saviour to swerve a hair's breadth from His allegiance to God, the victory would be his. The world would pass under his control.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 6]          Satan charmed the first Adam by his sophistry, just as he charms men and women today, leading them to believe a lie. Adam did not reach above his humanity for divine power. He believed the words of Satan. But the second Adam was not to become the enemy's bondslave.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 7]         Adam had the advantage over Christ, in that when he was assailed by the tempter, none of the effects of sin were upon him. He stood in the strength of perfect manhood, possessing full vigor of body and mind. He was surrounded with the glories of Eden, and was in daily communion with heavenly beings. It was not thus with Jesus when He entered the wilderness to cope with Satan. For four thousand years the race had been decreasing in physical strength, in mental power, in moral worth; and Christ took upon Him the infirmities of degenerate humanity. Only thus could He rescue man from the lowest depths of degradation.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 8]          Every device that the enemy could suggest was brought against Him. It was when Christ was in a weakened condition, after His long fast of forty days, that the wisest of the fallen angels used the most enticing words at his command in an effort to compel the mind of Christ to yield to his mind.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 9]          "If Thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread." Here is the insinuation of distrust. In the tones of the tempter's voice is an expression of utter incredulity. Would God treat His own Son thus? Would He leave Him in the desert with wild beasts, without food, without companions, without comfort? Satan insinuated that God never meant His Son to be in such a state as this. "If Thou be the Son of God," he says, "show Thy power by relieving Thyself of this pressing hunger. Command that this stone be made bread."  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 10]          In His reply Christ made no reference to the doubt. He was not to prove His divinity to Satan, or to explain the reason of His humiliation. "It is written," He said, "Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God." He met Satan with the words of Scripture. In every temptation the weapon of His warfare was the Word of God. Satan demanded of Christ a miracle as the sign of His divinity. But that which is greater than all miracles, a firm reliance on a "Thus saith the Lord," was a sign that could not be controverted. So long as Christ held this position, the tempter could gain no advantage.  {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 10}
[ST, December 3, 1902 par. 11]          When Christ said to Satan, "Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God," He repeated the words that, more than fourteen hundred years before, He had spoken to Israel: "The Lord thy God led thee these forty years in the wilderness, . . . and He humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know; that He might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out the mouth of the Lord doth man live." In the wilderness, when all means of sustenance failed, God sent His people manna from heaven, and a sufficient and constant supply was given. This provision was to teach them that while they trusted in God, and walked in His ways, He would not forsake them. The Saviour now practised the lesson He had taught to Israel. By the word of God succor had been given the Hebrew host, and by the same word it would be given to Jesus. He awaited God's time to bring relief. He was in the wilderness in obedience to God, and He would not consent to obtain food by following the suggestions of Satan. In the presence of the witnessing universe He testified that it is a less calamity to suffer whatever may befall than to depart in any manner from the will of God.                             (Concluded next week.)                                                                   -    {ST, December 3, 1902 par. 11}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 1]       December 10, 1902 "In All Points Tempted Like As  We Are."    By Mrs. E. G. White.    (Concluded.)         Then the devil taketh Him up into the holy city, and setteth Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and saith unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, cast Thyself down; for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee; and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone."  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 2]          When Satan quoted the promise, "He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee," he omitted the words, "to keep thee in all Thy ways;" that is, in all the ways of God's choosing, Jesus refused to go outside the path of obedience. While manifesting perfect trust in His Father, He would not place Himself unbidden in a position that would necessitate the interposition of His Father to save Him from death. He would not force Providence to come to His rescue, and thus fail of giving man an example of trust and submission.  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 3]          Jesus declared to Satan, "It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord Thy God." These words were spoken to the children of Israel when they thirsted in the desert, and demanded that Moses should give them water, exclaiming, "Is the Lord among us, or not?" God had wrought marvelously for them, yet in trouble they doubted Him, and demanded evidence that He was with them. In their unbelief they sought to put Him to the test. And Satan was urging Christ to do the same thing. God had already testified that Jesus was His Son; and now to ask for proof that He was the Son of God would be putting God's Word to the test,--tempting Him. And the same would be true of asking for that which God had not promised. It would be to manifest distrust, and would be really tempting, or proving, Him. We should not present our petitions to God in order to prove whether He will fulfil His word, but because He will fulfil it; not to prove that He loves us, but because He loves us. "Without faith it is impossible to please Him; for He that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him."  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 4]          "Again, the devil taketh Him up into an exceeding high mountain, and showeth Him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them; and saith unto Him, All these things will I give Thee, if Thou wilt fall down and worship me."  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 5]          This was Satan's crowning effort. Into this effort he threw all His beguiling power. It was the charm of the serpent. He exerted the power of his fascination upon Christ, striving to make Him yield His will to him.  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 6]          In His weakness, Christ laid hold of God. Divinity flashed through humanity. Christ stood revealed as the commander of heaven, and His words were the words of One who has all power. "Get thee hence, Satan," He said, "for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord Thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve."  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 7]          Satan had questioned whether Jesus was the Son of God. In his summary dismissal he had proof that he could not gainsay. He had no power to resist the command. Writhing with humiliation and rage, he was forced to withdraw from the presence of the world's Redeemer. Christ's victory was as complete as had been the failure of Adam.  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 8]          Christ knew of the long years of conflict to be waged between man and his subtle foe. He is the refuge of all who, beset by temptation, call upon Him. Temptation and trial will come to us all, but we need never be worsted by the enemy. Our Saviour has conquered in our behalf. Satan is not invincible. Day by day he meets those who are on trial, striving by his wiles to gain the mastery over them. But they have a Helper who was tempted in all points like as they are, and who knows how to succor them. Temptation is not sin; the sin lies in yielding. To the soul that trusts in Jesus, temptation means victory and greater strength.  {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 8}
[ST, December 10, 1902 par. 9]          Christ is ready to pardon all who come Him confessing their sins. To the tried, struggling soul is spoken the word, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me." Thank God, we have a High Priest who is touched with the feeling of our infirmities; for He was in all points tempted like as we are.                                                                   -    {ST, December 10, 1902 par. 9}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 1]       December 17, 1902 Holiness Unto the Lord.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         God has from eternity chosen men to be holy. "This is the will of God concerning you, even your sanctification." The echo of His voice comes to us, ever saying, "Holier, holier still." And ever our answer is to be, "Yes, Lord, holier still."  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 1}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 2]          No man receives holiness as a birthright, or as a gift from any other human being. Holiness is the gift of God through Christ. Those who receive the Saviour become sons of God. They are His spiritual children, born again, renewed in righteousness and true holiness. Their minds are changed. With clearer vision they behold eternal realities. They are adopted into God's family, and they become conformed to His likeness, changed by His Spirit from glory to glory. From cherishing supreme love for self, they come to cherish supreme love for God and for Christ.  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 2}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 3]          "Being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ." Justification means pardon. It means that the heart, purged from dead works, is prepared to receive the blessing of sanctification. God has told us what we must do to receive this blessing. "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure." "Do all things without murmurings and disputings; that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine as lights in the world."  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 3}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 4]          The love of God, cherished in the heart and revealed in the words and acts, will do more to elevate and ennoble human beings than all else can. In the life of Christ, this love found full and complete expression. On the cross of Christ the Saviour made an atonement for the fallen race. Holiness is the fruit of this sacrifice. It is because He has died for us that we are promised this great gift. And Christ longs to bestow this gift on us. He longs to make us partakers of His nature. He longs to save those who by sin have separated themselves from God. He calls upon them to choose His service, to give themselves wholly into His control, to learn from Him how to do God's will.  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 4}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 5]          "Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus; who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name; that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father."  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 5}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 6]          Jesus is the light of the world. Those who do not receive Him as a personal Saviour can never, never come to the light. They can never have eternal life. But those who follow Him have the light of life. He who commanded the light to shine out of darkness shines into their hearts, revealing through their lives the light of the knowledge of Christ. In His light they see light.  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 6}
[ST, December 17, 1902 par. 7]          Accepting Christ as a personal Saviour, and following His example of self-denial,--this is the secret of holiness. God exalted Christ above every name that is named. But Christ first reached to the depths of humiliation, working out in behalf of the human race a perfect character, and drawing men and women to God by His unselfish ministry. He has set an example that all who engage in His service are to follow. The more Christlike our efforts for God, the wider will be their influence for good, and the greater the work they will accomplish.  {ST, December 17, 1902 par. 7}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 1]       January 7, 1903 A Happy New Year    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The old year has gone. The words, "I wish you a Happy New Year," are repeated far and near, by parents and children, brothers and sisters, acquaintances and friends. In a world like ours, this New Year's greeting seems more appropriate than the "Merry Christmas," so lately echoed from lip to lip. On every hand are pale faces, brows furrowed from pain and care, or forms bowed with age. Wherever we turn may be seen the garb of mourning. The suffering, the careworn, and the aged can no longer be merry. In many a household there is a vacant chair; a beloved child or a husband and father, whose presence gladdened the last Christmas and New Year's festivity, is gone from the circle. To that bereaved family a merry Christmas seems a mockery. But whatever the cares and sorrows of life, whatever its mistakes and errors, the words, "A Happy New Year," uttered as an expression of love and respect, fall pleasantly upon the ear.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 2]          And yet, are not these kindly wishes often forgotten with the utterance? How often we fail of carrying their import into the daily life, and thus aid in their fulfilment! How often the New Year's greeting is uttered by insincere lips, from hearts that would not forego one selfish gratification in order to make others happy!  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 3]          Fathers and mothers, while you wish your children a Happy New year, will you not strive in the fear of God to make it a happy year? Will you not lead your dear ones to the true source of peace and joy? Will you not consecrate your own hearts to God, that you may exert a sanctifying influence upon your children? Will you not separate them from sin, and by living faith connect them with God?  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 4]          A mother may bestow upon her daughters an education that will be invaluable, by training them to bear their share of the family burdens. A father may give his sons a capital worth more than gold or silver, by teaching them to love useful employment. Parents, now is the time to form in your children habits of industry, self-reliance, and self-control; to cultivate economy and business tact. Now is the time to teach them to show courtesy and benevolence toward their fellow-men, and love and reverence for God.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 5]          By a faithful discharge of duty you may make this a happy year for your children. Home should be to them the most attractive place on earth; and it may be made such by kind words and deeds, and, underlying all, a steadfast adherence to the right. Fathers and mothers, teach your children that the only way to be truly happy is to love and fear God; and emphasize this lesson by your example. Let the children see that the peace of Christ rules in your hearts, and that His love controls your lives.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 6]         Children who greet your father and mother with "A Happy New Year," will you make this a happy year to them? It is in your power to make it happy or unhappy. You may lighten their burdens and give them courage and hope, or you may fill their hearts with anxiety and distress. You can not make their new year happy if you live for self-gratification.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 7]         Begin this year with right purposes and pure motives. Bear in mind that day by day your words and acts are recorded in the books of heaven. You must meet them when the judgment shall sit and the books shall be opened.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 8]          How often your lips utter the kindly greeting, "I wish you a Happy New Year," and then in a few moments speak impatient, fretful words! How many children are always ready to dispute about trifles, unwilling to make the smallest sacrifice for others! To such the new year will bring no real happiness. They may indulge in boisterous mirth, but their hearts know no peace or joy. Will you not come to Jesus with penitence and humility, that He may cleanse you from sin, and prepare you for His kingdom? As you do this, you will have the happiest year that you have ever known. It will bring joy in heaven and joy on earth.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 9]          Many are the gifts and greetings exchanged on New Year's day, by parents and children, husbands and wives, brothers and sisters, friends and acquaintances. When the day is over, many feel a sense of relief. They have done their duty in bestowing presents, and smiles and compliments for the occasion, and there the matter is supposed to end. The next day, and the next, and onward to the end of the year, bring fretful, passionate words, faultfinding, recrimination, and careless neglect of the dear ones of the household. Oh, the record of such a year is one that angels are grieved and ashamed to register. It brings to friends and kindred a gift of sorrow, a burden of unkindness, that crushes hope and makes the grave look desirable.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 10]          Do we truly wish our loved ones a happy new year? Then let us make it such to them by kindness, by sympathy, by cheerfulness, by unselfish devotion. If we connect with God, the source of peace, and light, and truth, His Spirit will flow through us, to refresh and bless all around us.  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, January 7, 1903 par. 11]          This year may be our last year of life. Shall we not enter upon it with thoughtful consideration? Shall not sincerity, respect, benevolence, mark our deportment toward all? May this year be a time that shall never be forgotten,--a time when Christ shall abide with us, saying, "Peace be unto you."  {ST, January 7, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 1]       January 14, 1903 Our Assurance of Victory.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         What is man," the psalmist inquires, "that Thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that Thou visitest him?" "Behold, the nations are as a drop of a bucket, and are counted as the small dust of the balance; behold, He taketh up the isles as a very little thing." Thus, Isaiah declares, God regards the inhabitants of this world, not excepting those who stand at the head of the nobility of the earth, those who have acquired the greatest learning, those to whose lot has fallen great riches and much honor.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 2]          Notwithstanding the insignificance of this world in comparison with the whole universe, Christ volunteered to take upon Himself the nature of humanity, and to bear on His divine soul the sins of mankind, in order that He might redeem the fallen race and enable them to gain life eternal. Laying aside His kingly crown and royal robe, He left His high command in the heavenly courts, clothed His divinity with humanity, and entered the world as a helpless babe. For our sakes He became poor, that through His poverty we might be made rich.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 3]          Satan, the powerful angel who had been cast out of heaven, had long claimed dominion on earth. Christ came to conquer this foe, in order that through divine grace we also might obtain the victory over the enemy of our souls. Standing at the head of humanity, Christ by perfect obedience to God's commandments, demonstrated to the universe that man could withstand Satan's temptations.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 4]          It was necessary for Christ to clothe His divinity with humanity. Only thus could He become the Redeemer of the fallen race. In order to be a Saviour indeed, it was necessary for Him to know the power of temptation, to endure every trial and affliction that befalls us. In all our afflictions He was afflicted. He endured every hardship that comes to the poor and the needy. He suffered weariness and hunger. He understands every inconvenience to which we may be put. Under all circumstances He remained faithful to every precept of God's law, living in our behalf a perfect life. From childhood to manhood He stood the test of obedience.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 5]          Everything that could be done has been done to make our salvation possible. Christ has obtained an everlasting victory, in order that He might open to us the door of heaven. To obtain our salvation, He hung on Calvary's cross. For our sake He was laid in the tomb. For us He was raised from the dead; and for us, too, He declared over the rent sepulcher of Joseph. "I am the resurrection and the life." And when at the close of His earthly ministry He ascended to heaven, the portals of the city of God were opened wide, and He entered as a conqueror, there to take up, in the heavenly sanctuary, His ministry in behalf of those for whom He had given His life. The divine human Son of God is now standing in the presence of the Father, pleading our cases and presenting His sacrifice as the atonement for our transgressions.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 6]          In view of Christ's infinite sacrifice, how cruel it is for men and women to refuse the great salvation, or to misrepresent their Saviour after professing to give themselves to His service! How cruel of them to doubt that He will hear their prayers! He says, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you; for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh, findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 7]          Christ represents His heavenly Father as sustaining the same tender relation to us that an earthly parent sustains to his children. "What man is there of you," He inquires, "whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things unto them that ask Him?" God gives the Holy Spirit to every one who asks in faith.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 8]          Having access to the Source of all strength, why do we remain so weak that we yield to temptation? Having so great an assurance of power to enable us to overcome, why are we so faithless? Why do we not always come to our heavenly Father, to ask in simple, childlike faith for the things we need? We should pray much more than we do. In every hour of trial we may gain victory through the strength given in answer to earnest prayer.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, January 14, 1903 par. 9]          Christ desires that we shall finally enter the heavenly city as conquerors. Through the grace that He constantly imparts to humanity, He is preparing a people to live with Him throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. This preparation every one who chooses to follow Him may receive. Let us glorify His name by accepting the salvation so freely offered.  {ST, January 14, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 1]       January 28, 1903 Lessons From the First Chapter  of Revelation.    By Mrs. E. G. White.    Verses 1-10.         The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John; who bare record of the word of God and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw."  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 2]          There should be a closer and more diligent study of the Revelation, and a more earnest presentation of the truths it contains,--truths that concern all who are living in these last days. Into the very designs and principles of the church of God these truths are to enter. If we take up the study of this book in a receptive frame of mind, with hearts susceptible of divine impressions, the truths revealed will have a sanctifying influence upon us.  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 3]          To encourage a study of this book, God declares: "Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand."  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 4]          The Revelation is regarded by many as a closed book. Not a few ministers declare that it can not be understood. But it is our privilege to know something in regard to it. By no means should we become weary of looking into it because of its apparently mystical symbols. Christ can give us understanding. The benediction pronounced upon those who read, and hear, and keep the words of this prophecy, may be ours.  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 5]          The Revelation was written to the seven churches in Asia, which represented the people of God throughout the world. "John to the seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from Him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before His throne; and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth."  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 6]          Banished to the solitudes of the Isle of Patmos, John was favored with the presence of Jesus Christ. How comforting are the words of the aged apostle as he wrote to the churches of his Saviour! "Unto Him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in His own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion forever and ever."  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 7]          "Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him; and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him." Whether we be saved or lost, we shall sometime see the Saviour as he is, in all His glory, and shall understand His character. At His second coming, conviction will be brought to every heart. Those who have turned from Him to the trivial things of this earth, seeking selfish interests and worldly honor, will in the day of His coming acknowledge their mistake. These are the ones spoken of by the Revelator as "all kindreds of the earth," who "shall wail because of Him." Let us not be content to be numbered among the "kindreds of the earth." Remembering that our citizenship is in heaven, let us lay hold on the hope set before us in the Gospel.  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 8]          "And they also which pierced Him." These words apply not only to the men who pierced Christ when He hung on the cross of Calvary, but to those who by evil-speaking and wrong-doing are piercing Him today. Daily He suffers the agonies of the crucifixion. Daily men and women are piercing Him by dishonoring Him, by refusing to do His will.  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 9]         The Lord desires us to be men and women in Christ Jesus. Our natural dispositions are to be softened and subdued by His grace. Then we shall not be continually crucifying Him afresh. Our Saviour lived on this earth a perfect life. He is our Example. If we now follow Him, doing His will in all things, we shall in the world to come live with Him forever. Let us keep Him constantly in view. It should be our life-purpose to glorify Christ. This is the great purpose that has inspired Christians in every age. It is by cherishing this purpose that we make sure of eternal salvation. Let us learn to know Him whom to know aright is peace and joy and life everlasting.  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 10]          "I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty."  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 11]          "I, John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the Isle that is called Patmos, for the Word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ."  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, January 28, 1903 par. 12]          In his old age the apostle talked continually of Christ, and the people tired of his words, which rebuked their stubborn refusal of Christ as their Saviour. To rid themselves of John's testimony, they banished him to Patmos. But in sending him to that lonely isle, they did not place him beyond the reach of Jesus. It was there that he was given a wonderful revelation of his Saviour and of the things that were to come to pass on the earth; and it was on Patmos, too, that he wrote out the record of his visions that we have in the book of Revelation,--a record that will be present truth until all the events foretold shall have taken place.  {ST, January 28, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, February 4, 1903 par. 1]       February 4, 1903 Lessons From First Chapter of Revelation     By Mrs. E. G. White.                                    Verses 10-20.          I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day," writes the prophet of Patmos, "and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of Man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire; and His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters. And He had in His right hand seven stars; and out of His mouth went a sharp two-edged sword; and His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength. And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last: I am He that liveth, and was dead. And, behold, I am alive forevermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; the mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches; and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches."  {ST, February 4, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, February 4, 1903 par. 2]          It may seem wonderful to us that Christ should reveal Himself to John as He is, strange that He should thus address Himself to the churches. But we should remember that the church, enfeebled and defective tho it is, is the object of Christ's supreme regard. Constantly He watches over it with tender solicitude, and strengthens it by His Holy Spirit. Will we, as members of His church, allow Him to impress our minds and to work through us to His glory? Will we heed the messages He addresses to the church? Let us determine to be among the number who shall meet Him with joy at His coming, and not among those who "shall wail because of Him." Let us make certain our redemption by obeying the messages that He gives to His church.  {ST, February 4, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, February 4, 1903 par. 3]          Christ bears to the church the words of consolation: "Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh, will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out; and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God, and I will write upon Him My new name."  {ST, February 4, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, February 4, 1903 par. 4]          To the overcomer is promised a crown of unfading glory, and a life that measures with the life of God. "To Him that overcometh," Christ declares, "will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God." "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." Let us strive to obtain an abundant entrance into the kingdom of our Lord. Let us diligently study the Gospel that Christ came in person to present to John on the Isle of Patmos,--the Gospel that is termed, "The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass." Let us remember always that "blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand."                                                    -    {ST, February 4, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 1]       February 18, 1903 "Stand, and Rejoice."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Life is disciplinary. While in the world, the Christian will meet with adverse influences. There will be provocations to test the temper; and it is by meeting these in a right spirit that the Christian graces are developed. If injuries and insults are meekly borne, if insulting words are responded to by gentle answers, and oppressive acts by kindness, this is evidence that the Spirit of Christ dwells in the heart.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 2]          The standard is high to which we must attain if we would be children of God, pure, holy, and undefiled. How could we reach this standard if there were no difficulties to meet, no obstacles to surmount, nothing to develop patience and endurance? Trials are not the smallest blessings that come to us. They are designed to nerve us to determination to succeed. Instead of allowing them to hinder, oppress, and destroy us, we are to use them as God's means of enabling us to gain the victory over self.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 3]          In the daily life we often come in contact with those who are full of pettishness. In dealing with such ones, we are enjoined to "stand, and rejoice." By obeying this injunction we shall be able always to gain the victory. When some one speaks fretfully, simply "stand, and rejoice." Do not speak a word in reply to the provoking utterance. If the lips are opened to speak in vindication of self, a volume of words will flow out. Keep silent. This is the easiest way to gain the victory.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 4]          Words spoken in reply to those who are angry, usually act as a whip, lashing the temper into fury instead of soothing it. Great blessings are lost because of passionate words. Let us learn lessons of self-control. Feelings of anger, when met with silence, die out very quickly. Silence is eloquence, and puts to shame the one who is full of wrath. We can mortify Satan by keeping the tongue with all diligence.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 5]          Not only are we to rejoice, but we are to "glory in tribulations also; knowing that tribulation worketh patience; and patience, experience; and experience, hope; and hope maketh not ashamed; because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us. For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the ungodly." Wonderful love! "Scarcely for a righteous man will one die; yet peradventure for a good man some would even dare to die. But God commendeth His love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much more then, being now justified by His blood, we shall be saved from wrath through Him."  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 6]          The apostle Paul declares, "Being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ." Those who do not have this peace are liable to become irritable. He who manifests a fretful, scolding spirit may well ask himself the question, Am I a Christian? So long as he frets and scolds, he is not a Christian, and is exerting an influence that does great harm. Let us put on Christ; let us be Christ-like in every word and act; let us so live that others may see the difference between the disposition of a Christian and the disposition of one who makes no claim to be a follower of Jesus.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 7]          We are to realize that the divine Presence is constantly by our side. Christ has said, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." He hears every unkind word, every harsh, cutting expression. Could we see Him standing by our side, would we speak such words? Words that create heart-burnings and disunion should never escape our lips. Let us guard carefully every word and act, walking in all lowliness of mind, cherishing a spirit of meekness and kindness.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 8]          Fathers and mothers, whether you are in your home or elsewhere, it is never right for you to speak one disrespectful word to each other. If you are harassed, say firmly to yourself, "This is from Satan. He wants me to echo his words, to communicate his spirit; but this I will not do." Determine to speak in love; to cultivate patience, kindness, long-suffering, courtesy, and delicacy in dealing with one another. Why?--Because you are Christians; because you are preparing for the society of the heavenly angels, for a home in the kingdom of glory, where no harsh, unkind, impatient words are ever spoken. Remember that it is Satan who prompts men and women to speak unkindly. Sanctify your talent of speech. Words are a precious gift, capable of doing much good, of accomplishing a great work for the Master. Every thought, every word, is recorded in the books of heaven. Guard well your thoughts and words, that in the judgment you may not be ashamed to meet your record.  {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, February 18, 1903 par. 9]          As Satan failed utterly in his attempt to cause Christ to sin, so he will fail of overcoming us, if we will act sensibly. Let us firmly resolve that when the enemy tempts us to speak hastily, feeling that we are treated unjustly or are misunderstood, we will not open our lips. If we should speak even one word in reply, the enemy would be almost sure to gain the victory. We must learn the lesson of silence. With tongues bridled, we may be victorious in every trial of patience through which we are called to pass.                                                    -    {ST, February 18, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, March 11, 1903 par. 1]       March 11, 1903 The New Life in Christ.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         There is a higher life for Christians to live than many of them are living. It is the new life in Christ. Those only who constantly behold Him--the One full of grace and truth--can live this life. Beholding Him, they are changed into the same image, from glory to glory. As they behold Him, He gives them power to become the sons of God. With love and compassion, without a trace of harshness, the Saviour meets them in their necessity. With sympathetic helpfulness, by the gentle touch of grace, He changes the sinner into a saint. With unwearying patience, He works to expel from the soul all disturbing elements, changing enmity to love, and unbelief to confidence.                                                    -    {ST, March 11, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, March 11, 1903 par. 2]          Those who submit to the solemn rite of baptism pledge themselves to devote their lives to God's service; and the three great powers of heaven, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, pledge themselves to cooperate with them, to work in and through them. As men and women thus enter into covenant relation with God, they take the name of Christian. Henceforth they are to live the life of Christ. They have been buried with Him, and they are to "seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God."                                                    -    {ST, March 11, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, March 11, 1903 par. 3]          There is a scriptural figure in which the soul is represented as being delivered from sin to receive the fashion of the new man, Christ Jesus. Those who are "born again" are to live for God, and all that they do and say is to represent His holiness. Constantly they must receive power from Him. This is necessary, in order that the new life in Christ may be lived. No part of the diseased life of sin is to remain. Christ diffuses sanctified activity through all parts of the being, and there is developed unselfishness in the service of God.                                                    -    {ST, March 11, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, March 11, 1903 par. 4]          The Saviour is the divine example of God's perfection, and He fashions the soul anew. Those who receive His grace impart it to others, making known His virtue of character by self-denial and sacrifice, by meekness and lowliness, by good words and works. In the life there is seen no deception, no falsehood. The words spoken are faithful, trustworthy words, which mean all that they express. The life is not a falsehood--a claim to represent Christ, and at the same time a denial of Him.                                                    -    {ST, March 11, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, March 11, 1903 par. 5]          Christ is waiting for us to give ourselves to Him. Then He will mould and fashion us after the divine likeness, taking the things of God, and showing them to us. And as we behold the beauty of the Saviour's character, we shall grow more and more like Him, until at last God can say of us, "Ye are complete in Him." To create the soul anew, to bring light out of darkness, love out of enmity, purity out of impurity, is the work of Omnipotence alone. What is the honor conferred upon Christ? Without employing any compulsion, any violence, He conforms the will of the human subject to the will of God, making the life complete, bringing perfection to the character. This is the science of eternity; for by it a mighty change is wrought,--the change that must be wrought in the life of every one who passes through the gates of the city of God.  {ST, March 11, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 1]       March 18, 1903 Christ Gives Repentance.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Many think that repentance is a work which devolves wholly upon man, but this is an error. The Bible does not teach that man must repent before he comes to Christ. Repentance must precede forgiveness; but the sinner does not repent till he has faith in Christ as his mediator. Christ is the author and finisher of our faith. His love, shining from the cross, speaks eloquently of the sufferings of the only-begotten Son of God for fallen man. This love draws sinners to Him. The transgressor may resist this love; he may refuse to be drawn to Christ; but if he does not resist, he will be led to the foot of the cross, in repentance for the sins that caused the death of the Son of God.  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 2]          If it were possible for man of himself to repent, Christ's atoning sacrifice would be in vain. But this is not possible. Repentance comes from Christ just as verily as does pardon. It is a false theory which teaches that repentance is a work which man must do himself, without any special help from Christ. If one step in the way of salvation could be taken without Christ, every step could be taken without Him. But without His help, the sinner can not take the first step in this way. The grace that brings forgiveness brings also contrition and repentance.  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 3]          It is true that great reformations in outward conduct are made by those who have never expressed faith in Christ, and who may not have even a knowledge of Him. But it is none the less true that it is the influence of His grace that put into their hearts the desire to reform. The change in their life is the result of a blind faith. Ignorantly they worship that which leads them to respect true manhood. If they continue to walk toward the light, increased light will shine upon them; and they will bow in adoration before God, filled with gratitude for the love that led Him to give His only-begotten Son as a sacrifice for the lost race.  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 4]          The repentance that God accepts is a repentance that needs not to be repented of,--a repentance revealed by a radical change of mind and heart. The heart must be brought into subjection to Christ, and a repentance that brings about such a change can never originate with man. Only from Him who declared, "I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto Me," can such repentance proceed. As the sinner yields to the drawing power of Christ's love, sorrow for sin and a desire to turn from his evil ways fill his heart, and as he seeks help from God, strength from on high is given him. The Saviour says, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me."  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 5]          Those whom God pardons He first makes penitent. Some will say that this leaves man with nothing to do, with no part in the struggle against sin. This is not so; all the powers with which man has been entrusted must be employed in the effort to do the will of God. Man can never be saved in indolence. Christ declared, "My Father worketh hitherto, and I work;" and those for whom He has given His life are to be co-workers with Him. We must watch and pray, lest we enter into temptation. We must fight against pride, self-exaltation, jealousy, evil thinking, and evil-speaking. Our earnest effort to overcome the evil in our characters will make manifest the sincerity of our prayers.  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 6]          We must exercise faith in God. "Without faith it is impossible to please Him; for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him." It is by faith alone that we can claim His promise, saying, "I receive the things I ask for; Thy Word is sure; it can not fail."  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 7]          We must be willing to realize our need. Those who feel that they are sinful and poor and wretched are the very ones to whom the invitation of mercy is extended. Jesus says, "I came not to call the righteous,"--those who are clothed with the garments of their own righteousness,--"but sinners to repentance." Those who are rich and honorable in their own estimation do not hunger and thirst after righteousness. They feel no need; therefore they do not ask for and receive the blessing of God.  {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, March 18, 1903 par. 8]          Without the help of the Saviour, fallen man could never keep the law of God. But how glorious is the truth of the atonement? What a firm foundation have the saints of the Most High on which to place their hope of salvation! Not one of God's promises can fail. Through the righteousness of Christ the condemned sinner may be purified and made white. The Redeemer has carried the world's burden of guilt and woe, and He is able to strengthen His children for the conflicts that day by day they will meet in the path to heaven.                                                                   -    {ST, March 18, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 1]       April 1, 1903 Child-training.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Men and women are generally designed for the home life, and from an early age they should be taught to perform the duties of this life. They should be taught to see and improve opportunities for helping others.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 2]          Such a training is of untold value to a child, and it can be so given that the child will find pleasure and happiness in learning to be helpful. This is the mother's work,--patiently to train her children for usefulness. In doing this work, she will gain an invaluable experience.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 3]          Children are as easily interested in useful employment as in play. Each child should have his given duties, and should be taught to perform them with thoughtfulness and care. And when he does well, let the mother express her thanks. This will fill his heart with joy. Let her show her children that she appreciates their efforts to help. A word of praise will encourage them in well-doing. Thus teaching her children, the mother becomes their companion; and they are bound together by ties of love and helpfulness.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 4]          In the training of a child, there are times when the firm, matured will of the mother meets the unreasoning, undisciplined will of the child. At such times there is need of great wisdom on the part of the mother. By unwise management, by stern compulsion, she may do her child great harm.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 5]          Whenever possible, this crisis should be avoided; for it means a severe struggle for both mother and child. But once such a crisis is entered into, the child must be led to yield its will to the wiser will of the parent.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 6]          The mother should keep herself under perfect control, doing nothing that will arouse in the child a spirit of defiance. She is to give no loud-voiced commands. She will gain much by keeping the voice low and gentle. She is to deal with the child in a way that will draw him to Jesus. She is to realize that God is her Helper; love, her power. If she is a wise Christian, she will not attempt to force the child to submit. She prays earnestly, and as she prays, she is conscious of a renewal of spiritual power. She sees that the same power that is working in her is working also in the child. He becomes more gentle, more submissive. The battle is won. The mother's patience, her words of wise restraint, have done their work. There is peace after the storm, like the shining of the sun after rain. And the angels, who have been watching the scene, break forth into songs of joy.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 7]          My brother, my sister, are you living in close connection with God, so that you represent Him in the home? Do your children see in your daily life that which strengthens them in every right purpose? Your words and actions, yes, and the tones of your voice and the expression of your countenance, are leaving on their minds impressions that can never be effaced. The influence that you exert in the home mingles with the first conceptions of your children, and it should be to them a savor of life unto life. If your heart is sanctified by Christ's grace, you will stand in the home as an oracle of the cross. Christ will teach you to speak right words. He will speak through you, revealing the power of His grace.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, April 1, 1903 par. 8]          Let not your hearts grow faint or your hands weary. By and by the portals of the heavenly city will open to you and your children, and you may bring them to God, saying, "Here am I, and the children whom Thou hast given me." What a reward will then be yours!--to see your children crowned with immortal life in the city of God.  {ST, April 1, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 1]       April 8, 1903 The Home-Life.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         We have only one life to live, only one probation in which to form characters that God can approve. Let parents take heed, first to themselves, and then to their children. Let them learn from the Word of God what their duty is. The work committed to them is a most solemn and important one,--a work that they can not neglect without incurring heavy guilt. They should make all else secondary to the training of their children, remember that as these children are in the home, so they will be when they go out into the world.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 2]          Too much importance can not be placed on the early training of children. The lessons that the child learns during the first seven years of its life have more to do with the formation of character than all that it learns in future years.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 3]          To the mother is entrusted an important part in the training of her children. But all the responsibility does not rest on her. Father and mother should unite in this great work. The husband should show his wife that he appreciates her. If he wishes to keep her fresh and gladsome, so that she will be as sunshine in the home, let him help her to bear her burdens.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 4]          Parents, make home happy for your children. By this I do not mean that you are to indulge them. The more they are indulged, the harder they will be to manage, and the more difficult it will be for them to live true, noble lives when they go out into the world. If you allow them to do as they please, their purity and loveliness of character will quickly fade. Teach them to obey. Let them see that your word must be respected. This may seem to bring them a little unhappiness now but it will save them from much unhappiness in the future. Let the home government be just and tender, full of love and compassion, yet firm and true. Do not permit one disrespectful word or disobedient act.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 5]                           Patience and Kindness in Correction.          Do not become impatient with your children when they err. When you correct them, do not speak abruptly and harshly. This confuses them, making them afraid to tell the truth. Remember that in them you are meeting your own traits of character,--traits that you have given them. Therefore be very kind, very compassionate, very careful to do nothing that will arouse the worst passions of the human heart. Be so calm, so free from anger, that they will be convinced that you love them, even tho you punish them.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 6]          Never forget the words, "Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones. For I say unto you, that in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven."  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 7]          Let the mother teach her children to be her willing helpers, gladly assisting her to bear life's burdens. Let cheerfulness reign in the home. The mother should put forth every effort to make home the most pleasant place in the world for her children. Let the long winter evenings be devoted to useful reading, or to some other form of self-improvement.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, April 8, 1903 par. 8]          From the child's earliest years he is to be made acquainted with the things of God. In simple words let the mother tell him about Christ's life on earth. And more than this, let her bring into her daily life the teachings of the Saviour. Let her show her child, by her own example, that this life is a preparation for the life to come, a period granted to human beings in which they may form characters that will win for them entrance into the city of God.  {ST, April 8, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 1]       April 22, 1903 The Co-operation of Humanity  with Divinity.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         As our Creator and Redeemer, Christ has embraced the world in His arms of infinite love. All things belong to Him by original and mediatorial efficiency. He is the first and the last, and the efficiency of everything. All the value that there is in any human being is from Christ, and all belongs to Him. All that we have was entrusted to us in order to fulfil His mediatorial plan.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 2]          In the divine plan, evil was foreseen and provided for. A remedy was provided sufficient for complete restoration. But in this plan man himself must act a part. Humanity is the instrument through which God works for humanity. As Christ labored for sinners; so man must labor, that humanity may be brought into connection with divinity.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 3]          In His vast plan God has embraced all humanity. He calls for men and women to fill their appointment as agents chosen to carry out His purposes.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 4]          Christ enlists in His service all who will consent to stand under His authority, all who will wear His yoke and accept the conditions which unite the human with the divine. Those who do this are moulded by the influence that, through the grace of Christ, unites heart to heart, mind to mind, in one complete whole.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 5]          We were brought into existence because we were needed. How sad the thought that if we stand on the wrong side, in the ranks of the enemy, we are lost to the design of our creation. We are disappointing our Redeemer; the powers He designed for His service are used to oppose His grace and matchless love.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 6]          God gave His only-begotten Son that man might be restored to oneness with Him. And however indifferent the human agent may think it his privilege to be, he will be judged according to the provisions of grace that cost Heaven so much. Man may ignore his responsibility; he may choose to be inspired and controlled by Satan, to withdraw from all righteous principles. Nevertheless he will be judged as one who might have used all his capabilities in the service of God, but who refused to do this. His failure to do the good he might have done, had he been a partaker of the divine nature, will be recorded against him as a sign that he despised and neglected the great mercy and loving-kindness of God, refusing to recognize the Creator's claim to his service.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 7]          Those who love God will not live as if they were under little or no obligation to Him. They will not live to please themselves. They will work as Christ worked. All that they have and are will be placed on the altar of service. Earnestly and untiringly they will labor to save the souls for whom Christ died. He, the Redeemer of the world, can and will save the souls of all who come to Him. And to us He has given the privilege of co-operating with Him in the carrying out of His great plan.  {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, April 22, 1903 par. 8]          The work left for us to do is to endeavor to draw all men to Christ, to uplift a crucified and risen Saviour, to tell others of His compassion, pointing to Him as did John the Baptist, saying, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world."                                                    -    {ST, April 22, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 1]       April 29, 1903 Our Elder Brother.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ came to this world as the unwearied servant of man's necessity. He clothed His divinity with humanity that He might stand among men as one of them, a sharer in their poverty and their grief. Love for the lost race was manifested in all that He said and did.  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 2]          What a busy life He led! Day by day He might have been seen entering the humble abodes of want and sorrow, speaking hope to the downcast and peace to the distressed. Humble, gracious, tenderhearted, pitiful, He went about doing good, lifting up the bowed-down and comforting the sorrowing. None who came to Him went away unhelped. To all He brought hope and gladness. Wherever He went He carried blessing.  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 3]          During His childhood and youth, the Saviour lived with His parents at Nazareth, willingly acting His part in bearing the burdens of the household. He had been commander of heaven's hosts, and angels had delighted to fulfil His word; now He was a willing servant, a loving, obedient son. He learned a trade, and with His own hands worked in the carpenter's shop with Joseph. In the simple garb of a common laborer He walked the streets of the little town, going to and returning from His work. When the time came for His public work to begin, He went forth proclaiming the Gospel of the kingdom.  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 4]          Christ brought His wishes into strict abeyance to His mission. He glorified His life by making everything in it subordinate to the will of His Father. When in His youth His mother, finding Him in the school of the rabbis, said, "Son, why hast Thou thus dealt with us? behold, Thy father and I have sought Thee sorrowing." He answered--and His answer is the key-note of His life-work--"How is it that ye sought Me? wist ye not that I must be about My Father's business?"  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 5]          His life was one of constant self-sacrifice. He came to this world to live in our behalf the life of the poorest, to walk and work among the needy and the suffering. Unrecognized and unhonored, He walked in and out among the people for whom He had done so much. The Owner of the world, He had no home in it. "Foxes have holes," He said, "and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of Man hath not where to lay His head." "Surely He hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows." "He is despised and rejected of men, a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief."  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 6]         Christ's work was not confined to any time or place. It was bounded only by His love and sympathy for those for whom He was soon to give His life. His compassion knew no limit. On so large a scale did he conduct His work of healing and teaching that there was no building in Palestine large enough to hold the multitudes that thronged to Him. In every town and village through which He passed was to be found His hospital. On the hillsides of Galilee, in the great thoroughfares of travel, by the seashore, in every place where there were hearts to hear His message, Jesus healed the people and pointed them to their heavenly Father. His life laid the foundation for a religion in which there is no caste, where Jew and Gentile, free and bond, are linked in a common brotherhood, equal before God.  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 7]          Christ lived a life of prayer. Daily beset by temptation, constantly opposed by the leaders of the people, He knew that He must strengthen His humanity by prayer. In order to be a blessing to men, He must commune with God, from Him obtaining energy, perseverance, steadfastness.  {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, April 29, 1903 par. 8]          Christ is our Burden-bearer. He came to bear the trials that we must bear, to resist the temptations that we must resist. He came to show that by receiving power from on high man can live an unsullied life. With sympathetic love and tender compassion, without a trace of harshness, He meets us in our necessities. He works with gracious helpfulness and unwearying patience. By the gentle touch of love He drives from the soul unrest and doubt, changing enmity and unbelief to confidence and faith. "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God." "And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us . . . full of grace and truth." "We have not an high priest which can not be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people."                                                    -    {ST, April 29, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 1]       May 20, 1903 Christ's Way of Helping Us.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         When the Lord sees His disciples deficient in spiritual power, day by day losing ground, day by day wandering farther and farther from the Source of strength, He sends them affliction and adversity. Disappointed hopes cause them to stop and think, and there come to them repentance, and a desire to draw near to God. And as they return to Him, He draws near to them, saying, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me." He receives the repentant sinner with loving assurances of pardon.  {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 2]          There is no power in repentance to change the life. But when the helpless soul casts itself on Christ, there comes transformation of character. The Saviour declares, "A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you."  {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 3]          God often brings men to a crisis to show them their weakness, and to point them to the Source of strength. If they will pray, and watch unto prayer, fighting bravely, their weak points will become their strong points. Jacob's experience contains many valuable lessons for us. All night Jacob wrestled with the angel. Finally the strong wrestler was weakened by a touch on his thigh. He was now disabled, and suffering the keenest pain, but he would not lose his hold. All penitent and broken, he clung to the angel; "he wept, and made supplication," pleading for a blessing. He must have the assurance that his sin was pardoned. His determination grew stronger, his faith more earnest and persevering, until the very last. The angel tried to release himself; he urged, "Let me go; for the day breaketh," but Jacob answered, "I will not let thee go, except thou bless me." Had this been a boastful, presumptuous confidence, Jacob would have been instantly destroyed; but his was the assurance of one who confesses his own unworthiness, yet trusts to the faithfulness of a covenant-keeping God.  {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 4]          Jacob "had power over the angel, and prevailed." Through humiliation, repentance, and self-surrender, this sinful, erring mortal prevailed with the Majesty of heaven. He had fastened his trembling grasp on the promises of God, and the heart of infinite Love could not turn away the sinner's plea.  {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 5]          As an evidence that Jacob had been forgiven, his name was changed from one that was a reminder of his sin to one that commemorated his victory. "Thy name," said the angel, "shall be no more Jacob, but Israel; for as a prince hast thou power with God, and with men, and hast prevailed."  {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 6]          Shall we obtain strength from God, and win victory after victory, or shall we try in our own strength, and at last fall back defeated, worn out by vain effort? Victory is sure when self is surrendered to God. The Lord is not slack concerning His promise. He has given His angels charge over His children. Hereafter the witness will be heard, "My feet had well-nigh slipped, but the Lord upheld me." His way was best--to come in trial to the one He wished to help.  {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, May 20, 1903 par. 7]          And when we obtain the blessing, let us not selfishly hoard it. Let us use for the help of some struggling fellow-being the strength that we have gained. Remember that no one is ever made better by denunciation and recrimination. To charge a tempted soul with his guilt in no way inspires him with a determination to reform. Point the erring, discouraged one to Him who is able to save to the uttermost all who come to Him. Show him what he may become. Tell him that there is in him nothing that recommends him to God, but that Christ died for him, that he might be accepted in the Beloved. Inspire him with hope, showing him that in Christ's strength he can do better. Hold up before him the possibilities that are his. Point him to the heights which he may reach. Help him to take hold upon the mercy of the Lord, to trust in His forgiving power. Jesus is waiting to clasp him by the hand, waiting to give him power to live a noble, virtuous life.                                                    -    {ST, May 20, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 1]       May 27, 1903 Man's Responsibility.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Justice requires that man shall have light, and it also requires that he who refuses to walk in this heaven-sent light, the giving of which cost the death of the Son of God, shall receive punishment. It is a principle of justice that the guilt of the sinner is proportionate to the knowledge given him, but not used, or used in a wrong way. "If ye were blind, ye should have no sin," Christ said to the Pharisees; "but now ye say, We see; therefore your sin remaineth." "This is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light."  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 2]          Christ came that we might have life, and that we might have it "more abundantly." God expects human beings to accept His Son as the propitiation for sin, and to receive into their lives the truths He came to bring. Those who are overcome in the struggle with sin are without excuse, for the Saviour offers to all power that will enable them to overcome the evil that assails them.  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 3]          If God had failed to act His part, if He had given human beings any reason for neglecting the great salvation offered them, man might plead ignorance as a valid excuse. But He has made the way plain. When has He required any one to do anything without giving him full directions as to what He requires him to do? God would have all men to be saved. He communicates to all a knowledge of His will, that each may say, I know what the Lord desires me to do.  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 4]          To some is given greater light than to others. Each will be judged by the light given him. The degree of light bestowed is the measure of responsibility. Mark the woe pronounced on those who, having seen great light, refused to walk in God's way. Speaking of the cities in which most of His mighty works had been done, Christ said, "Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell; for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee."  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 5]         To those busy towns about the Sea of Galilee, Heaven's richest blessings had been freely offered. Day after day the Prince of Life had gone in and out among them. The glory of God, which prophets and kings had longed to see, had shone upon the multitudes that thronged the Saviour's steps. Yet they refused the heavenly Gift. And as they rejected the Son of God, so God rejected them.  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 6]          The people of each age will be judged by the light they have received. The church of today has been favored with great light and many opportunities--favored even as Chorazin and Bethsaida were favored. How Christ longed to see some fruit from the labor He expended on these cities! And today how greatly He longs to see His church standing in freedom from sin! O that those for whom He has wrought so mightily would strive to be like Him in character! How it would cheer His heart to see them partaking of His nature, their works testifying to their faith in God, and to their realization of the obligation resting on them to work for Him!  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 7]         Many wonder at the blindness of the Jews in rejecting Christ. Had we lived in His day, they declare, we would gladly have received His teaching; we would never have been partakers of the guilt of those who rejected the Saviour. But when obedience to God requires self-denial and humiliation, these very ones stifle their convictions and refuse obedience.  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 8]          God expects us to gain every day a clearer understanding of His will. He asks for the consecration to His service of all that we have and are. We are not our own; we have been bought with a price; and we are to use for God all the gifts He has entrusted to us. He places us where we have opportunity to know His will, and He offers us power to fulfil it. If we choose, we may be witnesses for Him. He who ignores his duty, and neglects his opportunities must bear the consequences of his neglect.  {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, May 27, 1903 par. 9]          If you have caught a glimpse of Heaven's truth, turn not away. Be not disobedient to the heavenly vision. Walk in the light you have received, and your pathway will grow brighter and brighter. In the light shining from Calvary you will see the sinfulness of sin, and you will see also God's willingness and power to save from sin.                                                    -    {ST, May 27, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 1]       June 3, 1903 "Walk in the Light."    Mrs. E. G. White.         The Christian pilgrim is not left to walk in darkness. Jesus leads the way. Those who follow Him walk in the sunshine of His presence. The path that the pilgrim treads is clear and well defined. Christ's righteousness goes before him--the righteousness that makes possible the good works characterizing the life of every true Christian. God is his rearward. He walks in the light as Christ is in the light. As he travels onward in the Christian journey, he combines faith with earnest endeavor to win others to accompany him. Constantly receiving the light of Christ's presence, constantly he reflects this light to others in words of encouragement and deeds of self-denial. He bears the sign of obedience to God's law, which distinguishes him from those who are not following the pathway that leads to life eternal.  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 2]          The Christian pilgrim can not be sour, gloomy, depressed. It is a misrepresentation of the Christian faith to be surly, unreasonable, or sour in spirit. He who walks in the light cherishes no such spirit, but, by conscientious, consistent behaviour, heeds the apostle's admonition to provoke his fellow pilgrims to love and good works. Those who have a careful regard for one another's needs, those who speak words of kindly sympathy, those who give thoughtful assistance to others, to help them in their work, encourage not only their fellow men, but themselves as well, because they thus become laborers together with God.  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 3]          If it were not for the light that is given us from above, we could not follow step by step in the footprints of Jesus. Christ came to this world in order that we might have this light. He is "the true light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." He, the Majesty of heaven, the Son of the living God, the One equal with the Father, came to our world to stand by the side of fallen beings, through His sacrifice giving value to humanity. Lower and still lower He stepped in humiliation, until it was impossible for Him to descend any lower. For our sake He suffered and died. While hanging upon the cross, He exclaimed, "It is finished." He had accomplished His work for us; He had become the propitiation for our sins; He had made it possible for us to be accepted of God through faith in the atoning merits of the Crucified One.  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 4]          If from the beginning of our Christian experience we had walked in the counsel of God, many more would have been converted to the Saviour. But often crooked paths have been made. Let us make straight paths, lest the lame be turned out of the way. Let no one follow a crooked path that some one else has made; for thus he would not only go astray himself, but would make this crooked path plainer for some one else to follow. Dear reader, determine that as for yourself, you will walk in the path of obedience. Know for a certainty that you are standing under the broad shield of Omnipotence. Realize that the characteristics of Jehovah must be revealed in your life, and that in you must be accomplished a work that will mould your character after the divine similitude. Yield yourself to the guidance of Him who is Head over all.  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 5]          We are doing a work for the judgment. Let us be learners of Jesus. We need His guidance every moment. At every step we should inquire, "Is this the way of the Lord?" not, "Is this the way of the man who is over me?" We are to be concerned only as to whether we are walking in the way of the Lord. Unconsciously every true follower of the Master will say, "Are there not but twelve hours in the day? and am I not working at the close of the day? I must walk in the light as one of the children of light. I must lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset, and run with patience the race that is set before me. I am striving for a crown of glory that fadeth not away."  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 6]          To "walk in the light" means to resolve to exercise thought to exert will-power, in an earnest endeavor to represent Christ in sweetness of character. It means to put away all gloom. Let no one rest satisfied simply in saying, "I am a child of God." Are you beholding Jesus, and by beholding, becoming changed into His likeness? To "walk in the light" means advancement and progress in spiritual attainments. Paul declared, "Not as tho I had already attained, neither were already perfect: but . . . forgetting those things which are behind," constantly beholding the Pattern, I reach "forth unto those things which are before."  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 7]          To "walk in the light" means to "walk uprightly," to walk "in the way of the Lord," to walk by faith," to "walk in the Spirit." to "walk in the truth," to "walk in love," to "walk in newness of life." It is "perfecting holiness in the fear of God."  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 8]          What a terrible thing it is to darken the pathway of others by bringing shadow and gloom upon ourselves! Let each one take heed to himself. Charge not upon others your defects of character. Talk light; walk in the light. "God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all." Study not how to please self. Lose sight of self, and behold the multitudes perishing in their sins. Gather to your souls the courage that can come only from the Light of the world. Forgetting self, help the many who are within reach around you. Talk faith, and your faith will increase. Cease lamenting. Work in Christ's lines. With loving endeavor strive to please Him. His excellence will help you to be Christlike. Ever stand ready to lift up the hands that hang down, and to strengthen the feeble knees. Shine as lights in the world, attracting others by the brightness of Christ's glory revealed through your good works.  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 9]          God will honor and uphold every true-hearted, earnest soul who is seeking to walk before Him in the perfection of Christ's grace. He will never leave nor forsake one humble, trembling follower of His. He will work in the hearts of those who receive Him, making His children pure and holy, by His rich grace qualifying them to be laborers together with Him. With keen sanctified perception they will appreciate the strength of His promises, and appropriate them, not because of any worthiness of their own, but because by living faith they avail themselves of the benefits of Christ's sacrifice, and receive the robe of His righteousness.  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, June 3, 1903 par. 10]          My fellow traveler in the Christian way, as you walk in the light, pray, simply trusting in Jesus your Redeemer. Walk so that your life will reflect rays of light to others. Confide in the love of Jesus, and you will have grace to save perishing souls. Your path will be as the path of the just,--a "shining light that shineth more and more unto the perfect day."  {ST, June 3, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 1]       June 10, 1903 Triumphant Through Christ.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christians are engaged in a warfare. The church militant is not the church triumphant. The followers of Christ, marching toward Zion, must fight at every step. His adversary is the one who once stood in the heavenly courts as the first of the covering cherubs. The beams of glory enshrouding the eternal God, once rested constantly upon him. But, not content with his position, tho honored above the heavenly host, he began to covet the glory with which the Father had invested the Son. Lucifer desired to be first in heaven. Thus he introduced sin into the universe. Entering the Garden of Eden after his expulsion from heaven, he succeeded in deceiving our first parents. Ever since he has claimed this world. Declaring that no human-being can keep the law of God's kingdom, he claims all men as his subjects.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 2]                           The Redeemer of the Fallen Race.          It was the existence of sin in the human heart that led Christ to come to this earth. He covenanted with God to lay aside His kingly crown and royal robe, clothe His divinity with humanity, and, standing on this earth at the head of humanity, bear testimony against the assertion of darkness that man could not live without sin. To save sinners, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, descended step by step to the lowest depths of humiliation.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 3]          If we should ask Isaiah who Jesus of Nazareth is, we should receive this reply: "Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulders; and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace." Such are the titles Isaiah gives to the One who came to our world to save the fallen race.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 4]          Christ came to subject Himself to all the temptations wherewith man is beset. In human nature He suffered all the trials and disappointments, the humiliations and afflictions, that man suffers. In our behalf Christ took humanity upon Himself, and stood at the head of humanity. In His humanity, He touched humanity; in His divinity, as His right, He laid hold on the throne of God.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 5]          When the Pharisees asked the disciples why their Master ate with publicans and sinners, Christ, overhearing the question, turned to His accusers, and, in the dignity of His mission, said: "I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." In His life He has given us a representation of what repentant sinners may become. He was pure and undefiled. From His lips escaped no word that could leave a stain upon His character. All through the Scriptures He has given us assurances that through His grace we may attain the same perfection of character that He attained.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 6]                                     Our High Estate.          By giving Himself, Christ offered a complete sacrifice, that we, by believing on Him, might become "sons and daughters of the Most High." What are we willing to do in return for this infinite sacrifice? What sacrifice are we willing to make, that we may be sons and daughters of God, "partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust?"  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 7]          My brother, my sister, do you desire to be a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King? Do you desire to share in the final reward of the faithful? It matters not what your surroundings are; if you look to Christ for counsel and strength, you will be able to withstand every temptation.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 8]          Let those who are so desirous of worldly pleasure, so ambitious for worldly honor, think of the one who sacrificed His all in order to show them what they may become through His grace and strength. Will those for whom He has died do what they must do to be saved? Will they learn from His life the lessons they should learn in regard to the character they must form in order to be prepared to unite with the loyal, holy family that shall enter through the gates into the city?  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 9]          "Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth." If the affections are set on earthly things the life is tainted and corrupted. Ever remember that by submitting to the rite of baptism you have signified that you "are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear then shall ye also appear with Him in glory." Precious promise!  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 10]                                     The Christ-Life.          How thankful we should be that Christ came in poverty! No one can say, He knows nothing about the trials and hardships of poverty. Altho He knew that He was the Majesty of heaven and the Redeemer of the lost race, He worked for many years at the carpenter's trade. From childhood he did his part toward sustaining a family living in poverty. And in His daily work He taught lessons in regard to the perfecting of character. In every detail of the work connected with the construction of buildings--in every stroke He made, in every piece He prepared and joined to other pieces--He showed the care and exactness with which character should be built. It is He who inspired Paul to declare, "Ye are God's building."  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 11]          The companions of Jesus often said to Him, Why need you be so particular? It is unnecessary to work in that way. You could just as well work with less exactitude, and save time. Instead of arguing with them, Jesus answered their criticisms by beginning to chant one of the Psalms in which David taught that faithfulness and integrity must mark the character. The spirit of the song affected the hearts of those who were with Jesus, and almost before they realized what they were doing, they caught the strain and joined with ［Him］ in singing. And when a quarrel arose, instead of stopping to argue or to justify His course, Jesus began to sing. Soon His companions would forget their differences of opinion and their angry words. Those who, a few moments before, had felt provoked with Him or with one another, now joined in singing the hymn of praise.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 12]         By pursuing the same course we may hide in Christ. Then we shall be partakers of the divine nature.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 13]                                    The Victory.          The Captain of our salvation was made perfect through suffering, that He might bring many sons and daughters to the Father above. We are standing under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. As faithful soldiers of the cross we are not to fight against principalities and powers, but against spiritual wickedness in high places. We are to meet Satan and his host. In this warfare there is no rest, no release. We must conquer in the name of Jesus, or be conquered. Armed with the mind of Christ, we shall be more than overcomers.  {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 13}
[ST, June 10, 1903 par. 14]          The Lord desires us to be victorious over the powers of darkness. He is willing to save to the uttermost all who come to Him. It is through Him that "we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand." Through Him we have access to heaven's treasure-house--His Word, the Holy Scriptures. From this treasure-house we are to draw the weapons of our warfare--the weapons so effectively used by our Saviour. With the sword of truth--"it is written"--He vanquished the foe. Armed with this sword, and protected by the shield of faith, we, the church militant, shall be able to stand unmoved by Satan's assaults. Continuing to resist the enemy, we shall constantly gain strength, and finally become the church triumphant.                                                                   -    {ST, June 10, 1903 par. 14}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 1]       June 17, 1903 The Hope of the World.    Mrs. E. G. White.         We can not understand the mystery of redemption. It is enough for us to know that God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son to die for us. The penalty of our transgression fell upon a pure, holy, innocent Substitute, even the Son of God. He bore our sins in His own body on the tree, that we might at last stand before God clothed in the robe of sinlessness.  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 2]          The Gospel is the hope of the world. The cross is God's agency for counterworking Satan's plans, and restoring man to his original purity. The plan of salvation devised by the Father and the Son will be a grand success. Christ's atoning sacrifice will arouse the sluggish mind, quickening into activity man's mental and spiritual powers.  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 3]                                   A Teacher Sent from God.          Darkness had covered the earth, and gross darkness the people. The time had come when a Teacher from heaven must be sent to the world. Prophecy had foretold the advent of this teacher. "Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; Him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever He shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass, that every soul, which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people. Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days," -- the days when Christ's authority would be supreme and His power invincible.  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 4]          As the scroll is further unrolled, we read, "O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountains; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord God will come with strong hand, and His arm shall rule for Him; behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd; He shall gather the lambs with His arms, and carry them in His bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young."  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 5]          It is by the power of the cross that man is to be redeemed. "Behold my servant, whom I uphold," God says; "mine elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My spirit upon Him; He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench; He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth; and the isles shall wait for His law."  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 6]          "Thus saith God the Lord, . . . I the Lord have called thee in righteousness, and will hold thine hand, and will keep thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles; to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison-house. . . . Sing unto the Lord a new song, and His praise from the end of the earth, ye that go down to the sea, and all that is therein; the isles, and the inhabitants thereof. . . . I will bring the blind by a way that they knew not; I will lead them in paths that they have not known; I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight. These things will I do unto them, and not forsake them."  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 7]          "Every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God, that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins; who can have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity."  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 8]                                    Delivered from Death.          Christ laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might know for Himself the sufferings and the temptations of human beings. He came to be their Surety, to overcome in their behalf, to live for them a sinless life, that through His power they might obtain the victory over evil. He came, saying, "I will declare Thy name unto My brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto thee." He placed Himself on a level with human beings, saying, I will stand at the head of the race, that through My humiliation they may be accepted as members of the royal family. I will declare the name of God unto my brethren. "I will put my trust in Him,"--just as I desire My disciples to do.  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 9]          Only by bearing the penalty of our disobedience could Christ deliver us from eternal death. He became sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 10]          Thus He placed us on vantage ground, where we could live pure, sinless lives. Repentant sinners stand before God justified and accepted, because the Innocent One has borne their guilt. The undeserving are made deserving, because in their behalf the Deserving became the undeserving.  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 11]          "Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might destroy Him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage." "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."  {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, June 17, 1903 par. 12]                              Rich in an Eternal Inheritance.          Christ died to purchase salvation for us. He was raised for our justification, and He ever lives to make intercession for us. His life and death bring salvation to every believing child of God. By His death we are reconciled to God; by His life, as it is wrought out in our life, we shall be saved. We may be poor in temporal things, but we are rich in the treasure that endures forever. We have the deeds to an immortal inheritance, the title papers to a life that measures with the life of God.                                                                   -    {ST, June 17, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 1]       June 24, 1903 The Formation of Character.    Mrs. E. G. White.         The grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men, teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world; looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 2]          It greatly dishonors God for any one to disregard the wonderful salvation brought to mankind at so infinite a cost--even the life of the Only-begotten of the Father. Men and women are inexcusable for refusing to accept the invitation of Him who has died for their redemption. Christ offers life eternal to those who choose to be obedient and submissive to God's will. By bearing the yoke of willing obedience, men and women testify to worlds unfallen, to angels, and to men that they have accepted Christ as their Ruler, and are conforming their lives to His will.  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 3]          Those who refuse to accept Christ's invitation to wear His yoke of obedience and to learn of Him His meekness and lowliness, will not form characters that fit them to become members of the royal family, children of the Heavenly King. Before the universe such persons bear a direct testimony against Christ. They do their Saviour a great wrong. By their choice they reveal that they despise the great salvation which the heavenly Father has placed within their reach. They do not fully appreciate the value that Christ has placed on them. They fail of realizing that He has purchased them at an infinite cost. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 4]                                   Co-operation with Christ.          Christ took upon Himself the nature of humanity, to make it possible for Him to suffer and to die as a propitiation for the sins of the fallen race. Through His merits, repentant sinners may unite with Divinity. His they are by creation and by redemption. "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 5]          The Lord is doing a great work in the earth. With intense interest He is examining every man's fitness to associate with the sinless angels and with the redeemed family in heaven. Not one of the ransomed host will be disposed to begin a rebellion similar to the one that Satan began before the creation of our race. The Lord gives men and women probationary time in which to acquaint themselves with His terms of salvation. They are given opportunity to unite with Him, as "laborers together with God," to mould their characters after the similitude of the divine character. By improving this opportunity, they heed His words of counsel: "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 6]          In these closing days of probation let us profit by the words of warning: "Take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth." Those who are careless and indifferent, those who have given themselves to the world--body, soul, and spirit--will find themselves, whatever their position, unready for His appearing. "Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 7]          Christ is made the judge of every man's character. All judgment is given by the Father into His hands. Daily an examination of the characters of men and women is being carried on. God is particular in requiring every one to conform to His standard of character.  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 8]                                  The Fabric Ofttimes Marred.          Many, many are trusting to their own righteousness. Refusing to submit to the will of Christ or to allow Him to clothe them with the robe of His righteousness, they set up a standard for themselves, forming characters according to their own will and pleasure. They misrepresent the perfect character--the righteousness--of Christ. Themselves deceived, they deceive others, leading many into false paths. Satan is well pleased with their religion, but they are not accepted of God. They will at last receive punishment with the great deceiver.  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 9]          There is a large number of professing Christians who do not really follow Jesus. They do not bear the cross with willing self-denial and self-sacrifice. Altho making a high profession of being earnest Christians, they weave into the fabric of their characters so many threads of personal imperfections that the beautiful pattern is spoiled. Of them in effect Christ says: You boast of being rich and increased with supposed spiritual attainments. In reality you are neither cold nor hot, but are filled with conceit. Unless converted, you can not be saved; for with your unsanctified wisdom you would mar heaven. I can not endorse your spirit or your work. You do not act in accordance with the divine example, but are following a pattern of your own invention. Because of your lukewarm condition I must spew you out of My mouth.  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 10]          I, your Redeemer, know your works. I am familiar with the motives that prompt you to declare boastingly, in regard to your spiritual condition, "I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing." Thou "knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 11]          Those who are in this condition are wilfully ignorant. They do not discern the real character of sin. By their wrong doing, they constantly misrepresent the character of Christ and put Him to open shame. Professing to have a knowledge of the truth, they act as novices. They do not seem to understand the truth that must be expressed in word and deed in order to show a decided difference between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. They are false claimants of every Christian blessing and privilege. They claim to be Christ's representatives, but they are not rich in spiritual grace or in good works. Standing in their own light, they are wretched, poor, blind, maimed. What a position to be in!  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 12]                                  Be Zealous, and Repent.          Notwithstanding their wilful ignorance, they are not left by the Lord without adding warning and counsel. "I counsel thee," He pleads, "to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 13]          There are some who will not hear. So long have they chosen to follow their own way and their own wisdom, so long have they cherished hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong, that they are blind and can not see afar off. By them, principles are perverted; false standards are raised; tests are made that bear not the signature of heaven. They are assimilating worldly ideas and forming characters that will exclude them from heaven. And yet some of these very ones make their boasts in the Lord as a people who do righteousness, and forsake not the ordinances of their God!  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 13}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 14]                                The Reward of the Upright.          "O fear the Lord, ye his saints." "Behold, the eye of the Lord is upon them that fear Him, upon them that hope in His mercy." "Trust in Him at all times; . . .  pour out your heart before Him." "Trust in the Lord with all thine heart; and lean not unto thine own understanding. In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy paths."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 14}
[ST, June 24, 1903 par. 15]          "Trust in the Lord, and do good; so shalt thou dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed. Delight thyself also in the Lord; and He shall give thee the desires of thine heart. Commit thy way unto the Lord; trust also in Him; and He shall bring it to pass." "For evil-doers shall be cut off; but those that wait upon the Lord, they shall inherit the earth." "The Lord knoweth the days of the upright; and their inheritance shall be forever."  {ST, June 24, 1903 par. 15}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 1]       July 1, 1903 Worldliness and Licentiousness.                              Lessons from the Past.                                By Mrs. E. G. White.            Satan has ever achieved his greatest successes through the neglect of God's people to maintain their separation from the world,--its customs, its practises and principles. There are but two great parties among men--the servants of Christ, and the servants of Satan. Their leaders are opposites in every particular. Our Lord Jesus Christ, who came to conquer the prince of darkness, says, "If ye were of the world, the world would love his own; but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you." Here Christ makes a marked distinction between His followers and the world. Those who are of the world are in direct opposition to those who love God and keep His commandments. The heart must be kept with all diligence, that the human be not exalted above the Divine. If those who profess to love and serve God, follow blind impulse, rather than reason and conscience, they will fall by the artifice of Satan. The affections should be guarded and controlled, lest they be placed upon unworthy objects that are forbidden in the Word of God.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 2]          Samson, that mighty man of valor, was under a solemn vow to be a Nazarite during the period of his life; but, becoming infatuated by the charms of a lewd woman, he rashly broke that sacred pledge. Satan worked through his agents to destroy this ruler of Israel, that the mysterious power which he possessed might no longer intimidate the enemies of God's people. It was the influence of this bold woman that separated him from God, her artifices that proved his ruin. The love and service which God claims, Samson gave to this woman. This was idolatry. He lost all sense of the sacred character and work of God, and sacrificed honor, conscience, and every valuable interest, to base passion.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 3]          The life of Solomon should prove a beacon of warning to God's people in every age. The Lord had erected a barrier between Israel and other nations. He had made that people the depositaries of His law, and their safety lay in preserving their peculiar, holy character. But as King Solomon's heart was lifted up in pride, he became eager for still greater wealth and power. To secure these, political alliances were formed with idolatrous nations.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 4]          Honor and riches flowed in to him as the result; but these temporal advantages were dearly purchased at the sacrifice of principle. His kingdom was enriched with the gold of Tarshish, but the fine gold of character was tarnished by the corrupting influence of paganism. Once over the wise barrier which God had erected, the king took, one after another, the fatal steps that led him away from hope and happiness and heaven. From the wisest of the rulers, Solomon became a despot. Satan triumphed as this man, who had thrice been called the beloved of his God, became a slave of passion, and sacrificed his integrity to the bewitching power of woman.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 5]          The cases mentioned are sufficient to show the danger of corrupting the soul by mingling with God's enemies. These examples are placed on record for the benefit of those who live amid the perils of the last days. The devices of Satan are no less now than in ancient times. Indeed, as we near the period of Christ's second coming, Satan redoubles his efforts to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. The youth especially are in constant and fearful danger of being overcome by his temptations.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 6]          Watchfulness and vigilance are needed now. The lustful eye must be turned off from beholding vanity. Boldness and immodesty must be met with a decided rebuke. Let none yield to a spirit of self-confidence, and feel that they are in no danger. As long as Satan lives, his efforts will be constant and untiring to make the world as wicked as before the flood, and as licentious as were the inhabitants of Sodom and Gomorrah. The prayer may well be offered daily by all who have the fear of God before them, that He will preserve their hearts from evil desires, and strengthen their souls to resist temptation. Those who, in their self-confidence, feel no need of watchfulness and unceasing prayer, are near some humiliating fall. All who do not feel the importance of resolutely guarding their affections will be captivated by those who practise their arts to ensnare and lead astray the unwary.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 7]          Satan exulted to see Samson, a man whom God could have used to His glory, so infatuated that he could betray his strength into the hands of Delilah. Satan knew that he had taken Samson captive. Few who go thus far again see clearly the aggravated character of sin. Reputation, strength, and usefulness are sacrificed for sinful indulgence. Blind infatuation leads men on in the way to destruction. The power of Satan, his arts and machinations,--who can know them? Those who, in defiance of all the warnings and entreaties of God's Word, venture to indulge in sin are sleeping on the very brink of eternal ruin. Because God bears long with transgressors, of His law, because He sends them warnings and entreaties, because punishment does not immediately follow their evil deeds, they abuse His mercy and forbearance, and blindly rush on in a course of crime. When assailed by temptation, many have not moral strength to say, as did Joseph, "How then can I do this great wickedness, and sin against God?" They do not give a decided refusal to the first invitation to transgress the law of God, and soon unlawful indulgence becomes habitual, and they are ready to deny that it is a sin.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 8]         Unwise marriages are the curse of this age. Such an alliance can but be disastrous to both parties. That love which has no better foundation than mere sensual gratification will be headstrong, blind, and uncontrollable. Honor, truth, and every noble, elevated power of the mind, is brought under the slavery of passions. The man who is bound in the chains of this infatuation is too often deaf to the voice of reason and conscience; neither argument nor entreaty can lead him to see the folly of his course.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 9]          Men and women professing godliness should tremble at the thought of entering into a marriage covenant with those who do not respect and obey the commandments of God. It was this that opened the flood-gates of sin to the antediluvians. Such a connection with the world is a direct departure from God's express requirements,--"Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers."  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 10]          In these alliances the creature receives the love which should be given to the Creator. There is danger in entering into any intimate relation with those who have no connection with Heaven. This is the friendship which Inspiration calls enmity with God. We can not be too jealous of ourselves, lest, by associating with worldlings, we fall into the same habits. It was for this reason that the Israelites were commanded to dwell alone, as a people separate from all other nations. The friendship of the Lord's enemies is more to be dreaded than their enmity; for Satan is constantly working through pleasing, intelligent unbelievers, to tempt the people of God to sin.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 11]          When one commandment of the Decalogue is broken, the downward steps are almost certain. When once the barriers of female modesty are removed, the basest licentiousness does not appear exceeding sinful. Alas, what terrible results of woman's influence for evil may be witnessed in the world today! Through the allurements of "strange women," thousands are incarcerated in prison cells, many take their own lives, and many cut short the lives of others. How true the words of Inspiration, "Her feet go down to death; her steps take hold on hell."  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 12]         Beacons of warning are placed on every side in the pathway of life, to prevent men from approaching the dangerous, forbidden ground; but, notwithstanding this, multitudes choose the fatal path, contrary to the dictates of reason, regardless of God's law, and in defiance of His vengeance.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, July 1, 1903 par. 13]          Those who would preserve physical health, a vigorous intellect, and sound morals, must "flee youthful lusts." Those who will put forth zealous and decided efforts to check the wickedness that lifts its bold, presumptions head in our midst, are hated and maligned by all wrong-doers, but they will be honored and recompensed of God.  {ST, July 1, 1903 par. 13}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 1]       August 5, 1903 "Go Ye Therefore, and Teach  All Nations."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Standing but a step from His heavenly throne, Christ gave the commission to His disciples. "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth," He said. "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations." "Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature." Again and again the words were repeated, that the disciples might grasp their significance. Upon all the inhabitants of the earth, high and low, rich and poor, was the light of heaven to shine in clear, strong rays. The disciples were to be co-laborers with their Redeemer in the work of saving the world.  {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 2]         The commission had been given to the twelve when Christ was with them in the upper chamber; but it was now to be given to a larger number. At the meeting on a mountain in Galilee, all the believers who could be called together were assembled. Of this meeting Christ Himself, before His death, had designated the time and place. The angel at the tomb reminded the disciples of His promise to meet them in Galilee. The promise was repeated to the believers who were gathered at Jerusalem during the Passover week, and through them it reached many lonely ones who were mourning the death of their Lord.  {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 3]          With intense interest all looked forward to the interview. They made their way to the place of meeting by circuitous routes, coming in from every direction to avoid exciting the suspicion of the jealous Jews. With wondering hearts they came, talking earnestly together of the news that had reached them concerning Christ.  {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 4]          At the time appointed about five hundred believers were collected in little knots on the mountain-side, eager to learn all that could be learned from those who had seen Christ since His resurrection. From group to group the disciples passed, telling all that they had seen and heard of Jesus, and reasoning from the Scriptures as He had done with them. Thomas recounted the story of his unbelief, and told how his doubts had been swept away. Suddenly, Jesus appeared among them. Many were present who had never before seen Him; but in His hands and feet they beheld the marks of the crucifixion; His countenance was as the face of God, and when they saw Him, they worshiped Him.  {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 5]         But some doubted. So it will always be. There are those who find it hard to exercise faith, and who place themselves on the doubting side. These lose much because of their unbelief. This was the only interview that Jesus had with many of the believers before His ascension. He came and spoke to them, saying, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth." The disciples had worshiped Him before He spoke, but these words, falling from lips that had been closed in death, thrilled them with peculiar power. He was now the risen Saviour. Many of them had seen Him exercise His power in healing the sick and controlling Satanic agencies. They believed that He possessed power to set up His kingdom in Jerusalem, power to quell all opposition, power over the elements of nature. He had stilled the angry waters, He had walked upon the white crest billows; He had raised the dead to life. Now He declared that "all power" was given unto Him.  {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 6]          Christ's words on the mountain-side were the announcement that His sacrifice in behalf of man was full and complete. The conditions of the atonement had been accomplished. He was on His way to the throne of God, to be honored by angels, principalities, and powers. He had entered upon His mediatorial work. Clothed with boundless authority, He gave His commission to the disciples, "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, August 5, 1903 par. 7]          The Jewish people had been made the depositaries of sacred truth; but Phariseeism had made them the most exclusive, the most bigoted of all the human race. Everything about the priests and rulers,--their dress, customs, ceremonies, traditions,--unfitted them to be the light of the world. They looked upon themselves, the Jewish people, as the world. But Christ commissioned His disciples to proclaim a faith and a worship that would have in it nothing of cast or country, a faith that would be adapted to all peoples, all nations, all classes of men.                                                    -    {ST, August 5, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 1]       August 12, 1903 "Lo, I am With You Alway"    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Before leaving His disciples, Christ plainly stated the nature of His kingdom. He called to their minds things that He had previously told them in regard to it. He declared to them that it was not His purpose to establish in this world a temporal kingdom, but a spiritual kingdom. He was not to reign as an earthly king on David's throne. Again He opened to them the Scriptures, showing them that all that He had passed through had been ordained in the councils between the Father and Himself. This was foretold by prophets and men inspired by the Holy Spirit.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 2]          Christ told the disciples to begin their work at Jerusalem. Jerusalem had been the scene of His amazing condescension for the human race. There He had suffered, been rejected, and condemned. The land of Judea was His birthplace. There, clad in the garb of humanity, He had walked with men, and few had discerned how near Heaven came to earth when Jesus was among them. At Jerusalem the work of the disciples must begin.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 3]          There were at Jerusalem many who had secretly believed on Jesus, and many who had been deceived by the priests and rulers. To these the Gospel was to be preached. They were to be called to repentance. The wonderful truth that through Christ alone could remission of sins be obtained, was to be made plain. While all Jerusalem was stirred by the thrilling events of the past few weeks, the preaching of the Gospel would make the deepest impression.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 4]          But the work of the disciples was not to end in Jerusalem. They were to carry the truth to earth's remotest bounds. To His disciples Christ said, You have been witnesses of My life of self-sacrifice in behalf of the world. You have witnessed My labors for Israel. Altho they would not come unto Me that they might have life, altho priests and rulers have done unto Me as they listed, altho they have rejected Me as the scriptures foretold, they will still have another opportunity of accepting the Son of God. You have seen that all who come unto Me confessing their sins, I freely receive. Him that cometh to Me I will in nowise cast out. To you, My disciples, I commit this message of mercy. It is to be given to all nations, tongues, and peoples. It is to be given to Jews and Gentiles. All who believe are to be gathered into one church.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 5]          The disciples were to carry their work forward in Christ's name. Their faith was to center in Him who is the Source of power. In His name they were to present their petitions to the Father, and they would receive answer. Christ's name was to be their watchword, their badge of office, their bond of union, the authority for their action, and the source of their success. Nothing was to be recognized in His kingdom that did not bear His name and superscription.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 6]          Thus Christ gave the disciples their commission. He did not tell them that their work would be easy. He showed them the vast confederacy arrayed against them. He told them that they were to fight, not merely against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. But they were not left to fight alone. He assured them that He would be with them, and that if they would go forth in faith, they would move under the shield of Omnipotence. "Lo, I am with you alway," He said. He made full provision for the prosecution of their work, and took upon Him the responsibility of its success. So long as they obeyed His word, and worked in connection with Him, they could not fail. Go to all nations, He bade them. Go to the farthest part of the habitable globe, but know that My presence will be there. Labor in faith and confidence, for the time will never come when I will forsake you.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, August 12, 1903 par. 7]          The disciples went forth preaching the Word. They prepared themselves for their work. Before the day of Pentecost, they met together, and put away all differences. They were of one accord. They believed Christ's promise that the blessing was to be given, and they prayed in faith. They did not ask for a blessing for themselves merely; they were weighted with the burden for the salvation of souls. The Gospel was to be carried to the uttermost parts of the earth, and they claimed the power that Christ had promised. Then it was that the Holy Spirit was poured out, and thousands were converted in a day.  {ST, August 12, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 1]       August 19, 1903 Power for Service.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The commission that Christ gave to His disciples just before His ascension is given also to us. To every believer are spoken the words, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature." The Lord has given His church a special work of personal service. He could have given to angels alone the work of soul-saving, but He did not do this. Humanity must touch humanity.  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 2]          It is a fatal mistake to suppose that the work of saving souls depends alone on the ordained minister. All to whom the heavenly inspiration has come are put in trust with the Gospel. All who receive the life of Christ are ordained to work for the salvation of souls. For this work the church was established, and all who take upon themselves the sacred vows are thereby pledged to be co-workers with Christ.  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 3]          "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." He who is truly converted is filled with a desire to save sinners. He goes forth proclaiming, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." His whole soul reaches out after others in a desire that they may enjoy the peace that he has found. The light that has entered heart and mind can not be shut in. It must shine forth.  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 4]          To us, as to the disciples, Christ says, "I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." The power promised to them is promised to us also. Christ assures us that if we go forth in His strength, we shall do the deeds of Omnipotence. But have we placed ourselves where God can give us the power that He gave the disciples,--power which enabled them to preach the Gospel so mightily that thousands were converted in a day? How can we expect the approval of Heaven while we leave our fellow-beings unwarned?  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 5]          The privileges that God has given us, the advantages that He has bestowed, the promises that He has made, should inspire us, with far greater zeal and devotion. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Christ came to this world to live and die for sinners. He bids His disciples put forth untiring effort for those who know not the joy of communion with Him. He stands ready to give them power for the fulfilment of the commission.  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 6]          The veil has been rent from top to bottom. A new and living way has been opened. And now, all who will may reach forth their hands unto God, and take hold of His strength, and they shall make peace with Him. The heathen world is no longer to be wrapped in darkness. The gloom of superstition is to disappear before the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness. The powers of hell have been overcome. The truth of the words has been proven, "I am sought of them that asked not for Me; I am found of them that sought Me not; I said, Behold Me, behold Me, unto a nation that was not called by My name."  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 7]          Go, teach and preach Christ. Instruct and educate all who know not of His grace, His goodness, and His mercy. Teach the people. "How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher?"  {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, August 19, 1903 par. 8]          "How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth! . . . Break forth into joy, sing together, ye waste places of Jerusalem; for the Lord hath comforted His people, He hath redeemed Jerusalem. The Lord hath made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations, and all the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God."                                                    -    {ST, August 19, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 1]       August 26, 1903 Our Helper.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Nearly two thousand years ago a Voice of mysterious import was heard in heaven, saying, "Sacrifice and offering Thou wouldest not, but a body hast Thou prepared me. . . Lo, I come, . . . to do Thy will, O God."  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 2]          Christ came to our world to be man's surety, to overcome in his behalf, to live for him a sinless life, that in His power they might obtain the victory over sin. He came, saying, "I will declare Thy name unto My brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto Thee." He placed Himself on a level with human beings, saying, I will stand at the head of the race, that through My humiliation, they may be accepted as members of the royal family. I will declare the name of God unto My brethren. I will put My trust in Him, just as I desire My disciples to do.  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 3]          "Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage."  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 4]          As Christ took upon Him this work, He saw all that it would bring,--His betrayal, because of envy, pride, and the love of money; His trial in the judgment hall, the scourging, the cruel death. He had led the children of Israel from Egyptian bondage into the land of Canaan. He had come now to lead them from spiritual bondage into the City of God. But they rejected Him, and delivered Him up to death. He came to His vineyard to receive the fruit thereof, but those who should have welcomed Him, said, "This is the heir; come, let us kill Him, and let us seize on His inheritance."  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 5]          Looking into the future, Christ saw the return that would be made for His love. He saw Himself condemned to suffer the punishment inflicted only on those most deeply sunken in crime. He saw Himself hanging on the cross, while priests and rulers looked on with exultation, saying mockingly, "He saved others; Himself He can not save."  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 6]          Christ looked down through the ages, and saw His humiliation carried  into every successive generation. He heard the false testimony borne that He came to abrogate the law of God. He saw the law which He came to magnify and make honorable, trampled upon and dishonored.  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 7]          Knowing all this, Christ bore the penalty of transgression. He was crucified and buried, but He broke the fetters of the tomb, and over the rent sepulcher of Joseph proclaimed, "I am the Resurrection and the Life." To all who receive Him, He gives power to become the sons of God. He paid the redemption price for every son and daughter of Adam, and He is abundantly able to save all who come to Him.  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 8]          Only by bearing, on the cross, the punishment for our disobedience could Christ deliver us from eternal death. He became sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him. Repentant sinners stand before the Father justified, because the Innocent One has borne their guilt.  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 9]          "Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in His apparel, traveling in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. Wherefore art thou red in thine apparel, and thy garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? I have trodden the winepress alone, and of the people there was none with Me. . . . I looked, and there was none to help; and I wondered that there was none to uphold; therefore Mine own arm brought salvation unto Me."  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 10]          "In all their affliction He was afflicted, and the Angel of His presence saved them; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them; and He bare them, and carried them all the days of old."  {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, August 26, 1903 par. 11]          This is our hope. "The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth. . . . And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace."                                                    -    {ST, August 26, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 1]       September 2, 1903 "Wherefore Didst Thou Doubt?"    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Wherefore didst thou doubt?" Christ asked Peter. To many today the same question might be addressed. Because the outlook is not pleasant, they draw closely around them the garment of unbelief. They look within, and, because all is darkness, they think that God is forsaking them. Why do we thus dishonor God? He has pledged Himself to be our Helper in every time of need. In His Word we may find ground for confidence, and provision for efficiency. It is our privilege to say confidently and yet humbly, The Lord is my helper; therefore shall I not fear. My life is hid with Christ in God. Because He lives, I shall live also.  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 2]         Let us pledge ourselves before God and the angels of heaven that we will not dishonor God by yielding to discouragement and unbelief. Let us close the door of the heart against distrust, and open it wide to faith. If we feel despondent, let us look to Jesus. If we think that our friends misunderstand us, let us remember that Jesus, our Elder Brother, never makes a mistake. He judges righteously.  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 3]          Let every word you utter, every line you write, give evidence of unwavering faith. Do not think of Jesus as the friend of some one else, but as your personal friend. Never are you left to struggle alone. Christ says, "Lo, I am with you alway." And angels are your helpers. The Comforter that Jesus promised to send abides with you.  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 4]          Constantly exercise faith. Trust in God whatever your feelings may be. "Who is among you that feareth the Lord, that obeyeth the voice of His servant, that walketh in darkness, and hath no light? let him trust in the name of the Lord, and stay upon his God." Let him say with the psalmist, "Yea, tho I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil; for Thou art with me; Thy rod and Thy staff they comfort me. Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies; Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life; and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever."  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 5]          Do not think that because you have sinned, you must always be under condemnation. When the tempter tells you that your sins are so great that you have no right to claim the promises of God, say, "It is written, 'Tho your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow;' and 'If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.'"  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 6]          "If any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the Righteous." Christ died to rescue souls from the bondage of sin, and those who return to their loyalty are precious in the sight of the Lord. He loves them even as He loves His only-begotten Son.  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 7]          He who died that we might live forever in heaven, is now standing before His Father, pleading in our behalf. He ever lives to make intercession for us, and to dispense to us grace and blessing in abundant measure. He will give His children the help that He sees they need. He has promised, "As thy days, so shall thy strength be." He lays upon them no burden greater than they are able to bear.  {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, September 2, 1903 par. 8]          With the hand of faith grasp the promises of God, and stand on vantage-ground. Then you will be where Satan can not come near to you to say, God will not help you, because you have sinned. The enemy desires us to think that the way of life is so difficult that it is impossible for us to reach heaven. But do not allow his insinuations of doubt to keep you from pressing forward. In the strength of God we may be more than conquerors. His purpose for us is that we shall develop perfect characters. He can help us so to live in this world that we shall be accounted worthy to join the family of the redeemed in the courts above. He is willing to do for us more than we can ask or think.                                                    -    {ST, September 2, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 1]       September 16, 1903 Words to Parents.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The home is a training-school, in which children are to learn from their parents the meaning of self-discipline and self-control. Let parents remember that in the authority of God they are to do the work that He has laid upon them. In the sanctuary of the home His work for their children is to begin. They are to co-operate with Him by doing all in their power to make themselves fit teachers for their children. They are to acquaint themselves with the duties devolving upon them, and by a faithful performance of these duties prove themselves true to God and to their children.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 2]          Parents, remember that the training of your children is your life-work. You are under obligation to make yourselves examples of what you desire your children to become. In the home you are to be the Lord's physicians,--healers of physical, mental, and spiritual afflictions. Keep in touch with your sons and daughters as they grow from childhood to manhood and womanhood. Be sure that their physical habits are such as will help them to build up strong, symmetrical characters. Allow in the home nothing that savors of cheapness or commonness. You are preparing your children for entrance into the City of God, and nothing that defiles can enter there.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 3]          Be pleasant and cheerful. Remember that love is the power that binds your children to you. Keep your words and actions free from anger. Do nothing that will destroy the harmony of the home. Let the sharp words that you are tempted to speak die unspoken. Such words wound and bruise the hearts of the hearers.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 4]          It is not the Lord's will that parents shall be so fully engrossed in other things that they neglect their children. It should be the constant study of both father and mother to train their children in such a way that they will be qualified to act well their part in the service of God. Patiently, wisely, tenderly, parents are to teach their little ones, in their lives showing that strength is gained by obedience.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 5]          It is the mother's privilege to bless the world by the faithfulness with which she works for her children; and, in doing this, she will bring joy to her own heart. She may make straight paths for the feet of her children, through sunshine and shadow, to the glorious heights above. But it is only as she herself seeks to follow the teaching of Christ that she can hope to form the characters of her children after the divine similitude. Let every mother go often to God with the prayer, "How shall we order the child, and how shall we do unto him?" Let her heed the instruction that God has given, and, as she has need, wisdom will be given to her.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 6]          But all the burden is not to rest on the mother. The father is to share it with her. Never is his interest in his children to flag. The father who has a family of restless boys should not leave them wholly to the care of the mother. This is too heavy a burden for her. He should make himself their companion and friend, doing all in his power to keep them from evil associates.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 7]          Fathers and mothers, think earnestly of the importance of your work. It rests with you to decide whether good or evil thoughts shall occupy the minds of your children. Daily sanctify yourselves to God. In all your plans and purposes, let your first question be, How can I best minister to the present and future good of my children. To prepare them to inherit eternal life requires patient, untiring effort. Let not your perseverance fail. Study with your children. Remember that you yourselves are God's little children, and that you must first learn of Him before you can teach your children aright.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 8]          Guard the hearts of your children against evil. Forget not the subtlety of the enemy who seeks to gain entrance into the heart, that he may take possession of the whole being. Once firmly seated on the throne of the heart, no human power can cast him from his stronghold.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 9]          The Heart-searcher knows the cruel power of the enemy, and the weakness of human beings. He knows how untiringly Satan seeks to gain control of the children and youth, and how often he is aided in his efforts by the neglect of fathers and mothers. O, how many families there are where the children, their temporal needs abundantly supplied, are allowed to grow up without a knowledge of the Saviour! Their spiritual needs are neglected. God is not in the home. His place is filled by the enemy.  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, September 16, 1903 par. 10]          O parents, give your children wise care, that they may grow up to be noble men and women, and that, should death call them before the Saviour comes, they may lie down to rest, knowing that in the morning of the resurrection they will rise to newness of life.                                                    -  {ST, September 16, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 1]      October 21, 1903 The Power of Influence.    By Mrs. E. G. White.          Gather up my influence, and bury it with me," a man upon his death-bed exclaimed. But could this be done?--No, no! Like the thistle seed carried by the wind, his influence had been borne everywhere, never to be recalled.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 2]         Throw a pebble into a lake, and a wave is formed, and another; and as they increase the circle widens, until it reaches the very shore. So with our influence. Beyond our knowledge or control it tells upon others in blessing or in cursing.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 3]         No one can live to himself in this world, even if he would. Each one forms a part of the great web of humanity. No man can be independent of his fellow-men; for the well-being of each affects others.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 4]         Each soul is surrounded by an atmosphere of its own, an atmosphere, it may be, charged with the life-giving power of faith and hope and courage, and sweet with the fragrance of love, or it may be heavy and chill with the gloom of discontent and selfishness, or poisonous with the deadly taint of cherished sin. By the atmosphere surrounding us, every one with whom we come in contact is consciously or unconsciously affected.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 5]         This is a responsibility from which we can not free ourselves. Our words, our acts, our deportment, even the expression of the countenance, has an influence. Upon the impression thus made there hang results for good or for evil which no man can measure. Every impulse thus imparted is a seed sown which will produce its harvest. It is a link in the long chain of human events extending we know not whither. If, by our example, we aid others in the development of good principles, we give them power to do good. In their turn they exert the same influence upon others, and they upon still others. Thus by our unconscious influence many may be blessed. On the other hand, one rash act, one thoughtless word, may prove the ruin of some soul. One blemish on the character may turn many away from Christ.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 6]         As the seed sown produces a harvest, and this in turn is sown, the harvest is multiplied. In our relation to others this holds true. Every act, every word, is a seed that will bear fruit. Every deed of thoughtful kindness, of obedience, or of self-denial, will reproduce itself in others, and through them in still others. So every act of envy, malice, or dissension, is a seed that will spring up as a "root of bitterness," whereby many shall be defiled. And how much larger number will the "many" poison! Thus the sowing of good and evil goes on for time and for eternity.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 7]         No man will perish alone in his iniquity. However contracted may be one's sphere, he exerts an influence for good or for ill. That our influence should be a savor of death unto death is a fearful thought, yet this is possible. Many who profess Christ are scattering from Him. Frivolity, selfish indulgence, and careless indifference on the part of professed Christians, are turning many souls from the path of life. Many there are who will fear to meet at the bar of God the results of their influence.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 8]         The strongest bulwark of vice in our world is not the iniquitous life of the abandoned sinner or the degraded outcast; it is that life which otherwise appears virtuous, honorable, noble, but in which one sin is fostered, one vice indulged. To the soul that is struggling against temptation, trembling on the very verge of yielding to evil, such a life is one of the most powerful enticements to sin.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 9]         God calls for strong, brave Christians, whose influence is always exerted for the right. His cause needs men and women whose every word and act draws those around them to Christ, binding them to Him by the persuasive force of loving service. Men and women who commune with God, who, because they co-operate with the heavenly angels, are surrounded by a holy influence, are needed at this time.  {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, October 21, 1903 par. 10]         It is only through the grace of God that we can make a right use of our influence. There is nothing in us of ourselves by which we can influence others for good. If we realize our helplessness, and our need of divine power, we shall not trust to ourselves. We know not what results a day, an hour, or a moment may determine, and never should we begin the day without committing our ways to our heavenly Father. His angels are appointed to watch over us, and if we put ourselves under their guardianship, then in every time of danger they will be at our right hand. When unconsciously we are in danger of exerting a wrong influence, the angels will be by our side, prompting us to a better course, choosing words for us, and influencing our actions. Thus our influence may be a silent, unconscious, but mighty power in drawing others to Christ and the heavenly world.                                                    -    {ST, October 21, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 1]      October 28, 1903 The Lord's Prayer.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         It is of the utmost importance that we understand how to pray aright. A careful study of the prayer that Jesus gave His disciples will be of great benefit to us. This prayer is just as valuable to Christ's followers today as it was to His disciples when it was given to them. Let parents teach their children the meaning of this prayer. And let them teach them that God will not accept it if offered as a form. Only as we offer this prayer with an understanding of its meaning and a realization of our need, will it be acceptable to God.                                                    -    {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 2]                        "When Ye Pray Say, Our Father."          Christ points us to God as our heavenly Father. We are to ask Him for what we need, even as a child asks its earthly father for what it needs. Jesus says, "If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him." As adopted children of God, it is our right to ask Him for the things we need. Would that all could understand the value that there is in acknowledging our relationship and loyalty to Him whom we claim as our Father. Before taking up our daily work, we should draw near to God, to talk with Him whom we reverence and love, and to ask for help, not only for ourselves, but for others. He is well pleased when we come to Him in full confidence, asking for grace to overcome. He will not be to us as an offended Judge, but as a loving gracious Father.  {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 3]         The infinite God, said Jesus, makes it your privilege to approach Him by the name of Father. Understand all that this implies. No earthly parent ever pleaded so earnestly with an erring child as He who made you pleads with the transgressor. No human, loving interest ever followed the impenitent with such tender invitations. God dwells in every abode; He hears every word that is spoken, listens to every prayer that is offered, tastes the sorrows and disappointments of every soul, regards the treatment given to father, mother, sister, friend, and neighbor. He cares for our necessities, and His love and mercy and grace are continually flowing to satisfy our need.  {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 4]                                "Hallowed Be Thy Name."          God would have us seek for those things that will honor His name. In no case are we to glorify ourselves; we are to seek God for grace and blessing, that we may glorify His name in our lives; God is glorified, His name is hallowed, when, through the lives of His children, Christ is revealed.                                                    -    {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 5]          God's name is hallowed by the angels of heaven and by the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds. When you pray, "Hallowed by Thy name," you ask that it may be hallowed in this world, hallowed in you. God has acknowledged you before men and angels as His child; pray that you may do no dishonor to the "worthy name by which ye are called." God sends you into the world as His representatives. In every act of life you are to make manifest the name of God. This petition calls upon you to possess His character. You can not hallow His name, or represent Him to the world, unless, in life and character, you represent the very life and character of God. This you can do only through the acceptance of Christ.                                                    -    {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 6]                                "Thy Kingdom Come."          Christ sent forth His disciples with the message, "The kingdom of God is at hand." The proclamation of this message is our work. Jesus said, "This Gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations." His kingdom will not come until the good tidings of His grace have been carried to all the earth. Let us proclaim the message, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Thus we may hasten the coming of the Saviour. "Thy kingdom come." For ages this prayer has been ascending to God from contrite hearts. It will surely be answered. The kingdoms of this world will become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ. The heavenly gates are again to be lifted up, and with ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of holy ones, our Saviour will come forth as King of kings and Lord of lords. Jehovah Immanuel shall be King over all the earth; in that day there shall be one Lord, and His name shall be one. "The tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God."                                                    -    {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, October 28, 1903 par. 7]                 "Thy Will Be Done on Earth as It Is in Heaven."          In their ministry the angels are not as servants, but as sons. There is perfect unity between them and their Creator. Obedience is to them no drudgery. Love for God makes their service a joy. So, in every soul, wherein Christ, the hope of glory, dwells, are re-echoed the words, "I delight to do Thy will, O my God; yea, Thy law is within my heart." The homes of God's people on this earth should be a symbol, so far as possible, of the heavenly home, where God has His throne. We are His subjects, His little children, whom He wishes to make happy. The members of every family circle should seek to carry out the methods of God as revealed in His Word. Those who bring their lives into harmony with the prayer that Christ has given will be sanctified through the truth.                                                    -    {ST, October 28, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, November 4, 1903 par. 1]       November 4, 1903 The Lord's Prayer     By Mrs. E. G. White.                      "Give Us This Day Our Daily Bread."          Like the child, you shall receive day by day what is required for the day's need. Every day you are to pray, "Give us this day our daily bread." Be not disturbed if you have not sufficient for tomorrow. You have the assurance of His promise, "Thou shalt dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed." David says, "I have been young, and now am old; yet have I not seen the righteous forsaken, nor His seed begging bread." That God who sent the ravens to feed Elijah by the brook Cherith, will not pass by one of His faithful, self-sacrificing children. Of him that walketh righteously it is written, "Bread shall be given him; his waters shall be sure." "They shall not be ashamed in the evil time; and in the days of famine they shall be satisfied." "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?" He who lightened the cares and anxieties of His widowed mother, and helped to provide for the household of Nazareth, sympathizes with every mother in her struggle to provide her children food. He who had compassion on the multitude because they "fainted and were scattered abroad," still has compassion on the suffering poor. His hand is stretched out toward them in blessing and in the very prayer which He gave His disciples, He teaches us to remember the poor.                                                    -    {ST, November 4, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, November 4, 1903 par. 2]                     "Forgive Us Our Sins; For We Also Forgive                      Every One That is Indebted to Us."            After completing the Lord's Prayer, Jesus added, "If ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses." He who is unforgiving cuts off the very channel through which alone he can receive mercy from God. We are to have a spirit of compassion toward those who have trespassed against us, whether or not they confess their faults. However sorely they may have wounded us, we are not to cherish our grievances, and sympathize with ourselves over our injuries; but as we hope to be pardoned for our offenses against God, we are to pardon all who have done evil to us.                                                    -    {ST, November 4, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, November 4, 1903 par. 3]          Calvary alone can reveal the terrible enormity of sin. If we had to bear our own guilt, it would crush us. But the sinless One has taken our place; although undeserving, He has borne our iniquity. "If we confess our sins," God "is faithful and just to forgive our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness." Glorious truth,--just to His own law, and yet the justifier of all who believe in Jesus. "Who is a god like unto Thee, that pardoneth iniquity, and passeth by the transgression of the remnant of His heritage? He retaineth not His anger forever, because He delighteth in mercy."                                                    -    {ST, November 4, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, November 4, 1903 par. 4]                              "Bring Us Not into Temptation,                        but Deliver Us From the Evil One."            This prayer is itself a promise. If we commit ourselves to God, we have the assurance, He "will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it." Christ will never abandon the soul for whom He has died. The soul may leave Him, and be overwhelmed with temptation, but Christ can never turn from one for whom He has paid the ransom of His own life. Could our spiritual vision be quickened, we should see souls bowed under oppression and burdened with grief, pressed as a cart beneath sheaves, and ready to die in discouragement. We should see angels flying swiftly to aid these tempted ones, who are standing as on the brink of a precipice. The angels from heaven force back the hosts of evil that encompass these souls, and guide them to plant their feet on the sure foundation. The battles waging between the two armies are as real as those fought by the armies of this world, and on the issue of the spiritual conflict eternal destinies depend. Live in contact with the living Christ, and He will hold you firmly by a hand that will never let go. Know and believe the love that God has to us, and you are secure; that love is a fortress impregnable to all the delusions and assaults of Satan. "The name of the Lord is a strong tower; the righteous runneth into it, and is safe."                                                    -    {ST, November 4, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, November 4, 1903 par. 5]               "Thine is the Kingdom, and the Power, and the Glory."          The last, like the first sentence of the Lord's prayer, points to our Father as above all power and authority and every name that is named. The Saviour beheld the years stretched out before His disciples, not, as they had dreamed, lying in the sunshine of worldly prosperity and honor, but dark with the tempests of human hatred and Satanic wrath. Amidst national strife and ruin, the steps of the disciples would be beset with perils, and often their hearts would be oppressed by fear. They were to see Jerusalem a desolation, the temple swept away, its worship forever ended, and Israel scattered to all lands, like wrecks on a desert shore. Jesus said: "Ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars." "Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows." Yet Christ's followers were not to fear that their hope was lost, or that God had forsaken the earth. The power and the glory belong to Him whose great purposes would still move on unthwarted toward their consummation. In the prayer that breathes their daily wants, the disciples of Christ were directed to look above all the power and dominion of evil unto the Lord their God, whose kingdom ruleth over all, and who is their Father and everlasting Friend.                                                    -    {ST, November 4, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 1]       November 11, 1903 The Home-Life.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Husband and wife are to be faithful to each other as long as time shall last, ever revealing the self-sacrifice that brings true happiness. They are to be one in Christ, and as children are born to them, they are to receive them as a trust from the Lord, to be carefully trained for Him, taught to live pure, holy lives.  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 2]          The husband and wife have duties to perform that before their marriage they did not have. Let them give careful study to the following instruction: "Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord. For the husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the church. . . . Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be to their own husbands in everything. Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave Himself for it."  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 3]          Marriage, a union for life, is a symbol of the union between Christ and His church. The spirit that Christ manifests toward the church is the spirit that husband and wife are to manifest toward each other.  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 4]          Neither husband nor wife is to make a plea for rulership. The Lord has laid down the principle that is to guide in this matter. The husband is to cherish his wife as Christ cherishes the church. And the wife is to respect and love her husband. Both are to cultivate the spirit of kindness, being determined never to grieve or injure the other.  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 5]          Parents can be ministers for Christ in the training of their children. From its babyhood the child is to be taught to obey. Those parents who allow their children to grow up wilful and disobedient are preparing them for a life of sorrow and disappointment. Parents, teach your children to obey. And from the grief you feel when they disregard your wishes, learn how you grieve and disappoint Christ when you disobey Him. The effort to train your children aright will teach you many lessons in regard to your duty to obey the Lord.  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 6]          Never treat your children harshly; for harshness arouses stubbornness and resistance. You will find that they are most easily and successfully governed by kindness and gentleness. Love breaks down all barriers, and gentleness subdues the most stubborn will. Treat your children as you would wish to be treated were you in their place. Let there be no scolding, no loud-voiced, angry commands. Obey the injunction, "Be still, and know that I am God."  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 7]          Disobedience and rebellion must be punished; but remember that the punishment is to be given in the spirit of Christ. When called upon to discipline your child, remember your own relation to your heavenly Father. Have you walked perfectly before Him? Are you not wayward and disobedient? Do you not often grieve him? But does He deal with you in anger? Remember, too, that it is from you that your children have received their tendencies to wrong. In spite of your years of Christian experience, in spite of your many opportunities for self-discipline, how easily you are provoked to anger! Deal gently, then, with your children, remembering that they have not had the opportunities that you have had to gain self-control.  {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, November 11, 1903 par. 8]          All Heaven is interested in your home. God and Christ and the heavenly angels are intensely desirous that you shall so train your children that they shall be prepared to enter the family of the redeemed. Teach them to be loyal to Christ. Bring into the home the transforming power of the grace of Christ. Make your home an object-lesson that will help other parents to fulfil God's purpose for them. Teach your children to live Christlike lives. Set your own heart in order. An unreserved surrender to God will sweep away the barriers that have so long defied the approaches of heavenly grace. Bring your lives into conformity to the will of Christ, and your children will be won to Him. The world will take knowledge of them that they have been with Jesus, and have learned of Him. In word and deed they will bear witness to the power of His grace.                                                    -    {ST, November 11, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 1]       November 18, 1903 Effectual Prayer.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Prayer is not an expiation for sin. It is not a penance. We need not come to God as condemned criminals; for Christ has paid the penalty of our transgression. He has made an atonement for us. His blood cleanses from sin.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 2]          Our prayers are as letters sent from earth, directed to our Father in heaven. The petitions that ascend from sincere, humble hearts will surely reach Him. He can discern the sincerity of His adopted children. He pities our weakness, and strengthens our infirmities. He has said, "Ask, and ye shall receive."  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 3]          Many of the human family know not what they should ask for as they ought. But the Lord is kind and tender. He helps their infirmities by giving them words to speak. He who comes with sanctified desire has access through Christ to the Father. Christ is our Intercessor. The prayers that are placed in the golden censer of the Saviour's merits are accepted by the Father.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 4]          Every promise in the Word of God is for us. In your prayers, present the pledged word of Jehovah, and by faith claim His promises. His word is the assurance that if you ask in faith, you will receive all spiritual blessings. Continue to ask, and you will receive exceeding abundantly above all that you ask or think. Educate yourself to have unlimited confidence in God. Cast all your care upon Him. Wait patiently for Him, and He will bring it to pass.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 5]          We are to come to God, not in a spirit of self-justification, but with humility, repenting of our sins. He is able to help us, willing to do for us more than we ask or think. He has the abundance of heaven wherewith to supply our necessities. "Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above." God is holy, and we must pray, "lifting up holy hands, without wrath and doubting."  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 6]          We are to pray in the name of Christ, our Mediator. Our petitions are of value only as they are offered in His name. He has bridged the gulf that sin has made. By His atoning sacrifice, He has bound to Himself and His Father those who believe in Him. His is the only name under heaven whereby we may be saved.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 7]          God is our King, and we are His subjects. A mere knowledge of His will does not set aside the necessity of offering earnest supplications to Him for help, and of diligently seeking, by obeying His law, to co-operate with Him in answering the prayers offered. Thus His kingdom is established in our hearts.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 8]          "Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near; let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let them return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him, and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon." We are to seek "first the kingdom of God and His righteousness." We are to be ready to receive the blessing which God will bestow upon those who seek Him with the whole heart, in sincerity and truth. We must keep the heart open, if we would receive of the grace of Christ.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 9]          In our prayers we are not to preach a sermon to the Lord. We need not tell him the history of our lives. We can tell Him nothing with which He is unacquainted. He knows our inmost thoughts. Every secret is open before Him. Nothing can be hid from Him.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 10]          High-flown language is inappropriate in prayer, whether the prayer be offered in the pulpit, in the family circle, or in secret. Especially should one use simple language when offering public prayer, that others may understand what he says, and unite with his petition.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 11]          God hears the prayers that are offered in the family circle, if they come from devoted hearts. Jesus says, "Where two or three are gathered together in My name, there am I in the midst of them."  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 12]          Do not neglect secret prayer. "Enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly."  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 13]          We are not to be so overwhelmed with the thought of our sins and errors that we shall cease to pray. Some realize their great weakness and sin, and become discouraged. Satan casts his dark shadow between them and the Lord Jesus, their atoning sacrifice. They say, It is useless for me to pray. My prayers are so mingled with evil thoughts that the Lord will not hear them. These suggestions are from Satan. In His humanity, Christ met and resisted this temptation, and He knows how to succor those who are thus tempted. In our behalf, He "offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears."  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 13}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 14]          Many, not understanding that their doubts come from Satan, become faint-hearted, and are defeated in the conflict.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 14}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 15]          Do not, because your thoughts are evil, cease to pray. If we could in our own wisdom and strength pray aright, we could also live aright, and would need no atoning sacrifice. But imperfection is upon all humanity. Educate and train the mind that you may in simplicity tell the Lord what you need. As you offer your petitions to God, seeking for forgiveness for sin, a purer and holier atmosphere will surround your soul.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 15}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 16]          When you pray for temporal blessings, remember that the Lord may see that it is not for your good or for His glory to give you just what you desire. But He will answer your prayer, giving you just what is best for you.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 16}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 17]          When Paul prayed that the thorn in his flesh might be removed, the Lord answered his prayer, not by removing the thorn, but by giving him grace to bear the trial. "My grace," He said, "is sufficient for thee." Paul rejoiced at this answer to his prayer, declaring. "Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me." When the sick pray for the recovery of health, the Lord does not always answer their prayer in just the way they desire. But even tho they may not be immediately healed, He will give them that which is of far more value,--grace to bear their sickness.  {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 17}
[ST, November 18, 1903 par. 18]         "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed."                                                    -    {ST, November 18, 1903 par. 18}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 1]       November 25, 1903 Service.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         A life of idleness and self-pleasing is not the life of a Christian, nor has it ever been. Christ was an untiring worker, and He has given to His followers the law of service,--a law that is the link binding man to God and to his fellow-men.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 2]          Christ found His highest joy in service. Not to be ministered unto, but to minister, did He come to this earth. See Him teaching in the temple, by the sea, on the mountainside, in the great thoroughfares of travel. See Him by the bedside of the sick, speaking peace and hope to the afflicted. He went about doing good, comforting the mourners, helping the helpless, healing the wounds that sin had made.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 3]          "The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me," He declared, "because He hath anointed Me to preach the Gospel to the poor; He hath sent Me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised."  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 4]          A life of service is the truest, noblest life that man can live. By such a life we are brought into touch with Him who is the light and life of the world. Service is an honor conferred on man as an heir of heaven. He is to find his joy in true-hearted, unselfish efforts to help and bless those around him.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 5]          Countless are the opportunities for unselfish service. There are many to whom life is a painful struggle; they feel their deficiencies, and are miserable and unbelieving; they think they have nothing for which to be grateful. Kind words, looks of sympathy, expressions of appreciation, would be to many a struggling and lonely one as a cup of cold water to a thirsty soul. A word of sympathy, an act of kindness, would lift burdens that rest heavily upon weary shoulders. And every word or deed of unselfish kindness is an expression of the love of Christ for lost humanity.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 6]          "We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and not to please ourselves." No soul who believes in Christ, even tho his faith may be weak and his steps wavering, is to be lightly esteemed. By all that has given us advantage over another,--be it education, refinement, Christian training, religious experience, we are in debt to those less favored, and, so far as lies in our power, we are to stay up the hands of the weak. Angels of glory, that do always behold the face of the Father in heaven, joy in ministering to His little ones. Trembling souls, who have many objectionable traits of character, are their special charge. Angels are ever present where they are most needed, with those who have the hardest battle with self to fight, and whose surroundings are the most discouraging.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 7]          We shall individually be held responsible for doing one jot less than we have ability to do. The Lord measures with exactness every possibility for service. The unused capabilities are just as much brought into account as those that are  used. We shall be judged according to what we ought to have done, but did not accomplish because we did not use our powers to glorify God. Even if we do not lose our souls, we shall realize through all eternity the result of our unused talents.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 8]                                 The Reward of Service.          As you open your doors to Christ's needy and suffering ones, you are welcoming unseen angels. You invite the companionship of heavenly beings. They bring a sacred atmosphere of peace and joy. They come with praises upon their lips, and an answering strain is heard in heaven. Every deed of mercy makes music there. The Father from His throne numbers the unselfish workers among His most precious treasures.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 9]          At the last great day Christ will say to these workers, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world; for I was an hungered, and ye gave Me meat; I was thirsty, and ye gave Me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took Me in; naked, and ye clothed Me; I was sick, and ye visited Me; I was in prison, and ye came unto Me.  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 10]          "Then shall the righteous answer Him, saying, Lord, when saw we Thee an hungered, and fed Thee? or thirsty, and gave Thee drink? When saw we Thee a stranger, and took Thee in? or naked, and clothed Thee? or when saw we Thee sick, or in prison, and came unto Thee?  {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, November 25, 1903 par. 11]          "And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me."                                                    -    {ST, November 25, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 1]       December 9, 1903 A New Commandment    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Just before His crucifixion, Christ said to His disciples, "A new commandment I give unto you, that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples."  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 2]          By this badge they were to be recognized as Christ's followers and friends. The manifestation of His love was to distinguish them from the world.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 3]          Why was this a new commandment? The disciples had not loved one another as Christ had loved them. They had not yet seen the fulness of the love that Christ was to reveal in man's behalf. They were yet to see Him dying on the cross for their sins. Through His life and death they were to receive a new conception of love. In the light shining from the cross of Calvary, they were to read the meaning of the words. "As I have loved you, that ye also love one another."  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 4]          After His resurrection, they were to take the name of Christian. They were not to be recognized as members of some secret society. By their unselfish love they were to be known as Christians. They were without wealth, learning, or fame. They were not to aspire to be recognized as the great men of the world.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 5]          The Son of God took human nature upon Him, and came to this earth to stand at the head of the fallen race. He lived here as a man among men. He died on the cross that men and women might live in glory. His work stands before us as the work of the greatest medical missionary that the world has ever known. If we would study His love, and try to comprehend its greatness, we should reveal more of it in our lives.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 6]          The seventeenth chapter of John is an unfolding of the love that we are to cherish for one another. In this prayer Christ said, "I have glorified Thee on the earth; I have finished the work that Thou gavest Me to do." Christ came to represent the Father by revealing a love that is without a parallel. So untiring were His efforts, that when time came for Him to leave the earth, He could say, "I have finished the work that Thou gavest Me to do.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 7]          "And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world: Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word. Now they have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee. For I have given them the words which Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from Thee, and they have believed that Thou didst send Me. I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them."  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 8]          This prayer touches my heart, and thrills my whole being. Shall we not strive to make our lives, which cost the Son of God so much, such that He can be glorified in us?  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 9]          "Neither pray I for these alone; but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me."  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 10]          Many are to believe on Christ through the communication of truth by His servants. As they see the beauty of the Word of God, and as they see Jesus revealed in the lives of His children, they will praise Him with heart and soul and voice.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 11]          "I beseech you therefore, . . . that ye  present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service." Let us gather up our gifts, and bring them to the Master, to be used in His work.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 12]          Shall those for whom Christ's prayer was offered be careless and indifferent? The angels of heaven have their appointed part to act in answering this prayer. We, too, have a part to act. We are to be faithful and true, showing Christlikeness in all that we do and say. The world needs light. Darkness has covered the earth, and gross darkness the people. We are to be light-bearers, carrying the light of heaven to those in darkness. "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." We are to be witnesses for God, revealing in the daily life the love that led Him to suffer and die for sinners.  {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 12}
[ST, December 9, 1903 par. 13]          The world has an abundance of professors of religion. What it needs today is men and women, whose practise is in harmony with their profession, whose lives are fragrant with Christlike love.                                                    -    {ST, December 9, 1903 par. 13}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 1]      December 16, 1903 God's Love for the Individual.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         In the parable of the Lost Sheep the shepherd goes out to search for one sheep,--the very least that can be numbered. So if there had been but one lost soul, Christ would have died for that one.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 2]          The sheep that has strayed from the fold is the most helpless of all creatures. It must be sought for by the shepherd, for it can not find its way back. So with the soul that has wandered away from God; he is as helpless as the lost sheep, and unless divine love had come to his rescue, he could never find his way to God.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 3]          The shepherd who discovers that one of his sheep is missing, does not look carelessly upon the flock that is safely housed, and say, "I have ninety and nine, and it will cost me too much trouble to go in search of the straying one. Let him come back, and I will open the door of the sheepfold, and let him in," No; no sooner does the sheep go astray than the shepherd is filled with grief and anxiety. He counts and recounts the flock. When he is sure that one sheep is lost, he slumbers not. He leaves the ninety and nine within the fold, and goes in search of the straying sheep. The darker and more tempestuous the night, and the more perilous the way, the greater is the shepherd's anxiety, and the more earnest his search. He makes every effort to find that one lost sheep.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 4]          With what relief he hears in the distance its first faint cry. Following the sound, he climbs the steepest heights; he goes to the very edge of the precipice, at the risk of his own life. Thus he searches, while the cry, growing fainter, tells him that his sheep is ready to die. At last his effort is rewarded; the lost is found. Then he does not scold it because it has caused him so much trouble. He does not drive it with a whip. He does not even try to lead it home. In his joy he takes the trembling creature upon his shoulders; if it is bruised and wounded, he gathers it in his arms, pressing it close to his bosom, that the warmth of his own heart may give it life. With gratitude that his search has not been in vain, he bears it back to the fold.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 5]          Thank God, He has presented to our imagination no picture of a sorrowful shepherd returning without the sheep. The parable does not speak of failure, but of success, and joy in the recovery. Here is the divine guarantee that not even one of the straying sheep of God's fold is overlooked, not one is left unsuccored. Every one that will submit to be ransomed, Christ will rescue from the pit of corruption, and from the briers of sin.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 6]          Desponding soul, take courage, even tho you have done wickedly. Do not think that perhaps God will pardon your transgressions, and permit you to come into His presence. God has made the first advance. While you were in rebellion against Him, He went forth to seek you. With the tender heart of the shepherd He left the ninety and nine, and went out into the wilderness to find that which was lost. The soul, bruised and wounded, and ready to perish, He encircles in His arms of love, and joyfully bears it to the fold of safety.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, December 16, 1903 par. 7]          When the straying sheep is at last brought home, the shepherd's gratitude finds expression in melodious songs of rejoicing. He calls upon His friends and neighbors, saying unto them, "Rejoice with me; for I have found my sheep which was lost." So when a wanderer is found by the great Shepherd of the sheep, heaven and earth unite in thanksgiving and rejoicing.  {ST, December 16, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 1]       December 30, 1903 Help in Every Time of Need.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         It is for our present happiness and future good that God subjects us to trial. The greatest blessing that His wayward children have is the correction that He sends them. When called to pass through trials, we may know that thus God is striving to lead us to know Him and to place our trust in Him.  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 1}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 2]          Your way may seem very dark. Your friends may seem to have forsaken you, and circumstances may seem to be against you. Hereditary tendencies to wrong strive for the mastery, and you are ready to sink down in discouragement. But you are not forsaken. The Lord God of Israel is looking upon you with compassion and sympathy. His thoughts toward you are thoughts of good, and not of evil. He sees the forces arrayed against you, and He sends you the message, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me."  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 2}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 3]          Do not depend on human help. Why turn from the One who is all-powerful, to ask help of finite, human beings? Why not make God your counselor, saying, "Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life." Have we not acted discourteously toward the One to whom we owe all that we have? Let us no longer turn from the light that lighteth every man to the uncertain wisdom of those who have no power save that which they receive from God.  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 3}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 4]          Our Saviour is not lying in Joseph's new tomb. Over the rent sepulcher He has proclaimed, "I am the resurrection and the life," He has withdrawn from human sight into the immediate presence of God. There He is making intercession for those who by faith come to God. He presents them to the Father, saying, "By the marks of the nails in My hands, I claim pardon for them. I have made an atonement for them."  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 4}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 5]          Then do not take your sorrows and difficulties to man. When you need help, go to Him to whom has been given "all power in heaven and in earth." In your weakness and unworthiness come to Christ, saying, "Lord, save, or I perish." From Him you can learn the manifold wisdom of God, wisdom more precious than words can tell. You may gather strength from Jesus; for in Him all fulness dwells.  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 5}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 6]          God sees and tenderly sympathizes with those who are tempted. He hears the voice of supplication and distress. Not a groan, not a sigh, not a tear, escapes His notice. Did not Christ come to this world to work out the plan of redemption in man's behalf, to show him how to overcome the temptations of the enemy? Will God, then, withhold from His children anything that will perfect their characters? If He did not love us, this great sacrifice would not have been made.  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 6}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 7]          In the darkest hour, let faith pierce the cloud surrounding you; for Christ is behind, and He does all things well. We have a covenant-keeping God, who knows all our necessities, a God who unites with His majesty the gentleness and tenderness of the shepherd. He has pledged Himself to supply all our need. Have faith in Him; for His honor is at stake. He will not alter the thing that has gone out of His mouth. He will fulfil His promise. Absolute power is His, and no obstacle can stand before Him. His understanding is infinite. He can not err. He is never in perplexity in regard to the means that He will employ. He says, "Fear thou not; for I am with thee. . . . I the Lord thy God will hold thy right hand, saying unto thee, Fear not; I will help thee."  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 7}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 8]          Bring rejoicing into your experience. When you are depressed, sing to the praise of God. Rejoice in the hope set before you,--the hope of eternal life. Talk faith, even tho you seem to be surrounded with darkness. He would have you pluck and eat the leaves of the tree of life.  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 8}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 9]          The Lord Jesus has chosen those who believe in Him to be heirs of God and joint-heirs with Him to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled, and that fadeth not away. Let us believe the messages of cheer that He sends us. Let us live lives of hope and trust. Christ has given us the key that unlocks heaven's treasure-house of blessing. He declares, "Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son." Christ promises not only to present our petitions to the Father, and to intercede in our behalf, but to bestow the blessings sought.  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 9}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 10]          "Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which can not be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need." "Let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith."  {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 10}
[ST, December 30, 1903 par. 11]          The gift of Christ is our pledge of help in trouble and of victory in conflict. In Christ is the strength of His people; for to Him all power has been given. "He giveth power to the faint; and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; they shall walk, and not faint."                                                    -    {ST, December 30, 1903 par. 11}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 1]       January 6, 1904 Consecration.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ asks for unreserved consecration, for undivided service. He demands the heart, the mind, the soul, the strength. Outward observances can not take the place of simple faith and entire renunciation of self. But no man can empty himself of self. We can only consent for Christ to accomplish the work. Then the language of the soul will be, "Lord, take my heart; for I can not keep it for Thee. Save me in spite of myself, my weak, unchristianlike self. Mould me, fashion me, raise me into a pure, holy atmosphere, where the rich current of Thy love can flow through my soul."  {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 2]         It is not only at the beginning of the Christian life that this renunciation of self is to be made. At every advance step heavenward it is to be renewed. All our good works are dependent on a power outside of ourselves. Therefore there needs to be a continual reaching out of the heart after God, a continual, earnest, heart-breaking confession of sin, and humbling of the soul before Him. Only by a constant renunciation of self and dependence on Christ can we walk safely.  {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 3]         There are many who do not make an entire surrender. They do not die to self that Christ may live in them. They adopt His name, they wear His badge, but they are not partakers of His nature. They have not overcome their unholy ambition and their love for the world. They do not take up the cross and follow Christ in the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Almost Christians, yet not fully Christians, they seem near the kingdom of heaven, but they can not enter there. Almost, but not wholly saved, means to be wholly lost.  {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 4]         We need to examine ourselves, to see whether we are indeed worthy of the name of Christian. We hear Christ's voice, clear and distinct saying, "Follow Me." "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me." "So shall he be My disciple." Are we following Him? He ordered His life and bore His cross for the honor of His father. Are we doing this?  {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 5]         The same devotion, the same self-sacrifice, the same subjection to the claims of the Word of God, that were manifest in Christ, must be seen in His servants. He left His home of security and peace, left the glory that He had with the Father before the world was, left His position upon the throne of the universe. He went forth, a suffering, tempted man, went forth in solitude, to sow in tears, to water with His blood, the seed of life for a world lost.  {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 6]         His servants in like manner must go forth to sow. When called to become a sower of the seeds of truth, Abraham was bidden, "Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house, unto a land that I shall show thee." "And he went out, not knowing whither he went." So to the apostle Paul, praying in the temple at Jerusalem, came the message from God, "Depart; for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles." So those who are called to unite with Christ must leave all in order to follow Him. Old associations must be broken up, plans of life relinquished, earthly hopes surrendered. In toil and tears, in solitude and through sacrifice, must the seed be sown.  {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, January 6, 1904 par. 7]         Those who consecrate body, soul, and spirit to God will constantly receive a new endowment of physical, mental, and spiritual power. The inexhaustible supplies of heaven are at their command. Christ gives them the breath of His own Spirit, the life of His own life. The Holy Spirit puts forth His highest energies to work in heart and mind. The grace of God enlarges and multiplies their faculties, and every perfection of the divine nature comes to their assistance in the work of saving souls. Through co-operation with Christ, they are made complete in Him, and in their human weakness they are enabled to do deeds of Omnipotence.                                                    -    {ST, January 6, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 1]      January 13, 1904 "Choose You This Day Whom Ye Will Serve."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Just before his death, Joshua called the children of Israel together, and said to them, "Choose you this day whom ye will serve." The choice that Israel was that day called to make is one that today all are called to make; for there are still rival powers in the world. Let us consider the character of the powers that claim the homage of men.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 2]         Christ, the Commander of the heavenly hosts, left the honor and glory that He had with the Father, and came to this world to live as a man among men, that He might rescue human beings from destruction. He might have come attended by ten thousand times ten thousand angels; but this He did not do. He came in lowliness and poverty, without honor or rank. He humbled Himself, taking the nature of the fallen race. He came to help the needy and the distressed; to heal the sick; to speak peace to the suffering; to deliver those whom Satan was afflicting; to bring redemption to all who would accept the Heaven-sent blessing. Such is the character of Him who says, "If ye love Me, keep My commandments."  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 3]          There is another who claims the homage of men, but very different is he from the Prince of life. He was once a covering cherub in the heavenly courts, and of him it is written, "Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty." But envy entered his heart, and he was cast out of heaven. His work is now the destruction of the children of men; the ruin of souls is his delight, and his only employment. His step is noiseless, his movements are stealthy, his batteries are masked. He has so concealed himself from view that many can hardly believe that he exists, much less can they be convinced of his amazing malignity, activity, and power. If he were to show himself openly, in his true character, he would arouse the Christian's dormant energies, and send him to God in prayer.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 4]          Under the enemy's specious, bewitching influence, many obey the worst impulses of the human heart, and yet believe that God is leading them. Could their eyes be opened to distinguish their Captain, they would see that they are not serving God, but the enemy of all righteousness.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 5]          When Christ was in the world, the battle between Him and Satan was unceasing. At the beginning of His public ministry, our Saviour encountered the wily foe in the wilderness of temptation. Here, during the forty days and nights of Christ's long fast, Satan, concealing his real character, sought by every means he could devise to overcome the Redeemer. Disguising himself as an angel of light, a Heaven-sent friend, he offered to show Christ an easier way to gain His object than the path of trial and suffering upon which He had entered. But Jesus repulsed the enemy, and forced him to depart, a conquered foe.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 6]          Today Satan comes with his temptations to the children of men, and here he has better success. One of his most successful devices is to keep men in ignorance of his devices; for they will not be on their guard against an enemy of whose existence they are ignorant. I was once asked, "Do you believe in the existence of a personal devil?" "I do," I replied. "I do not," rejoined the questioner. "I think that our evil thoughts and impulses are the only devil there is." "But," I asked, "who suggests these thoughts? Where do they originate if not with Satan?"  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 7]         Dear Christian friends, be not deceived by the delusion that Satan has no existence. Just as surely as we have a personal Saviour, we have a personal adversary, cruel and cunning, who constantly watches our steps, plotting to lead us astray. Where the belief is held that he does not exist, there he is most busy. When we least suspect his presence, he is gaining an advantage over us. I feel alarmed as I see so many yielding to his power, while they know it not. Did they but see their danger, they would flee to Christ, the sinner's refuge.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 8]          The tempter often whispers that the Christian life is one of exaction, of rigorous duty; that it is hard to be on the watch continually, that there is no need of being so particular. Thus he deceived Eve in Eden, telling her that God's commands were arbitrary and unjust, given to prevent man from becoming free and exalted.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 9]         It is true that our Saviour represents His service as a yoke, and the Christian life is one of burden-bearing; yet contrasting these with the cruel power of Satan and the burdens imposed by sin, He exclaims, "My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." If we try to meet the responsibilities of the Christian life and to perform its duties, without Jesus as a helper, we shall find the yoke galling, and the burden intolerably heavy. But we are not asked to bear the burden alone. Christ will bear the burden of our care and sorrow. He invites us to cast all our care upon Him; for He carries us on His heart. He looks upon every soul who is turning his face toward Him as the Saviour. He knows by experience what are the weaknesses of humanity, what are our needs, and where lies the strength of our temptations; for He was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 10]          True happiness is found, not in self-indulgence and self-pleasing, but in learning of Christ. Those who trust to their own wisdom and follow their own way complain at every step. But those who take Christ at His word, and surrender the soul to His keeping, their lives to His ordering, will find peace and quietude. Nothing of the world can make them sad when Jesus makes them glad by His presence. The Lord says, "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee; because he trusteth in Thee."  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 11]          Those who choose Christ as their leader, grow daily more like Him. "Strengthened with all might by His Spirit," they form characters that will win for them entrance into the holy city.  {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, January 13, 1904 par. 12]          We now have the opportunity of deciding whether we shall be numbered with the servants of Christ or the servants of Satan. Day by day, in word and act, we show what choice we are making. Shall we not decide as did Joshua, "As for me and my house, we will serve the Lord?"                                                    -    {ST, January 13, 1904 par. 12}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 1]       January 20, 1904 The Power of Faith.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         By sin we have been severed from the life of God. Of ourselves we are utterly incapable of living a holy life. There are many who realize their helplessness, and who long for that spiritual life which will bring them into harmony with God; they are vainly striving to obtain this life. In despair they cry, "O wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from this body of death?" Let these desponding, despairing ones look up. The Saviour bids them arise in health and peace. Do not wait to feel that you are made whole. Believe His Word, and it will be fulfilled. Put your will on the side of Christ. Will to serve Him, and in acting upon His Word you will receive strength. Whatever may be the evil practise, the master-passion, which through long indulgence binds you soul and body, Christ is able and longs to deliver. He will impart life to the soul that is "dead in trespasses." He will set free the captive that is held by weakness and misfortune and the chains of sin.  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 2]          The power of faith is shown by the miracle that Christ performed in healing the child possessed with a deaf and dumb spirit. "Master," the father said to Jesus, "I have brought unto Thee my son, which hath a dumb spirit; and wheresoever he taketh him, he teareth him; . . . and I spake unto Thy disciples that they should cast him out; and they could not."  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 3]          Jesus asked, "How long is it ago since this came unto him?" The father told the story of long years of suffering, and, then, as if he could endure no more, exclaimed, "If Thou canst do anything, have compassion on us, and help us." "If Thou canst." Even now the father questioned the power of Christ.  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 4]          Jesus answered, "If thou canst believe, all things are possible to him that believeth." There is no lack of power on the part of Christ; the healing of the son depends on the father's faith. With a burst of tears, realizing his own weakness, the father casts himself upon Christ's mercy, with the cry, "Lord, I believe; help Thou mine unbelief."  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 5]          Jesus turns to the suffering one, and says, "Thou dumb and deaf spirit, I charge thee, come out of him, and enter no more into him." There is a cry, an agonized struggle. The demon, in passing, seems about to rend the life from his victim. Then the boy lies motionless, and apparently lifeless. The multitude whispers, "He is dead." But Jesus takes him by the hand, and, lifting him up, presents him, in perfect soundness of mind and body, to his father. Father and son praise the name of their deliverer. The multitude are "amazed at the mighty power of God," while the scribes, defeated and crestfallen, turn sullenly away.  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 6]          "If Thou canst do anything, have compassion on us, and help us." How many a sin-burdened soul has echoed that prayer. And to all the pitying. Saviour's answer is, "If thou canst believe, all things are possible to him that believeth."  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 7]          It is faith that connects us with heaven, and brings us strength for coping with the powers of darkness. In Christ, God has provided means for subduing every sinful trait, and resisting every temptation, however strong. But many feel that they lack faith, and therefore they remain away from Christ. Let these souls, in their helpless unworthiness, cast themselves upon the mercy of their compassionate Saviour. Look not to self, but to Christ. He who healed the sick and cast out demons when He walked among men, is the same mighty redeemer today. Faith comes by the Word of God. Then grasp His promise, "Him that cometh to Me I will in nowise cast out." Cast yourself at His feet with the cry, "Lord, I believe; help Thou mine unbelief."  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 8]         "If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed," said Jesus, "ye shall say unto this mountain, Remove hence to yonder place; and it shall remove." Tho the grain of mustard seed is so small, it contains that same mysterious life principle which produces growth in the loftiest tree. When the mustard seed is cast into the ground, the tiny germ lays hold of every element that God has provided for its nutriment, and it speedily develops a sturdy growth. If you have faith like this, you will lay hold upon God's word, and upon all the helpful agencies He has appointed. Thus your faith will strengthen and will bring to your aid the power of heaven. The obstacles that are piled by Satan across your path, tho apparently as insurmountable as the eternal hills, shall disappear before the demand of faith. "Nothing shall be impossible unto you."  {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, January 20, 1904 par. 9]          Not because we see or feel that God hears us are we to believe. We are to trust His promises. When we come to Him in faith every petition enters into the heart of God. When we have asked for His blessing, we should believe that we receive it, and thank Him that we have received it. Then we are to go about our duties, assured that the blessing will be realized when we need it most. When we have learned to do this, we shall know that our prayers are answered. God will do for us "exceeding abundantly," "according to the riches of His glory," and "the working of His mighty power."                                                                   -    {ST, January 20, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 1]       February 3, 1904 How to Gain Success in Christ's  Service.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         It is not learned, eloquent workers that are needed now, but humble, Christlike men and women, who have learned from Jesus of Nazareth to be meek and lowly, and who, trusting in His strength, will go forth into the highways and hedges to give the invitation, "Come; for all things are now ready."  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 2]          The burden that we bear for Christ's sake, the willingness of our service, the completeness of our surrender,--this is the measure of our love for Him, and of our success in service.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 3]          Many Christians are working at cross purposes with God. They tell us that they are waiting for some great work to come to them. They neglect the daily duties of life. These seem to them to be uninteresting and unimportant. They long restlessly for a large place. Day by day they lose opportunities to show their faithfulness to God. While waiting for some great work, their life passes away.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 4]          Do not fail to discharge your daily duties with the strictest fidelity. In the plan that God has for every Christian, there are no non-essentials. There are lessons for each one to learn in the daily experience. Be patient, and perform faithfully the work given you, however humble it be. Go about your work calmly, relying upon God for strength. Look not anxiously into the morrow. Today employ your time to the very best account. Today let your light shine for Christ, even in the performance of little duties. Tomorrow again present yourself to Jesus as one ready to do any work, be it ever so humble. The faithful performance of today's duties will prepare you to take hold of tomorrow's work with fresh courage, saying, "Hitherto hath the Lord helped me." Ever stand as minute men before God. Let the prayer of your heart be, "Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? Imbue me with Thy Spirit; strengthen me for Thy Work." Thus you will grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 5]         In order to do successful work for the Lord, we must be willing to do and to suffer cheerfully for His sake. Selfishness is death. No organ of the body could live, should it confine its service to itself. The heart, failing to send its life-blood to the hand and the head, would quickly lose its power. We are members one of another, and the soul that refuses to impart will perish.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 6]          Christ came to this earth "as He that serveth." The angels are "ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation."The same law of service is written upon all things in nature. The birds of the air, the beasts of the field, the trees of the forest, the leaves, the grass, and the flowers, the sun in the heavens, and the stars of light,--all have their ministry. Lake and ocean, river and water-spring,--each takes to give.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 7]          Much prayer is necessary to successful effort. Prayer brings power. Prayer has "subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions, quenched the violence of fire, . . . turned to flight the armies of the aliens."  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 8]          Prayer is the breath of the soul. Jesus lived in dependence upon God and communion with Him. To the secret place of the Most High, under the shadow of the Almighty, men now and then repair; they abide for a season, and the result is manifest in noble deeds; then their faith fails, the communion is interrupted, and the life-work marred. But the life of Jesus was a life of constant trust, sustained by continual communion; and His service for heaven and earth was without failure or faltering.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 9]          Many, even in their seasons of devotion, fail of receiving the blessing of real communion with God. They are in too great haste.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 10]          With hurried steps they press through the circle of Christ's loving presence, pausing perhaps a moment within the sacred precincts, but not waiting for counsel. They have no time to remain with the divine Teacher. With their burdens they return to their work.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 11]          These workers can never attain the highest success until they learn the secret of strength. They must give themselves time to think, to pray, to wait upon God for a renewal of physical, mental, and spiritual power. They need the uplifting of His Spirit. Receiving this, they will be quickened by fresh life. The wearied frame and tired brain will be refreshed, the burdened heart will be rested.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 12]          The Christian worker must study the Word of God. How many are surprised into the commission of sin because of a failure to study the Scriptures. They were off their guard, and Satan found them an easy prey. The psalmist declares, "Thy word have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against Thee."  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 12}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 13]          And in Paul's letter to Timothy we read, "All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works."  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 13}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 14]          The life of God, that gives life to the world, is in His word. It was by His word that Jesus healed disease and cast out demons. And by His word He stilled the sea and raised the dead; and the people bore witness that His word was with power. He spoke the word of God, as He had spoken it to all the ［prophets and teachers of the］ Old Testament. The whole Bible is a manifestation of Christ. It is our only source of power.  {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 14}
[ST, February 3, 1904 par. 15]         As our physical life is sustained by food, so our spiritual life is sustained by the Word of God. And every soul is to receive life from God's Word for himself. As we must eat for ourselves in order to receive nourishment, so we must receive the Word for ourselves. Yes, the Word of God is the bread of life. Those who receive and assimilate this Word, making it a part of every action, of every attribute of character, will grow strong in the strength of God. It gives immortal vigor to the soul, perfecting the experience, and bringing joys that will abide forever.                                                    -    {ST, February 3, 1904 par. 15}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 1]       February 17, 1904 Home Religion.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The work of sanctification begins in the home. Those who are Christians in the home will be Christians in the church and in the world. There are many who do not grow in grace because they fail of cultivating home religion.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 2]          In the home the spirit of criticism and fault-finding should have no place. The peace of the home is too sacred to be marred by this spirit. But how often, when seated at the meal-table, the members of the family pass round a dish of criticism, fault-finding, and scandal. Were Christ to come today, would He not find many of the families who profess to be Christians, cherishing the spirit of criticism and unkindness? The members of such families are unready to unite with the family above.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 3]         God expects His children to use the talent of speech in a way that will honor the Saviour. Let evil-thinking and evil-speaking be put away as leaven that will produce contention, alienation, and strife. Let the unruly tongue be brought under the control of God.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 4]          No harsh, passionate word is ever spoken without grieving the Lord Jesus, and hurting the heart of speaker and of hearer. From the Christian home all angry or trifling speeches will be excluded; for in the home above nothing of this character finds place.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 5]          Parents, be sure to spend some time each day in private prayer, asking the Lord for wisdom, lest self-importance take possession of you, and you give the talent of speech into the control of the enemy. In the home circle, generous, gracious, Christ-like words are of more value than any earthly treasure.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 6]          Remember that your children will follow closely the example that in word and act you set them. Live lives that will help them to prepare for translation into the courts above when the last trump shall sound, and Christ shall come to gather His faithful ones to Himself. Do not neglect your children. They are your first care. The home is to be their first school. And in this school you yourselves are to learn lessons that will prepare you better to work for their salvation and for the salvation of others. These lessons will be of the highest value to you in your religious experience.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 7]          As you labor successfully for your children, you are working out your own salvation, and God is working in you, to will and to do of His good pleasure.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 8]          Kindly but firmly correct every inclination to wrong that may appear in the lives of your children. When you are obliged to correct a child, do not raise the voice to a high key bringing into it that which will arouse the worst passions of the child's heart. Do not lose your self-control. The parent who, when correcting a child, gives way to anger, is more at fault than the child.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 9]         Restrain every hasty speech that struggles for utterance. Before you speak that fretful, impatient word, stop and think of the influence which, if spoken, it will exert. Remember that children are quick to hear every word, and to mark every intonation of the voice. Remember, too, that angels hear the words you speak. You are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Follow a course that will be an honor to Jesus, a course that will bring angels to your side. Let your home be such that Christ can enter it as an abiding guest. Let it be such that people will take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus, and have learned of Him.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 10]          The home in which the members are kindly, courteous Christians, exerts a far-reaching influence for good. Other families mark the results attained by such a home, and follow the example set, in their turn guarding their homes against evil influences.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, February 17, 1904 par. 11]          Angels of heaven often visit the home in which the will of God bears sway. Under the power of divine grace, such a home becomes a place of refreshing to worn, weary pilgrims. Self is kept from asserting itself. Right habits are formed. There is a careful recognition of the rights of others. The faith that works by love and purifies the soul stands at the helm, presiding over the entire household. Under the hallowed influence of such a home, the principle of brotherhood laid down in the Word of God is more widely recognized and obeyed.  {ST, February 17, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 1]       February 24, 1904 The Narrow Way.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ gives to all the invitation, "Follow Me." "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life."  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 2]          "Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it."  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 3]          The path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord is far above all worldly schemes and practises. Those who walk in it are to show by their works the purity of their principles. They have a heaven to win, and by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation they are to show the genuineness of their profession. They are to work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, lest they shall not perfect a Christian character, striving to walk in the footsteps of Christ, keeping His life and His teaching ever before them. As they do this, God works in them to will and to do of His good pleasure.  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 4]          Those who walk in the narrow way must follow the directions of the Guide-book. Thus only can they reach the gates of the city of God. They are to follow the example of Christ, working as He worked. Then at last they will hear the commendation, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord."  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 5]                                         Our Gifts.          God has put men and women in possession of precious gifts. To different ones He gives different gifts. Not all have the same strength of character or the same depth of knowledge. But each one is to use his gifts in the Master's service, however small this gift may seem to be. The faithful steward trades wisely on the goods entrusted to him.  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 6]          The endowments of mind and body are to be carefully guarded. Our gifts are not to be weakened by self-indulgence. Every power is to be carefully preserved, that it may be always ready for instant use. No part of the physical organism is to be weakened by misuse. Each part, however small, has an influence on the whole. The abuse of one nerve or muscle lessens the usefulness of the whole body. Those for whom Christ has given His life should bring their habits and practises into conformity to His will.  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 7]                      "Freely Ye Have Received, Freely Give."          God's Word declares, "The soul that sinneth, it shall die." But God does not desire the death of any one. When Adam's sin had forfeited eternal life, at infinite cost God provided for the race a second probation. He "so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Should not those to whom the light of truth for this time has come, place themselves in close connection with God, using their capabilities to advance the work of soul-saving? Should not the one who possesses an understanding of the Scriptures impart the knowledge given him to those who know not the truth? Upon every believer in present truth rests the responsibility of working for sinners. God points them to their special work,--the proclamation of the Third Angel's Message. They are to show their appreciation of God's great gift by consecrating themselves to the work for which Christ gave His life. They are to be stewards of the grace of God, dispensing to others the blessings bestowed on them. He who has found comfort in the Word of God is to share this comfort with others. Thus only can he continue to receive comfort.  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 8]         The sincere child of god does not make light of any of His requirements. Should he do this, he would soon make for himself laws that would not be in harmony with God's requirements. Another, having great confidence in him, would do the same, and thus God would be greatly dishonored. Infidels look at the defective lives of professing Christians, and say, "If I believed what those men and women profess to believe, I could never do the things they do."  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 9]          Let us make steady advancement. Let us lay aside every weight, and the sin that so easily besets, and run with patience the race set before us. Let us hold the truth in righteousness. Then when adversity comes, we shall be able to trust in God, knowing that we have done our best. Trust in God is one of the signs that distinguish the righteous from the wicked. God never forgets His faithful children in their suffering and affliction. With confidence they may say:--  {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, February 24, 1904 par. 10]          "The Lord is my Shepherd; I shall not want. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures; He leadeth me beside the still waters. He restoreth my soul; He leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for His name's sake. Yea, tho I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil; for Thou art with me; Thy rod and Thy staff they comfort me. Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies; Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life; and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever."                                                    -    {ST, February 24, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 1]       March 16, 1904 A Present Help.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one, and that the world may know that Thou has sent Me." These words seem almost beyond the grasp of our faith, yet we are to believe them, and act in accordance with them. We are to take time to pray, and then we are to live lives that are in harmony with our prayers, believing that the Lord will answer us. The answer may not come in just the way that we expect, but we may rest assured that the Master knows what is best for us. He is too wise to err, and too good to do us harm. We are to meet every trial and disappointment with the words, "Not my will, but Thine, be done."                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 2]          "Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." To place ourselves in close connection with Christ by fervent, believing prayer--this is our part. For the fulfilment of this part we are responsible. For the rest we are to trust Him who knows what will best help us in our endeavors to do His will.                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 3]          Let us place ourselves in the line of co-operation with God, making it possible for Him to answer our prayers. He has issued His promissory notes, declaring, "A new heart will I give you." He says that He will be found of those who seek Him with the whole heart. When you lose your hold on Him, and fail of receiving the fulfilment of the promise, the bank of heaven has not failed; you have broken your covenant with God. He can not fulfil His promises while you refuse to let Him take away your transgressions, because you suppose that by disobeying Him, you have placed yourself beyond help. The Lord says, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me." Then cease to worry over the troubles that you so often bring upon your selves; come like a penitent child to Jesus, confessing your sins. "Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones."                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 4]          Are not these words full of encouragement? God assures us that He will not leave us to grope in uncertainty. He will not leave us to be our own teachers in the all-important matters that concern our eternal destiny. He declares: "I will be your Teacher. I will give you light and knowledge. Light is sown for the righteous, and gladness for the upright in heart." We gain nothing by gathering about us mist and cloud. The Lord desires us to be cheerful and joyful. He desires us to have a cloudless experience.                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 5]          We need to pray often: "Lord, increase my faith, that I may be strong to quench the fiery darts of the enemy. Make me more than a conqueror through Him that loved me and gave Himself for me." The Holy Spirit, earnestly sought and constantly cherished, works in the hearts of those who believe, giving them power to become the sons of God. To follow Christ means everything to us. The path of the Christian is as a shining light that shineth more and more unto the perfect day. He who follows Christ is assured that he shall have the light of life,--an insight into sacred things, a close, personal acquaintance with God.                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 6]          Despondency in God's service is sinful and unreasonable. He knows our every necessity. He has all power. He can bestow upon His servants the measure of efficiency that their need demands. His infinite love and compassion never weary. With the majesty of Omnipotence He unites the gentleness and care of a tender shepherd. We need have no fear that He will not fulfil His promises. He is eternal truth. Never will He change the covenant that He has made with those who love Him.                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, March 16, 1904 par. 7]          "Fear thou not; for I am with thee," He declares; "be not dismayed; for I am thy God; I will strengthen thee; yea, I will help thee; yea, I will uphold thee with the right hand of My righteousness." "They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint."                                                    -    {ST, March 16, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, March 23, 1904 par. 1]       March 23, 1904 A Life of Helpfulness.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         God has given every one a part to act in His great plan for the uplifting of humanity. Christ has linked together the human and the divine. On this earth, in the garb of humanity, He lived the life that He desires His disciples to live,--a life of unselfish service. Are we living this life? Are we giving the invitation: "Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money, come ye, buy and eat; yea, come, buy wine and milk without money and without price. Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labor for that which satisfieth not? . . . Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near; let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts, and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon"?                                                    -    {ST, March 23, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, March 23, 1904 par. 2]          God calls upon us to point those in error to the right way. How can they hear without a preacher? It is not only ordained ministers who are to do this work. Angels of heaven will co-operate with those who labor unselfishly for the Master. Much more than sermonizing is included in service for God. The ignorant are to be enlightened, the discouraged uplifted, the sick healed. The human voice is to act its part in God's work. Words of tenderness, sympathy, and love are to witness to the truth. Earnest, heartfelt prayers are to bring angels near.  {ST, March 23, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, March 23, 1904 par. 3]          In His talk with the Samaritan woman, instead of disparaging Jacob's well, Christ presented something better. "If thou knewest the gift of God," He said, "and who it is that saith to thee, Give Me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of Him, and He would have given thee living water." He turned the conversation to the treasure He had to bestow, offering the woman something better than she possessed, even living water, the joy and hope of the Gospel. This is an illustration of the way in which we are to work. It is of little use for us to go to pleasure-lovers, theater-goers, drunkards, and gamblers, and scathingly rebuke them for their sins. This will do no good. We must offer them something better than that which they possess, even the peace of Christ, which passeth all understanding. We must tell them of God's holy law, the transcript of His character, and an expression of that which He wishes them to become.                                                    -    {ST, March 23, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, March 23, 1904 par. 4]          There are many who are engaged in a wild chase after worldly pleasure and earthly riches. Thus they think to gain happiness. But pleasure and wealth are powerless to bring true happiness. Fame, genius, skill,--all are equally unable to gladden the sorrowful heart. Games, theaters, horse-races, will not satisfy the longing of the soul. Human beings were not created to be satisfied in this way. Show them how infinitely superior to the fleeting joys and pleasures of this world is the imperishable glory of heaven. Tell them of the freedom and rest and peace to be found in the Saviour. "Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst," He declares. Lift up Jesus, crying, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." He alone can satisfy the restless craving of the heart, and give peace to the troubled mind. Wealth can not do this; pleasure can not do it. Title, rank, learning, power, all are worthless to bless and heal.                                                    -    {ST, March 23, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, March 23, 1904 par. 5]          There are many souls in perplexity, weighed down by a load of guilt. They desire to be delivered from sin. They have wandered from the springs of true happiness, and have poisoned their lives by drinking of the murky waters of transgression. They need the help of a friendly, outstretched hand. Teach them how to reach upward, how to live so that they will gain the respect of their fellow men. Altho the will has been depraved and weakened, there is hope for them in Christ. He will waken in their hearts higher impulses and holier desires. They need to hear the words of encouragement, that they may lay hold of the hope set before them in the Gospel. The promises of God's Word will be to them as the leaves of the tree of life. Patiently continue your efforts until, with grateful joy, the trembling hand grasps the hope of redemption through Christ.                                                    -    {ST, March 23, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, March 23, 1904 par. 6]          It is the one who has been tempted and tried, and whose hope was well-nigh gone, but who was saved by hearing a message of love, who can best understand the science of soul-saving. He whose heart is filled with love for Christ, because he has been sought for by the Saviour, and brought back to the fold, knows how to work for others. He can point sinners to the Lamb of God. He has given himself without reserve to God, and has been accepted in the Beloved. The hand that in his weakness he held out for help has been grasped. By the ministry of such ones, many prodigals will be brought to the Father, to present themselves before Him in contrition and penitence.                                                    -    {ST, March 23, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 1]       March 30, 1904 A Perfect Ideal.    By Mrs. E. G. White.       Man has fallen. God's image in him is defaced. By disobedience he is depraved in inclination and weakened in power, unable, apparently, to look forward to anything but tribulation and wrath. But God, through Christ, has wrought out a way of escape, and He says to every one, "Be ye therefore perfect." It is His purpose that man shall stand before Him upright and noble, and He will not be defeated. He sent His Son to this world to bear the penalty of sin, and to show man how to live a sinless life.                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 2]          Christ is our ideal. He has left a perfect example for childhood, youth, and manhood. He came to this earth, and passed through the different phases of human experience. In His life sin found no place. From the beginning to the close of His earthly life, He preserved unsullied His loyalty to God. The Word says of Him. "The Child grew, and waxed strong in Spirit, filled with wisdom, and the grace of God was upon Him." He "increased in wisdom and stature, and in favor with God and man."                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 3]          The Saviour lived not to please Himself. We read of Him that He went about "doing good." He spent His life in loving service, comforting the sorrowful, ministering to the needy, lifting up the bowed down. He had no home in this world, only as the kindness of His friends provided Him one, yet it was heaven to be in His presence. Day by day He met trials and temptations, yet He did not fail or become discouraged. He was always patient and cheerful, and the afflicted hailed Him as a messenger of life and peace and health. His life held nothing that was not pure and noble.                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 4]          God's law is the echo of His voice, saying to us, "Holier, yes, holier still." Desire the fulness of the grace of Christ; yea, long--hunger and thirst--after righteousness. The promise is, "Ye shall be filled." God has plainly stated that He expects us to be perfect, and because He requires this, He has made provision that we may be made partakers of the divine nature. Only thus can we be partakers of the divine nature. Only thus can we gain perfection. The power is given by Christ. "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God."                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 5]          God's promise is, "Ye shall be holy; for I am holy." Holiness is the reflection of God's glory. But in order to reflect this glory, we must co-operate with God. Heart and mind must be emptied of all that leads to wrong. The Word of God must be read and studied with a sincere desire to gain from it spiritual strength. This Word is the bread of heaven. Those who received it, and make it a part of their lives, grow strong in the strength of God. Our sanctification is God's object in all His dealing with us. He has chosen us from eternity, that we may be holy. Christ declares, "This is the will of God, even your sanctification." Is it your will, also, that your desires and inclinations shall be brought into conformity to the divine will?                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 6]          He who would build up a strong, symmetrical character, he who would be a well-balanced Christian, must give all and do all for Christ; for the Redeemer will not accept divided service. Daily he must learn the meaning of self-surrender. He must study the Word of God, getting its meaning, and obeying its precepts. Thus he may reach the highest standard of Christian excellence. There is no limit to the spiritual advancement that may be made by the one who is a partaker of the divine nature. Day by day God works with him, perfecting the character that is to stand in the day of final test. Each day of his life he ministers to others. The light that is in him shines forth, and stills the strife of tongues. Day by day he is working out before men and angels a vast, sublime experiment, showing what the Gospel can do for fallen human beings.                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, March 30, 1904 par. 7]          Let us not spare ourselves, but carry forward in earnest the work of reform that must be done. Let us crucify self. Unholy habits will clamor fiercely for the victory, but in the name and through the power of Jesus we may conquer them. To him who seeks daily to keep his heart with all diligence the promise is given, "Neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord." Living the life of the Saviour, overcoming every selfish desire, fulfilling bravely and cheerfully our duty to God and to those around us,--this makes us more than conquerors. This prepares us to stand before the great white throne free from spot or wrinkle, having washed our robes of character, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.                                                    -    {ST, March 30, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 1]       April 6, 1904 Lessons From the Story of Cornelius.--I.    A Seeker after Truth.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a centurion of the band called the Italian band, a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God alway."  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 2]          Tho Cornelius was a Roman, he had become acquainted with the true God, and had renounced idolatry. He was obedient to the will of God, and worshiped Him with a true heart. He had not connected himself with the Jews, but was acquainted with the moral law, and was obedient to its precepts. He had not been circumcised, nor did he take part in the sacrificial service; he was therefore regarded by the Jews as unclean. However, he made liberal gifts to sustain the Jewish worship, and was known far and near for his charity and beneficence. His righteous life made him of good repute, among both Jews and Gentiles. Cornelius had not an understanding faith in Christ, tho he believed the prophecies, and was looking for the Messiah to come. Through his love and obedience to God, he was brought nigh unto Him, and was prepared to receive the Saviour when He should be revealed to him. It is rejection of the light given that brings condemnation.  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 3]          The centurion was a man of noble family, and held a position of trust and honor. True goodness and greatness united to make him a man of moral worth. His influence was a blessing to all with whom he came in contact.  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 4]          Believing in God as the Creator of heaven and earth, he revered Him, acknowledged His authority, and sought His counsel in all the affairs of life. He was faithful in his home duties, as well as in his official responsibilities, and had erected the altar of God in his family. He dared not attempt to carry out his plans or to bear the burden of his responsibilities, without the help of God; therefore for that help he prayed much and earnestly. Faith marked all his works, and God regarded the purity of his life and the liberality of his gift, and came near to him. He recognized his piety, and so ordered events that he might receive increased light.  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 5]          While Cornelius was praying, God sent to him a heavenly messenger, who addressed him by name. The centurion was afraid, yet he knew that the angel was sent by God to instruct him, and he said, "What is it, Lord?" "And He said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter. He lodgeth with one Simon, a tanner, whose house is by the seaside."  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 6]          The explicitness of these directions, in which was named even the occupation of the man with whom Peter was making his home, shows that Heaven is acquainted with the history and business of men in every grade of life. The very street on which we live is known to God. He is acquainted with the daily employment of the humble laborer, as well as that of the king upon his throne. And the sins of men, as well as their good deeds, are all known to Him.  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 7]          "Send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter." Thus God showed His regard for the Gospel ministry, and for His organized church. The angel was not commissioned to tell Cornelius the story of the cross. A man, subject, even as he himself, to human frailties and temptations, was to tell him of the crucified, risen, and ascended Saviour. In His wisdom the Lord brings those who are seeking for truth into touch with fellow beings who know the truth. His appointed way is to communicate truth through human beings. Those who have received light are to reveal it to those in darkness.  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 8]          Speaking of the mystery "which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God," Paul says: "Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ; and to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery; . . . to the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the church the manifold wisdom of God."  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 9]          To us, also, has been committed the sacred trust of making known "the unsearchable riches of Christ." As His representatives among men, Christ does not choose angels who have never fallen, but human beings, men of like passions with those they seek to save. Christ took upon Himself humanity, that He might reach humanity. Divinity needed humanity, for it required both the divine and the human to bring salvation to the world. Divinity needed humanity, that humanity might afford a channel of communication between God and man. So with the servants and messengers of Christ. Man needs power outside of, and beyond, himself to restore him to the likeness of God, and to enable him to do the work of God; but this does not make the human agency unessential. Humanity lays hold upon divine power. Christ dwells in the heart by faith; and, through co-operation with the divine, the power of man becomes efficient for good.  {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, April 6, 1904 par. 10]         We are to be laborers together with the angels in presenting Jesus to the world. With almost impatient eagerness the angels wait for our co-operation; for man must be the channel to co-operate with man. And when we give ourselves to Christ in whole-hearted devotion, angels rejoice that they may speak through our voices to reveal God's love.                                                    -    {ST, April 6, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, April 13, 1904 par. 1]       April 13, 1904 Lessons from the Story of Cornelius.--II.                                   Peter's Experience.                                  By Mrs. E. G. White.            Immediately after the interview with Cornelius, the angel went to Peter, who, weary and hungry from journeying, was praying upon the housetop of his lodging-house in Joppa. While praying, he beheld a vision. He "saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth; wherein were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou, unclean. This was done thrice; and the vessel was received up again unto heaven."  {ST, April 13, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, April 13, 1904 par. 2]         Here we may perceive the working of God's plan to bring to pass events whereby His will may be done on earth as it is done in heaven. Peter had not yet preached the Gospel to the Gentiles. Many of them had been interested listeners to the truths which He taught; but in the minds of the apostles the middle wall of partition, which the death of Christ was to break down, still existed, excluding the Gentiles from the blessings of the Gospel. The Greek Jews had received the labors of the apostles, and many of them had become believers in Jesus; but the conversion of Cornelius was to be the first one of importance among the Gentiles.  {ST, April 13, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, April 13, 1904 par. 3]          By the vision of the sheet and its contents, let down from heaven, Peter was to be divested of his prejudices against the Gentiles. He was to be led to see that through Christ the heathen were made partakers of the blessings and privileges of the Gospel, and were thus to be benefited equally with the Jews.  {ST, April 13, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, April 13, 1904 par. 4]          The vision given Peter was an illustration presenting the true position of the Gentiles, showing that, by the death of Christ, they were made fellow heirs with Israel. It conveyed to Peter both reproof and instruction. His labors had heretofore been confined to the Jews; and he had looked upon the Gentiles as unclean, excluded from the promises of God. He was now being led to comprehend the world-wide extent of God's plan.  {ST, April 13, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, April 13, 1904 par. 5]          Notice how close the connections made in the working out of God's plan. While Peter was thinking about the vision, wondering what it meant, the men sent from Cornelius stood before the gate of his lodging-house, and the Spirit said to him: "Behold, three men seek thee. Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, doubting nothing; for I have sent them."  {ST, April 13, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, April 13, 1904 par. 6]          To Peter this was a trying command; but he dared not act according to his own feelings. He went down, and received the messengers sent by Cornelius. They told him of their singular errand, and, according to the direction he had just received from God, he at once promised to accompany them on the morrow. He courteously entertained them that night, and in the morning set out with them for Caesarea, accompanied by six of his brethren, who were to be witnesses of all he should say or do while visiting the Gentiles; for he knew that he should be called to account for so direct an opposition to the Jewish faith and teachings.  {ST, April 13, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 1]       April 20, 1904 Lessons from the Story of  Cornelius.--III.                               "Repentance unto Life"                                   By Mrs. E. G. White.            It was nearly two days before the journey to Caesarea was ended and Cornelius had the privilege of opening his doors to a Gospel minister, who, according to the assurance of God, was to teach him and his house the way of salvation. While the messengers were upon their errand, the centurion had gathered as many of his relatives as were accessible, that they, as well as he, might be instructed in the truth. When Peter arrived, a large company were gathered, eagerly waiting to listen to his words.  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 2]          As Peter entered the house of the Gentile, Cornelius did not salute him as an ordinary visitor, but as one honored of heaven, and sent to him by God. It is an Eastern custom for persons to bow before a prince or other high dignitary, and for children to bow before their parents. But Cornelius, overwhelmed with reverence for the apostle, who had been delegated by God to instruct him, fell at his feet, and worshiped him. Peter was horror-stricken, and he lifted the centurion to his feet, saying, "Stand up; I myself also am a man." He then began to talk with him familiarly, in order to remove the sense of awe and extreme reverence with which the centurion regarded him.  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 3]          To Cornelius and those assembled in his house, Peter spoke of the custom of the Jews, saying that it was considered unlawful for them to mingle socially with the Gentiles, and that this involved ceremonial defilement. It was not prohibited by the law of God, but the tradition of men had made it a binding custom. "Ye know," he said, "how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company, or come unto one of another nation; but God hath showed me that I should not call any man common or unclean. Therefore came I unto you without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for; I ask therefore for what intent ye have sent for me?"  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 4]          Cornelius thereupon related his experience, and the words of the angel that had appeared to him in vision. In conclusion he said: "Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded thee of God.  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 5]          "Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons; but in every nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him." Altho God had favored the Jews above all other nations, yet if they rejected light and did not live up to their profession, they were no more exalted in His esteem than other nations. Those among the Gentiles, who, like Cornelius, feared God and worked righteousness, walking in the light they had, were kindly regarded by God, and their sincere service was accepted.  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 6]          But the faith and righteousness of Cornelius could not be perfect without a knowledge of Christ; therefore God sent knowledge to him for the further development of his character. Many refuse to receive the light which God sends them, and, in excuse, quote the words of Peter to Cornelius, "In every nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him." They maintain that it is of no consequence what men believe, so long as their works are good. Such ones are in error. Faith and works must unite. We should advance with the light given us. If God brings us into connection with His servants who have received new truth, substantiated by His Word, we should accept this truth with joy. On the other hand, those who claim that their faith alone will save them, are trusting to a rope of sand; for faith is made perfect by good works.  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 7]         To that company of attentive hearers Peter preached Christ,--His life, His miracles, His betrayal, His crucifixion, His resurrection, His ascension, and His work in heaven as man's representative and advocate. As the apostle spoke, his heart glowed with the spirit of the truth that he was presenting. His hearers were charmed by the teaching they heard; for their hearts had been prepared to receive the truth. The talk was interrupted by the descent of the Holy Spirit, as on the day of Pentecost. "And they of the circumcision that believed were amazed, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Spirit. For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter, Can any man forbid the water, that these should not be baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as well as we? And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ."  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 8]          When the brethren in Judea heard that Peter had preached to the Gentiles, and had met with them, and eaten with them in their houses, they were surprised and offended. They feared that such a course, which looked to them presumptuous, would tend to contradict his own teachings. As soon as Peter visited them, they met him with severe censure, saying, "Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them."  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 9]          Peter laid the whole matter before them. He related his experience in regard to the vision, and pleaded that it admonished him no longer to observe the ceremonial distinction of circumcision and uncircumcision, nor to look upon the Gentiles as unclean; for God was not a respecter of persons. He told them of the command of God to go to the Gentiles, the coming of the messengers, his journey to Caesarea, and the meeting with Cornelius, and the company assembled at his house. His caution was made manifest from the fact that, altho commanded by God to go to the Gentile's house, he had taken with him six of the disciples, as witnesses of all he should say or do while there. He recounted the substance of his interview with Cornelius, in which the latter had told him of his vision, wherein he had been directed to send messengers to Joppa to bring Peter to him, who would speak words whereby he and all his house might be saved.  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 10]          "As I began to speak," he said, in recounting his experience, "the Holy Spirit fell on them, even as on us at the beginning. And I remembered the word of the Lord, how He said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit. If then God gave unto them the like gift as He did also unto us, when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, that I could withstand God?"  {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, April 20, 1904 par. 11]          On hearing this account, the brethren were silenced. They were convinced that Peter's course was in direct fulfilment of the plan of God, and that their prejudices and exclusiveness were to be utterly destroyed by the Gospel. They held their peace, and glorified God, saying, "Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life."                                                    -    {ST, April 20, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 1]       April 27, 1904 Lessons from the Story of  Cornelius.--IV.  Angel--Messengers.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The experience of Cornelius should bring great encouragement to those who are seeking the Lord with an earnest purpose to do His will. A heavenly messenger was sent to Cornelius for the express purpose of bringing him into touch with one who could teach him more about God. Today angels of God draw near to those who in humility of heart seek for divine guidance. Heavenly messengers are passing through the length and breadth of the earth, seeking to comfort the sorrowing, to protect the impenitent, to win the hearts of men to Christ. No one is neglected or passed by. God is no respecter of persons, and He has an equal care for all the souls He has created.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 2]         To the worker for Christ, also, the experience of Cornelius should bring strength and courage. Angels of God are co-operating with His servants in their efforts to bring to the full light of truth those who are walking in all the light they have. They unite with men in sympathy and labor for the saving of the lost. We can not see them personally; nevertheless they are with us, guiding, directing, protecting.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 3]          Angels protected Lot, and led him safely out from the midst of Sodom. So they protected Elisha in the little mountain city. When the encircling hills were filled with the horses and chariots of the king of Syria and the great host of his armed men, Elisha beheld the nearer hill-slopes covered with the armies of God,--horses and chariots of fire round about the servant of God.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 4]          So in all ages, angels have been near to Christ's faithful followers. The vast confederacy of evil is arrayed against all who would overcome; but Christ would have us look to the things which are not seen, to the armies of heaven encamped about all who love God, to deliver them. From what dangers, seen and unseen, we have been preserved through the interposition of the angels, we shall never know, till in the light of eternity we see the meaning of the providences of God. Then we shall know that the whole family of heaven was interested in the family here below, and that messengers from the throne of God attended our steps from day to day.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 5]          The very angels who, when Satan was seeking the supremacy, fought the battle in the heavenly courts, and triumphed on the side of God; the very angels who shouted for joy over the creation of the world and its sinless inhabitants; the angels who witnessed the fall of man and his expulsion from his Eden home,--these very heavenly messengers are most intensely interested in the work of all who are seeking to restore the image of God in man.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 6]          Heaven and earth are no wider apart today than when the shepherds listened to the angels' song. Humanity is still as much the object of Heaven's solicitude as when common men of common occupations met angels at noon-day, and talked with heavenly messengers in the vineyards and the fields. Angels from the courts above attend the steps of those who come and go at God's command.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 7]         Heavenly beings still visit the earth, as in the days when they walked and talked with Abraham and with Moses. Amidst the busy activities of our great cities, amidst the multitudes that crowd the thoroughfares and fill the marts of trade, where from morning till evening people act as if business and sport and pleasure were all there is to life, where there are so few to contemplate unseen realities,--even here heaven has its watchers and its holy ones. There are invisible agencies observing every word and deed of human beings. In every assembly for business or pleasure, in every gathering for worship, there are more listeners than can be seen with human sight. Sometimes the heavenly intelligences draw aside the curtain which hides the unseen world, that our thoughts may be withdrawn from the hurry and rush of life, to consider that there are unseen witnesses to all we do or say.  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 8]          We need to understand better than we do the mission of the heavenly visitants. It would be well to consider that in all our work we have the co-operation and care of heavenly beings. Invisible armies of light and power attend the meek and lowly ones who believe and claim the promises of God. Cherubim and seraphim and angels that excel in strength,--ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands,--stand at His right hand, "all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation."  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, April 27, 1904 par. 9]          "Therefore let us also, seeing we are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus the Author and Perfecter of our faith, who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising shame, and hath sat down at the right hand of the throne of God."  {ST, April 27, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 1]       May 11, 1904 "Bear Ye One Another's Burdens."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         God has so ordered matters that no man is absolutely independent of his fellow men. He has linked the members of His human family together by the cords of reciprocal dependence. And while every man has his own burden to bear, let him not forget the words, "Bear ye one another's burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ."  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 2]          In our dealings with one another, we are to keep in constant exercise the principle of mutual forbearance and helpfulness. Our sympathies are to go out to those around us. We are to be courteous and considerate to all. The poor are to be aided, the sick visited, the sorrowing and the bereaved comforted, the inexperienced counseled, the faint-hearted made more hopeful. All such acts help the hand that helps.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 3]          The spirit of helpfulness is to be in our hearts a cultivated, active, energetic spirit, not forced to action, but ever watchful for opportunities to help where help is needed.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 4]          Humanity alone is a very poor combination of opposites. Naturally, human beings are self-centered and opinionated. But selfishness disappears from the lives of those who learn the lessons that Christ desires to teach them. They become partakers of the divine nature, and Christ lives in them. They regard all men as brethren, with similar aspirations, capacities, temptations, and trials, craving sympathy and needing assistance.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 5]          Never are we to humiliate a fellow being. When we see that mistakes have been made, we are to do all in our power to help the ones who have erred, by telling them of our own experience,--how when we made grave mistakes, patience and fellowship, kindness and helpfulness, on the part of our fellow workers, gave us courage and hope.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 6]         Harsh judgment is not becoming in those who themselves are continually making mistakes. Remember that you can not read hearts. You do not know the motives which prompted the actions that to you look wrong. Be afraid to disparage character. Let your hearts be sensitive to human need. Men may be brought into places where they need not only the help of kindly words, but the firm grasp of an outstretched hand. Give them the help they need. The time may come when your hands will be upheld by the hands of those to whom you have ministered.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 7]          There are those who have inherited peculiar tempers and dispositions. They may be hard to deal with, but, are we faultless? They are not to be disparaged. Their errors are not to be made common property. Christ pities and helps those who err in judgment. He has suffered death for every man, and because of this He has a deep interest in every member of the human family.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 8]          A man may be trying to serve God. But temptations from within and without assail him. Satan and his angels urge him to transgress. And perhaps he falls a prey to their temptations. How then do his brethren treat him? Do they speak harsh, cutting words, driving him farther from the Saviour? Let us remember that we are all erring human beings, struggling and toiling, failing in speech and action to represent Christ, falling and rising again, despairing and hoping. Let us beware of treating harshly those who, tho they have yielded to temptation, are like ourselves, the objects of Christ's unchanging love.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 9]          The Lord Jesus demands an acknowledgment of the rights of every man. Men's social rights, and their rights as Christians, are to be taken into consideration. They are to be treated with refinement and delicacy, as the sons and daughters of God. This matter is not left to our own choice. The life and lessons of Christ have converted it into an obligation that we must discharge as an act of loyalty to God. The natural impulses of the heart must be changed for impulses of Christ. Feelings of love and good-will must control us.  {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, May 11, 1904 par. 10]          "Whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them." "Be kindly affectioned one unto another with brotherly love; in honor preferring one another." "Be ye all of one mind, having compassion one of another, love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous; not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing; but contrariwise blessing, knowing that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing."                                                    -    {ST, May 11, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 1]       May 18, 1904 The Consistent Life.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         There is an eloquence far more powerful than the eloquence of words in the quiet, consistent life of a pure, true Christian. What a man is has more influence than what he says. A godly life is a living epistle, known and read of all men.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 2]          Character is not something shaped from without, or put on; it is something radiating from within. If true goodness, purity, meekness, and equity are dwelling in the heart, this will be manifest in the character; and such a character is full of power.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 3]          The officers who were sent to take Jesus came back with the report that never man spoke as He spoke. But the reason for this was that never man lived as He lived. Had His life been other than it was, He could not have spoken as He did. His words bore with them a convincing power, because they came from a heart pure and holy, full of love and sympathy, benevolence and truth.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 4]          True religion consists in doing the words of Christ; not doing them to earn God's favor, but because, all undeserving, we have received the gift of His love. Christ places the salvation of men, not upon profession merely, but upon faith that is made manifest in works of righteousness. Doing, not saying merely, is expected of the followers of Christ. It is through action that character is built. "As many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons of God." Not those whose hearts are touched by the Spirit, not those who now and then yield to its power, but those who are led by the Spirit, are the sons of God.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 5]          By the quiet, unconscious influence of a holy life, true Christians reveal Christ. The fragrance of the life, the loveliness of the character, show to the world that they are children of God. Men take knowledge of them that they have been with Jesus.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 6]          To those who have named His name Christ says, "You have given yourselves to Me, and I have given you to the world as My representatives." As the Father had sent Him into the world, so, He declares, "have I also sent them into the world." As Christ is the divine channel for the revelation of the Father, so we are the channel for the revelation of Christ. While our Saviour is the great source of illumination, forget not, O Christian, that He is revealed through humanity. Every individual disciple is Heaven's appointed channel for the revelation of God to man. Angels of glory wait to communicate through you heaven's light and power to souls that are ready to perish. Shall the human agent fail of accomplishing his appointed work? O, then to that degree is the world robbed of the promised influence of the Holy Spirit.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 7]          When Christ would define the advancement possible for us, He said, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." This advancement is not gained without effort. The Christian life is a battle and a march. But the victory to be gained is not won by human power. The field of conflict is the domain of the heart. The battle which we have to fight--the greatest battle that was ever fought by man--is the surrender of self to the will of God, the yielding of the heart to the sovereignty of love. The old nature, born of blood and of the will of the flesh, can not inherit the kingdom of God. The hereditary tendencies, the formed habits, must be given up.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 8]          He who determines to enter the spiritual kingdom will find that all the powers and passions of an unregenerate nature, backed by the forces of the kingdom of darkness, are arrayed against him. Selfishness and pride will make a stand against anything that would show them to be sinful. We can not, of ourselves, conquer the evil desires and habits that struggle for the mastery. We can not overcome the mighty foe who holds us in his thrall. God alone can give us the victory. He desires us to have the mastery over ourselves, our own will and ways. But He can not work in us without our consent and co-operation. The divine Spirit works through the faculties and powers given to man. Our energies are required to co-operate with God.  {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, May 18, 1904 par. 9]          The victory is not won without much earnest prayer, without the humbling of self at every step. Our will is not to be forced into co-operation with divine agencies, but it must be voluntarily submitted. Were it possible to force upon you with a hundredfold greater intensity the influence of the Spirit of God, it would not make you a Christian, a fit subject for heaven. The stronghold of Satan-would not be broken. The will must be placed on the side of God's will. You are not able, of yourself, to bring your purposes and desires and inclinations into submission to the will of God; but if you are "willing to be made willing," God will accomplish the work for you, even "casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ." Then you will "work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure."                                                                   -    {ST, May 18, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 1]       June 1, 1904 The Touch of Faith.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         "If I may but touch His garment, I shall be whole."  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 2]          It was a poor woman who spoke these words,--a woman who for twelve years had suffered from a disease that made her life a burden. She had spent all her means upon physicians and remedies, only to be pronounced incurable. But, as she heard of the great Healer, her hopes revived. She thought, "If only I could get near enough to speak to Him, I might be healed."  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 3]          Christ was on His way to the home of Jairus, the Jewish rabbi who had entreated Him to come and heal his daughter. The heart-broken petition, "My little daughter lieth at the point of death; I pray Thee, come and lay Thy hands on her, that she may be healed," had touched the tender, sympathetic heart of Christ, and He had at once set out with the ruler for his home.  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 4]          They advanced but slowly; for the crowd pressed Christ on every side. On making His way through the multitude, the Saviour came near to where the afflicted woman was standing. Again and again she had tried in vain to get near Him. Now her golden opportunity had come. She could see no way of speaking to Him. She would not seek to hinder His slow advance. But she had heard that healing came from a touch of His garments; and, fearful of losing her one chance of relief, she pressed forward, saying to herself, "If I may but touch His garment, I shall be made whole."  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 5]          Christ knew every thought of her mind, and He was making His way to where she stood. He realized her great need, and He was helping her to exercise faith.  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 6]          As He was passing, she reached forward and succeeded in barely touching the border of His garment. That moment she knew that she was healed. In that one touch was concentrated the faith of her life, and instantly her pain and feebleness disappeared. Instantly she felt the thrill as of an electric current passing through every fiber of her being. There came over her a sensation of perfect health. "Straightway . . . she felt in her body that she was healed of that plague."  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 7]         She desired to express her thanks to the mighty Healer, who had done more for her in one touch than the physicians had done in twelve long years; but she dared not. With a grateful heart she tried to withdraw from the crowd. Suddenly Jesus stopped, and looking around, He asked, "Who touched Me?" Looking at Him with amazement, Peter answered, "Master, the multitude throng Thee and press Thee, and sayest Thou, Who touched Me?" "Somebody hath touched Me," Jesus said; "for I perceive that virtue is gone out of Me." He could distinguish the touch of faith from the casual touch of the careless throng. Some one had touched Him with a deep purpose, and had received answer.  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 8]          Christ did not ask the question for His own information. He had a lesson for the people, for His disciples, and for the woman. He wished to inspire the afflicted with hope. He wished to show that it was faith which had brought the healing power. The woman's trust must not be passed by without comment. God must be glorified by her grateful confession. Christ desired her to understand that He approved her act of faith. He would not have her depart with a half blessing only. She was not to remain in ignorance of His knowledge of her suffering, of His compassionate love, and of His approval of her faith in His power to save to the uttermost all who come to Him.  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 9]          Looking toward the woman, Christ insisted on knowing who had touched Him. Finding concealment vain, she came forward trembling, and cast herself at His feet. With grateful tears she told Him, before all the people, why she had touched His garment, and how she had been immediately healed. She feared that her act in touching His garment had been one of presumption, but no word of censure came from Christ's lips. He spoke only words of approval. They came from a heart of love, filled with sympathy for human woe. "Daughter," He said gently, "be of good comfort; thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace." How cheering were these words to her. Now no fear that she had given offense imbittered her joy.  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 10]          During all His life on this earth, from childhood to manhood, Christ sought to bring life and joy and peace to others. His days were filled with deeds of mercy and compassion. He was often weary. His human nature longed for rest. But He had little opportunity to rest. The children of sorrow and affliction thronged His steps. They would not be deterred, knowing that if they could come to where He was, they would not seek for help in vain. Had He not said, "Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you"?  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, June 1, 1904 par. 11]          The wondering crowd that pressed close about Christ realized no accession of vital power. But when the suffering woman put forth her hand to touch Him, believing that she would be made whole, she felt the healing virtue. So it is in spiritual things. To talk of religion in a casual way, to pray without soul-hunger and living faith, avails nothing. A nominal faith in Christ, which accepts Him only as the Saviour of the world, can never bring healing to the soul. The faith that is unto salvation is not a mere intellectual assent to the truth. He who waits for entire knowledge before he will exercise faith, can not receive blessing from God. It is not enough to believe about Christ; we must believe in Him. The only faith that will benefit us is that which embraces Him as a personal Saviour, which appropriates His merits to ourselves. Many hold faith as an opinion. Saving faith is a transaction, by which those who receive Christ join themselves in covenant relation with God. A living faith means an increase of vigor, a confiding trust, by which the soul becomes a conquering power.  {ST, June 1, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 1]       June 8, 1904 Co-Operation    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue; whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises; that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust."  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 2]          "Partakers of the divine nature." Is this possible? Of ourselves we can do no good thing. How, then, can we be partakers of the divine nature?--By coming to Christ just as we are, needy, helpless, dependent. He died to make it possible for us to be partakers of the divine nature. He took upon Himself humanity, that He might uplift humanity. With the golden chain of His matchless love He has bound us to the throne of God. We are to have power to overcome as He overcame. To all He gives the invitation: "Come unto Me, . . . and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 3]          In order to be partakers of the divine nature, we must co-operate with God. Man is no passive being, to be saved in indolence. Let no one think that men and women are going to be taken to heaven without engaging in the struggle here below. We have a battle to fight, a victory to gain. God says to us, "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling." How?-"For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure." Man works, and God works. Man is called upon to strain every muscle, and to exercise every faculty, in the struggle for immortality; but it is God who supplies the efficiency.  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 4]          God has made amazing sacrifices for human beings. He has expended mighty energy to reclaim man from transgression and sin to loyalty and obedience; but He does nothing without the co-operation of the humanity. Paul says: "This one thing I do, forgetting the things that are behind, . . . I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus." The Christian life is a battle and a march. In this warfare there is no release; the effort must be continuous and persevering. It is by unceasing endeavor that we maintain the victory over the temptations of Satan. Christian integrity must be sought with resistless energy, and maintained with a resolute fixedness of purpose.  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 5]          "Ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." This figure represents human character, which is to be wrought upon point by point. Each day God works on His building, stroke upon stroke, to perfect the structure, that it may become a holy temple for Him. Man is to co-operate with God, striving in His strength to make himself what God designs him to be, building his life with pure, noble deeds.  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 6]          No one is borne upward without stern, persevering effort in his own behalf. All must engage in the warfare for themselves. Individually we are responsible for the issue of the struggle; tho Noah, Daniel, and Job were in the land, they could deliver neither son nor daughter by their righteousness.  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 7]          There is a science of Christianity to be mastered,-a science as much deeper, broader, higher, than any human science as the heavens are higher than the earth. The mind is to be disciplined, educated, trained; for we are to do service for God in ways that are not in harmony with inborn inclination. Often the training and education of a lifetime must be discarded, that one may become a learner in the school of Christ. Our hearts must be educated to become steadfast in God. We are to form habits of thought that will enable us to resist temptation. We must learn to look upward. The principles of the Word of God,--principles that are as high as heaven, and that compass eternity,--we are to understand in their bearing on our daily life. Every act, every word, every thought, is to be in accord with these principles.  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 8]          The precious graces of the Holy Spirit are not developed in a moment. Courage, fortitude, meekness, faith, unwavering trust in God's power to save, are acquired by the experience of years. By a life of holy endeavor and firm adherence to the right, the children of God are to seal their destiny.  {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, June 8, 1904 par. 9]          Wrongs can not be righted, nor can reformation of character be made, by a few feeble, intermittent efforts. Sanctification is the work, not of a day, or of a year, but of a lifetime. The struggle for conquest over self, for holiness and heaven, is a life-long struggle. Without continual effort and constant activity, there can be no advancement in the divine life, no attainment of the victor's crown.                                                    -    {ST, June 8, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 1]       June 15, 1904 The Path of Self-Denial.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ gave Himself for the saving of a lost world. His life on this earth, from its beginning to its close, was one of self-denial. To those who desire to follow Him He says, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." He will not accept half-hearted service. He withheld no part of the price, but gave Himself as a complete offering, a sacrifice fragrant with the incense of His righteousness.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 2]          Professing Christians are too often unwilling to practise the self-denial that the Saviour calls for, unwilling to restrict their wishes and desires in order that they may have more to give to the Lord. To all comes the temptation to gratify selfish, extravagant inclinations. But let us remember that the Lord of life and glory came to this world to teach humanity the lesson of self-denial. He died for us, that we might live forever in the kingdom of God.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 3]          Just before His ascension Christ gave His disciples the work to which they were to make all else subordinate. "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth," He said. "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 4]          Think of the greatness of the work before God's people! The world is to be warned. To all parts of the earth the message of present truth is to be carried. This work calls for means. Those who are inclined to be extravagant are to overcome their desire to indulge self. Only thus can they be true followers of Christ.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 5]          No sacrifice is too great to make for the truth, for heaven. Not a farthing of the money that we handle is our own. All is the Lord's, entrusted to us to test us, to see if we will make a right use of the Lord's goods. He who in this life does not prove true and faithful will have no second trial. Those who choose the world will perish with the world. A cloud of heavenly witnesses is watching the conflict between good and evil. Those who live for their own pleasure must one day answer to the Judge of all the earth for their misspent privileges and neglected opportunities. They will lose an eternity of bliss and the riches of everlasting life. God forbid that any should delay until it is too late, and should at last have to say, "The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved."  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 6]          Deny yourself, take up the cross, and follow more closely in the Saviour's footsteps. Before you spend money, ask yourself, "Can I not save this money? I will deny myself for Christ's sake. He gave His life to purchase eternal life for me. It was by the sacrifice of Himself that He placed at my command the riches of His grace. He was under no compulsion, no obligation, to grant me His favor. Had He withheld all from me, it would have been no more than I deserved. The rich treasures of grace that are the expression of His love for me were purchased by infinite sacrifice and unparalleled humiliation. These treasures are the tangible proofs of a love abundant and unmeasured. How deep is my indebtedness to my Saviour? How shall I express my appreciation of His bounty, my thankfulness for what He has done for me?"  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 7]          Temptations will come to you to indulge selfish desires. Yield not to them. Restrain your inclination for expensive clothing and rich furniture. It is the express duty of all believers to live with simplicity. Money saved is worth as much as money earned. Money is of value, and to spend it needlessly, to gratify the inclination for expensive clothing or costly furniture, is to set an example that turns the lame, those weak in faith and moral power, out of the way.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 8]          Keep in view the nobler world by revealing the self-denial and sacrifice of Him who gave His life that repentant sinners might live forever. O, in a work of self-denial, men and women can stand as if within the open portals of the city of God, surveying the glory within.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 1]       June 15, 1904 From Washington.                                               Carroll House, Takoma Park. D. C.,                                                           May 10, 1904.     Dear Fellow Workers,--        With gratitude I acknowledge the tender care of my heavenly Father for the blessings that He has bestowed upon me since we left St. Helena. The journey across the continent which I dreaded so much, was pleasant, and I rested all the way. And since I reached Washington, my health has been better than for many months before.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 2]          We are pleasantly settled in Tacoma Park. Within fifteen minutes' walk are the homes of Brethren Daniells, Prescott, Washburn, Spicer, Curtis, Bristol, Rogers, Needham, Cady, and others connected with our work.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 3]          The way is opening rapidly for the beginning of our work. For this I am very thankful. As I look at the situation and the prospects here, I am filled with hope and courage. We shall endeavor to respond to the favoring providences that attend us by pressing forward with the work as speedily as possible.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 4]          The location that has been secured for our school and sanitarium is all that could be desired. The land resembles representations that have been shown me by the Lord. It is well adapted for the purpose for which it is to be used. There is on it ample room for a school and sanitarium, without crowding either institution. The atmosphere is pure and the water is pure. A beautiful stream runs right through our land from north to south. This stream is a treasure more valuable than gold or silver. The building sites are upon fine elevations, with excellent drainage.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 5]          One day we took a long drive through various parts of Takoma Park. A large part of the township is a natural forest. The houses are not small and crowded closely together, but are roomy and comfortable. They are surrounded by thrifty, second-growth pines, oaks, maples, and other beautiful trees.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 6]          The owners of these homes are mostly business men, many of them clerks in the government offices in Washington. They go to the city daily, returning in the evening to their quiet homes.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 7]          A good location for the printing-office has been chosen, within easy distance of the post-office, and a site for a meeting-house, also, has been found. It seems as if Takoma Park has been specially prepared for us, and that it has been waiting to be occupied by our institutions and their workers.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, June 15, 1904 par. 8]          My hopes for this place are high. The country for miles and miles around Washington is to be worked from here. I am so thankful that our work is to be established in this place. Were Christ here upon the ground, He would say, "Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest." We have a work to do in leading precious souls onward step by step. Many will have to be taught line upon line, precept upon precept. The truth of God will be applied, by the Spirit's power, to the heart and conscience. We must present the truth in love and faith and hope and courage.                                                                Ellen G. White.  {ST, June 15, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 1]       June 22, 1904 The Two Roads.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Enter ye in at the strait gate; for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it."  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 2]          The two roads mentioned lead in opposite directions; one is narrow and rugged, the other is wider and smoother, but it ends in destruction.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 3]          Those who travel these two roads are opposite in character, dress, and conversation. Those in the narrow way are serious and earnest, yet cheerful. The Man of sorrows opened the way for them, and traveled it Himself. They see His footsteps, and are comforted. As they travel on, they talk of the joy and happiness that await them in their journey's end.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 4]          Those in the broad way are occupied with thoughts of worldly pleasure. They freely indulge in hilarity and glee, giving no thought to the end of their journey.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 5]          In the road of death all may go, with their worldliness, their selfishness, their pride, dishonesty, and moral debasement. There is room for every man's opinions and doctrines, space to follow his inclinations, to do whatever his self-love may dictate. In order to go in the path that leads to destruction, there is no need of searching for the way; for the gate is wide, and the way is broad, and the feet turn naturally into the path that ends in death.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 6]          But the way of life is narrow, and the entrance straight. If you cling to any besetting sin, you will find the gateway too narrow for you to enter. Your own ways, your own will, your wrong habits and unchristlike practises, must be given up if you would keep the way of the Lord. He who would follow Christ can not follow the world's opinions or meet the world's standard. Heaven's path is too narrow for rank and riches to ride in state, too narrow for the plan of self-centered ambition, too steep and rugged for lovers of ease to climb. Toil, patience, self-sacrifice, reproach, poverty, the contradiction of sinners against Himself, was the portion of Christ, and it must be our portion, if we ever enter the Paradise of God.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 7]          Yet do not therefore conclude that the upward road is the hard, and the downward road the easy, way. All along the road that leads to death there are pains and penalties, there are sorrows and disappointments, there are warnings not to go on. God's love has made it hard for the heedless and headstrong to destroy themselves. It is true that Satan's path is made to appear attractive, but it is all a deception; in the way of evil there are bitter remorse and cankering care. We may think it pleasant to follow pride and worldly ambition; but the end is pain and sorrow. Selfish plans may present flattering promises, and hold out the hope of enjoyment, but we shall find that our happiness is poisoned, and our life embittered by hopes that center in self. In the downward road the gateway may be bright with flowers, but thorns are in the path. The light of hope which shines from its entrance fades into the darkness of despair; and the soul who follows this path descends into the shadows of unending night.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 8]          The pathway to heaven is narrow, but no one need fail of finding it. It has been plainly marked out by the Father's hand. Not one trembling sinner need fail of walking in pure and holy light. Altho the upward path is sometimes difficult and often wearisome, altho the Christian may have to endure toil and conflict, yet let him go forward with rejoicing, trusting as a little child in the loving guidance of Him "who keepeth the feet of His saints," knowing that the path he is traveling will bring him at last to the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him.  {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, June 22, 1904 par. 9]          "The path of the righteous is as the light of dawn, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day."                                                                   -    {ST, June 22, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 1]       June 29, 1904 "Take My Yoke Upon You, and  Learn of Me."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 2]          In these words Christ is speaking to every human being. Whether they know it or not, all are weary and heavy laden. All are weighed down with burdens that Christ only can remove. The heaviest burden that we bear is the burden of sin. If we were left to bear this burden, it would crush us. But the Sinless One has taken our place. "The Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all." He has borne the burden of our guilt. He will take the load from our weary shoulders. He will give us rest. The burden of care and sorrow also, He will bear. He invites us to cast all our care upon Him; for He carries us on His heart.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 3]          "Take My yoke upon you," Jesus says. The yoke is an instrument of service. Cattle are yoked for labor, and the yoke is essential that they may labor effectually. By this illustration Christ teaches us that we are called to service as long as life shall last. We are to take upon us His yoke, that we may be co-laborers with Him.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 4]          The yoke that binds to service is the law of God. The great law of love revealed in Eden, proclaimed upon Sinai, and in the new covenant written in the heart, is that which binds the human worker to the will of God. If we were left to follow our own inclinations, to go just where our will would lead us, we should fall into Satan's snare, and become possessors of his attributes. Therefore, God confines us to His will, which is high, noble, elevating. He desires that we shall patiently and wisely take up the duties of service.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 5]          Men frame for their own necks, yokes which seem light and easy, but which will prove heavy and galling. Christ sees this, and He says, "Take My yoke upon you." The yoke you desire to place on your neck will become intolerably heavy. Take My yoke; it is easy. Learn from Me the lessons that you so much need to learn. When you submit to My yoke, when you give up the struggle that is so unprofitable, you will find rest.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 6]          Christ's yoke is a yoke of restraint and obedience. We are to wear it in order that we may labor in harmony with Him. This may necessitate a complete change in our plans and purposes. "If any man will come after Me," Christ says, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." The yoke and the cross are symbols representing the same thing--the giving up of the will to God. Wearing the yoke places man in companionship with the Son of God. Lifting the cross cuts away selfishness from the soul, and places man where he learns how to bear burdens.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 7]          We can not follow Christ without wearing His yoke, without lifting His cross and bearing it after Him. If our will is not in accord with the divine requirements, we are to deny our inclinations, give up our wishes, and follow in Christ's steps. The Lord does not encourage the most cherished plans of human beings if He sees they are not for the best good of His children. Sometimes His purposes come in direct opposition to the plans in which human beings can not see a flaw.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 8]          The yoke is placed upon the oxen to aid them in drawing the load, to lighten the burden. So with the yoke of Christ. When our will is swallowed up in the will of God, and we use His gifts to bless others, we shall find life's burdens light.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, June 29, 1904 par. 9]          He who bears the yoke of Christ no longer follows his own way or does his own pleasure. In times of difficulty he looks to his Master to direct his course, and follows not the way of his own choosing. The more trying the circumstances under which he is placed, the more closely he presses to the side of Jesus. He finds that the heaviest labor can be performed, the heaviest burdens borne, because the Lord gives strength, and He gives gladness in doing the work.  {ST, June 29, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 1]       July 6, 1904 The Abiding Rest.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Everything in the world is in agitation. The signs of the times are ominous. Coming events cast their shadows before. The Spirit of God is withdrawing from the earth, and calamity follows calamity by sea and by land. There are tempests, earthquakes, fires, floods, murders of every grade. Who can read the future? Where is security? There is assurance in nothing that is human or earthly. Rapidly men are ranging themselves under the banner they have chosen. Restlessly they are waiting and watching the movements of their leaders.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 2]          An intensity such as never before was seen is taking possession of the world. In amusements, in money-making, in the contest for power, in the very struggle for existence, there is a terrible force that engrosses body and mind and soul. In the midst of this maddening rush, God is speaking. He bids us come apart and commune with Him. "Be still, and know that I am God."  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 3]          "Come unto Me," Christ says, "and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest."  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 4]          In the heart of Christ, where reigned perfect harmony with God, there was perfect peace. He was never elated by applause, or dejected by censure or disappointment. Amidst the greatest opposition and the most cruel treatment, He was still of good courage. But many who profess to be His followers have an anxious, troubled heart, because they are afraid to trust themselves with God. They do not make a complete surrender to Him; for they shrink from the consequences that such a surrender may involve. Unless they do make this surrender, they can not find peace.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 5]          The abiding rest--the consciousness that God is true--who has it? That rest is found when all self-justification is put away, and an entire surrender is made to Christ, to be and do only what He wills. Those who do not comply with these conditions can not find rest.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 6]          Let us turn aside from the dusty, heated thoroughfares of life to rest in the shadow of Christ's love, and learn from Him the lesson of quiet trust. Not a pause for a moment in His presence, but personal contact with Christ, to sit down in companionship with Him,--this is our need. Many, even in their seasons of devotion, fail of receiving the blessing of real communion with God. They are in too great haste. With hurried steps they press through the circle of Christ's loving presence, pausing perhaps a moment within the sacred precincts, but not waiting for counsel. They have no time to remain with the divine Teacher. With their burdens they return to their work.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 7]          These workers can never attain the highest success until they learn the secret of strength. They must give themselves time to think, to pray, to wait upon God for a renewal of physical, mental, and spiritual power. They need the uplifting of His Spirit. Receiving this, they will be quickened by fresh life. The wearied frame and tired brain will be refreshed, and the burdened heart will be lightened and encouraged.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 8]          Rest in the Lord, and wait patiently for Him. He will be to you as the shadow of a great rock in a weary land. He will give you rest that the world can neither give nor take away. Come unto Me, He says, and your heart will be filled with the peace that passes all understanding.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 9]          Nothing of the world can make sad those whom Jesus makes glad by His presence. In perfect acquiescence there is perfect peace. "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee; because he trusteth in Thee." Our lives may seem a tangle; but as we commit ourselves to the keeping of the Master-worker, He will bring out the pattern of life and character that will be to His own glory.  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, July 6, 1904 par. 10]          As through Jesus we enter into rest, heaven begins here. We respond to His invitation, "Come, learn of Me," and in thus coming, we begin the life eternal. Heaven is a ceaseless approaching to God through Christ. The longer we are in the heaven of bliss, the more and still more of glory will be revealed to us; and the more we know of God, the more intense will be our happiness. As we walk with Jesus in this life, we may be filled with His love, satisfied with His presence. All that human nature can bear, we may receive here. But what is this compared with the hereafter. There "are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple; and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes."  {ST, July 6, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 1]       July 13, 1904 The Love of God.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The love of God is a golden chain, binding finite human beings to Himself. This love passes our knowledge. Human science can not explain it. Human wisdom can not fathom it. Parents love their children, but the love of God is larger, broader, deeper, than human love can possibly be. All the paternal love that has come down from generation to generation, through the channel of human hearts, all the springs of tenderness that have opened in the sons of men, are but as a tiny rill to the boundless ocean, when compared with the infinite, exhaustless love of God. Tongue can not utter it; pen can not portray it. You may meditate upon it every day of your life; you may search the Scriptures diligently in an effort to understand it; you may summon every power and capability that God has given you; and yet there is an infinity beyond. You may study that love for ages, and yet you can never fully comprehend the length and breadth and depth and height, of the love of God.  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 2]         To God, the dearest object on earth is His church. "The Lord's portion is His people; Jacob is the lot of His inheritance. He found him in a desert land, and in the waste howling wilderness; He led him about, He instructed him, He kept him as the apple of His eye." "For thus saith the Lord of hosts: After the glory hath he sent me unto the nations which spoiled you; for he that toucheth you toucheth the apple of His eye."  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 3]          Disappointment will come to us; tribulation we may expect; but we are to commit everything, great and small, to God. He does not become perplexed by the multiplicity of our grievances, nor overpowered by the weight of our burdens. His watch-care extends to every household, and encircles every individual. He marks every tear. He is touched with the feeling of our infirmities. The trials and afflictions that befall us here below are permitted to work out His purposes of love toward us, "that we might be partakers of His holiness," and thus become participants in that fulness of joy which is found in His presence.  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 4]          The Lord's children are never absent from His mind. He knows the house in which they live. He has at times given directions to His servants to go to a certain street in a certain city, to such a house, to find one of His children.  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 5]          Only as we contemplate the great plan of redemption can we have a just appreciation of the character of God. The work of creation was a manifestation of His love; but the gift of God to save a guilty and ruined race alone reveals the infinite depths of divine tenderness and compassion. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." While the law of God is upheld, and its justice vindicated, the sinner can be pardoned. The dearest gift that Heaven itself had to bestow has been poured out, that God "might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus."  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 6]          "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." What love, what matchless love, that, sinners and aliens tho we are, we may be brought back to God, and adopted into His family! We may address Him by the endearing name, "Our Father," which is a sign of our affection for Him, and a pledge of His tender regard for us. And the Son of God, beholding the heirs of grace, is not ashamed to call them brethren. They have even a more sacred relationship to God than have the angels who have never fallen.  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, July 13, 1904 par. 7]          Human love may change, but God's love knows no change. "The mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but My kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of My peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee." Circumstances may separate friends; the broad waters of the ocean may roll between them; but no circumstance, no distance, can separate us from the love of God. "I am persuaded," Paul declares, "that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {ST, July 13, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 1]       July 20, 1904 The Great Apostle to the Gentiles.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         From a zealous persecutor of the followers of Christ, Paul became one of the Saviour's most effective and devoted workers. At the gate of Damascus, the vision of the Crucified One changed the whole current of his life. The days of darkness spent in solitude at Damascus were as years in his experience. The Old Testament scriptures stored in his memory were his study, and Christ his teacher. To him also nature's solitudes became a school. To the desert of Arabia he went, there to study the Scriptures and to learn of God. He emptied his soul of the prejudices and traditions that had shaped his life, and received instruction from the source of truth.  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 2]          His after-life was inspired by the one principle of self-sacrifice, the ministry of love. "I am debtor," he said, "both to the Greeks, and to the barbarians; both to the wise, and to the unwise." "The love of Christ constraineth us."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 3]          Henceforth his life was wholly devoted to the service of the Master. Afterward when engaged in ministry for Christ, he would relate, in the power of the Spirit, the circumstances of his conversion. So impressive were his words that those who were filled with the bitterest hatred against the Christian religion, could not withstand them.  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 4]          Paul was an unwearied worker. He traveled constantly from place to place, sometimes through inhospitable regions, sometimes on the water, through storm and tempest. He allowed nothing to hinder him from doing his work. He was the servant of God, and must carry out His will. By word of mouth and by letter he bore a message that ever since has brought help and strength to the church of God. To us, living at the close of this earth's history, the message that he bore speaks plainly of the dangers that will threaten the church, and of the false doctrines that the people of God will have to meet.  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 5]          From country to country and from city to city Paul went, preaching of Christ, and establishing churches. Wherever he could find a hearing, he labored to counterwork error, and to turn the feet of men and women into the path of right. Those who by his labors in any place were led to accept Christ, he organized into a church. No matter how few in number they might be, this was done. And Paul did not forget the churches thus established. However small a church might be, it was the object of his care and interest.  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 6]          Paul's calling demanded of him service of varied kinds,--working with his hands to earn his living, establishing churches, writing letters to the churches already established. Yet in the midst of these varied labors, he declared, "This one thing I do." One aim he kept steadfastly before him in all his work,--to be faithful to Christ, who, when he was blaspheming His name and using every means in his power to make others blaspheme it, had revealed Himself to him. The one great purpose of his life was to serve and honor Him whose name had once filled him with contempt. His one desire was to win souls to the Saviour. Jew and Gentile might oppose and persecute him, but nothing could turn him from his purpose.  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 7]          Writing to the Philippians, he describes his experience before and after his conversion. "If any other man thinketh that he hath whereof he might trust in the flesh," he says, "I more: Circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law, a Pharisee; concerning zeal, persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is of the law, blameless."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 8]          After his conversion, his testimony was:--"Yea, verily, and I count all things to be loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord; for whom I suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but refuse, that I may gain Christ, and be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own, even that which is of the law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which is from God by faith."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 9]          The righteousness that heretofore he had thought of so much worth was now worthless in his sight. The longing of his soul was: "That I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death; if by any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the dead. Not as tho I had already attained, either were already perfect; but I will follow after, if that I may apprehend that for which also I am apprehended of Christ Jesus. Brethren, I count not myself to have apprehended, but his one thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, I press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 10]          See him in the dungeon at Philippi, where, despite his pain-racked body, his song of praise breaks the silence of midnight. After the earthquake has opened the prison doors, his voice is again heard, in words of cheer to the heathen jailer, "Do thyself no harm; for we are all here,"--every man in his place, restrained by the presence of one fellow-prisoner. And the jailer, convicted of the reality of that faith which sustains Paul, inquires the way of salvation, and with his whole household unites with the persecuted band of Christ's disciples.  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 11]          See Paul at Athens before the council of the Areopagus, as he meets science with science, logic with logic, and philosophy with philosophy. Mark how, with the tact born of divine love, he points to Jehovah as the "Unknown God," whom his hearers have ignorantly worshiped; and in words quoted from a poet of their own he pictures Him as a Father whose children they are. Hear him, in that age of caste, when the rights of man as man were wholly unrecognized, as he sets forth the great truth of human brotherhood, declaring that God "hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth." Then he shows how, through all the dealings of God with man, runs like a thread of gold His purposes of grace and mercy. He "hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation; that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after Him, and find Him, tho He be not far from every one of us."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 12]          Hear him in the court of Festus, when King Agrippa, convicted of the truth of the Gospel, exclaims, "Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian." With what gentle courtesy does Paul, pointing to his own chain, make answer, "I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bonds."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 12}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 13]          Thus passed his life, as described in his own words, "in journeyings often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils of mine own countrymen, in perils by the heathen, in perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren; in weariness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 13}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 14]          "Being reviled," he said, "we bless; being persecuted, we suffer it; being defamed, we entreat;" "as sorrowful, yet always rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things."  {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 14}
[ST, July 20, 1904 par. 15]          In service he found his joy, and at the close of his life of toil, looking back on its struggles and triumphs, he could say, "I have fought a good fight."                                                                   -    {ST, July 20, 1904 par. 15}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 1]       July 27, 1904 The Christian Pathway.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         We are pilgrims and strangers on this earth, looking for a city that hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God. The path in which we travel is narrow, and calls for self-denial and self-sacrifice, but God has not left us without help. He has filled His Word with wonderful promises to strengthen and cheer His children. In these promises He draws back the veil from eternity, and gives us glimpses of the far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory that awaits the overcomer.  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 2]          All along the pathway God places the fair flowers of promise, to brighten our journey. But many refuse to gather these flowers, choosing, instead, the thorns and thistles. At every step they weep and mourn, when they might rejoice in the Lord.  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 3]          How much joy we might bring into our life here below if we would but make these promises our own. As we talk of the mansions that Christ is preparing for us, we shall forget the petty annoyances that we meet day by day. It is our privilege to sing the songs of Zion now, to turn our eyes to the light, to bring hope into our hearts and into the hearts of others. God desires us to gather up His promises, that we may be strengthened and refreshed. Let us take our eyes from the curse, and fix them on the grace so abundantly provided.  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 4]          This life will be much brighter for us if we will gather the flowers and leave the briers alone. Comfort, encouragement, and support have been provided for every circumstance and condition of life. No temptation comes to us that Christ has not withstood, no trial that He has not borne. He knows each one of us by name. When a burden is placed on us, He stands by to lift the heaviest weight. He assures us that His grace is sufficient. Today we have His help. Tomorrow we may be placed in new circumstances of trial, but the promise is, "As thy days, so shall thy strength be."  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 5]         Let us rejoice in the love of God. Let us praise Him who has made promises so royal. Let these promises keep our hearts in perfect peace. Jesus lives. His hand is guiding us. Constantly our hearts may be filled with the peace that passeth all understanding, even the peace that Jesus gives.  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 6]          The Saviour will never abandon the soul for whom He has died. The soul may leave Him, and be overwhelmed with temptation; but Christ can never turn from one for whom He has paid the ransom of His own life. Could our spiritual vision be quickened, we should see souls bowed under oppression and burdened with grief, pressed as a cart beneath sheaves, and ready to die in discouragement. We should see angels flying swiftly to these tempted ones who are standing on the brink of a precipice. The angels from heaven force back the hosts of evil that encompass these souls, and guide them to plant their feet on the sure foundation.  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 7]          Thank God, we are not left alone. He who "so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life," will not desert us in the battle with the adversary. "Behold," He says, "I give unto you power to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy; and nothing shall by any means hurt you."  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, July 27, 1904 par. 8]          Live in contact with the living Christ, and He will hold you firmly by a hand that will never let go. Know and believe the love that God has to us, and you are secure; that love is a fortress impregnable to all the delusions and assaults of Satan. "The name of the Lord is a strong tower; the righteous runneth into it, and is safe."  {ST, July 27, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 1]       August 3, 1904 "The Fool Hath Said in His  Heart, There is No God."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Atheism has no power to restrain crime, or to quicken the higher energies of the being, no power to elevate or purify the soul. It can shed no light into the grave.  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 2]          Men may think that they have succeeded in banishing from their minds all thought of God; but when they are brought face to face with the king of terrors, there is wrung from their unwilling lips the confession that the boasts of a lifetime have been a delusion.  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 3]          Was ever an instance known where a dying Christian gave to his watching friends the testimony that he had been deceived, that there is no God, no reality in the religion of Christ? But how many of those who have drawn about them the dark robes of atheism have let them fall before the grim messenger of death. We might cite many instances where learned men have gloried in their unbelief, and in parading their atheism. But when death claimed them, they have looked with horror into the starless future, and their dying words have been, "I have tried to believe that there is no God, no reward for the faithful, no punishment for the wicked. But how vain has been the attempt. I know now that I must meet the doom of the lost."  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 4]          Sir Thomas Scott in his last moments cried: "Until this moment I believed there was neither a God nor a hell. Now I know and feel that there are both, and that I am doomed to perdition by the just judgment of God."  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 5]          Voltaire was at one time the lion of the hour. He lived in a splendid mansion, and was surrounded by every luxury that heart could wish. Kings honored him. The great men of the world sought his society. On one occasion men took his horses from his carriage, and drew him themselves in triumph around the city.  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 6]          Was this sufficient to make men who deny Christ happy? Go with me to his death-bed, and listen to his words of mournful despair: "In man there is more wretchedness than in all other animals put together. He loves life, and yet knows that he must die. If he enjoys a transient good, he suffers various ills, and is at last devoured by worms. The bulk of mankind are little more than wretches, equally criminal and unfortunate, and the globe contains carcasses rather than men. I tremble at this awful picture, and wish I had never been born."  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 7]          Go now to the death-bed of a Christian,--Halburton of Scotland. He was in poverty, and was suffering great pain. He had none of the comforts that Voltaire possessed, but he was infinitely richer. He said: "I shall shortly die. In the resurrection I shall come forth to see my God and to live forevermore. I bless His name that I have found Him, and I die rejoicing in Him. I bless God that I was ever born."  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 8]          Giving an account of the last days of Sir Davis Brewster, his daughter writes: "He thanked God that the way of salvation was so simple. No labored argument, no hard attainment, was required. To believe in the Lord Jesus Christ was to live. He trusted in Him, and enjoyed His peace." The last words of this great man of science were: "Life has been very bright to me, and now there is the brightness beyond. I shall see Jesus, who created all things, who made the worlds. I shall see Him as He is. Yes, I have had the Light for many years. O, how bright it is! I feel so safe, so satisfied."  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 9]          "The way of the transgressor is hard;" but wisdom's "ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her paths are peace." In the downward road the gateway may be bright with flowers, but there are thorns in the path. The light of hope which shines from its entrance fades into the darkness of despair; and the soul who follows that path descends into the shadows of unending night.  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 10]          But he who takes Christ for his guide will be led safely home. The road may be rough, and the ascent steep; there may be pitfalls upon the right hand and upon the left; we may have to endure toil in our journey; when weary, when longing for rest, we may have to toil on; when faint, we may have to fight; when discouraged, we must still hope; but with Christ as our guide, we shall not fail of reaching the desired haven at last. Christ has trodden the rough way before us, and has smoothed the path for our feet.  {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, August 3, 1904 par. 11]          Those who walk in wisdom's ways are, even in tribulation, exceedingly joyful; for He whom their soul loveth walks invisible beside them. At each upward step they discern more distinctly the touch of His hand; at every step, brighter gleamings of glory from the Unseen fall upon their path; and their songs of praise, reaching ever a higher note, ascend to join the songs of the angels before the throne. "The path of the righteous is as the light of dawn, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day."                                                                   -    {ST, August 3, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 1]       August 24, 1904 Willing to Spend and Be Spent.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Every true, self-sacrificing worker for God is willing to spend and be spent for the sake of others. Christ says, "He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal." By earnest, thoughtful efforts to help where help is needed, the true Christian shows his love for God and for his fellow-beings. He may lose his life in service. But when Christ gathers His jewels to Himself, he will find it again.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 2]          Do not, for the sake of appearance, spend time and money on self. Those who do this are obliged to leave undone many things that would have comforted others, sending a warm glow to their weary spirits. We all need to learn to improve more faithfully the opportunities that so often come to us to bring light and hope into the lives of others. How can we improve these opportunities if our thoughts are centered upon self. He who is self-centered loses countless opportunities for doing that which would have brought blessing to himself and those around him. It is the duty of the servant of Christ, under every circumstance, to ask, What can I do to help others? Having done his best, he is to leave the consequences with God.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 3]          The Lord has provided for every one pleasure that may be enjoyed by rich and poor alike,--the pleasure found in cultivating pureness of thought and unselfishness of action, the pleasure that comes from speaking sympathizing words and doing kindly deeds. From those who perform such service the light of Christ shines forth to brighten lives darkened by many shadows.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 4]          The perils of the last days are upon us. Those who live to please and gratify self are dishonoring the Lord. He can not work with them; for they would misrepresent Him before those who are ignorant of the truth. Be very careful not to hinder, by an unwise expenditure of means, the work that the Lord would have done in proclaiming the warning message to a world lying in wickedness. Study economy, cutting down your personal expenses to the lowest possible figure. On every hand the necessities of the cause of God are calling for help. God may see that you are fostering pride. He may see that it is necessary to remove from you blessings which, instead of improving, you have used for the gratification of selfish pride. The truth that we hear will save us only as we gladly accept it, showing in our lives the result of its working, growing in grace and in a knowledge of God.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 5]                             Help in Every Time of Need.          Those who are laboring in places where the work has not long been started will often find themselves in great need of better facilities. Their work will seem to be hindered for lack of these facilities; but let them not worry. Let them take the whole matter to the Lord in prayer. When trying to build up the work in new territory, we have often gone to the limit of our resources. At times it has seemed as if we could advance no farther. But we kept our petitions ascending to the heavenly courts, all the time denying self; and God heard and answered our prayers, sending us means for the advancement of the work.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 6]          Lay every care at the feet of the Redeemer. "Ask, and it shall be given unto you." Work, and pray, and believe with the whole heart. Do not wait till the money is in your hands before doing anything. God has declared that the standard of truth is to be planted in many places. Learn to believe, as you pray to God for help. Practise self-denial; for Christ's whole life on this earth was one of self-denial. He came to show us what we must be and do in order to gain eternal life.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 7]          Do your best, and then wait, patiently, hopefully, rejoicingly, because the promises of God can not fail. Failure comes because many who could put their means into circulation for the advancement of God's work are lacking in faith. The longer they withhold their means, the less faith they will have. They are barrier builders, who fearfully retard the work of God.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 8]          My dear fellow-workers, be true, hopeful, courageous. Let every blow be struck in faith. As you do your best, the Lord will reward your faithfulness. From the life-giving Fountain draw physical, mental, and spiritual, energy. Manliness, womanliness,--sanctified, purified, refined, ennobled,--we have the promise of receiving. We need that faith which will enable us to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. As you fix your eyes upon Him, you will be filled with a deep love for the souls for whom He died, and you will receive strength for renewed effort.  {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, August 24, 1904 par. 9]          Christ is our only hope. Come to God in the name of Him who gave His life for the life of the world. Rely upon the efficacy of His sacrifice. Show that His love, His joy, is in your soul, and that because of this, your joy is full. In God is our strength. Pray much. Prayer is the life of the soul. The prayer of faith is the weapon by which we may successfully resist every assault of the enemy.                                                                   -    {ST, August 24, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, August 31, 1904 par. 1]       August 31, 1904 Looking at the Mistakes of  Others.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         There are those who say, "I might have been a Christian could I have seen in the lives of professing Christians anything better than I have seen in the lives of those making no profession." They endeavor to excuse their own defects by pointing to the defects of others.  {ST, August 31, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, August 31, 1904 par. 2]          To such ones I would say, Do not keep your eyes fixed on the defective example of professing Christians. You will, of course, see in their lives things that are wrong. But if you keep looking at their faults, you will become like them. Look instead at the life of Jesus. There you will see perfection, goodness, mercy, and truth. Take the Saviour as your example. It is in looking at the mistakes of others, instead of to Christ, that you have made your great mistake.  {ST, August 31, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, August 31, 1904 par. 3]          Christ came to this world, subject to His Father's will, to show men and women what God desires them to be, and what, through His grace, they may be. He came to develop for man a perfect character. It is His purpose that we shall gain perfection,--not by keeping our eyes fixed on the defective lives of professing Christians, but by constantly beholding Him, the Sent of God, who in this world and in human nature lived a pure, noble, perfect life.  {ST, August 31, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, August 31, 1904 par. 4]          Do not allow yourselves to think that you are justified in sinning because others sin. It is your privilege to place yourself where you may reach the highest point of Christian excellence. Remember that in your life, religion is not to be an influence among others. It is to be an influence dominating all others. Resist every temptation. Make no concessions to the wily foe. Listen not to his suggestions. You have a victory to win, you have nobility of character to gain; but this you can not gain while you are looking at the faults of others. You gain nothing when you attempt to excuse your own defects by pointing to the defects of others.  {ST, August 31, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, August 31, 1904 par. 5]          As we move forward in obedience to Christ's commands, His light shines on our way, and His strength sustains us. Thus we go on from strength to strength, from grace to grace, by obedience becoming more and more Christlike.  {ST, August 31, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, August 31, 1904 par. 6]          We are not to follow human leading. Christ is our leader. At all times and in all places we shall find Him a present help. Because there are professing Christians who dishonor Christ in thought, word, and deed, we are to give plainer evidence than ever before of our completeness in Him. We are to walk in the light of His countenance. We are to show that He is light, and that in Him is no darkness at all. If we will submit to His guidance, He will lead us from the low level on which sin has left us, to the loftiest heights of grace. And as we strive for the crown of immortal life, praying that we may be made strong in the strength of Him who is invincible, we can help those who seem to have no power to escape from the snare into which they have fallen.                                                                   -    {ST, August 31, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 1]       September 7, 1904 Abiding in Christ.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         I am the vine, ye are the branches; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing. If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned."  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 2]          Abiding in Christ is the condition of fruit-bearing. Only as we are united to Him can we accomplish any good work. Without Him, separate from Him, we can do nothing good. In order to have success in the Christian life, it is essential that we realize our continual dependence on the vital current coming from Christ. We are habitually to adhere to Him, and daily to derive from Him the nourishment that will give us spiritual strength. This is our privilege and our source of success.  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 3]          The connection of the branch with the vine, Christ said to His disciples, represents the relation you are to sustain to Me. The scion is grafted into the living vine, and fibre by fibre, vein by vein, it grows into the vine-stock. The life of the vine becomes the life of the branch. So the soul, dead in trespasses and sins, receives life through connection with Christ. By faith in Him as a personal Saviour the union is formed. The sinner unites his weakness to Christ's strength, his emptiness to Christ's fulness, his frailty to Christ's enduring might. Then he has the mind of Christ. The humanity of Christ has touched our humanity, and our humanity has touched Divinity. Thus, through the agency of the Holy Spirit, man becomes a partaker of the divine nature. He is accepted in the Beloved.  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 4]          "If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit."  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 5]          Is not this a positive promise, upon which you may rely? Bring these words into your daily experience, and your faith in Jesus will be a living reality. There is no reason why God's children should not receive, hour by hour, the fulfilment of this promise.  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 6]          "These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." The joy that comes from any other source than Christ is valueless. It is a pretense, an emotion that brings no abiding satisfaction. Christ has redeemed us with His own life, and we are to appreciate the sacrifice made for us. We are to claim His promises, resting by faith in the knowledge of the atonement made for us. We are to surrender ourselves unreservedly to Him; for His grace alone has sufficient power to save the soul of the repenting, believing sinner.  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 7]          Christ's will is to become our will. Then the fruit that we bear in words and deeds will glorify God. We shall give evidence of our discipleship. The proof that we are children of God will be clearly seen. We shall be moulded and fashioned in accordance with the divine similitude. But unless we place ourselves wholly under Christ's control, we can not give evidence of a change of heart.  {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, September 7, 1904 par. 8]          Let Christians remember that the fact that their names are on the church books will not save them. They must show themselves approved of God, workmen that need not be ashamed. Day by day they are to build their characters in accordance with Christ's directions. They are to abide in Him, constantly exercising faith in Him. Thus they will grow up to the full stature of wholesome, cheerful, grateful Christians, led by God step by step into clearer and still clearer light. Union with Christ is productive of all good.                                                                   -    {ST, September 7, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 1]       October 12, 1904 Enoch.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Many regard Enoch as a man to whom God gave special power to live a life more holy than we can live. But the character of the man who was so holy that he was translated to heaven without seeing death is a representation of the character to be attained by those who will be translated when Christ comes in the clouds of heaven. Enoch's life was no more exemplary than may be the life of every one who maintains a close connection with God.  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 2]          Surrounded with influences so corrupt that God brought a flood of water upon the earth to destroy its inhabitants for their wickedness, Enoch was by no means free from temptation; yet in the midst of a society no more friendly to righteousness than that which surrounds us, he lived a life of holiness. Breathing an atmosphere tainted with sin and corruption, he remained unsullied by the prevailing iniquity of the age. For three hundred years he "walked with God."  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 3]          It was through constant conflict and simple faith that Enoch walked with God. He realized that God is "a very present help in trouble." When in perplexity, he prayed to God to keep him, and teach him His will. What shall I do to honor Thee, my God? was his prayer. His will was submerged in God's will. His feet were always directed in the path of obedience to God's commandments. Constantly his meditations were upon the goodness, the perfection, the loveliness, of the divine character. His conversation was upon heavenly things; he trained his mind to run in this channel. As he looked to Jesus, he became changed into the glorious image of his Lord, and his countenance was lighted up with the glory that shines from the face of Christ.  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 4]          Enoch lived an active, zealous life of self-denial. He walked with men as one among them, but not as one of them; as one whose purposes and works and hopes were based, not only on time, but on eternity. He did not give the worldly-wise any reason to question his profession or his faith. By earnest words and by decided actions he showed that he was separate from the world. After periods of retirement he would mingle with the ungodly, exhorting them to abhor the evil and choose the good. As a faithful worker for God, he sought to save them. He warned the world. He preached faith in Christ, the Saviour of the world, the sinner's only hope.  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 5]          We are living in an evil age. The perils of the last days multiply around us. Because iniquity abounds, the love of many waxes cold. Enoch's example is before us. Like him we must walk with God, bringing our will into submission to His will. We must train our minds to love purity, and to think upon heavenly things. Let us remember, too, that our responsibility is proportionate to our entrusted talents. If we abide in the True Vine,--if we bear the fruits of righteousness,--we shall go about doing good. In seeking to save the souls for whom Christ has died, in conquering difficulties, and in keeping ourselves unspotted from the world, we may reveal the genuineness of our religion.  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 6]          The faithful Christian does not seek the easiest place, the lightest burdens. He is found where the work is hardest, where his help is most needed. Very many who claim to be Christians act as if they were in this world merely to please themselves. They forget that Jesus, their pattern, pleased not Himself. They forget that the self-denial and the self-sacrifice that characterized His life must characterize their lives, else in the day of God they will be found wanting, and will hear from His lips the irrevocable sentence, "Cast ye the unprofitable servant into outer darkness; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth!" Fearful sentence! Let every professing Christian, by zealous activity in the Master's cause, seek to avert this fearful doom.  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 7]          Enoch was an Adventist. He directed the minds of men forward to the great day of God, when Christ will come the second time, to judge every man's work. Jude tells us, "And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him. These are murmurers, complainers, walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaketh great swelling words, having men's persons in admiration because of advantage."  {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, October 12, 1904 par. 8]          Like Enoch, we should earnestly proclaim the message of Christ's second coming. "The day of the Lord," the Scriptures declare, "cometh as a thief in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, . . . and they shall not escape." In these words is emphasized the importance of being constantly prepared for this great event. "But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all children of light, and children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober, . . . putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation."                                                                   -    {ST, October 12, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 1]       November 2, 1904 This Same Jesus.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ has sojourned in the world for thirty-three years; He had endured its scorn, insult, and mockery; He had been rejected and crucified. Now, when about to ascend to His Father's throne--as He reviews the ingratitude of the people He came to save--will He not withdraw His sympathy and love from them? Will not His affections be centered on that world where He is appreciated, and where sinless angels adore Him and wait to do His bidding?--No; His promise to those loved ones whom He leaves on earth is, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 2]          With hands extended in blessing them, and as if in assurance of His protecting care, He slowly ascended from among them, drawn heavenward by a power stronger than any earthly attraction. As He passed upward, the awestruck disciples looked with straining eyes for the last glimpse of their ascending Lord. A cloud of glory received Him out of their sight, and at the same moment there floated down to their charmed senses the sweetest and most joyous music from the angel choir.  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 3]          While their gaze was still riveted upward, voices addressed them which sounded like the music which had just charmed them. They turned, and saw two beings in the form of men; yet their heavenly character was immediately discerned by the disciples, whom they addressed in comforting accents, saying, "Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." These angels were of the company that had been waiting in a shining cloud to escort Jesus to His throne; and in sympathy and love for those whom the Saviour had left, they came to remove all uncertainty from their minds, and to give them the assurance that He would come to earth again.  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 4]                                    The Welcome Home.          All Heaven was waiting to welcome the Saviour to the celestial courts. As He ascended He led the way, and the multitude of captives whom He had raised from the dead at the time when He came forth from the tomb, followed Him. The heavenly host, with songs of joy and triumph, escorted Him upward. At the portals of the City of God an innumerable company of angels awaited His coming. As He approached the gates of the city, the angels who were escorting the Majesty of Heaven, in triumphant tones addressed the company at the portals: "Lift up your heads, O ye gates; and be ye lift up, ye everlasting doors; and the King of glory shall come in!"  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 5]          The waiting angels at the gates of the city inquire in rapturous strains, "Who is this King of glory?" The escorting angels joyously reply in songs of triumph: "The Lord strong and mighty, the Lord mighty in battle. Lift up your heads, O ye gates; even lift them up, ye everlasting doors; and the King of glory shall come in." Again the waiting angels ask, "Who is this King of glory?" and the escorting angels respond in melodious strains: "The Lord of hosts, He is the King of glory." Then the portals of the City of God are widely opened, and the heavenly train pass in amid a burst of angelic music. All the heavenly host surround their majestic Commander as He takes His position upon the throne of the Father.  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 6]          With the deepest adoration and joy, the hosts of angels bow before Him, while the glad shout rings through the courts of heaven, "Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing." Songs of triumph mingle with music from angelic harps, till heaven seems to overflow with delightful harmony and inconceivable joy and praise. The Son of God has triumphed over the prince of darkness, and conquered death and the grave. Heaven rings with voices in lofty strains proclaiming, "Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever."  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 7]          He is seated by the side of His Father on His throne. He presents the captives he has rescued from the bonds of death, at the price of His own life. His hands place immortal crowns upon their brows; for they are the representatives and samples of those who shall be redeemed by the blood of Christ, from all nations, tongues, and people, and come forth from the dead, when He shall call the just from their graves at His second coming. Then shall they see the marks of Calvary in the glorified body of the Son of God. Their greatest joy will be found in the presence of Him who sitteth on the throne; and the enraptured saints will exclaim, "My Beloved is mine, and I am His! He is the Chiefest among ten thousand, and altogether lovely!"  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, November 2, 1904 par. 8]                                      The "Same Jesus."          The most precious fact to the disciples in the ascension of Jesus was that He went from them into heaven in the tangible form of their divine Teacher. The very same Jesus who had walked, and talked, and prayed with them, who had broken bread with them, who had been with them in their boats on the lake, who had sought retirement with them in the groves, and who had that very day toiled with them up the steep ascent of Olivet, had ascended to heaven in the form of humanity. And the heavenly messengers had assured them that the very same Jesus whom they had seen go up into heaven, should come again in like manner as He had ascended. This assurance has ever been, and will be to the end, the hope and joy of all true lovers of Christ.  {ST, November 2, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, November 23, 1904 par. 1]       November 23, 1904 "They Shall be Mine, Saith  the Lord of Hosts."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The world is preparing for the last great conflict, nation rising against nation. The vast majority of human beings are taking their stand against God. But in every age the Lord Jesus has had His witnesses,--a remnant who trusted in the Word of God. And today, in every place, there are those who hold communion with God. A vital undercurrent of influence is leading them to the light, and when the question comes to them. "Who is on the Lord's side?" they will take their position for Him. Their characters have been moulded after the divine similitude, because they have read and practised the teachings of His Word.  {ST, November 23, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, November 23, 1904 par. 2]         Many in retired homes are God's hidden ones, serving Him according to the light they have received. These hidden ones greatly delight in the Word of God. His precepts are appreciated and treasured by them, and many are the works of love that they do for Christ's sake.  {ST, November 23, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, November 23, 1904 par. 3]          When Elijah complained that he stood alone in his service for God, the answer that came from heaven was, "I have reserved to Myself seven thousand men, who have not bowed the knee to Baal." Men are at best poor judges of the advancement made by the Gospel, of the influence that it has on souls who, perhaps, have never heard the preaching of an ordained minister. All through the world the Lord has His chosen ones. We can see plainly the prevailing degeneracy. Profligacy and infidelity are increasing to alarming proportions. Yet in the most wicked communities there are homes from which sincere, earnest prayers ascend to Christ.  {ST, November 23, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, November 23, 1904 par. 4]          In the judgment many secret things will be revealed. Then we shall see what a belief in God's Word has done for men and women. It will be seen how small companies, sometimes not more than three or four, have gathered together in secret places to seek the Lord, and how they received light and grace, and rich gems of thought. The Holy Spirit was their teacher, and their lives revealed the blessings that come from a possession of the oracles of God. When Christ shall separate the tares from the wheat, it will be seen that God recognizes and honors these lowly followers. In the world they may not have been thought worthy of recognition, but in the heavenly courts they are registered as true and faithful. Through trial and opposition they kept their faith untainted. They gathered strength from the Word of God, which told them of the hope of immortal life in the kingdom of God. Of "them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name," it is written, "They shall be Mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up My jewels; and I will spare them as a man spareth his own son that serveth him."                                                                   -    {ST, November 23, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 1]       November 30, 1904 Obedience the Condition of  Salvation.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Thus saith the Lord: Execute ye judgment and righteousness, and deliver the spoiled out of the hand of the oppressor; and do no wrong, do no violence to the stranger, the fatherless, nor the widow, neither shed innocent blood in this place. For if ye do this thing indeed, then there shall enter in by the gates of this house kings sitting upon the throne of David, riding in chariots and on horses, he, and his servants, and his people. But if ye will not hear these words, I swear by Myself, saith the Lord, that this house shall become a desolation."  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 2]          These words show plainly that obedience to God's commands is the condition upon which  His promises are fulfilled. These commands are not grievous. God has given them for the good of His people. His law is the hedge which He has built around His vineyard for its protection. The Lord has plainly declared that He will abundantly bless His people if they will obey the laws of His kingdom. It is their life to obey. In keeping God's commandments there is great reward.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 3]          God desires men and women to awake to a sense of His great mercy and loving-kindness. Every blessing we receive comes from Him. The Governor of the universe, He takes cognizance of the words and actions of human beings. He knows whether His children are deserving of praise or of condemnation. Each human being will be rewarded or punished according to his works. Retribution must come upon those who disregard the laws which God has made. Those who are loyal and obedient will be rewarded with the richest blessings. Those who are disloyal and presumptuous, who dishonor the laws of God's kingdom, refusing to repent, will surely be punished with death.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 4]         It is Satan's studied plan to keep God out of men's thoughts, and in carrying out this plan, he has great success. He is constantly bringing forward plans that keep their minds absorbed in pleasure and money-making. The minds of the great majority of men are so taken up with the things of time, with worldly interests, that the things of eternity find no place in their lives. Irrespective of the warnings in the Word of God, they show a most surprising indifference to the laws of His kingdom.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 5]          Selfishness, covetousness, and fraud bear sway in the world. There are thousands and millions of people who know nothing of their true relations to God, nothing of the laws that He has made, nothing of the consequence of disobedience. Many are not ignorant of the facts, but they do not apply these facts to their own case. All know that they must die, but they do not ask themselves the question, "What shall be the future of my soul?" They know that there is a judgment to come, but their minds are so darkened that they are utterly unconcerned regarding what this judgment will bring to them. They have no realization of the sinfulness of sin. They follow a course which the Lord of heaven has declared must end in eternal death.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 6]          God's character is revealed in the precepts of His law. This is the reason why Satan wishes this law to be made of none effect. But notwithstanding all his efforts, the law stands forth holy and unchanged. It is a transcript of God's character. It can not be impeached or altered.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 7]          Wonderful inducements are held out to us to lead us to strive to attain to the standard held up before us in God's Word. Every encouragement is offered. Every provision has been made that we may be so conformed to the divine character that Christ can take us to live with Him in heaven. Exceeding great and precious promises have been made to us, but they are fulfilled to us only as we gain a knowledge of God. This knowledge is given to those who become partakers of the divine nature. Those who are saved must in this life gain a fitness to dwell with the royal family in the courts of heaven.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 8]          If we have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul, we shall gain an experience more valuable than gold or silver or precious stones. The Holy Spirit works in the children of obedience. He who is a partaker of the divine nature will think the thoughts of God. His perceptions will be sanctified by the grace of Christ. He will work in Christ's lines, manifesting His kindness, thoughtfulness, mercy, and love, helping and encouraging those around him.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 9]          "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." Wonderful are the possibilities placed before us, and to these possibilities we may attain by studying and practising the truths of the Word of God. But if we do not lay hold of Christ, if we do not daily gain an experimental knowledge of Him as our sufficiency, we are on losing ground.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 10]          There are many professing Christians who have not yet reached the height and breadth of Christlikeness. We are to behold Christ by faith as the One whose perfection of character we are to gain. With an intense, prayerful desire to be like Him, we are to behold Him, full of tenderness and love. Then, as we behold, we shall be changed into His likeness. He is the Author and Finisher of our faith.                                                                   -    {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 1]       November 30, 1904 An Opportunity to Help a Needy Cause.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         For years I have been deeply interested in Gospel work among the colored people in the South. It has been my privilege to visit this field a few times, and to become personally acquainted with its needs. During the nine years I spent in Australia, I kept pace with the advance of the work among the colored people in America. I knew of the struggles and makeshifts, the self-denial and self-sacrifice, of the laborers in the South, and I helped as much as I could.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 2]          Early this past summer I visited the South, and spent several weeks there. As I traveled from place to place, I saw anew the poverty-stricken condition of the field, and was reminded vividly of scenes that have often been presented to me in the night season.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 3]          The condition of the industrial school established for the training of Christian workers at Huntsville, Ala., appealed strongly to my sympathies. The large farm of three hundred and sixty acres, purchased by the General Conference as a home for this institution, will, with intelligent cultivation, meet a considerable portion of the running expenses of the school. But the buildings have been inadequate for the work that should be done. The teachers and students have very few schoolroom appliances. In the student's home and on the farm there have been very few suitable facilities. Some new buildings must be erected and furnished. Good bath-rooms are greatly needed. In connection with this school, students are to be trained for the medical missionary work.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 4]          Brother F. R. Rogers has been chosen to act as business manager and principal of the Huntsville School. For years he has labored in school work for the colored people in Mississippi, under the direction of the Southern Missionary Society. Associated with him will be a faculty competent to carry forward all branches of instruction, both in school lines and in industrial training. The efficiency of the school will be much improved this year. We desire to do a strong work in preparing the colored people of the South to accomplish that which must be done for their own race. Among the most promising youth are those who must be trained to labor as canvassers, missionary nurses, hygienic cooks, teachers, Bible workers, and ministers.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 5]          The mission schools that have been established in Mississippi and in other states, are doing a good work; and these should receive our continued support. Hundreds of these schools must be established. This line of effort has been especially presented before me as one of the most effectual and economical methods of giving the truth to the colored people. But the work is almost at a stand-still for the lack of money to provide facilities and pay the wages of the teachers.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 6]          In Nashville I found a little sanitarium, fully equipped, and patronized by the better class of colored people. This is the only sanitarium we have for the colored people in the South. And it is sadly in need of assistance. Liberal gifts to this enterprise would be pleasing to the Lord. The establishment of this institution on a permanent basis will be but the beginning of a great work that must be done in the cities of the South. We have delayed long enough in the establishment of sanitariums and treatment-rooms in which colored men and women can minister to the physical as well as the spiritual necessities of their fellow-men.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 7]          My soul longs to see carried on in the South the work that has so long been in need of our assistance. The great necessity for schools in the cities and out of the cities, for sanitariums and treatment-rooms, and for evangelical work, demands that we do everything we possibly can. This barren field is sending up to Heaven its pitiful appeal for help. Where can we find another field in which the need is greater?  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 8]          As I have been made acquainted with the poverty of the Southern field, I have earnestly desired that some method might be devised by which the work for the colored people could be sustained. One night, as I was praying for this needy field, a scene was presented to me, which I will describe.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 9]          I saw a company of men working, and asked what they were doing. One of them replied: "We are making little boxes to be placed in the home of every family that is willing to practise in order that they may send of their means to help the work among the colored people of the South. Such boxes will be a constant reminder of the needs of this destitute race; and the giving of money that is saved by economy and self-denial will be an excellent education to all the members of the family."  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 10]          Without delay I wrote to our brethren in the South to make little self-denial boxes, and circulate them extensively, to be used as silent messengers in the homes of our people,--to remind parents and children of their duty toward a neglected race. The Southern Missionary Society, of Edgefield Junction, Tenn., took up this matter at once, and are now prepared to send the boxes to all who desire to help in this way.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 11]          Fathers, mothers, teach your children lessons of self-denial, by encouraging them to unite with you in dispensing with the things we really do not need, and in giving to the colored work the money thus saved. Tell your children of the poor colored people and their necessities. Implant in each tender heart a desire to deny self in order to help others. Lead the children early to realize the close relationship existing between money and missions.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 12]          The fields are white for the harvest. Shall not the laborers have means for gathering in the precious grain? Will not those who know the truth see what they can do to help, just now? Will not every one cut off all needless expenditures? See what you can do in self-denial. Dispense with all that is not positively necessary. Come up to the measure of your God-given responsibility. Fulfil your duty toward the colored race.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 12}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 13]          Some may say: "We are being drawn upon continually for means. Will there be no end to these calls?" We hope not, so long as there are in our world souls perishing for the bread of life. Until all has been done that you can do to save the lost, we ask you not to become weary of our repeated calls. Many have not yet done that which they might do, that which God will enable them to do, if they will consecrate themselves unreservedly to Him.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 13}
[ST, November 30, 1904 par. 14]          The Lord's servants are to feel a noble, generous sympathy for every line of work carried on in the great harvest field. We are to be interested in everything that concerns the human brotherhood. By our baptismal vows we are bound in covenant relation with God to make persevering, self-denying, self-sacrificing efforts to promote, in the hardest parts of the field, the work of soul-saving. God has placed upon every believer the responsibility of helping to rescue the most needy, the most helpless, the most oppressed. Christians are to enlighten the ignorance of their less-favored brothers. They are to break every yoke, and let the oppressed go free from the power of vicious habits and sinful practises. By imparting the knowledge sent from heaven, they are to enlarge the capabilities, and increase the usefulness, of those most in need of a helping hand.  {ST, November 30, 1904 par. 14}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 1]       December 14, 1904 An All-Sufficient Saviour.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ's words and acts while He was on earth were a revelation of divine truth. They gave evidence that He had come direct from the most excellent glory; but the glory itself was concealed. His actions spoke louder than words, inspiring faith in hearts that had been dead in trespasses and sins. It was His work to reveal the Father. And in the doing of this work He went steadily forward, constantly performing deeds of mercy and compassion, His energy never abating, never flagging. "It pleased the Father that in Him should all fulness dwell."  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 1}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 2]          "As the Father gave Me commandment, even so I do," He declared. "This commandment have I received of My Father." In all that I do, I consult the will and fulfil the purposes of the eternal God. The words that I speak, the acts that I perform, are the fulfilment of the wishes and purposes of God. They are the manifestation of His great love for human beings.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 2}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 3]          "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Christ took human nature upon Himself to show us what God desires us to be. Those who through faith are united with Him will learn that righteousness does indeed exalt nations and individuals. Day by day, year by year, a lack of obedience and reverence for God is being proved to be the ruin of nations. In obedience to God's law there is life. In conformity to His requirements there is a transforming power that brings peace and good-will among men.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 3}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 4]          Christ acted out the will of His Father, giving Himself without reserve to the work of reclaiming the fallen race. He attached men to Himself, that He might work through them for the salvation of sinners.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 4}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 5]          The whole agency of evil is working to oppose God. The spirit that led to the apostasy in heaven is in unceasing activity in all parts of the world. Satan flatters his subjects with the assurance that their forces will be sure to conquer. Before the first coming of Christ, it seemed as if the world were wholly given into the control of the enemy. "But when the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son, . . . to redeem them which were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons." All heaven was interested in this great event. At the appointed time the Instructor appeared. Who was He?--The Son of God Himself, the eternal Word. He came to give the world an evidence of the love of God by dying for the fallen race. He gathered to His own pure, sinless soul the penalty resting upon the sinful race, and offered Himself as a sacrifice.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 5}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 6]          Thus was revealed the love of God, and thus was revealed also the immutability of God's law. Not a jot or a tittle of this law could be changed to meet man in his fallen condition. But sinners were not left without hope, to die in transgression. A ransom was found. Christ became their substitute and surety. Upon Him were laid "the iniquities of us all." Those who receive Him as their Saviour are freely granted pardon, and become members of the royal family.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 6}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 7]          "The grace of God that bringeth salvation, hath appeared to all men." This grace teaches us not to use God's blessings for selfish pleasure, but to impart the divine knowledge to those who do not realize their danger and their responsibility. Seek most earnestly to show them their danger. Thus you will use your knowledge to a purpose in harmony with the will of your Redeemer. The soul is to be cleansed from all self-indulgence, all pride, all vanity. Consecrate the powers of your whole being to the service of God, denying ungodliness and worldly lust. Stand firm in defense of the pure, holy principles of right. Obey the words of the great Teacher. Let your will be conformed to His will. Refuse to be led away by the temptations of the enemy. Cherish constantly a sense of thanksgiving and gratitude. Praise God by being patient, tender, thoughtful, anxious to help others. Work in Christ's lines, and thus demonstrate the genuineness of your love for Him. It means everything to the believer to realize and improve the privileges that are his. God's workers are to be faithful minute-men.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 7}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 8]          Those who accept Christ as their redeemer will work earnestly for the salvation of those whom He has redeemed with His blood. The sacrifice of Christ has revealed the value of the human soul, and Christians will reveal a deep, unselfish interest in those who are perishing in sin. Of whatever crime one may have been guilty, do not, for Christ's sake, show a readiness to make their guilt appear in the worst light. Show pity and sympathy for them; for to save them Christ paid the price of His own blood. Let those who have opportunity to speak to such a one, direct his attention to Christ, the Friend of sinners. Let their words be few and well-chosen, and let them reveal the loving-kindness of the Saviour.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 8}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 9]          It is never too late for Christ to hear words of repentance, never too late for Him to speak words of sympathy.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 9}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 10]          When Christ was crucified, it was with a thief on either side of Him. Upon one of these thieves pressed the conviction that there is a God to fear, a future to cause him to tremble. All sin-polluted as he was, his life history was about to close. "And we indeed justly," he moaned; "for we receive the due reward of our deeds; but this man hath done nothing amiss."  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 10}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 11]          He called to mind all he had heard of Jesus, how He had healed the sick and pardoned sin. He had heard the words of those who believed in Jesus and followed Him weeping. He had seen and read the title above the Saviour's head. He had heard the passers-by repeat it, some with grieved, quivering lips, others with jesting and mockery. The Holy Spirit illuminated his mind, and little by little the chain of evidence was joined together. In Jesus, bruised, mocked, and hanging upon the cross, he saw the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world. Hope mingled with anguish in his soul as the repentant, dying soul cast himself upon the Saviour. "Lord, remember me," he cried, "when Thou comest into Thy kingdom."  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 11}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 12]          Quickly the answer came. Soft and melodious the tone, full of love, compassion, and power, the words, "Verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise."  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 12}
[ST, December 14, 1904 par. 13]         Shall not the compassion that Christ revealed, even in His dying agony, lead us to deal as He would deal with those who are brought into trying places? Let every Christian represent Christ by speaking words of sympathy and compassion to those who are tempted and tried. O, how many who profess to be Christians have not the spirit of the meek and lowly Saviour. O, how many forget their own defects of character, and forget, too, that God gave His only-begotten Son to die a death of shame and agony, that sinners might be pardoned. He has pledged Himself to save all who repent and turn to Him. Those who place their confidence in the merits of the Lamb of God will gain eternal life.  {ST, December 14, 1904 par. 13}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 1]       January 4, 1905 "Search the Scriptures."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         "Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me."  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 2]          The apostle tells us, "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works." There is power in the Word of God, and those who frame excuses for neglecting to become acquainted with its teachings, will neglect the claims of God in many respects. The character will be deformed, the words and acts a reproach to the cause of Christ.  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 3]          The student should be as thoroughly in earnest to become intelligent in the knowledge of the Scriptures as to excel in the study of the sciences. If either is neglected, it should not be the Word of God. The injunction of our Saviour, "Search the Scriptures," should be religiously regarded by every one who professes His name. Parents should make the Book of God their constant guide. They should not plead trifling excuses for not interesting themselves in its study with their children. But, instead of seeking first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, they often exalt the temporal above the spiritual and eternal. This example of forgetfulness of God and neglect of His Word moulds the minds of the children after a worldly standard, and not after the exalted standard erected by Christ. How much more profitable to be faithful disciples of Christ, ever searching the Scriptures, that they may be able to give an intelligent explanation of the Word given of God to be a lamp to our feet and a light to our path.  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 4]                             "No Time" for Mothers.          Mothers are heard to deplore that they have no time to teach their children, no time to instruct them in the Word of God. But these same mothers find time for needless trimming upon their own dresses and those of their children. They can find time for tucks and ruffles, even tho their own minds and the minds of their children are starved in order to follow custom and fashion. They act as tho they considered the adorning of the mind and the culture of the soul of less importance than the adornment of the apparel.  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 5]          Fathers and mothers, take up your long-neglected duties. Search the Scriptures yourselves; assist your children in the study of the Sacred Word. Do not send the children away by themselves to study the Bible, but read it with them; teach them in a simple manner as far as you know, and be diligent students, that you may guide them wisely. Mothers, dress yourselves and your children in modest apparel, clean and neat, but without needless trimming. When you learn to dress with conscientious plainness, you will have no excuse for being ignorant of the Scriptures. Follow Christ's injunction, "Search the Scriptures," then will you gain spiritual strength yourselves, and be able rightly to instruct your children.  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 6]          "They are they which testify of Me," the Redeemer, Him in whom our hopes of eternal life are centered. The prayer of Christ for His disciples was, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy Word is truth." If we are to be sanctified through the truth, we must have an intelligent knowledge of God's will as revealed in His Word. We must search the Scriptures, not merely rush through a chapter, taking no pains to understand it; but we must dig for the jewel of truth, which will enrich the mind and the soul.  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 7]          By searching the written Word we are enabled closely to observe the divine Model. As one becomes acquainted with the history of the Redeemer, he discovers in himself serious defects of character; his unlikeness to Christ is so great that he sees the necessity for radical changes in his life. Still he studies, with a desire to become like his great Exemplar. He catches the looks, the spirit, of his beloved Master; by beholding,--"by looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith,"--he becomes changed into the same image. It is not by looking away from Him that we imitate the life of Jesus; but by talking of Him, by dwelling upon His perfections, by seeking to refine the taste and elevate the character, by trying, through faith and love and by earnest, persevering effort, to approach the perfect Pattern. Even unconsciously we imitate that with which we are familiar. By having a knowledge of Christ,--His words, His habits, and His lessons of instruction,--we instinctively borrow the virtues of the character we have so closely studied, and become imbued with the spirit which we have so much admired. Jesus becomes to us the "chiefest among ten thousand," the One "altogether lovely."  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 8]          "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." But there are very many who profess to be Christians who gratify the desires of the carnal heart in following their own inclinations; and God-given probationary time, granted them to become acquainted with the precious truths of the Bible, is devoted to the reading of fictitious tales. This habit, once formed, is overcome with difficulty; but it can be done, and it must be done by all who would gain eternal life. That mind is ruined which is allowed to be absorbed in story-reading. The imagination becomes diseased, and there is a vague unrest, a strange appetite for unwholesome mental food. Thousands are today in insane asylums whose minds became unbalanced by novel-reading, which results in air-castle building and a sickly sentimentalism.  {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, January 4, 1905 par. 9]         The Bible is the Book of books. Practise its precepts, and it will be to you life and health. "For the Lord giveth wisdom; out of His mouth cometh knowledge and understanding." "When wisdom entereth into thine heart, and knowledge is pleasant to thy soul; discretion shall preserve thee, understanding shall keep thee."                                                                   -    {ST, January 4, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 1]       January 25, 1905 An Unchangeable Law.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Through the eternal ages God's law will endure. Its principles are unchangeable. From these principles there can be no sinless swerving. And naught but blessing follows those who reverentially obey.  {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 2]          "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets;" Christ declared; "I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in nowise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." I have not come to destroy the law, but to show its immutability, and the holiness of its claims. God could not change His law to meet man in his fallen condition. By suffering the penalty of transgression, I will redeem the race. I have become man's substitute and surety. I have taken human nature, and have come to this earth to pass over the ground where Adam stumbled and fell. In human nature I will bear the test and proving of God. Satan has declared that man can not keep the law. I will show that his statement is false; that man can keep the law. I have come to remove deception from the minds of men, to make plain that which Satan is trying to make obscure. I have come to establish the law Satan is seeking to make void, to show how far-reaching are the principles of this law. I have come to strip from it the burdensome exactions with which man has loaded it down. I have come to show its length and breadth, its dignity and nobility. I will open before men its purity and spirituality. Not to introduce a new law, have I come, but to establish the law which to all eternity will be the standard of obedience.  {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 3]         Some claim that the commandments are not binding on those who are led by the Spirit. What spirit? we inquire. Certainly not the Spirit of Christ; for He declared, "I came not to destroy the law." "Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments," He said, "and shall a teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven." He is a rebel against God's government. He is sinning himself, and is leading others in the path of disobedience. "He shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven." For him there will be no place in God's kingdom. He is a transgressor of the law, and into the holy city no transgressors are admitted.  {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 4]         "But whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven."  {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 5]          Can not men see that to belittle the law of God is to dishonor Christ? Why did He come to this world to suffer and die, if the law is not binding upon human beings? Who could speak more plainly than He did regarding the immutability of the law? He came to bring light and immortality to light by exalting the law, and making it honorable. Where can be found those who preach the binding claims of God's law more plainly and decidedly than did Christ when He was upon the earth?  {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 6]          From every one God requires perfect obedience. Of himself, man can not obey the law. Never could he pay the debt incurred by transgression. Christ came to this world to bring man power to obey. He came in human nature that He might know the temptations and trials to which man is subjected. He who accepts Christ as a personal Saviour will receive divine aid in the struggle against sin. Through the merits of the Saviour, he will become an obedient subject of God's kingdom. In the strength of Christ he will overcome every temptation of the enemy.  {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, January 25, 1905 par. 7]          In the day of judgment, every one will receive sentence according to his deeds. Every mouth will be stopped, as the cross is presented, and its real bearing seen. Sinners will stand condemned. Every subterfuge, every excuse, will be swept away. Sin will appear in all its sinfulness. The mystery of the incarnation and the crucifixion of the Son of God will be plainly discerned, and every condemned soul will read clearly the result of a rejection of truth. Those who have chosen to transgress will then understand that they have sinned, and come short. They will read the sentence, Thou, O man, hast chosen to stand under the banner of the great apostate, and, in so doing, thou hast destroyed thyself.                                                                   -    {ST, January 25, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, February 15, 1905 par. 1]       February 15, 1905 Prayer and Home Religion.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Prayer is the life of the soul, the foundation of spiritual growth. In your home, before your family, and before your workmen, you should testify to this truth.  {ST, February 15, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, February 15, 1905 par. 2]          It is just as convenient, just as essential, for us to pray three times a day as it was for Daniel. And when you are privileged to meet with your brethren in the church, tell them of the necessity of keeping open the channel of communication between God and the soul. Tell them that if they will find heart and voice to pray, God will find answers to their prayers. Tell them not to neglect their religious duties. Exhort the brethren to pray. We must seek if we would find, we must ask if we would receive, we must knock if we would have the door opened unto us. If there are only a few assembled, there are enough to claim the precious promises of God. The Father, the Son, and the holy angels will be present with you to behold your faith, your steadfast principle, and there you will have of the outpouring of God's Holy Spirit. God has rich blessings in store for those who will bring not only all the tithes into His storehouse, but also time and strength of bone and brain and muscle into His service. Those who will do this, will walk in the light, and will triumph in God.  {ST, February 15, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, February 15, 1905 par. 3]          Let each professed follower of Christ carry out the principles of practical godliness in his own house. Religion in the home is the best proof of genuine piety. It is not the stranger, the visitor, the minister, that can best judge of your Christian devotion; it is your children, your servants, the workmen who toil in your fields, who can best tell whether or not you love God and keep His commandments. If your household, your workmen, are not better for your Christianity, then the truth has not wrought its designed work upon your soul. Let not your workmen say: "This man for whom we work has a queer sort of religion. There are no morning or evening prayers in his house. We begin and end the day with drudgery, and we have so much to do on the Sabbath that we can scarcely get time for secret prayer."  {ST, February 15, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, February 15, 1905 par. 4]          Carry your Christianity into your family. Let a bright, steady light be burning. Let impressions be left upon minds of the truth of your God, and the value of His service, that will be as far-reaching as eternity. O, how much need there is of prayer, of tears, of faith! You should pray for the ministers, for those who are weak in faith. You should let your prayers follow the laborers as sharp sickles in the great harvest-field. You should wrestle with God as did Jacob. We may have pentecostal seasons even  now, if the people will pray fervently, and believe in the promises of God. And when prayer and faith abound among God's people, the world will see a steady light shining forth from them.  {ST, February 15, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, February 15, 1905 par. 5]          We should study the experience of past life, study it just as we study the proof-sheets of an article, to find the errors and to note them on the margin of the page. We should do this daily, and note our faults so that we may avoid them in the future. Do not forget to examine yourselves whether you are in the faith. Prove your own selves, for unless Christ is in you, you are reprobates. Reform every unchristlike action, seeking the Spirit of your divine Master. Take your hearts, by nature cold as an iron wedge, and let melting mercy fall upon them, that they may be subdued by the grace of God, and impressed by the Spirit with the image of your divine Lord.                                                                   -    {ST, February 15, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 1]       February 22, 1905 Our Words.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The right use of the power of speech has to do with every line of Christian work; it enters into the home life, and into all our intercourse with one another. We should accustom ourselves to speak in pleasant tones, to use pure, correct language, and words that are kind and courteous. Sweet, kindly words are as dew and gentle showers to the soul. The Scripture says of Christ that grace was poured into His lips that He might know "how to speak a word in season to him that is weary." And the Lord bids us, "Let your speech be alway with grace," "that it may minister grace unto the hearers."  {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 2]          In seeking to correct or reform others, we should be very careful of our words. They will be either a savor of life unto life or of death unto death. In giving reproof or counsel, many indulge in sharp, severe speech, uttering words that are not adapted to heal the wounded soul. By these ill-advised expressions, the spirit is chafed, and often the erring ones are stirred to rebellion. All who would advocate the principles of truth need to receive the heavenly oil of love. Under all circumstances reproof should be spoken in love. Then our words will reform, but not exasperate. Christ by His Holy Spirit will supply the force and the power. This is His work.  {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 3]                                 Corrupt Speech.          Not one word is to be spoken unadvisedly. No evil speaking, no frivolous talk, no fretful repining or impure suggestions, will escape the lips of him who is following Christ. The apostle Paul, writing by the Holy Spirit, says, "Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth." A corrupt communication does not mean only words that are vile. It means any expression contrary to holy principles and pure, undefiled religion. It includes impure hints and covert insinuations of evil. Unless instantly resisted, these lead to great sin.  {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 4]          Upon every family, upon every individual Christian, is laid the duty of barring the way against corrupt speech. When in the company of those who indulge in foolish talk, it is our duty to change the subject of conversation if possible. By the help of God we should quietly drop words or introduce a subject that will turn the conversation into profitable channels.  {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 5]          It is the work of parents to train their children to proper habits of speech. The very best school for this culture is the home life. From the earliest years the children should be taught to speak respectfully and lovingly to their parents and to one another. They should be taught that only words of gentleness, truth, and purity must pass their lips. Let the parents themselves be daily learners in the school of Christ. Then by precept and example they can teach their children the use of sound speech, that can not be condemned. This is one of the greatest and most responsible of their duties.  {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 6]          As followers of Christ we should make our words such as to be a help and an encouragement to one another in the Christian life. Far more than we do, we need to speak of the precious chapters in our experience. We should speak of the mercy and loving-kindness of God, of the matchless depths of the Saviour's love. Our words should be words of praise and thanksgiving. If the mind and heart are full of the love of God, this will be revealed in the conversation. It will not be a difficult matter to impart that which enters into our spiritual life. Great thoughts, noble aspirations, clear perceptions of truth, unselfish purposes, yearnings for piety and holiness, will bear fruit in words that reveal the character of the heart treasure. When Christ is thus revealed in our speech, we shall have power in winning souls to Him.  {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, February 22, 1905 par. 7]          The chief requisite of language is that it be pure and kind and true,--"the outward expression of an inward grace." God says: "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report: if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things." And if such are the thoughts, such will be the expression.                                                    -    {ST, February 22, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 1]       March 1, 1905 Our Words. No. 2.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         All are to a great extent under the influence of their own words. They act out the sentiments expressed in their words. Thus the government of the tongue is closely bound up with personal religion. Many are by their own words led to believe that a wrong course is right. Thoughts are expressed in words, and the words react upon the thoughts, and produce other words. The influence is felt, not only upon oneself, but upon others. The Lord God alone can undo the mischievous result of unwise words. Often an opinion or decision, having been once expressed, will be acted upon, tho it may lead to an entirely wrong course. The iron will changes not, because it would be too humiliating to acknowledge oneself in error. The words hastily spoken, to give vent to strong feelings, produce their evil results in hurting, wounding and bruising souls for whom Christ died. Satan is pleased, God is dishonored, and many souls are ruined by hastily spoken words.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 2]          Speak gently. Speak words of kindness and uplifting; for this is the fruit borne on the Christian tree. Overcome all harshness. Rash speeches do much harm to the souls of those who utter them and to the souls of those who hear. Eternity alone will reveal how greatly those who made these speeches needed to humble their hearts and make confession to God.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 3]          Gossip reveals a lack of true culture and refinement, and of true goodness of heart; it unfits one both for the society of the truly cultured and refined in this world, and for association with the holy ones of heaven.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 4]          We think with horror of the cannibal who feasts on the still warm and trembling flesh of his victim; but are the results of even this practise more terrible than are the agony and ruin caused by misrepresenting motive, blackening reputation, dissecting character?  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 5]          "Death and life are in the power of the tongue."  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 6]          In the Scriptures, backbiters are classed with the haters of God, "with inventors of evil things," with those who are "without natural affection, implacable, unmerciful," "full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, malignity." It is "the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death." He whom God accounts a citizen of Zion is he that "speaketh the truth in his heart;" "that backbiteth not with his tongue," "nor taketh up a reproach against his neighbor."  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 7]          God's Word condemns also the use of those meaningless phrases and expletives that border on profanity. It condemns the deceptive compliments, the evasions of truth, the exaggerations, the misrepresentations in trade, that are current in society and in the business world. "Let your speech be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay; and whatsoever is more than these is of the evil one."  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 8]          "As a madman who casteth firebrands, arrows, and death, so is the man that deceiveth his neighbor, and saith, Am I not in sport?"  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 9]          Closely allied to gossip is the covert insinuation, the sly innuendo, by which the unclean in heart seek to insinuate the evil they dare not openly express. Every approach to these practises the youth should be taught to shun as we would shun the leprosy.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 10]          In the use of language there is perhaps no error that old and young are more ready to pass over lightly in themselves than hasty, impatient speech. They think it a sufficient excuse to plead, "I was off my guard, and did not really mean what I said." But God's Word does not treat it lightly. The scripture says:  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 11]          "Seest thou a man that is hasty in his words? there is more hope of a fool than of him."  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 12]          "He that hath no rule over his own spirit is like a city that is broken down, and without walls."  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 13]          In one moment, by the hasty, passionate, careless tongue, may be wrought evil that a whole lifetime's repentance can not undo. O, the hearts that are broken, the friends estranged, the lives wrecked, by the harsh, hasty words of those who might have brought help and healing.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 13}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 14]          "There is that speaketh like the piercings of a sword; but the tongue of the wise is health."  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 14}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 15]          "Who is the wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom." My brethren and sisters, how are you employing the gift of speech. Have you learned so to control the tongue that it shall ever obey the dictates of an enlightened conscience and holy affections? Is your conversation free from levity, pride, malice, deceit, and impurity? Are you without guile before God? Words exert a telling power. Satan will, if possible, keep the tongue active in his service. Of ourselves we can not control the unruly member. Divine grace is our only hope.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 15}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 16]          Wherever there is purity of heart and nobleness of character, it will be revealed in purity and nobility of action and speech.  {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 16}
[ST, March 1, 1905 par. 17]          "He that loveth pureness of heart, for the grace of his lips the king shall be his friend."                                                    -    {ST, March 1, 1905 par. 17}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 1]       March 8, 1905 John the Beloved.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Of all the twelve disciples, Peter, James, and John held the closest relationship to Christ. John could be satisfied with a still nearer intimacy, and this he obtained. At that first conference beside the Jordan, when Andrew, having heard Jesus, hurried away to call his brother, John sat silent, rapt in the contemplation of wondrous themes. He followed the Saviour, ever an eager, absorbed listener.  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 2]          The Saviour loved them all, but John's was the most receptive spirit. He was younger than the others, and with more of a child's confiding trust he opened his heart to Jesus. Thus he came more into sympathy with Christ, and through him the Saviour's deepest spiritual teaching was communicated to the people.  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 3]          Yet John's was no faultless character. He was no gentle, dreamy enthusiast. He and his brother were called "the sons of thunder." John was proud, ambitious, combative; but beneath all this the divine Teacher discerned the ardent, sincere, loving heart. Jesus rebuked his self-seeking, disappointed his ambitions, tested his faith. But He revealed to him that for which his soul longed,--the beauty of holiness. "Unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world," He said, "I have manifested Thy name."  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 4]          Evil temper, revenge, the spirit of criticism, were all in the beloved disciple. But day by day, in contrast with his own violent spirit, he beheld the tenderness and forbearance of Jesus, and heard His lessons of humility and patience. He opened his heart to the divine influences, and became not only a hearer but a doer of the Saviour's words. Self was hid in Christ. He learned to wear the yoke of Christ and to bear His burden. For him the darkness had passed away, and the true light was shining.  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 5]          What privilege was theirs who for three years were in daily contact with that divine Life from which has flowed every life-giving impulse that has blessed the world. Above all his companions, John yielded himself to the power of that wondrous life. He says, "The life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us." "Of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace."  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 6]          John's was a nature that longed for love, for sympathy and companionship. He pressed close to Jesus, sat by His side, leaned upon His breast. As a flower drinks the sun and dew, so did he drink in the divine light and life. In adoration and love he beheld the Saviour, until likeness to Christ and fellowship with Him became his one desire, and in his character was reflected the character of his Master.  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 7]          When John testified of the Saviour's grace, his simple language was eloquent with the love that pervaded his whole being. He entered into no controversy, no wearisome contention. He declared what he knew, what he had seen and heard. "That which was from the beginning," he said, "which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; . . . that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ."  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 8]          The love of God was the theme upon which John delighted to dwell. "Behold," he said, "what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not, Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure."  {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, March 8, 1905 par. 9]          "Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins." "We have known and believed the love that God hath to us. God is love; and he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God, and God in him."                                                    -    {ST, March 8, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 1]       March 22, 1905 John the Beloved. No. 2.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Out of a heart overflowing with love and gratitude, John bore witness of Christ as a risen Saviour, and no power could stay his words. To please the Jews, the Romans had crucified Christ, and now, to please them still further, they sought to place John where his voice could not be heard by Jew or Gentile. Thinking to silence him forever, they cast him into a caldron of boiling oil. But his voice was not silenced. As the words were spoken, "So perish all who believe in Jesus of Nazareth," John declared, "My Master patiently submitted to all that Satan and his angels could devise to humiliate and torture Him. He gave His life to save the world. He died that we might live. I am honored in being permitted to suffer for His sake. I am a weak, sinful man. Christ was holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners. He had no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth." The faithful servant was preserved as were the three Hebrews in the fiery furnace. John was removed from the caldron by the very ones who had cast him in.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 2]          Again the enemies of truth sought to silence the voice of the faithful witness. John was banished to the Isle of Patmos. Here, they thought, he could no longer trouble Israel, and he must finally die of hardship and distress.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 3]          To outward appearances the enemies of truth were triumphing; but God's hand was moving unseen in the darkness. The Lord permitted His servant to be placed where Christ could give him a more wonderful revelation of Himself than He had ever yet received; where he could receive most precious enlightenment of the churches. He permitted him to be placed in solitude, that his ear and heart might be more fully prepared to hear and receive the revelations that he was to be given. The man who exiled John was not released from responsibility in the matter. But he became an instrument in the hands of God to carry out His eternal purpose; and the very effort to extinguish light placed the truth in bold relief.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 4]          John was deprived of the companionship of his brethren, but no man could deprive him of the companionship of Christ. A great light was to shine from Christ to His servant. The Lord watched over His banished disciple, and gave him a wonderful revelation of Himself. Richly favored was this beloved disciple. With the other disciples he had walked and talked with Jesus, learning of Him and feasting on His words. His head had often rested on his Saviour's bosom. But he must see Him also in Patmos. God and Christ and the heavenly host were John's companions on the lonely island, and from them he received instruction of infinite importance. There he wrote out the visions and revelations he received of God, telling of the things that would take place in the closing scenes of this earth's history. When his voice could no longer witness to the truth, the messages given him in Patmos were to go forth as a lamp that burneth. From them men and women were to learn the purposes of God, not concerning the Jewish nation merely, but concerning every nation upon the earth.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 5]          Of Christ's appearance to him, John writes: "I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches."  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 6]          "And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of Man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire; and His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters. And He had in His right hand seven stars; and out of His mouth went a sharp two-edged sword; and His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 7]          "And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last; I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forevermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, March 22, 1905 par. 8]          The appearance of Christ to John should be to us an evidence that we have a risen Christ. It should give living power to the church. At times dark clouds surround God's people. It seems as if oppression and persecution would destroy them. But it is at such times they are given the most precious lessons. Christ often enters prisons, and reveals Himself to His chosen ones. He is with them at the stake. As in the darkest night the stars shine brightest, so the most brilliant beams of God's glory are revealed in the deepest gloom. The darker the sky, the clearer and more impressive are the rays of the Sun of Righteousness.  {ST, March 22, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 1]       March 29, 1905 "Lord, Teach Us to Pray."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         It came to pass, that, as He was praying in a certain place, when He ceased, one of his disciples said unto Him, Lord, teach us to pray, as John also taught his disciples." And Jesus answered them in the words of the Lord's Prayer.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 2]          "When ye pray," He said, "say, Our Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done, as in heaven, so in earth. Give us day by day our daily bread. And forgive us our sins; for we also forgive every one that is indebted to us. And lead us not into temptation; but deliver us from evil."  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 3]          "Our Father which art in heaven." The word "our" expresses a sense of human brotherhood; the word "father" that of childlike trust. In ancient time there was usually associated with the name "father" all the affection and tenderness now centered in the word "mother."  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 4]          When from the heart we say, "Our Father," we worship God in truth. This petition carries the suppliant away from earth and human beings to the One who is unerring in judgment, compassionate, merciful, pure, and holy.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 5]          "Hallowed be Thy name." Thus we give expression to our reverence for the divine One. All true prayer will first recognize the presence of God, whose eye is open to all that His creatures do. The suppliant's first work is to honor God by giving expression to his reverence for Him.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 6]          "Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done, as in heaven, so in earth." In heaven the will of God is perfectly carried out. Love to God makes service a joy. On earth there is rebellion and variance. The disobedient and rebellious can not understandingly repeat the Lord's Prayer. Their will has never submitted to discipline, and until they are brought into conformity to the will of God, they can not intelligently pray that His will may be done on earth as it is in heaven. It should be the prayer of every true follower of Christ that God will subordinate everything in this world to His will.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 7]          Our temporal necessities also are to be the subject of our petitions. We are to call upon God for food. "Give us day by day our daily bread," Christ said. But we are not to ask God for food, and then sit idly down, doing nothing. In order that our wants may be supplied, our heavenly Father puts work into our hands, that we may co-operate with Him in answering our prayer for food.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 8]          "And forgive us our sins; for we also forgive every one that is indebted to us." Few realize the true import of these words. After completing the Lord's Prayer, as given in the sixth chapter of Matthew, Jesus added, "If ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses." He who is unforgiving cuts off the very channel through which alone he can receive mercy from God. However sorely we may have been wounded, we are not to cherish our grievances, and sympathize with ourselves over our injuries; but as we hope to be pardoned for our offenses against God, we are to pardon all who have done evil to us.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 9]          "Lead us not into temptation." God sometimes allows Satan to tempt His children, that they may be proved and tested. If they rely on their own strength, they will fail in the trial, but if they realize their inability to help themselves, and trust wholly in God, He will provide a way of escape. There are times when it is necessary for men to be exposed to danger, and to be placed among corrupting influences, but a sense of their dependence on God will lead them to keep their hearts uplifted to Him in prayer every hour, for strength to resist and grace to overcome. The experience gained in these fierce conflicts fortifies the soul to pass unscathed through more trying ordeals.  {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, March 29, 1905 par. 10]          Christ prayed to His Father in behalf of His followers, "I pray not that Thou shouldst take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldst keep them from the evil." Sin and pollution abound on every hand, and daily, hourly, the prayer should ascend to heaven, "Deliver us from evil." The offering of this prayer by one who realizes his weakness makes the temptation of the enemy powerless.                                                                   -    {ST, March 29, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 1]       April 12, 1905 The Days of the Son of Man.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         "As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be."  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 2]          To us has been given the message of Christ's second coming. At the ascension of our Lord, angels stood beside the disciples, and with them watched the Saviour as He passed into the heavens. Then they turned to the disciples with the words, "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." This message was given to the disciples to give to us, and God designs that it shall sound till the end of time. We are to wait and watch for Christ to come in His own appointed time, without sin unto salvation.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 3]          The vast majority of human beings fail to realize that the judgements of God are about to fall upon the earth. Their minds are filled with thoughts of eating and drinking and getting gain. They have allowed these subjects to take their whole attention, and as a result violence fills the world. Sin is on the increase. Iniquity prevails.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 4]          How is the message of warning received?--Just as it was in Noah's day. "All things continue as they were from the beginning," men say.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 5]          But Christ declares, "If that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin to smite his fellow servants and to eat and drink with the drunken; the Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites."  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 6]          Man was created to glorify his Maker. But iniquity has so increased that at the present time men and women have very little appreciation of the goodness and power of God. They do not believe His Word. Self is the god they worship.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 7]          Ever since his fall Satan has been working at cross purposes with God, seeking to obliterate all trace of the divine likeness in man. He has led human beings to indulge an appetite for liquor and tobacco. He knows that those who give themselves up to indulgence of appetite can not stand in their God-given manhood. They are slaves. Their reason is beclouded, their intellect dulled.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 8]          All over the world, pride, vanity, and self-indulgence are crippling men and women, so that they dishonor their Creator. The wrath of Jehovah is soon to fall upon the ungodly; but human beings are so controlled by the enemy that they do not see what is coming. So deeply engrossed are they in the things of this world that they have no time to study God's Word, no time to think seriously of their spiritual welfare. Their one thought is to gain wealth, to make a display; and tho they make mistakes, they have no time to remedy them, but hurry on, scarcely thinking that soon they must give an account of their life-work.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 9]          Satan comes to men and women with specious temptations. Offering them riches and power, he says, "All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me." And thousands upon thousands listen to his words, and worship him by becoming wholly engrossed in a search for wealth, or in following the fashions of this degenerate age.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 10]          Thus the world is being led captive. The beings that God created in His own image are entirely neglecting to prepare for the judgement.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 11]         As the waters of the Flood cleansed the earth in the days of Noah, so will the fire of God purify the earth in the last great day. Then, the water from the heavens united with the water in the bowels of the earth; and in the destruction that is coming, fire from heaven will unite with fire that is stored up in the earth.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 12]          Are we preparing for what is coming? Have we thought seriously of these things? You who are giving yourselves up to pride and vanity, have you thought of the day when you must give an account of the time and money that you have wasted?  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 13]          Christ said to His disciples, "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." They tell us that Christ is soon coming to take to Himself those who have loved Him and have waited for His appearing; and that to those who have devoted their time to money-getting and pleasure-seeking, He will say, "I know you not; . . . depart from Me."  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 13}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 14]          Now is our time to prepare to meet Christ. God has given us this time, and if we use it in self-gratification instead of in helping others and honoring God, we shall come up to the judgement unprepared. In that day many will plead as an excuse that they did not know that Christ's coming was near. But the excuse will not be accepted. They did not know simply because they did not want to know. God gave them abundant opportunity for knowing, but they closed their eyes, that they might not see, and stopped their ears, that they might not hear.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 14}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 15]          Their one thought was to enjoy the things of this world. Like the people of Noah's day, they have spent their lives in self-gratification.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 15}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 16]          The cases of all are pending in the heavenly sanctuary. Day by day angels of God are watching the development of character, and weighing moral worth. In the judgement the question will not be, What profession did you make? but, What have you done for Me? What fruit have you borne to My glory? Now is the time to prepare for the coming of the King.  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 16}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 17]          "The great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteth greatly, even the voice of the day of the Lord; the mighty men shall cry there bitterly. . . . Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them in the day of the Lord's wrath. But the whole land shall be devoured by the fire of His jealousy; for he shall make even a speedy riddance of all them that dwell in the land." The God who rules in the heavens is our God. We have made a covenant with Him by sacrifice. "Before the decree bring forth, before the day pass as the chaff, before the fierce anger of the Lord come upon you, . . . Seek ye the Lord, all ye meek of the earth, which have wrought His judgement; seek righteousness, seek meekness. It may be ye shall be hid in the day of the Lord's anger."  {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 17}
[ST, April 12, 1905 par. 18]          Shall we not strive to be among that number who will welcome Christ with the words, "Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us; this is the Lord; we have waited for Him, we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation."                                                                   -    {ST, April 12, 1905 par. 18}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 1]       April 19, 1905 With Power and Great Glory.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ's second coming will be in marked contrast to His first coming. Then His glory was veiled with the garb of humanity. He came with no outward manifestation of glory. When He comes the second time, His divinity will not be concealed. He will come with His own glory and the glory of His Father. He will come as one equal with God, as His beloved Son, the Prince of heaven and earth. Instead of a crown of thorns, He will wear a crown of glory. Instead of a garment of humility, He will be clad in a garment of royalty. Upon His vesture will be written the name, "King of kings and Lord of lords."  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 2]          At His first coming, Christ was denied and rejected by men, and by them dragged as a criminal to Pilate's bar, where they charged Him with blasphemy. He was scourged and crucified. Nails were driven through His hands and His feet. For three hours He hung on the cross, while His enemies said tauntingly, "He saved others; Himself He can not save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God, let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him; for He said, I am the Son of God."  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 3]          At His second coming, the scene will be changed. He will be acknowledged by all as the King of glory. At the name of Jesus every knee shall bow, and every tongue shall confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. The angels will bow in adoration before Him. His enemies will see the mistake they have made, and every tongue will confess His divinity.  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 4]          Christ's glory did not appear when He was upon this earth. He was then a Man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. Men hid their faces from Him. But He was following the path God had marked out for Him. Still bearing humanity, He ascended to heaven, triumphant and victorious. He has taken the blood of the atonement into the holiest of all, sprinkled it upon the mercy-seat and His own garments, and blessed the people. Soon He will appear the second time to declare that there is no more sacrifice for sin.  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 5]          Then by innumerable voices will be sung the song, "Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God. And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away."  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 6]          With earnest longing God's people await the tokens of their coming King. As the watchmen are accosted, "What of the night?" the answer is given unfalteringly, "The morning cometh, and also the night." Light is gleaming upon the clouds above the mountain-tops. Soon there will be a revealing of His glory. The Sun of Righteousness is about to shine forth. The morning and the night are both at hand,--the opening of endless day to the righteous, the settling down of eternal night to the wicked.  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 7]          "The ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads; they shall obtain joy and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away."  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, April 19, 1905 par. 8]          The Lord is soon coming, and we must be ready and waiting for His appearing. O, how glorious it will be to see Him, and be welcomed as His redeemed ones. Long have we waited, but our hope is not to grow dim. If we can but see the King in His beauty, we shall be forever blessed. I feel as if I must cry aloud, "Homeward bound!" We are nearing the time when Christ will come in power and great glory to take His ransomed ones to their eternal home.  {ST, April 19, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 1]       April 26, 1905 God Manifest in the Flesh.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         This earth has been honored and blessed with the presence of the Son of God. In the Scriptures we read of His incarnation, His teaching, His miracles, His death, and His resurrection. The effort to understand these wonderful subjects puts to the tax the highest powers of the mind, and then there is an infinity beyond which can not be exhausted. The oftener the mind is called to this study, the stronger and clearer it will become. In the daily life will be revealed the mysteries of godliness, which may be experienced, but can not be explained. Throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity the redeemed will study these subjects, ever gaining from them a deeper and clearer knowledge of God and of Christ.  {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 2]          What opposites meet and are revealed in the person of Christ! The mighty God, yet a helpless child! The Creator of all the world, yet, in a world of His creating, often hungry and weary, and without a place to lay His head! The Son of Man, yet infinitely higher than the angels! Equal with the Father, yet His divinity clothed with humanity, standing at the head of the fallen race, that human beings might be placed on vantage-ground! Possessing eternal riches, yet living the life of a poor man! One with the Father in dignity and power, yet in His humanity tempted in all points like as we are tempted! In the very moment of His dying agony on the cross, a Conqueror, answering the request of the repentant sinner to be remembered by Him when He came into His kingdom, with the words, "Verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise."  {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 3]         Christ was God manifest in the flesh. In Him divinity and humanity were united. In Him dwelt all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. He lived in this world a perfect life, revealing the character to which, through divine grace, man may attain. In His life He left an example that every true Christian must follow. No falsehood ever fell from His lips. Never did He do a dishonest act. He stood forth in unsullied purity and goodness, revealing what man must be before he can enter the holy city.  {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 4]          Christ's life was one of constant self-sacrifice. He came to this world to live, in our behalf, the life of the poorest, to walk and work among the needy and the suffering. Unrecognized and unhonored, He walked in and out among the people for whom He had done so much. On the hillsides of Galilee, in the great thoroughfares of travel, by the seashore, in every place where there were those who needed help, Jesus healed the people, and pointed them to their heavenly Father. His life laid the foundation for a religion in which there is no caste, where Jew and Gentile, free and bond, are linked in a common brotherhood, equal before God.  {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 5]          Christ lived a life of prayer. Daily beset by temptation, constantly opposed by the leaders of the people, He knew that He must strengthen His humanity by prayer. In order to be a blessing to men, He must commune with God, from Him obtaining energy, perseverance, steadfastness.  {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 6]          Christ is our Burden-bearer. He came to bear the trials that we must bear, to resist the temptations that we must resist. He came to show that, by receiving power from on high, man can live an unsullied life. With sympathetic love and tender compassion, without a trace of harshness, He meets us in our necessities. Armed with the weapons of love, He works with gracious helpfulness and unwearying patience. By the gentle touch of grace, He drives from the soul unrest and doubt, changing enmity and unbelief to confidence and faith.  {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, April 26, 1905 par. 7]          "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. . . . And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth." "We have not an High Priest that can not be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin." "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people."                                                    -    {ST, April 26, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 1]       May 10, 1905 The Workers Needed.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         God calls for humble, devoted workers, who will impart to others the blessings He has given them. He calls for men who will be wise counsellors, men who will act promptly when they see that the time has come for them to act. Let God's workers keep close by His side. All the way along the danger has been that those who were doing God's will would lose sight of His plans, and would fail to work with an eye single to His glory.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 2]          Christ is waiting for human agents through whom to impart to hungry souls the bread of life. Even the ignorant may understand the Scriptures; for heavenly angels are appointed to minister to them. While the day of retribution still lingers, the Gospel is to be preached to the unsaved, and its glad messages brought home to their hearts. God will co-operate with those who proclaim His truth to the unenlightened and the unwarned.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 3]          The enemy is continually working through half-converted men and women, leading them to speak words of discouragement, and to stand always on the negative side. Men of activity and clear thought, of spiritual and physical soundness, are needed,--men who can act as leaders and directors; men of wisdom, who, when a crisis comes, will stand boldly in the front ranks, presenting to the enemy an unbroken line of defense.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 4]          Those who proclaim the truth for this time must put on the whole armor of God, that they may stand bravely at their post, in the face of detraction and falsehood, resisting the enemy with the weapon that Christ used,--"It is written."  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 5]          The Lord expects His servants to be diligent in business and fervent in spirit. But He does not want them to overwork. It is not work, but overwork, without periods of rest, that breaks people down, endangering the life forces. Those who overwork soon reach the place where they work in a hopeless way. The work done to the Lord is to be done in cheerfulness and with courage. He wants us to bring spirit and life and hope into our work.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 6]          Bring into the day's work hopefulness, courage, amiability. Do not overwork. Far better leave undone some of the things planned for the day than to overtax yourself, losing the courage necessary for the performance of the tasks of the next day. Do not today violate the laws of nature, lest you lose your strength for the days to come.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 7]         Every day consecrate yourself anew to God. Bring to Him an offering untainted by selfishness, and it will be accepted. This is your reasonable service. God calls for a complete sacrifice. It is complete trust in Christ that makes the sacrifice complete, wholly acceptable to God.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 8]          Keep yourselves where the three great powers of heaven, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, can be your efficiency. These powers work with the man who gives himself unreservedly to God, heart and soul and mind and strength. "If a man love Me," Christ says, "He will keep My words; and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him." The power that comes with Christ's abiding presence is at the command of His believing ones. The man who makes God his trust is barricaded by an impregnable wall.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 9]          Let us take no backward steps, but ever move forward and upward in the pathway of light. Walking in this path, we are following Christ. We certainly have not wisdom to guide ourselves aright. We must be daily learners in the school of Christ, receiving instruction from the great Teacher, that we may impart it to others. We are to practise the lessons that He teaches us.  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, May 10, 1905 par. 10]          "Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forebearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful."  {ST, May 10, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 1]       May 17, 1905 A Teacher Sent From God.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         At the time of Christ's first advent darkness had covered the earth, and gross darkness the people. Truth looked down from heaven, and nowhere could discern the reflection of her image. Spiritual darkness had settled down over the religious world, and this darkness was almost universal and complete.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 2]          The scribes and Pharisees professed to explain the Scriptures, but they explained them in accordance with their own ideas and traditions. Their customs and maxims became more and more exacting. In its spiritual sense, the sacred Word became to the people as a sealed book, closed to their comprehension.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 3]          All things proclaimed the urgent necessity on the earth of a Teacher sent from God,--a Teacher in whom divinity and humanity would be united. It was essential that Christ should appear in human form, and stand at the head of the human race, to uplift fallen human beings. Thus only could God be revealed to the world.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 4]          Christ volunteered to lay aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and come to this earth to show to human beings what they may be in co-operation with God. He came to shine amidst the darkness, to dispel the darkness by the brightness of His presence.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 5]          When in the fulness of time the Son of the infinite God came forth from the bosom of the Father to this world, He came in the garb of humanity, clothing His divinity with humanity. The Father and the Son in consultation decided that Christ must come to the world as a babe, and live the life that human beings must live from childhood to manhood, bearing the trials that they must bear, and at the same time living a sinless life, that men might see in Him an example of what they can become, and that He might know by experience how to help them in their struggles with sin. He was tried as man is tried, tempted as man is tempted. The life that He lived in this world, men can live, through His power and under His instruction.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 6]          From the beginning God had spoken through Christ, laying the foundation of the Gospel in the Jewish economy of types and shadows. Before the coming of Christ this economy was unfinished. The ceremonies of the unfinished economy pointed to the reality. God would not leave the plan incomplete. He would work out to its end the plan for the redemption of the race. By sending His Son into the world, He would carry out to its fulfilment the plan ordained in heaven before the world was made.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 7]          The apostle Peter declared: "Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass, that every soul which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people. Yea," Peter continues, "and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 8]         Patriarchs and prophets have predicted the coming of a distinguished Teacher, whose words were to be clothed with invincible power and authority. He was to preach the Gospel to the poor, and proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord. He was to set judgment in the earth; the isles were to wait for His law; the Gentiles were to come to His light, and kings to the brightness of His rising. He was "the Messenger of the covenant," and "the Sun of Righteousness."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 9]          The Jewish teachers, claiming to give instruction in the things of God, turned minds to things that eclipsed the revelation of God. They gave the things of earth the first consideration and the greatest thought. God beheld in these teachers an ignorance that is death to true godliness. Under the education they gave, virtue and purity grew feeble, and self-sufficiency and pride ruled the life.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 10]          Those who loved God and who realized the danger that lay in the struggle for wealth and power, longed for Heaven's enlightenment. They longed for a message direct from the heavenly courts. The heavenly inspiration was begotten, and men began to feel after God, if haply they might find Him.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 11]          And "when the fulness of time was come, God sent forth His Son, . . . to redeem them which are under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 12]          Wonder, O heavens, and be astonished, O earth. The heavenly Teacher had come. Who was He?--No less a being than the Son of God Himself. He appeared as God, and at the same time as the Elder Brother of the human race. "The word was made flesh, and dwelt among us." Christ must come as a human being. Had He come in the glory that He had with the Father, men could not have lived in His presence.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 13]          Nearly two thousand years ago a voice of mysterious import was heard in heaven, from the throne of the Highest, "Lo, I come." "Sacrifice and offering Thou wouldst not, but a body hast Thou prepared Me. . . . Lo, I come, . . . to do Thy will, O God." In these words is announced the purpose that had been hidden from eternal ages. Christ was about to visit our world, and become incarnate.  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 13}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 14]          Who is this that thus announced His purpose of visiting a guilty world?  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 14}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 15]          We ask Isaiah, and he answers, "Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulder; and His name shall be called, Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 15}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 16]          We ask John, the beloved disciple, and he replies: "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. . . . All things were made by Him; and without Him was not anything made that was made. . . . And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 16}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 17]          We ask Him, "Who art Thou?" and the answer comes, "Before Abraham was, I Am." "I and My Father are one." "As the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom He will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 17}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 18]          We ask Paul, and he breaks forth into words of adoring transport: "Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness; God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 18}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 19]          "In whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins; who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature; for by Him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities or powers; all things were created by Him, and for Him, and He is before all things, and by Him all things consist."  {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 19}
[ST, May 17, 1905 par. 20]          "Worthy is the Lamb that hath been slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and might, and honor, and glory, and blessing. And every created thing which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and in the sea, and all things that are in them, heard I saying, Unto Him that sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb, be the blessing, and the honor, and the glory, and the dominion, forever and ever."                                                    -    {ST, May 17, 1905 par. 20}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 1]       June 7, 1905 A Teacher Sent From God     By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ was born a babe in Nazareth, and He grew as other children grow. The powers of mind and body developed gradually, in harmony with the laws of nature. Of Him we read, "The Child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, filled with wisdom; and the grace of God was upon Him."  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 2]          When at the age of twelve He mingled with the doctors of the law in the temple at Jerusalem, hearing them, and asking them questions, they were astonished at His questions and answers; for His words opened up subjects of the deepest importance. His knowledge of sacred science was a surprise to these learned men; for He had never been instructed in the schools of the rabbis. They wondered where He had gained His knowledge. They did not comprehend that He had access to a knowledge that they knew not of.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 3]          Christ did not pass over the ground of scholastic education, yet He was far in advance of any student under the teaching of the priests and rulers. God did not design that His Son should listen to the needless suppositions included in what was called education. The teachers in the schools of that time--the priests and rulers--tho supposed to be perfect in knowledge, were in need of being taught the first principles of true education. They needed to know the meaning of the command, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself."  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 4]          Christ's dignity as a divine Teacher was of an order higher than the dignity of priests and rulers. It was distinct from all worldly pomp; for it was divine. He dispensed with all worldly display, and showed that He regarded the gradations of society, fixed by opulence and rank, as of no value. He had laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and had stepped down from His high command to bring to human beings power to become the sons of God; and earthly rank was not of the least value with Him. He could have brought with Him ten thousand angels if they would have helped Him in His work of redeeming the race.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 5]          Christ passed by the homes of the wealthy, the courts of royalty, the renowned seats of learning, and made His home in obscure and despised Nazareth. His life, from its beginning to its close, was a life of lowliness and humility. Poverty was made sacred by His life of poverty. He would not put on a dignity of attitude that would debar men and women, however lowly, from coming into His presence and listening to His teaching.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 6]          In choosing His disciples, Christ passed by the dignitaries of the Jewish nation, and chose lowly, unlearned fishermen. He chose men who had not been spoiled by praise or flattery, men who were not filled with self-sufficiency.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 7]          Of Christ's teaching, the witness borne by those who heard Him is, "Never man spake like this Man." This would have been true of Christ had He taught only in the realm of the physical and the intellectual, or in matters of theory and speculation solely. He might have unlocked mysteries that have required centuries of toil and study to penetrate. He might have made suggestions in scientific lines that, till the close of time, would have afforded food for thought and stimulus for invention. But He did not do this. He said nothing to gratify curiosity or stimulate selfish ambition. He did not deal in abstract theories, but in that which is essential to the development of character; that which will enlarge man's capacity for knowing God, and increase his power to do good. He spoke of those truths that relate to the conduct of life, and that unite man with eternity.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 8]          Christ's teaching, like His sympathies, embraced the world. Never can there be a circumstance of life, a crisis in human experience, which has not been anticipated in His teaching, and for which its principles have not a lesson. The Prince of teachers, His words will be found a guide to His co-workers till the end of time.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 9]          No teacher ever placed such signal honor upon man as did our Lord Jesus Christ. He was known as the friend of publicans and sinners. He mingled with all classes, and sowed the world with truth. In the marketplace and the synagog He proclaimed His message. He relieved every species of suffering, both physical and spiritual. Beside all waters He sowed the seeds of truth. His one desire was that all might have spiritual and physical soundness. He was the friend of every human being. Was He not pledged to bring life and light to all who would receive Him? Was He not pledged to give them power to become the sons of God? He gave himself wholly and entirely to the work of soul-saving.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 10]          Selfishness He sternly rebuked, sparing not even His disciples. "All ye are brethren," He would say to any one seeking the highest place. Those who were unjust and unfair in their dealings writhed under His parables. He shielded no one, however high his position, who had been guilty of hypocrisy or fraud.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 11]          It was not only on the cross that Christ sacrificed Himself for humanity. As "He went about doing good," every day's experience was an outpouring of His life. In one way only could such a life be sustained. Jesus lived in dependence upon God and communion with Him. To the secret place of the Most High, under the shadow of the Almighty, men now and then repair; they abide for a season, and the result is manifest in noble deeds; then their faith fails, the communion is interrupted, and the life-work marred. But the life of Jesus was a life of constant trust, sustained by continual communion; and His service for heaven and earth was without failure or faltering. As a man He supplicated the throne of God, until His humanity was charged with a heavenly current that connected humanity with divinity. Receiving life from God, He imparted life to men.                                                                   -    {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 1]       June 7, 1905 From San Francisco to Washington.         ［EXTRACTS FROM A LETTER WRITTEN BY MRS. E. G. WHITE TO HER SON IN EDGEFIELD, TENN., ON HER ARRIVAL IN WASHINGTON. IT IS DATED MAY 10.］  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 2]          I send you from Washington the assurance that the protecting care of our heavenly Father was over us during our long journey. I want you to know of the goodness and love of God. I stood the trip remarkably well, and was stronger when I left the cars at Washington than when I got on board at San Francisco.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 3]          During the first part of the trip the train moved very gently and quietly. It was a pleasure to be on something that moved, and yet did not annoy me in moving. I rested more during the journey than it would have been possible for me to rest in my own home; for, had I remained at home, I fear that I would have been troubled by a constant regret that I had not exercised faith by starting out on the journey.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 4]          We traveled under the escort of Mr. Phillips, a very pleasant and obliging young man, who did all in his power to make us comfortable. He seemed to watch for opportunities to suggest something for my comfort and convenience.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 5]          All the way along through Texas and Louisiana the ground was brilliantly carpeted with wild flowers, and at every stop the train made, some of the men would get out to gather flowers for those inside.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 6]          On Sabbath we had a song service. Brother Lawrence, who is a musician, led the singing. All the passengers in the car seemed to enjoy the service greatly, many of them joining in the singing.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 7]          On Sunday we had another song service, after which Elder Corliss gave a short talk, taking as his text the words, "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." The passengers listened attentively, and seemed to enjoy what was said.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 8]          On Monday we had more singing, and we all seemed to be drawing closer together. There was a larger number of passengers on the car than when we came East last year, but during the whole trip nothing occurred to mar the harmony.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 9]          We reached Washington at ten o'clock Wednesday morning. There was no one there to meet us; for our people had not been notified of our coming, so we went over to the branch sanitarium, where we were given a hearty welcome. This sanitarium is a beautiful place, in a very fine location. The building is rented furnished throughout, and the house and its appointments are just what is needed in a place like Washington. It is in the city, within easy access, and yet there is plenty of space on all sides. In front of the building, across the street, is a fine park, in which the patients can walk or sit, enjoying the precious sunshine.  {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, June 7, 1905 par. 10]          God can work wonders in preparing the way before us. I can but say, Praise the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me bless His holy name, for the love and care that He has shown in opening the way for me to come to this conference. I have nothing but words of encouragement to write regarding my journey across the continent. I had opportunities to give away some of my books, and to speak to some of my fellow-passengers regarding the love and goodness of God. Those with whom I talked seemed eager for opportunities to hear more. I held myself in readiness to speak a word in season and out of season, here a little and there a little.                                                    -    {ST, June 7, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 1]       June 14, 1905 A Contrast.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Adam became a law to himself, and discord and unhappiness came into his life. A separation was made between him and God.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 2]          Christ's life was one of perfect obedience. Constantly He followed the pathway of obedience that He might set an example that all could follow.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 3]          "Wherefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned; . . . even so by the righteousness of one the free gift came upon all men unto justification of life. For as by one man's disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous."  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 4]          Think of what Christ's obedience means to us. It means that in His strength we, too, may obey. He came to this world to show us what God can do for us, and what we can do in co-operation with God. In human flesh He went into the wilderness to be tempted by the enemy. He knows what it is to hunger and thirst. He knows the weakness and the infirmities of the flesh. He was tempted in all points like as we are tempted, yet without sin.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 5]                                   Ransomed from Sin.          Our ransom has been paid by our Saviour. No one need be enslaved by Satan. Christ stands before us as our divine example, our all-powerful helper. We have been bought with a price that it is impossible to compute. Who can measure the goodness and mercy of redeeming love?  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 6]          Those who are indeed adopted into the family of God are transformed by His Spirit. Self-indulgence and love for self is changed for self-denial and supreme love for God. No man inherits holiness of character by nature, nor can any man, in his own strength, become loyal to God. "Without Me," Christ says, "ye can do nothing." Human righteousness is as "filthy rags." But with God all things are possible. In the strength of the Redeemer, weak, erring man can be made more than a conqueror over the evil that besets him.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 7]                                    Christ Our Only Hope.          As we see the condition of mankind today, the question arises in the minds of some, Is man by nature totally and wholly depraved? Is he hopelessly ruined?  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 8]         Men have sold themselves to the enemy of all righteousness. They can not redeem themselves. Of themselves they can do no good thing. But there is a way of escape. When man sinned, Christ offered to stand as his substitute and surety, in order to provide a way whereby the guilty race might return to loyalty. He took humanity, and passed over the ground where Adam stumbled and fell. Without swerving from His allegiance, He met the temptations wherewith man is beset.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 9]          Only by accepting Christ as a personal Saviour can human beings be uplifted. Beware of any theory that would lead men to look for salvation from any other source than that pointed out in the Word. Only through Christ can men sunken in sin and degradation be led to a higher life. Theories that do not recognize the atonement that has been made for sin, and the work that the Holy Spirit is to do in the hearts of human beings, are powerless to save.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 10]          Man's pride would lead him to seek for salvation in some other way than that devised by God. He is unwilling to be accounted as nothing, unwilling to recognize Christ as the only One who can save to the uttermost. To this pride Satan appealed in the temptation that he brought to our first parents. "Ye shall not surely die; . . . ye shall be as gods," he said. And by belief of his words, they placed themselves on his side.  {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, June 14, 1905 par. 11]          Of Christ it is written: "There is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved." "In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted."                                                                   -    {ST, June 14, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 1]       June 21, 1905 The Christian Life.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect."  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 2]          We are to strive earnestly to reach the standard set before us. Not as a penance are we to do this, but as the only means of gaining true happiness. The only way to gain peace and joy is to have a living connection with Him who gave His life for us, who died that we might live, and who lives to unite His power with the efforts of those who in this life are striving to overcome.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 3]          Holiness is constant agreement with God. Shall we not be that which Christ so greatly desires us to be,--Christians in deed and in truth,--that the world may see in our lives a revelation of the saving power of truth? This world is our preparatory school, and while here we shall meet with trials and difficulties. But we are safe while we cleave to Him who gave His life as an offering for us. The whole world was gathered in the embrace of Christ. He died on the cross to give the death stroke to Satan, and to take away the sin of every believing soul. He calls upon us to offer ourselves on the altar of service, a living, consuming sacrifice. We are to make an unreserved surrender to God of all that we have and are.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 4]          In this lower school of earth we are to learn the lessons that will prepare us to enter the higher school, where our education will continue under the personal supervision of Christ. Then He will open to us the meaning of His word. We can not afford to miss the privilege of seeing His face. Shall we not put our whole souls into the work of preparing for admission into the higher school, where we shall see Christ face to face? Shall we not be determined to obey the word of God? Or shall we choose our own wisdom, and trifle away the day of gracious opportunity, wasting the years and months so rapidly passing into eternity.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 5]          Life is too short, the hours of probation too precious, for us to make a mistake in our religious life. Earnest men and women, filled with courage and devotion, are needed in the Master's service. The call comes to us, "Be not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind." As we obey this command, the power of the Holy Spirit will come upon mind and body, bringing us into conformity to the will of Christ, and renewing us in His likeness. The hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong will die, and Christ will be formed within, the hope of glory. It will be seen that we are indeed followers of Christ.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 6]          We are not to trust in our own wisdom, but in the wisdom of God. This will bring into the character the patience, kindness, and love of Christ. And we are to remember that in doing well the work nearest us, we shall be preparing for a wider field of usefulness. There is to be constant growth in grace. We are to make constant advancement in preparing for the future, immortal life. We shall leave behind no knowledge that in this world we have gained of God and heaven. This mental and spiritual wealth we shall take with us when we answer the call, Child, come up higher.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 7]          Let us strive to help those connected with us. To this work let us devote our tact and ingenuity. Let us reach higher and still higher for purity and devotion, our hearts filled with a desire to know the will of God. Let us consecrate our all to the service of humanity. We shall receive our reward in the future life. Reveal the living charm of the Saviour's love. Represent Christ by revealing faith and hope and love. In short, copy the Pattern. Let your light shine forth in good works. Christians have no need or desire for the billiard table, the theater, the dancing hall, or the many other forms of worldly diversion. A Christian does nothing which he can not do to the glory of God, upon which he can not ask the Lord's blessing.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 8]          Work as in the presence of heavenly intelligences. God calls for loyalty, for faithfulness; for we have been bought with a price. Stand firm for the right, and you will be more than conquerors through Him who loved you and gave His life for you.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 9]          It is faith and prayer that cast out evil spirits. We may ask Christ with full assurance of faith for enlarged capacity for service, for increased power to help souls. But let us remember constantly that it is through the Holy Spirit that we receive power and efficiency.  {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, June 21, 1905 par. 10]          He who makes advancement in the school of Christ here below will at last pass through the pearly gates of the city of God, to enter the higher school, there to receive instruction from the divine Teacher. "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him."                                                                   -    {ST, June 21, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 1]       June 28, 1905 The Results of Repentance.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Repentance is one of the first-fruits of saving grace. Repentance includes sorrow for sin, and a turning away from it. We shall not renounce sin until we see its sinfulness; until we turn away from it in heart, there will be no real change in the life. Repentance is the only process by which infinite purity reflects the image of Christ in His redeemed subjects.  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 2]          The great Teacher, in His lessons, presents the life-diffusing power of His grace, declaring that through His grace men and women may live the new life of holiness and purity. He who lives this life works out the principles of the kingdom of heaven. Taught of God, he leads others in straight paths. The working of the Holy Spirit in his life shows that he is a partaker of the divine nature. Every soul thus worked receives so abundant a supply of the rich grace of heaven that, beholding his good works, unbelievers acknowledge that he is controlled and sustained by divine power, and give to God the glory.  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 3]          There are those who, notwithstanding all the gracious invitations of Christ, continue to reveal ungodliness in their lives. To such ones God says: "How long, ye simple ones, will ye love simplicity? and the scorners delight in their scorning, and fools hate knowledge? Turn you at My reproof; behold I will pour out My spirit unto you; I will make known My words unto you."  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 4]          The most striking feature of the covenant of peace that the Lord has made with human beings is the exceeding richness of the pardoning mercy offered to the sinner if he repents and turns from sin. "I will be merciful to their unrighteousness," the Lord declares of those who repent, "and their sins and their iniquities will I remember no more." Does God turn from justice in showing mercy to the sinner?--No; God can never dishonor His law by suffering it to be transgressed with impunity. Under the new covenant, perfect obedience is the condition of life. If the sinner repents, and confesses his sin, he will find pardon. Forgiveness is secured for him by Christ's sacrifice in his behalf. Christ has paid the demands of the law for every repentant, believing sinner. "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name." "The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth. . . . And of His fullness have all we received, and grace for grace."  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 5]          The atonement that has been made for us by Christ is wholly satisfactory to the Father. God can be just, and yet the justifier of those who believe.  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 6]          "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." By beholding Him, we may be changed into His image. The promise has been made, "I will put My laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them." Through disobedience man forfeited holiness, accepting in its place the principles of unrighteousness. But by breaking the yoke that Satan has fastened upon him, and taking the yoke of Christ, learning of Him His meekness and lowliness, man is created anew. Christ has promised to write in the heart of every repentant sinner His law, which is holy, just, and good. He promises to renovate the soul, through the medium of truth. He diffuses His own life through the entire being. Thus the sinner is born again, and henceforth, in a life of loving service, he is to work out the grand, ennobling principles that he can take with him into the heavenly courts. There is placed upon him a new mould of character, which the world knows not, but which all must receive who obtain entrance into the courts above.  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, June 28, 1905 par. 7]          Well may we count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord. This knowledge is the highest science that man can study. It is the sum of all true science. "This is life eternal," Christ declared, "that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent."  {ST, June 28, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 1]       July 12, 1905 Taught of God.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The education received by Moses in the court of Egypt, as the adopted son of the king's daughter, was very thorough. Nothing was neglected that was necessary to make him a wise man, as the Egyptians understood wisdom. But this education did not fit him to do the work to which God had appointed him. In the wilds of Midian, Moses spent forty years as a keeper of sheep. Apparently cut off forever from his life's mission, he was receiving the discipline necessary for its fulfilment. As he led his flocks through the wilds of the mountains and into the green pastures of the valleys, the God of nature gave him the highest and grandest wisdom. In the school of nature, with Christ Himself for teacher, he learned lessons of humility, meekness, faith, and trust, and daily his soul was bound closer to God. In the solitudes of the mountains he learned that which all the instruction received in the king's palace was unable to impart to him,--simple, unwavering faith and trust in the Lord.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 2]          Prior to gaining this experience, Moses thought that his education in the wisdom of Egypt had fully qualified him to lead Israel from bondage. Had he not had the greatest advantages of the best schools in the land? Was he not learned in all things necessary for a general of armies to know? He felt that he was fully able to deliver Israel.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 3]         Moses set about his work by trying to obtain the favor of his people by redressing their wrongs. He killed an Egyptian who was ill-treating an Israelite. In this he manifested the spirit of him who was a murderer from the beginning, and proved himself unfit to represent the God of mercy, love, and tenderness. He made a miserable failure of his first attempt. Like many another, he immediately lost confidence in God and turned, his back on his appointed work. He fled from the wrath of Pharaoh. He concluded that because of his mistake, his sin in taking the life of the Egyptian, God would not permit him to have any part in the work of delivering His people from their cruel bondage. But the Lord permitted him to make this mistake in order that He might be able to teach him the gentleness, goodness, longsuffering, that is necessary for every worker for the Lord to possess.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 4]          A knowledge of the attributes of God's character can not be obtained by means of the highest education in the most scientific schools. From the great Teacher alone is this knowledge obtained. Only in the school of Christ are taught effectively the lessons of meekness, lowliness, and reverence for sacred things.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 5]          Moses had been taught to expect praise and flattery, because of his superior abilities; but now he was to learn a different lesson. As a shepherd, he was taught to care for the afflicted, to seek patiently for the straying, to bear long with the unruly, to supply with loving solicitude the necessities of the young and the feeble.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 6]          As these phases of his character were developed, he was drawn nearer to the great Shepherd. He became united to the Holy One of Israel. Through humble prayer he held communion with the Father. He looked to the Highest for an education in spiritual things and for an understanding of his duty as a faithful shepherd. So closely linked with Heaven did he become that God talked with him face to face.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 7]          Thus prepared, Moses was ready to heed the call of God to exchange the shepherd's crook for the rod of authority; to leave his flock of sheep to take the leadership of more than a million idolatrous, rebellious people. But he was ever to depend on his invisible Leader. Even as the rod was simply an instrument in his hands, so he was to be a willing instrument in the hands of Christ.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 8]          Faith moves forward in the strength and wisdom of God, not in human self-sufficiency. By faith Moses was enabled to press through difficulties, and to overcome obstacles which seemed almost unsurmountable. It was this implicit faith in God that made Moses what he was. According to all that the Lord had commanded, so did he. All the learning of the wise men could not make him a channel for God's working. But when he lost his self-confidence, and, realizing his helplessness, put his entire trust in God; when he was willing to obey Heaven's commands, whether they seemed to human reason proper or not, then the Lord could work mightily through him.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 9]          By submitting to God's discipline, Moses became a channel through which the Lord could work. He did not hesitate to change his way for the Lord's way, even tho it did lead him in strange, untried paths. He placed a very low estimate on his own ability to carry forward successfully the great work entrusted to him. But he did not endeavor to show the unreasonableness of God's commands, and the impossibility of obeying them. To all human appearances, he had started out in a hopeless undertaking; but he put his trust in Him with whom all things are possible, and went forward without faltering.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 10]          The faith of Moses puts to shame the unbelief of many in our day who have had far greater opportunities for obtaining a knowledge of God than Moses had. At the command of God, Moses moved forward, tho often it seemed that there was nothing ahead for his feet to tread upon. More than a million people were depending on him, and, step by step, day by day, he lead them through the wilderness. It was not the education received in Egypt that enabled Moses to triumph over his enemies, but an ever-abiding, unflinching faith, which did not fail under the most trying circumstances.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 11]         When Moses received a command from God to do a certain thing he did it, without stopping to ask what the consequences might be. Those who refuse to move forward until they see every step plainly marked out before them, will never accomplish much; but those who have unswerving trust in the Lord, and who obey without questioning, will be successful workers.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 12]          Today God is not seeking for men of perfect education, but for men who will honor Him by rendering implicit obedience to His requirements. There is no limit to the usefulness of those who, putting self out of sight, make room for the working of the Holy Spirit on their hearts, and live lives wholly consecrated to God, enduring the discipline imposed by the Lord without complaining or fainting by the way. God longs to reveal His salvation to the children of men; and if men and women will remove the obstructions, He will pour forth the waters of salvation in abundant streams through human channels.  {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, July 12, 1905 par. 13]         Many who are seeking efficiency for the service of God by perfecting their education in the schools of the world will find that they have failed of learning the more important lessons which the Lord would teach them. By neglecting to submit to the impressions of the Spirit, by refusing to live in obedience to God's requirements, they have weakened their spiritual efficiency and lost their ability to do successful work for the Lord. By absenting themselves from the school of Christ, they have forgotten the voice of the divine Teacher, and He can not direct their way. Men may acquire all the knowledge that human teachers can impart, but God requires them to gain a higher wisdom than this. Like Moses, they must learn meekness, lowliness, and distrust of self. They must learn that in humanity alone there is no strength. Only by becoming partakers of the divine nature can we gain efficiency for the work of God.                                                                   -    {ST, July 12, 1905 par. 13}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 1]       July 19, 1905 Fishers of Men.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         And Jesus, walking by the Sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He saith unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, He saw two other brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed Him."  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 2]          The prompt obedience of these men, without one question, without one promise of wages, seems remarkable; but the words of Christ were an invitation which implied all that He meant them to. There was an impelling influence in His words. He made no long explanation, but what He said had a drawing power.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 3]          Christ would make these humble fishermen, in connection with Himself, the means of taking men out of the service of Satan, and placing them in the service of God. In this work they would become His witnesses, bearing to the world His truth unmingled with the traditions and sophistries of men. By practising His virtues, by walking and working with Him, they were to be qualified to be fishers of men. They were to be His prime ministers. But He did not tell them to go to worldly schools, to obtain the advantages of worldly cultivation. He did not tell them to go to the Jewish synagogues to learn of the rabbis their customs and traditions, in order that they might be prepared for the work He had for them to do as His evangelists. They were not to be teachers after the manner of the Jewish educators. "Follow Me," Christ said, "and I will make you fishers of men."  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 4]          Thus the first disciples were appointed to the work of the Gospel ministry. For three years they were workers with the Saviour, and by His teaching, His works of healing, His example, they were being prepared to carry on the work that He began.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 5]          His treasure of knowledge was put into earthen vessels. By the simplicity of faith, by pure, humble service, the disciples were being educated in the school of Christ to carry responsibilities of the same kind that He was bearing.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 6]          Certainly Christ chose the foolish things of this world, those whom the world pronounced ignorant and unlearned, to confound the wise. The disciples were unlearned in the traditions of the rabbis, but with Christ as their example and their teacher, they were gaining an education of the highest order. Christ was preparing them to proclaim truths of the highest order.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 7]                           Requisites to Preaching Christ.          Those who preach Christ must learn daily of Christ, in order to understand the mystery of saving and serving the souls for whom He died. They must bring into their work no pride or self-indulgence. In thought, word, and deed they are to reveal the spiritual refinement, the Christlike courtesy, that connection with the Saviour gives. His love and compassion are constantly to be manifested in their lives.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 8]          "Follow Me," said the great Teacher, "and I will make you fishers of men." Those who obey this call must work with hearts filled with Christlike love for souls. In all things they must follow the example of the Saviour, sharing His tender compassion and His sternness against all evil working. Christ is the great Pattern for all. We are to be workers together with Him. Those who are in His service are to separate from all business entanglements that would tarnish their Christlikeness of character. The fishermen that the Saviour called straightway left their nets. Those who give themselves to the work of the ministry must not entangle themselves in business lines that would bring coarseness into their lives, and hinder them from making advancement in spiritual things.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 9]          In this closing work of the Gospel there is a vast field to be occupied; and more than ever before, the work is to enlist helpers from the common people. Both the youth and those older in years will be called from the field, from the vineyard, and from the workshop, and sent forth by the Master to give His message. Many of these have had little opportunity for education; but Christ sees in them qualifications that will enable them to fulfill His purpose. If they put their hearts into the work, and continue to be learners, He will fit them to labor for Him.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 10]          He who knows the depths of the world's misery and despair, knows by what means to bring relief. He sees on every hand souls in darkness, bowed down with sin and sorrow and pain. But He sees also their possibilities; He sees the height to which they may attain. Altho human beings have abused their mercies, wasted their talents, and lost the dignity of godlike manhood, the Creator is to be glorified in their redemption.  {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, July 19, 1905 par. 11]          The burden of labor for these needy ones in the rough places of the earth, Christ lays upon those who can feel for the ignorant and for such as are out of the way. He will be present to help those whose hearts are susceptible to pity, tho their hands may be rough and unskilled. He will work through those who can see mercy in misery, and gain in loss. When the Light of the world passes by, privilege will be discerned in hardship, order in confusion, success in apparent failure. Calamities will be seen as disguised blessings; woes, as mercies. Laborers from the common people, sharing the sorrows of the whole human race, will by faith see Him working with them.                                                                   -    {ST, July 19, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 1]       July 26, 1905 The Knowledge of God.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The knowledge of God is as a great ocean, without bottom or shore. No line can fathom it, no eye measure it. Every needy soul may be supplied from this boundless sea. In every emergency, in every time of need, men and women may receive God's grace and power, and yet there will be no lessening of the supply. God's great resources can not be too heavily drawn upon. The gifts provided for all true, earnest seekers after truth are without measure.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 2]          In all ages God has given human beings divine revelations, that thus He may fulfil His purpose of unfolding gradually the doctrines of grace. His manner of imparting truth is illustrated by the words, "His going forth is prepared as the morning." He who places himself where God can enlighten him, advances, as it were, from the partial obscurity of dawn to the full radiance of noonday.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 3]          A cold, lifeless theory is not a knowledge of God. Those who have a knowledge of God must have His love, must understand its sacrifice, its condescension. The hungry mind and heart must receive His grace, to impart to others its fulness, its sufficiency. It is not a head acceptance of truth, but heart reception, that moulds and fashions aright the emotions and impulses of the soul, making it tender and compassionate, humble and contrite. Christ received into the soul makes man one with God in His beloved Son. Then the love of the Redeemer is acknowledged as beyond all estimate. And more than this: the life and character are changed by the presence of the indwelling Saviour.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 4]          Only when the heart is moulded and fashioned by the love of God can human beings reveal Christ. Then and then only can they impart the knowledge of God as it shines in the face of His Son. The Holy Spirit is with them, quickening their minds, showing that Bible truth has life-giving power, power to convict hearts and transform lives. The lifting up of Christ's countenance upon the human agent, the glorious light shining from His face, makes all things clear.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 5]          The knowledge of God is the knowledge of all truth, and is the beginning of all understanding. It is our righteousness, our sanctification, our redemption. To those who receive and practise them, the truths of the Word of God are as the leaves of the tree of life. But before man can receive these truths, he must realize his need.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 6]                                Out of Bondage.          Self--the old disobedient nature--must be crucified, and Christ must take up His abode in the heart. Thus the human agent is born again, with a new nature. The newborn child of God begins to have some conception of what God is. To all intents and purposes, truth is truth to him. He has caught a glimpse of God's glory. A sense of his accountability to God quenches the unholy ambition that keeps upon the soul a galling yoke of guilt. The light in which he enters is softened and subdued, tempered to suit his condition. By daily beholding Jesus and striving to practise His virtues, his spiritual perceptions grow clearer and stronger.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 7]          God says, "A new heart will I give you." Every learner may be renewed in knowledge and true holiness. The ransom of an enslaved race was Christ's purpose in coming to this earth. Christ alone can make us free. And those whom He makes free are free indeed. His power breaks the yoke of bondage that binds man to the great deceiver. But how many there are who are unwilling to allow Christ to break their shackles. How many there are who choose to cling to the thraldom of sin.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 8]          The Gospel of Christ is truly believed only when it is practised. Faith is justified by works. Self must be hid; Christ must appear as the Chiefest among ten thousand, the One altogether lovely. When an unreserved surrender of the powers of the whole being is made to the Saviour, self no longer strives for the mastery. What man needs today is the crucifixion of self and the revelation in his life of Christ, the hope of glory. Then will be fulfilled the words, "Ye are the light of the world."  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, July 26, 1905 par. 9]         As yet we have scarcely been a light in the world, because we cling to our sinful practises. We have been too well satisfied with the twilight glow of heavenly enlightenment. We have not yet gained the experience that would make us feel at home in heaven. As yet we are but stepping over the threshold of the sanctuary containing the truth that every one who enters heaven must receive and practise.  {ST, July 26, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 1]       August 9, 1905 "Wounded For Our Transgressions."    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Read the record of Christ's suffering in the Garden of Gethsemane. Never before or since has so fearful a strain been brought upon a human being as that which God permitted to be brought upon His Son at this time. It is not possible for His suffering and distress to be exceeded; for He was bearing the sins of the whole world; and in all His suffering He gave an example of absolute submission to the divine will. The sinless Son of God was treated as a sinner, that sinful human beings might be treated as innocent. "He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed." He laid off His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might live in our behalf a life of sinlessness, and on the cross make an atonement for our transgressions. He consented to take the body of humanity. He could have refused to be thus humiliated; but it was to suffer humiliation and death that He came into the world.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 2]          It was the anguish of separation from His Father's favor that made Christ's sufferings so acute. As the agony of soul came upon Him, "He sweat as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground." His terrible suffering, caused by the thought that in this hour of need God had forsaken Him, portrays the anguish that the sinner will feel when, too late, he realizes that God's Spirit has been withdrawn from him.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 3]          Christ's human nature recoiled from the trial, and with strong crying and tears he said, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me." The humanity of Christ trembled in that trying hour. The awful moment had come,--that moment which was to decide the destiny of the world. The fate of humanity hung in the balance. Christ might even now refuse to drink the cup apportioned to guilty man. It was not yet too late. He might wipe the bloody sweat from His brow, and leave man to perish in his iniquity. He might say, Let the transgressor receive the penalty of his sin, and I will go back to My Father. Will the Son of God drink the bitter cup of humiliation and agony. Will the innocent suffer the consequences of the curse of sin, to save the guilty? The words fall tremblingly from the pale lips of Jesus, "O My Father, if this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it, Thy will be done."  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 4]          How little can we enter into this dreadful experience through which the Saviour passed. His prayer was heard, in that He feared. What did He fear?-- That He would refuse to drink the cup of suffering. But a refusal to drink this cup would mean that no human being could be saved. Only by His suffering and death could human beings be placed on vantage-ground. Only by drinking of the bitter cup of imputed transgression could He save the race from perishing in sin.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 5]                             Fulness of Suffering.          Christ drank the bitter draught to the very dregs. He was not spared one pang of anguish. This was His hour, and the power of darkness. In this awful crisis, when everything was at stake, when the mysterious cup trembled in the hand of the Sufferer, the heavens opened, a light shone forth amidst the darkness, and the mighty angel who stands in God's presence, from which Satan fell, came to the side of Christ. The angel came not to take the cup from Christ's hands, but to strengthen Him to drink it, with the assurance of the Father's love. He came to give power to the divine-human Suppliant He pointed Him to the open heavens, telling Him of the souls that would be saved as the result of His sufferings. He assured Him that His Father is greater and more powerful than Satan, that His death would result in the discomfiture of Satan, and that the kingdom of this world would be given to the saints of the Most High. He told Him that He would see of the travail of His soul, and be satisfied, for He would see a multitude of the race saved, eternally saved.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 6]          Christ had spoken to His disciples of the experience awaiting Him. "I have a baptism to be baptized with," He said, "and how am I straightened till it be accomplished?" He could not but feel a dread, as He thought of what that hour would bring to Him. Fear came upon Him, as He thought of the strain that His humanity would have to bear, and the prayer came from His lips, "Father, save Me from this hour." Then He added, "But for this cause came I unto this hour." He had pledged Himself to bear the penalty of sin. He had entered into a covenant to offer a sacrifice that would make possible the salvation of every repentant sinner.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 7]          Only through the death of Christ could Satan's kingdom be overthrown. Only thus could man be redeemed, and God be glorified. Jesus consented to the agony, He accepted the sacrifice. The Majesty of heaven consented to suffer as the Sin-bearer. "Father, glorify Thy name," He said. As Christ spoke these words, a response came from the cloud which hovered above His head, "I have both glorified it, and will glorify it again." Christ's whole life, from the manger to the time when these words were spoken, had glorified God; and in the coming trial His divine-human sufferings would indeed glorify His Father's name.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 8]                                    The Second Adam.          Christ bore the sins of the whole world. He was the second Adam. Taking upon Himself human nature, He passed over the ground where Adam stumbled and fell. Having taken humanity, He has an intense interest in human beings. He felt keenly the sinfulness, the shame, of sin. He is our Elder Brother. He came to prove that human beings can, through the power of God, live sinless lives.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 9]          Satan had made the boast that he would gather the world under his banner of rebellion. He declared that man could not keep the law of God. Christ came to prove this assertion false. He came to meet all the temptations wherewith man is beset, and to endure all the trials that we are called to endure. He was tempted in all points like as we are tempted, yet His life was without spot or stain of sin. He redeemed Adam's failure, and worked out for us a perfect character.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 10]                                     Victory in Death.          Christ did not yield up His life until He had accomplished the work that He came to do, and with His parting breath He exclaimed, "It is finished." The battle had been won. His right arm had gotten Him the victory. As a conqueror He planted His banner on the eternal heights. Was there not joy among the angels? All heaven triumphed in the Saviour's victory. Satan was defeated, and knew that his kingdom was lost.  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 11]          Could one sin have been found in Christ, had He in one particular yielded to Satan in order to escape the terrible torture, the enemy of God and man would have triumphed. Christ bowed His head and died, but He held fast His faith in God. "And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ; for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night."  {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, August 9, 1905 par. 12]          No one need be overcome by Satan's assaults. Christ has conquered for every son and daughter of Adam. He came to cut every thread that binds human beings to Satan. His life of pure, unselfish service is our example. Let us study His work in our world. As we stand at the foot of the cross, and behold the infinite sacrifice made in our behalf, we shall be humbled and subdued. Our hearts will be filled with a desire to practise the self-denial and sacrifice seen in Christ's life. Self will sink out of sight. All worldly ambition, all desire for earthly gain, will be quenched. We shall count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord. Our highest aim will be to know Him, "and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death."                                                                   -    {ST, August 9, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 1]       August 16, 1905 Living for Christ.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         As a Christian submits to the solemn rite of baptism, the three highest powers in the universe,--the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit,--place their approval on his act, pledging themselves to exert their power in his behalf as he strives to honor God. He is buried in the likeness of Christ's death, and is raised in the likeness of His resurrection. The Saviour went down into the grave, but He rose from the dead, proclaiming over the rent sepulcher, "I am the Resurrection and the Life."  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 2]          The three great powers of heaven pledge themselves to furnish the Christian with all the assistance he requires. The Spirit changes the heart of stone to the heart of flesh. And by partaking of the Word of God, Christians obtain an experience that is after the divine similitude. When Christ abides in the heart by faith, the Christian is the temple of God. Christ does not abide in the heart of the sinner, but in the heart of him who is susceptible to the influences of heaven.  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 3]          The light that shines forth from the life of the true Christian testifies to his union with Christ. Self is hidden from view, and Christ is revealed. Heaven recognizes the fulfilment of the promise, "I will make a man more precious than fine gold, even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir." "Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be; but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is." Then those whose lives have been hidden with Christ, those who on this earth have fought the good fight of faith, will shine forth with the Redeemer's glory in the kingdom of God.  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 4]          My brother, my sister, God's purpose for you is that you shall live a life that will make others better,--a life which will show that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. It is His purpose that you shall be able to say with the apostle Paul, "I live: yet not I, but Christ liveth in me." In perfect content, resting in the love of Christ, trusting the Redeemer and Life-giver to work out for you the salvation of your soul, you will know, as you draw nearer and still nearer to Him, what it means to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. God desires us to rest content in His love. The contentment that Christ bestows is a gift worth infinitely more than gold and silver and precious stones.  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 5]          Love the right because it is right, and analyze your feelings, your impressions, in the light of the Word of God. Misdirected ambition will lead you into sorrow as surely as you yield to it. Cherish an ambition that will bring glory to God because it is sanctified by the Holy Spirit. Consecrate every power of your being to the accomplishment of a holy work. Make every effort, in and through the grace of Christ, to reach the high standard set before you. You can be perfect in your sphere, even as God is perfect in His sphere. Has not Christ declared, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as you Father which is in heaven is perfect"?  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 6]          Our lives are pure only when we are under the control of God, and happy only when we hold communion with Him. The luster possessed by those who have gained the richest experience is but the reflection of the light of the Sun of Righteousness. He who lives nearest to Jesus shines the brightest. And let us thank God that the Master has His hidden ones whose value may not be recognized by the world, but whose names are written in the Lamb's book of life. The Lord knoweth them that are His. "They shall be mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up My jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him."  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 7]          "Behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch. But unto you that fear My name shall the Sun of Righteousness arise with healing in His wings."  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 8]          I am so glad that we have a God who understands,--a God who will reward every man according as his work shall be.  {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, August 16, 1905 par. 9]          I long to see Christians who are harmonious in all their parts. It is so sad to see those whose lives are a jumble of opposites. Christians must be Christlike. The life of a true, lovable Christian is the most powerful argument that can be produced in favor of the Gospel.                                                                   -    {ST, August 16, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 1]       August 23, 1905 Right-Thinking.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things."  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 2]          More precious than the golden wedge of Ophir is the power of right thought. We need to place a high value upon the right control of our thoughts; for such control prepares us to labor for the Master. It is necessary for our peace and happiness in this life that our thoughts center in Christ. As a man thinketh, so is he.  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 3]          The merciful shall find mercy, and the pure in heart shall see God. Every impure thought defiles the soul, impairs the moral sense, and tends to obliterate the impressions of the Holy Spirit. It dims to spiritual vision, so that men can not behold God. The Lord may and does forgive the repenting sinner; but tho forgiven, the soul is marred. All impurity of speech and thought must be shunned by him who would have clear discernment of spiritual truth.  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 4]          Evil thoughts destroy the soul. The converting power of God changes the heart, refining and purifying the thoughts. Unless a determined effort is made to keep the thoughts centered on Christ, grace can not reveal itself in the life. The mind must engage in the spiritual warfare. Every thought must be brought into captivity to the obedience of Christ. All the habits must be brought under God's control.  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 5]          We need a constant sense of the ennobling power of pure thoughts and the damaging influence of evil thoughts. Let us place our thoughts upon holy things. Let them be pure and true; for the only security for any soul is right-thinking. We are to use every means that God has placed within our reach for the government and cultivation of our thoughts. We are to bring our minds into harmony with Christ's mind. His truth will sanctify us, body, soul, and spirit, and we shall be enabled to rise above temptation.  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 6]          "The prince of this world cometh," said Jesus, "and hath nothing in Me." There was in Him nothing that responded to Satan's sophistry. He did not consent to sin. Not even by a thought did He yield to temptation. So may it be with us. Christ's humanity was united with divinity; He was fitted for the conflict by the indwelling of the Holy Spirit. And He came to make us partakers of the divine nature.  So long as we are united to Him by faith, sin has no more dominion over us. God reaches for the hand of faith in us to direct it to lay fast hold upon the divinity of Christ, that we may attain to perfection of character.  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, August 23, 1905 par. 7]          And how this is accomplished, Christ has shown us. By what means did He overcome in the conflict with Satan?--By the Word of God. Only by the Word could He resist temptation. "It is written," He said. And unto us are given "exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust." Every promise in God's Word is ours. "By every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God" are we to live. When assailed by temptation, look not to circumstances or to the weakness of self, but to the power of the Word. All its strength is yours. "Thy word," says the psalmist, "have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against Thee." "By the word of Thy lips I have kept me from the paths of the destroyer."  {ST, August 23, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 1]       August 30, 1905 Soldiers of the Cross.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The work of soul-saving is to be carried forward by aggressive warfare, in the midst of opposition, peril, loss, and suffering. The life of a Christian is compared to the life of a soldier. "Thou therefore endure hardness," Paul wrote to Timothy, "as a good soldier of Jesus Christ."  {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 2]          Soldiers engaged in battle have to meet difficulties and hardships. Coarse food is given them, and that often in limited quantities. They must make long, weary marches, day by day, over rough roads and under the burning sun, camping out at night, sleeping perhaps on the bare ground, with only the canopy of heaven for a covering, exposed to drenching rains and chilling frosts, hungry, faint, exhausted, now standing as a target for the foe, now in deadly encounter. Thus they learn what active service means.  {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 3]          The idea that Christ's followers can be excused from the conflict, meeting no trials and at all times enjoying the comforts and even the luxuries of life, is a fearful mistake. The Christian life is a battle and a march, calling for aggressive warfare, perseverance, and endurance. It is not mimic battles in which we are engaged. This is no make-believe conflict. We have most powerful adversaries to meet. Those who serve under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel will be given difficult work, which will tax every power of the being. They will have painful trials to endure for Christ's sake. They will have conflicts which will rend the soul. But if they are faithful soldiers, they will say, "Our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen; for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal."  {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 4]          "I have fought a good fight," Paul declared. His words to the Corinthians describe the conflict that he endured: "In all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fastings; by pureness, by knowledge, by long-suffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report; as deceivers, and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things."  {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 5]          Not all who enter the army can be generals, captains, sergeants, or even corporals. Not all are called to bear the care and responsibility of leaders. There is hard work of other kinds to be done. While there are but few officers, it requires many soldiers to form the rank and file of the army; and its success depends upon the fidelity of every soldier.  {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 6]          An army would be demoralized if the soldiers did not obey the orders of the leader. They must act in concert. Union is strength; without union efforts are meaningless. Whatever excellent qualities a soldier may possess, he can not be safe and trustworthy if he claims a right to act independently of his fellow comrades. This independent action can not be maintained in the service of Christ. The soldiers of the cross must move in concert.  {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, August 30, 1905 par. 7]          He who enters Christ's army must obey His orders. He has placed himself under the Saviour's leadership, and he is to give Him willing obedience. He is to speak no word, perform no act, that would misrepresent the high and holy principles by which the kingdom of heaven is to be governed.                                                                   -    {ST, August 30, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 1]       October 25, 1905 Man's Utter Need    By Mrs. E. G. White         Man was originally endowed with noble powers and a well-balanced mind. He was perfect in his being, and in harmony with God. His thoughts were pure, his aims holy. But through disobedience his powers were perverted, and selfishness took the place of love. His nature became so weakened through transgression that it was impossible for him, in his own strength, to resist the power of evil. He was made captive by Satan, and would have remained so forever had not God specially interposed. It was the tempter's purpose to thwart the divine plan in man's creation, and fill the earth with woe and desolation. And he points to all this evil as the result of God's work in creating man.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 2]          In his sinless state, man held joyful communion with Him in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge. But after his sin he could no longer find joy in holiness, and he sought to hide from the presence of God.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 3]          It is impossible for us, of ourselves, to escape from the pit of sin in which we are sunken. Our hearts are evil, and we can not change them. "Who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean?--Not one." "The carnal mind is enmity against God; for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be." Education, culture the exercise of the will, human effort, all have their proper sphere, but here they are powerless. They may produce an outward correctness of behavior, but they can not change the heart; they can not purify the springs of life. There must be a power working from within, a new life from above, before man can be changed from sin to holiness. That power is Christ. His grace alone can quicken the lifeless faculties of the soul, and attract it to God, to holiness.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 4]         "When the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son, . . . to redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons." In Christ God has provided means for subduing every sinful trait and resisting every temptation, however strong. But many feel that they lack faith, and therefore they remain away from Christ. Let these souls, in their helpless unworthiness cast themselves upon the mercy of their compassionate Saviour. Look not to self, but to Christ. He who healed the sick and cast out demons when He walked among men is the same mighty Redeemer today. Faith comes by the Word of God. Then grasp the promise, "Him that cometh to Me, I will in nowise cast out." Cast yourself at His feet with the cry, "Lord, I believe help Thou mine unbelief. You can never perish while you do this--never.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 5]         Jesus knows the circumstances of every soul. He turns no weeping, contrite one away. He does not tell to any one all that He might reveal, but He bids every trembling soul take courage. Freely will He pardon all who come to Him for forgiveness and restoration.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 6]          Christ might commission the angels of heaven to pour out the vials of His wrath on our world, to destroy those who are filled with hatred of God. He might wipe this dark spot from His universe. But He does not do this. He is today standing at the altar of incense, presenting before God the prayers of those who desire His help.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 7]         The souls that turn to Him for refuge, Jesus lifts above the accusing and the strife of tongues. No man or evil angel can impeach these souls. Christ unites them to His own divine-human nature. They stand before the great Sin-bearer, in the light proceeding from the throne of God. "Who shall lay anything to the charge of God's elect? It is God that justifieth. Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us."  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 8]          The work of Christ in cleansing the leper from his terrible disease is an illustration of His work in cleansing the soul from sin. The man who came to Jesus was "full of leprosy." Its deadly poison had permeated his whole body. The disciples sought to prevent their Master from touching him, for he who touched a leper became himself unclean. But in laying His hand upon the leper, Jesus received no defilement.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 9]          His touch imparted life-giving power. The leprosy was cleansed. Thus it is with the leprosy of sin--deep-rooted, deadly, and impossible to be cleansed by human power. "The whole head is sick, and the whole heart faint. From the sole of the foot even unto the head there is no soundness in it, but wounds, and bruises, and putrefying sores." But Jesus, coming to dwell in humanity, receives no pollution. His presence has healing virtue for the sinner. Whoever will fall at His feet, saying in faith, "Lord, if Thou wilt, Thou canst make me clean," shall hear the answer, "I will be thou clean."  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 10]          The Saviour never passed by one soul, however sunken in sin, who was willing to receive the precious truth of heaven. To publicans and harlots His words were as the beginning of a new life. Mary Magdalene, out of whom He cast seven devils, was the last at the Saviour's tomb, and the first whom He greeted in the morning of His resurrection. It was Saul of Tarsus, one of the most determined enemies of the Gospel, who became Paul, the devoted minister of Christ.  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 11]          The dying thief, seeing in Jesus the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world, cried, "Lord, remember me when Thou comest in Thy kingdom."  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 12]          Quickly the answer came, full of love, compassion, and power: "Verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise."  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, October 25, 1905 par. 13]         As Christ spoke the words of promise, the dark cloud that seemed to enshroud the cross was pierced with a bright and living light. To the penitent thief came the perfect peace of acceptance with God. Christ in His humiliation was glorified. He who in all other eyes appeared to be conquered was a conqueror. He was acknowledged as the Sin-bearer. Men might exercise power over His human body. They might pierce the holy temple with the crown of thorns. They might strip from Him His raiment, and quarrel over its division. But they could not rob Him of His power to forgive sins. In dying He bore witness to His own divinity and to the glory of the Father. His ear is not heavy that it can not hear, neither is His arm shortened that it can not save. It is His royal right to save unto the uttermost all who come unto God by Him. "Neither is there salvation in any other; for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved."  {ST, October 25, 1905 par. 13}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 1]       November 22, 1905 Our Preparation for the End    By Mrs. E. G. White    What That Preparation Must Be         To us has been given the message of Christ's soon coming. At the ascension of our Lord, angels stood beside the disciples, and with them watched the Saviour as He passed into the heavens. Then they turned to the disciples with the word, "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven."  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 2]          Are we preparing for this great event? Are we preparing to meet the Saviour in peace, or are we absorbed in worldly business and pleasure? In the judgment, the question will not be, What profession did you make? but, What have you done for Me? What fruit have you borne to My glory? Now is the time to prepare for the coming King.  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 3]          As John saw the multitude standing around the throne of God, the question was asked, "What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?" The angel answered, "These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb." At infinite cost a fountain has been prepared for our cleansing. If we now wash our robes of character at this fountain, God will give us a place in the mansions that are being prepared for those who love Him.  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 4]                                His Robe of Righteousness          Only the covering which Christ Himself has provided can make us meet to appear in God's presence. This covering, the robe of His own righteousness, Christ will put upon every repenting, believing soul. "I counsel thee," He says, "to buy of Me . . . white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear."  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 5]          This robe, woven in the loom of heaven, has in it not one thread of human devising. Christ in His humanity wrought out a perfect character, and this character He offers to impart to us. "All our righteousnesses are as filthy rags." Everything that we of ourselves can do is defiled by sin. But the Son of God was "manifested to take away our sins; and in Him is no sin." Sin is defined to be "the transgression of the law." But Christ was obedient to every requirement of the law. He said of Himself, "I delight to do Thy will, O My God; yea, Thy law is within My heart." When on earth He said to His disciples, "I have kept My Father's commandments." By His perfect obedience, He has made it possible for every human being to obey God's commandments. When we submit ourselves to Christ the heart is united with His heart; the will is merged in His will; the mind becomes one with His mind; the thoughts are brought into captivity to Him; we live His life. This is what it means to be clothed with the garment of His righteousness. Then, as the Lord looks upon us, He sees, not the fig-leaf garment, not the nakedness and deformity of sin, but His own robe of righteousness, which is perfect obedience to the law of Jehovah.  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 6]                             What the Judgment Will Reveal          Sad will be the retrospect in that day when men stand face to face with eternity. The whole life will present itself just as it has been. The world's pleasures, riches, and honors will not then seem so important. Men will then see that the righteousness they despised is alone of value. They will see that they have fashioned their characters under the deceptive allurements of Satan. The garments they have chosen are the badge of their allegiance to the first great apostate. Then they will see the results of their choice. They will have a knowledge of what it means to transgress the commandments of God.  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 7]          There will be no second probation in which to prepare for eternity. It is in this life that we are to put on the robe of Christ's righteousness. This is our only opportunity to form characters for the home which Christ has made ready for those who obey His commandments.  {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, November 22, 1905 par. 8]          The days of our probation are fast closing. The end is near. Solemnly there come down to us through the centuries the warning words of our Lord from the Mount of Olives: "Take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares." Beware lest it find you unready. Take heed lest you be found at the King's feast without a wedding garment. "In such an hour as ye think not the Son of Man cometh." "Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame." "Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man."                                                                   -    {ST, November 22, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, December 6, 1905 par. 1]      December 6, 1905 Nature Speaks of God.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The glory of God is displayed in His handiwork. Here are mysteries that the mind will become strong in searching out. Minds that have been amused and abused by reading fiction may in nature have an open book, and read truth in the works of God around them. All may find themes for study in the simple leaf of the forest tree, the spires of grass covering the earth with their green, velvet carpet, the plants and flowers, the stately trees of the forest, the lofty mountains, the granite rocks, the restless ocean, the precious gems of light studding the heavens to make the night beautiful, the exhaustless riches of the sunlight, the solemn glories of the moon, the winter's cold, the summer's heat, the changing, recurrent seasons in perfect order and harmony, controlled by infinite power; here are subjects which call for deep thought, for the stretch of the imagination.  {ST, December 6, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, December 6, 1905 par. 2]          If the frivolous and pleasure-seeking will allow their minds to dwell upon the real and true, the heart can not but be filled with reverence, and they will adore the God of nature. The contemplation and study of God's character as revealed in His created works will open a field of thought that will draw the mind away from low, debasing, enervating amusements.  {ST, December 6, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, December 6, 1905 par. 3]          The knowledge of God's works and ways we can only begin to obtain in this world; the study will be continued throughout eternity. God has provided for man subjects of thought which will bring into activity every faculty of the mind. We may read the character of the Creator in the heavens above and the earth beneath, filling the heart with gratitude and thanksgiving. Every nerve and sense will respond to the expressions of God's love in His marvellous works.  {ST, December 6, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, December 6, 1905 par. 4]          God, who created everything lovely and beautiful that the eye rests upon, is a lover of the beautiful. He shows us how he estimates true beauty. The ornament of a meek and quiet spirit is in His sight of great price. Shall we not seek earnestly to gain that which God estimates as more valuable than costly dress, or pearls, or gold? The inward adorning, the grace of meekness, a spirit in harmony with the heavenly angels, will not lessen true dignity of character, or make us less lovely here in this world.  {ST, December 6, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, December 6, 1905 par. 5]          The Redeemer has warned us against the pride of life, but not against its grace and natural beauty. He pointed to the glowing beauty of the flowers of the field, and said, "Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these." Here He shows that, even though persons may toil with weariness to make themselves objects of admiration, that which they value so highly will not bear comparison with the flowers of the field. Even these simple flowers, with God's adornment, would outvie in loveliness the gorgeous apparel of Solomon. In the growth and development of nature, learn the principles of Christ's kingdom. Thus the light of heaven will quicken the mind. Christ Himself will be your teacher. Those who combine with their school education a knowledge of God's working through physical life, in the garden of nature, will receive lessons simple, yet full of instruction, in regard to His working through spiritual life, in the garden of the heart.                                                                   -    {ST, December 6, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 1]       December 13, 1905 Ministering Spirits.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         There are many passages of Scripture which, in their tender adaptation to the needs of men, are God's own messages of comfort to His trusting children. A beautiful illustration of this occurs in the history of the apostle Peter. Peter was in prison, expecting to be brought forth the next day to death; he was sleeping at night "between two soldiers, bound with two chains; and the keepers before the door kept the prison. And, behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison, and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands."  {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 2]          Peter, suddenly awaking, was amazed at the brightness that flooded his dungeon, and the celestial beauty of the heavenly messenger. He understood not the scene, but he knew that he was free, and in his bewilderment and joy he would have gone forth from the prison unprotected from the cold night air. The angel of God, noting all the circumstances, said, with tender care for the apostle's needs, "Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals." Peter mechanically obeyed; but so entranced was he with the revelation of the glory of heaven, that he did not think to take his cloak. Then the angel bade him, "Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me."  {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 3]          And he went out, and followed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the angel; but thought he saw a vision. When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate which leadeth into the city; which opened to them of his own accord. And they went out, and passed through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him." The apostle found himself in the streets of Jerusalem alone. "And when Peter was come to himself, he said, "Now I know of a surety that the Lord hath sent His angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews."  {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 4]          Skeptics may sneer at the thought that a glorious angel from heaven should give attention to a matter so commonplace as caring for simple human needs, and may question the inspiration of the narrative. But in the wisdom of God these things are recorded in sacred history for the benefit, not of angels, but of men, that as they should be brought into trying places, they might find comfort in the thought that Heaven knows it all. Jesus declared to His disciples that not a sparrow falls to the ground without the notice of the heavenly Father, and if God keeps in mind the little birds, how much more will He care for those who through faith in Him may become heirs of eternal life.  {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 5]          O, if the human mind were to comprehend--in such a measure as the plan of redemption can be comprehended by human minds--the work of Jesus in taking upon Himself our nature, and what is to be accomplished for us by this marvelous condescension, the hearts of men and women would be melted with gratitude at the thought of God's great love, and in humility they would adore the divine wisdom that devised the mystery of grace.  {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 6]          Today angels of heaven are sent forth to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation. We know not now who they are; it is not yet made manifest who shall overcome and share the inheritance of the saints in light; but angels of heaven are passing throughout the length and breadth of the earth, seeking to comfort the sorrowing, to protect the imperilled, to win the hearts of men to Christ. Not one is neglected or passed by. God is no respecter of persons, and He has an equal care for all the souls He has created.  {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, December 13, 1905 par. 7]         Heaven and earth are no wider apart today than when shepherds listened to the angels' song. Humanity is still as much the object of Heaven's solicitude as when common men of common occupations met angels at noonday, and talked with the heavenly messengers in the vineyards and fields. To us in the common walks of life, heaven may be very near. Angels from the courts above will attend the steps of those who come and go at God's command.                                                                   -    {ST, December 13, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 1]      December 20, 1905 A Divine Leader.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         In our behalf the Saviour gave Himself to a life of self-denial and sacrifice. He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and stepped down from His position as commander in the heavenly courts, to take humanity upon Himself, and stand at the head of the human race. He came to be tempted as man is tempted, to pass through the vicissitudes through which human beings are called to pass, and to live a life of sinlessness, showing to all the "better part" that they may obtain by living for God, through the grace received from heaven. For our sake He became poor, that we might come into possession of eternal riches He took our nature upon Him, that we might be partakers of the divine nature, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. He subjects Himself to poverty and temptation, that human beings, seeing His example, listening to His teaching, obeying His lessons, might obtain everlasting life--even an eternal weight of glory.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 2]         O Jesus, what humiliation, what suffering, what trial, Thou didst endure to procure for us happiness in this world and in the world to come! Thou wast wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Thee, and by Thy stripes we are healed.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 3]          It is a marvel to the angels that human beings should choose to be incapable of realizing how greatly Christ humiliated Himself in their behalf. They marvel that men and women do not rejoice to acknowledge Christ as their Saviour, to accept Him as their Leader, and to follow His example of self-denial.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 4]          The course followed by human beings seems to the angels strangely inconsistent. They wonder why beings dependent on their Creator for every breath they draw act so unreasonably; why they choose the side of the one who crucified Christ, and who has filled the world with envy and strife and jealousy.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 5]          Can we, as reasoning beings, regard as wise the choice that leads us to stand under the black banner of rebellion, rather than under the banner of Prince Emmanuel?  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 6]                                    Choose the Life.          Christ is the Lord our righteousness. Let us take our stand on His side. Let none be ashamed to acknowledge Him as their leader, their counselor, their guide, and their exceeding great reward. Is this sacrificing anything? Is it an honor to be numbered among Satan's army? Those who make this choice gain nothing. Only death, eternal death, awaits them.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 7]          Satan charged God with possessing the attributes that he himself possessed. Christ came to this world to reveal God's character as it really is. He is the perfect representation of the Father. His life of sinlessness, lived on this earth in human nature, is a refutation of Satan's charge against the character of God.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 8]          Christ is the Light of the World, pure, clear, and undimmed. This light shines out in sharp contrast with Satan's gloom. Into the darkness of error and deception it casts a light that is a perpetual reproach to the sin of the world. Our Redeemer did no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth. He is "the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." He offers to cover our unworthiness with the spotless robe of His righteousness.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 8}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 9]          Christ is constantly inviting us, Look unto Me. He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. No man can look to Christ without being strengthened and uplifted. By beholding Him, we are changed into His likeness, and cherish the same spirit. All sullenness, all gloom, are gone. The experience of the Christian is as clear as the sunlight. His constant question is, What shall I render to Thee for all Thine infinite love and mercy to me? I am Thy servant; for Thou hast loosed my bonds.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 9}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 10]                            What Holiness and Love Require.          True holiness is wholeness in the service of God. This is the condition of true Christian living. Christ asks for unreserved consecration, for undivided service. He demands the heart, the mind, the soul, the strength. Self is not to be cherished. He who lives to himself is not a Christian.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 10}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 11]          Love must be the principle of action. Love is the underlying principle of God's government in heaven and earth, and it must be the foundation of the Christian's character. This alone can make and keep him steadfast. This alone can enable him to withstand trial and temptation.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 11}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 12]          And love will be revealed in sacrifice. The plan of redemption was laid in sacrifice,--a sacrifice so broad and deep and high that it is immeasurable. Christ gave all for us, and those who receive Christ will be ready to sacrifice all for the sake of their Redeemer. The thought of His honor and glory will come before anything else.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 12}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 13]          If we love Jesus, we shall love to live for Him, to present our thank-offerings to Him, to labor for Him. The very labor will be light. For His sake we shall covet pain and toil and sacrifice. We shall sympathize with His longing for the salvation of men. We shall feel the same tender craving for souls that He has felt.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 13}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 14]          This is the religion of Christ. Anything short of it is a deception. No mere theory or profession of discipleship will save any soul.  {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 14}
[ST, December 20, 1905 par. 15]          We do not belong to Christ unless we are His wholly. It is by half-heartedness in the Christian life that men become feeble in purpose and changeable in desire. The effort to serve both self and Christ makes one unfit to endure when the test comes upon him.                                                                   -    {ST, December 20, 1905 par. 15}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 1]       December 27, 1905 The Peace that Passeth All  Understanding.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Before our Lord went to His agony on the cross, He made His will. He had no silver or gold or houses to leave to His disciples. He was a poor Man, as far as earthly possessions were concerned. Few in Jerusalem were so poor as He. But He left His disciples a richer gift than any earthly monarch could bestow on his subjects. "Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you," He said, "not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid."  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 1}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 2]          He left them the peace which had been His during His life on the earth, which had been with Him amidst poverty, buffeting, and persecution, and which was to be with Him during His agony in Gethsemane and on the cruel cross.  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 2}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 3]          The Saviour's life on this earth, tho lived in the midst of conflict, was a life of peace. While angry enemies were constantly pursuing Him, He said, "He that sent Me is with Me; the Father hath not left Me alone; for I do always those things that please Him." No storm of satanic wrath could disturb the calm of that perfect communion with God. And He says to us, "My peace I give unto you."  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 3}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 4]          Those who take Christ at His word, and surrender their souls to His keeping, their lives to His ordering, will find peace and quietude. Nothing of the world can make them sad when Jesus makes them glad by His presence. In perfect acquiescence there is perfect rest. The Lord says, "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee; because he trusteth in Thee."  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 4}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 5]          It is the love of self that destroys our peace. While self is alive, we stand ready continually to guard it from mortification and insult; but when self is dead, and our life hid with Christ in God, we shall not take neglects or slights to heart. We shall be deaf to reproach, and blind to scorn and insult. "Love suffereth long, and is kind; love envieth not; love vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up, doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not its own, is not provoked, taketh not account of evil; rejoiceth not in unrighteousness, but rejoiceth with the truth; beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things, endureth all things. Love never faileth."  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 5}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 6]          Every man's experience testifies to the truth of the words of Scripture: "The wicked are like the troubled sea, when it can not rest. . . . There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked." Sin has destroyed our peace. While self is unsubdued we find no rest. The masterful passions of the heart no human power can control. We are as helpless here as were the disciples to quiet the raging storm. But He who spoke peace to the billows of Galilee, has spoken the word of peace for every soul. However fierce the tempest, those who turn to Jesus with the cry, "Lord, save us," will find deliverance. His grace, which reconciles the soul to God, quiets the strife of human passion, and in His love the heart is at rest. "He maketh the storm a calm, so that the waves thereof are still. Then are they glad because they be quiet; so He bringeth them unto their desired haven." "Being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ." "The work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness, quietness and assurance forever."  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 6}
[ST, December 27, 1905 par. 7]          "The mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but My kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of My peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee." When we receive Christ into the soul as an abiding guest, the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, will keep our hearts and minds. There is no other ground of peace than this. The grace of Christ, received into the heart, subdues enmity; it allays strife, and fills the soul with love. He who is at peace with God and his fellow men, can not be made miserable. Envy will not be in his heart; evil surmisings will find no room there; hatred can not exist. The heart that is in harmony with God is a partaker of the peace of heaven, and will diffuse its blessed influence all around. The spirit of peace will rest like dew upon hearts weary and troubled with worldly strife.  {ST, December 27, 1905 par. 7}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 1]       January 3, 1906 Christ Our Helper.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The only-begotten Son of God came to this world to redeem the fallen race. He has given us evidence of His great power. He will enable those who receive Him to build up characters free from all the tendencies that Satan reveals. We can resist the enemy and all his forces. The battle will be won, the victory gained, by him who chooses Christ as his leader, determined to do right because it is right.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 2]          Our divine Lord is equal to any emergency. With him nothing is impossible. He has shown His great love for us by living a life of self-denial and sacrifice, and by dying a death of agony. Come to Christ just as you are, weak, helpless, and ready to die. Cast yourself wholly on His mercy. There is no difficulty within or without that can not be surmounted in His strength. Some have stormy tempers. But He who calmed the stormy sea of Galilee will say to the troubled heart, "Peace, be still." There is no nature so rebellious that Christ can not subdue it, no temper so stormy that He can not quell it, if the heart is surrendered to His keeping.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 3]          He who commits his soul to Jesus need not despond. We have an all-powerful Saviour. Looking to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of your faith, you can say, "God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear, tho the earth be removed, and tho the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea; tho the waters thereof roar and be troubled, tho the mountains shake with the swelling thereof."  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 4]          Do not think that the Christian life is a life free from temptation. Temptations will come to every Christian. Both the Christian and the one who does not accept Christ as his leader will have trials. The difference is that the latter is serving a tyrant, doing his mean drudgery, while the Christian is serving the One who died to give him eternal life. Do not look upon trial as something strange, but as the means by which we are to be purified and strengthened. "Count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations." James declares, "Knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience."  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 5]          Our sea will not always be smooth. We shall have storm and tempest. Meeting difficulties is a part of our education, necessary to the formation of a strong, symmetrical character.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 6]          In the future life we shall understand things that here greatly perplex us. We shall realize how strong a helper we had, and how angels of God were commissioned to guard us as we followed the counsel of the Word of God.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 7]          To all who receive Him Christ will give power to become the sons of God. He is a present help in every time of need. Let us be ashamed of our wavering faith. Those who are overcome have only themselves to blame for their failure to resist the enemy. All who choose can come to Christ and find the help they need.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 8]          The world is enshrouded in the darkness of error. Satan and his angels are urging on their warfare against the truth. We must have help. But the help we need will not come from human beings. We must look to Him who has said, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth," "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 9]          There stands among you the mighty Counselor of the ages, inviting you to place your confidence in Him. Shall we turn away from Him to uncertain human beings, who are as wholly dependent on God as we ourselves are. Have we fallen so far below our privileges. Have we not been guilty of expecting so little that we have not asked for what God is longing to give.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 10]          "I will mention the loving-kindnesses of the Lord, and the praises of the Lord, according to all that the Lord hath bestowed on us, and the great goodness toward the house of Israel, which He hath bestowed on them according to His mercies, and according to the multitude of His loving-kindness. For He said, Surely they are My people, children that will not lie; so He was their Saviour. In all their affliction He was afflicted, and the angel of His presence saved them; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them; and He bare them, and carried them all the days of old."  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, January 3, 1906 par. 11]          Let us have more confidence in our Redeemer. Turn not from the waters of Lebanon to seek refreshment at broken cisterns, which can hold no water. Have faith in God. Trustful dependence on Jesus makes victory not only possible, but certain. Tho multitudes be pressing on in the wrong way, tho the outlook be ever so discouraging, yet we may have full assurance in our Leader; for "I am God," He declares, "and there is none else." He is infinite in power, and able to save all who come to Him. There is no other in whom we can safely trust.  {ST, January 3, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 1]       February 14, 1906 Trusting Christ.         The Saviour knows that in humanity we shall find no solace for our woe, and He pities us because we are so needy, and yet so unwilling to make Him our confidant, our burden-bearer. Of the poor, fainting soul, tired of looking to humanity only to be betrayed and forgotten, Christ says, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me."  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 2]          Do not take your sorrows and difficulties to man. Present yourself to Him who is able to do "exceeding abundantly." He knows just how to help you. Do not turn from the loving, compassionate Redeemer to human friends, who, tho they may give you the best they have, may lead you into wrong paths. Take all your troubles to Jesus. He will receive and strengthen and comfort you. He is the great Healer of all maladies. His great heart of infinite love yearns over you. He sends you the message that you may recover yourself from the snare of the enemy. You may regain your self-respect. You may stand where you regard yourself, not as a failure, but as a conqueror, in and through the uplifting influence of the Spirit of God.  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 3]          There are many who live under such a pressure of worry that they taste but little of the sweetness of God's love. They do not know the meaning of the words, "That My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." Let us do our best, and then leave everything in the hands of the Lord, saying, I believe Thy promises. Wilt Thou not give evidence of Thy working? He will hear and answer.  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 4]          "All things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive." These words are the pledge that all that an omnipotent Saviour can bestow will be given to those who trust in Him. As stewards of the grace of heaven, we are to ask in faith, and then wait trustingly for the salvation of God. We are not to step in before Him, trying in our own strength to bring about that which we desire. In His name we are to ask, and then we are to act as if we trusted His efficiency.  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 5]          We lose many blessings by failing to bring our needs and cares and sorrows to our Saviour. He is the wonderful Counsellor. He looks upon His church with intense interest, and with a heart full of tender sympathy. He enters into the depth of our necessities. But our ways are not always His ways. He sees the result of every action, and He asks us to trust patiently in His wisdom, not in the supposedly-wise plans of our own making.  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 6]          Lay all your plans at the feet of the Redeemer. And do not cease to pray. If the answer tarry, wait for it. Let your importunate prayers continue to ascend to God. If it be for His name's glory, the soothing words will be spoken, "Be it unto thee according to thy word."  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 7]          We do not depend on God as we should. Let us leave unsaid every word of complaint. Talk faith and courage. Be afraid to doubt, lest this become a habit that will destroy faith. The dealings of Providence may seem dark and mysterious and unexplainable; nevertheless we are to trust in Him, saying, "I know whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him against that day." Whatever may be your circumstances, however dark and mysterious may seem the ways of Providence, tho your path may lead through deep waters, and trial and bereavement may afflict you again and again, the assurance is still yours, "All things work together for good to them that love God."  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 8]          Do not let Satan accomplish his purpose to keep you in the chamber of darkness and shadow, where the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness do not penetrate. Dwelling in the darkness, your beliefs will be tinged with gloom and your hopes buried in the night. The Lord bids you look up, saying, O God, here I am; do unto me as seemeth good to Thee. Use me in Thy service. I will no longer make my life an affliction to myself and to others. I will not shun the cross, or refuse to take up the work that Thou hast bidden me do. I am Thine. I will no longer sit in sackcloth and ashes. I will come out of the darkened chamber of death into the upper room, which is filled with the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness.  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, February 14, 1906 par. 9]          "Sing unto the Lord, O ye saints of His, and give thanks at the remembrance of His holiness." "Serve the Lord with gladness; come before His presence with singing. Know ye that the Lord He is God; it is He that hath made us, and not we ourselves; we are His people, and the sheep of His pasture. Enter into His gates with thanksgiving, and into His courts with praise; be thankful unto Him, and bless His name. For the Lord is good; His mercy is everlasting; and His truth endureth to all generations.                                                       Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, February 14, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, February 28, 1906 par. 1]       February 28, 1906 Trusting Christ          Our last thought at night and our first thought in the morning should be of Him in whom are centered our hopes of eternal life. He died for us. He saw us in peril, exposed to destruction, and He poured out His life to save us. He is our Advocate. He has placed a treasure-house of blessing at our command. Men can not remove one stain of sin. Christ's merits alone will avail, and they have been placed at our disposal in rich fulness. Every moment we may draw upon Christ for help. As we turn to Him, He answers, "Here am I." Christ is our Intercessor. He places the incense of His righteousness in the golden censer, to offer up with the prayers of His disciples. The Father hears every prayer offered in contrition and sincerity. Our supplications blend with the supplications of our Intercessor, whose voice the Father always hears.  {ST, February 28, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, February 28, 1906 par. 2]                                     In His Name.          Let us, then, pray without ceasing, not in the name of any human being, but in the name of Him who is our substitute and surety. He has given us His name to use. "Ask in My name," He says. Then let us pray in faith. Let us not falter, but go forward from strength to strength, from victory to victory.  {ST, February 28, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, February 28, 1906 par. 3]          Jesus receives and welcomes you as His friend. He loves you. He has pledged Himself to open before you all the treasures of His grace. He says, Make use of My name, and it will be your passport to the heart of My Father, and to all the riches of His grace. "Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in My name, He will give it you. Hitherto ye have asked nothing in My name; ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full."  {ST, February 28, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, February 28, 1906 par. 4]          Unworthy as we are, God has granted to us His forgiving mercy; undeserving as we are of the least of His favors, He has poured rich blessings upon us. The more unworthy the receiver, the more glorious the mercy of God, and the more earnestly we should show forth the praises of Him who hath called us out of darkness into His marvelous light. To him who is content to receive without deserving, who feels that he can never recompense such love, who lays all doubt and unbelief aside, and comes as a little child to the feet of Jesus, all the treasures of eternal love are a free, everlasting gift.  {ST, February 28, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, February 28, 1906 par. 5]                                Trust Begets Love.          The more you trust your Redeemer, the more you will love Him. He is your Friend in life or death. He is the Crown of your rejoicing. He is worthy of your fullest faith. All the sorrows and afflictions that we suffer here only constitute our discipline for the higher life. God designs that thus we shall be fitted for heaven. Wait upon God. Lean upon Him in entire dependence; for His everlasting arms will sustain you. He who says that not a sparrow falls to the ground without the notice of the heavenly Father will care for those who love and trust Him. Jesus knows every throb of pain, every throe of anguish and distress, and He will give His children grace to endure the afflictions that He permits to come upon them. His heart beats in sympathy with suffering humanity and those who suffer most have most of His pity and sympathy.  {ST, February 28, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, February 28, 1906 par. 6]          "Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised; and His greatness is unsearchable." "Thou hast a mighty arm; strong is Thy hand: and high is Thy right hand." "Trust ye in the Lord forever; for in the Lord Jehovah is everlasting strength." If He is for you, who can be against you. "The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I fear? The Lord is the strength of my life; of whom shall I be afraid?" "Yea, tho I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil; for Thou art with me; Thy rod and Thy staff they comfort me." Let us trust Him who sees the end from the beginning, and who will make all things work together for good to those that love the Lord.                                                       Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, February 28, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 1]       March 7, 1906 Trusting Christ. No. 2.         The cry of the soul should be, Give me the bread of life. Lift up a full cup of the water of life to my parched lips, that I may be revived and refreshed. Let me see Thee as my helper, the Man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. Thou wast wounded for my transgressions, and bruised for my iniquities. The chastisement of my peace was upon Thee, and with Thy stripes I am healed.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 2]          The Lord does not want His children to worry and fret over things that they can not help. He wants them to go on from strength to strength. Let us learn a lesson of trust from the miracle of feeding the five thousand with five loaves and two fishes. There were five thousand men, besides women and children, to be fed, and five loaves and two fishes were all that Christ had. Yet, after all had been satisfied, there were gathered up twelve baskets full of fragments.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 3]          When Christ is formed within, the hope of glory, that which before seemed but a meager supply will prove to be a rich feast. You will be satisfied yourselves, and you will have something to give to others. Walk humbly with Christ, daily learning His meekness and lowliness. Thus your heart will become a temple for God's presence.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 4]          Do not look on the dark side. When the Israelites were content with the portion of manna that God gave, they found it sweet and full of nourishment. When they became dissatisfied, it was loathsome to them. Content is a blessing; discontent, a curse.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 5]          God wants your mind to be clear, your temper sweet, your love abounding. Then the peace that passes all understanding will fill your heart. The atmosphere surrounding your soul will be refreshing. Your words will be fragrant. Christ came to this world to shed upon you His brightness and peace. Close the windows of your heart against the atmosphere of unbelief, and open them heavenward. It is your privilege to face the light, to talk hope and faith and courage.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 6]          Be kind and compassionate. Let your countenance reflect the joy of the Lord. Speak of His goodness and tell of His power. Then your light will shine more and more clearly. Above your trials and disappointments will be revealed the reflection of a pure, healthy, religious life. In the out-working of the inner life there will be a wonderful peace and joy. You may reflect the beauty of the character of your risen Lord, who, tho He was rich, yet for our sake became poor, that through His poverty we might be made rich.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 7]          It is possible for us to reveal the likeness of our divine Lord. We can know the science of the divine life. We can glorify God. Do we do it? O, what an illustrious example we have in the life that Christ lived while on this earth. He has shown us what we can accomplish through co-operation with Him. We are to seek for the union of which He speaks when He says, "Abide in Me, and I in you." This union is deeper, stronger, truer, than any other union. The heart must be filled with the grace of Christ. His will must control us, moving us to weep with those who weep, and to rejoice with those who rejoice, to feel a deep tenderness for every one in weakness, sorrow, or distress.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 8]          Being partakers of the divine nature will make us willing always to reach forth a helping hand to those in need of relief. Christ's heart was ever touched with pity at the sight of human woe. He died on the cross of Calvary to lift from man the penalty of transgression. He came to our world to make it possible for sinful human beings to obtain salvation. He wept over the sorrow and suffering that He saw on every hand. He groaned in spirit in behalf of the tried and tempted, but He would not fail or become discouraged. He must press forward in order to make it possible for them to gain eternal life.  {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, March 7, 1906 par. 9]          Be strong and of good courage. In order to fight successfully, a soldier must have courage and strength. Of ourselves we are weak and feeble. But we have the promise, "They that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint."                                                         Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, March 7, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 1]       March 21, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White.    I. God's Word Our Guide.         The one book that is essential for all to study is the Bible. Studied with reverence and godly fear, it is the greatest of all educators. Its pages are filled with truth. Would you gain a knowledge of God and of Christ, whom the Father sent into the world to live and die for sinners? An earnest, diligent study of the Bible is necessary in order to gain this knowledge.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 2]          The words of the Bible and the Bible alone should be echoed from the pulpits of our land. This book is our great director, given us by God. It is a lamp to our feet and a light to our path. It flashes its light ahead, that we may see the path over which we are traveling, and its rays are thrown back on the past, showing the most perfect harmony in that which, to the mind in darkness, appears like error and discord. In that which seems to the worldling an inexplicable mystery, the student of God's Word sees light and beauty.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 3]          We all need a guide through the many straight places of life, as much as the sailor needs a pilot over the sandy bar or up the rocky river; and where is this guide to be found? We point you to the Bible. Inspired of God, written by holy men, it points out with great clearness and precision the duties of both old and young. It elevates the mind, softens the heart, and imparts gladness and joy to the spirit. The Bible presents a perfect standard of character; it is an infallible guide under all circumstances, even to the end of the journey of life.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 4]                             Compared with Words of Men.          Had it been essential for us to study the writings of the early fathers, Christ would have told us to do this. But the fathers do not all speak the same thing. Which of them shall we choose as a guide? There is no need for us to trust to such uncertainty. We pass by the fathers to learn of God out of His Word. This is life eternal, to know God. O, how thankful we should be that the inspired Word of God has been placed in our hands. Holy men of old wrote this Word as they were moved by the Spirit.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 5]          The commentaries written about the Word do not all agree. Often they come into collision with one another. God does not ask us to be guided by them, but by His Word. All can search the Scriptures for themselves. And they may know that the teaching of this precious Book is unchangeable. The opinions of human beings differ, but the Bible always says the same thing. The Word of God is from everlasting to everlasting.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 6]          God did not leave His Word to be handed down from generation to generation by oral transmission and traditional unfolding. Had He done this, the Word would gradually have been added to by man. Let us thank God for His written Word.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 7]          The bible is the key that unlocks the mysteries which it is essential for human beings to understand in order to gain eternal life. The Bible is its own expositor. Its bright beams are to shine into all parts of the world, that sin may be revealed. The Bible is a chart, pointing out the waymarks of truth. Those who are acquainted with this chart will be enabled to tread with certainty the path of duty, wherever they may be called to go.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 8]          He who will search the Bible with a humble, teachable spirit will find it a sure guide, pointing out the way of life with unfaltering accuracy. This book contains nothing that is non-essential, nothing that has not a bearing upon our lives. It teaches man how to simplify life's complicated experiences. It is an educator, endowing the simple-hearted followers of Christ with the wisdom that comes from the Author and Finisher of their faith.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 9]          If you would be strong, if you would have the integrity and wisdom of a Joseph or a Daniel, study the Scriptures. Parents, if you would teach your children to serve God and do good in the world, make the Bible your textbook. It exposes the wiles of Satan. It is the great elevator of the race, the reprover and corrector of moral evils, enabling us to distinguish between the true and the false. There is a rich mine of truth in this holy Book.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 10]          The sailor who has in his possession chart and compass, and yet neglects to use them, is responsible for placing the lives of those on board his vessel in peril. The vessel may be lost by his neglect. We have a Guide-book, the Word of God, and we are inexcusable if we miss the way to heaven, for plain directions have been given us.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 11]          Whoever will prayerfully study the Bible, desiring to know the truth, that he may obey it, will receive the divine enlightenment. He will understand the meaning of the words,"If any man willeth to do His will, he shall know of the teaching." As he endeavors to reach the highest standard, the Bible is as a light to guide his footsteps homeward. By studying it, he finds that he is a joint-heir with Christ to an immortal inheritance. The Guide-book points him to the unsearchable riches of heaven. Day by day the peace of God is his reward, and by faith he sees a home of everlasting sunshine, free from all sorrow and disappointment.  {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, March 21, 1906 par. 12]          Every means of grace should be diligently improved, that the grace of God may abound in the soul more and more. We must have spiritual knowledge that we "may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height, and to know the love of Christ," that we may "be filled with all the fulness of God."                                                                   -    {ST, March 21, 1906 par. 12}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 1]       March 28, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White.    II. What Saith the Scriptures?         When a question was brought to Christ, His answer was, "Have ye not read?" "What saith the Scriptures?" Christ could have answered every perplexing question brought to Him, but He did not do this. He directed His questioners to the great store-house of knowledge. He knew that He could not always be with them in human form, and He desired to teach them to make the Word their dependence. "Search the Scriptures," He said. He referred them to His own inspired Word, that when tempted by the enemy they might meet him as He had done, saying "It is written." Thus the enemy could be repulsed; for he has no power over the one who relies on the testimony of God's Word.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 2]         Of the Word of God, the psalmist writes, "The entrance of Thy words 'giveth light; it giveth understanding to the simple." It is a light shining in a dark place. As we search its pages, light enters the heart, illuminating the mind. By this light we see what we ought to be.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 3]                                Our Counsel and Guide.          We see in the Word, warnings and promises, with God behind them all. We are invited to search this Word for aid when brought into difficult places. If we do not consult the Guidebook at every step, inquiring, Is this the way of the Lord? our words and acts will be tainted by selfishness. We shall forget God, and walk in paths that He has not chosen for us.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 4]         God's Word is full of precious promises and helpful counsel. It is infallible; for God can not err. It has help for every circumstance and condition of life, and God looks on with sadness when His children turn from it to human aid.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 5]         He who through the Scriptures holds communion with God will be ennobled and sanctified. As he reads the inspired record of the Saviour's love, his heart will melt in tenderness and contrition. He will be filled with a desire to be like his Master, to live a life of loving service.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 6]         Great light shone forth from the patriarchs and prophets. Glorious things were spoken of Zion, the city of God. Thus the Lord designs that the light shall shine forth through His followers today. If the saints of the Old Testament bore such a bright testimony of loyalty, should we not today, upon whom is shining the accumulated light of centuries, arise and shine? The glory of the prophecies shed their light on our pathway. Type has met antitype in the death of God's Son. Christ has risen from the dead, proclaiming over the rent sepulcher, "I am the resurrection and the life." He has sent His Spirit into our world to bring all things to our remembrance. By a miracle of His power He has preserved His written Word through the ages. Shall we not, then, make this Word our constant study, learning from it God's purpose for us.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 7]                                  Why "More Noble."          The Bereans were commended as being more noble than those of Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all readiness of mind, and searched the Scriptures daily. They did not search the Bible from curiosity, but that they might learn in regard to Christ. Daily, they compared scripture with scripture; and as they searched, heavenly intelligences were beside them, enlightening their minds and impressing their hearts.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 8]         We are to open the Word of God with reverence, and with a sincere desire to know the will of God concerning us. Then the heavenly angels will direct our search. God speaks to us in His Word. We are in the audience-chamber of the Most High, in the very presence of God. Christ enters the heart. The Holy Spirit takes of the things of God, and shows them to us. We see more clearly the greatness of God's love and the fullness of His salvation. We appreciate more fully His gracious design to make us partakers in the heavenly firm. We are drawn into full sympathy with the plans of God. His secret is with us, and He shows us His covenant.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 9]         The life of Christ, that gives life to the world, is in His word. It was by His word that Jesus healed disease and cast out demons; by His word He stilled the sea and raised the dead; and the people bore witness that His word was with power. He spoke the word of God, as He had spoken through all the prophets and teachers of the Old Testament. The whole Bible is a manifestation of Christ, and the Saviour desires to fix the faith of His followers on the Word. When His visible presence should be withdrawn, the Word must be their source of power. Like their Master, they were to live by "every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God."  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 10]                                  The Word Our Food.          As our physical life is sustained by food, so our spiritual life is sustained by the word of God. As we must eat for ourselves in order to obtain nourishment, so we must receive the word for ourselves. We are not to obtain it merely through the medium of another's mind. We should carefully study the Bible, asking God for the aid of the Holy Spirit, that we may understand His Word. We should take one verse, and concentrate the mind on the task of ascertaining the thought that God has in that verse for us. We should dwell upon the thought until it becomes our own, and we know "what saith the Lord."  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, March 28, 1906 par. 11]         In the Bible we have in clear lines the revelation of God's character, of His dealings with men, and the great work of redemption. Here is open before us the history of patriarchs and prophets, and other holy men of old. They were men "subject to like passions as we are." We see how they struggled through discouragements like our own, how they fell under temptation as we have done, and yet took heart again and conquered through the grace of God; and, beholding, we are encouraged in our striving after righteousness. As we read of the precious experiences granted them, of the light and love and blessing it was theirs to enjoy, and of the work they wrought through the grace given them, the Spirit that inspired them kindles a flame of holy emulation in our hearts, and a desire to be like them in character,--like them, to walk with God.  {ST, March 28, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 1]      April 4, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    III. The Incarnate Word.         Should the angel Gabriel be sent to this world to take upon himself human nature, and to teach the knowledge of God, how eagerly men would listen to his instruction. Supposing that he were able to set us a perfect example of purity and holiness, sympathizing with us in all our sorrows, bereavements, and afflictions, and suffering the punishment of our sins, how eagerly we would follow him. What exaltation he would receive. Men would desire to place him on the throne of David, and to gather the nations of earth under his banner.  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 2]          If, when this heavenly being returned to his home, he should leave behind him a book containing the history of his mission, with revelations regarding the history of the world, how eagerly would its seal be broken! How anxiously men and women would seek to obtain a copy! Thinking people would store up the precious instruction for the benefit of future generations. Thousands from all parts of the world would copy the words of this book. With intense interest they would read and reread its pages. For a time all other interests would be subordinated to a study of its contents.  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 3]                                  One Above the Angels.          But one surpassing all that imagination can present came from heaven to this world. Nearly two thousand years ago a voice of strange and mysterious import was heard from the throne of God, "Sacrifice and offering Thou wouldest not, but a body hast Thou prepared Me. . . . Lo, I come . . . to do Thy will, O God."  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 4]          A prophet said: "For unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulders; and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace."  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 5]          Of Himself Christ declares, "Before Abraham was, I AM." "I and My Father are One." "As the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom He will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son."  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 6]         As Paul beheld Christ in His power, he broke out into exclamations of admiration and amazement: "Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness; God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory." "By Him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers; all things were created by Him, and for Him. And He is before all things, and by Him all things consist. . . . For it pleased the Father that in Him should all fulness dwell."  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 7]                               The Voice of the Infinite.          The Bible is God's voice speaking to us, just as surely as if we could hear it with our ears. If we realized this, with what awe we would open God's Word, and with what earnestness we would search its precepts. The reading and contemplation of the Scriptures would be regarded as an audience with the Infinite One.  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 8]         Christ reproached His disciples with their slowness of comprehension. They were influenced by maxims and traditionary lore, so that the truths spoken by the greatest Teacher the world has ever known were often lost truths to them. Christ led them to realize that He had put them in possession of truths of which they little suspected the value. After His resurrection, as He was walking to Emmaus with two of the disciples, He opened their understanding, that they might comprehend the Scriptures, so explaining the Old Testament to them that they saw in its teachings a meaning that the writers themselves had not seen.  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 9]                               Life and Light in the Word.          Christ's words are the bread of life. As the disciples ate the words of Christ, their understanding was quickened. They understood better the value of the Saviour's teachings. In their comprehension of these teachings they stepped from the obscurity of dawn to the radiance of noonday.  {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, April 4, 1906 par. 10]          So will it be with us as we study God's Word. Our minds will be quickened, and our understanding enlarged. Those who receive and assimilate this Word, making it a part of every act, of every attribute of character, grow strong in the strength of God. It gives vigor to the soul, perfecting the experience, and bringing joys that abide forever.                                                                   -    {ST, April 4, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 1]       April 11, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    IV. God's Word a Perfect Whole.         No other study will so ennoble every thought, feeling, and aspiration, as the study of the Scriptures. No other book can satisfy the questionings of the mind, and the craving of the heart. By obtaining a knowledge of God's Word, and giving heed thereto, men may rise from the lowest depths of ignorance and degradation to become the sons of God, the associates of sinless angels.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 2]          A clear conception of what God is, and of what He requires us to be, will give us humble views of self. He who studies aright the sacred Word will learn that human intellect is not omnipotent; that, without the help which none but God can give, human strength and wisdom are but weakness and ignorance.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 3]          As an educating power, the Bible is without a rival. Nothing will so impart vigor to all the faculties as an effort to grasp the stupendous truths of revelation. The mind gradually adapts itself to the subjects upon which it is allowed to dwell. If occupied with common-place matters only, it will become dwarfed and enfeebled. If never required to grapple with difficult problems, it will, after a time, almost lose the power of growth.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 4]                                   Something for All.          In its wide range of style and subjects, the Bible has something to interest every mind and appeal to every heart. In its pages are found history the most ancient, biography the truest to life, principles of government for the control of the state, for the regulation of the household--principles that human wisdom has never equalled. It contains philosophy the most profound, poetry the sweetest and most sublime, the most impassioned and most pathetic. Immeasurably superior in value to the productions of any human author are the Bible writings, even when thus considered; but of infinitely wider scope, of infinitely greater value, are they when viewed in their relation to the grand, central thought. Viewed in the light of this thought, every topic has a new significance. In it the most simply-stated truths are involved--principles that are as high as heaven, and that compass eternity.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 5]          The Bible is the most comprehensive and the most instructive history that men possess. It came fresh from the Fountain of eternal truth, and a divine Hand has preserved its purity through the ages. Its bright rays shine into the far distant past, where human research seeks vainly to penetrate. In God's Word alone we find an authentic account of Creation. Here we behold the power that laid the foundation of the earth, and that stretched out the heavens. Here only can we find a history of our own race, unsullied by human prejudice or human pride.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 6]                                    Life in the Word.          "The excellency of knowledge is, that wisdom giveth life to them that have it." "The words that I speak unto you," said Jesus, "they are spirit, and they are life." "This is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent."  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 7]          The creative energy that called the world into existence is in the Word of God. This Word imparts power; it begets life. Every command is a promise; accepted by the will, received into the soul, it brings with it the life of the Infinite One. It transforms the nature and recreates the soul in the image of God.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 8]          The life thus imparted is in like manner sustained. "By every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God," shall man live.  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 9]          The mind, the soul, is built up by that upon which it feeds, and it rests with us to determine upon what it shall be fed. It is within the power of every one to choose the topics that shall occupy the thoughts, and shape the character. Of every human being privileged with access to the Scriptures, God says; "I have written unto him the great things of My law." "Call unto Me, and I will answer thee, and show thee great and mighty things, which thou knowest not."  {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, April 11, 1906 par. 10]                            The Bible Brings Companionship.          With the Word of God in his hands, every human being, wherever his lot in life may be cast, may have such companionship as he shall choose. In its pages he may hold converse with the noblest and best of the human race, and may listen to the voice of the Eternal as He talks with men. As he studies and meditates upon the themes into which "the angels desire to look," he may have their companionship. He may follow the steps of the heavenly Teacher, and listen to His words as when He taught upon mountain, and plain, and sea. He may dwell in this world in the atmosphere of heaven; imparting to earth's sorrowing ones thoughts of hope and longings for holiness: himself coming closer and still closer into fellowship with the Unseen; like him who of old walked with God, drawing nearer and nearer the threshold of the eternal world, until the portals shall open, and he shall enter there. He will find himself no stranger. The voices that will greet him are the voices of the holy ones who, unseen, were on earth his companions--voices that here he learned to distinguish and to love. He, who through the Word of God has lived in fellowship with heaven, will find himself at home in heaven's companionship.                                                                   -    {ST, April 11, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 1]       April 18, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    V. "They are They Which  Testify of Me."         The central theme of the Bible, the theme about which every other in the whole book clusters, is the redemption plan, the restoration in the human soul of the image of God. From the first intimation of hope in the sentence pronounced in Eden, to that last glorious promise of the Revelation, "They shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads," the burden of every book and every passage of the Bible is the unfolding of this wondrous theme,--man's uplifting, the power of God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. Here we behold the Majesty of heaven, as He humbled Himself to become our Substitute and Surety, to cope single-handed with the powers of darkness, and to gain the victory in our behalf. A reverent contemplation of such themes as these can not fail to soften, purify, and ennoble the heart, and, at the same time, to inspire the mind with new strength and vigor.  {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 2]          The science of redemption is the science of all sciences; the science that is the study of the angels, and of all the intelligencies of the unfallen worlds; the science that engages the attention of our Lord and Saviour; the science that enters into the purpose brooded in the mind of the Infinite,--"kept in silence through times eternal;" the science that will be the study of God's redeemed throughout the endless ages. This is the highest study in which it is possible for man to engage. As no other study can, it will quicken the mind, and uplift the soul.  {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 3]          Jesus said of the Old Testament Scriptures,--and how much more is it true of the New,--"They are they which testify of Me," the Redeemer, Him in whom our hopes of eternal life are centered. Yes, the whole Bible tells of Christ. From the first record of Creation--"for without Him was not anything made that was made"--to the closing promise, "Behold, I come quickly," we are reading of His works, and listening to His voice. If you would become better acquainted with the Saviour, study the Scriptures.  {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 4]                                 The Science and the Song.          The theme of redemption is one that angels desire to look into; it will be the science and the song of the redeemed throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. Is it not worthy of careful thought and study now?  {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 5]          The infinite mercy and love of Jesus, the sacrifice made in our behalf, calls for the most serious and solemn reflection. We should dwell upon the character of our dear Redeemer and Intercessor. We should meditate upon the mission of Him who came to save His people from their sins. As we thus contemplate heavenly themes, our faith and love will grow stronger, and our prayers will be more and more acceptable to God, because they will be mixed with faith and love. They will be intelligent and fervent. There will be more constant confidence in Jesus, and a daily living experience in His power to save to the uttermost all who come to God by Him. As we meditate upon the perfections of the Saviour, we shall desire to be wholly transformed and renewed in the image of His purity. There will be a hungering and thirsting of soul to become like Him whom we adore. The more our thoughts dwell upon Christ, the more we shall speak of Him to others, and the more clearly represent Him to the world.  {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 6]                                  Every Essential Truth.          In giving us His Word, God has put us in possession of every truth essential for our salvation. Thousands have drawn water from these wells of life, yet there is no diminishing of the supply. Thousands have set the Lord before them, and by beholding have been changed into the same image. Their spirit burns within them as they speak of His character, telling what Christ is to them, and what they are to Christ. But these searchers have not exhausted these grand and holy themes. Thousands more may engage in the work of searching out the mysteries of salvation. As the life of Christ and the character of His mission are dwelt upon, rays of light will shine forth more distinctly at every attempt to discover truth. Each fresh search will reveal something more deeply interesting than has yet been unfolded. The subject is inexhaustible. The study of the incarnation of Christ, His atoning sacrifice and mediatorial work, will employ the mind of the diligent student as long as time shall last; and, looking to heaven with its unnumbered years, he will exclaim, "Great is the mystery of godliness."  {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, April 18, 1906 par. 7]          In eternity we shall learn that which, had we received the enlightenment that it was possible to obtain here, would have opened our understanding. The themes of redemption will employ the hearts and minds and tongues of the redeemed through the everlasting ages. They will understand the truths which Christ longed to open to His disciples, but which they did not have faith to grasp. Forever and forever new views of the perfection and glory of Christ will appear. Through endless ages the faithful householder will bring forth from his treasures things new and old.                                                                   -    {ST, April 18, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 1]       April 25, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House    By Mrs. E. G. White    VI. The Mysteries of the Bible.         The mysteries of the Bible, so far from being an argument against it, are amongst the strongest evidences of its divine inspiration. If it contained no account of God but that which we could comprehend; if His greatness and majesty could be grasped by human minds, then the Bible would not, as now, bear the unmistakable evidences of divinity. The greatness of its themes should inspire faith in it as the Word of God.  {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 2]          The Bible unfolds truth with a simplicity and an adaptation to the needs and longings of the human heart, that has astonished and charmed the most highly cultivated minds, while to the humble and uncultured, it also makes plain the way of life. "The wayfaring men, tho fools, shall not err therein." No child need mistake the path. Not one trembling seeker need fail of walking in pure and holy light. Yet the most simply-stated truths lay hold upon themes elevated, far-reaching, infinitely beyond the power of human comprehension,-- mysteries that are the hiding of His glory,--mysteries that overpower the mind in its research, while they inspire the sincere seeker for truth with reverence and faith. The more we search the Bible, the deeper is our conviction that it is the Word of the living God, and human reason bows before the majesty of divine wisdom.  {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 3]                                      Ever Unfolding.          God intends that to the earnest seeker the truths of His Word shall be ever unfolding. While "the secret things belong unto the Lord our God," "those things that are revealed belong unto us and to our children." The idea that certain portions of the Bible can not be understood has led to neglect of some of its most important truths. The fact needs to be emphasized, and often repeated, that the mysteries of the Bible are not such because God has sought to conceal truth, but because our own weakness or ignorance makes us incapable of comprehending or appropriating truth. The limitation is not in its purpose, but in our capacity. Of those very portions of Scripture so often passed by as impossible to be understood, God desires us to understand as much as our minds are capable of receiving. "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God," that we may be "thoroughly furnished unto all good works."  {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 4]          It is impossible for any human mind to exhaust one truth or promise of the Bible. One catches the glory from one point of view, another from another point; yet we can discern only gleamings. The full radiance is beyond our vision. As we contemplate the great things of God's Word, we look into a fountain that broadens and deepens beneath our gaze. Its breadth and depth pass our knowledge. As we gaze, the vision widens; stretched out before us, we behold a boundless, shoreless sea. Such study has vivifying power. The mind and heart acquire new strength, new life.  {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 5]                                     Food for the Soul.          This experience is the highest evidence of the divine authorship of the Bible. We receive God's Word as food for the soul, through the same evidence by which we receive bread as food for the body. Bread supplies the need of our nature; we know by experience that it produces blood, bone, and brain. Apply the same test to the Bible; when its principles have actually become the elements of character, what has been the result? what changes have been made in the life?--"Old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new." In its power, men and women have broken the chains of sinful habit. They have renounced selfishness. The profane have become reverent, the drunken sober, the profligate pure. Souls that have borne the likeness of Satan, have been transformed into the image of God. The change is itself the miracle of miracles. A change wrought by the Word, it is one of the deepest mysteries of the Word. We can not understand it; we can only believe, that, as declared by the Scriptures, it is "Christ in you, the hope of glory."  {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 6]          A knowledge of this mystery furnishes a key to every other. It opens to the soul the treasures of the universe, the possibilities of infinite development.  {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, April 25, 1906 par. 7]          And this development is gained through the constant unfolding to us of the character of God--the glory and mystery of the written Word. If it were possible for us to attain to a full understanding of God and His truth, there would be for us no further discovery of truth, no greater knowledge, no further development. God would cease to be supreme, and man would cease to advance. Thank God, it is not so. Since God is infinite, and in Him are all the treasures of wisdom, we may to all eternity be ever searching, ever learning, yet never exhaust the riches of His wisdom, His goodness, or His power.                                                                   -    {ST, April 25, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 1]       May 9, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    VII. A Failure to Study and Teach God's Word.         It is God's plan that old and young shall study His Word. This is necessary for intellectual and spiritual growth. God would have all realize that the truth is capable of expanding and increasing in grace and power. The student of the Word finds that an effort to comprehend truth calls forth all his powers. The truth is broad and deep and high. Were it otherwise than this, it would not be the truth. But its clearness is equal to its depth. Upon those who search the Scriptures, the truth found therein has an elevating, ennobling influence, enabling them to reach the standard of perfection.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 2]          But much ignorance of God's Word prevails, even among those who are themselves dull of comprehension. They do not bring the truth into the inner sanctuary of the soul. It is not a living reality to them, because they do not practise it. It has not been digested and converted into spiritual muscle and sinew.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 3]          Many who claim to believe the Bible do not eat the heavenly manna. Light shines upon them, but it is not appreciated. Many refuse to accept the light that God sends from heaven because it does not justify transgression of the law. They close their eyes, for fear that they will see and be converted.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 4]                                Resulting Lack of Faith.          Thus it was in the days of Christ. The leaders and teachers of Israel were powerless to resist the work of Satan. They were neglecting the only means by which they could have withstood evil spirits. It was by the word of God that Christ overcame the wicked one. The leaders of Israel professed to be the expositors of God's law, but they had studied it only to sustain their traditions, and enforce their man-made observances. By their interpretations they made it express sentiments that God had never given. Their mystical construction made indistinct that which He had made plain. They disputed over insignificant technicalities, and practically denied the most essential truths. Thus infidelity was sown broadcast. God's Word was robbed of its power, and evil spirits worked their will.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 5]          History is repeating. With the open Bible before them, and professing to reverence its teachings, many of the religious leaders of our time are destroying faith in it as the Word of God. They busy themselves with dissecting the Word, and set their opinions above its plainest statements. In their hands God's Word loses its regenerating power. This is why infidelity is riot and iniquity is rife.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 6]                                  Incoming Delusions.          When Satan has undermined faith in the Bible, he directs men to other sources for light and power. Thus he insinuates himself. Those who turn from the plain teaching of scripture and the convicting power of God's Holy Spirit are inviting the control of demons. Criticism and speculation concerning the Scriptures have opened the way for Spiritualism and theosophy--those modernized forms of ancient heathenism--to gain a foothold even in the professed churches of our Lord Jesus Christ.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 7]          Side by side with the preaching of the Gospel, agencies are at work which are but the medium of lying spirits. Many a man tampers with these merely from curiosity, but seeing evidence of the working of a more than human power, he is lured on and on, until he is controlled by a will stronger than his own. He can not escape from its mysterious power.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 8]          In our day, as of old, the vital truths of God's Word are set aside for human theories and speculations. Many professed ministers of the Gospel do not accept the whole Bible as the inspired Word. One learned man rejects one portion; another questions another part. They set up their judgment as superior to the Word, and the scripture which they do teach rests upon their own authority. Its divine authenticity is destroyed. Thus the seeds of infidelity are sown broadcast; for the people become confused, and do not know what to believe. There are many beliefs that the mind has no right to entertain. In the days of Christ the rabbis put a forced, mystical construction upon many portions of the Scriptures. Because the plain teaching of God's Word condemned their practises, they tried to destroy its force. The same thing is done today. The Word of God is made to appear mysterious and obscure in order to excuse transgression of His law. Christ rebuked these practises in His day. He taught that the Word of God was to be understood by all. He pointed to the Scriptures as of unquestionable authority, and we should do the same. The Bible is to be presented as the word of the infinite God, as the end of all controversy and the foundation of all faith.  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, May 9, 1906 par. 9]         The subject of Christ's teaching was the Word of God. He met questioners with a plain, "It is written;" "What saith the Scriptures?" "How readest thou?" At every opportunity, when an interest was awakened by either friend or foe, He sowed the seed of the Word. He who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life, Himself the living Word, points to the Scriptures, saying, "They are they which testify of Me."  {ST, May 9, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 1]       June 6, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    VIII. A Failure to Teach and Study God's Word.         The Bible has been robbed of its power, and the results are seen in a lowering of the tone of spiritual life. In the sermons of many pulpits of today there is not that divine manifestation which awakens the conscience and brings life to the soul. The hearers can not say, "Did not our hearts burn within us, while He talked with us by the way, and while He opened to us the Scriptures?" There are many who are crying out for the living God, longing for the divine Presence. Philosophical theories or literary essays, however brilliant, can not satisfy the heart. The assertions and inventions of men are of no value. Let the Word of God speak to the people. Let those who have heard only traditions and human theories and maxims hear the voice of Him whose Word can renew the soul unto everlasting life.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 2]         To a failure to study and obey the Scriptures may in a great degree be attributed the widespread iniquity in our world today. When the Word of God is set aside, its power to restrain the evil passions of the natural heart is rejected. Men sow to the flesh, and of the flesh reap corruption.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 3]         And here, too, is the great cause of mental weakness and inefficiency. In turning from God's Word to feed on the writings of uninspired men, the mind becomes dwarfed and cheapened. It is not brought in contact with deep, broad principles of eternal truth. The understanding adapts itself to the comprehension of the things with which it is familiar, and in this devotion to finite things it is weakened, its power is contracted, and after a time it becomes unable to expand.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 4]          All this is false education. The work of every teacher, every parent, should be to fasten the minds of the children and youth upon the grand truths of the Word of inspiration. This is the education essential for this life and for the life to come.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 5]          And let it not be thought that this will prevent the study of the sciences, or cause a lower standard in education. The knowledge of God is as high as heaven and as broad as the universe. There is nothing so ennobling and invigorating as the study of the great themes which concern our eternal life. Let the youth seek to grasp these God-given truths, and their minds will expand and grow strong in the effort. It will bring every student who is a doer of the Word into a broader field of thought, and secure for him a wealth of knowledge that is imperishable.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 6]          The education to be secured by searching the Scriptures is an experimental knowledge of the plan of salvation. Such an education will restore the image of God in the soul. It will strengthen and fortify the mind against temptation, and fit the learner to become a co-worker with Christ in His mission of mercy to the world. It will make him a member of the heavenly family, and prepare him to share the inheritance of the saints in light.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 7]          Human theories and speculations will never lead to an understanding of God's Word. Those who suppose that they understand philosophy think that their explanations are necessary in order to unlock the treasures of knowledge, and to prevent heresies from coming into the church. But it is these explanations that have brought in false theories and heresies. Men have made desperate efforts to explain what they thought to be intricate scriptures; but too often their efforts have only darkened that which they tried to make clear.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 8]          The priests and Pharisees thought that they were doing great things as teachers, by putting their own interpretation upon the Word of God; but Christ said of them, "Ye know not the Scriptures, neither the power of God." He charged them with the guilt of "teaching for doctrines the commandments of men." Tho they were the teachers of the oracles of God, tho they were supposed to understand His Word, they were not doers of the Word. Satan had blinded their eyes, that they should not see its true import.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 9]          This is the work of many in our day. Many churches are guilty of this sin. There is danger, great danger, that the supposed wise men of today will repeat the experience of the Jewish teachers. They falsely interpret the divine oracles, and souls are brought into perplexity and shrouded in darkness because of their misconception of divine truth.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 10]         The Scriptures need not be read by the dim light of tradition or human speculation. As well might we try to give light to the sun with a torch, as to explain the Scriptures by human tradition or imagination. God's holy Word needs not the torch-light glimmer of earth to make its glories distinguishable. It is light itself--the glory of God revealed; and beside it every other light is dim.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 11]          But there must be earnest study and close investigation. Sharp, clear perceptions of truth will never be the reward of indolence.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 12]          No earthly blessing can be obtained without earnest, patient, persevering effort. If men attain success in business, they must have a will to do, and a faith to look for results. And we can not expect to gain spiritual knowledge without earnest toil. Those who desire to find the treasures of truth must dig for them as the miner digs for the treasure hidden in the earth. No half-hearted, indifferent work will avail. It is essential for old and young, not only to read God's Word, but study it with a whole-hearted earnestness, praying and searching for truth as for hidden treasure. Those who do this will be rewarded; for Christ will quicken the understanding.  {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 12}
[ST, June 6, 1906 par. 13]          Our salvation depends on a knowledge of the truth contained in the Scriptures. It is God's will that we should possess this. Search, O, search the precious Bible with hungry hearts. Explore God's Word as the miner explores the earth to find veins of gold. Never give up the search until you have ascertained your relation to God and His will in regard to you. Christ declares, "Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it."                                                                   -    {ST, June 6, 1906 par. 13}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 1]       June 13, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    IX. What Shall We Read?         The enemy knows that to a great degree the mind is affected by that upon which it feeds. He is seeking to lead both the youth and those of mature age to read story books, tales, and other literature. Those who yield to this temptation soon lose their relish for solid reading. They have no interest in Bible study. Their moral powers become enfeebled. Sin appears less and less repulsive. There is manifest an increasing unfaithfulness, a growing distaste for life's practical duties. As the mind becomes perverted, it is ready to grasp any reading of a stimulating character. Thus the way is open for Satan to bring the soul fully under his domination.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 2]          Works that do not so decidedly mislead and corrupt are yet to be shunned, if they impart a disrelish for the study of the Bible. This Word is the true manna. Let all repress the desire for reading matter that is not food for the mind. You can not possibly do the work of God with clear perceptions while the mind is occupied with this class of reading. Those who are in God's service should spend neither time nor money for light reading. What is the chaff to the wheat?  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 3]          Question your own experience as to the influence of light reading. Can you, after spending time in such reading, open the Bible, and read with interest the words of life? Do you not find the book of God uninteresting? The charm of that love-story is upon the mind, destroying its healthy tone, and making it impossible for you to fix the attention upon the important, solemn truths that concern your eternal welfare.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 4]          In order to have a healthy tone of mind, and sound religious principles, we must live in communion with God through His Word. Pointing out the way of salvation, the Bible is our guide to a higher, better life. It contains the most interesting and most instructive history and biography that was ever written. Those whose imaginations have not been perverted by the reading of fiction will find the Bible the most interesting of all books.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 5]          Resolutely discard all worthless reading. Such reading will not strengthen your spirituality, but will introduce into the mind sentiments that will pervert the imagination, causing you to think less of Jesus, and to dwell less upon His precious lessons. Keep the mind free from everything that would lead it in a wrong direction. Do not encumber it with trashy stories, which impart no strength to the mental powers. The thoughts will be of the same character as the food provided for the mind.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 6]          The Bible is the book of books. If you love the Word of God, searching it as you have opportunity, that you may come into the possession of the rich treasure that it contains, and be thoroughly furnished unto all good works, then you may be assured that Jesus is drawing you to Himself. But to read the Scriptures in a casual way, without seeking to comprehend Christ's lessons or to comply with His requirements, is not enough. There are treasures in the Word of God that can be discovered only by sinking the shaft deep into the mines of truth.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 7]          The carnal mind rejects the truth; but the soul that is converted undergoes a marvelous change. The books that before were unattractive, because they revealed truths that testify against the sinner, now become the food of the soul, the joy and consolation of the life. The Sun of Righteousness illuminates the sacred pages, the Holy Spirit speaks through them to the soul. To those who love Christ, the Bible is as the garden of God. Its promises are as grateful to the heart as the fragrance of flowers is to the senses.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, June 13, 1906 par. 8]          Let those who have acquired a love for light reading now turn their attention to the Word of God. Let them begin to study with fresh interest the sacred records of the Old and New Testaments. The oftener and more diligently the Bible is studied, the more beautiful it will appear, and the less relish will there be for light reading.  {ST, June 13, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, June 20, 1906 par. 1]       June 20, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    X. The Old Testament Scriptures.         It is in the written Word of God that a knowledge of God is most clearly revealed to fallen man. This is the treasure-house of the unsearchable riches of Christ.  {ST, June 20, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, June 20, 1906 par. 2]         The Word of God includes the Scriptures of the Old Testament as well as of the New. One is not complete without the other. Christ declared that the truths of the Old Testament are as valuable as those of the New. Christ was as much man's Redeemer in the beginning of the world as He is today. Before He clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to our world, the Gospel message was given by Adam, Seth, Enoch, Methuselah, and Noah. Abraham in Canaan, and Lot in Sodom, bore the message, and from generation to generation faithful messengers proclaimed the coming One. He was the foundation of their system of sacrificial offerings, the great Antitype of all their religious services. The blood shed as the sacrifices were offered pointed to the sacrifice of the Lamb of God. All the typical offerings were fulfilled in Him.  {ST, June 20, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, June 20, 1906 par. 3]         Christ, as manifested to the patriarchs, as symbolized in the sacrificial service, as portrayed in the law, and as revealed by the prophets, is the riches of the Old Testament. Christ in His life, His death, and His resurrection; Christ, as He is manifested by the Holy Spirit, is the treasure of the New Testament. Our Saviour, the outshining of the Father's glory, is both in the Old and the New.  {ST, June 20, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, June 20, 1906 par. 4]                                 Old Truths Essential.          In every age there is a new development of truth, a message of God to the people of that generation. The old truths are essential; new truth is not independent of the old, but an unfolding of it. It is only as the old truths are understood that we can comprehend the new. When Christ desired to open to His disciples the truth of His resurrection, He began "at Moses and all the prophets," and "expounded unto them in all the Scriptures the things concerning Himself." But it is the light which shines in the fresh unfolding of the New that glorifies the Old. He who rejects the New, does not really possess the Old. For him it loses its vital power, and becomes but a lifeless form. In every page, whether history or precept or prophecy, the Old Testament Scriptures are irradiated with the glory of the Son of God. So far as it was of divine institution, the entire system of Judaism was a compacted prophecy of the Gospel. To Christ "give all the prophets witness." From the promise given to Adam, down through the patriarchal line and the legal economy, Heaven's glorious light made plain the footsteps of the Redeemer. Seers beheld the Star of Bethlehem, the Shiloh to come, as future things swept before them in mysterious procession. In every sacrifice, Christ's death was shown. In every cloud of incense His righteousness ascended. By every jubilee trumpet His name was sounded. In the awful mystery of the holy of holies His glory dwelt.  {ST, June 20, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, June 20, 1906 par. 5]                What the Rejection of the Old Testament Means.          There are those who profess to believe and teach the truths of the Old Testament, while they reject the New. But in refusing to receive the teachings of Christ, they show that they do not believe that which patriarchs and prophets have spoken. "Had ye believed Moses," Christ said, "ye would have believed Me; for he wrote of Me." Hence, there is no real power in their teaching of even the Old Testament.  {ST, June 20, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, June 20, 1906 par. 6]         Many who claim to believe and teach the Gospel are in a similar error. They set aside the Old Testament Scriptures, of which Christ declared, "They are they which testify of Me." In rejecting the Old, they virtually reject the New; for both are parts of an inseparable whole. No man can rightly present the law of God without the Gospel, or the Gospel without the law. The law is the Gospel embodied, and the Gospel is the law unfolded. The law is the root, the Gospel is the fragrant blossom, and the fruit which it bears. The Old Testament sheds light upon the New, and the New upon the Old. Each is a revelation of the glory of God in Christ. Both present truths that will continually reveal new depths of meaning to the earnest seeker.  {ST, June 20, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, July 4, 1906 par. 1]      July 4, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XI. The Book of Revelation.         As we near the close of this world's history, the prophecies relating to the last days especially demand our study. The last book of the New Testament is full of truth that we need to understand. Satan has blinded the minds of many, so that they have been glad of any excuse for not making the Revelation their study.  {ST, July 4, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, July 4, 1906 par. 2]          The book of Revelation, in connection with the book of Daniel, demands close study. Let every God-fearing teacher consider how most clearly to comprehend and present the Gospel that our Saviour came in person to make known to His servant John,--"The revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass." None should become discouraged in their study of Revelation because of its apparently mystical symbols. "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not." "Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein; for the time is at hand." We are to proclaim to the world the great and solemn truths contained in the book of Revelation. Into the very designs and principles of the church of God these truths are to enter. There should be a closer and more diligent study of this book, a more earnest presentation of the truths it contains, truths which concern all who are living in these last days. All who are preparing to meet their Lord should make this book the subject of earnest study and prayer. It is just what its name signifies,--a revelation of the most important events that are to take place in the last days of this earth's history. John, because of his faithful trust in the word of God, and the testimony of Christ, was banished to the Isle of Patmos. But his banishment did not separate him from Christ. The Lord visited His faithful servant in his banishment, and gave him instruction regarding what was to come upon the world.  {ST, July 4, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, July 4, 1906 par. 3]          This instruction is of the greatest importance to us; for we are living in the last days of this earth's history. Soon we shall enter upon the fulfilment of the events which Christ showed John were to take place. As the messengers of the Lord present these solemn truths, they must realize that they are handling subjects of eternal interest, and they should seek for the baptism of the Holy Spirit, that they may speak, not their own words, but the words given them by God.  {ST, July 4, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, July 4, 1906 par. 4]          The book of Revelation must be opened to the people. Many have been taught that it is a sealed book, but it is sealed to those only who reject truth and light. The truths that it contains must be proclaimed, that people may have an opportunity to prepare for the events which are so soon to take place. The Third Angel's Message must be presented as the only hope for the salvation of a perishing world.  {ST, July 4, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, July 4, 1906 par. 5]          The perils of the last days are upon us, and in our work we are to warn the people of the danger they are in. Let not the solemn scenes that prophecy has revealed are soon to take place be left untouched. We are God's messengers, and we have no time to lose. Those who would be co-workers with our Lord Jesus Christ will show a deep interest in the truths found in this book. With pen and voice they will strive to make plain the wonderful things that Christ came from heaven to reveal.                                                                   -    {ST, July 4, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, July 11, 1906 par. 1]       July 11, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XII. The Bible to be Understood  by All.         The Bible, with its precious gems of truth, was not written for the scholar alone. On the contrary, it was designed for the common people. The poor man needs it as much as the rich man, the unlearned as much as the learned. It is a great mistake for ministers to give people the impression that they can not understand the teachings of the Word of God, and should be content with the interpretation given by those whose business it is to proclaim the Word of God. Ministers who thus educate the people are themselves in error. To him who loves the truth, the Word of God is as a light shining in a dark place, pointing out the path so plainly that the wayfaring man, tho a fool, need not err therein.  {ST, July 11, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, July 11, 1906 par. 2]          The uneducated man, in earnest desire of soul, may in humility and simplicity reap from the Bible far greater consolation than the more highly educated man. He may never be able to present the same evidences of the inspiration of the Word that a learned man could, but he can bear in his life a testimony that will have greater power than any other testimony in convincing men and women of the power of the truths of God's Word.  {ST, July 11, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, July 11, 1906 par. 3]                                 A Sure Guide.          It is God's purpose that the poor and uneducated shall have, in His Word, a sure guide in the path of righteousness. If they are sincere, and desire earnestly to know the will of God, they will not be left in darkness. It is the privilege of every one to understand the Word of God for himself. The great truths necessary for salvation are made as clear as noonday; and none need mistake and lose their way except those who follow their own judgment instead of the plainly revealed will of God. A single text has proved in the past, and will prove in the future, to be a savor of life unto life to many a soul. As men diligently search, the Bible opens new treasures of truth, which are as bright jewels to the mind.  {ST, July 11, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, July 11, 1906 par. 4]          If the unlearned are not capable of understanding the Bible, then the mission of Christ to our world was useless; for He says, "The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me, because He hath anointed Me to preach the Gospel to the poor; He hath sent Me to heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised."  {ST, July 11, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, July 11, 1906 par. 5]          The command to search the Scriptures, Christ addressed not only to the scribes and Pharisees, but to the great multitude of the common people, who crowded about Him. If the Bible is not to be understood by every class of people, whether they be rich or poor, what would be the need of the Saviour's charge to search the Scriptures? What profit would there be in searching that which could never be understood? What would be the consistency of this command, if the searching of the Scriptures would not dispel the clouds of error, or lead to an understanding of the revealed will of God?  {ST, July 11, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, July 11, 1906 par. 6]          Let every one who has been blessed with reasoning faculties take up the Bible and search its pages, that he may understand the will of God concerning him. In this Book divine instruction is given to all. The Bible is addressed to every one--to every class of society, to those of every clime and age. Every one should read the Bible for himself. Do not depend on the minister to read it for you. The Bible is God's Word to you. And Christ has made this Word so plain that in reading it, no one need misunderstand. Let the humble cottager read and understand the Word given by the wisest Teacher the world has ever known, and among kings, governors, statesmen, there is none greater than He.                                                                   -    {ST, July 11, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 1]       August 22, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XIII. The Promises of God's Word.         We are pilgrims and strangers on this earth, looking for a city which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God. The path in which we travel is narrow, and calls for the exercise of self-denial and sacrifice, but God has not left us without help. He has filled His Word with wonderful promises, to strengthen and cheer His children. In these promises He draws back the veil from eternity, and gives us glimpses of the far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory that awaits the overcomer.  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 2]                                 A Few Examples of Promise.          "Trust in the Lord, and do good; so shalt thou dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed. Delight thyself also in the Lord; and He shall give thee the desires of thine heart. Commit thy way unto the Lord; trust also in Him; and He shall bring it to pass. And He shall bring forth thy righteousness as the light, and thy judgment as the noonday."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 3]          "God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will not we fear, tho the earth be removed, and tho the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea; tho the waters thereof roar and be troubled, tho the mountains shake with the swelling thereof," "For this God is our God forever and ever; He will be our guide even unto death."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 4]          "The Lord is gracious, and full of compassion; slow to anger, and of great mercy. . . . The Lord is good to all; and his tender mercies are over all His works. . . . The Lord upholdeth all that fall, and raiseth up all those that be bowed down. . . . The Lord is nigh unto all them that call upon Him, to all that call upon Him in truth. He will fulfil the desire of them that fear Him: He also will hear their cry, and will save them."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 5]          "Fear thou not; for I am with thee; be not dismayed; for I am thy God; I will strengthen thee; yea, I will help thee; yea, I will uphold thee with the right hand of My righteousness. . . . When the poor and needy seek water, and there is none, and their tongue faileth for thirst, I the Lord will hear them, I the God of Israel will not forsake them. I will open rivers in high places, and fountains in the midst of the valleys; I will make the wilderness a pool of water, and the dry land springs of water."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 6]          "Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? there is no searching of His understanding. He giveth power to the faint; and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 7]          "And I John saw the holy city, New Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God. And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 8]          "And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month; and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him; and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads."  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 9]          All along the pathway of life God places these fair flowers of promise, to brighten our journey. But many refuse to gather them, choosing instead the thorns and thistles. At every step they weep and mourn, when they might rejoice in the Lord.  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 10]                                     Rejoice Always.          How much joy we might bring into our life here below if we would but make these promises our own. As we talk of the mansions that Christ is preparing for us, we shall forget the petty annoyances that we meet day by day. It is our privilege to sing the songs of Zion now, to turn our eyes to the light, to bring hope into our hearts and into the hearts of others. God desires us to gather up His promises, that we may be strengthened and refreshed. Let us take our eyes off the curse, and fix them on the grace so abundantly provided.  {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, August 22, 1906 par. 11]          Comfort, encouragement, and support have been provided for every condition of life. Let us rejoice in the love of God. Let us praise Him who has made promises so royal. Let these promises keep our hearts in perfect peace. Jesus lives. His hand is guiding us. Constantly our hearts may be filled with the peace that passeth all understanding, even the peace that Jesus gives: Let us make the promises of God's Word our own. In times of test and trial these promises will be to us glad springs of heavenly comfort.                                                                   -    {ST, August 22, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 1]       September 5, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XIV. Hidden Treasure.         Again the kingdom of heaven is like unto treasure hid in a field, the which when a man hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth and selleth all that he hath, and buyeth that field." In ancient times it was customary for men to hide their treasures in the earth. Thefts and robberies were frequent. And whenever there was a change in the ruling power, those who had large possessions were liable to be put under heavy tribute. Moreover, the country was in constant danger of invasion by marauding armies. As a consequence, the rich endeavored to preserve their wealth by concealing it, and the earth was looked upon as a safe hiding place. But often the place of concealment was forgotten; death might claim the owner, imprisonment or exile might separate him from his treasure, and the wealth that he had taken such pains to preserve was left for the fortunate finder. In Christ's day it was not uncommon to discover in neglected land old coins and ornaments of gold and silver.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 2]          A man hires land to cultivate, and as the oxen plow the soil, buried treasure is unearthed. As the man discovers this treasure, he sees that a fortune is within his reach. Restoring the gold to its hiding place, he returns to his home, and sells all that he has in order to purchase the field containing the treasure. His family and the neighbors think that he is acting like a madman. Looking on the field, they see no value in the neglected soil. But the man knows what he is doing, and when he has a title to the field, he searches every part of it to find the treasure that he has secured.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 3]                                  Efforts in Searching.          This parable illustrates the value of the heavenly treasure, and the effort that should be made to secure it. The finder of the treasure in the field was ready to part with all that he had, ready to put forth untiring effort, in order to secure the hidden riches. So the finder of heavenly treasure will count no labor too great and no sacrifice too dear in order to gain the treasures of truth.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 4]          In the parable, the field containing the treasure represents the Holy Scriptures. And the Gospel is the treasure. The man who bought the field searched every part of it to find the treasure he had secured. So we are to take the Word of God and search its pages, that we may find the treasures of truth. It is the Holy Spirit's office to direct and reward this labor. The searcher finds lodes of precious ore, and he sinks the shaft still deeper for still more valuable treasure. The gold fields of earth are not more closely interlaced with veins of precious ore than are the fields of revelation with veins of truth that bring to view the unsearchable riches of God.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 5]          Many are too well satisfied with the surface truths of revelation. Precious gems are passed by because their value is not seen. Let the Bible student put his mind to the tax as he studies God's Word; for the meaning often lies hidden beneath the surface. The knowledge thus gained will be like heavenly seed planted by the divine Sower.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 6]                                 Faithfulness Rewarded.          The mine of truth is never exhausted. The more you search the Scriptures with humble hearts, the greater will be your knowledge, and the more you will feel like exclaiming with Paul, "O, the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out!" Every day you should learn something new from the Scriptures. Search them as for hid treasure, for they contain the words of eternal life. Pray for wisdom to comprehend these holy writings. If you would do this, you would find new glories in the Word of God; you would feel that you had received new and precious light on subjects connected with truth, and the Scriptures would gain constantly a new value in your estimation.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 7]                          Knowledge of His Will All-Important.          Salvation depends upon our knowledge of God's will as contained in His Word. Never cease asking and searching for truth. It is God's will that you shall know what He has said to you. But you must exercise faith. As you search the Scriptures, you must believe that God is, and that He is a rewarder of those who diligently seek Him.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 8]          Search, O search the Bible with a heart hungry for spiritual food. Dig into the Word as the miner digs into the earth to find the veins of gold. Do not give up your search till you have ascertained your relation to God and His will concerning you.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 9]          "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life." To search means to look diligently for something. Search for the hidden treasures in God's Word. You can not afford to be without them. Study the difficult passages, comparing verse with verse, and you will find that scripture is the key which unlocks scripture. Those who prayerfully study the Bible go from each search wiser than they were before.  {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, September 5, 1906 par. 10]          That which is worth having is not obtained without earnest, persevering effort. In business life, those only who are willing to put forth determined effort see successful results. Without earnest toil we can not expect to obtain a knowledge of spiritual things. Those who find the jewels of truth must dig for them as the miner digs for the precious ore hidden in the earth.                                                                   -    {ST, September 5, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 1]       September 12, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XV. The Value of Treasure.         Let none think that there is no more knowledge for them to gain. The depth of human intellect may be measured; the works of human authors may be mastered; but the highest, deepest, broadest flight of the imagination can not find out God. There is infinity beyond all that we can comprehend. We have seen only the glimmering of divine glory and of the infinitude of knowledge and wisdom; we have, as it were, been working on the surface of the mine, when rich, golden ore is beneath the surface, to reward the one who will dig for it. The shaft must be sunk deeper and yet deeper in the mine, and the result will be glorious treasure. Through a correct faith, divine knowledge will become human knowledge.  {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 2]          No one can search the Scriptures in the Spirit of Christ without being rewarded. When a man is willing to be instructed as a little child, when he submits wholly to Christ, he will find the truth in His Word. If men would be obedient, they would understand the plan of God's government. The heavenly world would open its treasures of grace and glory for exploration. Human beings would be altogether different from what they are now; for by exploring the mines of truth, men would be ennobled. The mystery of redemption, the incarnation of Christ, His atoning sacrifice, would not be, as they are now, vague in our minds. They would be, not only better understood, but altogether more highly appreciated.  {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 3]          The Saviour saw that men were absorbed in getting gain, and were losing sight of eternal realities. He undertook to correct this evil. He sought to break the infatuating spell that was paralyzing the soul. Lifting up His voice, He cried, "What shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?" He presents before fallen humanity the nobler world they have lost sight of, that they may behold eternal realities. He takes them to the threshold of the Infinite, flushed with the indescribable glory of God, and shows them the treasure there.  {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 4]          The value of this treasure is above gold or silver. The riches of earth's mines can not compare with it.                 "The depth saith, It is not in me!             The sea saith, It is not in me.             It can not be gotten for gold,             Neither shall silver be weighed for the price thereof.             It can not be valued with the gold of Ophir,             With the precious onyx, or the sapphire.             The gold and the crystal can not equal it;             And the exchange of it shall not be for jewels of                  fine gold.             No mention shall be made of coral or of pearls,             For the price of wisdom is above rubies."  {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 5]          This is the treasure that is found in the Scriptures. The Bible is God's great lessonbook, His great educator. The foundation of all true science is contained in the Bible. Every branch of knowledge may be found by searching the Word of God. And above all else, it contains the science of all sciences, the science of salvation.  {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 6]          In His prayer to the Father, Christ gave to the world a lesson which should be graven on mind and soul. "This is life eternal," He said, "that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent." This is true education. It imparts power. The experimental knowledge of God and of Christ transforms man into the image of God. It gives man the mastery of himself, bringing every impulse and passion of the lower nature under the control of the higher powers of the mind. It makes its possessor a son of God and an heir of heaven. It brings him into communion with the mind of the Infinite, and opens to him the rich treasures of the universe.  {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, September 12, 1906 par. 7]          This is the knowledge that is obtained by searching the Word of God. And this treasure may be found by every soul who will give all to obtain it. "If thou criest after knowledge and liftest up thy voice for understanding; if thou seekest her as silver, and searchest for her as for hid treasure; then shalt thou understand the fear of the Lord, and find the knowledge of God."                                                                   -    {ST, September 12, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 1]       September 19, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XVI. How to Study the Bible.    The Mind Which Obtains Knowledge.         A knowledge of the Word of God depends not so much upon strength of intellect as upon pureness of purpose, the simplicity of an earnest, dependent faith. To those who in humility of heart seek for divine guidance, angels of God draw near. The Holy Spirit is given to open to them the rich treasures of truth.  {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 2]          God bids us fill our minds with great thoughts, pure thoughts. He desires us to meditate upon His love and mercy, to study His wonderful work in the great plan of redemption.  {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 3]          The Bible contains all the principles that men need in order to be fitted either for this life or for the life to come. And these principles may be understood by all. No one with a spirit to appreciate its teachings can read a single passage from the Bible without gaining from it some helpful thought. But the most valuable teaching of the Bible is not gained by occasional or disconnected study. Its great system of truth is not so presented as to be discerned by the careless or hasty reader. Many of its treasures lie far beneath the surface, and can be obtained only by diligent research and continuous effort. The truths that go to make up a great whole must be searched out and gathered up "here a little and there a little."  {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 4]                           A Means of Intellectual Growth.          When thus searched out and brought together, they will be found to be perfectly fitted to one another. Each Gospel is a supplement to the others, every prophecy an explanation of another, every truth a development of some other truth. The types of the Jewish economy are made plain by the Gospel. Every principle in the Word of God has its place, every fact its bearing. And the complete structure, in design and execution, bears testimony to its Author. Such a structure no mind but the Infinite could conceive or fashion.  {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 5]          Not alone in searching out truth and bringing it together does the mental value of Bible study consist. It consists also in the effort required to grasp the themes presented. The mind occupied with common place matters only becomes dwarfed and enfeebled. If never taxed to comprehend grand and far-reaching truths, it after a time loses the power of growth. As a safeguard against this degeneracy, and a stimulus to development, nothing can equal the study of God's Word. As a means for intellectual training, the Bible is more effective than any other book, or all other books combined. The greatness of its themes, the dignified simplicity of its utterances, the beauty of its imagery, quicken and uplift the thoughts as nothing else can. No other study can impart such mental power as does the effort to grasp the stupendous truths of revelation. The mind thus brought in contact with the thoughts of the Infinite can not but expand and strengthen.  {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 6]                            A Means of Spiritual Growth.          And even greater is the power of the Bible in the development of the spiritual nature. Man, created for fellowship with God, can only in such fellowship find his real life and development. Created to find in God his highest joy, he can find in nothing else that which can quiet the cravings of the heart, or satisfy the hunger and thirst of the soul. He who with sincere and teachable spirit studies God's Word, seeking to comprehend its truths, will be brought into touch with its Author, and, except by his own choice, there is no limit to the possibilities of his development.  {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, September 19, 1906 par. 7]          In childhood, youth, and manhood, Jesus studied the Scriptures. As a little child, He was daily, at His mother's knee, taught from the scrolls of the prophets. In His youth the early morning and evening twilight often found Him alone on the mountainside or among the trees of the forest, spending a quiet hour in prayer and in the study of God's Word. During His ministry His intimate acquaintance with the Scriptures testified to His diligence in their study. And since He gained knowledge as we may gain it, His wonderful power, both mental and spiritual, is a testimony to the value of the Bible as a means of education.                                                                   -    {ST, September 19, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 1]       September 26, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House XVII ［See Ed 185-190］    October 3, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House    By Mrs. E. G. White    XVIII. How to Study the Bible.         When a real love for the Bible is awakened, and the student begins to realize how vast is the field and how precious the treasure, he will seize upon every opportunity for acquainting himself with God's Word. His study will be restricted to no special time or place. And this continuous study is one of the best means of cultivating a love for the Scriptures. Keep the Bible always with you. As you have opportunity, read a text and meditate upon it. While walking the streets, waiting at a railway station, waiting to meet an engagement, improve the opportunity to gain some precious thought from the treasure-house of truth.  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 2]          We should not take the testimony of any man as to what these Scriptures teach, but should study the Word of God for ourselves. If we allow others to do our thinking for us, we shall have crippled energies and contracted abilities. The noble powers of the mind may be so dwarfed by lack of exercise in themes worthy of their concentration as to lose their ability to grasp the deep meaning of the Word of God. The mind will enlarge if it is employed in tracing out the relation of the subjects of the Bible, comparing scripture with scripture, and spiritual things with spiritual.  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 3]          There is but little benefit derived from a hasty reading of the Scriptures. One may read the whole Bible through, and yet fail to see its beauty or comprehend its deep and hidden meaning. One passage studied until its significance is clear to the mind, and its relation to the plan of salvation is evident, is of more value than the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in view, and no positive instruction gained.  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 4]                              Study to Know what God Says.          In your study of the Word, lay at the door of investigation your preconceived opinions and your hereditary and cultivated ideas. You will never reach the truth if you study the Scriptures to vindicate your own theories. Leave these at the door, and with contrite heart go in to hear what the Lord has to say to you. As the humble seeker for truth sits at Christ's feet, and learns of Him, the Word gives him understanding. To those who are too wise in their own conceit to study the Bible, Christ says, "You must become meek and lowly in heart, if you desire to become wise unto salvation."  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 5]          Do not read the Word in the light of former opinions. Do not try to make everything agree with your creed. With a mind free from prejudice, search the Word carefully. If, as you read, conviction comes, and you see that your cherished opinions are not in harmony with the Word, do not try to make the Word fit these opinions. Do not allow what you have believed or practised in the past to control your understanding. Open the eyes of your mind to behold wondrous things out of the Word.  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 6]          We can not obtain wisdom without earnest attention and prayerful study. Some portions of the Scriptures are indeed too plain to be misunderstood; but there are others whose meaning does not lie on the surface, to be seen at a glance. Scripture must be compared with scripture. There must be careful research and prayerful attention. And such study will be richly repaid. As the miner discovers veins of precious metal concealed beneath the surface of the earth, so will he who perseveringly searches the Word of God as for hid treasure, find truths of the greatest value, which are concealed from the view of the careless seeker. The words of Inspiration, pondered in the heart, will be as streams flowing from the fountain of light.  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 7]          We should reverence God's Word. For the printed volume we should show respect, never putting it to common uses, or handling it carelessly. And never should the Scriptures be quoted in jest or paraphrased to point a witty saying. "Every word of God is pure;" "as silver tried in a furnace of earth, purified seven times."  {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, October 3, 1906 par. 8]          Never should the Bible be studied without prayer. Before opening its pages we should ask for the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit. And it will be given. When Nathanael came to Jesus, the Saviour exclaimed, "Behold an Israelite indeed, in whom there is no guile." Nathanael said, "Whence knowest Thou me?" Jesus answered, "Before that Philip called thee, when thou wast under the fig tree, I saw thee." And Jesus will see us also in ［the］ secret place of prayer, if we will seek Him for light, that we may know what is truth.                                                                   -    {ST, October 3, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 1]      October 10, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House    By Mrs. E. G. White    XIX. Blessed are They that Do.         The Bible teaches the whole will of God concerning the sons and daughters of Adam. It is the rule of life, teaching us what characters we must form for the future life. We need not the dim light of tradition to make the Scriptures comprehensible. As well might we suppose that the noonday sun needs the glimmering torchlight of earth to increase its glory. The utterances of priest or minister are not needed to save men from error. Those who consult the divine oracle will have light. In the Bible every duty is made plain. Every lesson reveals to us the Father and the Son. The Word is able to make all wise unto salvation. In the Word the science of salvation is plainly revealed. Search the Scriptures; for they are the voice of God speaking to the soul.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 2]          Christ and His Word are in perfect harmony. Received and obeyed, they open a sure path for the feet of all who are willing to walk in the light as Christ is in the light. If the people of God would appreciate His Word, we should have a heaven in the church here below. Christians would be eager, hungry, to search the Word. They would be anxious for time to compare scripture with scripture, and to meditate upon the Word. They would be more eager for the light of the Word than for the morning paper, magazines, or novels. Their greatest desire would be to eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. And as a result, their lives would be conformed to the principles and promises of the Word. Its instruction would be to them as the leaves of the tree of life. It would be to them a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life. Refreshing showers of grace would refresh and revive the soul, causing them to forget all toil and weariness. They would be strengthened and encouraged by the words of inspiration.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 3]          Weariness would be forgotten in the sunlight of Heaven. Truth would be interwoven with their lives, and its heavenly principles would be as a fresh, running stream, constantly satisfying the soul.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 4]          The Lord's philosophy is the rule of the Christian's life. The entire being should be imbued with the life-giving principles of heaven. The busy nothings which consume the time of so many shrink into their proper position before a healthy, sanctifying, Bible piety.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 5]          The Bible, and the Bible alone, can produce this good result. It is the wisdom of God and the power of God, and it works with power in the receptive heart. O what heights we might reach if we would conform our wills to the will of God. It is the power of God that we need, wherever we are. The frivolity that cumbers the church makes it weak and indifferent.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 6]          The whole Bible is a revelation of the glory of God in Christ. Received, believed, obeyed, it is the great instrumentality in the transformation of character. And it is the only sure means of intellectual culture.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 7]                                   Causes of Falling.          The reason why the youth, and even those of mature years, are so easily led into temptation and sin, is that they do not study the Word of God and meditate upon it as they should. The lack of firm, decided will-power, which is manifest in life and character, results from their neglect of the sacred instruction of God's Word. They do not by earnest effort direct the mind to that which would inspire pure, holy thought and divert it from that which is impure and untrue. There are few who choose the better part, few who sit at the feet of Jesus, as did Mary, to learn of Him. Few treasure His words in the heart and practise them in the life.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 8]          The truths of the Bible, received, will uplift the mind from earthliness and debasement. If the Word of God were appreciated as it should be, both old and young would possess an inward rectitude, a strength of principle, that would enable them to resist temptation.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 9]          Let men teach and write the precious things of the Word of God. Let the thought, the aptitude, the keen exercise of brain power, be given to the study of the thoughts of God. Study not the philosophy of man's conjectures, but study the philosophy of Him who is truth. Other literature is of little value when compared with this.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 10]          The mind that is earthly finds no pleasure in contemplating the Word of God; but for the mind renewed by the Holy Spirit, divine beauty and celestial light shine from the sacred page. That which is to the earthly mind a desolate wilderness, to the spiritual mind becomes a land of living streams.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 11]                             The Agency of Transformation.          The Scriptures are the great agency in the transformation of character. Christ prayed, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy Word is truth." If studied and obeyed, the Word of God works in the heart, subduing every unholy attribute. The Holy Spirit comes to convict of sin, and the faith that springs up in the heart works by love to Christ, conforming us, soul, body, and spirit, to his own image. Then God can use us to do His will. The power given us works from within outwardly, leading us to communicate to others the truth that has been communicated to us.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 12]          The truths of the Word of God meet man's great practical necessity--the conversion of the soul through faith. These grand principles are not to be thought too pure and holy to be brought into the daily life. They are truths which reach to heaven and compass eternity, yet their vital influence is to be woven into human experience. They are to permeate all the great things and all the little things of life.  {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 12}
[ST, October 10, 1906 par. 13]          Received into the heart, the leaven of truth will regulate the desires, purify the thoughts, and sweeten the disposition. It quickens the faculties of the mind and the energies of the soul. It enlarges the capacity for feeling, for loving.                                                                   -    {ST, October 10, 1906 par. 13}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 1]       October 17, 1906 Our Great Treasure-House  By Mrs. E. G. White    XX. Worth of Obedience.         It is because so many parents and teachers profess to live the Word of God while their lives deny its power, that the teaching of the Scripture has no great effect upon the youth. At times the youth are brought to feel the power of the Word. They see the preciousness of the love of Christ. They see the beauty of His character, the possibilities of a life given to His service. But in contrast they see the lives of those who profess to revere God's precepts. Of how many are the words true that were spoken to the prophet Ezekiel:  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 2]          "The children of thy people" "speak to one another, every one to his brother, saying, Come, I pray you, and hear what is the word that cometh forth from the Lord. And they come unto thee as the people cometh, and they sit before thee as my people, and they hear thy words, but they will not do them; for with their mouth they show much love, but their heart goeth after their covetousness. And, lo, thou art unto them as a very lovely song of one that hath a pleasant voice, and can play well on an instrument; for they hear thy words, but they do them not."  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 3]          It is one thing to treat the Bible as a book of good moral instruction, to be heeded as far as is consistent with the spirit of the time; it is another thing to regard it as it really is--the Word of the living God--the Word that is our life, the Word that is to mould our actions, our words, and our thoughts. To hold God's Word as anything less than this is to reject it. And this rejection by those who profess to believe it is foremost among the causes of skepticism and infidelity in the youth.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 4]                           Conscience Must Be Quickened.          If we would live a Christian life, the conscience must be quickened by constant contact with the Word of God. All the precious things which at infinite cost God has provided for us will do us no good; they can not strengthen us and produce spiritual growth, unless we appropriate them. We must eat the Word of God--make it a part of ourselves.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 5]          The increasing knowledge of Christ that is gained by a study of the Scriptures, under the teaching of the Holy Spirit, enables the receiver to distinguish between right and wrong in all the affairs of life.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 6]          Let us make the Word of God the food of mind and soul. Let the cross of Christ be made the science of all education, the center of all teaching and all study. Let it be brought into the daily experience in practical life. So will the Saviour become to us a daily companion and friend. Every thought will be brought into captivity to the obedience of Christ. With the apostle Paul we shall be able to say: "God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world."  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 7]          Thus, through faith, we shall come to know God by an experimental knowledge. We have proved for ourselves the reality of His Word, the truth of His promises. We have tasted, and we know that the Lord is good.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 8]          Wonderful possibilities are open to those who lay hold of the divine assurances of God's Word. There are glorious truths to come before the people of God. Privileges and duties which they do not suspect to be in the Bible will be laid open before them. As they follow on in the path of humble obedience, doing His will, they will know more and more of the oracles of God.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 9]          Let the student take the Bible as his guide, and stand like a rock for principle, and he may aspire to any height of attainment. All the philosophies of human nature have led to confusion when God has not been recognized as all and in all. But the precious faith inspired of God imparts strength and nobility of character. As His goodness, His mercy, and His love are dwelt upon, clearer and still clearer will be the perception of truth; higher, holier the desire for purity of heart and clearness of thought. The soul dwelling in the atmosphere of holy thought is transformed by intercourse with God through the study of His Word. Truth is so large, so far-reaching, so deep, so broad, that self is lost sight of. The heart is softened and subdued into humility, kindness, and love.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 10]          The natural powers are enlarged because of holy obedience. From the study of the words of life, students may come forth with minds expanded, elevated, ennobled. If they are, like Daniel, hearers and doers of the Word of God, they may advance as he did in all branches of learning. Being pure-minded, they will become strong-minded. Every intellectual faculty will be quickened. They may so educate and discipline themselves that all within the sphere of their influence may see what man can be, and what he can do, when connected with the God of wisdom and power.  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 11]          "The stability of thy times and the strength of thy happiness shall be wisdom and knowledge"--that wisdom and knowledge that God's Word alone can impart. It is as true now as when the words were spoken to Israel of obedience to His commandments: "This is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations."  {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, October 17, 1906 par. 12]          Here is the only safeguard for individual integrity, for the purity of the home, the well-being of society, or the stability of the nation. Amidst all life's perplexities and dangers and conflicting claims, the one safe and sure rule is to do what God says. "The statutes of the Lord are right;" and, "he that doeth these things shall never be moved."                                                                   -    {ST, October 17, 1906 par. 12}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 1]       October 24, 1906 Accountability to God.         To each of us God has committed sacred trusts, for which He holds us accountable. He designs that man shall be so educated as to develop his mental and moral powers, that he may have a well-balanced mind and a symmetrical character. But education alone will not prepare him to answer the object of his creation. He needs the grace of God, and divine aid awaits his demand. Divine power united with human effort will enable him to do good and glorify his Creator.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 2]          Few appreciate the value of man, and the glory that would redound to God were he to cultivate and preserve purity, nobility, and integrity of character. The value that God sets upon man is shown in the price that has been paid for his redemption; His love is expressed in that He withheld not His beloved Son, but gave Him to die for a sinful race. Angels could not, by any sacrifice that they could make, accomplish the work of man's redemption. It was only through the suffering and death of Christ that he could be restored to the favor of God. For our sakes, He who knew no sin was made an offering for sin. He was afflicted insulted, oppressed. Arraigned as a criminal, He suffered shame, insult, mockery, and pain.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 3]                                  Exalting the Law.          Christ bore all this to rescue man from the hopeless state into which he had been brought by his disobedience of the law of God; for sin is the transgression of the law, and death is its penalty. He did not suffer to do away with the law, or to lessen its force, but that its claims might be met, and the sinner be spared. Through His perfect obedience, the law was exalted and made honorable.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 4]          Christ will elevate man, and give him rich and glorious possessions, if he will respect the claims of God's law; but if he choose the service of Satan, and will ruin his hope of heaven by his stubborn sinfulness, he must lose these blessings. He will have a place with associates similar in character to himself,--with those defiled by sin, who consider it a virtue, an evidence of smartness, to doubt God's Word and be ranked among skeptics. To choose to be a sinner is to refuse to stand before the throne of God washed from the defilement of sin; it is to refuse the riches of eternal glory; it is to refuse to be a joint-heir with Christ to the immortal inheritance, and to be exalted to an equality with the heavenly angels;--it is to reject all these, and to choose instead the sure consequence of sin, the sinner's fixed doom.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 5]                              Measure of Accountability.          Those who might become co-laborers with Christ, and do good service in advancing the interests of His kingdom, but who use their talents and influence to tear down instead of to build up, are like noted rebels; their prominence, the value of the talent they use in the service of Satan, increases their guilt and makes their punishment sure. These will feel the wrath of God. They will experience what Christ suffered in saving men from the penalty of the broken law. The value of man and the measure of his accountability can be known only by the cross of Calvary. He who presents Himself to the sinner as the One strong to deliver, will prove Himself mighty to execute wrath and judgment upon every unrepenting son of Adam. He who holds the worlds in position, who weighs the hills in scales, and the mountains in a balance, who taketh up the isles as a very little thing, will show Himself mighty to avenge His unrequited mercy and spurned love. Those who flatter themselves that God is too merciful to punish the sinner, have only to look to Calvary to make assurance doubly sure that vengeance will be visited upon every transgressor of His righteous law.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 6]          The penalty for breaking the law of God is proportionate to the price paid to redeem its transgressors. What unutterable bliss is prepared for those who will be saved through Christ, and what depths of woe for those who despise and reject His great salvation! Whatever of a worldly nature men esteem valuable sinks into insignificance when viewed in this light, and how great appears our obligation to use in the service of God all the talents that He has entrusted to our keeping.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 7]          Science is too limited to comprehend the atonement; the mysterious and wonderful plan of redemption is so far-reaching that philosophy can not explain it; it will ever remain a mystery that the most profound reason can not fathom. If it could be explained by finite wisdom, it would lose its sacredness and dignity. It is a mystery that One equal with the eternal Father should so abase Himself as to suffer the cruel death of the cross to ransom man; and it is a mystery that God so loved the world as to permit His Son to make this great sacrifice. The Holy Spirit exalts and glorifies the Saviour. It is His office to present Christ, the great salvation that we have through Him, and the sacred, elevated purity of His righteousness. Says Christ, "He shall take of Mine, and shall show it unto you." The Spirit of truth is the only effectual teacher of divine truth; those who are taught of Him have entered the school of Christ. How must God esteem the race, that He gave His Son to die for them, and appoints His Spirit to be man's teacher and continual guide. Satan understands this, and he lays his plans to mar and wound man, the workmanship of God, and to prevent him from enjoying the happiness that this great rebel lost through his disobedience and malice.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 8]         Since his fall from heaven, it has been Satan's only joy and constant employment to thwart the plan of God by preventing the salvation of perishing men. He has carried on this work with marked success, and will continue it until Christ shall bring his career to an end. He has tried to induce men to aid him in treading the honor of God into the dust, and many have become co-laborers with him, and have encouraged his rebellion. Those who do this, who glory in their skepticism, and lead others to despise the law of Jehovah, place themselves in the ranks of the enemies of Christ, and use their influence to destroy rather than to save souls. They second Satan in his efforts to undermine the law of God by assuring the sinner that he will be saved while transgressing that law. They serve Satan, and will share his terrible fate.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 9]         The short space of time allotted to men here is exceedingly valuable. Now, while probation lingers, God proposes to unite His strength with the weakness of finite man. We should so educate ourselves that we can serve Him intelligently. Those who have cherished skepticism may, by proper discipline of the mind, learn to cherish faith. Those who truly love God will desire so to improve the talents that He has given them, that they may be a blessing to others. And by and by the gates of heaven will be thrown wide open to admit them, and from the lips of the King of glory the benediction will fall upon their ear like richest music, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." Thus the redeemed will be welcomed to the mansions that Jesus is preparing for them. There their companions will not be the vile of earth,--liars, idolaters, the impure, or the unbelieving; but they will associate with those who have overcome Satan and his devices, and through divine aid have formed perfect characters.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 10]         Every sinful tendency, every imperfection that afflicts them here, has been removed by the blood of Christ; and the excellence and brightness of His glory, far exceeding the brightness of the sun in its meridian splendor, is imparted to them. And the moral beauty, the perfection of His character, shines through them, in worth far exceeding this outward splendor. They are without fault around the great white throne, sharing the dignity and privileges of the angels.  {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 10}
[ST, October 24, 1906 par. 11]         "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." In view of the glorious inheritance which may be his, "what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?" He may be poor; yet he possesses in himself a wealth and dignity that the world could never bestow. The soul redeemed and cleansed from sin, with all its noble powers dedicated to the service of God, is of surpassing worth; and there is joy in heaven, in the presence of God and holy angels, over one sinner that repents,--a joy that is expressed in songs of holy triumph.                                      Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, October 24, 1906 par. 11}
[ST, November 7, 1896 par. 1]      November 7, 1896 The Pathway of Life.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Christ promises, "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." The way is plain; the will of God is manifest. We are not to live in doubt and uncertainty, and to rest satisfied while groping our way without a guide. Jesus does not, after giving us general directions, leave us to guess the way amid by-paths and dangerous passes. He leads us in a straight path; and while we follow Him, our footsteps will not slide. It was Jesus that led ancient Israel, tho the cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night concealed Him from their view; and in this important period of the world's history, He will as manifestly lead His people. The path is no uncertain one. The way is marked out, and every step is ordered of the Lord.  {ST, November 7, 1896 par. 1}
[ST, November 7, 1896 par. 2]          God has ample light and grace to bestow upon all them that fear Him. Especially will He help His people in these last days, when Satan's devices are so abundant, so deceptive, and so corrupting. To those who will walk in the truth, the God of truth will give grace according to their needs. He will fill their hearts with peace, and courage, and confidence. But mercy and truth are promised only to the contrite and obedient. God has said that justice and judgment are the habitation of His throne; and those who are disobedient and rebellious will not escape the visitation of His just anger.  {ST, November 7, 1896 par. 2}
[ST, November 7, 1896 par. 3]          We can not afford to separate ourselves from Jesus for a single hour. Without Him we are in danger of being overcome of Satan, who is ever watching to suggest doubt, unbelief, and error. The world is flooded with error; it meets us on every hand. It is taught from the sacred desk, and lurks in theology, in literature, in philosophy, in science. Error perverts the judgment and opens the door to temptation, and through its influence Satan seeks to turn hearts from the truth; but an intelligent love for the truth sanctifies the receiver, and keeps him from the enemy's deceptive snares.  {ST, November 7, 1896 par. 3}
[ST, November 7, 1896 par. 4]          Satan uses some professed Christians to lead souls from the simplicity of the Gospel of Christ. Worldly associates and amusements sow the seeds of doubt and skepticism. The sentiment of many worldly professors is, "Cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us." "Speak unto us smooth things; prophesy deceits." Many are daily cheating their souls with a form of godliness without the power; but the Lord has removed His smile and the inspiration of His Spirit from them. His displeasure is against them, because their deeds are evil. He demands decided changes in the life and character. Good intentions, good resolutions, good acts, can not be accepted as substitutes for repentance, faith, and willing obedience.  {ST, November 7, 1896 par. 4}
[ST, November 7, 1896 par. 5]          The people are too willing to believe their teachers without careful thought and prayerful investigation of God's Word. They love to have their consciences quieted--love to be rocked to sleep in the cradle of carnal security. In their blind selfishness, they deceive themselves in those things wherein they are willing to be deceived. Our Saviour declared to the Pharisees, "Ye will not come to Me, that ye might have life." And in His conversation with Nicodemus He said; "Every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved." So in this age; the church will neither search the Scriptures nor listen to the truth, lest her works be reproved. She is more willing to depart from the commandments of God than from the customs and friendship of the world. And because great men and worldly wise men are in her favor, because numbers and temporal prosperity are hers, she believes herself favored of God--"rich, and increased with goods, and in need of nothing."  {ST, November 7, 1896 par. 5}
[ST, November 7, 1896 par. 6]          But earthly prosperity is no evidence of the favor of God. Christ and His apostles teach us, both by precept and example, that the true child of God can not enjoy the friendship of the world. If he seeks it, it will become a snare to him; he will adopt the customs, precepts, and standards of the world, and will finally become like them in spirit. But there can be no fellowship between the Prince of light and the prince of darkness. Says the apostle John, "The world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God." They are unknown, unacknowledged by the world; but their names, cast out as evil by the lovers of sin, are written in the book of life. They are the adopted heirs of Christ, the nobility of Heaven. These are they that came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb."                                                                   -    {ST, November 7, 1896 par. 6}
[ST, November 14, 1906 par. 1]       November 14, 1906 Trusting God.    Mrs. E. G. White.         If we commit the keeping of our souls to God in the exercise of living faith, His promises will not fail us; for they have no limit but our faith. "All things are possible to him that believeth." We may make or mar our own happiness. Many pet and excuse the defects in their characters; but these must all be remedied. Every deviation from the right is sin, and sin must be put away. We can not afford to walk carelessly before our brethren or before the world.  {ST, November 14, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, November 14, 1906 par. 2]          Many confess their sins again and again, but do not put them away by genuine repentance. Unless we have a firm purpose and the aid of the grace of God, strong resolutions and vigilant watchfulness will be vain and powerless when temptations assail the soul; and under such circumstances some give up in despair, fearing that they must ever remain slaves of sin. These have not a living faith in Jesus. We can not trust in ourselves; if we do, we shall fail. Jesus has spoiled the powers of darkness; and it is through faith in His might that we shall be made strong. He will lift up a standard against Satan in behalf of every trusting, believing soul. We have the assurance that His grace is sufficient for us, and that we shall not be tempted above that we are able to bear. This is our only hope.  {ST, November 14, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, November 14, 1906 par. 3]          The apostle says, "God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ." When the Holy Spirit was poured out upon the Christian church at Pentecost, great wisdom and grace rested upon the whole body of believers. This blessing was given in answer to earnest, persevering prayer; and today God is just as willing to listen to the petitions of His people. "Faithful is He that calleth you, who also will do it."  {ST, November 14, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, November 14, 1906 par. 4]         "The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance." When these fruits appear in the life, a telling influence will be exerted upon the world. The truly converted man will cease aspiring to be thought great. He will not seek for worldly honor, nor for luxury, ease, or wealth; neither will he be sensitive to reproach or neglect. "If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new." Self is no longer the supreme object of love; family and friends are no longer the boundary. His heart is enlarged. Jesus has the first place in his affections; he loves Christians, because he sees in them the image of his Master, and all mankind with a love that prompts him to do them good. This is the fruit growing on the true Vine, more precious in the sight of God than all the wealth and learning of earth's great men.  {ST, November 14, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, November 14, 1906 par. 5]          The unparalleled exhibition of love that was made on Calvary shows how God estimates souls. If we have this love in our hearts, we shall seek to win sinners to Jesus, that for them this great sacrifice may not have been made in vain. The language of the heart will be, "Come and hear, all ye that fear God, and I will declare what He hath done for my soul." We shall say with the psalmist, "I have not hid Thy righteousness within my heart; I have declared Thy faithfulness and Thy salvation; I have not concealed Thy loving-kindness and Thy truth from the great congregation." We shall rejoice to speak of the wisdom and goodness of God as shown in the way He has led His people; for we shall have proved that "the path of the just is as a shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day."                                                                   -    {ST, November 14, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 1]       November 21, 1906 The Result of Forgetting God.    Mrs. E. G. White.         A great crisis is just before us. Men boast of the wonderful progress and enlightenment of the age, but God sees the guilt and depravity of the world. The heavenly Watcher sees the earth filled with violence and crime. Wealth is obtained by every species of iniquity. By robbery of God and of their fellows, men are amassing fortunes. Everything that they can grasp is made to minister to their greed. Avarice and sensuality bear sway. Men revenge themselves on those who, they suppose, have hindered the success of their ambitious projects. They have accepted the enemy of all good as their leader, and have become imbued with his spirit.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 2]          The world is a theater, and the actors, its inhabitants, are preparing to act their part in the last great drama. God is lost sight of. With the great masses of humanity, there is no unity, except as men confederate to accomplish their selfish purposes. God is looking on. His purposes in regard to His rebellious subjects will be fulfilled. The world has not been given into the hands of men, tho God is permitting the elements of confusion and disorder to bear sway for a season. A power from beneath is working to bring about the last scenes in the drama,--Satan coming as Christ, and working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in those who are binding themselves together in secret societies. Those who are yielding to the passion for confederation are working out the plans of the enemy. Cause will be followed by effect.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 3]          Transgression has almost reached its limit. Confusion fills the world, and a great terror is soon to come upon human beings. The end is very near. God's people should be preparing for what is soon to break upon the world as an overwhelming surprise.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 4]                                A Call to Christians.          The people of each age will be judged by the light they have received. The church of today has been favored with great light and many opportunities--favored even as Chorazin and Bethsaida were favored. How Christ longed to see some fruit from the labor He expended on these cities. And how greatly He longs to see His church of today standing in freedom from sin. O that those for whom He has wrought so mightily would strive to be like Him in character! How it would cheer His heart to see them partaking of His nature, their works testifying to their faith in God, and to their realization of the obligation resting upon them to work for Him.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 5]         Many wonder at the blindness of the Jews in rejecting Christ. Had we lived in His day, they declare, we would gladly have received His teaching. We should never have been partakers of the guilt of those who rejected the Saviour. But too often, when obedience to God requires self-denial and sacrifice, these very ones stifle their convictions and refuse to obey.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 6]          God expects us to gain every day a clearer understanding of His will. He asks for the consecration to His service of all that we have and are. If you have caught a glimpse of Heaven's truth, turn not away. Be not disobedient to the heavenly vision. Walk in the light you have received, and your pathway will grow brighter and brighter. In the light shining from Calvary, you will see the sinfulness of sin, and you will see also God's willingness and power to save from sin. The Lord holds out to you the offer of partnership with Himself. Uniting with Christ, you can work the works of God.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 7]                               Christ's Coronation Day.          On His coronation day, Christ will not acknowledge as His any who bear spot or wrinkle. But to His faithful ones He will give crowns of immortal glory. Those who would not that He should reign over them will see Him surrounded by the army of the redeemed. They will see the head once crowned with thorns crowned with a diadem of glory.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, November 21, 1906 par. 8]          In that day the redeemed will shine forth in the glory of the Father and the Son. The angels of heaven, touching their golden harps, will welcome the King and His trophies of victory--those who have been washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb. A song of triumph will peal forth, filling all heaven. Christ has conquered. He enters the heavenly courts accompanied by His redeemed ones--the witnesses that His mission of suffering and sacrifice has not been in vain.  {ST, November 21, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 1]       November 28, 1906 The Closing Work.    Mrs. E. G. White.         To each human being God has assigned a work. Abraham was called to go forth from his home, a lightbearer to the heathen. And without questioning he obeyed. "He went out, not knowing whither he went." So today God's servants are to go where He calls, trusting Him to guide them and give them success in their work.  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 1}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 2]         The disciples of Christ are to feel a noble, generous sympathy for every line of work carried on in the great harvest field. They are to be interested in everything that concerns the good of their fellow men. By their baptismal vows they are pledged to make persevering, self-denying efforts to promote, in the hardest parts of the field, the work of soul-saving. God has placed on every believer the responsibility of striving to rescue the helpless and the oppressed. They are to break every yoke, letting the oppressed go free from the power of vicious habits and sinful practises.  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 2}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 3]          Christians are to be Christlike in their earnest desire to save souls. They should regard it as the highest honor to be enlisted in Christ's army. They should thank God for the privilege of using the talent of speech to win souls to the Saviour. They should look upon no privilege as more precious than that of imparting to others knowledge they have received.  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 3}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 4]                      Time is Passing; the End is Near.          While you are unconsecrated, golden opportunities to help souls to see Jesus as He is full of grace and truth--are being lost. That which you have not done as a devoted Christian in the year which has now almost passed into eternity, you can not now do. But through the grace of Christ, you may redeem the time by redoubling your exertions. Let your interest in the souls for whom Christ has died deepen and broaden. Do not ask, "What shall this man do?" for then Christ would say to you as He said to Peter, "What is that to thee? follow thou Me." Keep your own soul in the love of the truth, and work with untiring endeavor to win souls to the Saviour.  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 4}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 5]         Look upon the world today. Is the voice of prayer heard amidst the din of confusion? Altars are erected, but it is not to God that the sacrifices are offered. Deceivers, robbers, and murderers are many. Pride of ancestry and pride of wealth minister to the work of soul-destruction. Avarice, sensuality, malice--these are the attributes that bear sway. Thousands are standing on the brink of perdition. Do you not see them, many of them lost, eternally lost, whilst professing Christians sleep the sleep of indifference?  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 5}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 6]         Earnest, Self-Sacrificing Men and Women are needed, men and women who will go to God, and with strong crying and tears plead for the precious souls that are going to ruin. There can be no harvest without seed-sowing, no result without effort.  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 6}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 7]          Christ gave His life to save sinners, and He says to His followers, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature." "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end." He has laid out before us the work to be done, and has declared that He will give power for the accomplishment of this work. Shall we take Him at His word, believing that He meant just what He said when He declared that the whole world is to hear the message of mercy?  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 7}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 8]          The work is fast closing up, and on every side wickedness is increasing. We have but a short time in which to work. God is not willing that any should perish. He has provided abundantly for the salvation of all. If His people had gone forth as they should, giving the invitation of mercy, many souls would have been won to Christ. Let us awake from spiritual slumber, and consecrate all that we have and are to the Lord. His Spirit will abide with true missionaries, furnishing them with power for service. God is an overflowing fountain of efficiency and strength. The Gospel is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believes. When this power is utilized, it will be found to be more than sufficient to meet the power of the enemy.  {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 8}
[ST, November 28, 1906 par. 9]          It is impossible for men who believe in Christ to see the work that needs to be done and not do anything. Daily the church is to receive from heaven the healing balm of God's grace to impart to the needy and suffering. The church of God is weighted with the most sacred responsibilities and the most glorious privileges. All who believe the message of Christ's soon coming will go forth to do something for the Master, relying on the assurance, "He that goeth forth and weepeth, bearing precious seed, shall doubtless come again with rejoicing, bringing his sheaves with him." In practical obedience to the divine command, his confidence will increase and his talents will multiply.                                                                   -    {ST, November 28, 1906 par. 9}
[ST, January 2, 1907 par. 1]       January 2, 1907 The Life of the New Man.         If any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new." Nothing but divine power can regenerate the human heart and imbue souls with the love of Christ, which will ever manifest itself with love for those for whom He died. The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance. When converted to God, a new moral taste is supplied, a new motive power is given, and he loves the things that God loves; for his life is bound up by the golden chain of the immutable promises to the life of Jesus. Love, joy, peace, and inexpressible gratitude will pervade the soul, and the language of him who is blessed will be, "Thy gentleness hath made me great."  {ST, January 2, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, January 2, 1907 par. 2]                                With Fear and Trembling.          But those who are waiting to behold a magical change in their characters without determined effort on their part to overcome sin, will be disappointed. We have no reason to fear while looking to Jesus, no reason to doubt but that He is able to save to the uttermost all that come unto Him; but we may constantly fear lest our old nature will again obtain the supremacy, that the enemy shall devise some snare whereby we shall again become his captives. We are to work out our "own salvation with fear and trembling, for it is God that worketh in you to will and to do of His good pleasure." With our limited powers we are to be as holy in our sphere as God is holy in His sphere. To the extent of our ability, we are to make manifest the truth and love and excellence of the divine character. As wax takes the impression of the seal, so the soul is to take the impression of the Spirit of God and retain the image of Christ.  {ST, January 2, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, January 2, 1907 par. 3]         We are to grow daily in spiritual loveliness. We shall fail often in our efforts to copy the divine Pattern. We shall often have to bow down to weep at the feet of Jesus, because of our shortcomings and mistakes; but we are not to be discouraged; we are to pray more fervently, believe more fully, and try again with more steadfastness to grow into the likeness of our Lord. As we distrust our own power, we shall trust the power of our Redeemer, and render praise to God, who is the health of our countenance, and our God.  {ST, January 2, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, January 2, 1907 par. 4]          Wherever there is union with Christ there is love. Whatever other fruits we may bear, if love be missing, they profit nothing. Love to God and our neighbor is the very essence of our religion. No one can love Christ and not love His children. When we are united to Christ, we have the mind of Christ. Purity and love shine forth in the character, meekness and truth control the life. The very expression of the countenance is changed. Christ abiding in the soul exerts a transforming power, and the outward aspect bears witness to the peace and joy that reign within. We drink in the love of Christ, as the branch draws nourishment from the vine. If we are grafted in Christ, if fiber by fiber we have been united with the Living Vine, we shall give evidence of the fact by bearing rich clusters of living fruit. If we are connected with the Light, we shall be channels of light, and in our words and works we shall reflect light to the world. Those who are truly Christians are bound with the chain of love which links earth to heaven, which binds finite man to the infinite God. The light that shines in the face of Jesus Christ shines in the hearts of His followers, to the glory of God.  {ST, January 2, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, January 2, 1907 par. 5]          By beholding we are to become changed; and as we meditate upon the perfections of the divine Model, we shall desire to become wholly transformed and renewed in the image of His purity. It is by faith in the Son of God that transformation takes place in the character, and the child of wrath becomes the child of God. He passes from death unto life; he becomes spiritual and discerns spiritual things. The wisdom of God enlightens his mind, and he beholds wondrous things out of His law. As a man is converted by the truth, the work of transformation of character goes on. He has an increased measure of understanding. In becoming a man of obedience to God, he has the mind of Christ, and the will of God becomes his will.  {ST, January 2, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, January 2, 1907 par. 6]          He who places himself unreservedly under the guidance of the Spirit of God will find that his mind expands and develops. He obtains an education in the service of God which is not one-sided and deficient, developing a one-sided character, but one which results in symmetry and completeness. Weaknesses that have been manifested in a vacillating will and powerless character are overcome, for continual devotion and piety bring the man in such close relation to Christ that he has the mind of Christ. He is one with Christ, having soundness and strength of principle. His perception is clear, and he manifests that wisdom which comes from God. Says James, "Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom." "The wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace." This will be the wisdom manifested by him who takes the cup of salvation and calls upon the name of the Lord. This salvation which offers pardon to the transgressor, presents to him the righteousness that will bear the scrutiny of the omniscient One, gives victory over the powerful enemy of God and man, provides eternal life and joy for its receiver, and may well be a theme of rejoicing to the humble, who hear thereof and are glad.                                                        Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {ST, January 2, 1907 par. 6}
[ST, January 16, 1907 par. 1]       January 16, 1907 Witnessing for Christ.         In order to save fallen man, under a sense of the infinite magnitude of the task, Christ undertook to represent to the world the character of God in His great love for the world. Nothing was allowed to divert His attention for a moment. His one effort was to carry out the plan of God laid before the foundation of the world. Said Christ, "Therefore doth My Father love Me, because I lay down My life that I might take it again." "As the Father knoweth Me, even so know I the Father; and I lay down My life for the sheep." That is: "My Father hath so loved you, that He even loves Me more for giving My life to redeem you. In becoming your substitute and surety, by surrendering My life, by taking your liabilities, your transgressions, I am endeared to My Father; for by My sacrifice, His will is fulfilled, His law vindicated, and God can be just, and yet justify him who believes in Jesus."  {ST, January 16, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, January 16, 1907 par. 2]          This is a love that passeth knowledge. Shall we not be filled with astonishment at the amazing riches of the grace of Christ? Jesus alone could do the work. Knowing the height and depth of the love of God, he engaged to come into the world to make it manifest to sinners. Nothing less than the infinite sacrifice made by Christ in behalf of fallen man could express the love of God to lost humanity. It is impossible for us to conceive of the riches of His grace abundantly provided for all who believe on Christ. And having thus Himself represented the love of the Father, He has enjoined upon those who believe in Him to represent His character to the world, and thus reflect the glory of God in their own character.  {ST, January 16, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, January 16, 1907 par. 3]          Jesus says, "As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world," to be witnesses for Me. Christ calls upon each of His followers to represent His goodness, His mercy, and His love to the world, as He represented the love of the Father. He has made those who believe in Him as their personal Saviour, partakers of the divine nature, that they should not perish, but have everlasting life; and those who are saved by His grace are to reveal His power to others, that others may be saved thru their instrumentality. All who are truly converted are commissioned of God to be light bearers to the world.  {ST, January 16, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, January 16, 1907 par. 4]          "That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God." It is the privilege and duty of every child of God to obtain day by day a living experience in the things of Christ. Thru a connection with Christ, we are to go forth in His Spirit, with His mind, as agents to cooperate with the divine, to bear to the world the message of the love of God to man. We are to proclaim that Christ is our Advocate, that the bow of promise encircles the throne, that the Lord is waiting to be gracious. This work must not be set aside because it requires self-denial and self-sacrifice. Looking to the Author and Finisher of our faith, we must see there our pattern, and shape our life after the example He has given.  {ST, January 16, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, January 16, 1907 par. 5]          The church may individually be all that they profess to be; for if they will seek the Lord with all the heart, they will be filled with the Spirit. Jesus Christ is the Pattern, and every one who copies the Pattern will estimate the value of his own soul as the purchased possession of Christ. He will see that the Lord requires all the members of His church, as living, human agencies, to exert a sanctified influence in unity to build up the Redeemer's kingdom in the earth. The careless inaction, the indolence, the neglect to improve a single faculty and intrusted capability which might have been employed for blessing humanity, robs the world of the promised influence of the Holy Spirit, which might have accompanied with its presence the living witness for God. A message from  heaven is sent to the world by those whom the Lord has called. They are to make known the salvation of God, that, by the testimony of those who are sanctified, many may be saved.                                                      Mrs. E. G. White.  {ST, January 16, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, May 1, 1907 par. 1]       May 1, 1907 "Able to Make Us Wise unto Salvation"    By Mrs. E. G. White    How to Study the Bible.         Given by inspiration of God," "able to make us wise unto salvation," rendering "the man of God perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works" --the Book of books has the highest claims to our reverent attention. Superficial study of the word of God can not meet the claims it has upon us, nor furnish us with the benefit that is promised. We should seek to learn the full meaning of the words of truth, and to drink deep the spirit of the holy oracles.  {ST, May 1, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, May 1, 1907 par. 2]          To read daily a certain number of chapters, or to commit to memory a stipulated amount of Scripture, without careful thought as to the meaning of the text, will profit but little. To study one passage until its significance is clear to the mind, and its relation to the plan of salvation is evident, is of more value than the perusal of many chapters with no definite purpose in view and no positive instruction gained.  {ST, May 1, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, May 1, 1907 par. 3]          We can not obtain wisdom from the word of God without giving earnest and prayerful attention to its study. It is true that some portions of Scripture are, indeed, too plain to be misunderstood; but there are many portions whose meaning can not be seen at a glance; for the truth does not lie upon the surface. In order to understand the meaning of such passages, scripture must be compared with scripture; there must be careful research and prayerful reflection. Such study will be richly repaid. As the miner discovers precious veins of metal concealed beneath the surface of the earth, so will he who perseveringly searches the word of God as for hid treasure find truths of the greatest value which are concealed from the careless seeker.  {ST, May 1, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, May 1, 1907 par. 4]          You must dig in the mine of truth till you find its greatest treasure, and by comparing scripture with scripture you may find the true meaning of the text. But if you do not make the sacred teachings of God's word the rule and guide of your life, the truth will be nothing to you. Truth is efficient only as it is carried out in practical life. If the word of God condemns some habit you have indulged, a feeling you have cherished, a spirit you have manifested, turn not from the word of God, but turn away from the evil of your doings, and let Jesus cleanse and sanctify your heart. Confess your faults, and forsake them wholly and determinedly, believing the promises of God, and showing your faith by your works. If the truths of the Bible are woven into practical life, they will bring the mind up from earthliness and debasement. Those who are conversant with the Scriptures will be men and women who exert an elevating influence.  {ST, May 1, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, May 1, 1907 par. 5]          In searching for Heaven-revealed truths, the Spirit of God is brought into close connection with the sincere searcher of the Scriptures. An understanding of the revealed will of God enlarges the mind, expands, elevates, and endows it with new vigor, by bringing its faculties into contact with stupendous truth. No study is better to give energy to the mind, to strengthen the intellect, than the study of the word of God. No other book is so potent in elevating the thoughts, in giving vigor to the faculties, as is the Bible, which contains the most ennobling truths. If God's word were studied as it should be, we would see breadth of mind, stability of purpose, nobility of character, such as are rarely seen in these times.  {ST, May 1, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, July 3, 1907 par. 1]       July 3, 1907 The Law Revealed in Christ    By Mrs. E. G. White         In the prayer of Christ for His disciples, He said concerning them: "The glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one ［in spiritual union］; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me."  {ST, July 3, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, July 3, 1907 par. 2]         The glory of Christ is His character, and His character is an expression of the law of God. He fulfilled the law in its every specification, and gave to the world in His life a perfect pattern of what it is possible for humanity to attain unto by cooperation with divinity. In His humanity Christ was dependent upon the Father, even as humanity is now dependent upon God for divine power in attaining unto perfection of character. God's law is an exponent of His character, an expression of His holiness; but, viewed by him who was fallen thru sin, it is a voice of condemnation, a ministration of death. It is not in the province of the law to pardon the transgressor; for "by the law is the knowledge of sin." "By . . . the law there shall no sin be justified." No ray of hope shines forth from the law to the sinner, and its transgressor can find no answer from the law to his anxious inquiry, "What shall I do to be saved?" "How shall I be just with God?"  {ST, July 3, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, July 3, 1907 par. 3]          But thru Christ a way of escape has been provided. Our Redeemer came in the flesh to condemn sin in the flesh, to lay hold of the repenting soul with an unyielding grasp, and at the same time to grasp the throne of God, becoming the connecting link between humanity and divinity, between earth and heaven. He is the only refuge for the guilty soul. In searching to know God, man is directed to Christ, who lived out the law of God, and manifested to the world the attributes of the Father. In the Son of God the inexpressible goodness of God is revealed; for in Him mercy and truth meet together, righteousness and peace kiss each other. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Christ in the flesh, condemning sin in the flesh, was a perfect revelation of God to the world. Christ declared: "I am the way, the truth, and the life; no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me."  {ST, July 3, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, July 3, 1907 par. 4]          In answer to the request of Philip, "Lord, show us the Father, and it sufficeth us," Jesus said: "Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? he that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father? Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me? the words that I speak unto you I speak not of Myself; but the Father that dwelleth in Me, He doeth the works." The Lord Jesus is the embodiment of the glory of the Godhead. The light of the knowledge of the glory of God is seen in the face of Jesus Christ. God has revealed Himself to men; He stooped to take upon Him our nature, and in His Son we see the glory of the divine attributes. Those who see not in Christ the divine character are in the shadow of Satan's misrepresentation of divinity. "The god of this world hath blinded the minds of them that believe not, lest the light of the glorious Gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them." "Who being the brightness of His glory, and the express image of His person, and upholding all things by the word of His power, when He had by Himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high." "In whom we have redemption thru His blood, even the forgiveness of sins: who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature."  {ST, July 3, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, July 3, 1907 par. 5]          In Christ Jesus is a revelation of the glory of the Godhead. All that the human agent can know of God to the saving of the soul, is the measure of the knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus, to which he can attain; for Christ is He who represents the Father. The most wonderful truth to be grasped by men is the truth, "Immanuel, God with us." Christ is the wisdom of God. He is the great "I Am" to the world. As we contemplate the glory of the divine character as revealed in Christ, we are led to exclaim, "O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God!" This wisdom is displayed in the love that reaches out for the recovery of lost and ruined man.                                                                   -    {ST, July 3, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 1]       October 30, 1907 The Great Missionary    By Mrs. E. G. White    "Leaving you an example that ye should follow  His steps."         Into this world came our Lord Jesus Christ as the unwearied Servant of man's necessity. He "took our infirmities, and bare our sicknesses," that He might minister to every need of humanity. He came to remove the burden of disease and wretchedness and sin. It was His mission to bring to men complete restoration; He came to give them health and peace and perfection of character.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 2]          The Saviour's work was not restricted to any time or place. His compassion knew no limit. Wherever there were hearts ready to receive His message, He comforted them with the assurance of their heavenly Father's love. All day He ministered to those who came to Him; in the evening He gave attention to such as thru the day must toil to earn a pittance for the support of their families.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 3]          Jesus carried the awful weight of responsibility for the salvation of men. He knew that unless there was a decided change in the principles and purposes of the human race, all would be lost. This was the burden of His soul, and none could appreciate the weight that rested upon Him. Thru childhood, youth, and manhood, He walked alone. Yet it was heaven to be in His presence. Day by day He met trials and temptations; day by day He was brought into contact with evil, and witnessed its power upon those whom He was seeking to bless and to save. Yet He did not fail nor become discouraged.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 4]          In all things He brought His wishes into strict abeyance to His mission. He glorified His life by making everything in it subordinate to the will of His Father. When in His youth His mother, finding Him in the school of the rabbis, said, "Son, why hast Thou thus dealt with us?" He answered,--and His answer is the keynote of His life-work,--"How is it that ye sought Me? Wist ye not that I must be about My Father's business?"  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 5]          His life was one of constant self-sacrifice. He had no home in this world, except as the kindness of friends provided for Him as a wayfarer. He came to live in our behalf the life of the poorest, and to walk and work among the needy and the suffering. Unrecognized and unhonored, He walked in and out among the people for whom He had done so much.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 6]          He was always patient and cheerful, and the afflicted hailed Him as a messenger of life and peace. He saw the needs of men and women, children and youth, and to all He gave the invitation, "Come unto Me."  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 6}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 7]          During His ministry, Jesus devoted more time to healing the sick than to preaching. His miracles testified to the truth of His words that He came not to destroy, but to save. He made each work of healing an occasion for implanting divine principles in the mind and soul. This was the purpose of His work. He imparted earthly blessings that He might incline the hearts of men to receive the Gospel of His grace.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 7}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 8]          By the sea, on the mountainside, in the streets of the city, in the synagog, His voice was heard explaining the Scriptures. Often He taught in the outer court of the temple, that the Gentiles might hear His words. The subject of Christ's teaching was the word of God. He met questioners with a plain, "It is written," "What saith the Scriptures?" "How readest thou?" At every opportunity when an interest was awakened by either friend or foe, He presented the word. With clearness and power He proclaimed the Gospel message. His words shed a flood of light on the teachings of patriarchs and prophets, and the Scriptures came to men as a new revelation. Never before had His hearers perceived in the word of God such depth of meaning.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 8}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 9]          He passed by no human being as worthless, but sought to apply the healing remedy to every soul. In whatever company He found Himself, He presented a lesson appropriate to the time and the circumstances. Every neglect or insult shown by men to their fellow men only made Him more conscious of their need of His divine-human sympathy. He sought to inspire with hope the roughest and most unpromising, setting before them the assurance that they might become blameless and harmless, attaining such a character as would make them manifest as the children of God.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 9}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 10]          Often He met those who had drifted under Satan's control, and who had no power to break from his snare. To such a one, discouraged, sick, tempted, fallen, Jesus would speak words of tenderest pity, words that were needed and could be understood. Others He met who were fighting a hand-to-hand battle with the adversary of souls. These He encouraged to persevere, assuring them that they would win; for angels of God were on their side, and would give them the victory.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 10}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 11]          At the table of the publicans He sat as an honored guest, by His sympathy and social kindliness showing that He recognized the dignity of humanity; and men longed to become worthy of His confidence. Upon their thirsty hearts His words fell with blessed, life-giving power.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 11}
[ST, October 30, 1907 par. 12]          Never was there such an evangelist as Christ. He was the Majesty of heaven, but He humbled Himself to take our nature, that He might meet men where they were. To all people, rich and poor, free and bond, Christ, the Messenger of the covenant, brought the tidings of salvation. His fame as the great Healer spread throughout Palestine. The sick came to the places thru which He would pass, that they might call on Him for help. Hither, too, came many anxious to hear His words and to receive a touch of His hand. Thus He went from city to city, from town to town, preaching the Gospel and healing the sick--the King of glory in the lowly garb of humanity.  {ST, October 30, 1907 par. 12}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 1]       November 20, 1907 Drunkenness and Crime    By Mrs. E. G. White    Their Significance.         In these days when vice and crime of every form are rapidly increasing, there is a tendency to become so familiar with existing conditions that we lose sight of their cause and of their significance. More intoxicating liquors are used today than have ever been used heretofore. In the horrible details of revolting drunkenness and terrible crime, the newspapers give but a partial report of the story of the resultant lawlessness. Violence is in the land. And yet, notwithstanding the many evidences of the increase of crime and lawlessness, men seldom stop to think seriously of the meaning of these things. Almost without exception, men boast of the enlightenment and progress of the present age.  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 2]         Upon those to whom God has given light, rests the solemn responsibility of calling the attention of others to the significance of the increase of drunkenness and crime. They should also bring before the minds of others the Scriptures that plainly portray the conditions which shall exist just prior to the second coming of Christ. Faithfully should they uplift the divine standard, and raise their voices in protest against the sanctioning of the liquor traffic by legal enactment.  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 3]          The evils that are so apparent at the present time are the same that brought destruction to the antediluvian world. "In the days that were before the Flood," one of the prevailing sins was drunkenness. From the record in Genesis we learn that "the earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence." Crime reigned supreme. Men whose reason was dethroned by intoxicating drink, thought little of taking the life of a human being.  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 4]          "As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be." The drunkenness and the crime that now prevail have been foretold by the Saviour. We are living in the closing days of this earth's history. It is a most solemn time. Everything betokens the soon return of Christ. The very conditions we see in the great cities of our land, the mad acts of men whose minds have been inflamed by drugged liquor sold under sanction of the rulers of the people, the dead and the dying whose destruction can be traced to the use of poisonous liquor--all these evils are but a fulfillment of our Saviour's prophecy, whereby we may know that Jesus will soon appear in the clouds of heaven.  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 5]                                  Divine Warnings.          The Lord can not bear much longer with an intemperate and perverse generation. There are many solemn warnings in the Scriptures against the use of intoxicating liquors. In the days of old, when Moses was rehearsing the desire of Jehovah concerning His people, there were uttered against the drunkard the following words:  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 6]          "And it come to pass, when he heareth the words of this curse, that he bless himself in his heart, saying, I shall have peace, tho I walk in the imagination of mine heart, to add drunkenness to thirst: the Lord will not spare him, but then the anger of the Lord and His jealousy shall smoke against that man, and all the curses that are written in this book shall lie upon him, and the Lord shall blot out his name from under heaven."  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 6}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 7]          Solomon says: "Wine is a mocker, strong drink is raging; and whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise." "Who hath woe? who hath sorrow? who hath contentions? who hath babbling? who hath wounds without cause? who hath redness of eyes? They that tarry long at the wine; they that go to seek mixed wine. Look not thou upon the wine when it is red, when it giveth his color in the cup, when it moveth itself aright. At the last it biteth like a serpent, and stingeth like an adder."  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 7}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 8]          The use of wine among the Israelites was one of the causes that finally resulted in their captivity. Thru the prophet Amos the Lord said to them:  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 8}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 9]          "Woe to them that are at ease in Zion! . . . Ye that put far away the evil day, and cause the seat of violence to come near; that lie upon beds of ivory, and stretch themselves upon their couches, and eat the lambs out of the flock, and the calves out of the midst of the stall: that chant to the sound of the viol, and invent to themselves instruments of music, like David; that drink wine in bowls, and anoint themselves with the chief ointments: but they are not grieved for the affliction of Joseph. Therefore now shall they go captive with the first that go captive, and the banquet of them that stretched themselves shall be removed."  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 9}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 10]          "Woe to thee, O land, when thy king is a child, and thy princes eat in the morning! Blessed art thou, O land, when thy king is the son of nobles, and thy princes eat in due season, for strength, and not for drunkenness." "It is not for kings, O Lemuel, it is not for kings to drink wine; nor for princes strong drink: lest they drink, and forget the law, and pervert the judgment of any of the afflicted."  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 10}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 11]          These words of warning and command are pointed and decided. Let those in positions of public trust take heed, lest thru wine and strong drink they forget the law, and pervert judgment. Rulers and judges should ever be in a condition to fulfil the instruction of the Lord: "Ye shall not afflict any widow, or fatherless child. If thou afflict them in anywise, and they cry at all unto Me, I will surely hear their cry; and My wrath shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword; and your wives shall be widows, and your children fatherless."  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 11}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 12]          The Lord God of heaven ruleth. He alone is above all authority, over all kings and rulers. The Lord has given special directions in His word in reference to the use of wine and strong drink. He has forbidden their use, and enforced His prohibitions with strong warnings and threatenings. But His forbidding the use of intoxicating beverages is not an exercise of arbitrary authority. He seeks to restrain men, in order that they may escape from the evil results of indulgence in wine and strong drink. Degradation, cruelty, wretchedness, and strife follow as the natural results of intemperance. God has pointed out the consequence of following this course of evil. This He has done that there may not be a perversion of His laws, and that men may be spared the widespread misery resulting from the course of evil men who, for the sake of gain, sell maddening intoxicants.  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 12}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 13]          The relation of crime to intemperance is well understood by men who have to deal with those who transgress the laws of the land. In the words of a Philadelphia judge: "We can trace four-fifths of the crimes that are committed to the influence of rum. There is not one case in twenty where a man is tried for his life, in which rum is not the direct or indirect cause of the murder. Rum and blood, I mean the shedding of blood, go hand in hand."  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 13}
[ST, November 20, 1907 par. 14]          A district attorney in the city of Boston is reported as declaring that "ninety-nine out of one hundred of the crimes in our commonwealth are produced by intoxicating liquors."                               (Continued Next Week.)  {ST, November 20, 1907 par. 14}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 1]       November 27, 1907 Drunkenness and Crime     (Continued from Last Week.)    By Mrs. E. G. White    The Work of the Liquor Seller.         Woe unto him that buildeth his house by unrighteousness, and his chambers by wrong; . . . that saith, I will build me a wide house and large chambers, and cutteth him out windows; and it is ceiled with cedar, and painted with vermilion. Shalt thou reign, because thou closest thyself in cedar? . . . Thine eyes and thine heart are not but for covetousness, and for to shed innocent blood, and for oppression, and for violence, to do it."  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 2]          This scripture pictures the work of those who manufacture and who sell intoxicating liquor. Their business means robbery. For the money they receive, no useful equivalent is returned. Every dollar they add to their gains has brought a curse to the spender.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 3]          Every year millions upon millions of gallons of intoxicating liquors are consumed. Millions upon millions of dollars are spent in buying wretchedness, poverty, disease, degradation, lust, crime, and death. For the sake of gain, the liquor-dealer deals out to his victims that which corrupts and destroys mind and body. He entails on the drunkard's family poverty and wretchedness.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 4]          Houses of prostitution, dens of vice, criminal courts, prisons, almshouses, insane asylums, hospitals, all are, to a great degree, filled as a result of the liquor-seller's work. Like the mystic Babylon of the Apocalypse, he is dealing in "slaves and souls of men." Behind the liquor-seller stands the mighty destroyer of souls, and every art which earth or hell can devise is employed to draw human beings under his power. In the city and the country, on the railway trains, on the great steamers, in places of business, in the halls of pleasure, in the medical dispensary, even in the church, on the sacred communion-table, his traps are set. Nothing is left undone to create and to foster the desire for intoxicants. On almost every corner stands the public house with its brilliant lights, its welcome and good cheer, inviting the working man, the wealthy idler, and the unsuspecting youth.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 5]          Day by day, month by month, year by year, the work goes on. Fathers and husbands and brothers, the stay and hope and pride of the nation, are steadily passing into the liquor-dealer's haunt to be sent back wrecked and ruined.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 6]          More terrible still, the curse is striking the very heart of the home. More and more, women are forming the liquor habit. In many a household, little children, even in the innocence and helplessness of babyhood, are in daily peril thru the neglect, the abuse, the vileness of drunken mothers. Sons and daughters are growing up under the shadow of this terrible evil. What outlook for their future but that they will sink even lower than their parents?  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 6}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 7]                                    License Laws.          The licensing of the liquor traffic is advocated by many as tending to restrict the drink evil. But the licensing of the traffic places it under the protection of law. The government sanctions its existence, and thus fosters the evil which it professes to restrict. Under the protection of license laws, breweries, distilleries, and wineries are planted all over the land, and the liquor-seller plies his work beside our very doors.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 7}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 8]          Often he is forbidden to sell intoxicants to one who is drunk, or who is known to be a confirmed drunkard; but the work of making drunkards of the youth goes steadily forward. Upon the creating of the liquor appetite in the youth, the very life of the traffic depends. The youth are led on, step by step, until the liquor habit is established, and the thirst is created that at any cost demands satisfaction. Less harmful would it be to grant liquor to the confirmed drunkard, whose ruin in most cases is already determined, than to permit the flower of our youth to be lured to destruction thru this terrible habit.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 8}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 9]          By the licensing of the liquor traffic, temptation is kept constantly before those who are trying to reform. Institutions have been established where the victims of intemperance may be helped to overcome their appetite. This is a noble work; but so long as the sale of liquor is sanctioned by law, the intemperate receive but little benefit from inebriate asylums. They can not remain there always. They must again take their place in society. The appetite for intoxicating drink, tho subdued, is not wholly destroyed; and when temptation assails them, as it does on every hand, they too often fall an easy prey.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 9}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 10]                                   A Solemn Warning.          Concerning those who practise various forms of wickedness that are today so prevalent in many of our cities, the Lord has spoken plainly. He says:  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 10}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 11]         "Woe unto them that join house to house, that lay field to field, till there be no place, that they may be placed alone in the midst of the earth! In mine ears said the Lord of hosts, Of a truth many houses shall be desolate, even great and fair, without inhabitant. Yea, ten acres of vineyard shall yield one bath, and the seed of an homer shall yield an ephah.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 11}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 12]          "Woe unto them that rise up early in the morning, that they may follow strong drink; that continue until night, till wine inflame them! And the harp and the viol, the tabret, and pipe, and wine, are in their feasts: but they regard not the work of the Lord, neither consider the operation of His hands.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 12}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 13]          "Therefore ［for the reasons above given］ My people are gone into captivity, because they have no knowledge; and their honorable men are famished, and the multitude dried up with thirst. Therefore hell hath enlarged herself, and opened her mouth without measure; and their glory, and their multitude, and their pomp, and he that rejoiceth, shall descend into it. And the mean man shall be brought down, and the mighty man shall be humbled, and the eyes of the lofty shall be humbled; but the Lord of hosts shall be exalted in judgment, and God that is holy shall be sanctified in righteousness. . . .  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 13}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 14]          "Woe unto them that draw iniquity with cords of vanity, and sin as it were with a cart rope: that say, Let Him make speed, and hasten His work, that we may see it: and let the counsel of the Holy One of Israel draw nigh and come, that we may know it!  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 14}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 15]          "Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter!  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 15}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 16]          "Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight!  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 16}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 17]          "Woe unto them that are mighty to drink wine, and men of strength to mingle strong drink: which justify the wicked for reward, and take away the righteousness of the righteous from him!  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 17}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 18]          "Therefore as the fire devoureth the stubble, and the flame consumeth the chaff, so their root shall be as rottenness, and their blossom shall go up as dust: because they have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 18}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 19]          "Therefore is the anger of the Lord kindled against His people, and He hath stretched forth His hand against them, and hath smitten them: and the hills did tremble, and their carcasses were torn in the midst of the streets. For all this His anger is not turned away, but His hand is stretched out still."  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 19}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 20]          Has not this prediction been fulfilled in San Francisco, in Valparaiso, and in Kingston? Yet how few recognize the hand of God in these judgments!  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 20}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 21]          Well could it be said of the cities of our world today, as the Saviour declared of the cities wherein most of His mighty works were done, "Woe unto thee!" "The men of Nineveh shall rise up in judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it; because they repented at the preaching of Jonah." When the Lord sees men whom He has spared as He spared the inhabitants of Nineveh, continue to legalize and carry on the liquor traffic, the next stroke of the Infinite will be to destroy life. God has given men an opportunity to repent, to prepare to meet death with Christ's armor on, if death must come; and yet they continue in the wicked works that brought the cities under the rebuke and the chastening hand of God and caused the devastation of that in which they took so much pride.  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 21}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 22]         In recent disasters human lives have been wonderfully spared. Should there not be an acknowledgement of the Lord's mercy? Should there not be heartfelt repentance? Should not the liquor-saloons that have wrought so much evil be entirely abolished?  {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 22}
[ST, November 27, 1907 par. 23]          The honor of God, the stability of the nation, the well-being of the community, of the home, and of the individual, demand that every possible effort be made in arousing the people to the evil of intemperance. Soon we shall see the result of this terrible evil as we do not see it now. Who will put forth a determined effort to stay the work of destruction? As yet the contest has hardly begun. Let an army be formed to stop the sale of the drugged liquors that are making men mad. Let the danger from the liquor traffic be made plain, and a public sentiment be created that shall demand its prohibition. Let the drink-maddened men be given an opportunity to escape from their thraldom. Let the voice of the nation demand of its lawmakers that a stop be put to this infamous traffic.            "If thou forbear to deliver them that are drawn             unto death,         And those that are ready to be slain;         If thou sayest, Behold, we knew it not:         Doth not He that pondereth the heart consider it?         And He that keepeth thy soul, doth not He know             it?"         And "what wilt thou say when He shall punish             thee?"                                  (Concluded Next Week.)                                                                   -    {ST, November 27, 1907 par. 23}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 1]       December 4, 1907 Drunkenness and Crime     (Concluded.)    By Mrs. E. G. White         The man who has a vicious beast and who, knowing its disposition, allows it liberty is by the laws of the land held accountable for the evil the beast may do. In the laws given to Israel the Lord directed that when a beast known to be vicious caused the death of a human being, the life of the owner should pay the price of his carelessness or malignity. On the same principle the government that licenses the liquor-seller should be held responsible for the results of his traffic. And if it is a crime worthy of death to give liberty to a vicious beast, how much greater is the crime of sanctioning the work of the liquor-seller!  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 1}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 2]                         The Liquor Traffic in San Francisco.          For a time after the great earthquake along the coast of California, the authorities in San Francisco and in some of the smaller cities and towns ordered the closing of all liquor saloons. So marked were the effects of this strictly-enforced ordinance that the attention of thinking men throughout America, and notably on the Pacific Coast, was directed to the advantages that would result from a permanent closing of all saloons.  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 2}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 3]          During many weeks following the earthquake in San Francisco, very little drunkenness was seen. No intoxicating drinks were sold. The disorganized and unsettled state of affairs gave the city officials reason to expect an abnormal increase of disorder and crime, and they were greatly surprised to find the opposite true. Those from whom was expected much trouble, gave but little. This remarkable freedom from violence and crime was largely traceable to the disuse of intoxicants.  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 3}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 4]          The editors of some of the leading dailies took the position that it would be for the permanent betterment of society and for the upbuilding of the best interests of the city, were the saloons forever to remain closed. But wise counsel was swept aside, and within a few short weeks permission was given the liquor-dealers to reopen their places of business upon the payment into the city treasury of a license-tax considerably higher than had formerly been paid.  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 4}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 5]          In the Outlook of Nov. 3, 1906, the situation is thus described:  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 5}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 6]          "During the two months and a half after April 18, San Francisco was probably the most orderly large city in the United States. Violence and crime were practically unknown. During that time the saloons and liquor-stores of the city were closed tight. About the middle of July the saloons were permitted to open again. This action of the city government was accompanied by the expectation on the part of many citizens of an outbreak of violence and disorder. Clergymen, and it is said even the police, advised men and women to carry firearms for their own protection. For the past three months San Francisco has been living under a reign of terror. In eighty days eighty-three murders, robberies, and assaults were registered on the police records. A despatch to "Ridgeway's," a new weekly periodical, reports the sale in San Francisco during one week in October of over six thousand revolvers. The police have been, and are, powerless to preserve order and protect the city--in the opinion of the best citizens of San Francisco because the heads of the force are corrupt and are doing the will of a corrupt government."  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 6}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 7]          In the calamity that befell San Francisco the Lord designed to wipe out the liquor-saloons that have been the cause of so much evil, so much misery and crime. In legalizing the sale of liquor, the guardians of the public welfare proved unfaithful to their trust. Those who were placed in positions of official responsibility were given opportunity to become thoroughly familiar with the advantages of the closed saloon, but they deliberately chose to enact laws sanctioning the carrying on of the liquor traffic. Did they not know that in doing this they were virtually licensing the commission of crime?  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 7}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 8]          Every kind of wickedness continues to be practised in San Francisco. What a record of dishonesty and conniving has been brought to light in the investigations of the action of men in official positions! Are we not almost led to inquire, Whom can we trust? Where can we find men of honor?  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 8}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 9]          Thru the liquor traffic Satan is at work to corrupt with his deceiving policies the rulers and the people. As this work is carried on from city to city, the guilt of the whole world will be made manifest, and it will be plainly seen why God permits His judgments to fall on the earth. Because of the pride of the heart, the falsehood, the dishonesty, the profanity that is manifest, the Lord will soon come "out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain."  {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 9}
[ST, December 4, 1907 par. 10]          The people of San Francisco must answer at the judgment bar of God for the reopening of the liquor saloons in that city. O that our cities might reform! In places where the judgments of heaven have fallen, God is now proving those whose lives He has spared as to whether they will continue to allow health and reason to be destroyed by the sale of maddening drink. Today, in many places, men are being tried in courts of justice, because, under the influence of drugged liquor, they have committed all manner of crime. Satan looks on, highly gratified over the persistent determination of men to sell and use these poisonous drinks.                                                                   -    {ST, December 4, 1907 par. 10}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 1]      May 6, 1908 "Follow Me, and I Will Make You Fishers of Men"    By Mrs. E. G. White         And it came to pass, that, as the people pressed upon Him to hear the word of God, He stood by the lake of Gennesaret, and saw two ships standing by the lake; but the fishermen were gone out of them, and were washing their nets. And He entered into one of the ships, which was Simon's, and prayed him that he would thrust out a little from the land. And He sat down, and taught the people out of the ship."  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 2]          The discourse ended, Jesus turned to Peter, and bade him launch out into the sea, and let down his net for a draft; but Peter was disheartened. All night he had taken nothing. During the lonely hours he had thought of the fate of John the Baptist, who was languishing alone in his dungeon. He had thought of the prospect before Jesus and His followers, and of the ill-success of the mission to Judea, and the malice of the priests and rabbis. Even his own occupation had failed him; and as he watched by the empty nets, the future had seemed dark with discouragement. "Master," he said, "we have toiled all night, and have taken nothing; nevertheless at Thy word I will let down the net."  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 3]          Night was the only favorable time for fishing with nets in the clear waters of the lake. After toiling all night without success, it seemed hopeless to cast the net by day; but Jesus had given the command, and love for their Master moved the disciples to obey. Simon and his brother together let down the net. As they attempted to draw it in, so great was the quantity of fish enclosed that it began to break. They were obliged to summon James and John to their aid. When the catch was secured, both the boats were so heavily laden that they were in danger of sinking.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 4]          But Peter was unmindful now of boats or lading. This miracle, above any other he had ever witnessed, was to him a manifestation of divine power. In Jesus he saw One who held all nature under His control. The presence of Divinity revealed his own unholiness. Love for his Master, shame for his own unbelief, gratitude for the condescension of Christ, above all, the sense of his uncleanness in the presence of infinite purity, overwhelmed him. While his companions were securing the contents of the net, Peter fell at the Saviour's feet exclaiming, "Depart from me; for I am a sinful man, O Lord."  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 5]          Altho Peter said to Christ, "Depart from me," he still clung to the Saviour's knees, feeling that he could not be parted from Him. "And Jesus said unto Simon, Fear not; from henceforth thou shalt catch men." When they had brought their ships to land, Peter and his companions forsook all, and followed Jesus. Thus were these humble fishermen called by the God of heaven to their life-work.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 6]          Every one who in living faith follows Jesus, with an eye single to His glory, will see of the salvation of God just as surely as these discouraged fishermen saw their boats filled by the miraculous draft. It was because Christ was in the ship that they were successful in their efforts to catch fish. The indwelling presence of the Saviour is equally necessary in the work of winning souls.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 7]          In order to save the fallen race, Christ, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth as our Redeemer. Here He lived as a Man among men, meeting the temptations that we must meet, and overcoming thru strength from above. By His sinless life He demonstrated that thru the power of God it is possible for man to withstand Satan's temptations.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 8]          We may endeavor to resist temptation in our own strength, doing our best to overcome; but we shall meet with disappointment after disappointment. And thus it is in our efforts to win men and women to the Saviour. Dependence on our own wisdom will result in repeated failure, causing us much anxiety and sorrow. This was the condition of mind in which Christ found the fishermen on the shore of the Sea of Galilee, after their night of unrewarded labor.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 9]          Long had the fishermen toiled that night; often had they been disappointed, as time and again the net was drawn up empty. But now, at the bidding of the Divine One, they launched out into the deep, and once more cast their net into the sea. And what an abundance of fish they gathered! The sight of the miraculous draft swept away their unbelief, and they were ready to respond to the Saviour's invitation to follow Him, and learn to be fishers of men.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 10]          The breaking net, the sinking ship, the surprise and gratitude of Peter and his companions, their willingness to follow the Saviour and to do His bidding--all these are object-lessons for us in the work of soul-saving. However long and faithfully we may toil in our human strength, we can hope for no results for good; but as soon as we welcome Christ into the heart, He works with and thru us for the salvation of souls.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 10}
[ST, May 6, 1908 par. 11]          God has promised to cooperate with those who choose to labor in harmony with His purpose. We are to do our utmost to act our part faithfully, in order that He may demonstrate to the world what He can do thru us. "Ye are laborers together with God," He declares. It is God that gives success to human endeavor. Without His presence with us, our efforts would amount to nothing. We are simply channels thru which His blessings flow to our fellow beings. From every one in whose heart Christ is an abiding presence, will go forth a power that will influence others to accept the Saviour as their Redeemer.  {ST, May 6, 1908 par. 11}
[ST, May 20, 1908 par. 1]       May 20, 1908 Our Comfort in Trial    By Mrs. E. G. White         God sees and tenderly sympathizes with those who are tempted. He hears the voice of supplication and distress. Not a groan, not a tear, not a sigh, escapes His notice. Christ came to this world to work out the plan of redemption in man's behalf, to show him how to overcome the temptations of the enemy. Will God, then, withhold from His children anything that will perfect their characters? If He did not love us, this great sacrifice would not have been made.  {ST, May 20, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, May 20, 1908 par. 2]          The Father's presence encircled Christ, and nothing befell Him but that which infinite love permitted for the blessing of the world. Here was His source of comfort, and it is for us. He who is imbued with the Spirit of Christ abides in Christ. Whatever comes to him comes from the Saviour, who surrounds him with His presence. Nothing can touch him except by the Lord's permission. All our sufferings and sorrows, all our temptations and trials, all our sadness and griefs, all our persecutions and privations, in short, all things work together for good. All experiences and circumstances are God's workmen whereby good is brought to us.  {ST, May 20, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, May 20, 1908 par. 3]          The gift of Christ is our pledge of help in trouble, and of victory in conflict. In Christ is the strength of His people; for to Him all power has been given. "He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall; but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint."  {ST, May 20, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, May 20, 1908 par. 4]          In the darkest hour, let faith pierce the cloud surrounding you; for Christ is behind, and He does all things well. We have a covenant-keeping God, who knows all our necessities, a God who unites with His majesty the gentleness and tenderness of the shepherd. He has pledged Himself to supply all our need. Have faith in Him; for His honor is at stake. He will not alter the thing that has gone out of His mouth. He will fulfil His promise. Absolute power is His, and no obstacle can stand before Him. His understanding is infinite; He can not err. He is never in perplexity in regard to the means that He will employ. He says, "Fear thou not; for I am with thee. . . . I the Lord thy God will hold thy right hand, saying unto thee, Fear not, I will help thee."  {ST, May 20, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, May 20, 1908 par. 5]          Nothing of the world can make sad those whom Jesus makes glad by His presence. In perfect acquiescence there is perfect peace. "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee; because he trusted in Thee." Our lives may seem a tangle; but as we commit our lives to the keeping of the Master-worker, He will bring out the pattern of life and character that will be to His own glory.  {ST, May 20, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, May 20, 1908 par. 6]          As thru Jesus we enter into rest, heaven begins here. We respond to His invitation, "Come, learn of Me," and in thus coming, we begin the life eternal. Heaven is a ceaseless approaching to God thru Christ. The longer we are in the heaven of bliss, the more and still more of glory will be revealed to us; and the more we know of God the more intense will be our happiness. As we walk with Jesus in this life, we may be filled with His love, satisfied with His presence. All that human nature can bear, we may receive here. But what is this compared with the hereafter! There "are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple; and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes."  {ST, May 20, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 1]       June 3, 1908 True Happiness in Service    By Mrs. E. G. White         The man whose experience is least to be envied is the one who shuts up his sympathies within his own heart. Those who get the most good out of life, who feel the truest satisfaction, are those who receive to give. Those who live for self are always in want; for they are never satisfied. There is no Christianity in shutting our sympathies up in our own selfish hearts. We are to bring brightness and blessing into the lives of others. The Lord has chosen us as His channels thru which to communicate His blessings.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 2]          The Lord has provided for every one pleasure that may be enjoyed by rich and poor alike,--the pleasure found in cultivating pureness of thought and unselfishness of action, the pleasure that comes from speaking sympathizing words and doing kindly deeds. From those who perform such service, the light of Christ shines forth to brighten lives darkened by shadows.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 3]          Christ bound men to His heart by the ties of love and devotion; and by the same ties He bound them to their fellow men. With Him love was life, and life was service. "Freely ye have received," He said, "freely give."  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 4]          It was not on the cross only that Christ sacrificed Himself for humanity. As "He went about doing good," every day's experience was an outpouring of His life. In one way only could such a life be sustained. Jesus lived in dependence upon God and communion with Him. To the secret place of the Most High, under the shadow of the Almighty, men now and then repair; they abide for a season, and the result is manifest in noble deeds; then their life fails, the communion is interrupted, and the life-work marred. But the life of Jesus was a life of constant trust, sustained by continual communion; and His service for heaven and earth was without failure or faltering.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 5]          "God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world thru Him might be saved." Looking upon men in their suffering and degradation, Christ perceived ground for hope where appeared only despair and ruin. Wherever there existed a sense of need, there He saw opportunity for uplifting. Souls tempted, defeated, feeling themselves lost, ready to perish, He met, not with denunciation, but with blessing.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 6]          The beatitudes were His greeting to the whole human family. Looking upon the vast throng gathered to listen to the Sermon on the Mount, He seemed to have forgotten for the moment that He was not in heaven, and He used the familiar salutation of the world of light. From His lips flowed blessings as the gushing forth of a long-sealed fountain.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 7]          Turning from the ambitious, self-satisfied favorites of this world, He declared that those were blessed who, however great their need, would receive His light and love. To the poor in spirit, the sorrowing, the persecuted, He stretched out His arms, saying, "Come unto me, . . . and I will give you rest."  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 8]          In every human being He discerned infinite possibilities. He saw men as they might be, transfigured by His grace,--in "the beauty of the Lord our God." Looking upon them with hope, He inspired hope. Meeting them with confidence, He inspired trust. Revealing in Himself man's true ideal, He awakened, for its attainment, both desire and faith. In His presence, souls despised and fallen realized that they still were men, and they longed to prove themselves worthy of His regard. In many a heart that seemed dead to all things holy were awakened new impulses. To many a despairing one there opened the possibility of a new life.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 9]         Every true, self-sacrificing worker is willing to spend and be spent for the sake of others. Christ says, "He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal. If any man serve Me, let him follow Me; and where I am, there shall also My servant be: if any man serve Me, him will My Father honor." By earnest, thoughtful efforts to help where help is needed, the true Christian shows his love for God and for his fellow beings. He may lose his life in service; but when Christ gathers His jewels to Himself, he will find it again.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 10]          There are many souls in perplexity, weighed down by a load of guilt. They desire to be delivered from sin. They have wandered from the springs of true happiness, and have poisoned their lives by drinking of the murky waters of transgression. They need the help of a friendly, outstretched hand. Teach them how to reach upward, how to live so that they will gain the respect of their fellow men. Altho the will has been depraved and weakened, there is hope for them in Christ. He will waken in their hearts higher impulses and holier desires.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 10}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 11]          They need to hear words of encouragement, that they may lay hold of the hope set before them in the Gospel. The promises of God's word will be to them as the leaves of the tree of life. Patiently continue your efforts, until with grateful joy the trembling hand grasps the hope of redemption thru Christ.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 11}
[ST, June 3, 1908 par. 12]          It is the one who has been tempted and tried, and whose hope was well-nigh gone, but who was saved by hearing a message of love, who can best understand the message of soul-saving. He whose heart is filled with the love of Christ, because he has been sought for by the Saviour, and brought back to the fold, knows how to work for others. He can point sinners to the Lamb of God. He has given himself without reserve to God, and has been accepted in the Beloved. The hand that in his weakness he held out for help has been grasped. By the ministry of such ones many prodigals will be brought to the Father, to present themselves before Him in contrition and penitence.  {ST, June 3, 1908 par. 12}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 1]       June 10, 1908 Unreserved Surrender    By Mrs. E. G. White         Those who would at last be received into heaven as members of the royal family must here give themselves--body, soul, and spirit--to the service of Him who paid the price of their redemption. All that we have and are belongs to the Lord. "Ye are not your own," the apostle declares; "for ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's."  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 2]          Christ declares, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily and follow Me. For whosoever will save his life shall lose it; but whosoever will lose his life for My sake, the same shall save it. For what is a man advantaged, if he gain the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away? For whosoever shall be ashamed of Me and of My words, of him shall the Son of Man be ashamed, when He shall come in His own glory, and the Father's, and of the holy angels."  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 3]          By the casting of grain into the earth, the Saviour represents His sacrifice for us. "Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground and die," He says, "it abideth alone; but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit." Only thru the sacrifice of Christ, the Seed, could fruit be brought forth for the service of God.  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 4]          So with all who bring forth fruit as workers together with Christ, self-love, self-interest, must perish; the life must be cast into the furrow of the world's need. But the law of self-sacrifice is the law of self-preservation. The husbandman preserves his grain by casting it away. So the life that will be preserved is the life that is freely given in service to God and man.  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 5]          The fulfilment of the promise that we shall be joint-heirs with Christ rests upon our willingness to deny self. When Christ takes possession of His kingdom, it will be those who on this earth have followed Him in self-denial and self-sacrifice that will receive the reward of everlasting life.  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 6]          Christ's call to sacrifice and unreserved surrender means crucifixion of self. In order to obey it, we must have unquestioning faith in Him as the perfect example, and a clear realization that we are to represent Him to the world. The characters of those who work for Christ are to be conformed to His character. They are to work in His lines; they are to live His life. His call to unreserved surrender is to be to them supreme. They are to allow no earthly tie or interest to prevent them from giving Him the homage of their hearts and the service of their lives. Earnestly and untiringly they are to labor with God to save perishing souls from the power of the tempter.  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 7]          Those who are thus connected with Christ learn constantly of Him, passing thru the successive stages of progress in Christian experience. Difficulty and perplexity come to them that they may learn more perfectly the will and way of Christ. But they pray and believe, and by exercise their faith increases.  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 8]          "Take My yoke upon you," Christ said, as in human nature He lived and worked upon this earth. Constantly He wore the yoke of submission, meeting the difficulties that human beings must meet, bearing the trials that they must bear. The enemy will constantly assault as he assaulted Christ, bringing against us strong temptation. But for every one there is a way of escape. "Take My yoke upon you," Christ says, "and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, June 10, 1908 par. 9]          God's true workers accept their calling with an understanding of the conditions on which they serve the Master who was crucified for them. They stand ready to go where God sends them. They hold their possessions at His disposal, regarding themselves as stewards of His grace. Such Christians Christ counts worthy of a place in His kingdom. Their hearts throb in unison with the heart of Christ. Hearing the Macedonian cry, they say, "Lord, here am I; send me." Desire ripens into earnest endeavor as they move forward in His strength. They delight to testify of their loyalty to Him whose goodness they can never repay. Their hearts are filled with thanksgiving to Him whose mercies are too numerous to be numbered; and their great desire is to do something for Him who loves them and calls them His friends.                                                                   -    {ST, June 10, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 1]       July 8, 1908 Teaching Lessons of Purity.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         It is the mother's privilege to bless the world by her influence, and in doing this, she will bring joy to her own heart. She may make straight paths for the feet of her children, thru sunshine and shadow, to the glorious heights above. But it is only when she seeks in her own life to follow the teachings of Christ, that the mother can hope to form the character of her children after the divine Example.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 2]         The world teems with corrupting influences. Fashion and custom exert a strong power over the young. From their infancy children should be taught lessons of purity. Mothers can not begin too early to fill the minds of their children with pure, holy thoughts. And one way of doing this is to keep everything about them clean and pure.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 3]         Mothers, if you desire your children's thoughts to be pure, let their surroundings be pure. Let their sleeping-rooms be scrupulously neat and clean. Teach them habits of order and neatness. See that they have a daily bath, followed by friction until their bodies are aglow. Tell them that God does not like to see His children with unclean bodies and ragged garments. Then go farther and speak of inward purity. Let it be your constant effort to uplift and ennoble your children.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 4]         Order is Heaven's first law, and the Lord desires His people to give in their homes a representation of the order and harmony which pervade the heavenly courts. Truth never places her delicate feet in the path of uncleanness and impurity. Truth does not make men and women coarse or rough or untidy. It raises all who accept it to a higher level. Under Christ's influence, a work of constant refinement goes on.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 5]         We are living in the last days. Soon Christ is coming for His people, to take them to the mansions He is preparing for them. But nothing that defiles can enter those mansions. Heaven is pure and holy, and those who pass thru the gates of the city of God must be clothed with inward and outward purity. They must be without "spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing." The charge to us is, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting ［holiness］ in the fear of God."  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 6]                           Influence of Association.          God's word places great stress upon the influence of association, even upon men and women. How much greater is its power upon the developing mind and character of children and youth! The company they keep, the principles they adopt, the habits they form, will decide the question of their usefulness here, and of their future eternal interest.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 7]         It is a terrible fact, and one that should make the hearts of parents tremble, that in so many of the schools and colleges to which the youth are sent for mental culture and discipline, influences prevail which misshape the character, divert the mind from life's true aims, and debase the morals. Thru contact with the irreligious, the pleasure-loving, and the corrupt, many, many youth lose the simplicity and purity, the faith in God, and the spirit of self-sacrifice that Christian fathers and mothers have cherished and guarded by careful instruction and earnest prayer.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 8]         Many who enter school with the purpose of fitting themselves for some line of unselfish ministry become absorbed in secular studies. An ambition is aroused to win distinction in scholarship and to gain position and honor in the world. The purpose for which they entered school is lost sight of, and the life is given up to selfish and worldly pursuits. And often habits are formed that ruin the life both for this world and for the world to come.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, July 8, 1908 par. 9]         As a rule, men and women who have broad ideas, unselfish purposes, noble aspirations, are those in whom these characteristics were developed by their association in early years. In all His dealings with Israel, God urged upon them the importance of guarding the associations of their children. All the arrangements of civil, religious, and social life were made with a view to preserving the children from harmful companionship, and making them, from their earliest years, familiar with the precepts and principles of the law of God. The object-lesson given at the birth of the nation was of a nature deeply to impress all hearts. Before the last terrible judgment came upon the Egyptians in the death of the first-born, God commanded His people to gather their children into their own homes. The door-post of every house was marked with blood, and within the protection assured by this token all were to abide. So today parents who love and fear God are to keep their children under "the bond of the covenant,"--within the protection of those sacred influences made possible thru Christ's redeeming blood.  {ST, July 8, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 1]      July 15, 1908 Christ's Example in Prayer.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Prayer is communion with God. It is the opening of the heart to God as to a friend. Not that it is necessary in order to make known to God what we are, but in order to enable us to receive Him. Prayer does not bring God down to us, but brings us up to Him.  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 2]          Jesus Himself, while He dwelt among men, was often in prayer. Prayer went before and sanctified every act of His ministry. It was by prayer that He was braced for duty and for trial. He is a brother in our infirmities, and was "in all points tempted like as we are;" but as the Sinless One, His nature recoiled from evil; He endured struggles and torture of soul in a world of sin. His humanity made prayer a necessity and a privilege.  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 3]          To the believing Jews in Jerusalem in the time of Christ, Olivet was a frequent resort for devotion. The hills and valleys about Jerusalem, now so bleak and bare, were then studded with olive-groves and orchards, and here the faithful in Israel would often go to search the Scriptures and to pray. The Garden of Gethsemane was among the places thus frequented. It was to this place, when the city of Jerusalem was hushed in the silence of midnight, that Jesus often repaired for communion with His Father.  When those to whom He had ministered all the day went every man to his house, Jesus, we read, "went unto the Mount of Olives." He would sometimes take His disciples with Him to this place of retirement, that they might join their prayers with His. In prayer Christ had power with God, and prevailed. Morning by morning, and evening by evening, He received grace that He might impart to others. Then, His soul replenished with grace and fervor, He would set forth to minister to the souls of men.  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 4]          We should not think that Christ's need of prayer in His human life lessens His dignity as our Redeemer. He came to be our Example in all things. He identified Himself with our weakness that we might identify ourselves with His strength. He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet He did not yield in a single instance to the sins that were proving the ruin of the sons of men. Thru prayer and communion with God, we, like Him, are to come forth refreshed and strengthened for the battles of life.  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 5]          In the Saviour's last recorded prayer for His disciples, we are given an inspiring view of the divine and human that combined in the nature of Christ. Behold the kneeling form in the shadow of Olivet! As a humble suppliant the Saviour pleads for strength for Himself and for His disciples in the coming struggle. With strong crying and tears He pleads in behalf of those whom He has called out from the world to give the message of salvation to men. "I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them," He pleads. "I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them thru Thy truth: Thy word is truth." "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me thru their word."  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 6]          "O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them."  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 7]          The Son of God, now at the Father's right hand, still pleads as man's intercessor. He still retains His human nature, is still the Saviour of mankind. We need to appreciate more than we do the precious privilege we have of presenting our petitions to Him as He presented His prayers to the Father. "I say unto you, Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. . . . If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he for a fish give him a serpent? Or if he shall ask an egg, will he offer him a scorpion? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children: how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him?"  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 8]          It is only at the altar of God that we kindle the taper with holy fire. It is only the divine light that will reveal the littleness, the incompetence, of human ability, and give clear, distinct views of the perfection and purity of Jesus Christ. It is only as we behold Jesus that we desire to become like Him. Only as we view His righteousness do we hunger and thirst to possess it. Only as we ask in earnest prayer and with the humility and simplicity of a little child, can God grant us our heart's desire. Such prayer is heard and answered. The Lord is more willing to give His Holy Spirit to those who earnestly desire it than earthly parents are to give good gifts to their children. Christ has promised the Holy Spirit to guide us into all truth and righteousness and holiness. The Spirit of God is not given by measure to those who earnestly seek for it, who by faith stand upon the promises of God. They plead the pledged word of God, saying, "Thou hast said it. I will take Thee at Thy word."  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, July 15, 1908 par. 9]          The Comforter is given that He may take of the things of Christ and show them unto us, that He may present in their rich assurance the words that fell from His lips, and convey them with living power to the soul who is obedient, who is emptied of self. It is then that the soul receives the image and superscription of the Divine. Then Christ is formed within, the hope of glory.  {ST, July 15, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 1]       July 22, 1908 "God Is Our Refuge"    By Mrs. E. G. White         In his long life, David found on earth no resting-place. In his manhood a hunted fugitive, finding refuge in the rocks and caves of the wilderness, he wrote:     "O God, Thou art my God; early will I seek         Thee:    My soul thirsteth for Thee, my flesh longeth         for Thee    In a dry and thirsty land, where no water         is. . . .    Thou hast been my help,    Therefore in the shadow of Thy wings will         I rejoice."     "Why art thou cast down, O my soul?    And why art thou disquieted within me?    Hope thou in God;    For I shall yet praise Him,    Who is the health of my countenance,    And my God."     "God is our refuge and strength,    A very present help in trouble.    Therefore will not we fear, tho the earth         be removed,    And tho the mountains be carried into the         midst of the sea."  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 2]          In the ninety-first psalm is a most wonderful description of the coming of the Lord to bring the wickedness of the wicked to an end, in which He gives to those who have chosen Him as their Redeemer the assurance of His love and protecting care:     "He that dwelleth in the secret place of the         Most High    Shall abide under the shadow of the         Almighty.    I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and         my fortress:    My God; in Him will I trust.    Surely He shall deliver thee from the snare         of the fowler, and from the noisome         pestilence.    He shall cover thee with His feathers,    And under His wings shalt thou trust:    His truth shall be thy shield and buckler.     "Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by         night;    Nor for the arrow that flieth by day;    Nor for the pestilence that walketh in         darkness;    Nor for the destruction that wasteth at         noonday.    A thousand shall fall at thy side,    And ten thousand at thy right hand;    But it shall not come nigh thee.    Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold    And see the reward of the wicked.     "Because thou hast made the Lord, which is         my refuge,    Even the Most High, thy habitation:    There shall no evil befall thee,    Neither shall any plague come nigh thy         dwelling.    For He shall give His angels charge over         thee,        To keep thee in all thy ways.    They shall bear thee up in their hands,    Lest thou dash thy foot against a stone.    Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder:    The young lion and the dragon shalt thou         trample under foot.    Because He hath set His love upon Me, therefore         will I deliver him:    I will set him on high, because he hath         known My name.    He shall call upon Me, and I will answer         him:    I will be with him in trouble;    I will deliver him, and honor him."  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 3]          The time has come when the righteous should understand that the judgments of God are to fall upon all those who transgress His law, but that those who walk humbly before Him will triumph with holy gladness, realizing constantly that they are under the assuring protection of His everlasting covenant of love. As Jehovah is holy, He requires His people to be holy, pure, undefiled; for "without holiness no man shall see the Lord." Those who worship Him in sincerity and truth will be accepted by Him. So long as God's people, in this time of peril, are sincere and upright, pure and undefiled, and trust alone in the One who is all-wise, all-merciful, and full of compassion, they walk in safe paths, and will not be turned aside. God is their defense, their front-guard and rear-ward.  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 4]                             Slighting God's Mercies.          At any moment God could withdraw from the impenitent the tokens of His wonderful mercy and love. O, that human agencies would consider what will be the sure result of their ingratitude to Him, their disregard of the infinite Gift of Christ to the world! Loving transgression more than obedience, the blessings of God, which they enjoy but do not appreciate, will become the occasion of their eternal ruin. Choosing to engage in worldly amusements and sinful pleasures rather than to check themselves in a course of sin and live for the honor of God, they learn too late what it means to be without God, without hope. Then they learn what they have lost by choosing to stand in rebellion to His commandments. In the past they have defied His power, rejected His overtures of mercy. When His judgments fall upon them they realize that they have lost happiness, life--eternal life in the heavenly courts. Surely they will say, "Our life was full of madness against God, and now we are lost."  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 5]          In the time when God's judgments are falling without mercy, O, how enviable to the wicked will be the position of those who abide "in the secret place of the Most High,"--the pavilion in which the Lord hides all who have loved Him and obeyed His commandments. But when probation has ended, the door of mercy is closed to the wicked. No more prayers in their behalf are answered.  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 6]                                 There Is Yet Time.          But this time has not yet come. Mercy's sweet voice is still heard. The Lord is still calling sinners to come to Him. As the light of truth reaches their hearts, will they repent and be converted? Will they, in humility, in meekness and lowliness of heart, come to the foot of the cross to learn of Jesus? Will they say to Him, "I will wash mine hands in innocency; so will I compass Thine altar, O Lord: that I may publish with the voice of thanksgiving and tell of all thy wondrous works"?  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 7]          The righteous understand God's government, and will triumph with holy gladness in the everlasting protection and salvation that Christ thru His merits has secured for them. Great joy will come to them in that day when every man shall receive according to his works; and songs of joy will burst from their lips as they recall all that God has done for His people.  {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, July 22, 1908 par. 8]          Until that day of final triumph comes, it is the privilege of every trusting believer to join in the song:     "The Lord is my light and my salvation;         whom shall I fear?    The Lord is the strength of my life; of whom         shall I be afraid?    When evil-doers came upon me to eat up my         flesh,    Even mine adversaries and my foes, they         stumbled and fell.    Tho an host should encamp against me,    My heart shall not fear:    Tho war should rise against me,    Even then will I be confident.    One thing have I asked of the Lord, that         will I seek after;    That I may dwell in the house of the Lord         all the days of my life,    To behold the beauty of the Lord, and to         inquire in His temple;    For in the day of trouble He shall keep me         secretly in His pavilion:    In the covert of His tabernacle shall He hide         me;    He shall lift me up upon a rock.    And now shall mine head be lifted up above         mine enemies round about me;    And I will offer in His tabernacle sacrifices         of joy;    I will sing, yea, I will sing praises unto the         Lord."                                                                   -    {ST, July 22, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 1]       August 12, 1908 The Grace of God    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The grace of God is the chief theme of the Gospel. God's grace is the manifestation of His love--a love that makes it possible, thru Christ, for fallen man to be saved, makes possible the union and cooperation of humanity with divinity.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 2]          Not because we first loved Him did Christ love us; but "while we were yet sinners," He died for us. He does not treat us according to our desert. Altho our sins have merited condemnation, He does not condemn us. Year after year He has borne with our weakness and ignorance, with our ingratitude and waywardness; notwithstanding our wanderings, our hardness of heart, our neglect of His Holy word, His hand is stretched out still.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 3]          At what infinite cost to the Father and to the Son was the merciful, wondrous provision made for our redemption! Christ stepped down from His high estate as Commander in the heavenly courts; and laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, clothed his divinity with humanity, and came to this earth, that He might dwell with us and give to men and women grace to overcome as He overcame. The disobedience of Adam in believing the falsehood of Satan cost the life of the Son of God; but notwithstanding the great and immeasurable cost, the love and goodness of God shine forth brighter than even at the first creation. "Where sin abounded, grace did much more abound."  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 4]          The Lord God thru Jesus Christ holds out His hand all the day long in invitation to the sinful and the fallen. He will receive all. He welcomes all. It is His glory to pardon the chief of sinners. He will take the prey from the mighty; He will deliver the captive; He will pluck the brand from the burning; He will lower the golden chain of His mercy to the lowest depths of human wretchedness and woe, and lift up the debased soul defiled with sin.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 5]          Every human being is the object of loving interest to Him who gave His life that He might bring men back to God. Souls guilty and helpless, liable to be destroyed by the arts and snares of Satan, are cared for as a shepherd cares for the sheep of his flock.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 6]          The Saviour's example is to be the standard of our service for the tempted and the erring. The same interest and tenderness and long-suffering that He has manifested toward us, we are to manifest toward others. "As I have loved you," He says, "that ye also love one another." If Christ dwells in us, we shall reveal His unselfish love toward all with whom we have to do. As we see men and women in need of sympathy and help, we shall not ask, "Are they worthy?" but "How can I benefit them?"  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 7]          The wonderful example of the life of Christ, the matchless tenderness with which He entered into the feelings of the oppressed, His joy over those who rejoiced in His love, can not fail to have a deep influence upon the character of all who follow Him in sincerity. Learning of Him, they will give their sympathy, not grudgingly, but liberally; by kindly words and acts they will try to make the path easy for weary feet. By the grace of God revealed in human kindness and love, many things that appear formidable will be overcome. Self-renunciation will be the law of the life.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 8]          It is Christ's desire that His children shall reach this place. He longs to reveal thru them the treasure of His grace. He says to them, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." And He says this because He knows that it is possible for them to reach perfection. The life that He lived in this world, they can live. He met the foe single-handed, as they must meet him. He asked for and received power to enable Him to overcome in conflict. And those who walk in God's way have the same power. The same angels that ministered to Christ minister to those also who shall be heirs of salvation.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 9]          It is our own character and experience that determine our influence upon others. In order to convince others of the power of Christ's grace, we must know its power in our own hearts and lives. The Gospel we present for the saving of souls must be the Gospel by which our own souls are saved. Only thru a living faith in Christ as a personal Saviour is it possible to make our influence felt in a skeptical world. If we would draw sinners out of the swift-running current, our own feet must be firmly set on the Rock, Christ Jesus.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 10]          The badge of Christianity is not an outward sign, not the wearing of a cross or a crown, but it is that which reveals the union of man with God. By the power of His grace manifested in the transformation of character the world is to be convinced that God has sent His Son as its Redeemer. No other influence that can surround the human soul has such power as the influence of an unselfish life. The strongest argument in favor of the Gospel is a loving and lovable Christian.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 10}
[ST, August 12, 1908 par. 11]          To every one who becomes a partaker of His grace, the Lord appoints a work for others; and the grace of God in all its fulness and efficiency is promised to those who engage in His service. The love that is bestowed by the Holy One is to be manifested by them to others. As we study the life of Christ, talk of Him, become more and more able to behold Him; as we avail ourselves of His grace, and receive the blessings He proffers us, we shall have something with which to help others. That which is good in the world will be stronger for our words and our presence, while evil will be made to appear as it is.  {ST, August 12, 1908 par. 11}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 1]       September 23, 1908 The Saviour's Characteristics    By Mrs. E. G. White         The plan of redemption, by which the merciful divine-human Redeemer rescued man from the thraldom of sin, is beyond the comprehension of men or of angels. It is a mystery so surpassing, so grand, so sublime, that we can never hope fully to understand it. Christ's sacrifice for fallen man has no parallel. It is the most exalted, sacred theme on which we can meditate. Every heart that is enlightened by the grace of God is constrained to bow with inexpressible gratitude and adoration before the Redeemer for His infinite sacrifice.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 2]          In His earthly life, Jesus of Nazareth differed from all other men. His entire life was characterized by disinterested benevolence and the beauty of holiness. In His bosom existed the purest love, free from every taint of selfishness and sin. From the beginning of His ministry, men began more clearly to comprehend the character of God.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 3]          Up to the time of Christ's first advent, men worshiped cruel, despotic gods. Even the Jewish mind was reached through fear rather than love. Christ's mission was to reveal to men that God is not a despot, but a Father, full of mercy and love for His children. He spoke of God by the endearing name of "Father." In answer to the anxious questionings of Joseph and Mary, after they had found Him in the temple, He said, "Wist ye not that I must be about My Father's business?" He did not refer to Joseph, His earthly father. It was not Joseph's business in which He was engaged with the doctors of the law.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 4]          To give a true representation of the tender, loving, pitying care exercised by His Father, Jesus gave the parable of the prodigal son. Tho His children err and stray from Him, if they repent and return, He will receive them with a joy greater than the earthly parent feels in the recovery of a long-lost son. In all the sufferings and afflictions of men, there is an Eye to pity, a Heart to love. "Like as a father pitieth his children, so the Lord pitieth them that fear Him." God's tenderest care is exercised over us. He pities us in our weakness and in our sorrow. We may be despondent, even despairing; the heavy clouds of affliction may be over us; but there is light ahead. Beyond the gloom is a sympathetic, compassionate Friend, One who does not willingly grieve or afflict the children of men.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 5]         "All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them" The Saviour taught this principle to make mankind happy, for in no other way can happiness come. God gives to men and women the boon of life, not merely to enable them to gain wealth and worldly advantages, but that they may improve the higher powers, by doing the work He has entrusted to mankind, the work of searching out and relieving the necessities of their fellow men. Man should not work for his own selfish interest, but for the interest of every one about him, blessing others by his influence and kindly deeds. This purpose of God is exemplified in Christ's life.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 6]          The Saviour declared, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." The incident of the good Samaritan is given as an illustration of our duty to those in need of sympathy and help. The Jews had been instructed by their leaders to despise the Samaritans; but Jesus showed that one of this hated class was far in advance of the priests in the performance of deeds of compassion, mercy, and benevolence. The Levites, chosen to fill sacred, holy offices among God's favored people, did not improve the opportunity. The Samaritan, scorned by priest and Levite, despised by the Jews as a member of a despised race, was pointed out by Christ as one who obeyed the law of human kindness and who showed true mercy. His compassionate act the Saviour extols, and stamps with the seal of divine approval.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 7]          Christ carried out in His life His own divine teachings. He was absorbed in the work He came to perform; His devotion to the work of saving the lost was manifest on all occasions. While He rebuked sin with severity, He ever showed tender love for the sinner. In Him were blended the wisdom of the serpent and the harmlessness of the dove. His zeal never led Him to become passionate. He manifested consistency without obstinacy, benevolence without weakness, tenderness and sympathy without sentimentalism. He was highly social, yet He possessed a reserved dignity that did not encourage undue familiarity. His temperance never led to bigotry or austerity. He was not conformed to this world, yet He was not indifferent to the wants of the least among men.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 8]          The feeding of the five thousand is an illustration of Christ's tender solicitude. The multitude, forgetting the wants of nature, had listened with deepest interest to His ministry of truth; but He, like a pitying father, was mindful of their needs. Often hungry Himself, He was awake to the necessities of others. Calling His disciples to Him, He said, "I have compassion on the multitude, because they continue with Me now three days, and have nothing to eat: and I will not send them away fasting, lest they faint in the way." The Saviour remembered that after His long fast in the wilderness of temptation, He had fainted, and that angels had ministered to Him. Without hesitation He wrought a miracle to feed the thousands who had followed Him in order that they might hear the gracious words proceeding from His lips.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, September 23, 1908 par. 9]          The Saviour's example is to be the standard of our service for the tempted and the erring. The same interest and tenderness and long-suffering that He has manifested toward us, we are to manifest toward others. "As I have loved you," He says, "that ye also love one another." If Christ dwells in us, we shall reveal His unselfish love toward all with whom we have to do.  {ST, September 23, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 1]       October 21, 1908 A Warfare    By Mrs. E. G. White         The new man in Christ is born to conflict, toil, and labor, born to engage in the good fight of faith. The warfare in which he is engaged is a hand-to-hand struggle, and will require to exercise of every energy. He must meet human beings of power and influence who are on Satan's side of the controversy; he must also meet unseen agencies of evil. "We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places." But there is a power within his reach through which he can obtain the victory in every onset, power to make him more than conqueror over every temptation.  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 2]                                    A Wily Foe.          Satan watches his opportunity, when the Christian is unguarded, to seize from him the precious graces, but it is the privilege of the follower of Christ to obtain strength from God to hold every precious gift. He will often have severe conflict with the powers of darkness in order to retain them; or if he has lost a heavenly grace through lack of watchfulness, he will have a struggle to regain it. Fervent and effectual prayer will be regarded in heaven. When the servants of God take the shield of faith for their defense and the sword of the Spirit for war, they will succeed. When truth in its simplicity and strength prevails among believers, and is brought to bear against the spirit of the world, it will be evident that between Christ and Belial there is no concord.  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 3]          The triumph of Christianity is dependent on the influence of its adherents. Manfully the Christian is to fight the good fight of faith. Lawfully he is to strive, never relaxing his efforts, day by day seeking for greater power to help those around him. His words are to be right words, pure and true, fraught with sympathy and love, his actions right actions, a help and a blessing to the weak. Never is he to grow weary in his work. He will meet with trial, but he must always be brave and cheerful, bringing joy and courage into other lives.  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 4]          Obedience and faith must characterize us as the servants of Christ. Our Redeemer unfolded before His disciples that He must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things of the chief priests and elders, and be killed, and be raised from the dead the third day. He was already standing under the shadow of the cross. He fully comprehended the great work He came to do, and He would have His disciples understand the greatness of this work, and the responsibilities which would rest upon them in the performance of their duty in carrying forward His work when He should leave them. He said to them, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me. For whosoever shall save his life shall lose it; . . . for what is a man profited, if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? For the Son of Man shall come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He shall reward every man according to his works."  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 5]                                  Loyalty Demanded.          Those who hesitate to devote themselves unreservedly to God make poor work of following Christ. They follow Him at such a distance that they do not really know whether they are following in His footsteps or in those of the enemy. Why are we so slow to give up our interest in the things of this world, and take Christ for our only portion? Why should we wish to keep the friendship of our Lord's enemies and follow their customs and be led by their opinions? There must be an entire, unreserved surrender to God, a forsaking and turning away from the love of the world and earthly things, or we can not be His disciples.  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 6]          The life and Spirit of Christ are the only standard of excellence and perfection, and our only safe course is in following His example. He will guide us by His counsel, and afterward receive us to glory. We must strive diligently and be willing to suffer much, in order to walk in the footsteps of our Redeemer. God is willing to work for us, to give us of His free Spirit, if we will strive for it, live for it, believe for it. Then we can walk in the light as He is in the light. We can feast upon His love, and drink in of His rich fulness.  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 7]          Our country claims of fathers and mothers their sons; it demands that brothers and husbands be given up to leave their homes for the field of carnage and bloodshed. They must face peril, endure privation and hunger, weariness and loneliness; they must make long marches, footsore and weary, through heat of summer and through winter's cold; they run the risk of life. They are compelled to follow the commander. Sometimes they are not even allowed time to eat. And all this severe experience is in consequence of sin. There is an enemy to meet, an enemy to be resisted. Enemies of our country will destroy her peace and bring disaster and ruin, unless driven back and repulsed. "Conquer or die," is the motto.  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, October 21, 1908 par. 8]          Thus it is with the Christian warfare. We have an enemy that we must meet, who is never off his guard one moment. The claims of our country are not higher than the claims of God. If hardships are borne and trials are endured by our soldiers fighting in behalf of their country to obtain the mastery and bring to obedience the rebellious, how much more willingly should the soldiers of Christ endure privation, self-denial, and taxation for His sake!  {ST, October 21, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 1]       November 4, 1908 The Plan of Redemption    By Mrs. E. G. White    When Sin Entered.         The fall of man filled all heaven with sorrow. The world that God had made was blighted with the curse of sin and inhabited by beings doomed to misery and death. There appeared no escape for those who had transgressed the law. Angels ceased their songs of praise. Throughout the heavenly courts there was mourning for the ruin that sin had wrought.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 2]          The Son of God, heaven's glorious Commander, was touched with pity for the fallen race. His heart was moved with infinite compassion as the woes of the lost world rose up before Him. But divine love had conceived a plan whereby man might be redeemed. The broken law of God demanded the life of the sinner. In all the universe there was but One who could, in behalf of man, satisfy its claims. Since the divine law is as sacred as God Himself, only one equal with God could make atonement for its transgression. None but Christ could redeem fallen man from the curse of the law, and bring him again into harmony with Heaven. Christ would take upon Himself the guilt and shame of sin--sin so offensive to a holy God that it must separate the Father and the Son. Christ would reach to the depths of misery to rescue the ruined race.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 3]          Before the Father He pleaded in the sinner's behalf, while the host of heaven awaited the result with an intensity of interest that words can not express. Long continued was that mysterious communing--"the counsel of peace" --for the fallen sons of men. The plan of salvation had been laid before the creation of the earth; for Christ is a lamb "foreordained before the foundation of the world"; yet it was a struggle, even with the King of the universe, to yield up His Son to die for the guilty race. But "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." O, the mystery of redemption! the love of God for a world that did not love Him! Who can know the depths of that love which "passeth knowledge"? Through endless ages, immortal minds, seeking to comprehend the mystery of that incomprehensible love, will wonder and adore.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 4]          The plan by which alone man's salvation could be secured involved all heaven in its infinite sacrifice. The angels could not rejoice as Christ opened before them the plan of redemption; for man's salvation must cost their loved Commander unutterable woe. With what wonder and grief did they listen to His words as He told them how He must descend from heaven's purity and peace, its joy and glory and immortal life, and come in contact with the degradation of earth, to endure its sorrow, shame, and death. He would appear upon earth and humble Himself as a man, and by his own experience become acquainted with the sorrows and temptations which man would have to endure. All this would be necessary in order that He might succor those who should be tempted. He must be delivered into the hands of wicked men, and be subjected to every insult and torture that Satan could inspire them to inflict. He must die the cruelest of deaths, lifted up between the heavens and the earth as a guilty sinner. He must endure anguish of soul, the hiding of His Father's face, while the guilt of transgression--the weight of the sins of the whole world--should be upon Him.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 5]          How gladly would the angels have given themselves to die in place of their Commander if the sacrifice could have been accepted in behalf of man! But only He who created man had power to redeem him; yet the angels were to have a part to act in the plan of redemption. Christ was to be made "a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death." As He should take human nature upon Him, they were to minister to Him in His sufferings. They were also to be ministering spirits sent forth to minister for those who should be heirs of salvation. They would guard the subjects of grace from the power of evil angels, and from the darkness thrown around them by Satan.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 6]          By His death, Christ would ransom many, and would destroy him who had the power of death. He would recover the kingdom which man had lost, and the redeemed were to inherit it with Him, and dwell therein forever. Sin and sinners would be blotted out, never more to disturb the peace of heaven or earth.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 7]          What wonder that joy, inexpressible joy, filled heaven! The glory and blessedness of a world renewed outmeasured even the anguish and sacrifice of the Prince of Life. Through the celestial courts echoed the first strains of that song which was to ring out above the hills of Bethlehem--"Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good-will toward men." With a deeper gladness now than in the rapture of the new creation, "the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy."  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 8]                           The First Promise of Salvation.          To man the first intimation of redemption was communicated in the sentence pronounced upon Satan in the garden. The Lord declared, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." This sentence, uttered in the hearing of our first parents, was to them a promise. While it foretold war between man and Satan, it declared that the power of the great adversary would finally be broken. Adam and Eve stood as criminals before the righteous Judge, awaiting the sentence which transgression had incurred; but before they heard of the life of toil and sorrow which must be their portion, or of the decree that they must return to dust, they listened to words that could not fail to give them hope. Tho they must suffer from the power of their mighty foe, they could look forward to final victory.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 9]                                 A Complete Restoration.          Not only man but the earth also had by sin come under the control of the wicked one, and was to be restored by the plan of redemption. At his creation, Adam was placed in dominion over the earth. But by yielding to temptation, he was brought under the power of Satan, and the dominion which he held passed to his conqueror. Thus Satan became "the god of this world." He had usurped that dominion over the earth which had been originally given to Adam. But Christ, by His sacrifice paying the penalty of sin, would not only redeem man, but recover the dominion which he had forfeited. All that was lost by the first Adam will be restored by the second. The prophet says, "O Tower of the flock, the stronghold of the daughter of Zion, unto Thee shall it come, even the first dominion." And the apostle Paul points forward to the "redemption of the purchased possession." God created the earth to be the abode of holy, happy beings. That purpose will be fulfilled when, renewed by the power of God, and freed from sin and sorrow, it shall become the eternal abode of the redeemed. "And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him."  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 10]         All that was lost by the first Adam will be restored by the second. The prophet says, "O Tower of the flock, the stronghold of the daughter of Zion, unto Thee shall it come, even the first dominion." And the apostle Paul points forward to the "redemption of the purchased possession." God created the earth to be the abode of holy, happy beings. That purpose will be fulfilled when, renewed by the power of God, and freed from sin and sorrow, it shall become the eternal abode of the redeemed. "And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him."  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 10}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 11]         The sacrificial offerings were ordained by God to be to man a perpetual reminder and a penitential acknowledgment of his sin, and a profession of his faith in the promised Redeemer. They were intended to impress upon the fallen race the solemn truth that death is the result of sin, the transgression of the law of God. To Adam the offering of the first sacrifice was a most painful ceremony. His hand must be raised to take life, which God alone could give. It was the first time he had ever witnessed death, and he knew that had he been obedient to God, there would have been no death of man or beast. As he slew the innocent victim, he trembled at the thought that his sin must shed the blood of the spotless Lamb of God. This scene gave him a deeper and more vivid sense of the greatness of his transgression, which nothing but the death of God's dear Son could expiate. And he marveled at the infinite goodness that would give such a ransom to save the guilty. A star of hope illumined the dark and terrible future, and relieved it of its utter desolation.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 11}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 12]                             The Law the Point of Issue.          From the first, the great controversy had been upon the law of God. Satan had sought to prove that God was unjust, and that His law was faulty, and that the good of the universe required it to be changed. In attacking the law, he aimed to overthrow the authority of its Author. In the controversy it was to be shown whether the divine statutes were defective and subject to change, or perfect and immutable.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 12}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 13]         When Satan was thrust out of heaven, he determined to make the earth his kingdom. When he had tempted and overcome Adam and Eve, he claimed that by virtue of this conquest, the fallen race were his rightful subjects, and the world was his. By sin the human race had been alienated from God, they were brought into sympathy with Satan, and were ready to unite with him in rebellion against God's law. Christ undertook to redeem man and rescue the world from the grasp of Satan.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 13}
[ST, November 4, 1908 par. 14]         The law of God could not be set aside even to save lost man. The well-being of the universe demanded that the divine government should be maintained. But in His infinite love and mercy, the Creator sacrificed Himself. In His Son, God Himself bore the penalty of transgression, "that He might be just, and the justifier of him that believeth in Jesus." Thus man, redeemed from Satan's power, and brought again into harmony with God, might be restored to "the first dominion." In this world the great controversy was to be decided. The plan of redemption was to be wrought out on the very field that Satan claimed as his.  {ST, November 4, 1908 par. 14}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 1]      December 9, 1908 Saved Through Faith    By Mrs. E. G. White         "By grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves: it is the gift of God."  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 1}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 2]          Faith is trusting God--believing that He loves us and knows best what is for our good. Thus, instead of our own, it leads us to choose His way. In place of our ignorance, it accepts His wisdom; in place of our weakness, His strength; in place of our sinfulness, His righteousness. Our lives, ourselves, are already His; faith acknowledges His ownership and accepts its blessing. Truth, uprightness, purity, have been pointed out as secrets of life's success. It is faith that puts us in possession of these principles. Every good impulse or aspiration is the gift of God; faith receives from God the light that alone can produce true growth and efficiency.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 2}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 3]          Wonderful is the work that God designs to accomplish through His servants that His name may be glorified. It is His purpose to manifest through them the principles of His kingdom. Through the humble receiver of His promises, God allows His blessings to flow out freely to the world. Every believer in whose heart Christ abides through belief of the truth will be a representative of the Saviour to show forth God's love before all with whom he comes in contact. Through faith he will lay hold of divine strength, and become a laborer together with God, a blessing to himself and to his fellow men.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 3}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 4]          It is a mistake to suppose that we must feel ourselves accepted of God before we can appropriate the promises of His word. Faith must not rely upon feeling, but upon the promises of God. Faith takes hold of the divine word; whereas feeling often eclipses faith in a "Thus saith the Lord." "If thou wilt enter into life," Christ says, "keep the commandments." Live out My law "as the apple of thine eye." God's commandments obeyed are "life unto those that find them, and health to all their flesh." God bids us walk by faith in a "Thus saith the Lord," and stand fast in the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 4}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 5]          The Lord says, "Call upon Me in the day of trouble." He invites us to present to Him our perplexities and necessities, and our need of divine help. He bids us be instant in prayer. As soon as difficulties arise, we are to offer to Him our sincere, earnest petitions. By our importunate prayers we give evidence of our strong confidence in God. The sense of our need leads us to pray earnestly, and our heavenly Father is moved by our supplications.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 5}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 6]          If we surrender our lives to His service, we can never be placed in a position for which God has not made provision. Whatever may be our situation, we have a Guide to direct our way; whatever our perplexities, we have a sure Counselor; whatever our sorrow, bereavement, or loneliness, we have a sympathizing Friend. If in our ignorance we make missteps, Christ does not leave us. His voice, clear and distinct, is heard saying, "I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life." "He shall deliver the needy when he crieth; the poor also, and him that hath no helper."  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 6}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 7]          The Lord declares that He will be honored by those that draw nigh to Him. "Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee: because he trusteth in Thee." The arm of Omnipotence is outstretched to lead us onward and still onward. Go forward, the Lord says; I will send you help. It is for My name's glory that you ask, and you shall receive. I will be honored before those who are watching for your failure. They shall see My word triumph gloriously. "All things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive."  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 7}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 8]          The Lord will give precious victories to those who put their faith in Him and seek to become one with Him, enabling them to work out His righteous will. What joy it gives to parents to bestow good gifts upon their children! Yet the Saviour says, "How much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him." The Father is more willing to bestow His grace than we are to ask for it. "If ye shall ask anything in My name," He says, "I will do it." "The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you." Whatever we ask in Christ's name, and in accordance with His will, He gives us. But it means much to ask in Christ's name. It means to ask in the simplicity of a little child, and with full trust that what we ask for we shall receive.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 8}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 9]          The world's Redeemer came to our world to live the life of humanity, that humanity through faith in Him, might lay hold of divinity, and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. The agencies of Satan are always at work to hinder the work that will make man successful over the powers of darkness; but this should not discourage us or cause us to cease our efforts. Christ was tempted in all points like as we are, yet He did not fail nor become discouraged. Ever before His mind was the result of His mission. He knew that truth would finally triumph in the great contest with evil. To His disciples He says, "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." A life of sanctification and joy in believing is held out to every soul who in faith will claim the promises of the word of God, and draw upon divine strength for the work of overcoming. It is the privilege of the Christian to wax strong under difficulties. If the religious life is constantly sustained by relying on the Author and Finisher of our faith, God will give a rich experience. A true discerning of Christ will lead to a true confiding in Him, and this will give comfort and courage and hope in Him.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 9}
[ST, December 9, 1908 par. 10]          Let a living faith run like threads of gold through the performance of even the smallest duties. Then all the daily work will promote Christian growth. There will be a continual looking unto Jesus. Love for Him will give vital force to everything that is undertaken. Thus through the right use of our talents, we may link ourselves by a golden chain to the higher world. This is true sanctification; for sanctification consists in the cheerful performance of daily duties in perfect obedience to the will of God.  {ST, December 9, 1908 par. 10}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 1]       January 13, 1909 "Herein Is Love"    By Mrs. E. G. White         Christ was not only an expression of the Father's love, but a channel to convey the love of God to men. Christ loved us, and gave Himself for us. He gave His life that He might bring salvation to perishing sinners. Man could not satisfy the claims of justice; no human hand could apply the atoning blood and cleanse the heart from sin. Christ alone, by clothing His divinity with humanity, could reach mankind and bring it near to God.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 2]          And "God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." In the compassionate life of Christ we behold the character of the Father. "He that hath seen Me," Christ declares, "hath seen the Father."  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 3]          God does not love us because Christ died for us, but it was because He loved us that He gave Christ as a ransom for our sins. Satan has represented God as selfish and oppressive, as claiming all, and giving nothing, as requiring the service of His creatures for His own glory, and making no sacrifice for their good. But the gift of Christ reveals the Father's heart. It testifies that the thoughts of God toward us are "thoughts of peace, and not of evil." It declares that while God's hatred of sin is strong as death, His love for the sinner is stronger than death. Having undertaken our redemption, He will spare nothing, however dear, which is necessary to the completion of His work.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 4]          No truth essential to our salvation is withheld, no miracle of mercy is neglected, no divine agency is left unemployed. Favor is heaped upon favor, gift upon gift. The whole treasury of heaven is open to those He seeks to save. Having collected the riches of the universe, and laid open the resources of infinite power, He gives them all into the hands of Christ, and says, All these are for man. Use these gifts to convince him that there is no love greater than Mine in earth or heaven. His greatest happiness will be found in loving Me.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 5]          When Christ came to the time of His great trial, His thoughts were not for Himself, but for the disciples whom He was to leave in the world to meet its trials and conflicts. "Little children," He said to them, "yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek Me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go ye can not come: so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one for another."  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 6]                           The Demonstration of His Love.          "As I have loved you," the Saviour said. The fulness of that love was yet to be more fully demonstrated in His sufferings and cruel death at the hands of men who hated Him because His piety and grace revealed their own great lack. To the disciples this commandment was new; for they had not loved one another as Christ had loved them. He saw that new ideas and impulses must control them; that new principles must be practised by them; through His life and death they were to receive a new conception of love. The command to love one another had a new meaning in the light of His self-sacrifice. The whole work of grace is one continual service of love, of self-denying, self-sacrificing effort. During every hour of Christ's sojourn upon the earth, the love of God was flowing from Him in irrepressible streams. All who are imbued with His Spirit will love as He loved. The very principle that actuated Christ will actuate them in all their dealings one with another.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 7]          This love is the evidence of their discipleship. "By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples," said Jesus, "if ye have love one to another." When men are bound together, not by force or self-interest, but by love, they show the working of an influence that is above every human influence. Where this oneness exists, it is evidence that the image of God is being restored in humanity, that a new principle of life has been implanted. It shows that there is power in the divine nature to withstand the supernatural agencies of evil, and that the grace of God subdues the selfishness inherent in the human heart.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 8]                                 Love Begets Love.          God and Christ alone know what the souls of men have cost. For our sakes the Son of God became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich with eternal riches. His love has bought for us immeasurable grace. "His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness," that we "with open face, beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord," may be "changed into the same image, from glory to glory."  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 9]          It is not possible for the heart in which Christ abides to be destitute of love. If we love God because He first loved us, we shall love all for whom Christ died. We can not come in touch with divinity without coming in touch with humanity; for in Him who sits upon the throne of the universe, divinity and humanity are combined. Connected with Christ, we are connected with our fellow men by the golden links of the chain of love. Then the pity and compassion of Christ will be manifest in our life. We shall not wait to have the needy and unfortunate brought to us. We shall not need to be entreated to feel for the woes of others. It will be as natural for us to minister to the needy and suffering as it was for Christ to go about doing good.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 10]          Tho now He has ascended to the presence of God, and shares the throne of the universe, Jesus has lost none of His compassionate nature. Today the same tender, sympathizing heart is open to all the woes of humanity. Today the hand that was pierced is reached forth to bless more abundantly His people that are in the world. "And they shall never perish; neither shall any man pluck them out of My hand." The soul that has given himself to Christ is more precious in His sight than the whole world. The Saviour would have passed through the agony of Calvary, that one might be saved in His kingdom. He will never abandon one for whom He has died. Unless His followers choose to leave Him, He will hold them fast.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, January 13, 1909 par. 11]         Because we are the gift of His Father, and the reward of His work, Jesus loves us. He loves us as His children. Reader, He loves you. Heaven itself can bestow nothing greater, nothing better. Therefore trust.  {ST, January 13, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 1]       January 20, 1909 Truth's Power to Sanctify.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         There is only one power that can guide the heart and mind in paths of truth and righteousness. We must know the love of Christ in our individual experience. This love in the soul will purify the entire being and renew it in the likeness of God. More and more familiar are we to become with Christ's divine human life; we are to make it ours by personal experience, until it can be said of us as it was said of Him, "Thou hast loved righteousness, and hated iniquity."  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 2]          The prayer of Christ for His disciples was, "Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth." Truth may occupy a small compass, but it will ever be effectual for the perfecting of the church of Christ. If studied and obeyed, the word of God works in the heart, subduing every unholy attribute. The Holy Spirit comes to convict of sin; and the faith that springs up in the heart works by love to Christ, conforming us in body, soul, and spirit, to His own image.  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 3]                                Meet All Our Needs.          The truths of the word of God meet man's great practical necessity,--the conversion of the soul through faith. These grand principles are not to be thought too pure and holy to be brought into the daily life. They are truths which reach to heaven and compass eternity, yet their vital influence is to be woven into human experience. They are to permeate all the great things and all the little things of life. Received into the heart, the leaven of truth will regulate the desires, purify the thoughts, and sweeten the disposition. It quickens the faculties of the mind, and the energies of the soul. It enlarges the capacity for feeling, for loving.  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 4]          When in our Christian experience the word of God becomes our meat and our drink, the righteous character of Christ will be revealed in us. Beholding Him in the study of His word, we learn to love and practise His virtues and living the word of God before a world fallen through sin, we are changed into the same divine image. When we really receive Christ as our Redeemer, our life becomes one with His life. We are born again, not of flesh, but of the Spirit; and day by day we learn to reveal more fully the sacred principles that mark the sons and daughters of God. Partakers of the life of Christ, we are partakers of His nature, and reproduce in our lives the very characteristics that made His life that of no other man.  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 5]                                 Lifting Up Christ.          The Lord would have us very earnest in making the truth of the Gospel our hope and crown of rejoicing. A sincere belief in Christ's sacrifice in our behalf will beget in the soul an intense desire to lift up Christ before men and to magnify His great grace. It will awaken a determination to represent Christ in the individual experience and to create a desire in other souls for the truth of the Gospel.  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 6]          The figure used by the disciple John, in which the believer is represented as eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God, is an illustration of the growth of Christian experience. "As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father," the Saviour declared, "so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me." As we partake of Christ's experience of self-denial and self-sacrifice, we are making Him a part of our life. But to feast upon Christ we must trust Him fully; we must claim the salvation He has provided. Unless we hunger and thirst for His righteousness, we can never rejoice in Him as our Saviour, or receive the benefits of His perfect life.  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 7]                                  A Creative Power.          The leaven of truth works a change in the whole man, making the coarse refined, the rough gentle, the selfish generous. By it the impure are cleansed, washed in the blood of the Lamb. Through its life-giving power it brings all there is of mind and soul and strength into harmony with the divine life. Man with his human nature becomes a partaker of divinity. Christ is honored in excellence and perfection of character. As these changes are effected, angels break forth in rapturous song, and God and Christ rejoice over souls fashioned after the divine similitude.  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 8]          The apostle Peter exhorts us, "As He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation, because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy." And Paul exhorts, "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory."  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, January 20, 1909 par. 9]          "Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, long-suffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him."  {ST, January 20, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 1]       January 27, 1909 The Importance of True Temperance    By Mrs. E. G. White    Temperance In All Things.         "Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is Temperate In All Things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible."  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 2]          The apostle Paul here mentions the foot-races, with which the Corinthians were familiar. The contestants in these races were subjected to the most severe discipline in order to fit them for the trial of their strength. Their diet was simple. Luxurious food and wine were prohibited. Their food was carefully selected. They studied to know what was best adapted to render them healthful and active, and to impart physical vigor and endurance, that they might put as heavy a tax as possible upon their strength. Every indulgence that would tend to weaken the physical powers was forbidden.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 3]          By this figure, Paul seeks to impress upon the Christian the necessity of doing his best to obtain a fitness for the work to which he is called. "So run, that ye may obtain," he says. To win the prize for which these contestants strove,--a chaplet of perishable flowers, bestowed amid the applause of the multitude,--was considered the highest honor. But what a vast difference between the contest for such a crown and the race of the Christian for a crown incorruptible!  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 4]          The Saviour presents for our consideration something higher than what we shall eat and drink and wherewithal we shall be clothed. In our days, eating and drinking and dressing are carried to such excess that they become sinful. They are among the marked sins of the last days, and constitute a sign of Christ's soon-coming. Time, money, and strength, which belong to the Lord, but which He has entrusted to us, are wasted in superfluities of dress, and in luxuries for the perverted appetite, indulgences which lessen vitality and bring suffering and decay.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 5]          Our first duty, one which we owe to God, to ourselves, and to our fellow men, is to obey the laws of God. These include the laws of health. If we are sick, we impose a wearing tax upon our friends, and unfit ourselves for doing our duty, either to the family or to our neighbors. And when premature death is the result, we bring sorrow and suffering to others; we rob our families of the comfort and help which they should have received from us, and rob God of the service He claims of us to advance His glory.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 6]          In order to preserve health, we must practise temperance in all things--temperance in labor, in study, in eating and in drinking. Our heavenly Father would have us use with discretion the good things He has provided for us.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 7]                               Temperance and Spirituality.          Those who by habits of intemperance injure mind and body, place themselves in a position where they are unable to discern spiritual things. The mind is confused, and they yield readily to temptation, because they have not a clear discernment of the difference between right and wrong. Sinful indulgence defiles the body, and unfits men for spiritual worship. He who cherishes the principles of true temperance, has an important aid in the work of becoming sanctified through the truth, and fitted for immortality. But if he disregards the laws of his physical being, how can he perfect holiness in the fear of God?  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 8]          The religion of the Bible is not detrimental to the health of either body or mind. The influence of the Spirit of God is the very best medicine for disease. Heaven is all health; and the more deeply heavenly influences are realized, the more sure will be the recovery of the believing invalid. The true principles of Christianity open before all a source of inestimable happiness. True religion is a continual well-spring, from which the Christian can drink at will, and never exhaust the fountain.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 9]          The relation which exists between the body and the mind is very intimate. When one is affected, the other sympathizes. The condition of the mind affects the health of the physical system. If the mind is free and happy, from a consciousness of right-doing and a sense of satisfaction is causing happiness to others, it creates a cheerfulness that will react upon the whole system, causing a freer circulation of the blood, and a toning up of the entire body. The blessing of God is a healing power, and those who are abundant in benefiting others, will realize that wondrous blessing in both heart and life.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 10]                                Our Reasonable Service.          The apostle Paul exhorts the church, "I beseech you, therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service."  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 11]          Those who have been bought by the blood of His Son, God does not excuse from working faithfully in His service. Every true Christian is a coworker with Christ. Nothing can be more offensive to God than to cripple or abuse the gifts lent us to be devoted to His service. It is written, "Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God."  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 12]          In every important work, there are times of crisis, when there is great need that those connected with the work should have clear minds. There must be men who realize, as did the apostle Paul, the importance of practising temperance in all things. There is work for us to do--stern, earnest work for our Master. All our habits, tastes, and inclinations must be educated in harmony with the laws of life and health. By this means we may secure the very best physical condition, and have mental clearness to discern between the evil and the good.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 13]          Intemperance of any kind benumbs the perceptive organs, and so weakens the brain nerve-power that eternal things are not appreciated, but are placed on a level with common things. The higher powers of the mind, designed for noble purposes, are brought into slavery to the baser passions. If the physical habits are not right, the mental and moral powers can not be strong; for great sympathy exists between the physical and the moral. The apostle. Peter understood this, and raised his voice of warning: "Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul."  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 13}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 14]         Thus the word of God plainly warns us that unless we abstain from fleshly lusts, the physical nature will be brought into conflict with the spiritual. Lustful indulgence wars against health and peace. A warfare is instituted between the higher and the lower attributes of the man. The lower propensities, strong and active, oppress the soul. The highest interests of the being are imperiled by the indulgence of unsanctified appetite.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 14}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 15]          As we receive light, we are to make advance moves. No one can depend upon a past experience. Let all seek to walk in the light, cleansing themselves from every habit that would tend to defile the physical system. We are to govern our appetites and passions by the revealed will of God.  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 15}
[ST, January 27, 1909 par. 16]          "It is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed. The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light. Let us walk honestly, as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife and envying. But put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lusts thereof."  {ST, January 27, 1909 par. 16}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 1]       February 10, 1909 "Rejoice in the Lord Alway"    By Mrs. E. G. White         Life is disciplinary. While in the world, the Christian will meet with adverse influences. There will be provocations to test the temper; and it is by meeting these in a right spirit that the Christian graces are developed. The standard is high to which we must attain if we would be children of God, pure, holy, and undefiled; but how could we reach this standard if there were no difficulties to meet, no obstacles to surmount, nothing to develop patience and endurance? Trials are not the smallest blessings that come to us. They are designed to nerve us to determination to succeed. Instead of allowing them to hinder, oppress, and destroy us, we are to use them as God's means of enabling us to gain the victory over self.  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 2]          Those who walk in wisdom's ways, even in tribulation, are exceedingly joyful; for He whom their soul loveth walks invisible beside them. At each upward step they discern more distinctly the touch of His hand; brighter gleamings of glory from the Unseen fall upon their path; and their songs of praise, reaching ever a note higher, ascend to join the songs of the angels before the throne. "The path of the righteous is as the light of dawn, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day."  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 3]                                      Talk Faith.          It is the duty of the children of God to talk faith, and not doubt. They are to be hopeful and cheerful in Him. Christ accomplishes our salvation by inspiring faith in our hearts and a belief in the truth. The truth makes free; and those whom the Son makes free are free indeed. God's children should honor Him by revealing a constantly increasing confidence in the assurance that He will accept every soul who serves Him in sincerity.  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 4]          The Lord would have us take comfort in His promises, and praise Him much more than we do. He would have us cultivate the heart's best affection. Let the voice of thanksgiving and praise be heard in an acknowledgment of the grace of Christ vouchsafed to us. Render to the Lord the fruit of the lips. We are not as faithful as we should be in acknowledging the goodness and blessings of God. "Whosoever offereth praise glorifieth God."  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 5]          When we are in perplexity and trouble we would do well to consider how much our salvation cost the God of heaven. "God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." We would do well to make an earnest study of the life of Christ. The only-begotten Son of God consented to leave the heavenly courts, and come to live with an ungrateful people who refused His gracious mercies. He consented to live a life of poverty and to endure suffering and temptation. Let us consider what Christ has endured to  make our salvation possible. This will hush every murmur and complaint. If we teach our hearts to respond to God's love, our voices will ascend in thanksgiving when we are called to suffer in any way for Him who gave His life for us.  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 6]          Christ was a man of sorrows, yet He had peculiar joys--joys that did not spring from earth, but were born of His connection with divinity. He is the Saviour of those who are perishing for lack of His life. He desires to make them partakers of the divine nature, and thus escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. Amid perplexities and distresses the believing soul may have the assurance of sonship with God. Looking to Jesus, he learns how to conduct himself under every circumstance. He has the experience of Christ to guide him, and the consolation of Christ to sustain him.  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 7]                                  A Joyful Life.          The Lord does not desire His people to be sad and disconsolate. He does not want His obedient followers to cover the altar with their tears, but to walk happily and cheerfully along. "In the world ye shall have tribulation," He says, "but in Me ye shall have peace." "Peace I leave with you; My peace I give unto you; not as the world giveth, give I unto you." "These things have I spoken unto you that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full."  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 8]                                 A Heavenly Reward.          While the people are looking for earthly good, Jesus points them to a heavenly reward. But He does not place it all in the future life; it begins here. The Lord appeared of old to Abraham, and said, "I am thy shield, and thy exceeding great reward." This is the reward of all who follow Christ. Jehovah Emmanuel--He "in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge," in whom dwells "all the fulness of the Godhead bodily"--to be brought into sympathy with Him, to know Him, to possess Him, as the heart opens more and more to receive His attributes; to know His love and power, to possess the unsearchable riches of Christ, to comprehend more and more "what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God,"--"this is the heritage of the servants of the Lord, and their righteousness is of Me, saith the Lord."  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 9]          It was this joy that filled the hearts of Paul and Silas when they prayed and sang praises to God at midnight in the Philippian dungeon. Christ was beside them there, and the light of His presence irradiated the gloom with the glory of the courts above. From Rome, Paul wrote, unmindful of his fetters, as he saw the spread  of the Gospel, "I therein do rejoice, yea, and will rejoice." And the very words of Christ upon the mount are reechoed in Paul's message to the Philippian church, in the midst of their persecutions, "Rejoice in the Lord alway; and again I say, Rejoice."  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 10]                         Tell of His Wisdom, Love, and Power.          We are not only to contemplate the glory of Christ, but also to speak of His excellencies. Isaiah not only beheld the glory of Christ, but he also spoke of Him. While David mused, the fire burned; then spoke he with his tongue. While he mused upon the wondrous love of God, he could not but speak of that which he saw and felt. Who can by faith behold the wonderful plan of redemption, the glory of the only-begotten Son of God, and not speak of it? Who can contemplate the unfathomable love that was manifested upon the cross of Calvary in the death of Christ, that we might not perish, but have everlasting life--who can behold this, and have no words with which to extol the Saviour's glory?  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 11]          Christ accepts, O so gladly, every human agency that is surrendered to Him. He brings the human into union with the divine, that He may communicate to the world the mysteries of incarnate love. Talk it, pray it, sing it; proclaim abroad the message of His glory, and keep pressing onward to the regions beyond.  {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, February 10, 1909 par. 12]          Trials patiently borne, blessings gratefully received, temptations manfully resisted, meekness, kindness, mercy, and love habitually revealed, are the lights that shine forth in the character in contrast with the darkness of the selfish heart, into which the light of life has never shone.                                                                   -    {ST, February 10, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 1]       February 17, 1909 The Enmity    By Mrs. E. G. White         When Satan swerved from his allegiance, and, with the angels who sympathized with him, was cast out of heaven, he became the avowed enemy of God. He planted his standard on the earth, and established a rival empire, in which all the powers of evil combined to oppose the influence of God. Actuated by intense hatred for the God he had dishonored, he left no means untried to attract men to himself and conform them to his nature.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 2]          The long-suffering of God had been waiting the development of Satan's revolt. The Creator would test man to see if he would accept the lie of Satan in place of the truth of God. The restriction placed upon man was one which, if respected, would not deprive him of a single blessing. All the angels of heaven were prepared to come to the aid of Adam and Eve in this contest with the enemy, if they would call upon God for help. An intense interest prevailed in the heavenly courts in this trial of man's obedience, and sadness reigned when Eve, yielding to the persuasion of the serpent, partook of the forbidden fruit. The golden chain which had hitherto bound the human family to the divine, was broken, to be united again only through the power of One stronger than the destroyer.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 3]          By the awful event of man's fall, it was Satan's purpose to make of the beautiful world God had created, a home of sin and woe. He designed to set the human race in rebellion and hostility against their Maker. But he was not left free to drag them down without divine interposition. The holy pair had fallen, and henceforth the earth must be marred by the curse of sin; but through the gift of the only-begotten Son of God, earth was to be restored to its Edenic purity and beauty, and man renewed in the image of God.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 4]          "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." The divine sentence pronounced against Satan after the fall of man, was also a prophecy, embracing all the ages to the close of time, and foreshadowing the great conflict to engage all the races of men who should live on the earth.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 5]          Satan tempted man to sin, as he had caused angels to rebel, that he might thus secure cooperation in his warfare against heaven. There was no dissension between himself and the fallen angels as regards their hatred of Christ; while on all other points there was discord, they were firmly united in opposing the authority of the Ruler of the universe. But when Satan heard the declaration that enmity should exist between himself and the woman, and between his seed and her seed, he knew that his efforts to deprave human nature would be interrupted; that by some means man was to be enabled to resist his power.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 6]          Satan's enmity against the human race is kindled, because, through Christ, they are the objects of God's love and mercy. He desires to thwart the divine plan for man's redemption, to cast dishonor upon God, by defacing and defiling His handiwork; he would cause grief in heaven, and fill the earth with woe and desolation. And he points to all this evil as the result of God's work in creating man.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 7]          It is the grace that Christ implants in the soul which creates in man enmity against Satan. Without this converting grace and renewing power, man would continue the captive of Satan, a servant ever ready to do his bidding. But the new principle in the soul creates conflict where hitherto had been peace. The power which Christ imparts enables man to resist the tyrant and usurper. Whoever is seen to abhor sin instead of loving it, whoever resists and conquers those passions that have held sway within, displays the operation of a principle wholly from above.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 8]          Satan triumphs in his knowledge and skill and his power to deceive. He does not come to every soul alike. He modulates his arts to those whom he desires to deceive. Often he comes to men clothed in the garments of righteousness. Under some seemingly good and merciful deed he conceals for a time his real character, and thus often gains the allegiance of those who had they been living in watchful and prayerful communion with heaven, would not have been overcome. The warning comes to all who would successfully meet the power of the enemy, "Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation."  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 9]          After the fall God saw that man had no power within himself to keep from sin, and provision was made whereby he could have help. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." One wonderful in counsel was our Helper. The Son of God left the heavenly courts and gave His life as the propitiation for sin. He came to declare that altho the agencies of evil had created rebellion in heaven, and sin had entered the universe of God, yet Christ and the Father would redeem the fallen race. Laying aside His kingly crown and royal robe, He gave Himself to the human family, to pass through test and trial and thus demonstrate to every son and daughter of Adam that it is possible through faith in Him to resist the devices of Satan. Tempted in all points as man is tempted, Christ overcame through the power of divinity. He seeks to teach men and women that they may overcome through the same power.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 10]          Mighty issues for the world were at stake in the conflict between the Prince of Light and the leader of the kingdom of darkness. After tempting man to sin, Satan claimed the earth as his, and styled himself the prince of this world. Having conformed to his own nature the father and mother of our race, he thought to establish here his empire. He declared that men had chosen him as their sovereign. Through his control of men, he held dominion over the world. Christ had come to disprove Satan's claim. As the Son of Man, Christ would stand loyal to God. Thus it would be shown that Satan had not gained complete control of the human race, and that his claim to the world was false. All who desired deliverance from his power would be set free.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 11]          Ever since the time that man aspired to be as God, and fell through Satan's deceiving power, there has been a controversy between man and his Maker--a determination on the part of man to gain an independence wholly opposed to the life and lessons of Christ. Christians are to lay this struggle for independence on God's altar. Until we do this, God can not imbue us with His Spirit. All self-sufficiency is to be given up. The will is to be wholly yielded to God's will. He who is truly seeking for help from on high will welcome the assistance and counsel that God sends, whatever means He may employ to give His directions.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, February 17, 1909 par. 12]          In giving His only-begotten Son to live in our world and to be subject to temptation, the Father has made ample provision that we should not be taken captive by the enemy. Meeting the foe, Christ overcame in behalf of humanity. By a study of His experience we are to learn to discern the temptations of Satan, and in the strength of God's grace, to overcome. Through the imparted merits of Christ, he who was once a sinful human being may be refined and purified, and stand before his fellow men as a laborer together with God. To the earnest seeker after God the divine nature will surely be imparted. The compassion of Christ will certainly be vouchsafed.  {ST, February 17, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 1]       February 24, 1909 Business Principles of the Christian    By Mrs. E. G. White.         In his business life the Christian is to stand as a representative of the principles of heaven. He is bound by sacred obligations to bear witness to truth in its virtue and holiness. Gentleness and kindness and strict truthfulness should mark his words and actions. If he is consecrated to God, set apart to sacred service, he will always honor his religious faith. No thread of selfishness will be woven into the character. He will educate himself to reveal the Spirit of God in all his life work.  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 2]          The Holy Spirit will never lead the steps of God's children astray. Through the power that the Spirit of God imparts, we may weed out from our lives every questionable thing. If we will come out of the darkness with which a lack of faith enshrouds the soul, and place ourselves where the clear shining of the light of God's word can fall fully upon us, we shall be led step by step in the path that leads to holiness. "We all with open face, beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord."  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 3]          The love and honor and perfection revealed in the Gospel are a revelation to man of the character of God. The justice and goodness and benevolence that were seen in the character of Christ are to be repeated in the lives of those who accept the privileges of the Gospel. By a study of the word, we are to see Him as He is, and, charmed with the view of His divine perfection, we are to grow into the same image. We need to understand that the Gospel fully reveals the glory of the Lord. It is the mirror that reveals the character of God to the converted soul. The likeness of God is revealed in the perfect character of His Son, that we may understand what it means to be made in the likeness of the image of God, and what we may become if by constantly beholding we allow ourselves to be changed from "glory to glory."  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 4]          It is our privilege, by an earnest study of the word, to learn wherein we are not manifesting the principles of that word in our lives. And as the mirror reveals to us our defects, we are to seek by earnest prayer and faith to put them away. As we strive to meet the perfection that God requires, insensibly to us the human will become molded to the divine. Christ's nature will be revealed in human nature; the words will become gentle and courteous, the ways kind and helpful. Tho we may be largely unconscious of the change, yet the transformation is being surely wrought. Beholding day by day the glory of the Lord, we are molded into conformity to His Spirit and will.  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 5]                              Manifesting Right Principles.          God is very particular that all who profess to serve Him shall manifest the superiority of right principles. By the true follower of Christ every business transaction will be regarded as a part of his religion, just as prayer is a part of his religion. The study of the Scriptures will be considered a part of his religion; for by this he learns his orders. In the light of the Scriptures he regards himself as God's servant, employed to do His will. Sometimes he finds those orders different to that which he would choose were the decision left to him; but he does not find fault with his work because of this. And as he seeks to carry out the will of the Master, angels of God are with him, to be his defense against the wiles of Satan.  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 6]          Satan is offering to every soul the kingdoms of this world in return for the carrying out of his will. This was the great inducement he presented to Christ in the wilderness of temptation. And so he says to many of Christ's followers, If you will follow my business methods, I will reward you with wealth. Every Christian is at some time brought to the test which will reveal his weak points of character. If the temptation is resisted, precious victories are gained. He must choose whether he will serve Christ or become a follower of the deceiver, and a worshiper of him.  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 7]                               A Worse Than Earthly Loss.          Satan is the arch deceiver. The results to us of accepting his temptations are worse than any earthly loss that can be realized, yes, worse than death itself. Those who purchase success at the fearful cost of submission to the will and plans of Satan, will find that they have made a hard bargain. Everything in Satan's trade is secured at a high price. The advantages he presents are a mirage. The high hopes he holds out are secured at the loss of things that are good and holy and pure. Let Satan be always confounded by the word, "It is written." "Blessed is every one that feareth the Lord, that walketh in His ways. For thou shalt eat the labor of thine hands: happy shalt thou be, and it shall be well with thee."  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 8]          He who stands prepared to do the works of righteousness will not be deceived by the allurements of the enemy. His actions will be guided by an exalted sense of right, and he will be enabled to distinguish between right and wrong, between truth, exalted truth, and error. Those who enter the kingdom of heaven will be those who have reached the highest standard of moral obligation, those who have not sought to hide the truth or to deceive, those by whom God has been exalted and His word defended, those in whom principle has not been misapplied to vindicate the wiles of Satan.  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, February 24, 1909 par. 9]          The path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord is far above all worldly schemes and practises. Those who walk in it are to show by their works the purity of their principles. They have a heaven to win, and by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation they are to show the genuineness of their profession. They are to work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, fearing lest they shall not perfect a Christian character, yet striving to follow on in the footsteps of Christ, keeping His life and His teachings ever before them. As they do this, God will work in them, to will and to do of His good pleasure.  {ST, February 24, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 1]       March 3, 1909 Home Religion    By Mrs. E. G. White         One great need of the world today is home religion. Parents stand in the place of God to their children during the tender years of childhood. They are to mold and fashion their characters after the divine pattern. In the highest sense of the term, Christian parents are to be educators. The home can be made a place where God's Spirit loves to dwell; and every Christian who labors to this end is striving to place the religion of Christ on the highest basis.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 2]          The parents who are channels of light in the home are acknowledged by all heaven as faithful stewards of the manifold grace of God. They are teachers, educating their children in lines that make them considerate and compassionate. They know that as Christ's representatives they are dealing with human minds to teach the beauty of holiness, and to communicate the knowledge and wisdom of God. Such parents take their children with them in the heavenward way.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 3]          Jesus loves little children. He gave His life for their salvation. While He was ministering on earth, one mother desired to bring her child to Him for His blessing. But the Saviour was not near her, and it seemed too great an undertaking to go to Him. But Jesus came nearer and still nearer, until He was near enough for her to reach Him. Then she started on her journey, and on the way another mother joined her with her children, and afterwards still others, until several mothers with their little ones were in the company that came to the disciples and made known their request.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 4]          Thinking to do Christ a favor, His disciples sent the mothers away. But when Jesus saw them going away disappointed, He rebuked His disciples, saying, "Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of heaven."  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 5]          Christ saw those children leaving their homes. He saw the little company coming along the dusty road, increasing in number as they journeyed. And when the children came to Him, He took them in His arms and blessed them. Some of the weary little ones fell asleep in His arms, resting their heads upon His bosom.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 6]          The burdened mothers were comforted. They returned with light hearts, strengthened and blessed, carrying with them the Saviour's blessing, which ever afterward they cherished in their humble homes.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 7]          Let us pray for the blessing of Christ's abiding presence in our homes. Let us take time to teach our children lessons of faith and trust in Him. We may think that by so doing we are neglecting our business, but are we? We never lose by taking time to seek God for His blessing. Those who receive His blessing receive the vivifying power of His Spirit, which revives their health and strengthens them for their work.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 8]          Christ has committed to parents the sacred work of teaching His commandments to their children. In order to be fitted for this work, they themselves must live in obedience to all His precepts. They must watch their actions, and guard carefully their words. Every wrong habit must be overcome, and a complete surrender to God be made. For wisdom for this work, let parents go to Christ. He will willingly supply them with His divine sympathy, His free grace. He who for thirty years was a faithful son, working at the carpenter's bench in order to do His part in bearing the burdens of the family firm, will give His followers strength to do their part in sharing the burdens of the home life.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 9]          Parents, you know the way; your children, young and inexperienced, do not. They are helpless and ignorant. They need wise, careful, loving guidance, that their feet may not stray into forbidden paths. Remember that you are molding their characters for eternity. Patiently train them to habits of neatness, usefulness, and purity. By your example show them the charm of becoming behavior. Do not become weary in your labor of love. The angel of mercy pauses not in his efforts till the last sinner has heard the message of mercy. Patiently, untiringly, work for your little ones. Think of how young they are, how much they have to learn! Deal with them gently and lovingly. By the cords of unselfish love bind them to yourself and to Christ.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 10]          Too often parents give to the world the time and attention that belong to their children. If they would realize the responsibilities resting upon them if they would do all in their power for their children, God would work with them. The Lord will not do the work that He has given parents to do; but He will be their helper, cooperating with every sincere, unselfish effort they make.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 11]          God is high and lifted up, but the voice of prayer will reach His throne. The prayers of Christian mothers are regarded by the Father of all. He will not turn away your petitions, and leave you and yours to the buffetings of Satan in the day of conflict. It is for you to work with simplicity and faithfulness, and God will establish the work of your hands.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, March 3, 1909 par. 12]          May the Lord impress fathers and mothers with the sacredness of their responsibilities. As you unite with the Lord in bringing up your children in His fear, you are preparing for -- I was about to say higher responsibilities, but I can not. There is no higher responsibility than the training of children. Study how to train your children so that they will develop into well-balanced, symmetrical men and women, useful to their fellow men, and prepared to shine in the courts of the Lord.  {ST, March 3, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 1]       April 14, 1909 Christ the Medium of Prayer and Blessing    By Mrs. E. G. White         God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Jehovah did not deem the plan of salvation complete while invested only with His love. He has placed at His altar an Advocate clothed in our nature. As our intercessor, Christ's office work is to introduce us to God as His sons and daughters. He intercedes in behalf of those who receive Him. With His own blood He has paid their ransom. By virtue of His merits, He gives them power to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. And the Father demonstrates His infinite love for Christ by receiving and welcoming Christ's friends as His friends. He is satisfied with the atonement made. He is glorified by the incarnation, death, and mediation of His Son.  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 2]          In Christ's name our petitions ascend to the Father. He intercedes in our behalf, and the Father lays open all the treasures of His grace for our appropriation, for us to enjoy and to impart to others. "Ask in My name," Christ says; "I do not say that I will pray the Father for you; for the Father Himself loveth you. Make use of My name. This will give your prayers efficiency, and the Father will give you the riches of His grace. Wherefore ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full."  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 3]          Christ is the connecting link between God and man. He has promised His personal intercession. He places the whole virtue of His righteousness on the side of the suppliant. He pleads for man; and man, in need of divine help, pleads for himself in the presence of God, using the influence of the One who gave His life for the life of the world. As we acknowledge before God our appreciation of Christ's merits, fragrance is given to our intercessions. As we approach God through the virtue of the Redeemer's merits, Christ places us close by His side, encircling us with His human arm, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. He puts His merits, as sweet incense, in the censer in our hands, in order to encourage our petitions. He promises to hear and answer our supplications.  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 4]          Yes, Christ has become the medium of prayer between man and God. He has also become the medium of blessing between God and man. He has united divinity with humanity. God's appointments and grants in our behalf are without limit. The throne of grace itself is occupied by One who permits us to call Him Father.  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 5]          No sooner does the child of God approach the mercy-seat than he becomes the client of the great Advocate. At his first utterance of penitence and appeal for pardon, Christ espouses his case, and makes it His own, presenting the supplication before the Father as His own request.  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 6]          God desires His obedient children to claim His blessing, and to come to Him with praise and thanksgiving. God is the Fountain of life and power. He can make the wilderness a fruitful field for the people that keep His commandments; for this is the glory of His name. He has done for His people that which should inspire every heart with thanksgiving, and it grieves Him that so little praise is offered.  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 7]          If we would think of God as often as we have evidence of His care for us, we should keep Him ever in our thoughts, and should delight to talk of Him and to praise Him. We talk of temporal things because we have an interest in them. We talk of our friends because we love them; our joys and our sorrows are bound up with them. Yet we have infinitely greater reason to love God than to love our earthly friends, and it should be the most natural thing in the world to make Him first in all our thoughts, to talk of His goodness and tell of His power. The rich gifts He has bestowed upon us were not intended to absorb our thoughts and love so much that we should have nothing to give to God; they are to remind us constantly of Him, and to bind us in bonds of love and gratitude to our heavenly Benefactor. We dwell too near the lowlands of earth. Let us raise our eyes to the open door of the sanctuary above, where the light of the glory of God shines in the face of Jesus Christ, who "is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by Him."  {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, April 14, 1909 par. 8]          We must gather about the cross. Christ and Him crucified should be the theme of contemplation, of conversation, and of our most joyful emotion. We should keep in our thoughts every blessing we receive from God; and when we realize His great love, we should be willing to trust everything to the hand that was nailed to the cross from us. "For in Him dwelleth all the fullness of the Godhead bodily, and in Him ye are made full."                                                                   -    {ST, April 14, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 1]       April 21, 1909 Life's Greatest Compensation    By Mrs. E. G. White         In our life here, earthly, sin restricted tho it is, the greatest joy and the highest education are in service. And in the future state, untrammeled by the limitations of sinful humanity, it is in service that our greatest joy and our highest education will be found,--witnessing, and ever as we witness learning anew "the riches of the glory of this mystery," "which is Christ in you, the hope of glory."  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 2]          Love, the basis of creation and redemption, is the basis of true education. This is made plain in the law that God has given as the guide of life. The first and great commandment is, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind." To love Him, the infinite, the omniscient One, with the whole strength, and mind, and heart, means the highest development of every power. It means that in the whole being--the body, the mind, as well as the soul--the image of God is to be restored.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 3]          Like the first is the second commandment, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." The law of love calls for the devotion of body, mind, and soul to the service of God and our fellow men. And this service, while making us a blessing to others, brings the greatest blessing to ourselves. Unselfishness underlies all true development. Through unselfish service we receive the highest culture of every faculty. More and more fully do we become partakers of the divine nature. We are fitted for heaven; for we receive heaven into our hearts.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 4]          Christ bound men to His heart by the ties of love and devotion; and by the same ties He bound them to their fellow men. With Him love was life and life was service. "Freely ye have received," He said, "freely give."  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 5]          It was not only on the cross alone that Christ sacrificed Himself for humanity. As "He went about doing good," every day's experience was an outpouring of His  life. In one way only could such a life be sustained. Jesus lived in dependence upon God and communion with Him. To the secret place of the Most High, under the shadow of the Almighty, men now and then repair; they abide for a season, and the result is manifest in noble deeds; then their faith fails, the communion is interrupted, and the life-work marred. But the life of Jesus was a life of constant trust, sustained by continual communion; and His service for heaven and earth was without failure or faltering.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 6]          As a man He supplicated the throne of God, till His humanity was charged with a heavenly current that connected humanity with divinity. Receiving life from God, He imparted life to men.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 7]          The palm-tree, beaten by the scorching sun and the fierce sandstorm, stands green and flourishing and fruitful in the midst of the desert. Its roots are fed by living springs. Its crown of verdure is seen afar off over the parched, desolate plain; and the traveler, ready to die, urges his failing steps to the cool shade and the life-giving water.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 8]          The tree of the desert is a symbol of what God means the life of His children in the world to be. They are to guide weary souls, full of unrest, and ready to perish in the desert of sin, to the living water. They are to point their fellow men to Him who gives the invitation, "If any man thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink."  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 9]          When the providences of God are seen in the light of eternity, those who have wrought with unselfish spirit will behold the fruit of their labors. The outworking of every right principle and noble deed will be seen. Something of this we see here. But how little of the result of the world's noblest work is in this life manifest to the doer! How many toil unselfishly and unweariedly for those who pass beyond their reach and knowledge! Parents and teachers lie down in their sleep, their life-work seeming to have been wrought in vain; they know not that their faithfulness has unsealed springs of blessing that can never cease to flow; only by faith they see the children that they have trained become a benediction and an inspiration to their fellow men and the influence repeat itself a thousandfold. Many a worker sends out into the world messages of strength and hope and courage, words that carry blessing to hearts in every land; but of the results he, toiling in loneliness and obscurity, knows little. So gifts are bestowed, burdens are borne, labor is done. Men sow the seed from which, above their graves, others reap blessed harvests. They plant trees that others may eat the fruit. They are content here to know that they have set in motion agencies for good. In the hereafter the action and reaction of all these will be seen.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 10]          Of every gift that God has bestowed, leading men to unselfish effort, a record is kept in heaven. To trace this in its widespreading lines, to look upon those who by our efforts have been uplifted and ennobled, to behold in their history the outworking of true principles,--this will be one of the studies and rewards of the heavenly school.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 11]          The histories of Bible characters are of vital interest. To none are they of deeper importance than to the youth. Moses renounced a prospective kingdom, Paul the advantages of wealth and honor among his people, for a life of burden-bearing in God's service. To many the life of these men appears one of renunciation and sacrifice. Was it really so? Moses counted the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt. He counted it so because it was so. Paul declared: "What things were gain to me, these have I counted loss for Christ. Yea, verily, and I count all things to be loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord for whom I suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but refuse, that I may gain Christ." He was satisfied with his choice.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 12]          Moses was offered the palace of the Pharaohs and the monarch's throne; but the sinful pleasures that make men forget God were in those lordly courts, and he chose instead the "durable riches and righteousness." Instead of linking himself with the greatness of Egypt, he chose to bind up his life with God's purpose. Instead of giving laws to Egypt, he by divine direction enacted laws for the world. He became God's instrument in giving to men those principles that are the safeguard alike of the home and of society, that are the corner-stone of the prosperity of nations,--principles recognized today by the world's greatest men as the foundation of all that is best in human governments.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 13]         The greatness of Egypt is in the dust. Its power and civilization have passed away. But the work of Moses can never perish. The great principles of righteousness which he lived to establish are eternal.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 13}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 14]          Moses' life of toil and heart-burdening care was irradiated with the presence of Him who is "chiefest among ten thousand," and the One "altogether lovely." With Christ in the wilderness wandering, with Christ on the mount of transfiguration, with Christ in the heavenly courts,--his was a life on earth blessing and blessed, and in heaven honored.  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 14}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 15]          Paul also in his manifold labors was upheld by the sustaining power of His presence. "I can do all things," he said, "through Christ which strengtheneth me." "Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? . . . Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 15}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 16]          Who can measure the result to the world of Paul's life work? Of all those beneficent influences that alleviate suffering, that comfort sorrow, that restrain evil, that uplift life from the selfish and the sensual, and glorify it with the hope of immortality, how much is due to the labors of Paul and his fellow workers, as with the Gospel of the Son of God they made their unnoticed journey from Asia to the shores of Europe?  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 16}
[ST, April 21, 1909 par. 17]          What is it worth to any life to have been God's instrument in setting in motion such influences of blessing? What will it be worth in eternity to witness the results of such life work?  {ST, April 21, 1909 par. 17}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 1]       July 14, 1909 "Thou Shalt Love Thy Neighbor as Thyself"    By Mrs. E. G. White    Questioning Christ         A certain lawyer came to Christ with the question, "Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?" The Saviour answered him, "What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." Jesus said, "Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live."  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 2]         But the lawyer, willing to justify himself, asked, "Who is my neighbor?" Then the Saviour related the story of a certain Jew, robbed and beaten and helpless, and left by the roadside to die. Having pictured before His hearers the wounded man's helpless condition, and his need of sympathy and help, the Saviour continued, "And by chance there came down a certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. And likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked on him, and passed by on the other side. But a certain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where he was: and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him."  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 3]          The parable ended, the Saviour laid upon the lawyer the burden of answering his own question. "Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves? And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou likewise."  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 4]          The lawyer had thought to find something in the answer of Christ by which to accuse Him. The priests and rulers also were listening for some word by which they could bring a charge against Him. But Jesus read their hearts, and formed His answer in such a way that the purposes of His enemies were defeated.  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 5]                              Removing Perplexities          Much of Christ's time was spent in explaining misunderstandings and in seeking to clear away difficulties by which Satan was perplexing minds. The answers He gave to the questions that were brought to Him were of more value than silver or gold to those who desired to know the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He clothed His lessons of truth with freshness and a power that could not fail to bring conviction to hearts. Truth had been perverted and mingled with tradition and superstition, until its original purity was almost lost to men. The teachings of Christ swept away the false interpretations. By simple illustrations He showed the value of human kindness, of sympathy and love, teaching that these were necessary to the fulfilment of the law of God. Every effort made by priests and rulers to mystify, the Saviour met with clear and decided explanation of what true righteousness meant. And His lessons were immortalized in the minds of those who had ears to hear, and hearts to understand.  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 6]                                Lesson of the Parable          By the parable of the good Samaritan the Saviour teaches that we are to seek to do good to all men, not only to those who are of the household of faith, but to all who need sympathy and help. The instruction given to the lawyer contains lessons for His people in every age. Let those who would be sure of the mercy and love of God extended to themselves, follow the command of the Saviour, "Go, and do thou likewise," Our religion is to make itself known in deeds of mercy. When the spirit of unselfish labor for others characterizes our lives, there will be seen the outworking of the love of God that will result in the conversion of heart and the transformation of life and character.  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 7]          The work of Christ in the world was to reveal the Father. Man must be given a knowledge of God through a revelation of the character of His Son. By coming to earth and taking the nature of man, the Saviour bridged the gulf between heaven and earth, and made it possible for man to understand the character of God and to understand His purpose for mankind. As the Prince of peace, Christ would reconcile man to God and make him understand the relation that existed between him and the Father. Thus He united man with God and with his fellow man, teaching him to see in the poor and the oppressed and suffering the purchase of the blood of Christ, and to value them as the property of God. He taught lessons which, if truly learned, would righten every wrong between man and his fellow man.  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 8]                                    Helping Others          "Is not this the fast that I have chosen," the Lord through His prophet declares, "to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?" And note the inspired promise to those who do all in their power to relieve distress: "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward."  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 9]          As Christians, we are to have a righteousness that represents the character of Christ. We are to feel for our fellow men the same sympathy and compassion that Christ has felt for us. His sympathy, His love, led Him to redeem us at the cost of his lifeblood. If we would carry out the great principles that He laid down for His followers, we must love our neighbor as ourselves.  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 10]                        Christ Identified with the Suffering          If the love of God is in the heart, it will surely be revealed in tender love for others. The Lord is honored by our acts of mercy, by the exercise of thoughtful consideration for the unfortunate and distressed. The widow and the fatherless need more than our charity. They need sympathy and watchcare, compassionate words, and a helping hand to place them where they can help themselves. All deeds done for those who need help are done to Christ. In our study to know how to help the unfortunate, we should study the way in which Christ worked. He did not refuse to work for those who made mistakes; His works of mercy were performed for every class, the righteous and the unrighteous. For all alike He healed disease and gave lessons of instruction.  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, July 14, 1909 par. 11]          Those who represent Christ in deeds of kindness and mercy will never know until the day of Judgment what good they have done in seeking to follow the example of the Saviour. In heaven a book is written for those who interest themselves in the needs of their fellow beings, a book whose record will be revealed in that day when every man will be judged according to the deeds written therein. Then God will repay every act of mercy done to the poor. Those who have regarded the needs of the unfortunate and have had compassion on the needy will hear from His gracious lips the words, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world."  {ST, July 14, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 1]       August 11, 1909 "That Your Joy Might Be Full"    By Mrs. E. G. White         These things have I spoken unto you," the Saviour said to His disciples, "that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full."  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 2]          The grand design of God in giving Christ to the world was to inspire fallen man with hope, and to enable him to remedy the defects occasioned by self-indulgence and sin. Where sin abounded, the Lord designed that grace should much more abound. He would redeem from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. God would not have His people remain in a hopeless condition, the subjects of unbelief. He would have them cast themselves upon the Saviour's strength, accepting with joy the assurance, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name."  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 3]          The life in which the fear of the Lord is cherished will not be a life of sadness and gloom. It is the absence of Christ that makes the countenance sad, and the life a pilgrimage of sighs. Those who are filled with self-esteem and self-love do not feel the need of a living, personal union with Christ. The heart that has not fallen on the Rock is proud of its wholeness. Men want a dignified religion. They desire to walk in a path wide enough to take in their own attributes. Their self-love, their love of popularity, and love of praise, exclude the Saviour from their hearts; and without Him there is sadness and gloom. But Christ dwelling in the soul is a well-spring of joy. For all who receive Him, the keynote of the word of God is "rejoicing."  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 4]                                 Why Not Be Joyful?          Why should not our joy be full -- full, lacking nothing? We have the assurance that Jesus is our Saviour, and that we may freely partake of the rich provision He has made for us. We may believe on Him, knowing that He will give us grace and power to do just as He bids us. He has given us every assurance that He will fulfil all that He has promised. It is our privilege to seek constantly the joy of His presence. He desires us to be cheerful and to be filled with praise to His name. He wants us to carry light in our countenances and joy in our hearts. We have a hope that is far above any pleasure the world can give; why should we not then be joyful?  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 5]          We are to have Christ's joy, and His greatest joy was to see men obeying the truth. Can we desire more than this? "Greater works than these shall ye do," the Saviour said, "because I go unto My Father." He who truly believes this promise can never be half hearted in the service of Christ. May the God of heaven tear away the veil that dims our perception and hinders us from discerning His requirements and from following Christ. O that by living faith we would grasp the hand of infinite Power, receiving strength to work His works. This it is our privilege to do. If we will take Christ at His word, He will be honored and glorified, and we shall be partakers of His joy.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 6]          Happy, indeed, are the people who have laid hold of the divine nature, and escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 7]                                The Mission of Christ          The prophet Isaiah speaks of the mission of the Saviour in these words: "The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, . . . to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified." "That He might be glorified." O that this might be the purpose of our lives! Then we should have regard to the expression of our countenance, to our words, and to the tone of our voice.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 8]         The Christian life does not call for undue hardship and suffering, and the Lord is not pleased to have His people like a band of mourners. We are not asked to sit in sackcloth and ashes; but we are bidden to recognize God as our helper, and to cooperate with Him in doing His will, so that He may bless us, and enable us to live Christ-like lives. He wants us to enjoy the liberty of the sons of God. Then we shall be filled with the praise of God, and our lives will be a blessing to others.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 9]                               The Purpose of Trials          God brings us into trials in order that we may be drawn nearer to Him. The psalmist says, "Many are the afflictions of the righteous, but the Lord delivereth him out of them all." David was a representative man. His history is of interest to every soul who is striving for eternal victories. In his life two powers struggled for the mastery. Unbelief marshaled its forces, and tried to eclipse the light shining upon him from the throne of God. Day by day the battle went on in his heart, Satan disputing every step of advance made by the forces of righteousness. David understood what it meant to fight against principalities and powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world. At times it seemed that the enemy must gain the victory. But in the end, faith conquered, and David rejoiced in the saving power of Jehovah.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 10]          The struggle that David endured, every follower of Christ must go through. Satan has come down with great power, knowing that his time is short. The controversy is being waged in full view of the heavenly universe, and angels stand ready to lift up for God's hard-pressed soldiers a standard against the enemy, and to put into their lips songs of victory and rejoicing.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 11]                                    Our Assurance          "In that day shall this song be sung in the land of Judah; We have a strong city; salvation will God appoint for walls and bulwarks. Open ye the gates, that the righteous nation which keepeth the truth may enter in. Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee: because he trusteth in Thee. Trust ye in the Lord forever; for in the Lord Jehovah is everlasting strength."  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 12]          "O God, Thou art my God; early will I seek Thee: my soul thirsteth for Thee, my flesh longeth for Thee in a dry and thirsty land, where no water is; to see Thy power and Thy glory, so as I have seen Thee in the sanctuary. Because Thy loving-kindness is better than life, my lips shall praise Thee. Thus will I bless Thee while I live: I will lift up my hands in Thy name. My soul shall be satisfied as with marrow and fatness; and my mouth shall praise Thee with joyful lips: when I remember Thee upon my bed, and meditate on Thee in the night watches. Because Thou hast been my help, therefore in the shadow of Thy wings will I rejoice."  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 13]                                     Our Peace          When we believe in Christ as our personal Saviour, the peace of Christ is ours. The reconciliation provided for us in the atonement of Christ, is the foundation of our peace. Gloomy feelings are no evidence that the promises of God are of no effect. You look at your feelings, and because your outlook is not all brightness, you begin to draw more closely the garment of heaviness about your soul. You look within yourself, and think that God is forsaking you. You are to look to Christ. "In Me," Christ says, "ye shall have peace." Entering into communion with the Saviour, we enter the region of peace.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 13}
[ST, August 11, 1909 par. 14]          Let us pledge ourselves before God and the angels of heaven that we will not dishonor God by speaking words of discouragement or unbelief. If we talk faith, we shall have faith, we shall be confirmed in faith. Close the door to distrust, and open the door wide to faith. Invite into the soul-temple the heavenly guests. Entertain the precious thought that Jesus loves us, each one. In this way the clouds of despondency and gloom will be rolled back from the soul, and we shall be enabled to make melody in our hearts to God.  {ST, August 11, 1909 par. 14}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 1]       August 18, 1909 The Value of Trial    By Mrs. E. G. White         The furnace fires are not to destroy, but to refine, ennoble, sanctify. Without trial we would not feel so much our need of God and His help; and we would become proud and self-sufficient. In the trials that come to us we should see the evidences that the Lord's eye is upon us, and that He means to draw us to Himself. It is not the whole, but the wounded, who need a physician; it is those who are pressed almost beyond the point of endurance who need a Helper.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 2]          The fact that we are called upon to endure trial, proves that the Lord sees something in us very precious, which He desires to develop. If He saw in us nothing whereby He might glorify His name. He would not spend time in refining us. We do not take special pains in pruning brambles. Christ does not cast worthless stones into His furnace. It is valuable ore that He tests.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 3]          The blacksmith puts the iron and steel into the fire that he may know what manner of metal they are. The Lord allows His chosen ones to be placed in the furnace of affliction, in order that He may see what temper they are of, and whether He can mold and fashion them for His work.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 4]                                 God the Purifier          It may be that much work needs to be done in your character-building, that you are a rough stone which must be squared and polished before it can fill a place in God's temple. You need not be surprised if, with chisel and hammer, God cuts away the sharp corners of your character, until you are prepared to fill the place He has for you. No human being can accomplish this work. Only by God can it be done. And be assured that He will not strike one useless blow. His every blow is struck in love, for your eternal happiness. He knows your infirmities, and works to restore, not to destroy.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 5]         When trials arise that seem unexplainable, we should not allow our peace to be spoiled. However unjustly we may be treated, let not passion arise. By indulging a spirit of retaliation, we injure ourselves. We destroy our own confidence in God, and grieve the Holy Spirit. There is by our side a witness, a heavenly messenger, who will lift up for us a standard against the enemy. He will shut us in with the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness. Beyond this, Satan can not penetrate. He can not pass this shield of holy light.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 6]          While the work is progressing in wickedness, none of us need flatter ourselves that we shall have no difficulties. But it is these very difficulties that bring us into the audience-chamber of the Most High. We may seek counsel of One who is infinite in wisdom. Through conflict the spiritual life is strengthened. Trials well borne will develop steadfastness of character, and precious spiritual graces. The perfect fruit of faith, meekness, and love often matures best amid storm-clouds and darkness.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 7]                                   Paul's Experience          Paul was a man who knew what it meant to be a partaker of Christ's sufferings. His life was one of constant activity, notwithstanding he was subject to many infirmities. He was constantly followed by the hatred and malice of the Jews. They were exceedingly bitter against him, and did all in their power to hinder him in his work. Yet we hear his voice sounding down along the line to our time, "Our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal." "I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed to us." None too highly does Paul estimate the privileges and advantages of the Christian life.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 8]          Paul says further, "As many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons of God. For ye have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but ye have received the spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, Abba, Father." One of the lessons that we are to learn in the school of Christ is that the Lord's love for us is far greater than that of our earthly parents. We are to have unquestioning faith and perfect confidence in Him. "The Spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit, that we are the children of God; and if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him, that we may be also glorified together."  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 9]                                Visions of the Future          There are revealed in these last days visions of future glory, scenes pictured by the hand of God; and these should be dear to His church. What sustained the Son of God in His hour of betrayal and trial? -- He saw of the travail of His soul, and was satisfied. He caught a view of the expanse of eternity, and saw the happiness of those who, through His humiliation, should receive pardon and everlasting life. He was wounded for their transgressions, bruised for their iniquities. The chastisement of their peace was upon Him, and with His stripes they were healed. His ear caught the shout of the redeemed. He heard the ransomed ones singing the song of Moses and the Lamb.  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 10]          We must have a vision of the future, and of the blessedness of heaven. Stand on the threshold of eternity and hear the gracious welcome given to those who in this life have cooperated with Christ, regarding it as a privilege and honor to suffer for His sake. As they unite with angels, they cast their crowns at the feet of the Redeemer, exclaiming, "Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing. . . . Honor and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb forever and ever."  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 11]          "I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb."  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, August 18, 1909 par. 12]          "These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." "And there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away."  {ST, August 18, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 1]       September 8, 1909 The Sure Foundation    By Mrs. E. G. White         "Whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not; for it was founded upon a rock. And every one that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell; and great was the fall of it."  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 2]          In these words Christ presents before us two classes of builders. One class build upon the rock, and the building is proof against the force of the tempest, for the foundation is sure. The other class build upon the sand, and the house is swept away before the fury of the storm. It is important to us to know how we are building. Are we simply hearers of the words of Christ, or are we doers of them? The answer to this question will tell upon what foundation we are building. If we are obedient to the words of Christ, we are building wisely. In order to build securely, we must be like Christ, He said, "I have kept My Father's commandments." John writes, "He that saith he abideth in Him, ought himself also so to walk, even as He walked."  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 3]         The popular teaching of the present day is largely made up of the injunction, "Believe, make a profession," and that is the end of obligation to God. But saving faith is a working faith; it will accomplish something for our character and life, for it works by love, and purifies the soul. It makes the Lord's great standard of righteousness the standard of the life, and brings the heart into obedience to the divine precepts. The law of God condemns all sin, and requires all righteousness. It demands not only an outward profession of godliness, but also a pure heart, a spotless character. The law of God is adapted to all men, to the conditions of every nation and period. There are many in this age who cast contempt upon the law of God, even from the pulpit; and many who profess holiness cry, "Away with the law." But those who turn away from God's great standard of righteousness, only turn to a standard of their own, which they exalt in self-righteousness. While living in transgression of God's law, their claims to holiness bring contempt upon the law of God. Those who have this loose kind of religion are represented by the foolish man who built his house upon the sand; they are hearers, but not doers, of the word. The religion that will stand the test is characterized by a living faith that will unite us as closely to Christ as the branch is united to the living vine.  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 4]          How anxious, how determined, we should be to build upon the right foundation; for we know that every soul is to be tested, and only those will stand the test who build upon the solid Rock, Christ Jesus. When the truth of God has found its way into our hearts, and we receive it in love, we shall be enlightened as to what we must do to be saved. We shall have no self-sufficient spirit. The more we search the Bible, meditating upon its precepts, the more clearly we shall see the reasonableness, the perfection, the beauty, of the divine requirements. We shall realize that the law, holy and just and good, is at variance with selfishness, with deception, with unchaste thoughts and actions, and we shall feel our dependence upon Christ for strength to receive and to fulfill the requirement of God. When we accept the testimony of Scripture, and incorporate its teaching into our life our friends will see a work of transformation in us. We are in this world that through the grace of Christ we may develop a pure character, like unto the Master's. Such a character will make us successful candidates for an eternal home in the kingdom of glory.  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 5]          John saw a company in white robes standing around the throne of God, and he says: "One of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they? And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me. These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb?" This is the work that we must do in this day of preparation. We are to cleanse our characters, and imitate the life of Christ. We must build upon the sure foundation; for other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 6]          But every building erected on other foundation than God's word, will fall. He who, like the Jews in Christ's day, builds on the foundation of human ideas and opinions of forms and ceremonies of man's invention, or on any work that he can do independently of the grace of Christ, is erecting his structure of character upon the shifting sand. The fierce tempests of temptation will sweep away the sandy foundation, and leave his house a wreck on the shores of time.  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, September 8, 1909 par. 7]          You who are resting your hope on self, are building on the sand. But it is not yet too late to escape the impending ruin. Before the tempest breaks, flee to the sure foundation. "Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner-stone of sure foundation; he that believeth shall not make haste." "Look unto Me, and be ye saved all the ends of the earth; for I am God, and there is none else."  {ST, September 8, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 1]       October 6, 1909 Opening the Word    By Mrs. E. G. White         The history of the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus, as that of the Son of God, can not be fully demonstrated without the evidence contained in the Old Testament. Christ is revealed in the Old Testament as clearly as in the New. The one testifies of a Saviour to come, while the other testifies of a Savior that has come in the manner predicted by the prophets. In order to appreciate the plan of redemption, the Scriptures of the Old Testament must be thoroughly understood. It is the glorified light from the prophetic past that brings out the life of Christ and the teachings of the New Testament with clearness and beauty. The miracles of Jesus are a proof of His divinity; but the strongest proofs that He is the world's Redeemer are found in the prophecies of the Old Testament compared with the history of the New. Jesus said to the Jews, "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me." At that time there was no other Scripture in existence save that of the Old Testament; so the injunction of the Saviour is plain.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 2]          This mighty Conqueror of death, who had reached to the very depths of human misery to rescue a lost world, assumed the humble task of walking with the two disciples to Emmaus, to teach and comfort them. Thus He ever identifies Himself with His suffering and perplexed people. In our hardest and most trying paths, lo, Jesus is with us to smooth the way. He is the same Son of Man, with the same sympathies and love which He had before He passed through the tomb and ascended to His Father.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 3]          At length, as the sun was going down, the disciples with their companion arrived at their home. The way had never before seemed so short to them, nor had time ever passed so quickly. The stranger made no sign of halting; but the disciples could not endure the thought of parting so soon from One who had inspired their hearts with new hope and joy, and they urged Him to remain with them overnight. Jesus did not at once yield to their invitation, but seemed disposed to pursue His journey. Thereupon the disciples, in their affection for the Stranger, importuned Him earnestly to tarry with them, urging as a reason that the day was far spent. Jesus yielded to their entreaties and entered their humble abode.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 4]          The Saviour never forces His presence upon us. He seeks the company of those who He knows need His care, and gives them an opportunity to urge His continuance with them. If they, with longing desire, entreat Him to abide with them, He will enter the humblest homes, and brighten the lowliest hearts. While waiting for the evening meal, Jesus continued to open the Scriptures to His hosts, bringing forward the evidence of His divinity, and unfolding to them the plan of salvation. The simple fare was soon ready, and the three took their position at the table, Jesus taking His place at the head as was His custom.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 5]          The duty of asking a blessing upon the food usually devolved upon the head of the family; but Jesus placed His hands upon the bread and blessed it. At the first word of His petition the disciples looked up in amazement. Surely none other than their Lord had ever done in this manner. His voice strikes upon their ear as the voice of their Master, and, behold, there are the wounds in His hands! It is indeed the well-known form of their beloved Master! For a moment they are spellbound; then they arise to fall at His feet and worship Him; but He suddenly disappears from their midst.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 6]          Now they know that they have been walking and talking with the risen Redeemer. Their eyes had been clouded so that they had not before discerned Him, altho the truths He uttered had sunk deep in their discouraged hearts. He who had endured the conflict of the Garden, the shame of the Cross, and who had gained the victory over death and the tomb -- He before whom angels had fallen prostrate, worshiping with thanksgiving and praise, had sought the two lonely and desponding disciples, and been in their presence for hours, teaching and comforting them, yet they had not known Him.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 7]          Jesus did not first reveal Himself in His true character to them, and then open the Scriptures to their minds; for He knew that they would be so overjoyed to see Him again, risen from the dead, that their souls would be satisfied. They would not hunger for the sacred truths which He wished to impress indelibly upon their minds, that they might impart them to others, who should in their turn spread the precious knowledge, until thousands of people should receive the light given that day to the despairing disciples as they journeyed to Emmaus.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 8]          He maintained His disguise till He had interpreted the Scriptures, and had led them to an intelligent faith in His life, His character, His mission to earth, and His death and resurrection. He wished the truth to take firm root in their minds, not because it was supported by His personal testimony, but because the typical law, and the prophets of the Old Testament, agreeing with the facts of His life and death, presented unquestionable evidence of that truth. When the object of His labors with the two disciples was gained, He revealed Himself to them, that their joy might be full, and then vanished from their sight.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 9]          When these disciples left Jerusalem, to return to their homes, they intended to take up their old employment again, and conceal their blighted hopes as best they could. But now their joy exceeded their former despair. "And they said one to another, Did not our heart burn within us, while He talked with us by the way, and while He opened to us the Scriptures?"  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 10]          They forgot their hunger and fatigue, and left the prepared repast, for they could not tarry in their homes and hold their newly found knowledge from the other disciples. They longed to impart their own joy to their companions, that they might rejoice together in a living Saviour risen from the dead. Late as it was, they set about retracing their way to Jerusalem; but how different were their feelings now from those which depressed them when they set out upon their way to Emmaus. Jesus was by their side, but they knew it not. He heard with gladness their expressions of joy and gratitude as they talked with each other by the way.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, October 6, 1909 par. 11]          They were too happy to notice the difficulties of the rough, uncertain road. There was no moon to light them, but their hearts were light with the joy of a new revelation. They picked their way over the rough stones and the dangerous ledges, sometimes stumbling and falling in their haste. But not at all disconcerted by this, they pressed resolutely on. Occasionally they lost their path in the darkness, and were obliged to retrace their steps until they found the track, when they renewed their journey with fresh speed. They longed to deliver their precious message to their friends. Never before had human lips such tidings to proclaim; for the fact of Christ's resurrection was to be the great truth around which all the faith and hope of the church would center.  {ST, October 6, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 1]       December 15, 1909 A Lesson in Economy    By Mrs. E. G. White         The Lord would have His people exercise carefulness in the use of all His gifts. It is the duty of all who are seeking to advance the kingdom of Christ in the earth, to be saving and economical. We are to save that we may give. "It is more blessed to give," the Saviour said, "than to receive."  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 1}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 2]          The Saviour taught a precious lesson in economy when, after performing the wonderful miracle by which He fed the multitude with five loaves and a few small fishes, He commanded that all that was left over from the feast should be carefully gathered up. He would show that the bounties of Providence are not given to be squandered, or to be used in an aimless or wasteful manner.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 2}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 3]          Christ's care of the fragments is a striking evidence of His divinity. It was as essential for Him to bid the disciples gather up the fragments, as it was for Him to create the food to feed the multitude. He must point the people to God's standard of economy in the saving of food as well as of money. There was use for it all.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 3}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 4]          The lesson was twofold. In spiritual as in temporal things, nothing is to be wasted. We are to let slip no temporal opportunity, no spiritual advantage; we are to waste nothing that will tend to benefit a human being or that will help to relieve the necessities of earth's hungry ones.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 4}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 5]          When the baskets of fragments were collected, the people thought of their friends at home. They wanted them to share in the bread that Christ had blessed. The contents of the baskets were distributed among the eager throng, and were carried away into all the region round about. So those who were at the feast were to give to others the bread that comes down from heaven, to satisfy the hunger of the soul. They were to repeat what they had learned of the wonderful things of God. Nothing was to be lost.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 5}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 6]          The lesson should be carefully studied. The Lord values every gift that He bestows upon man, and His command on this occasion demonstrated to the whole multitude the value He places on His blessings. We are dependent upon God for life, for means, for health, for food, for the very air we breathe. Christ's own example of industry and frugality teaches us to use with care the gifts we receive at His hand.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 6}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 7]          Often those who are favored with wealth act as if they had a right to use with prodigality the gifts that God entrusts to them to be used wisely. They walk and talk as if riches entitled them to high honor. Sometimes the poor are favored by them, but more often the moneyed men waste their Lord's goods in selfish indulgence. They forget that all their treasures are entrusted gifts, and that they must render to God a strict account of the use they have made of His property.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 7}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 8]          Willingly and cheerfully the true Christian will bind about his inclinations to expend his means; and when he sees his fellow laborers in other portions of the field distressed and perplexed for lack of proper facilities, he will willingly impart to them a portion of what the Lord has entrusted to him. As he shows by his unselfishness that he loves his neighbor as himself, the Lord says of him in the councils of heaven: "He is My faithful steward. I can trust him to handle My goods. He keeps My fear before him. His works of righteousness will be a continual stream flowing to the desert portions of My vineyard. He will not claim what he has as his own, to use as the human agent shall please; but will heed My counsel, and do with My goods as I shall choose."  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 8}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 9]          My brethren and sisters, shall we not deny ourselves, in order that we may help to send the present truth to needy fields? We have very little time now in which to work. Let us deny ourselves for the building up of the cause of God. The money we invest in this work will be returned to us with large interest. Let us take hold in faith. Let us pray and believe. Let us act, and the Lord will encourage and strengthen us in the way. The Lord expects His human agencies to do their best. The fragments are to be gathered up. All needless expenditures for selfish gratification are to be cut off. Let self-denial and the cross become a part of our individual experience.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 9}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 10]          Many despise economy, confounding it with stinginess and narrowness. But economy is consistent with the broadest liberality. Indeed, without economy there can be no true liberality. We are to save that we may give.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 10}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 11]          None can practise real benevolence without self-denial. Only by a life of simplicity, self-denial, and close economy, is it possible for us to accomplish the work appointed us as Christ's representatives. Pride and worldly ambition must be put out of our hearts. In all our work the principle of unselfishness revealed in Christ's life is to be carried out. Upon the walls of our homes, upon the furnishings, we are to read the command, "Bring the poor that are cast out to thy house." On our wardrobes we are to see written, as with the finger of God, "Clothe the naked." In the dining-room, on the table laden with food, we are to see traced, "Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry?"  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 11}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 12]          A thousand doors of usefulness are open before us. Often we lament the scanty resources available; but were Christians thoroughly in earnest, they could multiply the resources a thousandfold. It is selfishness, self-indulgence, that bars the way to our usefulness.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 12}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 13]          How much means is expended for things that are mere idols, things that engross time and thought and strength, that should be put to a higher use. How much money is wasted on expensive houses and furniture, on selfish pleasures, luxuries, and unwholesome food. How much is squandered on gifts that benefit no one. For things that are needless, often harmful, professed Christians today are spending more, many times more, than they spend in seeking to rescue souls from the tempter.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 13}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 14]         Christ bids us, "Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost." While thousands are every day perishing from famine, bloodshed, fire, and plague, it becomes every lover of his kind to see that nothing is wasted, that nothing is needlessly expended, whereby he might benefit a human being.  {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 14}
[ST, December 15, 1909 par. 15]          It is wrong to waste our time, wrong to waste our thoughts. We lose every moment that we devote to self-seeking. If every moment were valued and rightly employed, we should have time for everything that we need to do for ourselves and for the world. In the expenditure of money, in the use of time, strength, opportunities, let every Christian look to God for guidance. And "if any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him."                                                                   -    {ST, December 15, 1909 par. 15}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 1]       January 25, 1910 Our Message    By Mrs. E. G. White         The fourteenth chapter of Revelation outlines the work that is to be done by the people of God just before the second advent of our Saviour. Three messages are there represented, which must go to all the inhabitants of the world.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 2]          John writes of an angel which he saw flying "in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting Gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 3]          "And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 4]          "And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb."  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 5]          These three angels represent the people who accept the light of God's messages, and go forth as His agents to sound the warning throughout the length and breadth of the earth. Christ declared to His followers, "Ye are the light of the world." To every soul that accepts Jesus, the cross of Calvary speaks: "Behold the worth of the soul. 'Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature.'" Nothing is to be permitted to hinder this work. It is the all-important work for this time, and it is to be far-reaching as eternity.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 6]          From the beginning of this world's history, there has been opposition between the forces of good and of evil. God declared, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her Seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise His heel." Man vainly attempted to exalt himself by following his own way, in harmony with Satan's temptation and in opposition to the will of God. He thus gained a knowledge of evil, but he gained it at the cost of his loyalty; and his disobedience opened the flood-gates of woe upon our world.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 7]          Ever since the fall of Adam, men have been trying to exalt themselves by the same means. When will they learn that the only way to true exaltation is the path of obedience? Men's plans may seem to them to be exceedingly wise, but there is no safety in following them unless they are in accordance with a "Thus saith the Lord."  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 8]                              Separate from the World          The Lord called out His people Israel, and separated them from the world, that He might commit to them a sacred trust. He made them the depositaries of His law; and He designed through them to preserve among men the knowledge of Himself. Through them the light of heaven was to shine out to the dark places of the earth, and a voice was to be heard appealing to all peoples to turn from their idolatry to serve the living and true God.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 9]          Had the Hebrews been true to their trust, they would have been a power in the world. God would have been their defense, and He would have exalted them above all other nations. His might and truth would have been revealed through them, and they would have stood forth under His wise and holy rule as an example of the superiority of His government over every form of idolatry. But they did not keep their covenant with God. They followed after the idolatrous practises of other nations; and instead of making their Creator's name a praise in the earth, they brought it into contempt.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 10]          Yet the purpose of God must be accomplished. The knowledge of His will must be given to the world. God brought the hand of oppression upon His people, and scattered them as captives among the nations. In affliction many of them repented of their transgressions, and sought the Lord. Thus scattered throughout the countries of the heathen, they spread abroad the knowledge of the true God.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 11]          In this day, God has called His church, as He called ancient Israel, to stand as a light in the earth. By the mighty cleaver of truth,--the messages of the first, second, and third angels,--He has separated a people from the churches and from the world, to bring them into a sacred nearness to Himself. He has made them the depositories of His law, and has committed to them the great truths of prophecy for this time. Like the holy oracles committed to ancient Israel, these are a sacred trust to be communicated to the world.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 12]          Prophecy declares that the first angel would make his announcement to "every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people." The warning of the third angel, which forms a part of the same threefold message, and is the message for this time, will be no less widespread. The banner on which is inscribed, "The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus," is to be raised aloft. The power of the first and second messages is to be intensified in the third. It is represented in the prophecy as being proclaimed with a loud voice by an angel flying in the midst of heaven, and it will command the attention of the world.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 13]          The most fearful threatening ever addressed to mortals is contained in the third angel's message. That must be a terrible sin which calls down the wrath of God unmingled with mercy. But men are not left in darkness concerning this important matter; the warning against the worship of the beast and his image is to be given to the world before the visitation of God's judgments, that all may know why the judgments are inflicted, and may have opportunity to escape.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 13}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 14]                                  A Dividing Message          In the issue of the contest, all Christendom will be divided into two great classes, -- those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus, and those who worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark. Altho church and state will unite their power to compel "all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond," to receive "the mark of the beast," yet the true people of God will not receive it. The prophet of Patmos beholds "them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God," and singing the "song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb."  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 14}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 15]          The third angel's message increases in importance as we near the close of this earth's history. It is the last offer of mercy to the world, the most solemn message ever given to mortals. In heaven there is a record kept of the impieties of nations, of families, of individuals. God may bear long while the account goes on; calls to repentance and offers of pardon may be given; yet a time will come when the account will be full, when the soul's decision will have been made, when by his own choice man's destiny will have been fixed. Then the signal will be given for judgment to be executed.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 15}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 16]          The forbearance that God has exercised toward the wicked has emboldened men in transgression; but their punishment will be none the less certain and terrible for being long delayed. "The Lord shall rise up as in Mount Perazim, He shall be wroth as in the valley of Gibeon, that He may do His work, His strange work; and bring to pass His act, His strange act." To our merciful God the act of punishment is a strange act. Yet He will "by no means clear the guilty." By terrible things in righteousness He will vindicate the authority of His downtrodden law. The very fact of His reluctance to execute justice, testifies to the enormity of the sins that call forth His judgments, and to the severity of the retribution awaiting the transgressor.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 16}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 17]          All the inhabitants of earth are soon to meet the great Lawgiver over His broken law. There are many, many in the popular churches who know little of the real meaning of the message for this time. I appeal to them not to disregard the fulfilling of the signs of the times, which say so plainly that the end is near. O how many who have not sought their soul's salvation, will soon make the bitter lamentation, "The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and my soul is not saved!"  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 17}
[ST, January 25, 1910 par. 18]          When will men learn that God is God, not man, and that He does not change? Every calamity, every death, is a witness to the power of evil and to the truth of the living God. The Word of God is life, and it will abide forever. Through all eternity it will stand fast. How can man, knowing what God is and what He has done, choose Satan's way instead of God's way? There is only one path to Paradise restored,--the path of obedience.  {ST, January 25, 1910 par. 18}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 1]       February 1, 1910 God's Eternal Law    By Mrs. E. G. White         Adam and Eve, at their creation, had a knowledge of the law of God. They were acquainted with its claims upon them; its precepts were written upon their hearts. When man fell by transgression, the law was not changed, but a remedial system was established to bring him back to obedience. The promise of a Saviour was given; and sacrificial offerings pointing forward to the death of Christ as the great sin-offering, were established.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 2]          Adam taught his descendants the law of God, and it was handed down from father to son through successive generations. But notwithstanding the gracious provision for man's redemption, there were few who accepted it and rendered obedience. By transgression the world became so vile that it was necessary to cleanse it by the Flood from its corruption. The law was preserved by Noah and his family, and Noah taught his descendants the Ten Commandments.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 3]          As men again departed from God, the Lord chose Abraham, of whom He declared, "Abraham obeyed My voice, and kept My charge, My commandments, My statutes, and My laws." To him was given the rite of circumcision, which was a sign that those who received it were devoted to the service of God,--a pledge that they would remain separate from idolatry, and would obey the law of God. The failure of Abraham's descendants to keep this pledge, as shown in their disposition to form alliances with the heathen and adopt their practises, was the cause of their sojourn and bondage in Egypt.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 4]                                  The Written Law          In their intercourse with idolaters, and their forced submission to the Egyptians, the divine precepts became still further corrupted with the vile and cruel teachings of heathenism. Therefore when the Lord brought them forth from Egypt, He made known to them once more the requirements of His law. The law was not spoken at this time exclusively for the benefit of the Hebrews. God honored them by making them the guardians and keepers of His law, but it was to be held as a sacred trust for the whole world.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 5]          The precepts of the Decalogue are adapted to all mankind, and they were given for the instruction and government of all. Ten precepts, brief, comprehensive, and authoritative, cover the duty of man to God and to his fellow man; and all based upon the great fundamental principle of love. They stand forth alone, bearing the distinct, awful significance of their supreme importance. They mean life to the obedient, and death to the disobedient.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 6]          The law of God is as sacred as Himself. It is a revelation of His will, a transcript of His character, the expression of divine love and wisdom. Through the ages that law has been preserved as the highest standard of morality. Not all the inventions of science or the imaginations of fruitful minds have been able to discover one essential duty not covered by this code.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 7]          God's law is the security of life and property, of peace and happiness. It was given to secure our present and eternal good. A thoughtful kindness runs through every enactment. Each commandment is an enactment of mercy, love, and saving power.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 8]                              The Sabbath Not New          The Sabbath institution originated in Eden, and is therefore as old as the world itself. In six days the great work of creation had been accomplished; and God "rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it: because that in it He had rested." The Sabbath was observed by all the patriarchs, from creation down. During the bondage in Egypt, the Israelites were forced by their taskmasters to violate the Sabbath, and to a great extent they lost the knowledge of its sacredness. When the law was proclaimed from Sinai, the very first words of the fourth commandment were, "Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy," showing that the Sabbath was not then instituted; we are pointed back for its origin to creation.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 9]          Before the law was given from Sinai, God wrought a miracle each week to impress the people with the sanctity of the Sabbath. He rained manna from heaven for their food, and each day they gathered this manna; but on the sixth day they gathered twice as much, according to the directions of Moses: "The Lord hath given you the Sabbath, therefore He giveth you on the sixth day the bread of two days; abide ye every man in his place, let no man go out of his place on the seventh day. So the people rested on the seventh day."  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 10]          "The children of Israel did eat manna forty years, until they came to a land inhabited; . . . unto the borders of the land of Canaan." Thus for forty years God worked each week a miracle before His people, to show them that His Sabbath was a sacred day.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 11]                               A Sign of God's Law          God gave the Sabbath to His people to be a continual sign of His love and mercy, and of their obedience. As He had rested upon this day and been refreshed, so He desired His people to rest and be refreshed. It was a continual reminder to them that they were included in His covenant of grace. Throughout your generations, He said, the Sabbath is to be My sign, My pledge, to you that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you; that I have chosen you, and set you apart as My peculiar people.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 12]          When the Sabbath was changed, the seal was taken from the law. Now the disciples of Jesus are called upon to restore it, by exalting the Sabbath of the fourth commandment to its rightful position as the Creator's memorial and the sign of His authority. The prophet Isaiah thus points out the ordinance which has been forsaken: "Thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words; then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord."  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 13]          This prophecy also applies in our own time. A breach was made in the law of God when the Sabbath was changed; but the time has come for that institution to be restored. The breach is to be repaired, and the foundation of many generations to be raised up. The Lord has His messengers, whom He bids to proclaim His law to be changeless in its character, as enduring as eternity.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 13}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 14]          Thus the Sabbath is a token between God and His people. It is God's holy day, given to man as a day on which to rest and reflect upon sacred things. God designed it to be observed through every age, as a perpetual covenant. His people are to regard the Sabbath as a peculiar treasure, a trust to be carefully cherished.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 14}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 15]          As we observe the Sabbath, let us remember that it is the sign Heaven has given to man that he is accepted in the Beloved; that if he is obedient, he may enter the city of God, and partake of the fruit of the Tree of Life. As we refrain from labor on the seventh day, we testify to the world that we are on God's side, and are striving to live in perfect conformity to His commandments. Thus we recognize as our Sovereign the God who made the world in six days, and rested on the seventh.  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 15}
[ST, February 1, 1910 par. 16]          From beginning to end, God's law is a law of love. John says: "I rejoiced greatly that I found of thy children walking in truth, as we have received a commandment from the Father. And now I beseech thee, lady, not as tho I wrote a new commandment unto thee, but that which we had from the beginning, that we love one another. And this is love, that we walk after His commandments." "Hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His Word, in him verily is the love of God perfected."  {ST, February 1, 1910 par. 16}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 1]       February 8, 1910 The Dragon Voice    By Mrs. E. G. White         To the apostle John on the Isle of Patmos, were opened scenes of deep and thrilling interest in the experience of the church. Subjects of vast importance were presented to him in figures and symbols, that those who should turn from error to truth might become intelligent concerning the perils and conflicts before them. The history of the Christian world to the very close of time, was revealed to him. With great clearness he saw the position, dangers, conflicts, and final deliverance of the people of God. He records the closing message which is to ripen the harvest of the earth, either as sheaves for the heavenly garner, or as fagots for the fires of the last day.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 2]          John beheld in vision the redeemed people of God. He saw the triumph of those who had gained the victory over the beast and over his image. He marked the trials which they had endured for the truth's sake. He saw their unyielding firmness in adhering to the commandments of God against the oppressive powers that sought to force them to disobedience.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 3]                                Important Symbols          Under the symbols of the great red dragon, a leopard-like beast, and a beast with lamblike horns, the earthly governments which would be especially engaged in trampling upon God's law and persecuting His people, were presented to John. Their war is to be carried on till the close of time. The people of God, symbolized by a holy woman and her children, are represented as greatly in the minority. In the last days, only a remnant still exists. John speaks of them as those that "keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ."  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 4]          For many centuries, first through paganism and then through the Papacy, Satan exerted his powers to blot from the earth God's faithful witnesses. Both heathen and papists were actuated by the same dragon spirit. They differed only in that the Romish apostate, making a pretense of serving God, was the more dangerous and cruel foe. Through the agency of Romanism., Satan took the world captive. The professed church of God was swept into the ranks of this delusion, and for more than a thousand years the true people of God suffered under the dragon's ire.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 5]                                   A New Persecutor          At the time when the Papacy, robbed of its strength, was forced to desist from persecution, John beheld a new power coming up to echo the dragon's voice, and carry forward the same cruel and blasphemous work. This power, the last that is to wage war against the church and the law of God, is represented by a beast with lamblike horns. The beasts preceding it had risen from the sea; but this came up out of the earth, representing the peaceful rise of the nation which it symbolized--the United States.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 6]          The "two horns like a lamb" well represent the character of our own Government, as expressed in its two fundamental principles,--Republicanism and Protestantism. These principles are the secret of our power and prosperity as a nation. Those who first found an asylum on the shores of America, rejoiced that they had reached a country free from the arrogant claims of popery and the tyranny of kingly rule. They determined to establish a government upon the broad foundation of civil and religious liberty.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 7]          But the stern tracings of the prophetic pencil reveal a change in this peaceful scene. The beast with lamblike horns speaks with the voice of a dragon, and "exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him." Prophecy declares that he will say to them that dwell on the earth, "that they should make an image to the beast," and that it will cause "all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name." Thus Protestantism is to follow in the steps of the Papacy.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 8]                                      God's Warning          It is at this time that the third angel is seen flying in the midst of heaven, proclaiming, "If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, February 8, 1910 par. 9]          In marked contrast with this multitude stands a little company who will not swerve from their allegiance to God. "Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." These are they of whom Isaiah speaks: "They that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach. The restorer of paths to dwell in." The breach was made in the law of God when the Sabbath was changed by the Romish power. But the time has come for that divine institution to be restored. The breach is to be repaired, and the foundation of many generations to be raised up. And this message is the last to be given before the coming of the Lord. Immediately following its proclamation, the Son of Man is seen by the prophet coming in glory to reap the harvest of the earth.  {ST, February 8, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 1]       February 22, 1910 The Final Test of God's People    By Mrs. E. G. White         In the eighteenth chapter of the Revelation, the apostle-prophet John speaks of "another angel" whom he saw coming down from heaven, having great power, so that the whole earth "was lightened with his glory." With a strong voice the angel cried, mightily, "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication."  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 2]          It is the church of Rome which, thinking to prove itself not only equal to God, but above God, has changed the rest-day of Jehovah, placing the first day of the week where the seventh should be. And the Protestant world has taken this child of the Papacy to be regarded as sacred. This is called in the Word of God "her fornication." Thus the people of the world, in giving their sanction to a false sabbath and trampling under their feet the Sabbath of the Lord, "have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication." Wherever the papal sabbath is honored in preference to the Sabbath of the Lord, there is the man of sin exalted above the Creator of the heavens and the earth.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 3]          The angels and the holy inhabitants of other worlds watch with intense interest the events taking place on this earth. Now as the close of the great controversy between Christ and Satan draws near, the heavenly host behold men trampling upon the law of Jehovah, making void the memorial of God,--the sign between Him and His commandment-keeping people,--setting it aside as a thing of naught, something to be despised, while the rival sabbath is exalted. They see men claiming to be Christians, calling upon the world to observe this spurious sabbath that they have made.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 4]                          The Special Point of Controversy          When the Sabbath shall become the special point of controversy throughout Christendom, the persistent refusal of a small minority to yield to the popular demand will make them objects of universal execration. Satan will excite indignation against the humble remnant who conscientiously refuse to accept the customs and traditions of error. Blinded by the prince of darkness, popular religionists will see only as he sees, and feel as he feels. They will determine as he determines, and oppress as he has oppressed. Liberty of conscience, which has cost this nation so great a sacrifice, will no longer be respected. The church and the world will unite, and the world will lend to the church her power to crush out the right of the people to worship God according to His Word.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 5]          It will be urged that the few who stand in opposition to an institution of the church and a law of the state, ought not to be tolerated; that it is better for them to suffer than for whole nations to be thrown into confusion and lawlessness. This argument will appear conclusive; and against those who hallow the Sabbath of the fourth commandment will finally be issued a decree denouncing them as deserving of the severest punishment, and giving the people liberty, after a certain time, to put them to death.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 6]          Romanism in the Old World, and apostate Protestantism in the New, will pursue a similar course toward those who honor all the divine precepts. This is the mystery of iniquity, the devising of satanic agencies, carried into effect by the man of sin.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 7]                                  An Ancient Example          The decree which is to go forth against the people of God in the near future, will be in some respects similar to that issued by Ahasuerus against the Jews in the time of Esther. The Persian edict sprang from the malice of Haman toward Mordecai. Not that Mordecai had done Haman harm, but he had refused to flatter his vanity by showing him the reverence which belongs only to God.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 8]          The king's decision against the Jews was secured under false pretenses, --a misrepresentation of that peculiar people. Satan instigated the scheme in order to rid the earth of those who preserved the knowledge of the true God. But his plots were defeated by a counter-power that reigns among the children of men. Angels that excel in strength were commissioned to protect the people of God, and the plots of their adversaries returned upon their own heads.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 9]          History will repeat itself. In this age the test will be on the point of Sabbath observance. The same masterful mind that plotted against the faithful in ages past, is now at work to gain control of the falling churches, that through them he may condemn and put to death all who will not worship the idol sabbath.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 10]          Our battle will not be with men, altho it may appear so; we war "not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against wicked spirits in high places." But if the people of God will put their trust in Him, and by faith rely upon His power, the devices of Satan will be defeated in our time, as signally as in the days of Mordecai.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 11]          The people of God will enter into no controversy with the world over this matter. They will simply take God's Word for their guide, and maintain their allegiance to Him whose commandments they keep. They will obey the words of Jehovah, "Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore . . . for a perpetual covenant."  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 12]          To every soul will come the searching test, Shall I obey God rather than man? The decisive hour is even at hand. Satan is putting forth his utmost efforts in a last despairing struggle against Christ and His followers. In this closing scene, false teachers are employing every possible device to stimulate the hardened sinner in his rebellious daring, to confirm the questioning, the doubting, the unbelieving, and by misrepresentation and falsehood to deceive, if it were possible, the very elect.  {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, February 22, 1910 par. 13]          Who are prepared to stand firmly under the banner on which is inscribed, "The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus"?                                                                   -    {ST, February 22, 1910 par. 13}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 1]       March 8, 1910 The Work of the Holy Spirit in Conversion    By Mrs. E. G. White         At infinite cost provision has been made for men to reach perfection of Christian character. Those who have been impressed by the Holy Scriptures as the voice of God, and desire to follow its teachings, are to be daily learning, daily receiving spiritual fervor and power, which have been provided for every true believer in the gift of the Holy Spirit.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 2]          The Holy Spirit is a free, working, independent agency. The God of heaven uses His Spirit as it pleases Him; and human minds, human judgment, and human methods can no more set boundaries to its working, or prescribe the channel through which it shall operate, than they can say to the wind, "I bid you to blow in a certain direction, and to conduct yourself in such and such a manner." As the wind moves in its force, bending and breaking the lofty trees in its path, so the Holy Spirit influences human hearts, and no finite man can circumscribe its work.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 3]                                   Born from Above          When Nicodemus, a great teacher in Israel, sought the Master in that night interview on the Mount of Olives, Jesus laid before him the conditions of conversion, saying, "Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he can not see the kingdom of God."  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 4]          In astonishment Nicodemus said, "How can a man be born when he is old?" Here the Jewish ruler showed his unbelief; but Jesus answered, "Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he can not enter into the kingdom of God." "Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: so is every one that is born of the Spirit."  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 5]          Perplexed and wondering, Nicodemus said, "How can these things be?" Jesus said, "Art thou a master in Israel, and knowest not these things?" A teacher, a man among wise men, a man who supposed that he was able to comprehend the science of religion, and yet stumbling at the doctrine of conversion!  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 6]          Nicodemus was not willing to admit the truth, because he could not understand all that was connected with the operation of the power of God; and yet he accepted the facts of nature, altho he could not explain or even comprehend them. Like other men of all ages, he was looking to forms and precise ceremonies as more essential to religion than the deep movings of the Spirit of God.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 7]          Jesus continued, "That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit." By nature the heart is evil, and "who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean? Not one." No human invention can find a remedy for the sinning soul. "The carnal mind . . is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be." "Out of the heart proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphemies." The fountain of the heart must be purified before the streams can become pure. There is no safety for one who has merely a legal religion, a form of godliness. The Christian's life is not a modification or improvement of the old life, but a transformation of the nature. There is a death to sin and self, and a new life altogether. This change can be brought about only by the effectual working of the Holy Spirit.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 8]                                 An Invisible Worker          Jesus pointed out to Nicodemus that, altho he could not see the wind, yet he could discern its action. The operating agency was not revealed to view; men could not tell whence it came or whither it went. They could not define by what law it was governed; but they could see the effects produced by its action. So this teacher in Israel might never be able to explain the process of conversion, but he would be able to discern its effects. No human reasoning, no skill of the most learned men, can define the operations of the Holy Spirit upon human minds and characters; yet they can see the effects upon the life and actions.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 9]          The Spirit of God is manifested in different ways upon different individuals. One, under the movings of this power, will tremble before the Word of God. His convictions are so deep that a tumult of feeling seems to rage in his heart, and his whole being is prostrated under the convicting power of the truth.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 10]          When the Lord speaks forgiveness to such a repenting soul, he is full of ardor, full of love to God, full of earnestness and energy, and the life-giving Spirit which he has received can not be repressed. Christ is in him, a well of water springing up unto everlasting life. His feelings of love are as deep and ardent as were his distress and agony. His soul is like the fountain of the great deep broken up, and he pours forth his thanksgiving and praise, his gratitude and joy, until the heavenly harps are tuned to notes of rejoicing with him. He has a story to tell, but not in any precise, common, methodical way. He is a soul ransomed through the merits of Jesus Christ, and his whole being is thrilled with the realization of the salvation of God.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 11]          Others are brought to Christ in a more gentle way. Men who have been dead in trespasses and sins, become convicted and converted under the operations of the Spirit. The thoughtless and wayward become serious. The hardened repent of their sins, and the faithless believe. The gambler, the drunkard, the licentious, become steady, sober, and pure. The rebellious and obstinate become meek and Christlike.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 12]          When we see these changes in the character, we may be assured that the converting power of God has transformed the entire man. We saw not the Holy Spirit, but we saw the evidence of its working in the changed character of those who were hardened and obdurate sinners.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 13]          The Holy Spirit moves upon the inner self until it becomes conscious of the divine power of God, and every spiritual faculty is quickened to decided action. A deep and thorough work is wrought in the soul, which the world can not see. Those who know not what it is to have an experience in the things of God, who know not what it is to be justified by faith, who have not the witness of the Spirit that they are accepted of Jesus Christ, are in need of being born again.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 13}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 14]                                 Only by Experience          What can the world know of Christian experience? Verily, nothing! "Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of Man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you." The great Teacher explained this instruction by saying, "It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life." Those who not only hear but do the words of Christ, make manifest in their character the internal operations of the Holy Spirit. The result is demonstrated in the outward conduct.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 14}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 15]          If one who daily communes with God errs from the path, if he turns for a moment from looking steadfastly to Jesus, it is not because he sins wilfully; for when he sees his mistake, he fastens his eyes again upon Jesus; and the fact that he has erred does not make him less dear to the heart of God. When reproved for his mistake, he learns a lesson from the words of his Saviour, turns the mistake into a victory, and takes heed that he be not again deceived.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 15}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 16]          The Christian can not serve the world, or yield to the claims of any power, relation, or society that will make him deny Christ, dishonor God, or prove disloyal to His holy law. The Christian is to surrender himself unreservedly to God as His purchased possession.  {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 16}
[ST, March 8, 1910 par. 17]          The life of the Christian is hid with Christ in God; and God acknowledges those who are His, declaring, "Ye are My witnesses." They testify that divine power is influencing their hearts and shaping their conduct. Their works give evidence that the Spirit is moving upon the inward man, so that those who are associated with them are convinced that they are making Christ their pattern. Those who truly love God have the internal evidence that they are beloved of God. They have communion with Christ, and their hearts are warmed with fervent love toward Him. God claims them for Himself, and will impart to them special favors, enabling them to be complete in Christ, more than conquerors through Him who has loved them.                                                                   -    {ST, March 8, 1910 par. 17}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 1]       March 15, 1910 The Gifts of the Spirit    Mrs. E. G. White         Before He left His disciples, Christ breathed on them, and said, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost." Again He said, "Behold, I send the promise of My Father upon you." But not until after the ascension was this gift received in its fulness. Not until through faith and prayer the disciples had surrendered themselves fully for His working, was the outpouring of the Spirit bestowed. Then in a special sense the goods of heaven were committed to the followers of Christ.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 2]         "When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men." "Unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ," the Spirit "dividing to every man severally as He will." The gifts are already ours in Christ, but their actual possession depends upon our reception of the Spirit of God.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 3]                                    Talents and Gifts          The talents that Christ entrusts to His church represent especially the gifts and blessings imparted by the Holy Spirit. "To one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; to another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; to another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues; but all these worketh that one and the selfsame Spirit, dividing to every man severally as He will." Not all the gifts are imparted to each believer, but to every servant of the Master some gift of the Spirit is promised, according to his need for the Lord's work.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 4]         In all the Lord's arrangements, there is nothing more beautiful than His plan of giving to men and women a diversity of gifts. The church is His garden, adorned with a variety of trees, plants, and flowers. He does not expect the hyssop to assume the proportions of the cedar, nor the olive to reach the height of the stately palm. Many have received but a limited religious and intellectual training, but God has a work for this class to do, if they will labor in humility, trusting in Him.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 5]         God has different ways of working, and He has different workmen to whom He entrusts varied gifts. One worker may be a ready speaker; another a ready writer; another may have the gift of sincere, earnest, fervent prayer; another the gift of singing; another may have special skill in explaining the Word of God with clearness. And each gift is to become a power for good, because God works with the laborer. To one God gives the word of wisdom, to another knowledge; but all are to work under the same Head. The diversity of gifts leads to a diversity of operations; but "it is the same God which worketh all in all."  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 6]                             Mutual Interdependence          Different gifts are imparted to different ones, that the workers may feel their need of one another. God bestows these gifts, and they are employed in His service, not to glorify the possessor, not to uplift man, but to uplift the world's Redeemer. They are to be used for the good of all mankind, by representing the truth, not testifying to a falsehood.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 7]         It may seem to some that the contrast between their gifts and the gifts of a fellow laborer is too great to allow them to unite in harmonious effort; but when they remember that there are varied minds to be reached, and that some will reject the truth as it is presented by one laborer, only to open their hearts to the same truth as presented in a different manner by another, they will hopefully endeavor to labor together in unity. Their talents, however diverse, may all be under the control of the same Spirit. In every word and act, kindness and love will be revealed; and as each worker fills his appointed place faithfully, the prayer of Christ for the unity of His followers will be answered, and the world will know that these are His disciples.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 8]                               Former and Latter Rain          The outpouring of the Spirit in the days of the apostles was the "former rain;" and glorious was the result. But the "latter rain" will be still more abundant. What is the promise to those living in these last days?--"Turn you to the stronghold, ye prisoners of hope; even today do I declare that I will render double unto thee." "Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain, to every one grass in the field."  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 9]         Christ declares that the divine influence of the Spirit was to be with His followers unto the end. But by some this promise is not appreciated as it should be; its fulfillment is not realized as it might be. Learning, talents, eloquence, every natural or acquired endowment, may be possessed; but without the presence of the Spirit of God, no heart will be touched, no sinner won to Christ. When His disciples are connected with Christ, when the gifts of the Spirit are theirs, even the poorest and most ignorant of them will have a power that will tell upon hearts. God makes them the channel for the outworking of the highest influence in the universe.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 10]         As the divine endowment--the power of the Holy Spirit--was given to the disciples, so it will today be given to all who seek aright. This power alone is able to make us wise unto salvation, and to fit us for the courts above. Christ wants to give us a blessing that will make us holy. "These things have I spoken unto you," He says, "that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." Joy in the Holy Spirit is health-giving, life-giving. In giving us His Spirit, God gives us Himself,--a fountain of divine influences, to give health and life to the world.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 11]         The promise of the gifts is just as strong and trustworthy now as in the days of the apostles. "These signs shall follow them that believe." The gifts of Him who has all power in heaven and in earth, are in store for His children,--gifts so precious that they come to us through the costly sacrifice of the Redeemer's blood; gifts that will satisfy the deepest craving of the heart; gifts lasting as eternity.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, March 15, 1910 par. 12]         Will you not come to God as little children, appropriate His promises, plead them before Him as His own words? If you do, you will receive fulness of joy.  {ST, March 15, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 1]      March 22, 1910 The Sign of Loyalty    By Mrs. E. G. White         In the issue of the great contest between the forces of good and of evil, two parties are to be developed,--those who "worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark," and those who receive "the seal of the living God," and have "the Father's name written in their foreheads."  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 2]          In the fourth commandment is found the seal of God's law. This only, of all the ten, brings to view the name and the title of the Lawgiver. It declares Him to be the Creator of the heavens and the earth, and thus shows His claim to reverence and worship above all others. Aside from this precept, there is nothing in the Decalogue to show by whose authority the law was given.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 3]          The Sabbath enjoined by the fourth commandment was instituted to commemorate the work of creation. Had the seventh day always been kept, there would never have been an idolater, and atheist, or an infidel. The sacred observance of God's holy day would have directed the minds of men to their Creator, the true and living God. Everything in nature also would have brought Him to their remembrance; and would have borne witness to His power and love.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 4]                                    The Seal of God          The Sabbath of the fourth commandment is the seal of the living God. It points to God as the Creator, and is the sign of His rightful authority over the beings He has made. Those who obey this law will bear the seal of God, for He has set apart this day as a sign of loyalty between Himself and His people. To Moses on Mount Sinai He said, "Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you."  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 5]          The mark of the beast is the opposite of this,--the observance of the first day of the week as the sabbath enforced by human law. This mark distinguishes those who acknowledge the supremacy of the papal authority from those who acknowledge the authority of God.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 6]                                 Claimed as Her Mark          As the sign of the authority of the Catholic Church, papist writers cite "the very act of changing the Sabbath into Sunday, which Protestants allow of, . . . because by keeping Sunday strictly they acknowledge the church's power to ordain feasts, and to command them under sin."  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 7]          The Roman church thus declares that by observing the first day of the week as the sabbath, Protestants are recognizing her power to legislate in divine things. And it is true that those who, understanding the claims of the fourth commandment, choose to observe a false sabbath in the place of the true, are thereby paying homage to that power by which alone it is commanded.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 8]          The Roman church has not relinquished her claim to supremacy; and when the world and the Protestant churches accept a sabbath of her creating, while they reject the Bible Sabbath, they virtually admit this assumption. They may claim the authority of tradition and of the Fathers for the change; but in so doing they ignore the very principle which separates them from Rome,--that "the Bible, and the Bible only, is the religion of Protestants." The papist can see that they are deceiving themselves, willingly closing their eyes to the facts in the case. As the movement for Sunday enforcement gains favor, he rejoices, feeling assured that it will eventually bring the whole Protestant world under the banner of Rome.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 9]          With rapid steps we are approaching this period. When the Protestant churches shall unite with the secular power to sustain a false religion, for opposing which their ancestors endured the fiercest persecution: when the state shall use its power to enforce the decrees and sustain the institutions of the church,--then will Protestant America have formed an image to the Papacy, and there will be a national apostasy which will end only in national ruin.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 10]                                 God Rather than Man          The laws of nations should be respected as long as they do not conflict with the laws of God; but when there is collision between them, every true disciple of Christ will say, as did Peter when commanded to speak no more in the name of Jesus, "We ought to obey God rather than men."  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 11]          Paul wrote to the Romans, "If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peaceably with all men." But there is a point beyond which it is impossible to maintain union and harmony without the sacrifice of principle. Separation then becomes an absolute duty.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 12]          Christ never purchased peace and friendship by compromise with evil. The life of Jesus, the suffering which He endured from a perverse nation, demonstrate to His followers that there must be no sacrifice of principle. Peace is too dearly obtained if purchased by the smallest concession to Satan's agencies. The least surrender of principle entangles us in the snares of Satan.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 13]          The Sabbath question is to be the issue in the great final conflict, in which all the world will act a part. Men have honored Satan's principles above the principles that rule in the heavens. They have accepted the spurious sabbath, which Satan has exalted as the sign of his authority. But God has set His seal upon His royal requirement. Each Sabbath institution, both true and false, bears the name of its author, an ineffaceable mark that shows the authority of each.  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 13}
[ST, March 22, 1910 par. 14]          The great decision now to be made by every one is, whether he will receive the mark of the beast and his image, or the seal of the living and true God And now, when we are on the very borders of the eternal world, what can be of so much value to us as to be found loyal and true to the God of heaven? What is there that we should prize above His truth and His law? What is so necessary as a knowledge of "what saith the Scripture?"  {ST, March 22, 1910 par. 14}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 1]       March 29, 1910 Christ and the Law    By Mrs. E. G. White         At a very early age Jesus began to act for Himself in the formation of His character, and not even respect and love for His parents could turn Him from obedience to God's Word. "It is written" was His reason for every act that varied from the family customs.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 2]          But the influence of the rabbis made His life a bitter one. Even in His youth He had to learn the hard lesson of silence and patient endurance. His brothers, as the sons of Joseph were called, sided with the rabbis. They insisted that the traditions of the Jewish priests must be heeded, as if they were the requirements of God; and they were greatly annoyed at the clear penetration of Jesus in distinguishing between the false and the true. His strict obedience to the law of God they condemned as stubbornness.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 3]          They were surprised at the knowledge and wisdom He showed in answering the rabbis. They knew that He had not received instruction from the wise men, yet they could not but see that He was an instructor to them. They recognized that His education was of a higher type than their own. But they did not discern that He had access to the tree of life, a source of knowledge of which they were ignorant.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 4]          All through His ministry to this earth, Christ was a living representative of the law. No violation of its holy precepts was found in His life. Looking upon a nation of witnesses who were seeking occasion to condemn Him, He could say unchallenged, "Which of you convicteth Me of sin?"  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 5]          In His sermon on the mount, Jesus did not dwell on the specifications of the law, but He did not leave His hearers to conclude that He had come to set aside its requirements. He knew that spies stood ready to seize upon every word that might be wrested to serve their purpose. He knew the prejudice that existed in the minds of many of His hearers, and He said nothing to unsettle their faith in the religion and institutions that had been committed to them through Moses. Christ Himself had given both the moral and the ceremonial law. He did not come to destroy confidence in His own instruction. It was because of His great reverence for the law and the prophets, that He sought to break through the wall of traditional requirements which hemmed in the Jews. While He set aside their false interpretations of the law, He carefully guarded His disciples against yielding up the vital truths committed to the Hebrews.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 6]          The Pharisees prided themselves on their obedience to the law; yet they knew so little of its principles through every-day practise, that to them the Saviour's words sounded like heresy. As He swept away the rubbish under which the truth had been buried, they thought He was sweeping away the truth itself. They whispered to one another that He was making light of the law. He read their thoughts, and answered them, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill." Here Jesus refutes the charge of the Pharisees. His mission to the world is to vindicate the sacred claims of that law which they charge Him with breaking. If the law of God could have been changed or abrogated, then Christ need not have suffered the consequences of our transgression. He came to explain the relation of the law to man, and to illustrate its precepts by His own life of obedience.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 7]          God has given us His holy precepts, because He loves mankind. To shield us from the results of transgression, He reveals the principles of righteousness. The law is an expression of the thought of God; when received in Christ, it becomes our thought. It lifts us above the power of natural desires and tendencies, above temptations that lead to sin. God desires us to be happy, and He gave us the precepts of the law that in obeying them we might have joy. When at Jesus' birth the angels sang,           "Glory to God in the highest,        And on earth peace, good-will toward men"     they were declaring the principles of the law which He had come to magnify and make honorable.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 8]          When the law was proclaimed from Sinai, God made known to men the holiness of His character, that by contrast they might see the sinfulness of their own. The law was given to convict them of sin, and reveal their need of a Saviour. It would do this as its principles were applied to the heart by the Holy Spirit. This work it is still to do. In the life of Christ the principles of the law are made plain; and as the Holy Spirit of God touches the heart, as the light of Christ reveals to men their need of His cleansing blood and His justifying righteousness, the law is still an agent in bringing us to Christ, that we may be justified by faith.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 9]          "Till heaven and earth pass," said Jesus, "one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." The sun shining in the heavens, the solid earth upon which you dwell, are God's witnesses that His law is changeless and eternal. Tho they may pass away, the divine precepts shall endure. "It is easier for heaven and earth to pass, than one tittle of the law to fail." The system of types that pointed to Jesus as the Lamb of God, was to be abolished at His death; but the precepts of the Decalogue are as immutable as the throne of God.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 10]          Since "the law of the Lord is perfect," every variation from it must be evil. Those who disobey the commandments of God, and teach others to do so, are condemned by Christ. The Saviour's life of obedience maintained the claims of the law, and showed the excellence of character that obedience would develop. All who obey as He did, are likewise declaring that the law is "holy, and just, and good."  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 11]          Jesus takes up the commandments separately, and explains the depth and breadth of their requirement. Instead of removing one jot of their force, He shows how far-reaching their principles are, and exposes the fatal mistake of the Jews in their outward show of obedience. He declares that by the evil thought or the lustful look the law of God is transgressed. One who becomes a party to the least injustice, is breaking the law, and degrading his own moral nature. Murder first exists in the mind. He who gives hatred a place in his heart, is setting his feet in the path of the murderer; and his offerings are abhorrent to God.  {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, March 29, 1910 par. 12]          The plan of redemption contemplates our complete recovery from the power of Satan. The command, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect," is a promise. God's ideal for His children is higher than the highest human thought can reach.                                                                   -    {ST, March 29, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 1]       April 12, 1910 Acquainted with God    By Mrs. E. G. White         Our Saviour said, "This is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent." And God declared by the prophet, "Let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, neither let the mighty man glory in his might, let not the rich man glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth glory in this, that he understandeth and knoweth Me, that I am Jehovah, which exercise lovingkindness, judgment, and righteousness, in the earth; for in these things I delight, saith the Lord."  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 2]          No man, without divine aid, can attain to this knowledge of God. The apostle says that "the world by wisdom knew not God." Christ "was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not." Jesus declared to His disciples, "No man knoweth the Son, but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him."  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 3]          In the last prayer for His followers, before entering the shadows of Gethsemane, the Saviour lifted His eyes to heaven, and in pity for the ignorance of fallen men He said, "O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee." "I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world."  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 4]          Christ came to reveal God to the world as a God of love, full of mercy, tenderness, and compassion. The thick darkness with which Satan had endeavored to enshroud the throne of Deity was swept away by the world's Redeemer, and the Father was again manifest to men as the light of life.  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 5]          When Philip came to Jesus with the request, "Show us the Father, and it sufficeth us," the Saviour answered, "Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father?" Christ declares Himself to be sent into the world as a representative of the Father. In His nobility of character, in His mercy and tender pity, in His love and goodness, He stands before us as the embodiment of divine perfection, the image of the invisible God.  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 6]          "God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto Himself." Only as we contemplate the great plan of redemption can we have a just appreciation of the character of God. The work of creation was a manifestation of His love; but the gift of God to save the guilty race, alone reveals the infinite depths of divine tenderness and compassion. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 7]          While the law of God is maintained, and its justice vindicated, the sinner can be pardoned. The dearest gift that Heaven itself had to bestow has been poured out, that God "might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus." By that gift, men are uplifted from the ruin and degradation of sin, to become children of God. Paul says, "Ye have received the spirit of adoption, whereby we cry, Abba, Father."  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 8]          "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." What love, what matchless love, that, sinners and aliens as we are, we may be brought back to God, and adopted into His family! We may address Him by the endearing name, "Our Father," which is a sign of our affection for Him, a pledge of His tender regard and relationship to us. And the Son of God, beholding the heirs of grace, "is not ashamed to call them brethren." They have even a more sacred relationship to God than have the angels who have never fallen.  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 9]          All the paternal love which has come down from generation to generation through the channel of human hearts, all the springs of tenderness which have opened in the souls of men, are but as a tiny rill to the boundless ocean, when compared with the infinite, exhaustless love of God. Tongue can not utter it; pen can not portray it. You may meditate upon it every day of your life; you may search the Scriptures diligently in order to understand it; you may summon every power and capability that God has given you, in the endeavor to comprehend the love and compassion of the heavenly Father; and yet there is an infinity beyond. You may study that love for ages; yet you can never fully comprehend the length and breadth, the depth and height, of the love of God in giving His Son to die for the world. Eternity itself can never fully reveal it.  {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, April 12, 1910 par. 10]          Yet as we study the Bible, and meditate upon the life of Christ and the plan of redemption, these great themes will open to our understanding more and more. And it will be ours to realize the blessing which Paul desired for the Ephesian church, when he prayed "that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the Spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him: the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of His power to us-ward who believe."                                                                   -    {ST, April 12, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 1]       May 10, 1910 Principles of Service    By Mrs. E. G. White         Success in the work of God is not the result of chance, of accident, or of destiny, but the outworking of God's providence, the award of faith and discretion, of virtue and persevering labor. It is the practise of truth that brings success and strength of moral power. The bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness are to be welcomed as the light of the mind; the principles of the character of Christ are to be made the principles of the human character. All of man's attainments, all his capabilities, are to be laid at the foot of the cross of Calvary. His own righteousness is to be surrendered. Counting all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus the Lord, and with the meekness and humility of a little child, he is to receive the engrafted Word, which is able to save the soul.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 2]          The life of the soul depends upon spiritual conformity to the life of Christ. The inviting paths that self may choose, will lead away from Christ. Self must be humbled before God; every obstacle to service be removed. When the human life is in communion with the life of Christ, then it is sanctified through the truth, and the prayer of Christ is answered: "Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy Word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word."  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 3]          "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." This is the love that is the fulfilling of the law. Only he whose heart is filled with compassion for fallen man, who loves to a purpose, revealing that love by the performance of Christlike deeds, will be able to endure the seeing of Him who is invisible. He who loves not those for whom the Father has done so much, knows not God.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 4]                           True Christianity All-Embracing          Theology is valueless unless it is saturated with the love of Christ. True Christianity diffuses love through the whole being. It touches every vital part,--the brain, the heart, the helping hands, the feet,--enabling men to stand firmly where God requires them to stand, lest the lame be turned out of the way. The burning, consuming love of Christ for perishing souls is the life of the whole system of Christianity.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 5]          The worker for God needs spiritual life. This life will give vigor to soul and body. Spiritual life yields to its possessor that which all the world is seeking, but which can never be obtained without an entire surrender to God. The contemplation of Him who loved us and gave Himself for us, will make our lives sweet and fragrant, and give us power to perfect a Christian experience.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 6]          Laborer for God, the work given you is to represent Christ. He came to this world to shed upon you His own brightness and peace. Close the windows of your heart against the atmosphere of unbelief, and open them heavenward. It is your privilege to face the light, to talk faith and life. Let your countenance reflect the joy of the Lord. Speak of His goodness, tell of His power. Then your light will shine more and more distinctly. Above your trials and disappointments will be revealed the reflection of a pure, healthy, religious life. In the outworking of the inner life, there will be a wonderful peace and joy. You may reflect the beauty of the character of your risen Lord, who, tho He was rich, yet for our sakes became poor, that we through His poverty might be rich in the grace of heaven.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 7]                                  The Greatest Science          We can, we can reveal the likeness of our divine Lord. We can know the science of spiritual life. We can glorify God in our body and in our spirit, which are His. O, what an illustrious example we have in the life that Christ lived on this earth! He has shown us what we can accomplish through cooperation with Him. We are to seek for union with Him. "Abide in Me," He says, "and I in you." This union is deeper, stronger, truer than any other union. The heart must be filled with the grace of Christ. His will must control us, moving us by His love to suffer with those who suffer, to rejoice with those who rejoice, to feel a deep tenderness for every soul in weakness, sorrow, or distress.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 8]          Being partakers of the divine nature, we shall reach forth a helping hand to those in need of relief. Christ's heart was ever touched with pity at the sight of woe. He died on the cross of Calvary to lift from man the penalty of transgression. He came to our world to make it possible for sinful human beings to obtain salvation. He wept over the sorrow and suffering He saw on every hand. But He would not fail nor be discouraged. He must believe and press forward in order to make it possible for the fallen race to gain life eternal. Christ's life on earth is a perfect reflection of the divine law. In Him is life and hope and light. Behold Him, and you will be changed into the same likeness, from character to character.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 9]          Christ has laid out in figures the plans we are to study and upon which we are to act. The fifth chapter of Matthew is full of precious instruction. Read this chapter, and write it upon the tablets of the soul. The Saviour declares, "Ye are the light of the world. . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." "Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men." If the character is not under the molding influence of the Spirit of God, if we have not the faith that works by love and purifies the soul from all objectionable tendencies, hereditary and cultivated, what does our profession avail? Where there should be seen the sweetness of humility, combined with firmness and solidity of character, there is seen a hard spirit, which is not a savor of life unto life, but of death unto death.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 10]                           God's Will the Channel of Life          The life of the soul can not be sustained unless it is brought into subjection to the will of God. Every energy is to be exercised in doing the divine will. Our thoughts, if stayed upon God, will be guided by divine love and power.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 10}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 11]          Those who proclaim the third angel's message, must put on the whole armor of God, that they may stand boldly at their post in the face of detraction and falsehood, fighting the good fight of faith. They are to resist the enemy with the word, "It is written." They are to keep themselves where the three great powers of heaven -- the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit -- can be their efficiency. These powers work with the one who gives himself unreservedly to God. The strength of heaven is at the command of God's believing ones. The man who makes God his trust is barricaded by an impregnable wall.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 11}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 12]          We lose many precious blessings by failing to bring our needs and cares and sorrows to our Saviour. He is the wonderful Counselor. He looks upon His church with intense interest and with tender sympathy. He enters into the depths of our necessities. But our ways are not always His ways. He sees the result of every action, and He asks us to trust patiently in His wisdom, not in the supposedly wise plans of our own making.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 12}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 13]          Cease not to pray. If the answer tarry, wait for it. Lay all your plans at the feet of your Redeemer. Let your importunate prayers ascend to God. If it be for His name's glory, the soothing words will be spoken, "Be it unto thee according to thy word."  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 13}
[ST, May 10, 1910 par. 14]          "All things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive." These words are a pledge that all that an omnipotent Saviour can bestow will be given to those who trust in Him. As stewards of the grace of heaven, we are to ask in faith, and then wait trustingly for the salvation of God. We are not to step in before Him, trying in our own strength to bring about that which we desire. In His name we are to ask, and then act as tho we believed in His efficiency to send the answer.  {ST, May 10, 1910 par. 14}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 1]       May 24, 1910 Light-Bearers    By Mrs. E. G. White         The only light that can illuminate the darkness of a world lying in sin, must come from Christ; and this light is granted to all who will receive it. For, said the great Teacher, "He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life."  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 2]          Those who receive the divine radiance are in turn to become light-bearers to the world. Thus our Saviour taught His disciples: "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill can not be hid. . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 3]          Religion is not to be held as a precious treasure, jealously hoarded, and enjoyed only by the possessor. True religion can not be thus held; for such a spirit is contrary to the very principle of the Gospel. "Freely ye have received, freely give," are the words of our Master; and again He bids us, "Love one another as I have loved you." If Christ is dwelling in the heart, it is impossible to conceal the light of His presence; it is impossible for that light to grow dim. It will grow brighter and brighter, as day by day the mists of selfishness and sin that envelop the soul are dispelled by its bright beams.  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 4]                             The Need of Shining Lights          The world lies in darkness. All around us there are souls going down to ruin and death. As Christ sheds the light of His love upon His followers, they are to reflect this light upon others. God's Word declares that the children of this world are wiser in their generation than the children of light. The zeal and steadfastness of the lighthouse keeper, in his efforts to save men from destruction, put to shame the faith and devotion of many a professed Christian.  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 4}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 5]          A story is told of the watchman at Calais lighthouse. He "was boasting of the brilliancy of his lantern, which can be seen ten leagues out at sea, when a visitor said to him:  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 5}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 6]          "'You speak with enthusiasm, sir, and that is well. I like to hear men tell what they are sure they have and know; but what if one of the lights should chance to go out?'  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 6}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 7]          "'Never, never! Absurd, impossible!' replied the sensitive watchman, in consternation at the mere supposition of such a thing. 'Why, sir,' he continued, and pointed to the ocean, 'yonder where nothing can be seen, there are ships going by to every port in the world. If, tonight, one of my burners were out, within six months would come a letter, perhaps from India, perhaps from Australia, perhaps from some port I never heard of before,--a letter, saying that on such a night, at such an hour, at such a minute, the light at Calais burned low and dim; that the watchman neglected his post; that vessels were consequently put in jeopardy on the high seas. Ah, sir,' and his face shone with the intensity of his thought, 'sometimes, in the dark nights, and in the stormy weather, I look out upon the sea, and feel as if the eye of the whole world were looking at my light. Go out? Burn dim? That flame flicker low or fail? No, sir, never!"  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 7}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 8]                                 Shine for Christ          "Shall Christians, shining for tempted sinners, allow their light to fail? Forever out upon life's billowy sea, are souls we see not, strange sailors in the dark, passing by, struggling, it may be, amid the surges of temptation. Christ is the light, and the Christian is appointed to reflect the light. The ocean is vast, its dangers are many, and the eyes of far-away voyagers are turned toward the lighthouse -- the church of Jesus Christ. The church is set to be the light of the world. Are its revolving lamps all trimmed and brightly burning?"  {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 8}
[ST, May 24, 1910 par. 9]          Think of this, professed Christians. A failure to let your light shine, a neglect to obtain heavenly wisdom that you may have light from God, may cause the loss of a soul. What is the life lost at sea, in comparison with the eternal life which may be lost through your unfaithfulness? Can you endure the thought? Can you go on from day to day indifferent and careless, as tho there were no God, no hereafter; as tho you were not Christ's servant; as tho you had no blood-bought privileges? It is of the highest consequence that you stand at your post, like the faithful watchman, that your light may shine out before others. You should be so impressed with the importance of your work, that to the question, "What if your light should go out?" your whole soul would respond, "Never, never! for then souls would be lost!"                                                                   -    {ST, May 24, 1910 par. 9}
[ST, August 30, 1910 par. 1]       August 30, 1910 Condemned by Righteousness    Mrs. E. G. White         The whole world stands condemned before the great moral standard of righteousness. In the great day of judgment every soul that has lived on the earth will receive sentence in accordance as to whether his deeds have been good or evil in the light of the law of God. Every mouth will be stopped as the cross with its dying Victim shall be presented, and its real bearing shall be seen by every mind that has been sin-blinded and corrupted. Sinners will stand condemned before the cross, with its mysterious Victim bowing beneath the infinite burden of human transgression. How quickly will be swept away every subterfuge, every lying excuse! Human apostasy will appear in its heinous character. Men will see what their choice has been. They will then understand that they have chosen Barabbas instead of Christ, the Prince of Peace.  {ST, August 30, 1910 par. 1}
[ST, August 30, 1910 par. 2]          The mystery of the incarnation and the crucifixion will be plainly discerned; for it will be presented before the mind's eye and every condemned soul will read what has been the character of his rejection of truth. All will understand that they have erred from the truth by receiving the misinterpretations and bewitching lies of Satan instead of "every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God." They read the announcement, "Thou, O man, hast chosen to stand under the banner of the great rebel, Satan, and in so doing thou hast destroyed thyself." Whatever may have been the endowment of talent, whatever may have been the supposed wisdom, the rejecter of truth has then no ability to turn unto God. The door is shut, as was the door of the ark in Noah's day.  {ST, August 30, 1910 par. 2}
[ST, August 30, 1910 par. 3]          The great men of earth will then understand that they have surrendered mind and heart to ensnaring philosophy which pleased the carnal heart. Hope and grace and every inducement had been held out by One who loved them, and gave His life for them, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life; but they refused the love of God. Their lofty opinions, their human reasonings, were extolled; they declared themselves sufficient in themselves to understand divine mysteries, and they thought their own powers of discrimination were strong enough to discern truth for themselves. They fell an easy prey to Satan's subtlety, for he presented before them specious errors in human philosophy, which has an infatuation for human minds. They turned from the Source of all wisdom, and worshipped intellect. The message and the messengers of God were criticized and discarded as beneath their human, lofty ideas. The invitations of mercy were made a jest, and they denied the divinity of Jesus Christ, and derided the idea of His preexistence before He assumed human nature. But the tattered shreds of human reasoning will be found to be only as ropes of sand in the great day of God.  {ST, August 30, 1910 par. 3}
[ST, September 12, 1911 par. 1]       September 12, 1911 Hope for the Penitent    By Mrs. E. G. White         Christ came to manifest the love of God to the world to draw the hearts of all men to Himself. He said, "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto Me." The first step toward salvation is to respond to the drawing of the love of Christ. God sends message after message to men, entreating them to repentance, that He may forgive, and write pardon against their names. Shall there be no repentance? Shall His appeals be unheeded? Shall His overtures of mercy be ignored, and His love utterly rejected? O, then man will cut himself off from the medium through which he may gain life eternal; for God only pardons the penitent. By the manifestation of His love, by the entreating of His Spirit, He woos men to repentance; for repentance is the gift of God, and whom He pardons He first makes penitent. The sweetest joy comes to man through his sincere repentance toward God for the transgression of His law, and through faith in Christ as the sinner's Redeemer and Advocate. It is that men may understand the joy of forgiveness, the peace of God, that Christ draws them through the manifestation of His love. If they respond to His drawing, yielding their hearts to His grace, He will lead them on step by step, to a full knowledge of Himself; and this is life eternal.  {ST, September 12, 1911 par. 1}
[ST, September 12, 1911 par. 2]          Christ came to reveal to the sinner the justice and love of God, that He might give repentance to Israel, and remission of sins. When the sinner beholds Jesus lifted up upon the cross, suffering the guilt of the transgressor, bearing the penalty of sin; when he beholds God's abhorrence of evil in the fearful manifestation of the death of the cross, and His love for fallen man, he is led to repentance toward God because of his transgression of the law which is holy, and just, and good. He exercises faith in Christ, because the divine Saviour has become his Substitute, his Surety, and Advocate, the One in whom his very life is centered. To the repenting sinner God can show His mercy and truth, and bestow upon him His forgiveness and love.  {ST, September 12, 1911 par. 2}
[ST, September 12, 1911 par. 3]          But Satan will not permit a soul to escape from the captivity of sin if by any means he can prevent it. Tho all heaven has been poured out in one rich gift--for when God gave His Son, He gave the choicest gift of heaven, and the treasures of heaven are at our command--yet to the repenting soul the enemy will seek to represent God as stern and inexorable, unwilling to pardon the transgressor. At different times letters have come to me from persons who were in despair over their sins. One and another have written: "I fear I am past all help. Is there any hope for me?" To these poor souls the message has been given: "Hope in God. The Father has bread enough and to spare. Arise, and go to your Father. He will meet you a great way off. He will give you His love and compassion."  {ST, September 12, 1911 par. 3}
[ST, September 12, 1911 par. 4]          When the enemy comes in like a flood, and seeks to overwhelm you with the thought of your sin, tell him: "I know I am a sinner. If I were not, I could not go to the Saviour; for He says, 'I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.' And because I am a sinner I am entitled to come to Christ. I am sinful and polluted, but He suffered humiliation and death, and exhausted the curse that belongs to me. I come. I believe. I claim His sure promise, 'Whosoever believeth in Him, should not perish, but have everlasting life.'"  {ST, September 12, 1911 par. 4}
[ST, September 12, 1911 par. 5]          Will such a plea, made in contrition of soul, be turned away? -- No, never. By the suffering and death of Christ is proved His boundless love to man. He is willing and able to save to the uttermost all that come to God by Him.  {ST, September 12, 1911 par. 5}
[ST, September 12, 1911 par. 6]          Then as a little child come to God, presenting yourself as suppliant at His feet; for we need not ascend into the heavens to bring Jesus down, nor descend into the earth to bring Him up; for He is ever near us. He says, "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me." How willing is Christ to take possession of the soul temple if we will let Him! He is represented as waiting and knocking at the door of the heart. Then why does He not enter? It is because the love of sin has closed the door of the heart. As soon as we consent to give sin up, to acknowledge our guilt, the barrier is removed between the soul and the Saviour.  {ST, September 12, 1911 par. 6}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 1]       October 31, 1911 Conditions Existing in Our  Large Cities         The intense passion for money-getting, the thirst for display, the luxury and extravagance, -- all are forces that, with the great mass of mankind, are turning the mind from life's true purpose. They are opening the door to a thousand evils. Many, absorbed in their interest in worldly treasures, become insensible to the claims of God and the needs of their fellow men. They regard their wealth as a means of glorifying self. They add house to house, and land to land; they fill their homes with luxury, while all about them are human beings in misery and crime, in disease and death.  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 1}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 2]          By every species of oppression and extortion, men are piling up colossal fortunes, while the cries of starving humanity are coming up before God. There are multitudes struggling with poverty, compelled to labor hard for small wages, unable to secure the barest necessities of life. Toil and deprivation, with no hope of better things, make their burden heavy. When pain and sickness are added, the burden is almost unbearable. Careworn and oppressed, they know not where to turn for relief.  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 2}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 3]          The Scriptures describe the condition of the world just before Christ's second coming: "Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth, and been wanton; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of slaughter. Ye have condemned and killed the just; and he doth not resist you." James 5:5, 6.  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 3}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 4]          The spiritual darkness that covers the whole earth today is intensified in the crowded centers of population. It is in the cities of the nations that the Gospel worker finds the greatest impenitence and the greatest need. In these same wicked cities there are presented to soul-winners some of the greatest opportunities. Mingled with the multitudes who have no thought of God and heaven, are many who long for light and for purity of heart. Even among the careless and indifferent, there are not a few whose attention may be arrested by a revelation of God's love for the human soul.  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 4}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 5]         The cities everywhere are calling for earnest, whole-hearted labor from the servants of God.  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 5}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 6]          The conditions that face Christian workers in the great cities, constitute a solemn appeal for untiring effort in behalf of the millions living within the shadow of impending doom.  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 6}
[ST, October 31, 1911 par. 7]          With heart and soul and voice they must respond to the summons of the Master of the vineyard to enter the cities, and work as laborers together with God for the winning of precious souls.                                                        Mrs. E. G. White  {ST, October 31, 1911 par. 7}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 1]       November 14, 1911 Patience and Forbearance in the Home    By Mrs. E. G. White         The home is a place where every heavenly grace may be developed. The Lord delights to dwell with those families who cultivate home religion, and with whom the spirit of praise and cheerfulness reigns. His people need to understand the principles that underlie the religion of Christ, and study how to make these principles the ruling element in the life. This will fill the home with sunshine. The fruit of faith will be seen in true service for Christ.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 1}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 2]          As those who profess to follow the meek and lowly Jesus, Christian parents should never permit temper to gain the mastery over them. Never should they strike their children in haste or anger. When they have done wrong, and you feel that they need correcting, take the matter to God in prayer. Kneeling before the Lord, tell your Father your grief because the Spirit of the Lord has been grieved. Seek for God's blessing and guidance in the training of your children. The Lord recognizes such service as this. Christ gave His life that children and youth might learn the way of salvation. When through the aid of the divine Spirit parents succeed in turning their young hearts to Him, God and angels rejoice.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 2}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 3]          Let parents remember that the example they set in the daily deportment, their children will follow. Many lead their children into disorderly ways by their own harsh methods and injudicious words. By scolding and fretting they close the hearts of their children against them. By words of faultfinding and by hasty punishment they raise barriers between themselves and their children that often are never broken down. No truth does the Bible set forth in clearer light than the peril of even one departure from right,--peril both to the wrong-doer and to all whom his influence shall reach. Example has wonderful power; and when cast on the side of evil tendencies, it becomes well-nigh irresistible.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 3}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 4]          To a large degree parents are responsible for the tendencies to wrong that appear in their children. Let them consider this as they endeavor to correct the evils in their dispositions; and let them remember that scolding will accomplish nothing in the formation of Christian character. It will never bring about reformations, nor lead the youth to desire to become Christ's chosen ones.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 4}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 5]          By gentleness and patience, seek to win your children from wrong. Seek God for wisdom to train them so that they will love you and love God. When it is necessary to refuse them their desires, show them kindly that in doing this you are seeking their highest good. Love and cherish your children; but do not allow them to follow their own way, for this is the curse of the age in which we live. Show them where they make mistakes, and teach them that if they do not correct these wrongs, they can never be given a place in the mansions that Jesus is preparing for those who love Him. In this way you will retain their love and confidence. All too seldom is loving, Christlike instruction given in the homes of our people. Our children are the property of Christ. They are entrusted to our care that they may be guided in right ways and strengthened in every right principle.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 5}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 6]          When you are tempted to scold and fret, put a guard on your lips, refusing to speak words that will throw a dark shadow on the family circle. Children and youth need the influence of a cheerful example. They need pleasant instruction, not fretting and scolding, sour looks and censure. By an example of patience and forbearance, the Christian parent is to teach that evil temper and harshness have no place in the life of the believer in Christ, that these qualities are displeasing to God. As your children see you bringing into your lives the principles of truth, they too will be led to fight against wrong habits and practises, and with you will reflect the goodness and love of God.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 6}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 7]          Bring the sunshine of heaven into your conversation. By speaking words that encourage and cheer, you will reveal that the sunshine of Christ's righteousness dwells in your soul. Children need pleasant words. It is essential to their happiness to feel approval resting upon them. Strive to overcome harshness of expression, and cultivate soft tones. Catch the beauty contained in the lessons of God's Word, and cherish this as essential to the happiness and success of your home life. In a happy environment the children will develop dispositions that are sweet and sunshiny.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 7}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 8]          True beauty of character is not something that shines out only on special occasions; the grace of Christ dwelling in the soul is revealed under all circumstances. He who cherishes this grace as an abiding presence in the life, will reveal beauty of character under trying as well as under easy circumstances. In the home, in the world, in the church, we are to live the life of Christ. There are souls all around in need of conversion. When the law of God is written upon the heart, and is witnessed to in a holy character, those who know not the power of the grace of Christ, will be led to desire it, and will be converted.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 8}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 9]          A solemn review is now taking place in the courts above. The thought of the decisions now being made in heaven should urge parents to diligence in training their children in the fear and love of God. Not by severe words and punishment for wrong-doing will the most be accomplished, but by watchfulness and prayer, lest they be taken by the snares of the enemy.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 9}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 10]          There are many parents among us who, tho professing to believe the truths of the third angel's message, have not the grace of Christ in their hearts. In the home they speak hastily and harshly, giving way to evil temper. They do not bring the principles of the truth into the life; and the children receive a wrong mold of character. When the judgment shall set, and these parents stand before the bar of God, what answer will they make for allowing the lives of their children to be spoiled? Then every uncorrected mistake, every unpardoned transgression, will be seen in its true light, and it will then be understood how each individual character was spoiled or beautified.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 10}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 11]          Parents are giving to their children an example either of obedience or of disobedience. By the course they follow, the eternal destiny of their households will in many cases be decided. If parents could see the results of their actions, if they could see how, by their example and teaching, they perpetuate and increase the power of sin or the power of righteousness, a change would certainly be made.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 11}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 12]          God is willing to communicate every needful blessing to parents, that they may be enabled to bring up their children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord. But let them remember that their admonition must be the admonition of the Lord. A great deal of the admonition given does no good, but serves only to arouse the worst feelings of the heart. Parents need to labor in such a way that the children will recognize the Spirit of God in their efforts. By constant strife against the evils that beset from within and without, by the exercise of a Christlike Spirit, teach them what it is their privilege to shun, and what it is their privilege to become in Christ. With interest the heavenly intelligences are watching to see the characters these children and youth develop. They are waiting to receive them as heirs of immortality. To parents has been given the privilege to lead them to God, to receive from Him the inestimable treasures of eternity.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 12}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 13]          The lessons given to the children regarding the common duties of the home, may be presented in such a way that through them the Lord can make lasting impressions on their hearts. Make these common things of life texts on which to hang the lessons of the Word of God. Show your children that in all their work in mechanical lines they must learn to work perfectly. By bringing exactness and skill into their every-day duties, they will learn spiritual lessons that will remain with them through all their days. God requires that good judgment and skill shall be exercised in our planning and labors. In giving instruction for the building of the earthly sanctuary, the great Teacher laid down principles that were to be for the spiritual help of Israel through all their future experience. The wisdom and perfection brought into that work was typical of the work to be done in their lives in preparing their hearts for the indwelling of the Spirit of God.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 13}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 14]          Parents, do you ask what your work is? It is to take up your home responsibilities, doing the best you can, and seeking daily, hourly, to set before your children an example worthy of imitation. God's purpose for your children is that they shall be sanctified through the truth, and to reach this condition, all the help that you and heavenly agencies can supply will be needed. Let your lessons be such as will bring joy and happiness into their lives, and will lead them to desire the service of Christ. Teach them to use their God-given powers in His service. Thus they will be following the example of the child Jesus.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 14}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 15]          The Lord has a work for all to do. Every family that has a knowledge of the truth for this time, is to make it known to others. The Lord's people are to get ready for the doing of a special work. The children as well as the older members of the family are to act their part in seeking to save those who are perishing. From His youth Christ was, to all with whom He associated, an influence that drew them toward higher things. So the youth today may exert a power for good that will draw souls to God.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 15}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 16]         Parents need to appreciate more fully the responsibility and honor that God has placed upon them, in making them, to the child, the representative of Himself. The character revealed in the contact of daily life, will interpret to the child, for good or for evil, those words of God:  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 16}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 17]          "Like as a father pitieth his children, so the Lord pitieth them that fear Him." "As one whom his mother comforteth, so will I comfort you."  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 17}
[ST, November 14, 1911 par. 18]          Happy the child in whom such words as these awaken love and gratitude and trust; the child to whom the tenderness and justice and long-suffering of father and mother interpret the love and justice and long-suffering of God; the child who, by trust and submission and reverence toward his earthly protectors, learns to trust and obey and reverence his God. He who imparts such a gift, has bestowed a treasure more precious than the wealth of all the ages,--a treasure as enduring as eternity.  {ST, November 14, 1911 par. 18}
[ST, July 15, 1913 par. 1]       July 15, 1913 Faithful Observance of the Sabbath    By Mrs. E. G. White         Particular directions were given of God in regard to the manner of observing the Sabbath. All unnecessary work was strictly forbidden, and the day before the Sabbath was made a day of preparation, that everything might be in readiness for its sacred hours. "This is that which the Lord hath said, Tomorrow is the rest of the holy Sabbath unto the Lord: bake that which ye will bake today, and seethe that ye will seethe; and that which remaineth over lay up for you to be kept until the morning."  {ST, July 15, 1913 par. 1}
[ST, July 15, 1913 par. 2]         The Israelites were not in any case to do their own work on the Sabbath. The divine direction was, "Six days thou shalt work, but on the seventh day thou shalt rest: in earing time and in harvest thou shalt rest." In the busiest seasons of the year, when their fruits and grains were to be secured, they were to remember that their temporal blessings came from the bountiful hand of their Creator, and He could increase or diminish them according to their faithfulness or unfaithfulness in His service.  {ST, July 15, 1913 par. 2}
[ST, July 15, 1913 par. 3]          The Lord places a high estimate upon His Sabbath. Through His prophet He has promised: "If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it."  {ST, July 15, 1913 par. 3}
[ST, July 15, 1913 par. 4]          With God there is no respect of persons. Those who fear Him and work righteousness are precious in His sight; but He requires His people to show their allegiance by strict obedience to all the precepts of the moral law, the Sabbath commandment with the rest. God is jealous of His honor, and let men beware how they remove one jot or tittle of that law that He spoke with His own voice and wrote with His own finger upon tables of stone, and that He has pronounced holy, just, and good.  {ST, July 15, 1913 par. 4}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 1]       July 29, 1913 There Is Healing in Him    By Mrs. E. G. White         As the sinner looks upon the Saviour dying on Calvary, and realizes that the sufferer is divine, he asks why this great sacrifice was made, and the cross points to the holy law of God which has been transgressed. The death of Christ is an unanswerable argument as to the immutability and righteousness of the law. In prophesying of Christ, Isaiah says, "He will magnify the law, and make it honorable." The law has no power to pardon the evil-doer. Its office is to point out his defects, that he may realize his need of One who is mighty to save, his need of One who will become his substitute, his surety, his righteousness. Jesus meets the need of the sinner, for He has taken upon Him the sins of the transgressor. "He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed." The sin could have cut off the sinner, and forever destroyed him; but the costlier plan was chosen. In His great love He provides hope for the hopeless, giving His only-begotten Son to bear the sins of the world. And since He has poured out all heaven in that one rich gift, He will withhold from man no needed aid that he may take the cup of salvation, and become an heir of God, joint-heir with Christ.  {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 1}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 2]         Christ came to manifest the love of God to the world, to draw the hearts of all men to Himself. He said, "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto Me." The first step toward salvation is to respond to the drawing of the love of Christ. God sends message after message to men, entreating them to repentance, that He may forgive, and write pardon against their names. Shall there be no repentance? Shall His appeals be unheeded? Shall His overtures of mercy be ignored, and His love utterly rejected? O, then man will cut himself off from the medium through which he may gain life eternal; for God only pardons the penitent! By the manifestation of His love, by the entreating of His Spirit, He woos men to repentance; for repentance is the gift of God, and whom He pardons He first makes penitent. The sweetest joy comes to man through his sincere repentance toward God for the transgression of His law, and through faith in Christ as the sinner's Redeemer and Advocate. It is that men may understand the joy of forgiveness, the peace of God, that Christ draws them through the manifestation of His love. If they respond to His drawing, yielding their hearts to His grace, He will lead them on step by step, to a full knowledge of Himself, and this is life eternal.  {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 2}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 3]          Christ came to reveal to the sinner the justice and love of God, that He might give repentance to Israel and remission of sins. When the sinner beholds Jesus lifted up upon the cross, suffering the guilt of the transgressor, bearing the penalty of sin; when he beholds God's abhorrence of evil in the fearful manifestation of the death of the cross, and His love for fallen man, he is led to repentance toward God because of his transgression of the law which is holy, and just, and good. He exercises faith in Christ, because the divine Saviour has become his substitute, his surety, and advocate, the One in whom his very life is centered. To the repenting sinner God can show His mercy and truth, and bestow upon him His forgiveness and love.  {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 3}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 4]          But Satan will not permit a soul to escape from the captivity of sin if by any means he can prevent it. Tho all heaven has been poured out in one rich gift--for when God gave His Son, He gave the choicest gift of heaven, and the treasures of heaven are at our command--yet to the repenting soul the enemy will seek to represent God as stern and inexorable, unwilling to pardon the transgressor. At different times letters have come to me from persons who were in despair over their sins. One and another have written: "I fear I am past all help. Is there any hope for me?" To these poor souls the message has been given: "Hope in God. The Father has bread enough and to spare. Arise, and go to your Father. He will meet you a great way off, and will give you His love and compassion."  {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 4}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 5]          When the enemy comes in like a flood, and seeks to overwhelm you with the thought of your sin, tell him: "I know I am a sinner. If I were not, I could not go to the Saviour; for He came not 'to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.' And because I am a sinner, He bids me to come to Christ. I am sinful and polluted, but He suffered humiliation and death, and exhausted the curse that belongs to me. I come. I believe. I claim His sure promise, 'Whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.'"  {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 5}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 6]          Will such a plea made in contrition of soul be turned away?--No, never. By the suffering and death of Christ is proved His boundless love to man. He is willing and able to save to the uttermost all that come unto God by Him.  {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 6}
[ST, July 29, 1913 par. 7]          Then as a little child come to God, presenting yourself as suppliant at His feet; for we need not ascend into the heavens to bring Jesus down, nor into the earth to bring Him up; for He is ever near us. He says, "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me." How willing is Christ to take possession of the soul temple if we will let Him! He is represented as waiting and knocking at the door of the heart. Then why does He not enter? It is because the love of sin has closed the door of the heart. As soon as we consent to give sin up, to acknowledge our guilt, the barrier is removed between the soul and the Saviour.                                                                   -    {ST, July 29, 1913 par. 7}
[ST, August 5, 1913 par. 1]       August 5, 1913 Resting in Faith    By Mrs. E. G. White         God does not ask you to feel that Jesus is your Saviour, but to believe that He died for you, and that His blood now cleanses you from all sin. You have been bitten by the serpent, and as the serpent was lifted up in the wilderness that the dying might look and live, so Christ was lifted up, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life. Saving faith is simplicity itself. You must cry no more; you must cease to hang your head as a bulrush. Look to the uplifted Saviour, and, however grievous may have been your sins, believe He saves you. All the remedies and medicines of the world would have failed to cure one soul who had been bitten by the venomous serpent; but God had provided a remedy that could not fail. "Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved." Be not among the number to whom the Saviour said, "Ye will not come to Me, that ye might have life." O, how He longed to save them! for while we were yet sinners--not waiting for us to make ourselves good--Christ died for us.  {ST, August 5, 1913 par. 1}
[ST, August 5, 1913 par. 2]          Believe now that God loves you, for He hath declared it; and when Satan tries to fasten the burden of sin and horror upon you, take your Bible, and read, "God so loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." You can not repulse the enemy by relating your fearful doubts, by telling him that you are horrified by the thought that you are lost. All this is music in his ears. He wants to make you as miserable as he is himself, but you can answer him by proclaiming the promise that you believe in the Son, and therefore shall not perish. As you turn your eyes away to the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sins of the world, the controversy with the enemy will be ended for that season. You can repulse him by declaring that "Christ was wounded for my transgressions. He was bruised for my iniquities. The chastisement of my peace was upon Him, and with His stripes I am healed."  {ST, August 5, 1913 par. 2}
[ST, August 5, 1913 par. 3]          Take the word of Jesus Christ as more sure and valuable than any word that can come from the human agent. Thank God with your whole heart and soul and voice that you are barricaded with the rich promises of His infallible word, so that the wicked one shall not touch you. God will give you the Holy Spirit, even tho it may seem to you that it is too good to be true. "What shall we then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?"                                                                   -    {ST, August 5, 1913 par. 3}
[ST, August 12, 1913 par. 1]       August 12, 1913 Christian Parents and the Word    By Mrs. E. G. White         The Lord, through an apostle, admonishes parents, "Provoke not your children to anger, lest they be discouraged." The word of God is your guide, Christian parents. Depart not from it to gratify any impulse of passion or of affection.  {ST, August 12, 1913 par. 1}
[ST, August 12, 1913 par. 2]         If parents desire to teach their children self-control, they must first form the habit themselves. The scolding and fault-finding of parents encourages a hasty, passionate temper in their children. Love and justice should stand side by side in the government of the household. Let prompt obedience to parental authority be invariably enforced. God has given parents their work, to form the characters of their children after the divine Pattern. By His grace, they can accomplish the task; but it will require patient, painstaking effort, no less than firmness and decision, to guide the will and restrain the passions. A field left to itself produces only thorns and briers. He who would secure a harvest for usefulness or beauty must first prepare the soil and sow the seed, then dig about the young shoots, removing the weeds and softening the earth, and the precious plants will flourish and richly repay his care and labor.  {ST, August 12, 1913 par. 2}
[ST, August 12, 1913 par. 3]         The work of parents is continuous. It should not be laid hold of vigorously for one day, and neglected the next. Many are ready to begin the work, but are not willing to persevere in it. They are eager to do some great thing, to make some great sacrifice; but they shrink from the unceasing care and effort in the little things of everyday life,--the hourly pruning and training of the wayward tendencies, the work of giving instruction, reproof, or encouragement, little by little, as it is needed. They wish to see children correct their faults and form right characters at once, reaching the mountain top at a bound, and not by successive steps; and because their hopes are not immediately realized, they become disheartened. Let all such persons take courage as they remember the words of the apostle, "Let us not be weary in well-doing: for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not."  {ST, August 12, 1913 par. 3}
[ST, August 12, 1913 par. 4]          Satan has prepared his snares for parents, tempting them to extravagance in dress, to an unnecessary outlay of time and money in the preparation of food, and to needless indulgence in many other forms. The demands of fashion so fully engross the time and attention that little room is left for communion with God, self-discipline, or the training of children. Thus too many parents let slip from their shoulders the responsibility of family government. It requires earnest heart work to repress evil tendencies, strengthen weak principles, develop good and lovely traits of character, and direct all the powers of mind and body in the right channel. Fathers and mothers, will you not lay hold of your work with energy, perseverance, and love? Sow the precious seed daily, with earnest prayer that God will water it with the dews of grace, and grant you an abundant harvest. The Son of God died to redeem a sinful, rebellious race. Shall we shrink from any toil or sacrifice to save our own dear children?  {ST, August 12, 1913 par. 4}
[ST, August 12, 1913 par. 5]          By precept and example, let the young be taught reverence for God and for His word. Many of our youth are becoming infidels at heart, because of the lack of devotion in their parents. The law of God should be the law of the household. Let fathers and mothers  kindly and patiently instruct their children, both from the inspired word and from the book of nature, leading them to understand the character of God. Let them show in their own lives that they are continually seeking to know and to do His will. To secure the approval of their heavenly Father is the great motive to be ever kept before the minds of children. The service of God should be presented, not as an irksome task, but as a precious privilege, by which they may enjoy an honored, useful, and happy life here, and infinitely greater honor, usefulness, and joy in the life hereafter.  {ST, August 12, 1913 par. 5}
[ST, August 12, 1913 par. 6]          God has permitted light from His throne to shine all along the path of life. A pillar of cloud by day, a pillar of fire by night, is moving before us as before ancient Israel. It is the privilege of Christian parents today, as it was the privilege of God's people of old, to bring their children with them to the promised land.                                                                   -    {ST, August 12, 1913 par. 6}
[ST, August 26, 1913 par. 1]      August 26, 1913 The Word of God Can Not Fail    By Mrs. E. G. White         Let none for a moment deceive themselves with the thought that their sin will not bring its merited punishment. Their transgressions will be visited with the rod, because they have had the light, but have walked directly contrary to it. God will not more lightly pass over any violation of His law now than in the day when He pronounced judgment against Adam. The Saviour of the world raises His voice in protest against those who regard the law  of God with carelessness and indifference. Said He: "Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven."  {ST, August 26, 1913 par. 1}
[ST, August 26, 1913 par. 2]          It is the grossest presumption for mortal man to venture upon a compromise with the Almighty, in order to secure his own temporal interests. "I the Lord thy God am a jealous God," is thundered from Sinai; and we may not disregard that voice because the words were spoken more than three thousand years ago, and were addressed to the lineal descendants of Abraham. The Lord requires willing sacrifice. No partial obedience, no divided interest, is accepted by Him who declares that the iniquities of the fathers shall be visited upon the children to the third and fourth generation of them that hate Him, and that He will show mercy unto thousands of them that love Him and keep His commandments.  {ST, August 26, 1913 par. 2}
[ST, August 26, 1913 par. 3]          There is nothing in the word of God to be thrown aside; there is nothing in the plan of redemption that is unimportant or that may be lightly disregarded. The Bible gives us an account of the dealings of God with man from the creation to the coming of the Son of Man in the clouds of heaven; it carries us even farther into the future, and opens before us the glories of the city of God, and the beauty and perfection of the earth made new, the saints' secure abode. But altho the long line of events extends through so many centuries, and new and important truths are from time to time developed, that which was truth in the beginning is the truth still. The increased light of the present day does not contradict or make of none effect the dimmer light of the past.                                                                   -    {ST, August 26, 1913 par. 3}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 1]       December 1, 1914 One of the Greatest Temptations    A Sympathizer Clothed with Power--He Gives Victory over Drunkenness  by Providing Control of the Appetite    By Mrs. E. G. White         One of the strongest temptations that man has to meet, comes upon the point of appetite. In all ages, temptations appealing to the physical nature have been most effectual in corrupting and degrading mankind. Through intemperance, Satan works to destroy the mental and moral powers that God gave man as a priceless endowment; and it is impossible for those who yield to him, to appreciate things of eternal worth. Through sensual indulgence, Satan seeks to blot from the soul every trace of likeness to God.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 1}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 2]                               Through Indulgence of Appetite          It was through the temptation to indulge appetite, that Adam and Eve fell from their holy and happy estate. It seemed a small matter to our first parents to transgress the command of God in that one act--the eating from a tree that was so beautiful to the sight, and so pleasant to the taste; but it broke their allegiance to God, and opened the gates to a flood of guilt and woe. And it is through the same temptation that the race have become enfeebled. Since the first surrender to appetite, mankind have been growing more and more self-indulgent, until health has been sacrificed on the altar of appetite. The inhabitants of the antediluvian world ate and drank till the indulgence of depraved appetite knew no bounds, and they became so corrupt that God could bear with them no longer. They filled up the cup of their iniquity, and by a flood He cleansed the earth of its moral pollution.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 2}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 3]          Christ knew that the enemy would come to every human being, to take advantage of hereditary weakness, and by his false insinuations to ensnare all whose trust is not in God. And by passing, a conqueror, over the ground which man must travel, our Lord has made it possible for us to overcome. It is not His will that we should be placed at a disadvantage in the conflict with Satan. He would not have us discouraged and intimidated by the assaults of the enemy. "Be of good cheer," He says; "I have overcome the world."  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 3}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 4]                                 When Struggling Against the                                  Power of Appetite            Let him who is struggling against the power of appetite, look to the Saviour in the wilderness of temptation. See Him in His agony upon the cross, as He exclaimed, "I thirst." He has endured all that it is possible for us to bear. His victory is ours.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 4}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 5]          Those who would have clear minds to discern Satan's devices, must bring appetite under the control of reason and conscience. If we would see the standard of virtue and godliness exalted, we must control appetite, the indulgence of which counteracts the force of truth and weakens the power to resist temptation. The heart can not maintain consecration to God while lustful appetite is indulged.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 5}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 6]          One of the most deplorable effects of the original apostasy was the loss of man's power of self-control. Only as this power is regained, can there be real progress.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 6}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 7]                                 He Would Enfeeble the Body          The body is the medium through which mind and soul are developed for the upbuilding of character. Hence it is that the adversary of souls directs his temptations to the enfeebling and degrading of the physical powers. His success here means the surrender to evil of the whole being. The tendencies of our physical nature, unless under the dominion of a higher power, will surely work ruin and death.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 7}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 8]          The body is to be brought into subjection. The higher powers of the being are to rule. The passions are to be controlled by the will, which is itself to be under the control of God. The kingly power of reason, sanctified by divine grace, is to bear sway in our lives.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 8}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 9]                                     The Essential Power          Apart from divine power, no genuine reform can be effected. Human barriers against natural and cultivated tendencies are but as the sand-bank against the torrent. Not until the life of Christ becomes a vitalizing power in our lives can we resist the temptations that assail us from within and from without.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 9}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 10]          When one surrenders to Christ, the mind is brought under the control of the law; but it is the royal law, which proclaims liberty to every captive. By becoming one with Christ, man is made free. Subjection to the will of Christ means restoration to perfect manhood. Obedience to God is liberty from the thraldom of sin, deliverance from human passion and impulse. Man may stand conqueror of himself, conqueror of his own inclinations.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 10}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 11]                                   Awaken to Self-Mastery          The requirements of God must be brought home to the conscience. Men and women must be awakened to the duty of self-mastery, the need of purity, freedom from every depraving appetite and defiling habit. They need to be impressed with the fact that all their powers of mind and body are the gift of God, and are to be preserved in the best possible condition for His service.  {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 11}
[ST, December 1, 1914 par. 12]          In that ancient ritual which was the gospel in symbol, no blemished offering could be brought to God's altar. The sacrifice that was to represent Christ must be spotless. The word of God points to this as an illustration of what His children are to be,--"a living sacrifice," "holy and without blemish," "well pleasing to God."                                                                   -    {ST, December 1, 1914 par. 12}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 1]       December 15, 1914 Surpassing Love  Revealed in His Plan    When the Note of Discord Came In--An Eternal  Plan Was Ready--Angels Had Seen No Escape--  He So Loved that He Gave and Saved    By Mrs. E. G. White         The law of love is the foundation of God's government, and the service of love the only service acceptable to heaven. God has granted freedom of will to all, endowed men with capacity to appreciate His character, and therefore with ability to love Him, and to choose His service. So long as created beings worshiped God, they were in harmony throughout the universe. While love to God was supreme, love to others abounded. As there was no transgression of the law, which is the transcript of God's character, no note of discord jarred the celestial harmonies.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 1}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 2]                                   "Kept in Silence from                                   Times Eternal"            But known unto God are all His works, and from eternal ages the covenant of grace (unmerited favor) existed in the mind of God. It is called the everlasting covenant; for the plan of salvation was not conceived after the fall of man, but it was that which was "kept in silence through times eternal, but now is manifested, and by the Scriptures of the prophets, according to the commandment of the eternal God, is made known unto all the nations unto obedience of faith." Romans 16:25, 26, A. R. V.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 2}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 3]                               Redemption Not an Afterthought          The purpose and plan of grace existed from all eternity. Before the foundation of the world it was according to the determinate counsel of God that man should be created and endowed with power to do the divine will. The fall of man, with all its consequences, was not hidden from the Omnipotent. Redemption was not an afterthought, a plan formulated after the fall of Adam, but an eternal purpose, suffered to be wrought out for the blessing not only of this atom of a world, but for the good of all the worlds that God had created.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 3}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 4]          Before Him who rules in the heavens, the mysteries of the past and the future are alike outspread; and God sees, beyond the woe and darkness and ruin that sin has wrought, the outworking of His purpose of love and blessing. Though clouds and darkness are round about Him, yet righteousness and judgment are the foundation of His throne.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 4}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 5]                                   Made Known in His Love          Through creation and redemption, through nature and through Christ, the glories of the divine character are revealed. By the marvelous display of His love in giving "His only-begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life," the character of God is revealed to the intelligences of the universe. Through Christ our heavenly Father is made known as the God of love.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 5}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 6]                           Heaven in Sadness--the Angels Perplexed          When man sinned, all heaven was filled with sorrow; for through yielding to temptation, man became the enemy of God, a partaker of the satanic nature. The image of God in which he had been created was marred and distorted. The character of man was out of harmony with the character of God; for through sin man became carnal, and the carnal heart is enmity against God, is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 6}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 7]          To the angels there seemed to be no way of escape for the transgressor. They ceased their songs of praise, and throughout the heavenly courts there was mourning for the ruin sin had wrought. Out of harmony with the nature of God, unyielding to the claims of His law, naught but destruction was before the human race. Since the divine law is as changeless as the character of God, there could be no hope for man unless some way could be devised whereby his transgression might be pardoned, his nature renewed, and his spirit restored to reflect the image of God.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 7}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 8]          Divine love had conceived such a plan. It was through Satan's misrepresentation of God's character that man was led to doubt the reality of His love, and came to look upon God as his enemy. As Satan had done in heaven, so he did on earth,--declared God's government unjust, the restrictions of His law unnecessary, and bade men, as he had angels, to throw aside the yoke and let the dictates of their own nature be their only guide and law. He promised liberty; but as he himself is the servant of corruption, he brought the race into bondage to sin, misery, and death. He represented God as claiming all, and giving nothing, as requiring men's service for His own glory, but denying Himself nothing for man's good.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 8}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 9]                                     He Alone Could Save          In the work of creation, Christ was with God. He was one with God, equal with Him, the brightness of His glory, the express image of His person, the representative of the Father. He alone, the Creator of man, could be his Saviour. No angel of heaven could reveal the Father to the sinner, and win him back to allegiance to God. But Christ could manifest the Father's love; for God was in Christ, reconciling the world to Himself. Christ could be the "day's man" between a holy God and lost humanity, one who could "lay His hand upon us both."  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 9}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 10]          None but Christ could redeem man from the curse of the law. He proposed to take upon Himself the guilt and shame of sin,--sin so offensive in the sight of God that it would necessitate separation from His Father. Christ proposed to reach to the depths of man's degradation and woe, and restore the repenting, believing soul to harmony with God. Christ, the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world, offered Himself as a sacrifice and substitute for the fallen sons of Adam, though in this offering all heaven was involved in infinite sacrifice.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 10}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 11]                                  He So Loved that He Gave          But the Father so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son, that through His smitten heart a channel might be found for the outflowing of infinite love for fallen man. Man had become so degraded by sin, his nature so perverted by evil, that it was impossible for him of himself to come into harmony with God, whose nature is purity and love. But Christ redeemed him from the condemnation of the law, and imparted divine power, and through man's cooperation, the sinner could be restored to his lost estate.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 11}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 12]          The grace of Christ alone could change the heart of stone to a heart of flesh, make it alive to God, and transform the character, so that a degraded child of sin might become a child of God and heir of heaven. Man had no power to justify the soul, to sanctify the heart. Moral disease could be healed only through the power of the great Physician. The highest gift of heaven, even the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth, was able to redeem the lost.  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 12}
[ST, December 15, 1914 par. 13]          The only hope for the fallen race was found in becoming reconciled to God. Satan had so misrepresented God that man had no true conception of the divine character. Christ came to the world, and in carrying out the plan of salvation, revealed the fact that "God is love."  {ST, December 15, 1914 par. 13}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 1]       December 22, 1914 Inexpressible Joy    That God Could Redeem Sinners Made Joy in Heaven -- The Earth  as Well as Man to Be Restored -- The Lamb Slain from the  Foundation of the World -- The Light in Both Dispensations    By Mrs. E. G. White         When the plan of salvation was revealed to the angels, joy, inexpressible joy, filled heaven. The glory and the blessedness of a world redeemed outmeasured even the anguish of the Prince of life. Through the celestial courts echoed the first strain of that song that angels sang above the hills of Bethlehem, "Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." And the lost pair in the garden of Eden, standing as criminals before the righteous Judge, waiting the sentence their transgression merited, heard the first notes of the divine promise. Before the life of toil and sorrow which sin had brought upon them was depicted before them, before the decree that the wages of sin is death was pronounced, they heard the promise of redemption. Though they must suffer from the power of their mighty foe, still through the merits of Christ they could look forward to victory.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 1}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 2]          The mystery of the gospel was spoken in Eden, when God said to the serpent, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." If Satan could have touched the head with his specious temptations, the human family would have been lost; but the Lord had made known the purpose and plan of the mystery of grace, declaring that Christ had bruised the serpent under His feet.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 2}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 3]                              The Earth As Well As Man to be                                     Redeemed            But not only had man come under the power of the deceiver, but the earth itself, the dominion of man, was usurped by the enemy. Through the plan of salvation, the sacrifice of Christ, not only was man, but his dominion, to be redeemed. Through the merits of Christ, all that man lost through sin was to be restored. The time would come when there would be "no more curse," but the throne of God should be in it, and His servants should serve Him. The promise would be fulfilled, "The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever."  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 3}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 4]                              A Demonstration to the Universe          Through the plan of salvation, a larger purpose is to be wrought out even than the salvation of man and the redemption of the earth. Through the revelation of the character of God in Christ, the beneficence of the divine government would be manifested before the universe, the charge of Satan refuted, the nature and result of sin made plain, and the perpetuity of the law fully demonstrated.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 4}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 5]          Satan had declared that the law of God was faulty, and that the good of the universe demanded a change in its requirement. In attacking the law, he thought to overthrow the authority of its Author, and gain for himself the supreme allegiance. But through the plan of salvation, the precepts of the law were to be proved perfect and immutable, that at last only glory and love might rise to God throughout the universe, ascribing glory and honor and praise to Him that sitteth upon the throne and to the Lamb forever and ever.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 5}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 6]          To fallen man was revealed the plan of infinite sacrifice through which salvation was to be provided. Nothing but the death of God's dear Son could expiate man's sin, and Adam marveled at the goodness of God in providing such a ransom for the sinner. Through the love of God, a star of hope illumined the terrible future that spread before the transgressor.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 6}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 7]          Through the institution of the typical system of sacrifice and offering, the death of Christ was ever to be kept before guilty man, that he might better comprehend the nature of sin, the results of transgression, and the merit of the divine offering. Had there been no sin, man would never have known death. But in the innocent offering slain by his own hand, he beheld the fruits of sin,--the death of the Son of God in his behalf. He sees the immutable character of the law he has transgressed, and confesses his sin; he relies upon the merits of the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sins of the world.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 7}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 8]                                 Plan of Saving Sinners Ever                                      the Same            The plan of saving sinners through Christ alone was the same in the days of Adam, Noah, Abraham, and in every successive generation that lived before the advent of Christ, as it is in our day. The patriarchs, the prophets, the martyrs from righteous Abel, looked forward to a coming Saviour, and they showed their faith in Him by sacrifices and offerings. The sacrifice of beasts shadowed forth the sinless offering of God's dear Son, and pointed forward to His death upon the cross. But at the crucifixion, type met antitype, and the typical system there ceased.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 8}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 9]                               The Center of Both Dispensations          The Son of God is the center of the great plan of redemption which covers all dispensations. He is the "Lamb slain from the foundation of the world." He is the Redeemer of the fallen sons and daughters of Adam in all ages of human probation. "Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved." Christ is the substance, or body, which casts its shadow back into former dispensations. When Christ died, the shadow ceased. At the death of Christ, the typical system was done away; but the law of God, whose violation had made the plan of salvation necessary, was magnified and made honorable.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 9}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 10]          The gospel was good tidings of great joy to Adam, Noah, Abraham, and Moses; for it presented to them a coming Saviour. A clearer and more glorious light now shines upon the Christian. Those who lived before the coming of Christ, looked forward by faith to His coming. But what had to be grasped by faith by them, is assurance to us; for we know that Christ has come, as foretold by the prophets. It is just as essential for us to have faith in our Redeemer, who came to earth and died our sacrifice, as it was for the ancients to believe in a Redeemer to come, represented by their offerings and sacrifices.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 10}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 11]                         Exchange a Throne for Suffering and Death          In becoming man's substitute, in bearing the curse which should fall upon man, Christ has pledged Himself in behalf of the race to maintain the sacred and exalted honor of His Father's law. He came to convince men of sin, which is the transgression of the law, and through divine mediation bring them back to obedience to God's commandments. God has given the world into the hands of Christ, that He may completely vindicate the binding claims of the law, and make manifest the holiness of every principle.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 11}
[ST, December 22, 1914 par. 12]          Christ was the Father's "appointed heir of all things, by whom also He made the worlds." He was "the brightness of His glory, and the express image of His person." And He upheld "all things by the word of His power." He possessed divine excellency and greatness. It pleased the Father that in Him all fulness should dwell. And Christ "thought it not robbery to be equal with God." Yet Jesus exchanged a throne of light and glory which He had with His Father, counting it not a thing to be desired to be equal with God while man was lost in sin and misery. He came from heaven to earth, clothed His divinity with humanity, and bore the curse as surety for the fallen race. He was not compelled to do this; but He chose to bear the results of man's transgression, that man might escape eternal death.  {ST, December 22, 1914 par. 12}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 1]       January 5, 1915 The Mighty and Inspiring Conflict    To Save Man He Took the Eternal Risk -- The Universe Looked  On -- Unfallen Angels Admired and Adored -- The Depths of  Infinite Love Revealed -- Abundant Provision for Every One    By Mrs. E. G. White         The coming of Christ to our world was a great event, not only to this world, but to all the worlds in the universe of God. Before the heavenly intelligences He was to take upon Himself our nature, to be tempted in all points like as we are, and yet to leave an example of perfect purity and unblemished character.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 1}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 2]          Satan and his angels exulted as they discovered that the Son of God had taken upon Himself the nature of man, and had come to be man's substitute, to engage in the conflict in our behalf. The human family had been overpowered by the deception of the enemy; for all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God, and the enemy hoped that Christ also would become a victim to his seductive wiles.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 2}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 3]                             Whole Confederacy Attacked Him          Satan gloried in the opportunity of besieging the Son of God with fierce temptations. Because He had taken upon Himself the nature of man, Satan deemed that his victory was certain, and with every malignant device in his power he strove to overcome Christ. The steadfast resistance of Christ to the temptations of the enemy brought the whole confederacy of evil to war against Him. Evil men and evil angels united their forces against the Prince of peace.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 3}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 4]                                  He Took the Infinite Risk          The issues at stake were beyond the comprehension of men, and the temptations that assailed Christ were as much more intense and subtle than those which assail man as His character was purer and more exalted than is the character of man in his moral and physical defilement. In His conflict with the prince of darkness in this atom of a world, Christ had to meet the whole confederacy of evil, the united forces of the adversary of God and man; but at every point He met the tempter, and put him to flight. Christ was conqueror over the powers of darkness, and took the infinite risk of consenting to war with the enemy, that He might conquer him in our behalf.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 4}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 5]          The Redeemer of the world clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might reach humanity; for, in order to bring to the world salvation, it was necessary that humanity and divinity should be united. Divinity needed humanity, that humanity might afford a channel of communication between God and man, and humanity needed divinity, that a power from above might restore man to the likeness of God.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 5}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 6]          Christ was God, but He did not appear as God. He veiled the tokens of divinity, which had commanded the homage of angels and called forth the adoration of the universe of God. He made Himself of no reputation, took upon Himself the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of sinful flesh. For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 6}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 7]                               Descended to the Depths of Woe          He humbled Himself to pass through man's experiences, and He would not turn aside from the plan by which salvation could come to man. Knowing all the steps in the path of His humiliation, He refused not to descend step by step to the depths of man's woe, that He might make expiation for the sins of the condemned, perishing world. What humility was this! It amazed the angels. Tongue can never describe it. Pen can never portray it. The imagination can not take it in. Sinless and exalted by nature, the Son of God consented to take the habiliments of humanity, to become one with the fallen race. The eternal Word consented to be made flesh. God became man.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 7}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 8]          But He stepped still lower; He humbled Himself to bear insult, reproach, accusation, and shameful abuse. In the world which He had made, which was sustained by the word of His power there seemed to be no room for Him. He had to flee from one place to another until His life work was accomplished. He was betrayed by one of His followers, and denied by another. He was mocked and taunted. He was crowned with thorns, and forced to bear the burden of the cross.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 8}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 9]                                 Felt its Bitterness and Endured                                         it All            He was not insensible to ignominy and contempt; He submitted to it, but He felt its bitterness as no other being could feel it. Pure, holy, and undefiled, He was yet arraigned as a criminal before the eyes of the world. From the highest exaltation the adorable Redeemer took step after step in the path of humiliation. He consented to die in the sinner's stead, that by a life of obedience man might escape the penalty of the law.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 9}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 10]          He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death. And what a death! It was the most shameful, the most cruel,--the death upon the cross as a malefactor. He died not as a hero in the eyes of men, loaded with honors; He died as a condemned criminal, suspended between the heavens and the earth--died a lingering death, exposed to the tauntings and revilings of a debased and profligate mob.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 10}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 11]          "All they that see Me laugh Me to scorn: they shoot out the lip, they shake the head." He was numbered with the transgressors, and even His kinsmen according to the flesh disowned Him. He was forced to see the sword pierce the heart of His mother,--He beheld her sorrow. He expired amidst derision. But all His sufferings were counted as of small account in consideration of the result He was working out in behalf of man, and for the good of the whole universe.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 11}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 12]                                The Cry Resounded in All the                                       Universe            He expired on the cross exclaiming, "It is finished," and that cry rang through every world, and through heaven itself. The great contest between Christ, the Prince of life, and Satan, the prince of darkness, was practically over, and Christ was conqueror. His death answered the question as to whether there was self-denial with the Father and the Son.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 12}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 13]          Through the death of Christ a door of hope was opened for fallen man. Man was under sentence of death for the transgression of the law of God. He was under condemnation as a traitor, as a rebel; but Christ came to be his substitute, to die as a malefactor, to suffer the penalty of the traitors, bearing the weight of their sins upon His divine soul. He descended lower and lower, till there were no lower depths of humiliation to sound, in order that He might lift up those who would believe in Him, and cleanse the guilty from moral defilement, and impart to them His own righteousness. He died to make an atonement, to redeem, cleanse, restore, and exalt man to a place at His right hand.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 13}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 14]                               He Walked the Earth Unhonored          Through His life upon earth, He scattered blessings wherever He went. Though at His word legions of angels would render Him homage, yet He walked the earth unhonored, unconfessed. In place of praise He met reproach. He walked among men as one of the poor and lowly. Though He healed the sick, relieved the oppressed, bound up the broken-hearted, yet few called Him blessed, and the great of the earth passed Him by with disdain.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 14}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 15]                                His Depths of Love for Man          As a member of the human family He was mortal, but as God He was a fountain of life to the world. He could have withstood the advances of death and refused to come under its dominion, but voluntarily He laid down His life that He might bring life and immortality to light. He bore the sin of the world, endured the penalty, yielded up His life as a sacrifice, that man should not eternally die. Contrast His suffering and humiliation with the riches of His glory, with the wealth of praise pouring forth from immortal tongues, with the anthems of adoration, with the homage of millions of holy angels in the heights of the sanctuary, and seek to comprehend what manner of love inspired the heart of Jesus.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 15}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 16]          How much has God loved the race of men?--Look to Calvary. As you behold Jesus upon the cross, does not the heinous character of sin appear? It was sin that caused the death of God's dear Son, and sin is the transgression of the law. Says the prophet: "Surely He hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem Him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. But He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed. All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and the Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all. . . . It pleased the Lord to bruise Him; He hath put Him to grief: when Thou shalt make His soul an offering for sin, He shall see His seed, He shall prolong His days, and the pleasure of the Lord shall prosper in His hand. He shall see of the travail of His soul, and shall be satisfied: by His knowledge shall My righteous Servant justify many; for He shall bear their iniquities."  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 16}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 17]          When the sinner realizes that Christ died for him, that He might impute His righteousness unto him, he magnifies the love of God in providing the plan of salvation.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 17}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 18]                                    They Refused Life          "The gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord." At infinite cost the salvation of man has been purchased. The world may refuse the gift, but this will not lessen its value, or relieve men of its responsibility. When He was upon earth Jesus said to those who refused Him, "Ye will not come to Me, that ye might have life." There are many who are refusing to respond to the drawing love of Christ today. Jesus calls, but many refuse to respond to the invitation. They will not avail themselves of the privilege of having Jesus for their personal Saviour. They do not come in humility and faith, that they may know by a personal experience what they are to Jesus, and what He is to them. But the promise is, "He shall see of the travail of His soul, and shall be satisfied." Jesus will not rest until He leads His followers unto the realms of perfect joy and glory.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 18}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 19]                                  They Will Not Perish          The plans of God can not fail. Men make great plans, but fail to accomplish the object that they design. They begin to build and are not able to finish. They do not count the cost. But Jesus counted the cost of the salvation of every son and daughter of Adam. He provided abundant means whereby all might be saved, if they would but comply with the conditions and lay hold upon eternal life. Unfailing resources are at His command to complete the work which He has begun. Those who respond to His love, yielding their wills to Him, will not perish, but have everlasting life.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 19}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 20]          How the wondrous provision of the plan of God for the salvation of men widens and exalts our ideas of the love of God! How it binds our hearts to the great heart of infinite love! How it makes us delight in His service, as our hearts respond to the drawing of His loving-kindness and loving mercy!  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 20}
[ST, January 5, 1915 par. 21]          John calls upon men to behold the marvelous love of God. He exclaims: "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure." Those who are true, who are pure, who love and obey the words of God, will be counted children of the heavenly King, members of the royal family, heirs of God, joint heirs with Christ.  {ST, January 5, 1915 par. 21}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 1]       January 12, 1915 The Conflict Between Christ and Satan    The Master Overcame at Each Step--We May Share His Victory--Every  Angel in Heaven Would Be Sent to Our Side if Necessity Required    By Mrs. E. G. White         Christ saw that it was not possible for man to overcome in his own strength; therefore He came in person from the throne of glory, and bore the test that Adam failed to bear. In man's behalf He resisted the temptations of the enemy, and made it possible for man, by faith in Him, to overcome in his own behalf.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 1}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 2]          Satan knew that everything depended on the result of his effort to overcome Christ. He knew that if Christ bore the test that Adam failed of bearing, the plan of salvation would be carried out to its fulfillment, and his destruction would be certain. He saw that he must either conquer or be conquered. All the powers of the apostate were rallied against the Son of God. Christ was made the mark of every weapon of hell. Satan bent all his energies to the effort to cause Christ to swerve from His allegiance.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 2}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 3]                                   The Enemy Stormed Him                                     With Wrath            From the desert to Calvary, the storm of the enemy's wrath beat upon the Saviour; but the more mercilessly it fell, the more firmly did the Son of God cling to the hand of His Father, and press on in the blood-stained path. All the efforts of Satan to overcome Him only brought out in a purer light His spotless character.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 3}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 4]          In our own strength it is impossible for us to conquer in the conflict with sin. But Christ is acquainted with our necessities and our weakness. He came to this world as a man, and as a man lived a life of obedience. We shall never be called upon to suffer as He suffered, for upon Him were laid the sins of the whole world. That we might have eternal life. He endured reproach, mockery, insult, and a death of shame.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 4}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 5]                              Must Suffer, But Will Not Fail          We need not expect to gain the victory over sin without enduring suffering, or to win the overcomer's reward by feeble efforts. Think of how much it cost the Saviour, as in the wilderness He battled with temptation. For forty days He fasted and prayed. Weak and emaciated from hunger, worn and haggard with mental agony, "His visage was so marred more than any man, and His form more than the sons of men."  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 5}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 6]          The Christian life is a life of constant conflict. It is a battle and a march. Every act of obedience, every deed of self-denial, every trial bravely endured, every temptation resisted, every victory gained, is a step forward in the march to eternal triumph.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 6}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 7]                                   Only in the Conqueror's                                        Name            There is hope for man. Christ says, "To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne." But let us never forget that the efforts we make in our own strength are utterly worthless. Our strength is weakness, our judgment foolishness. Only in the name and strength of the Conqueror can we conquer. When we are pressed with temptation, when unchristlike desires clamor for the mastery, let us offer fervent, importunate prayer to the heavenly Father, in the name of Christ.  This will bring divine aid. In the Redeemer's name we may gain the victory.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 7}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 8]          As, seeing the sinfulness of sin, we fall helpless before the cross, asking forgiveness and strength, our prayer is heard and answered. Those who present their petitions to God in Christ's name will never be turned away. The Lord says, "Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out." "He will regard the prayer of the destitute." Our help comes from Him who holds all things in His hands. The peace that He sends is the assurance of His love to us.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 8}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 9]                              Helpless, Yet Invincible          Nothing can be more helpless and yet more invincible than the soul that feels its nothingness, and relies wholly upon the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. God would send every angel in heaven to the aid of the one who places his whole dependence on Christ, rather than allow him to be overcome.  {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 9}
[ST, January 12, 1915 par. 10]          If we accept Christ as our guide, He will lead us safely along the narrow way. The road may be rough and thorny, and the ascent steep and dangerous; there may be pitfalls on the right hand and on the left. When weary and longing for rest, we may have to toil on; when faint, we may have to fight; but with Christ as our Guide, we shall not fail of reaching heaven. Christ Himself has trodden the rough path before us, smoothing it for our feet. The way is illuminated by Him who is the light of the world. As we follow in His footsteps, the path grows brighter and brighter unto the perfect day.                                                                   -    {ST, January 12, 1915 par. 10}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 1]       August 10, 1915 Satan and Our Appetites    The Devil's Strongest Hold on Man--Irritating the Stomach and Weakening  the Brain--A Way of Escape Provided--All Heaven Looking On    By the late Mrs. E. G. White         I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service." Romans 12:1.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 1}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 2]          In the ancient Jewish service, it was required that every sacrifice should be without blemish. We are God's workmanship; and we are "fearfully and wonderfully made." Psalms 139:14. There are many who are educated in the sciences, and are familiar with the theory of the truth, who do not understand the laws that govern their own being. God has given us facilities and talents; and it is our duty, as His sons and daughters, to make the best use of them. If we weaken these powers of mind or body by wrong habits, or indulgence of perverted appetite, it will be impossible for us to honor God as we should.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 2}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 3]                                   Satan's Strongest Hold          We meet intemperance everywhere. We see it on the cars, the steamboats, and wherever we go; and we should ask ourselves what we are doing to rescue souls from the tempter's grasp. Satan is constantly on the alert to bring the race fully under his control. His strongest hold on man is through the appetite, and this he seeks to stimulate in every way possible. All unnatural excitants are harmful, and they cultivate the desire for liquor.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 3}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 4]          I appeal to parents to begin with their children, and give them a right education. Seek to bring them up so that they shall have moral stamina to resist the evil that surrounds them. The lesson of self-control must begin with the child in its mother's arms. It must learn to restrain passionate temper, to bring its will into subjection, and to deny unhealthful cravings.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 4}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 5]          Teach your children to abhor stimulants. Do not place luxurious dishes before the children,--spiced foods, rich gravies, cakes, and pastries. This highly seasoned food irritates the stomach, and causes a craving for still stronger stimulants. Furthermore, children are allowed to eat between meals; and by the time they are twelve or fourteen years of age, they are often confirmed dyspeptics.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 5}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 6]          Under the irritating influence of fiery spices, as well as under that of strong drinks, the stomach becomes of a fiery red color. With the stomach in such a state, there is a craving for something more to meet the demands of the appetite, something stronger, and still stronger. Next you find your sons out on the street learning to smoke. It is a grievous lesson; it makes them deathly sick. Yet they press the matter through with a perseverance that would be praiseworthy in a better cause.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 6}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 7]          Tobacco weakens the brain, and paralyzes its fine sensibilities. Its use excites a thirst for drink, and in very many cases, lays the foundation for the liquor habit. Its use is an inconvenient, expensive, unclean habit. The teachings of Christ, pointing to purity, self-denial, and temperance, all rebuke this defiling practice. When we think of the long fast that Jesus endured in the wilderness of temptation in order to break the power of appetite over man, we marvel that those who profess to be His followers can indulge in this habit. Is it for the glory of God for men to enfeeble the physical powers, confuse the brain, and yield the will to this narcotic poison? What right have they to mar the image of God?  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 7}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 8]          A great responsibility rests upon us. We cannot render to God true service unless we present our bodies a living sacrifice. No one can be justified in marring this wonderfully intricate human organism. If we do this, not only do we suffer ourselves, but the evil is transmitted to our children. Can we wonder that the children who have such a legacy do not fear God?  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 8}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 9]                                     Wrong Example of Some                                        Ministers            How often do we see boys not more than eight years old, or younger, using tobacco! If you speak to them about it, they say, "My father uses it; and if it does him good, it will me." They point to the minister or the Sunday school superintendent, and say, "If such good men as these use it, surely I can." How can we expect anything else of the children with their inherited tendencies, while the older ones set them such an example? God pity the poor slave to these indulgences!  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 9}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 10]          Some urge that a man is not responsible for what he does under strong drink. When he places the cup to his lips, he makes himself responsible for all the deeds he commits while under its influence.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 10}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 11]          It is important that those who make and execute the laws of our great nation should have their faculties unclouded. What about the judges and jurors, in whose hands rests the disposing of human life, and whose decisions may condemn the innocent, or turn the criminal loose upon society? Do they not need to have full control of their mental powers? Are they temperate in their habits? If not, they are not fit for such responsible positions. When the appetites are perverted, the mental powers are weakened, and there is danger that men will not rule justly.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 11}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 12]          We can understand the value of the human soul only as we realize the greatness of the sacrifice made for its redemption. The word of God declares that we are not our own, that we are bought with a price. It is at an immense cost that we have been placed upon vantage ground, where we can find liberty from the bondage of sin wrought by the fall in Eden. Adam's sin plunged the race into hopeless misery; but by the sacrifice of the Son of God, a second probation was granted to man.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 12}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 13]                                A Way of Escape Provided          In the plan of redemption, a way of escape is provided for all who will avail themselves of it. God knew that it was impossible for man to overcome in his own strength, and He has provided help for him. How thankful we should be that a way is open for us, by which we can have access to the Father; that the gates are left ajar, so that beams of light from the glory within may shine upon those who will receive them!  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 13}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 14]          Christ began the work of redemption just where the ruin began. His first test was on the same point where Adam failed. It was through temptations addressed to the appetite that Satan had overcome a large proportion of the human race, and his success had made him feel that the control of this fallen planet was in his hands. But in Christ he found one who was able to resist him, and he left the field of battle a conquered foe.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 14}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 15]          Jesus says, He "hath nothing in Me." John 14:30. His victory is an assurance that we too may come off victors in our conflicts with the enemy. But it is not our heavenly Father's purpose to save us without an effort on our part to cooperate with Christ. We must act our part; and divine power, uniting with our effort, will bring victory.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 15}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 16]          Who will enter in through the gates into the city? -- Not those who declare that they cannot break the force of appetite. Christ has resisted the power of him who would hold us in bondage; though weakened by His long fast of forty days, He withstood temptation, and proved, by this act, that our cases are not hopeless. I know that we cannot obtain the victory alone; and how thankful we should be that we have a living Saviour, who is ready and willing to aid us!  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 16}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 17]                         Reclaimed From His Hopeless Condition          I recall the case of a man in a congregation that I was once addressing. He was almost wrecked in body and mind by the use of liquor and tobacco. He was bowed down from the effects of dissipation, and his dress was in keeping with his shattered condition. To all appearance, he had gone too far to be reclaimed. But as I appealed to him to resist temptation in the strength of a risen Saviour, he rose tremblingly, and said, "You have an interest for me, and I will have an interest for myself."  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 17}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 18]          Six months afterward, he came to my house. I did not recognize him. With a countenance beaming with joy, and eyes overflowing with tears, he grasped my hand, and said, "You do not know my name, but you remember the man in an old blue coat, who rose in your congregation, and said that he would try to reform." I was astonished. He stood erect, and looked ten years younger. He had gone home from the meeting, and passed the long hours in prayer till the sun arose. It was a night of conflict; but, thank God, he came off the victor. This man could tell, by sad experience, of the bondage of those evil habits. He knew how to warn the youth of the dangers of contamination; and those who, like himself, had been overcome, he could point to Christ as the only source of help.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 18}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 19]                           The Mighty, Unfailing Helper          Intemperance is on the increase, in spite of the efforts to control it. We cannot be too earnest in seeking to hinder its progress, to raise the fallen, and shield the weak from temptation. With our feeble hands, we can do but little; but we have an unfailing Helper. We must not forget that the arm of Christ can reach to the depths of human woe and degradation. He can give us help to conquer even this terrible demon of intemperance.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 19}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 20]          But it is in the home that the real work must begin. The greatest burden rests upon those who have the responsibility of educating the youth, of forming their character. Here is a work for mothers, in helping their children to form correct habits and pure tastes, to develop moral stamina, true moral worth. Teach them that they are not to be swayed by others, that they are not to yield to wrong influences, but to influence others for good, to ennoble and elevate those with whom they associate. Teach them that if they connect themselves with God, they will have strength from Him to resist the fiercest temptations.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 20}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 21]                                Not Registered as a Man          With every facility which has been placed within reach, he who does not resist temptation, is not registered in the books of heaven as a man. The Lord never places men in positions so trying that it is beyond their power to withstand evil. Divine power is ever ready to protect and strengthen him who has been made a partaker of the divine nature.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 21}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 22]          Temptations to the indulgence of appetite possess a power which can be overcome only by the help that God can impart. But with every temptation, we have the promise of God that there shall be a way of escape. Why, then, are so many overcome? -- It is because they do not put their trust in God. They do not avail themselves of the means provided for their safety. The excuses offered for the gratification of perverted appetite are therefore of no weight with God.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 22}
[ST, August 10, 1915 par. 23]                                     All Heaven is Watching          We want a share in the eternal inheritance. We want a place in the city of God, free from every impurity. All heaven is watching to see how we are fighting the battle against temptation. Let all who profess the name of Christ so walk before the world that they may teach, by example as well as by precept, the principle of true living.  {ST, August 10, 1915 par. 23}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 1]         SF Echo - Southern Field Echo      June 1, 1909 Words of Encouragement         (Talk given by Mrs. E. G. White at the Oakwood School, Huntsville, Ala., April 29, 1909.)  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 1}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 2]          I am glad to have an opportunity of speaking to this company of students. Some time I expect that this room will be filled, and that another room will be filled also. We expect to see a work done here that men will be proud to acknowledge. We are glad indeed to see so many present.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 2}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 3]          This morning I will first read a few words from the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah: "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgressions, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek me daily, and delight to know my ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God: they ask of me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 3}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 4]          Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and thou seest not? Wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and Thou takest no knowledge?" Here the complaint comes not against themselves, but against God. Listen to the answer: "Behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure, and exact all your labors. Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness; ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high. Is it such a fast that I have chosen? A day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord?"  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 4}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 5]          The Lord declares what is the fast that He chooses. "Is not this the fast that I have chosen?" He says, "to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?"  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 5}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 6]          This is the work we are trying to do, and the work we are setting before His people, God's people, as the work that should be done. Yes, Lord, we can say, we, thy commandment-keeping people, are trying to do this work as fast as possible.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 6}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 7]          We are endeavoring to bring the colored people to that place where they can be self-supporting. The time will come when you will be able to escape many of the evils that will come upon the world because you have obtained a correct knowledge of how to plant and to build, and how to carry various enterprises. This is why we want this land occupied and cultivated, why we want buildings put up. The students are to learn how to plant, and to build, and to sow. As they learn to do this, they will see a work before them which they will be very glad to have a part in. Opportunities will present themselves by which they can make themselves a blessing to those around them.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 7}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 8]          "Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?" It is the privilege of every student and worker upon this school land to know what it is to be moved by the impulse of the Spirit of God.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 8}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 9]          "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily." Why this assurance regarding the health? Health is given because you learn to use your muscles as well as your brain powers. It is very important that we tax our physical and mental powers equally. "Thy righteousness shall go before thee," the Lord continues, "and the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward." How will our righteousness go before us? It will be revealed in righteous words, in righteous actions, in our useful employments, This work is given to the colored people as surely as it is given to the white people. According to their opportunities they are to work out faithfully the problems that God presents to them. When we do the work that God requires of us, the blessings He has promised will attend us.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 9}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 10]          If we will do justice, if we will exalt the truth, the Lord Himself will be our Keeper and our Preserver. enabling us to do His will. God takes care of those who are looked down upon by their fellow men. It is because He regards the needs of those who are despised and rejected that we have this school farm where you can receive a preparation for labor right here in the South. It is His desire that those who receive a training here shall go forth to labor to lift up the oppressed, to strengthen the weak hands, that through your efforts men and women may learn to honor and glorify God, The teaching of this fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah means just this to you.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 10}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 11]          I am glad of this opportunity of saying these few words to you. Let everything you do be done in faith. Believe that the Lord will surely fulfill His promises. He wants us to take comfort in His word; He wants us to be consoled by His promises; He longs to see the righteousness of the Lord go before us and the glory of God be our rereward. I see great possibilities for this experience to come to the students in this school. You have great advantages here. You are shut away from the world at large, away from the carousing, and the amusements, and the confusion. You do not need these things. You need to be where you can be free to serve the Lord conscientiously. He does not cast you off because of your color. The Lord wants the white people to help the colored people. If they will encourage them, and open ways for them, the blessing of the Lord will surely come upon them, as it comes to those whom they are trying to help. This will be a working out of God's plan.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 11}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 12]          It is the privilege of each student here to know that the Most High has a care for you. He will watch over you for good, and not for evil. If you follow on to know the Lord, you will know His going forth is prepared as the morning. You will increase continually in light and knowledge. I want to see the goodness and mercy of God revealed in this place. We will pray for you; we will do all we can to help you; we will send you publications that you can read and study. I want to meet you each in the kingdom of God. Let us fight the battles of the Lord manfully and righteously. that we may see in the city of God the faces we look upon here today. Let us educate and train the younger members of the Lord's family. They are to stand firmly with God's people.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 12}
[SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 13]         I need not say any more this morning. I am very thankful that I could visit your school. For years I have done what I could to help the colored people, and I have never found the work so well begun in any place as I find it here at the present time. In all your experiences, remember that angels of God are beside you. They know what you do; they are present to guard you. Do not do anything to displease them. As you work and they work, this school will become consecrated ground. I shall want to hear how you succeed. All heaven is interested in the moves you are making. Let us do our utmost to help one another to obtain the victory. Let us so live that the light of heaven can shine into our hearts and minds, enabling us to grasp the treasures of heaven. May God help you, is my prayer.  {SF Echo, June 1, 1909 par. 13}
[SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 1]       April 1, 1910 To the Students of the Oakwood School         Are you daily preparing for graduation into the higher school? Are you daily becoming better fitted for entrance into the heavenly courts? Are you making the most of your privileges, seeking earnestly to overcome all evil habits? At the great examination day, one wrong habit unconquered, will keep you from receiving the overcomer's reward. Do not let sin obtain the victory over you. Strive to enter in at the strait gate. "Wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat." "Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth to life, and few there be that find it."  {SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 1}
[SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 2]          There is a special and important work for you to accomplish. Clear directions are given in the word of God regarding the part that you are to act. "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead and your life is hid with Christ in God."  {SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 2}
[SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 3]          "When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory. . . . Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, long-suffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any; even as Christ forgave you, so, also do ye. And above all these things, put on charity, which is the bond of all perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body: and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him."  {SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 3}
[SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 4]          I would urge upon you the importance of determination to honor God by consecrating to him the power of mind and body. It is your privilege to give yourselves to God. In word and deed seek to honor Him. Set your mark high, and by constant watchfulness gain decided victories.  {SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 4}
[SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 5]          Be kind in all you do and say. If any one speaks harsh, irritating words to you, do not retaliate. Speak gently, and thus help those around you to bear the cross after Jesus. In every perplexity ask God for advice and counsel, and it will be given. When your mind is troubled, go to the Lord Jesus and ask him to give you His grace. Cast all your care upon Him who cares for you. "In everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God."                           Mrs. E. G. White.              (To be concluded)  {SF Echo, April 1, 1910 par. 5}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 1]       May 1, 1910 The Huntsville School         I have been writing for our papers on the needs of the Southern field. This is a living subject with me. I hope that our people will not stop to question about everything that does not exactly meet their ideas before giving to the work that needs their help so much. I have tried to bring before our people the needs of the training school at Huntsville. This school should have special advantages, and our people should understand that liberal gifts made to this enterprise will be money well invested.  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 1}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 2]          At the Huntsville school a thorough work is to be done in training men to cultivate the soil and to grow fruits and vegetables. Let no one despise this work. Agriculture is the A. B. C. of industrial education. Let the erection of the buildings for the school and the sanitarium be an education to the students. Help the teachers to understand that their perceptions must be clear, their actions in harmony with the truth; for it is only when they stand in right relation to God that they will be able to work out His plan for themselves, and for the souls with whom, as instructors, they are brought in contact.  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 2}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 3]          Let us encourage all Seventh-day Adventists to have a deep interest in the work that is being done at Huntsville for the education of men and women to be laborers among the colored people. The preparations for a sanitarium for these people should go forward at Huntsville without delay. If we will move forward with faith in God, He will fulfill His word to us. We have no time to lose; for wickedness in the cities is reaching a terrible pass. The night is coming in which no man can work. Let us not grudge the colored people a well-equipped sanitarium in connection with the Huntsville school. The building should not be restricted. It should be made roomy enough to accommodate with comfort those who shall come to it.  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 3}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 4]          "Ye are laborers together with God," the apostle Paul declares. We are a part of God's great plan, bound up with Christ in God. The greatness of our work is to be measured by the power of the grace of Christ to enable us to perform it. We are to be the means of concentrating the light of heaven upon souls; we should therefore pray earnestly that the bright beams of the sun of Righteousness may shine forth. By faith we are to present Christ as a personal Saviour; then Christ will prepare the mind and heart to receive the truth as it is in Jesus.  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 4}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 5]          The first and great commandment is, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind. And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself."  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 5}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 6]          The Gospel of Christ embraces the world. Christ purchased the human race at a price that was infinite. The ransom embraced every nationality, every color. We should think of this when we consider the colored people in our own land who are so greatly in need of our help. These men and women should not receive the impression that because of the color of their skin they are excluded from the blessings of the gospel.  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 6}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 7]          Let those who have known of the faithfulness of the laborers, and of the progress of the work in the Southern States, testify to all our people of what they have seen and heard. I am satisfied that those who are carrying the burden of the work at Huntsville are doing their best to carry on the work of education for the colored people acceptably, and to provide increased facilities. The white teachers who are acting a part in the school, should be encouraged. The colored youth are there to be educated to labor for their own people as teachers, nurses, and Bible workers.  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 7}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 8]          My brethren, I entreat you not to let the work for the colored people be longer neglected. Meeting-houses, simple, but convenient, should be built for them, where they can come together to study the word of God. God gave to you the greatest gift that Heaven could bestow. "Freely ye have received, freely give."  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 8}
[SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 9]          Let our ministers say to the people, Our time to work is short. You who have land that you can dispose of, use it to advance the cause of truth. Make it possible to secure places from which the work for the colored people can be carried on. As the Lord's stewards we are responsible for the welfare of the needy.               Mrs E. G. White  {SF Echo, May 1, 1910 par. 9}
[SW, July 5, 1898 par. 1]         SW - The Southern Review      July 5, 1898 Encouraging Words to Workers.  -         The divine command to deliver Israel, found Moses self-distrustful, slow of speech, and timid. He was overwhelmed with a sense of his incapacity to be a mouth-piece for God. But he accepted the work, putting all his trust in the Lord. The greatness of his mission called into exercise the best powers of his mind. God blessed his ready obedience, and he became eloquent, hopeful, self-possessed, and well fitted for the greatest work ever given to man. This is an example of what God does to strengthen the character of those who trust Him implicitly, and give themselves unreservedly to his commands.  {SW, July 5, 1898 par. 1}
[SW, July 5, 1898 par. 2]          The humble, efficient worker, who obediently responds to the call of God, may be sure of receiving divine assistance. To feel so great and holy a responsibility is of itself elevating to the character. It calls into action the highest mental qualities, and their continued exercise strengthens and purifies mind and heart. The influence upon one's own life, as well as upon the lives of others, is incalculable.  {SW, July 5, 1898 par. 2}
[SW, July 5, 1898 par. 3]          It is wonderful how strong a weak man may become through faith in the power of God, how decided his efforts, how prolific of great results. The hesitating and irresolute, through exercising his abilities in the cause of God, becomes firm and decided. Taking in the great fact that he is called by the Redeemer of the world to work with him for the salvation of men, he dedicates his life to the work. His nature becomes exalted; the mission of Christ opens before him with new importance and glory, and with deep humility he recognizes in himself a co-laborer with the Saviour. No higher office is given to man. No joy can equal the assurance of being an instrument in the hands of God for saving souls. It is a grand thing to look back upon a course of labor all marked with glorious results; to see precious souls progressing in the light through your efforts; to feel that God has worked with and through you in the harvest field of the world.  {SW, July 5, 1898 par. 3}
[SW, July 5, 1898 par. 4]          Careless spectators may not appreciate your work or see its importance. They may think it a losing business, a life of thankless labor and self-sacrifice. But the servant of Jesus sees it in the light shining from the cross. His sacrifices appear small in comparison with those of the blessed Master, and he is glad to follow in his steps. The success of his labor affords him the purest joy, and is the richest recompense for a life of patient toil.  {SW, July 5, 1898 par. 4}
[SW, July 5, 1898 par. 5]          In reviewing the past, the trials and difficulties that have beset him are not magnified in his mind. The consciousness of duty performed amply compensates for all his sufferings, and the glory of his coming reward clothes the future with the light of heaven. Glancing over the well-fought field of life, he says with Paul, "I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, July 5, 1898 par. 5}
[SW, September 13, 1898 par. 1]       September 13, 1898 Christ's Representatives.  -  By Mrs. E. G. White.  -         Christ attaches a weight of importance to the obedience of his people to the commandments of God. They are to have an intelligent knowledge of them, and bring them into their daily life. Men cannot keep the commandments of God only as he is in Christ, and Christ in Him. And it is not possible for him to be in Christ, having light on the commandments, while disregarding the least of them. By steadfast, willing obedience to His word, they evidence their love for the Son of God. Not to keep the commandments of God is not to love Him. None will keep the law of God unless they love Him who is the only begotten of the Father. And none the less surely, if they love Him, will they express their love and obedience to Him. All who love Christ will be loved of the Father, and He will manifest Himself to them. In all their emergencies and perplexities, they will have a helper in Jesus Christ.  {SW, September 13, 1898 par. 1}
[SW, September 13, 1898 par. 2]          That Christ should manifest Himself to them, and yet be invisible to the world, was a mystery to the disciples. They could not understand the words of Christ in their spiritual sense. They were thinking of the outward, visible manifestation. They could not take in the fact that they could have the presence of Christ with them, and yet He be unseen by the world. They did not understand the meaning of a spiritual manifestation.  {SW, September 13, 1898 par. 2}
[SW, September 13, 1898 par. 3]          The great Teacher longed to give the disciples all the encouragement and comfort possible; for they were to be sorely tried. But it was difficult for them to comprehend His words. They had yet to learn of that spiritual life that could give them the spiritual power they needed.  {SW, September 13, 1898 par. 3}
[SW, September 13, 1898 par. 4]          The promise of a Comforter presented a rich truth to them. It assured them that they should not lose their faith under the most trying circumstances. The Holy Spirit sent in the name of Christ was to teach them all things, and bring all things to their remembrance. The Holy Spirit was to be the representative of Christ, the Advocate who is constantly pleading for the fallen race. He pleads that spiritual power may be given them, that by the power, mightier than all the enemies of God and man, they may be able to overcome their spiritual foes.  {SW, September 13, 1898 par. 4}
[SW, September 13, 1898 par. 5]          He who knows the end from the beginning has provided for the attack of Satanic agencies, and he will fulfill His word to the faithful in every age. That word is sure and steadfast; not one jot or tittle of it can fail. If man will keep under the protection of God, his banner will be over them as an impregnable fortress. He will give evidence that His word can never fail. He will prove a light that shineth in a dark place until the day dawn. He, the Son of Righteousness, will arise with healing in his beams.                                                                   -    {SW, September 13, 1898 par. 5}
[SW, October 25, 1898 par. 1]       October 25, 1898 Christ's Representatives. No 2.  -  Mrs. E. G. White.         The image of God is to be impressed upon and reflected in humanity. The cold heart is to be quickened, and glow with divine love -- a love that beats in union with the love that the Redeemer has evidenced for you. No longer shall you complain that you do not understand, for your Teacher has ascended to heaven and His first interest is to advocate the cause of all who believe in Him. He has assured us that the Holy Spirit was given to abide with us forever, to be our leader and our guide. He asks us to trust Him, and commit ourselves into His keeping. The Holy Spirit is constantly at work, teaching, reminding, testifying, coming to the soul as a divine comforter, convincing of sin as an appointed judge and guide.  {SW, October 25, 1898 par. 1}
[SW, October 25, 1898 par. 2]          Christ was the spirit of truth. The world will not listen to His pleadings. They would not accept Him as their guide. They could not discern unseen things; spiritual things were unknown to them. But His disciples see in Him the Way, the Truth, and the Life. And they shall have His abiding presence. They shall have an experimental knowledge of the only true God and of Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. To them He says: You will no more say, I cannot comprehend. No longer shall you see through a glass darkly; you shall comprehend with all saints what is the length and depth and breadth and height of the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge. He who has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ. The honor of God, the honor of Jesus Christ, is involved in the perfection of your character. Your work is to co-operate with Christ, that you may be complete in Him. In being united to Him by faith, believing and receiving Him, you become a part of Himself. Your character is His glory revealed in you. And when you shall appear in His presence, you will find the benediction awaiting you, "Well done, good and faithful servant, thou hast been faithful over a few things: I will make thee ruler over many things; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord."  {SW, October 25, 1898 par. 2}
[SW, October 25, 1898 par. 3]          The thought that their Teacher was going to leave them, filled the disciples with sorrow; but He comforted them with the assurance that He was coming again to take them to the place He would prepare for them. He assured them that if He went not away, He could not provide them with an advocate. They would rejoice in the presence of the Holy Spirit which was to be with them always. He told them that if He went not away, they could not do a greater work; but that deprived of His personal presence, by faith, they would see and know Him, and by continuance in His love; by showing their appreciation of the truth in revealing to others what truth is; in obeying His Commandments, and bearing a living vital testimony in doing His work that He had left in their hands, carrying it forward to completion, they would become representatives of Christ.  {SW, October 25, 1898 par. 3}
[SW, July 18, 1899 par. 1]       July 18, 1899 The Need of Church Schools.  -  By Mrs. E. G. White.  -         In all our churches, and wherever there is a company of believers, church schools should be established: and in these schools there should be teachers who have the true missionary spirit for the children are to be trained to become missionaries. It is essential that teachers be trained to act their important part in instructing children of Sabbath-keepers, not only in the sciences, but in the Scriptures. These schools established in different localities, and conducted by God-fearing men and women, as the case demands, should be built upon the same principles as were the schools of the prophets.  {SW, July 18, 1899 par. 1}
[SW, July 18, 1899 par. 2]          There is earnest work to be done for the children. Before the overflowing scourge shall come upon all the dwellers upon the earth the Lord calls upon all who are Israelites indeed to serve him. Gather your children into your own houses; gather them in from the classes who are voicing the words of Satan, who are disobeying the commandments of God. Get out of the cities as soon as possible. Establish church schools. Gather in your children, and give them the word of God as the foundation of all their education. Had the churches in different localities sought the counsel of God, they would not need to be thus addressed on this point.  {SW, July 18, 1899 par. 2}
[SW, July 18, 1899 par. 3]         The education that is generally given in the schools of the world is not that which can be accepted as true education. Educators of youth should be Christians who are themselves under the discipline of God. They will then have a sense of their responsibility which, as Christians, they will maintain under all circumstances and provocations, never displaying a passionate or an arbitrary spirit. They will reveal sound principles, unswerving integrity, pure sentiments. These are the high thoughts which will draw the youth to the higher education.  {SW, July 18, 1899 par. 3}
[SW, July 18, 1899 par. 4]          Let us view the case correctly. Children are the heritage of the Lord, and are to be so educated that they may be the younger members of the Lord's family, prepared by proper instruction to serve the Lord in their childhood life. Shall the members of the church give means to advance the cause of Christ among others, and let their own children carry on the work and service of Satan? What the Lord Jesus expects in all believers is something besides being occupied and active; this activity should be trained in Christ's lines. God requires wholeness of service. For want of this, all things else are inferior. Children should have a moral fitness to do the work which is due their Redeemer. They should be fitted to witness, in a careless, Christless world, that their Saviour has not died for them in vain.  {SW, July 18, 1899 par. 4}
[SW, July 18, 1899 par. 5]         God wants every child of tender age to be his child, to be adopted into his family. Young though they may be, the youth may be members of the household of faith, and have the most precious experience. They may have hearts that are tender, and ready to receive lasting impressions. Their hearts may be drawn out in confidence and love for Jesus, and they may live for the Saviour. Christ will make them little missionaries. The whole current of their thoughts may be changed, so that sin will not appear a thing to be enjoyed, but to be hated and shunned . . . Children who are properly instructed will be witnesses for the truth.  {SW, July 18, 1899 par. 5}
[SW, July 18, 1899 par. 6]          We may bring hundreds and thousands of children to Christ if we will work for them. Let all who read these words be melted and subdued. Let us in our educational work embrace far more of the children and youth than we have done, and there will be a whole army of missionaries raised up to work for God.  {SW, July 18, 1899 par. 6}
[SW, September 12, 1899 par. 1]       September 12, 1899 No Time to Lose.  -         "We have no time to lose. The end is near. Everything will be placed to obstruct our way, so that we shall not be able to do that which is possible to be done. I know from the light given me of God, that the powers of darkness are working with intense energy from beneath. We have warnings now which we may give, a work which we may do, but soon it will be more difficult than we can imagine."  {SW, September 12, 1899 par. 1}
[SW, October 10, 1899 par. 1]       October 10, 1899 Why are the Churches so Indolent?  -  By Mrs. E. G. White.  -         As agents for Jesus, Christians are to be laborers together with God. Why, then, are so many acting as did Meroz, doing nothing, while those sitting in darkness receive no light, no help from those who claim to be the children of God? How much do such idlers resemble the angel who is represented as flying in the midst of heaven, proclaiming the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus? Christ is saying to these idlers in the market place, "Go Work Today in my Vineyard." Angels who minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation, are saying to every true saint: "Go stand and speak. . . . to the people the words of this life." If those addressed would obey this injunction, the Lord would prepare the way before them, putting them in possession of means whereby they could go.  {SW, October 10, 1899 par. 1}
[SW, October 10, 1899 par. 2]         Why are the churches so indolent? Why have they no burden for the souls for whom Christ died? and how does heaven regard their inefficiency?  {SW, October 10, 1899 par. 2}
[SW, October 10, 1899 par. 3]          The angels are constantly earnest and active, seeking to bring every child of God to work in the vineyard of the Lord. Oh, how they rejoiced when they saw that through the word of Christ the world was brought back into favor and position with God, and again connected with heaven, to be benefitted with all the treasures of light and knowledge emanating therefrom: and they sorrow when they see that those for whom so much has been done have no interest to win souls for Christ.  {SW, October 10, 1899 par. 3}
[SW, October 10, 1899 par. 4]          Christ's church on earth is to be an agent for him. Its members are to be devoted to the work to which God has appointed them, taking their places according to God's order, and doing the work he has assigned them. The tidings of every successful effort on their part to dispel the darkness, and to diffuse the light and knowledge of God and Jesus Christ, whom he has sent, are borne upward. The act is presented before all the heavenly intelligences, and thrills through all the principalities and powers, enlisting the sympathy of all heavenly beings.  {SW, October 10, 1899 par. 4}
[SW, October 24, 1899 par. 1]       October 24, 1899 Why are the Churches so Indolent?   -  By Mrs. E. G. White.  -         The Lord Jesus expects more of you than you give; yes, a great deal more. He has called and chosen you. Every man according to his several ability, has been given his work. You are to occupy a place as a laborer together with God, and as his agent you are to gather other agencies, and unite them with others already in the work, that the instrumentalities for winning souls to look to Christ may be as many as possible.  {SW, October 24, 1899 par. 1}
[SW, October 24, 1899 par. 2]          Angels of God are soliciting you to work in fellowship with them, doing the will of God on earth as verily and unitedly and devotedly as they do the work appointed them in heaven and earth. These angels are surveying the ground occupied by the individual members of the church. They see the advantage gained by Satan when men and women neglect their God-appointed work. They see this work neglected, or done in a bungling manner by those who claim to be Christians, and they sorrow over souls that are lost in consequence of this neglect. They cannot take your place or discharge your duty. Could they do this, they would do it gladly: for they know that your eternal welfare depends upon the use you make of your intrusted talents, your intellect, your reason. They cannot do your work, but they stand ready to co-operate with human agencies as they work to draw souls to Jesus Christ, striving to recover them through the infinite gift made for their redemption.  {SW, October 24, 1899 par. 2}
[SW, October 24, 1899 par. 3]          It is the duty of every one who claims to believe in Jesus Christ to become a worker for God. Entire consecration and unity are demanded in the work which must be done to bring the grand results. I inquire, How can any one be silent when they know what the Lord Jesus expects from every human being? I implore you that name the name of Christ, to no longer be selfish and wickedly indifferent to your duty. Live unto Christ who died for you and rose again. Each angel has his own mission, and is at his post, ready to cooperate with you, and by combining divine power with human effort, make of no effect the opposition of foes. They will make a place for you to walk, even among principalities and powers, beating back spiritual wickedness in high places.                                                    -    {SW, October 24, 1899 par. 3}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 1]      December 5, 1899 The Need of Self-Surrender.  -  Mrs. E. G. White.  -         Our work here, every step has had to be made in faith. We have advanced step by step, pressing our way by camp-meetings. But our movements are now bound about for want of means. We have the assurance that in this age of the world the Holy Spirit will work with mighty power, unless by our unbelief, we limit our blessings, and thus lose the advantages we might obtain. After one place has been entered, the word comes, add new territory. Press the triumphs of truth. Uplift the cross in the regions beyond. The vineyard is the world. Much money has been wasted by colonizing, when the work of annexing new territory should have been going forward, and the Lord's message sent forth as a lamp that burneth.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 1}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 2]          In times past holy men of old spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit. In Ancient times the prophets searched what the Spirit of God which was in them signified. The Spirit was not then given in power because Jesus was not yet glorified. Dating from the day of Pentecost, the Holy Spirit was to be poured forth on sons and daughters, on servants and handmaidens; in every hill country, every lowland, every valley, humble workmen for the Lord are to be raised up. The divine sacred influence of the Holy Spirit working in our world is to be as signs and wonders, because God's people are a peculiar people, an holy nation, shining amid moral darkness as living stones in the Lord's building. The weakest and feeblest, if they exercise faith in God, and improve their entrusted powers, will be elevated, refined and perfected in character under the Holy Spirit's working. Humble and contrite, they submit to the moulding of the Spirit, and they will know what his eternal fullness means.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 2}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 3]          We need an enlarged faith. The Lord desires his will to be done in the hearts of all who believe in him. But many who might be laborers together with God will never be, because they cling to their imperfections of character. One clings to a cherished fault. Still another enjoys his hereditary and cultivated defects, and makes it his life work to build himself up and glorify himself, until at last he is found to be filled, not with the Holy Spirit, but with self.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 3}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 4]          The great day of the Lord is right upon us, and God calls for messengers who will be worked by the Holy Spirit, who will not want to work the Spirit. Such messengers will be guided by the Spirit, moulded, refined, and beautified in righteousness because they are willing to be worked. But those who are satisfied to carry with them a vast amount of selfishness, fault-finding, suspicion; distrust, and strife, will be so deceived that they will not know their short measurement. They are filled with their own doings. They have not the least idea of what it means to be crucified with Christ. To humble self is an experience strange to them. Before they can serve God acceptably, self must die. Christ's words, "Ye must be born again .. Except a man be born again, he cannot see the Kingdom of God," must come home to them with power.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 4}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 5]          Nicodemus, to whom these words were addressed, was a master in Israel, a member of the Sanhedrim, and a learned counsellor; yet when Christ told him of the new birth, he said,"How can these things be?" Christ answered, "Art thou a master in Israel, and knowest not these things? Verily, verily I say unto you, we speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen, and ye receive not our witness. If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, how shall ye believe if I tell you of heavenly things? And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven. And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the son of man be lifted up; that whosoever believeth in him should not perish but have everlasting life. For God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish but have everlasting life."  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 5}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 6]          Why do we not have more of the faith that works by love and purifies the soul? There is a work to be done in every one of our Institutions. Genuine conversion is needed. Conversion of heart, mind, soul and body. Self should die daily. Said the great apostle, "Though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh; for the weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ." Into this work every individual needs to put all the intensity of his entire being. Personal religious experience is needed in every church. Why?--Because those who are not under the workings of the Holy Spirit will not stand amid the perils of the last days. Genuine conversion is needed in every one of our institutions. God's word declares, "He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord. For not he that commendeth himself is approved, but whom the Lord commendeth." The success of the ministry of Elias was not due to any inherited qualities he possessed, but to the submission of himself to the Holy Spirit, which was given to him as it will be given to all who exercise living faith in God. In his imperfection man has the privilege of linking himself up with God through Jesus Christ. Candidly and seriously we are to consider the question. Have we humbled ourselves before God, that the Holy Spirit may work through us with transforming power? As children of God, it is our privilege to be worked by his Spirit. When self is crucified, the Holy Spirit takes the broken hearted ones, and makes them vessels unto honor. They are in his hands as clay in the hands of the potter. Jesus Christ will make such men and women superior in mental, physical, and moral power. The graces of the Spirit will give solidity to the character. They will exert an influence for good because Christ is abiding in the soul. Unless this converting power shall go through our churches, unless the revival of the Spirit of God shall come, all their profession will never make the members of the church Christians. There are sinners in Zion who need to repent of sins that have been cherished as precious treasures. Until these sins are seen and thrust from the soul, until every faulty, unlovable trait of character is transformed by the Spirit's influence, God cannot manifest himself in power. There is more hope for the open sinner than for the professedly righteous who are not pure, holy, and undefiled.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 6}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 7]         Who are willing to take themselves in hand? Who are willing to lay their fingers upon their cherished idols of sin, and allow Christ to purify the temple by casting out the buyers and sellers? Who is prepared to allow Christ to enter the soul and cleanse it from everything that tarnishes or corrupts? The standard is, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your father which is in heaven is perfect." God calls upon men and women to empty their hearts of self. Then his spirit can find unobstructed entrance. Stop trying to do the work yourself. Ask God to work in and through you until the words of the apostle become yours: "I live, yet not I; but Christ liveth in me."  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 7}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 8]         The whole being must hunger and thirst after righteousness. The soul's desire must be to be drawn to God, to be bent in perfect conformity to his will. Then the cold, hard heart will be melted by the grace and love of God, which will appear in power. God will be glorified through the human instrumentalities. Self is the great hindrance to this work.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 8}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 9]         "From whence come wars and fighting among us? Come they not hence, even of your lusts that war in your members? Ye lust and have not; ye kill and desire to have, and cannot obtain; ye fight and war, yet ye have not, because ye ask not....Do ye think the Scripture saith in vain, The Spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth to envy, but he giveth more grace. Wherefore he saith, God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace to the humble. Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil and he will flee from you. Draw nigh to God, and he will draw nigh to you. Cleanse your hands ye sinners; purify your hearts ye double-minded; be afflicted, and mourn, and weep; let you laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and he shall lift you up."  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 9}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 10]         "If ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion, and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle and easy to be entreated, full of mercy, and good fruits, without partiality and without hypocrisy. But the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace." These lessons every church member should learn. There is need of close self-examination in the light of the word of God, that we may do the work essential to be done.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 10}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 11]          Having complied with the word of God, do not depend upon your feelings for evidence of acceptance with God. "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." If you have complied with the conditions, believe God, whether or not you feel any different. Christ declares, "As the father gave me commandment, even so I do. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love, even as I have kept my fathers commandments, and abide in his love." Let all who understand the abiding claims of the law of God, yield implicit obedience to every requirement given in the word. The convictions of the Holy Spirit are warnings which it is dangerous to disregard.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 11}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 12]         Christ declares that those who do his words are like a man who built his house upon a rock. This house the tempest and floods could not sweep away. Those who do not do Christ's words are like the man who built his house upon the sand. Storm and tempest beat upon that house, and it fell, and great was the fall of it. It was an entire wreck. The result of professing to keep the law of God, yet walking contrary to the principles of the law, is seen in the wrecked house. Those who make a profession while failing to obey, cannot stand the storm of temptation. One act of disobedience weakens the power to see the sinfulness of the second act. One little disregard of a "Thus saith the Lord" is sufficient to stop the promised blessing of the Holy Spirit. By disobedience the light once so precious becomes obscure. Satan takes charge of mind and soul, and God is greatly dishonored.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 12}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 13]          "If ye be willing and obedient, ye shall eat the good of the land; but if ye refuse and rebel, ye shall be devoured with the sword. These words are true. Exact obedience is required, and those who say it is not possible to live a perfect life throw upon God the imputation of injustice and untruth.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 13}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 14]          "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of me." A neglect to feed the hunger of the soul leaves it weak and strengthless, unable to do the will of God. The life of such a one is like the barren fig-tree, destitute of fruit. Rely on no human being for words of comfort. Seek the Lord most earnestly, while you read his rich promises and apply them. Then you will not be consumers and not providers.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 14}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 15]          The indwelling Saviour is always revealed by the words. The Holy Spirit does not abide in the heart of the man who is peevish if others do not grasp his ideas and plans, which appear to him to be the sum and substance of everything desirable. From the lips of such a man there comes scathing remarks, which grieve the holy spirit away, and produce attributes which are satanic rather than divine. The Lord would have those connected with his work speak at all times with the meekness of Christ. If you are provoked, do not become impatient. Manifest the gentleness of which Christ has given example in his precious life. Christ took our nature that he might set us an example, showing those who receive him the fruit they must bear.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 15}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 16]          The Lord requires those who serve him to show by word and action that they are the sons of God. To show by the daily life that they are members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King, is of more value in God's sight than all learning, all wisdom, all high attainments. Any other course of action is dishonesty to the family of God, and will certainly be divorced from it. When a man is filled with the Holy Spirit, the more severely he is tested and tried, the more clearly he proves that he is a true representative of Christ in word, in Spirit, in action. Christ declares, "He that believeth in me, the works that I do shall he do also, and greater works than these shall he do because I go to my father."  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 16}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 17]          What is the promise to every true believer? Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you." Might we not better, my brethren and sisters, take ourselves to task for our unlikeness to Christ? He says, "Ye are my witnesses." What kind of witnesses are we for truth and righteousness? Are we striving with all our God-given powers to reach the measure of the statute of men and women in Christ? Are we seeking for his fulness, ever reaching higher and higher, trying to attain to the perfection of his character?  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 17}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 18]          When God's servants reach that point, they will be sealed in their foreheads. The recording angel will declare, "It is done." They will be complete in Him whose they are by creation and by redemption.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 18}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 19]          There is nothing in the natural world that has life but what grows and produces fruit. And in the Spiritual world there is no life without growth in grace. Spiritual impulse is not growth. Impulse is feeling, and to depend upon feeling is to be as changeful as circumstances. The professed Christian who does not draw life from Christ's life is not a doer of the word. He is a paralyzed member, only connected in name with the body. At times fitful, convulsive movements will be seen, with no permanent activity. Let no one think that the grace of Christ inspires these short-lived, impulsive actions. Many people are the subjects of impressions which are not reliable. Many have what they think are good impressions, wonderful exaltation of feeling but the life does not represent an abiding Christ. They do not draw life from the source of all life. They are not drinking of the living water, which springs up unto eternal life. God's grace is the living water of which we must drink. It quickens the whole being into spiritual life, the life of the Son of God.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 19}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 20]          Personal religion means perfect conforming to the life of Christ. When we possess this religion, we shall show sound, spiritual growth, because we are partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Advance is the Watch word. There are no idlers in the Lord's vineyard. We must be laborers together with God, else we shall fail in the work of overcoming, and our irreligious influences will cause other souls to fall. No soul is lost that does not draw other souls down with it. Let every one who names the name of Christ depart from all iniquity, that Christ may not be ashamed of us.  {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 20}
[SW, December 5, 1899 par. 21]          In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, I appeal to church members to arise and closely criticize themselves. Feel that this work is so important that you cannot engage in criticizing others. Reveal an indwelling Saviour. Then you will understand what it means to be a true missionary. You will bring a Christ-like intensity into your work, and many souls will be saved through your earnest prayers and interested labors.                                                    -    {SW, December 5, 1899 par. 21}
[SW, December 19, 1899 par. 1]      December 19, 1899 The Vine And The Branches.  -  Mrs. E. G. White.  -         "I am the vine, ye are the branches. He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without me ye can do nothing. If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will (in accordance with the word), and it shall be done unto you. Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples." Here is seen the sure result to every human being who receives Christ and believes him. "As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on his name." In the sixth chapter of John we find the same lesson given by another illustration. "Then Jesus said, unto them, verily, verily, I say unto you, except ye eat the flesh of the Son of (God) man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed. He that eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me and I in him. As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me."  {SW, December 19, 1899 par. 1}
[SW, December 19, 1899 par. 2]          These two chapters given by the great teacher contain in them the very mystery of godliness. No one need be left in darkness. It is the truth that is to be received, and its reception will be revealed in the life of every true believer. In John we can see and understand more clearly who the true believer is and who the spurious. A large number of those who followed Christ were not grafted into the vine, and they revealed the fact when Christ gave this lesson. Many of the Jews who claimed to be Christ's disciples had murmured among themselves because Christ has said, "I am the bread of life which came down from heaven. And they said, is not that Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know, how is it then that he saith, I came down from heaven? Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, murmur not among yourselves. No man can come unto me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him; and I will raise him up at the last day. It is written in the prophets, and they shall be all taught of God. Every man that hath heard and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me. Not that any man hath seen the Father, save he which is of God, he hath seen the Father. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me hath everlasting life. I am the bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread that cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread that came down from heaven, if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever; and the bread which I shall give him is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world."  {SW, December 19, 1899 par. 2}
[SW, December 19, 1899 par. 3]          But the priests and rulers strove among themselves saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat? Then said Jesus unto them, Verily, Verily, I say unto you, except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed. He that eateth my flesh and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me and I in him. As the living Father has sent me, and I live by the Father; so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me." This is the union that is represented by the graft of the parent vine stock. When by faith the believer takes hold of Christ, there comes a turning point in his life. He absorbs that spirit and the mind of Christ, and represents his character.  {SW, December 19, 1899 par. 3}
[SW, December 19, 1899 par. 4]          All who heard might have interpreted correctly the words spoken by Jesus, if they had searched the Scriptures. "It is the spirit that quickeneth--the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life."                                                    -    {SW, December 19, 1899 par. 4}
[SW, May 8, 1900 par. 1]       May 8, 1900 Canvassing.  -  Mrs. E. G. White.  -         Many of our young ministers, if truly converted, would do much good by entering the canvassing field. They would there obtain an experience in faith. Their knowledge of the Scriptures would greatly increase, because as they impart to others the light given them, they would receive more to impart. Let them enter the canvassing field, and see what they can do in the way of producing. By meeting people and presenting to them our publications, they will gain an experience which they could not gain by simply preaching. As they go from house to house, they can converse with those whom they meet, carrying with them the fragrance of Christ's life.  {SW, May 8, 1900 par. 1}
[SW, May 8, 1900 par. 2]          It is the canvasser's duty to cultivate the talents God has given him, to maintain his connection with God, to help always where he can. He has positive and constant need of the angelic administration; for he has an important work to do, a work that he can not do in his own strength.  {SW, May 8, 1900 par. 2}
[SW, May 8, 1900 par. 3]          In his work the canvasser will be brought in contact with those who are feeble in health, who need the light on health reform, and with those who are dissatisfied with their religious experience, who are longing for something which they have not. To these he is to open the word of Truth, rightly interpreting its meaning. "For we are not as many who corrupt the word of God, but as of sincerity, but as of God, in the sight of God, speak we in Christ." By doing this work, the converted, consecrated canvasser is sowing the seeds of truth.  {SW, May 8, 1900 par. 3}
[SW, May 8, 1900 par. 4]          This work must be done without delay; for we have a short time in which to work. Everything that can be done to reach the people, must be done. Speak to them in the way that will win their confidence. Pray for the sick; ask the Lord to restore and heal suffering humanity. He has declared, "These signs shall follow them that believe."  {SW, May 8, 1900 par. 4}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 1]       January 1, 1901 What God Is.  -  Mrs. E. G. White.  -         What is the Bible interpretation of God? "God is love." By giving Christ to our world, God manifested His love to mankind. "God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Yes, everlasting life. His is the love which is the fulfilling of the law. Only he whose heart is filled with compassion for fallen man, who loves to a purpose, showing his love by Christlike deeds, will be able to endure the seeing of him who is invisible. He only who loves his fellowmen to a purpose can know God. This is the reason that there is so little genuine vitality in our churches. Theology is valueless unless it is saturated with the love of Christ. God is supreme. His love in the human heart will lead to the doing of works that will bear fruit after the similitude of the character of God.  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 1}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 2]          In the 13th chapter of First Corinthians the apostle Paul defines Christlike love. It would be well to print this chapter in small type in every paper issued by our presses.  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 2}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 3]          If I speak with the tongues of men and angels, but have not love, I am become sounding brass or a clanging cymbal. And if I have the gift of prophecy, and know all mysteries and all knowledge, and if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love I am nothing. And if I bestow all my goods to feed the poor, and if I give my body to be burned, but have not love, it profiteth me nothing. Love suffereth long and is kind; love envieth not; love vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up, doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not its own, is not provoked, taketh not account of evil, rejoiceth not in unrighteousness, but rejoiceth with the truth, beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things, endureth all things. Love never faileth, but whether there be prophecies, they shall be done away; whether there be tongues, they shall cease; whether there be knowledge, it shall be done away. For we know in part, and we prophecy in part; but when that which is perfect is come, that which is in part shall be done away. When I was a child, I spake as a child, I felt as a child, I thought as a child; now that I am become a man, I have put away childish things. For now we see in a mirror, darkly, but then face to face; now I know in part, but then shall I know even as also I have been known. But now abideth faith, hope, love, these three; and the greatest of these is love. 1st Cor. 13. R. V.  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 3}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 4]          This chapter is an expression of the obedience of all who love God and keep His commandments. It is brought into action in the life of every true believer. "Charity (love) suffereth long, and is kind; charity envieth not; charity vaunteth not itself, is not puffed up, doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not her own is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil, rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the truth."  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 4}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 5]          O blessed leaves of the tree of life! "And now abideth faith, hope, charity, these three, but the greatest of these is charity."  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 5}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 6]          "Bless the Lord O my soul, and all that is within me bless His holy name," because our guide book is so very plain and definite. Others may not follow the plain "it is written," which Christ used on every occasion to meet the fallen foe, but let us follow the Saviour's example. The less we give expression to our human opinions, the purer and more marked with grace will be our conversation. The Lord calls for sanctified speech, because it is a savor of life unto life. He requires every human agent to take special care of his own soul-temple, allowing nothing that defileth to enter his lips, using no stimulants or narcotics, refusing to eat many kinds of food at meals, because thereby a cesspool is made of the stomach. God calls. Attention all! "Watch ye, stand fast in the faith; quit ye like men; be strong." "Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the devil as a roaring lion walketh about, seeking whom he may devour; whom resist steadfastly in the faith, knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren that are in the world. But the God of all grace, who hath called us unto His eternal glory by Jesus Christ, after that ye have suffered awhile, make you perfect, stablish, settle, strengthen you. To him be glory and dominion forever and ever."  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 6}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 7]          "This I say then, walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not fulfill the lusts of the flesh. For the flesh lusteth against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh, and these are contrary the one to the other; so that ye can not do the things that ye would. But if ye be led of the Spirit, ye are not under (bondage to) the law. Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these, adultery, fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, envying, murders, drunkenness, revelings, and such like, of the which I tell you before, as I have told you also in time past, that they which do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God." This is the evil fruit of an evil tree.  {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 7}
[SW, January 1, 1901 par. 8]          "But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance, against such there is no law (to condemnation.) And they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and the lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another." "Bear ye one another's burdens and so fulfill the law of Christ."                                                                   -    {SW, January 1, 1901 par. 8}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 1]       January 15, 1901 From a Recent Communication         "We have an abundance of sermonizing. What is most needed at our camp-meetings and conference sessions is love for perishing souls, that love which comes in rich currents from the throne of God. True Christianity diffuses love through the whole being. It touches every vital part, the brain, the heart, the helping hand, the feet, enabling men to stand firmly where God requires them to stand, so that they will not make crooked paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. The burning, consuming love of Christ for perishing souls is the life of the whole system of Christianity."  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 1}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 2]          When this principle pervades the whole life, the blessed results will be seen in the rich fruits that are borne. "But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance, or self-control." Galatians 5:22, 23.  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 2}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 3]         "Let him that is taught in the word communicate unto him that teacheth in all good things." Here is presented the responsibility resting on one to teach the word, and the equal responsibility resting on him who is taught, the hearer, the learner, to show respect and appreciation for those laboring in the ministry. He is to feel his obligation to impart to them of his temporal substance in all good things. Let all bear this in mind and seek to realize and fulfill their responsibilities."  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 3}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 4]         "Be not deceived; God is not mocked; for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. He that soweth to the flesh, shall of the flesh reap corruption; and he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the Spirit reap everlasting life." "Wonderful truth! This is the two-edged sword that cuts both ways. This life and death question is before the whole human race. The choice we make in this life will be our choice through all eternity. We shall receive either eternal life or eternal death. There is no middle ground, no second probation. We are called upon to overcome. Heaven has provided us with abundant opportunities and privileges so that we may overcome as Christ overcame and sit down with Him on his throne. But in order to be overcomers, there must be in our lives no petting of fleshly inclinations. All selfishness must be cut out by the roots."  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 4}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 5]         "Let us not be weary in well-doing." "Why should we, with such helpers to co-operate with us in the battle of life? At our baptism we were pledged to the service of God. In the name of the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit, we received the holy rite. The pledge was a life pledge on the part of heaven if we comply with the conditions. "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things that are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God." "In due season we shall reap if we faint not. As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them that are of the household of faith."  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 5}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 6]          "My heart is comforted in the Lord and made strong as I write these words. My prayer while I write is that the Lord will awaken his people to action.  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 6}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 7]          "For we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus, the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake. For God who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ."  {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 7}
[SW, January 15, 1901 par. 8]          "The truth requires every minister to be temperate in all things, that he may have a vigorous mind to use in the Lord's service. He who bears the great responsibility of ministering in word and doctrine should be a man of sound mind. His habits of life of eating and drinking are to be pure, even as Daniel's. Every worker connected with God in sacred service is under bonds to be a pattern of piety in every phase of his life, that God may make of him a channel of communication to the church and to the world."                                                                   -    {SW, January 15, 1901 par. 8}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 1]       January 29, 1901 A Call to Young Men.  Mrs. E. G. White.         "And I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then said I: Here am I: send me."  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 1}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 2]          The Lord calls upon young men to enter the harvest field and work diligently as harvest hands. He calls upon them to work for him, not to labor with the churches already established, but to connect with experienced laborers in work in the great harvest field. Let young men of ability go forth and trade on their talents. As they go, let them trust to the guidance of the Lord. No one living has been appointed by God to say what subject matter they shall present to the people. He who has called young men to labor in the gospel will give them evidence that they are chosen vessels, and will give them words to speak to the people. God's ministers are not to be made mere machines to grind out certain subjects by human dictation.  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 2}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 3]          The very best education young men can obtain is by entering the canvassing field and working from house to house. In this work they will find opportunity to speak the words of life. Thus they will sow the seeds of truth. Let young men show that they have resting on them a burden from the Lord. The only way for them to prove that they can stand firm in God, having on the whole armor, is by doing faithfully the work God has given them to do. Let them enter towns and cities as canvassers, not for mere story books, but for books that contain a message that gives a certain sound, books which present the truth for this time. These workers are to obtain their experience from the word of God. They are to be taught of God out of His word. Let not a spirit of Phariseeism be manifested in seeking to lead these men to walk in the shadow of any other man. We need men taught by God, not men who can work only according to certain prescribed rules. No sermon is to be mapped out for them to preach where they go. If God is leading them, they must depend on his Spirit to teach them.  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 3}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 4]          When, under test, young men show that they have a genuine burden for souls, an intense longing to save their fellow-men, they will see souls converted. From their work a harvest for the Lord will be reaped. Let them go out as true missionaries to do the work of circulating books containing present truth. As they go, let their prayers ascend to God for increased light and for the guidance of his Spirit, that they may know how to speak a word in season. When they see an opportunity to do an act of kindness, let them take hold as if they were working for wages. Let them remember that thus they are doing errands for the Lord.  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 4}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 5]          If they are given opportunity to sit down to the table with the families they visit, and flesh meat is passed to them, let them refuse it, giving their reason for so doing. This will, perhaps, give them an opportunity to speak some words on health reform. They should always take with them in their work some books treating upon health reform: for the work of health reform is the right hand of our message.  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 5}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 6]          Canvassers should speak modestly and engage in no controversy. Let every canvasser feel that he is on trial before the heavenly universe. "Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves;" Christ said to his disciples, "be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves," Before you are many precious souls ripe for the harvest. Learn, therefore, to speak modestly and discreetly, and at the same time, show that you are Bible students and representatives of the Lord."  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 6}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 7]          This is the work young men should be encouraged to do, not to speak to an audience which does not need their immature labors, which is well aware of this fact, and feels no drawing of the spirit. The Lord has not given to young men the work among the churches. Their first duty is to learn lessons in various lines from the great Teacher. They are not to be shadows of any other man. Let Christ draw men to his service. No precise rules are to be made to bind or restrict God's servants, pharisaical rules might better be left unpresented. There is one rule laid down in the word of God--to be like Him who went about doing good.  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 7}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 8]          What did Christ say to his disciples? "If any man serve me, let him follow me." This is the rule given in the word of God. By studying the life of Christ, let the workers find out how He lived and worked. Let them strive each day to live the life of Christ, seeking to know the way of the Lord. The one rule they are to follow is to live as Jesus lived, daily looking to him by faith. As they wear his yoke, and learn his meekness and lowliness, they are in the path that leads heavenward.  {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 8}
[SW, January 29, 1901 par. 9]          Follow on, then, young men, to know the Lord, and you will know that his goings forth are prepared as the morning. Seek constantly to improve. Strive earnestly for identity with the Redeemer. Live by faith in Christ. Do the work He did. Live for the saving of the souls for whom He laid down his life. Try in every way to help those with whom you come in contact. Let your identification with Christ lead you to say, "Thy word have I hid in my heart, that I might not sin against thee," "Teach me, O Lord, thy way, and I shall keep it unto the end." Strive continually to improve. Let your life fulfill the words, "Thou through thy commandments hast made me wiser than mine enemies." Look ever to Jesus, the "Author and Finisher of your faith." Talk with your Elder Brother, who will complete your education, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. A close connection with Him who offered himself as a sacrifice to save a perishing world will make you an acceptable worker. When you can lay your hand on truth and appropriate it, when you can say, "My Lord and my God," grace and peace and joy in rich measure will be yours.                                                    -    {SW, January 29, 1901 par. 9}
[SW, September 3, 1901 par. 1]       September 3, 1901 Be Assured         Be assured the plagues are already beginning to be poured out. But notwithstanding Christ's warning, notwithstanding what is taking place in the world, even those who claim to be expositors of Bible truths do not take in the situation. Well indeed is it that sanitariums are established among us, to be as lights shining in a dark place. The calamities that come as the result of wrong eating and drinking have little effect upon the people. We are to mark the fulfillment of the words of Christ, "As it was in the days of Noe, so shall it also be in the days of the Son of man." By searching the Scriptures we shall form the habit of drawing spiritual instruction from the common occurrences of life. The signs of the times give evidence that the threatened judgments of God are being permitted to do their work. Indulgence of pride, selfishness, and covetousness, thefts and bold robberies, are common; but the world is not being warned as it should be. Thousands are perishing in their sins, and the last message of mercy to a fallen world is to be proclaimed. But little is being done! Genuine benevolence will lead those who have been entrusted with the Lord's money to place this money where it will advance His work. Souls are perishing, and hundreds of workers are now needed. Men will be moved by the Holy Spirit to leave their ordinary employment and enter the barren fields that have never heard the last message of mercy.--From private letter from Mrs. E. G. White, under date of August 7, 1901.  {SW, September 3, 1901 par. 1}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 1]         SW - The Southern Watchman      October 9, 1901 To Workers in Our Institutions.  ［A TESTIMONY  READ TO THE SOUTHERN PUBLISHING ASSOCIATION EMPLOYEES,  SUNDAY MORNING, SEPT. 29, 1901.］    By Mrs. E. G. White.         The Lord would have all who are laborers in His institutions, free from selfishness; for the lover of self is a transgressor of the law. Those who are truly united to Christ will reveal the glory of God. Those whom God will accept for His work must be as true as steel to principle. They must be men and women who are emptied of self, who give evidence that they are wearing Christ's yoke and manifesting His meekness and lowliness of heart.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 1}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 2]          The word of God is to be lived as well as preached. It is to be brought into every phase of the Christian's work. Those who fill places of trust and responsibility must die to self, if they would have the Lord rule and guide their lives. The soul-temple must be cleansed, and the heart's door opened to let Jesus in. The obeying of the Word by all connected with God's institutions will lead to a state of things vastly different from that which now exists. There will be a putting away of fleshly lusts and greed for gain. "And they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit."  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 2}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 3]          We are to show supreme love to God; the salvation of precious souls must engage our first and highest thought. We are to manifest mercy, benevolence, and the tenderest pity for all. "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself." As workers for God, we must take hold of this work. Our love must be revealed in good works. This will give power to the truth, and there will be no limit to plans for the salvation of souls.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 3}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 4]         Those engaged in any department of our institutions should realize that they are there to work for God. They are co-laborers with Jesus. No selfishness should mar their work. Many who acknowledge that our institutions belong to the Lord and that they are connected with them as His laborers, neglect the claims of God. Yet they do not sense that they are doing wrong. They are shut up to self-serving. Let them not suppose that they can live a life of selfishness, merely serving their own interests, and then at last enter into the joy of their Lord. He who refuses to impart to others that which he has received, will at last find that he has nothing to give. It will be said, "Take the talent from him." We should not mistake the enjoyment of our blessings for the use we should make of them.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 4}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 5]          Many try to excuse themselves from active Christian work, because they are incapable. God did not make them so. They have drifted along, carrying no responsibility, thinking of self and pleasing self. Continual neglect and misuse of their talent has caused it to be given to another. Talent employed increases the gift but when used only to bless self, it diminishes, and finally is withdrawn. How few realize that they are responsible for the work they have failed to do by not using their entrusted talent as they should have done. God would have each worker develop the attributes of His character-compassion, long suffering, tenderness, and love.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 5}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 6]          Angels from heaven stand by the side of all who do service in leading souls to Christ. Those who unite heart and soul in the work of God will be prepared to work in Christ's lines. With humble, devoted reverence they will labor on the right hand and on the left, using their God-given capabilities to save their fellow men. With singing and praise and thanksgiving they rejoice with God and the heavenly host as they see souls uplifted and helped.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 6}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 7]          The Lord would have His institutions cleansed and elevated to a high and holy standard. Those connected with them He would beautify with the spirit of holiness and have them express the image of His dear Son. He would have them real helps and not hindrances. Christ's righteousness is abundantly imputed to all who hunger and thirst for it. "Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled."  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 7}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 8]          Every soul that truly accepts Jesus as his personal Saviour will pant for the privilege of serving God. He will covet toil, hardship, and sacrifice, if only he may follow in Christ's footsteps.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 8}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 9]          Workers connected in our institutions are to be united in bonds of sympathy and kindness. They must remember that they are to be faithful stewards, having compassion on those who may err. They are to cultivate patience, brotherly kindness, and forbearance. It is Satan who leads us to be unfeeling, without compassion or tenderness.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 9}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 10]          Those in responsible positions are to be humble. If they have the love of Christ abiding in the heart, they will not want to hurt and condemn. Instead of destroying, they will seek to restore. They will rid themselves of the unmerciful spirit which so greatly offends God.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 10}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 11]          We are engaged in the work of the Most High. He will accept the work of no man who hurts and discourages Christ's heritage. Let us not weave into the web of our work one thread of selfishness--neglect and careless of others.  {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 11}
[SW, October 9, 1901 par. 12]          Oh, that all the Lord's institutions might be bright and shining lights to lead souls to God! This is the purpose for which the institutions are established, and it is for this that men and women should accept a place in them as God's workers.                                                                   -    {SW, October 9, 1901 par. 12}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 1]       October 30, 1901 Regarding the Importance of  Cooking.    By Mrs. E.G. White.         Some are called to what are looked upon as humble duties--it may be, to cook. But the science of cooking is not a small matter. The skillful preparation of food is one of the most essential arts, standing above music-teaching or dressmaking. By this I do not mean to discount music-teaching or dressmaking for they are essential. But more important still is the art of preparing food so that it is both healthful and appetizing. This art should be regarded as the most valuable of all the arts, because it is so closely connected with life. It should receive more attention; for in order to make good blood, the system requires good food. The foundation of that which keeps people in health is the medical missionary work of good cooking.  {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 1}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 2]          Often health reform is made health deform by the unpalatable preparation of food. The lack of knowledge regarding healthful cookery must be remedied before health reform is a success.  {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 2}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 3]          Good cooks are few. Very many mothers need to take lessons in cooking, that they may set before the family well-prepared, neatly-served food.  {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 3}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 4]          Before children take lessons on the organ or the piano they should be given lessons in cooking. The work of learning to cook need not exclude music, but to learn music is of less importance than to learn how to prepare food that is wholesome and appetizing.  {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 4}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 5]          Connected with our sanitariums and schools there should be cooking schools, where instruction is given on the proper preparation of food. In all our schools there should be those who are fitted to educate the students, both men and women, in the art of cooking. Women especially should learn how to cook.  {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 5}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 6]          It is a sin to place poorly prepared food on the table, because the matter of eating concerns the well-being of the entire system. The Lord desires His people to appreciate the necessity of having food prepared in such a way that it will not make sour stomachs, and in consequence, sour tempers. Let us remember that there is practical religion in a loaf of good bread.  {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 6}
[SW, October 30, 1901 par. 7]          Let not the work of cooking be looked upon as a sort of slavery. What would become of those in our world if all who are engaged in cooking should give up their work with the flimsy excuse that it is not sufficiently dignified? Cooking may be regarded as less desirable than other lines of work, but in reality it is a science above all other sciences. Thus God regards the preparation of healthful food. He places a high estimate on those who do faithful service in preparing wholesome, palatable food, and whoever uses this knowledge, is worthy of higher commendation than those engaged in any other line of work. This talent should be regarded as equal in value to ten talents; for its right use has much to do with keeping the human organism in health. Because so inseparably connected with life and health, it is the most valuable of all gifts.        Sept. 20, 1901.                                                                   -    {SW, October 30, 1901 par. 7}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 1]       January 23, 1902 What Our Publications Are Doing.  ［REMARKS OF MRS.  E. G. WHITE BEFORE A MEETING FOR CANVASSERS NOVEMBER 18,  1901, AT 313 W. 59TH STREET,  NEW YORK, N. Y.］         I think the Lord has given you the right ideas. These silent messengers that we have accomplish a work which the ministry can not do.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 2]          I spoke to the people once in Launceston in Tasmania. As soon as I got through, a tall, fine-looking lady came up to me and threw her arms around my shoulders and wept and wept and could not speak for a little time. My son tried to get her to let go and told her that I was weary, but she would not let go, and said, I am going to tell my story, so he had to stand back. She said she had a son who was very sick and was visited by ministers and had read a number of books, but he said:  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 3]          "I can not understand it; they don't speak right to my heart. Haven't you got something in the whole library that I have not read?"  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 4]          "Why," said she, "there is a book that the canvassers brought around here; I have never read it, but I will find it."  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 5]          So she brought the book to him and he read and re-read it.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 6]          Said he, "Mother, I've got it, I think I have found the way, I'll be on the rock."  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 7]          He read the book through and said, "I've got it, I know my Saviour and I am His child."  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 8]          "After that," said the mother, "he was just as happy as could be every moment that he lived. But before he died, he said:  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 9]          "Now, mother, promise me one thing, if ever Mrs. White shall come into our country and you see her, will you tell her that that book was the means of saving my soul? Will you lend this book to all our neighbors?"  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 10]          Said she, "I have done it and it's about worn out and I will have to replace it. There are several that know now what faith is and what dependence upon God is."  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 10}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 11]          That is one testimony. (W. C. White : It was "Great Controversy.")  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 11}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 12]          My husband and I were lost once in the section of country near Charlotte, Michigan, in the woods. We had to have an ax to cut our way through the woods. My husband was well acquainted in that region and he could not understand it. He kept saying, "This beats all, this beats all; why, I know the way just as well as anything."  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 12}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 13]          We had an appointment that evening, too, but we could not fill it. I was tired and worn out, but they did not dare give me any water for it was a malarious district. We kept on and chopped our way through until we came to a log house. We found that it was twenty-miles from where we wanted to go and it was so near dark we could not go further. So they told us to come in and we did so. They gave us some bread and milk and baked apples. We were hungry enough to eat them. After we had eaten, we talked with them and I had with me "Experience and Views," and read chapters from it. They were very much interested in it. We prayed with them and the next morning we left them. I gave them the book.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 13}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 14]          About twenty years after that, we were in a Charlotte camp meeting, and just as the meeting closed, as I had been speaking, there was a gentleman came up with some twenty people around him and wanted to talk to me. My husband said, "My wife is weary and tired and you can not speak to her now." But the gentleman insisted and asked if we remembered leaving a little book in a log house a good many years before. Said he, "We have read it through and through and have worn it all out loaning it to our neighbors. There are now about forty in a church there, about forty keeping the Sabbath. Twenty of them are here, the rest are at home with their families and taking care of their farms. And I want to tell you that we have the truth and we understand the Bible now." He seemed to be very thankful and they were all bright faced, cheerful people.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 14}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 15]          One instance more. We were in New Castle but were told we need not expect anything in New Castle, but such a meeting as we had. I can not tell you how many thousand were at that meeting. It was the most powerful one I had ever witnessed. Such voices, such singing, there seemed to be nothing like it. The moment I get through, I am in a perspiration and have to go where my home is and take a cold bath to keep from nervous exhaustion. I was leaving after speaking at a meeting when a man said, "I must bear my testimony. My wife was sick quite a long time. She had ministers and doctors to console with her and pity her. But she was not satisfied," said he, "I want to know that my feet are on the rock, she would say." He brought her the book, "Patriarchs and Prophets," and she read it and with joy told him, "I've found it, I have found that I can trust in Jesus Christ, I have found that He will receive me just as I am." She died happy, without a single doubt, and, said he, "It's worth thousands of dollars to me."  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 15}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 16]         These things have encouraged me a great deal and from the light God has given me, it is that canvassers' work is a very important work. When you enter the family, if you see any chance where you can help bring in a little wood, or if there is a pail empty, find where the water is and get the water. Do simple little errands and let them see that you want to be helpful. They will say, there is a kind man, he is courteous. You are preaching a sermon in that.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 16}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 17]          Again, there may be somebody sick there. You want to know how to use the common methods, the simple remedies of water. It is a simple power. Although my husband and I were not physicians, yet we were. We could go around when the doctors children were cut down, four and five in the families of physicians. We never lost a case. That is in diphtheria, and we used only the simple treatments. In doing this, we gained the confidence of the physicians. When persons would go to the physicians for help, they would say, "If anybody can help you, it is up there at Elder White's. He and his wife go around and help people, I don't know how they do it." It may be that God will send you to some such homes where help is needed for the sick. You can melt your way into the hearts of the worst souls and they be converted.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 17}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 18]          It is best not to see the discouraging features. It is best when you can talk light and faith, and the more faith you will talk, the more faith you will have, and the more light you talk, the more light you will have. Let us open the windows heavenward and close them earthward.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 18}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 19]          What is there beyond? Christ, life, happiness, peace, comfort, joy. God has a place for every one of us. He will give every one of us an opportunity to do the very work that he has appointed for us to do. Don't go to looking on the dark side. Every woman in the house can write a few lines to a friend, but I do not believe in a mother having a family of children going out to canvass. She should teach her children, step by step, here a little and there a little. If she brings her children up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, she has so many to add to the Lord's army, to join His ranks. Let us everyone do our appointed work.  {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 19}
[SW, January 23, 1902 par. 20]          Don't criticize some one else; criticize yourself as severely as you please. Don't feel that God has appointed you to bear the sins of the world. There is only one man who was appointed to bear the sins of the world. He is our Sin-bearer, there is only one sin-bearer. If He laid other sins on us, they would crush us; we can not even bear our own sins; but he can bear them, He can take them away. "Behold the Lamb of God which taketh away the sins of the world." You just think of that. Be very anxious that He take away your sins, but don't you begin to judge a brother or sister; you lose your chance of eternal life, you can't afford it. Let us everyone seek the Lord with all the heart that we may find Him. Do the very best you can and wrestle your way through the very best you can and God will give you a blessing in standing the trial. The Saviour says, "I am with you even unto the end of the world."                                                                   -    {SW, January 23, 1902 par. 20}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 1]       February 27, 1902 A Call to Service.  By Mrs. E. G. White.         The believers in the South are in need of a thorough conversion. The Lord calls upon them to show a zeal proportionate to the great truth they have accepted. The message to the Laodicean church is applicable to many of those who claim to believe present truth. They are neither cold nor hot. They have not been doing the work God has given them to do. Christ says to them, "I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth."  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 2]          He who truly believes the truth will show the sincerity of his belief by revealing in his life the principles of the truth. This is the test by which God proves his followers. It is an eternal law of Jehovah that he who accepts the truth is to make it his first work to proclaim to the world the message of mercy and warning.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 3]          The work that is neglected brings the denunciation of God upon many. If those in the Southern field wait to see a large work accomplished without first giving themselves to the advancement of the cause of God, with much prayer and daily consecration, making self-sacrificing efforts for its advancement, they will be disappointed. God can not use those who do not sincerely co-operate with the ones he has accepted because they gave themselves to his work, and did all they possibly could to make a beginning. He does not look with pleasure on those who find fault when things do not move in accordance with their ideas.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 4]          The hand of God, working through unseen agencies, has opened the way for the advancement of the work in the Southern field. But some of the men in responsible positions have hindered the progress of this work. Throughout the field there have been men who have put stones before instead of behind the wheels of the car that the workers are trying to push uphill. Unconverted men have brought forward theories and suggestions that have sown seeds of jealousy and evil-surmising. The Lord can do without such men. The message he desires them to proclaim he can give to the stones of the field to proclaim. This message will be given to the world; for prophecy has pointed out this work as one that must be accomplished. Why do some do all in their power to hinder? Such men would better go to some hard part of the field, and begin to work.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 5]          Few are willing to strip for the race, laying aside every weight, and the sin that so easily besets. Few are willing to gird themselves for the battle, putting on the whole armor of God. From henceforth let every believer in the South labor to the utmost of his ability to advance the work. Let not this work continue to be neglected, bringing dishonor to God. I urge this matter upon you, that you may be impressed with its importance. On your submission to Christ, and your obedience to his command to work out your own salvation with fear and trembling and to labor unselfishly for the salvation of others, depends your present and future happiness.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 6]          Those who believe in Christ will reveal the same spirit that Christ revealed. Converted to God, made partakers of the spirit and love of the Saviour, they are set apart to do the same work that he did on this earth. They lose their identity in Christ, becoming one with him. By searching the word of God diligently, receiving it as the leaves of the tree of life, they gain a knowledge of the plan of salvation. They learn from Jesus how to work successfully for others.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 7]          Christ says, "As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father, so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me." Then comes the explanation, "It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life." Connecting these words with those found in the fifteenth chapter of John: "Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you," we can better understand their meaning. Will we understand?  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 8]          In the prayer Christ offered for his disciples just before his crucifixion, he said, "They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth. As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word; that they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one: I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me."  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 9]          What a wonderful prayer is this! Consider it carefully. Study every word, lest you fail of receiving the impression that God desires to make on your heart,--an impression that is of the greatest importance to you. This prayer holds out before us our possibilities, showing that it is our privilege to live in covenant relation with God. Every one may understand these wonderful, far-reaching expressions, and appropriate to himself the rich promises they contain. Those who do not avail themselves of the blessings so graciously offered them, will be called upon in the day of the Lord to answer for their refusal to accept the great gift placed within their reach.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 10]          "I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me, and hast loved them as thou hast loved me." Can you comprehend this statement? Is it deeper and broader than your faith can reach? Do you ask, Can this be? It can; for God has said it, and he means every word he says. He will not change or alter the thing that has gone out of his lips.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 10}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 11]          "Father, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am; that they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me; for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee; but I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me. And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them."  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 11}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 12]          The voice that utters this prayer is the voice of our Redeemer. Do not the tones thrill through every part of your being?  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 12}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 13]          The love of Christ has thrown open to us the gates of Paradise. Who can look into the heart of the great mystery of redemption, and find it to be love, without catching the same spirit that led Christ to die for sinners? As we think of his sacrifice, our life is bound up with his. A desire to serve him takes possession of every fiber of our being.  {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 13}
[SW, February 27, 1902 par. 14]          The Lord is working. The Saviour has been promised the salvation of his people. "Thy people shall be willing in the day of thy power." He who is the source of all power gives energy to souls by his Holy Spirit. His power is the light of life, a soul-energizing light. By his Spirit he works in the children of disobedience, raising to newness of life the dead in trespasses and sins, leading the transgressor to put away his sins and live the life of Christ. Henceforth the surrendered soul lives in harmony with God. The Spirit takes of the things of Christ, and shows them to him with so transforming an effect that he becomes a new man in Christ.                                                                   -    {SW, February 27, 1902 par. 14}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 1]       March 6, 1902 The Grace of Silence.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Let God's Spirit work with all who are at Nashville, but let no man try to work the Holy Spirit. And let no words of murmuring be spoken. If you have words of encouragement to say, say them; but if not, keep silent. Silence is often eloquence. And I have a word from the Lord: Grieve not the Holy Spirit by giving expression to your feelings when you see the need of more means to advance the work, and your soul is grieved by the indifference of those who ought to help. If through lack of means you are brought into trying positions, carry the matter to God. When the treasury is empty, and when letter after letter comes calling for means to meet emergencies, the men at the heart of the work feel perplexed and discouraged. Let your words be carefully chosen words, choice and pure, fraught with love and sympathy. Then you will not bruise and wound the souls of your fellow workers. You will strengthen and encourage them.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 2]          The Lord desires his servants to show his forbearance in dealing with one another. Let not the workers in Nashville speak a word of recrimination or discouragement. In his providence God has given you facilities for the publication and sale of books. Thank him for this. Let no word of evil-surmising escape your lips. God is dishonored by those who accuse their brethren. Close the door quickly against this temptation, and keep it closed. Open the heart to Christ's forbearance. Refuse to drink the turbid, murky waters of the valley; drink only the water that flows from the refreshing streams of Lebanon. Let not a day pass in which you do not realize your accountability to work for God,--an accountability placed on you by the death of his Son in your behalf. Let not a day pass in which you do not try to heal the wounds that sin has made. Always be found working on the broad plan of God's love.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 3]          "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price." Every part of the being is the Lord's paid for by the precious blood of Jesus. In dealing with one another, we are to remember this. We are to treat our fellow workers with respect and kindness and love; for they belong to Christ. They may not always please us. What they do may not always meet our ideas. Nevertheless we are to unite with them in Christian fellowship.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 4]          Think of the importance that Christ places on unity. He prayed that the oneness existing between him and his Father might exist among his followers, that the world might know that God had indeed sent his Son into the world to save sinners. How shall this prayer be answered?--By every believer's putting away all evil thinking and evil speaking.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 5]          Do not admit a wrong that God has not charged you with. But do not take time to contradict the false reports that are made. Shall we sacrifice our fragrance of spirit because others clothe themselves with bitterness? God forbid. Is it not sufficient for us to know that God does not record these false reports in the books of heaven as true?  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 6]          Do not speak or write a word of censure or recrimination, even though it may seem to you as if the censure were deserved. Refuse to listen to complaints. Close the heart against prejudice. Let envy be quenched in the flow of love from the fountain of God's love. Evil imaginings are not worth the time so often given to thinking of and repeating them.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 7]          Many trials will come. But keep the door of the lips against hasty words. Such words hurt your soul and are displeasing to the Lord.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 8]          There must be a reformation in our churches in regard to evil thinking and evil speaking. These sins are stumbling blocks over which sinners stumble to perdition. They cause men and women to be misunderstood and misjudged. They create disturbances that should never exist. God will not justify us in giving expressions to ill feeling against those who we suppose have erred. Have we ourselves never made mistakes? Have we never been in the slough of despond? God help us to remember how hard it is, when tempted by the enemy, to have our own brethren step to his side, and try to hurt and destroy.  {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, March 6, 1902 par. 9]          When tempted to find fault, begin to sing, "Praise ye the Lord. I will praise the Lord with my whole heart, in the assembly of the upright, and in the congregation. The works of his hands are verity and judgment, all his commandments are sure. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom: a good understanding have all they that do his commandments: his praise endureth forever." "Unto the upright there ariseth light in the darkness: he is gracious, and full of compassion, and righteous."                                                                   -    {SW, March 6, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 1]       March 13, 1902 God Measures Our Trials.  By Mrs. E. G. White.         I am so glad that the Lord knows the full measure of the trials which he permits to come upon his people. There is help for us in God. The obstructions that seem to us like impossibilities, God can and will remove. He desires us to learn our lessons of humiliation, and in learning these, we shall learn lessons of encouragement. We shall be led to depend on God as we see how unable we are to carry out his purposes in our own strength.  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 2]          Let all the workers in Nashville seek the Lord in prayer. He has placed means in the hands of his stewards for the advancement of his work. Wealthy unbelievers will be impressed to return to the Lord his own. God has led such ones to help the work in New York. Men not of our faith, but favorable to the truth, have helped in many ways, and we are praying and expecting that they will help still more.  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 3]          While I feel all the interest in the Southern field that I have ever felt, I realize that there is much to be done in other parts of the vineyard. The State of New York has been presented before me, and also the great city of New York, with Brooklyn and Jersey City and their suburbs.  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 4]          When trials come, do not give way to discouragement. Complaining and murmuring weaken the soul and dishonor God. Does it become us to be so ready with complaint? Are not the tokens of God's love sufficient to fill our hearts with thanksgiving and praise? Jesus desires us to trust in him, bearing patiently the delays we can not help. He remembers every word he has spoken to lead his children to trust in him. He is ever mindful of his covenant. His word will never fail. May the Lord increase our faith in our Intercessor.  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 5]          We are under obligation to will to do the will of God. By striving to be like the Saviour, we are to prepare ourselves for service. He is working for us. We have an advocate in the heavenly courts, who is ever making intercession for us. The cry of the one ready to perish finds swift entrance to his ear. "He shall deliver the needy when he crieth, the poor also, and him that hath no helper." Shall we not work for Christ on the lines that he has marked out? Shall we not be advocates of those who are in need of help? "Having an high priest over the house of God, let us draw near with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering."  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 6]          "It became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings. For both he that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all of one; for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren, saying, I will declare thy name unto my brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto thee."  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 7]          Christ suffered, being tempted; therefore he always sympathizes with the tempted ones, whom Satan is seeking to destroy. That he might be a merciful and faithful high priest, he was in all things made like those he came to help. He has compassion on the ignorant and on those who are out of the way; for when he was on this earth he was compassed with infirmities. He is able to help us in our perplexities. As he works for us, let us work for one another, striving to promote unity and harmony. Let us reveal Christ-like love for our fellow workers, acting in such a way that they will have full confidence in us. Think of the rich encouragement the Saviour has given us, which we in turn are to give to others.  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 8]          Many more than we suppose need a helping hand held out to them. There are many to whom words of compassion and sympathy would be as a cup of cold water to a thirsty soul. Are you doing Christ service by ministering to weary, discouraged fellow beings?  {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, March 13, 1902 par. 9]          Let those with whom the Lord has dealt so mercifully say, not one good thing has failed of all that the Lord has spoken. "All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth unto such as keep his covenant and his testimonies." God's promises are Yea and Amen. Let us open the door of the lips to speak words of hope and courage to our fellow workers. In love and pity God has helped us. Shall we not impart his grace to others?                                                                   -    {SW, March 13, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, April 24, 1902 par. 1]       April 24, 1902 The Southern Field.  By Mrs. E. G. White.         I Feel an intense interest in the Southern field. That neglected vineyard of the Lord must be cultivated. The fields in the South need faithful, persevering workers, not merely preachers, but those who can minister.  {SW, April 24, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, April 24, 1902 par. 2]          It is not depth of reasoning that is to be productive of the most good. The world by human wisdom knew not God, but holy men spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit.  {SW, April 24, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, April 24, 1902 par. 3]          No amount of reasoning or explanation can tell the whys and wherefores of the creation of the world. It is to be understood by faith in the great creative power. By faith we must believe in the mighty creative power of God through Jesus Christ. "Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear" ("are now present to the eye"). This is a matter that can be stated, but mere reasoning will never convince one of the truth of the statement. Reasoning we must have. It is one of the masterly talents intrusted to the human agent, and is of great advantage at every step we advance from earth to heaven.  {SW, April 24, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, April 24, 1902 par. 4]          The faculty of reason, trained and cultivated as a precious entrusted gift, will be taken to heaven with all its improvements and sanctified abilities, to be perfected more and more in the heavenly school above. Paul reasoned out of the Scriptures. Jesus reasoned with his hearers out of the Scriptures. "For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe." "As it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love him. But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God." This is the faith, that although we do not see, we believe his word, and sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of him. He speaks as one having authority,--"It is written." He himself was the author. The motive power of the gospel is the science of patience, love, faith, prayer, obedience, hope, and the joy of Christ in the human soul.  {SW, April 24, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, April 24, 1902 par. 5]                                      The Word.          The possession of the Word is a talent, a treasure house of knowledge; and in all who believe, it creates a responsibility to impart. Receive the seed in good soil, and then let it spring up, first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear, then the harvest. You have much work before you, but go no faster than you can move solidly. Teach the word in the very simplest way possible. You will need to illustrate to many of the colored people with cheap pictures. This will be a necessity. If they had been educated to read, then the illustrations would not be necessary. May the Lord help the laborers in the South to walk and work, trusting in Jesus Christ. But the fact must be understood that the Scriptures do not depend upon a process of reasoning in bringing souls from darkness to light, from sin to repentance, but it is faith that accepts the divine, God-given testimony that the Scripture is the great power of God. Many things testify that Jesus "was the true light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world knew him not. He came unto his own, and his own received him not. But as many as received him ［by faith as the Son of God］, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name." John 1:9.  {SW, April 24, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, April 24, 1902 par. 6]          Believers are to be developed. This is the mission of our publishing work. There is much to be done in this line, especially in some parts of the country. The matter--Bible truth--must go forth as a light that burneth. Gather up the rays of light, put the truth in its simplicity, and carry on your own publishing in the Southern field. You have the facilities, and therefore can do this. It needs talent that has been engaged in making books. You understand this. You know what you need to meet high and low. Well, take hold like men that have souls before you to save, and God will help you. Come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. God will lead you if you fully trust in him. He will never leave or forsake a soul who trusts in him. The Lord give you wisdom and great grace, is my prayer.  {SW, April 24, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 1]       May 29, 1902 Stirring Words.         To my brethren who are working in the south: I would say to you, obey the voice of the Lord in all your ways. Do not, because difficulties and hindrances arise, lose heart and courage. Do not be among those who, when all seems prosperous, are willing to work for the Lord, but who, when service means inconvenience and sacrifice, give up in discouragement. The Lord's work in the South is to go forward. The workers are to move steadily, cautiously, promptly. When advancement calls for sacrifices, they are to make sacrifices, and make them gladly and willingly. This the cause of God demands of every one. Let all move forward courageously, trusting in God to supply their needs according to the riches of his goodness. He has at his disposal all the resources of heaven. Before those who trust and obey him, he will open ways of advance. In emergencies, he will give them special help.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 2]          There is a large work to be done in the South. Be not discouraged by the present feebleness of the work you have begun. Christ would not fail nor be discouraged. Again and again he was compelled to leave his field of labor because of the unbelief of those who should have received him with unquestioning faith. He often wept, cut to the heart by the thought that those for whose salvation he left the heavenly courts would not yield their proud hearts to him. But it filled him with joy to see souls delivered from the thraldom of sin. This was the joy that was set before him, the joy for the sake of which he endured the cross, despising the shame. He rejoiced in the thought that by the agony of the cross he could bring life, eternal life, to all who believe. The conversion of one soul fills all heaven with triumphant exultation. The angels sing for joy when a soul is snatched from Satan's power, a trophy of the Redeemer's sacrifice. "In that day shall it be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not; and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; he will save, he will rejoice over thee with joy; he will rest in his love, he will joy over thee with singing."  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 3]          The workers in the South have had to struggle long against the obstacles that have hindered their progress. It is God's help alone that has enabled them to move forward in the face of difficulties which at times have threatened to overcome them. If all in our ranks knew how difficult it has been to establish the work in places which have since become important centers, they would realize that it takes courage to face an unpromising situation, and to declare, with hands uplifted to heaven, we will not fail nor become discouraged. Those who have not broken the ground in fields that have never before been worked, can not understand the difficulties of pioneer work. If they could understand God's working, they would not only rejoice because of what has been done, but would see cause for rejoicing in the future of the work.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 4]          My brethren in the South, there is no reason for discouragement. The good seed is being sown. God will watch over it, causing it to spring up and bring forth an abundant harvest. Remember that many of the enterprises for soul-saving which have proved so successful, have, at the beginning, been carried forward amidst great difficulty.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 5]          I am instructed to say to you, move guardedly, doing always that which the Lord commands. Move forward courageously, assured that the Lord will be with those who love and serve him. He will work in behalf of his afflicted people. He will not suffer them to become a reproach. He will purify all who yield themselves to him, and will make them a praise in the earth. Nothing in this world is so dear to God as his church. He will work with mighty power through humble, faithful men.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 6]          The message of Christ's soon coming is to be given to all the nations of the earth. Vigilant, untiring effort is required to overcome the forces of the enemy. Our part is not to sit still and weep and wring our hands, but to arise and work for time and for eternity.                                                              Ellen G. White.        "Elmshaven." Sanitarium. May 2, 1902.                                                                   -    {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 1]       May 29, 1902 Preparation for Selling Christ's  Object Lessons.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Those who engage in this work should first give themselves unreservedly to God. They should place themselves where they can learn of Christ and follow his example. He has invited them: "Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light." Matthew 11:28-30. Angels are commissioned to go forth with those who take up this work in true humility.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 2]          We are to pray without ceasing, and we are to live our prayers. Faith will greatly increase by exercise. Let those who are canvassing for "Object Lessons" learn the lessons taught in the book for which they are working.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 3]          The Lord imparts a fitness for the work to every man who will co-operate with divine power. If the worker will pray for, believe for, and trust in the Holy Spirit, his power will be poured upon him in strong, heavenly currents. He will drink in the spirit of the book, and will put his whole soul into the work of presenting it to the people. His strength, his courage, his success, will depend on how fully the truth presented in the book is woven into his own experience and developed in his character. Pray, O, pray for a deeper experience. Drink deeply of the water of salvation. Learn of Christ. Have faith in his power to help and save you.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 4]          Faith is the life blood of the soul. Its presence gives warmth, health, consistency, and sound judgment. Its vitality and vigor exert a powerful though unconscious influence. The life of Christ in the soul is as a well of water springing up unto everlasting life. It leads to a constant cultivation of the heavenly graces and to a kindly submission in all things to the Lord.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 5]          You may not be able to speak eloquently to those you desire to help; but if you speak modestly, hiding self in Christ, your words will be dictated by the Holy Spirit, and Christ, with whom you are co-operating, will impress the heart.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, May 29, 1902 par. 6]          In all the self-denial required of us in this work, amid all the unpleasant things that occur, we are to consider that we are yoked up with Christ, partakers of his spirit of kindness, forbearance, and self-abnegation. This spirit will open the way before us, and give us success, because Christ is our recommendation to the people.  {SW, May 29, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, June 12, 1902 par. 1]       June 12, 1902 Make The Camp-Meeting a School.         Properly conducted, the camp-meeting is a school where pastors, elders, and deacons can learn to do more perfect work for the Master. It should be a school where the members of the church, old and young, are given opportunity to learn the way of the Lord more perfectly, a place where believers can receive an education that will help them to help others.  {SW, June 12, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, June 12, 1902 par. 2]          A good beginning has been made in the sale of "Christ's Object Lessons." What is needed now is an earnest, united effort to complete the work that has been so well begun. Nothing could be more deserving than this enterprise at this time. This work is a means of education. Those who do their best as the Lord's helping hand to circulate "Christ's Object Lessons" will obtain an experience that will enable them to be successful laborers for God. By engaging in work at the camp-meeting, all may be learning how to work successfully in their home churches.  {SW, June 12, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, June 12, 1902 par. 3]          A mistake has been made in holding our camp-meetings in out-of-the-way places. At some of our camp-meetings strong companies of workers have been organized to go out into the city and its suburbs to distribute literature and invite people to the meetings. By this means hundreds of persons have been secured as regular attendants. We must take every justifiable means to bring the light before the people. Those who are in training for work in the cause in any line should improve every opportunity to work at the camp-meeting.  {SW, June 12, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, June 12, 1902 par. 4]          The best help that ministers can give the members of our churches is not sermonizing, but planning work for them. Give each one something to do for others, and let all be taught how to work. If set to work, the despondent will soon forget their despondency, the weak will become strong, the ignorant intelligent, and all will be prepared to present the truth as it is in Jesus.                                                         Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, June 12, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 1]       June 19, 1902 Nashville as a Center.  ［THIS ARTICLE,  TOGETHER WITH OTHER MATTER OF GREAT INTEREST  CONCERNING THE SOUTHERN WORK, WAS RECEIVED  BY THE EDITOR OF THIS PAPER DIRECTLY FROM  SISTER WHITE HERSELF, BEARING HER SIGNATURE.  IT HAS NEVER BEEN PRINTED BEFORE.］  By Mrs. E. G. White.         Many have asked the question, Why did J. E. White and his associates select Nashville as a center for work? I answer, Because the Lord in his wisdom directed them to this place. It is His purpose that light shall shine forth from the memorials established for him in and near Nashville.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 2]          There is no place in the South better suited than Nashville for the carrying forward of the publishing work. It is the best place in which to do the work that has been started there.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 3]          There is not in Nashville the bitter opposition to the work for the uplifting of the downtrodden colored race that exists in many other cities of the South. Much work is being done there to uplift the colored people; and the sentiment in favor of these efforts will be a security to our people in their work.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 4]          There are in Nashville large educational institutions for the colored people, in which much excellent work has been done, and is being done for them. The teachers and students in these institutions are to hear the message of present truth. It is for this reason that God has directed that different institutions be established in Nashville.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 5]          The truth is also to be brought before those who have given of their means and influence for the benefit of the colored race, that their prejudice against the Bible Sabbath may be removed. They have taken a noble stand for the uplifting of this people. They are to see a representation of our work that will be to them an object lesson. We are to do all we possibly can to remove the prejudice that exists in their minds against our work. If the efforts we put forth are in accordance with the will of God, many among them will be convicted and converted. The Lord works in a way that causes light to shine on the pathway of those who are seeking for light.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 6]          The Lord has a great work to be done in the Southern States of America, -- the most neglected and the most sinful part of his vineyard. It was in accordance with God's purpose that the publishing work was started in Nashville. In his providence he has brought together in this place a company of workers who are to act their respective parts in the Publishing House, standing as representatives of Christianity. This institution is to give character to our work in the South. It will be instrumental in establishing the faith of many in Bible truth.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 7]          A school for colored people should be established outside the city of Nashville, on land that can be utilized for Industrial purposes. God himself has wrought to bring together in Nashville workers who are especially fitted to reach the colored people and raise them from their degradation.  {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, June 19, 1902 par. 8]          In every place those who accept the truth are to be a light to those around them. The Lord says to us, "Ye are the light of the world." "Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."                                                                   -    {SW, June 19, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 1]       July 3, 1902 Winning Souls the Chief Aim.    By Mrs. E. G. White.         Wherever a church is established, all the members should engage actively in missionary work. They should visit every family in the neighborhood and know their spiritual condition.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 2]          If every church member had sought to enlighten others, thousands upon thousands would today be standing with God's commandment-keeping people.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 3]         We are not to feel that the work of the gospel depends principally upon the minister. To every man God has given a work to do in connection with his kingdom. Every one who names the name of Christ is to be an earnest, disinterested worker. Every soul should take an active part in advancing the cause of God. Whatever our calling, as Christians we have a work to do in making Christ known to the world. We are to be missionaries, having for our chief aim the winning of souls to Christ.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 4]          To his church God has committed the work of diffusing light and bearing the message of his love. Our work is not to condemn, not to denounce, but to draw with Christ, beseeching men to be reconciled to God.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 5]          It is evident that all the sermons that have been preached have not developed a large class of self-denying workers. The churches are withering up because they have failed to use their talents in diffusing light.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 6]          Many are rusting from inaction because they do not know how to set themselves at work in missionary lines.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 7]          Do not pass by the little things, and look for a large work. Take hold wherever you see there is work to be done. It will be by doing with your might what your hands find to do that you will develop talents and aptitude for a larger work.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 8]          There are ways in which all may do personal service for God. Angels are saying to every true saint, "There is work for you to do." "Go, stand and speak to the people all the words of this life." Acts 5:20.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 9]          Let none feel that because they are uneducated, they cannot take part in the Lord's work. God has a work for you to do.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 10]          Let not the youth be ignored; let them share in the labor and responsibility. Let ministers put to use all their ingenuity in devising plans whereby the young members of the church may be led to co-operate with them in missionary work. Let those who have charge of the flock of Christ awake to their duty, and set many souls to work. Scarcely a thousandth part of the work is being done that ought to be done in missionary fields.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 10}
[SW, July 3, 1902 par. 11]          We should now feel the responsibility of laboring with intense earnestness to impart to others the truths that God has given for this time. We can not be too much in earnest. If there ever was a crisis, it is now.  {SW, July 3, 1902 par. 11}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 1]       August 14, 1902 Work for Beginners         IN A RECENT COMMUNICATION FROM SISTER WHITE, UNDER DATE OF JULY 11, 1902, TO ONE OF OUR LEADING MINISTERS, THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS ARE MADE:--  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 2]          "We are nearing the close of this earth's history. There are men who will be taken from the plough, from the vineyard, from various other branches of work, and sent forth by the Lord to give the message to the world. Men will be called to work for the Master in all parts of the earth.  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 3]          "The world is out of joint. As we look at the picture, the prospect seems discouraging. But Christ greets with hopeful assurance the very men and women who cause us discouragement. He sees qualifications in them not altogether unsuited to enable them to take a place in his vineyard. If they will continually be learners, through his providence he will make them men and women fitted to do a work that is not beyond their capabilities; for he will give them tongue and utterance through the impartation of his Holy Spirit.  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 4]         "Many of the barren, unworked fields must be entered by beginners. The brightness of the Saviour's view of the world will inspire confidence in many souls, who, if they begin in humility and put their hearts into the work, will be found to be right men for the time and the place. Christ sees all the misery and despair of the world, the sight of which would bow down some of our ministers of large capabilities with a weight of discouragement so great that they would not know how to begin the work of leading men and women to the first round of the ladder. Their precise methods are of little value. They would stand above the lower rounds of the ladder, saying, 'Come up where we are.' But the poor souls do not know where to put their feet.  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 5]          "Christ's heart is cheered by the sight of those who are poor in every sense of the term; cheered by his view of the ill-used ones who are meek, and of those bowed down with the sorrows of bereavement; cheered by the seemingly unsatisfied hungering after righteousness; by the inability of many to begin. He welcomes, as it were, the very condition of things that would discourage many ministers. He sees an opportunity to help those who are so much in need of help, by meeting them where they are.  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 6]          "The Lord Jesus corrects our erring piety, giving the burden of this work for the poor and needy in the rough places to men and women of adaptability who have hearts that can feel for the ignorant and for those who are out of the way. The Lord teaches them how to meet these cases. These workers will be encouraged as they see doors opening for them to enter places where they can do medical missionary work. Having little self-confidence, they give God all the glory, taking none of it to themselves. The Saviour is present to help to make a beginning through those whose hands are rough and unskilled, but whose hearts are susceptible to pity and awakened to do something to relieve the woes so abundant. He works through those who can discern mercy in misery, gain in the loss of all things. When the Light of the world passeth by, privileges appear in all hardships, right order in confusion, the success and wisdom of God in that which has seemed to be failure in human experience.  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 7]          "Christ pronounces his blessing upon those who hunger and thirst after righteousness. In Luke we read, 'Blessed be ye poor.' The poor have not a hundredth part of the delusive temptations of the rich. In Matthew we read, 'Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.' Poverty of spirit signifies wealth to be supplied by the riches of the grace of God.  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, August 14, 1902 par. 8]          "We must have workers. We must arouse the people. The common people are to take their place as workers. Sharing the sorrows of their fellow-men as the Saviour shared the sorrows of humanity, they will by faith see him working with them."  {SW, August 14, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 1]       August 28, 1902 Special Testimony.         There come, in the providence of God, particular periods when we must rise in response to the call of God, and make use of our means, our time, our intellect, our whole being, body, soul, and spirit, in fulfilling his requirements to the utmost of our ability. The present is such a time as this. The cause of God is at stake. His institutions are in peril, and because of the terrible burden of debt under which they are struggling, the work is hindered on every side.  {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 2]          Just now, in our great necessity, God has made a way through the difficulty, and invites us to co-operate with him in accomplishing this purpose. It is his plan that the book, "Christ's Object Lessons," be given for the relief of our schools, and he calls upon all who love the truth, to do their part in placing this book before the world. A decided work is to be done just now to accomplish God's plan. God desires his people to be vitalized for work as they have never been before, both for their own good and for the upbuilding of his cause.  {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 3]          The work he calls them to do he will make a blessing to them. Their hearts will be more tender, their thoughts more spiritual, their service more Christlike; for ministering angels will be round about them. Those who do not feel the necessity of doing this work promptly, thoroughly, and earnestly, but who express unbelief and criticism, will lose the peace and joy that come from obedience.  {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 4]          Let all think soberly; for it is a solemn thing to live. Our lives are not our own; we are kept by the power of God, and Jesus desires to live his life in us, perfecting our characters. The present is an opportunity which God's people can not afford to lose. God calls us to action, that our educational institutions may be freed from debt. Let God's plan be worked out after his own order. Let the very most be made of this the Lord's opportunity. Let the ministers of our churches and the presidents of our conferences awaken. Let every church arouse, and do to the very utmost of its power. Let every family and every individual consecrate himself to God, and let the children also act a part. Let all work together. Let not this opportunity be lost. Let us do our best at this time to render to God our offering, to carry out his specified will, and thus make this an occasion for witnessing for him and his truth in a world of darkness. Let all make this an opportunity to place themselves where they will be sure to receive the answer to their prayers; for Christ says, "If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you."  {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 5]          Much painstaking effort will be required of those who have the burden of this work; instruction must be given, that a sense of the importance of the work may be kept before the workers, and that all may cherish the spirit of self-sacrifice at every step. Christ made sacrifices that none of his followers can ever make because they have never occupied the position that he occupied.  {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 6]          In all the self-denial and self-sacrifice required of us in this important work, amid all the unpleasant things that occur, we are ever to consider that we are yoked up with Christ, partakers with him of his spirit of kindness, forbearance, self-denial, and self-sacrifice.  {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, August 28, 1902 par. 7]          This spirit will open the way before us, and give us success in the work, because Christ is our recommendation to the people. If we meet with hardships in our work, let us look to Him who is the author and finisher of our faith. Then we shall not fail nor be discouraged; we shall endure hardness as good soldiers of Jesus Christ.               Ellen G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, August 28, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 1]       September 4, 1902 Counsel To Workers.  By Mrs. E. G. White.         To My Brethren Bearing Responsibilities in the Southern Union Conference: I have not slept since two o'clock. I have an intense interest in all that concerns the welfare of the Southern work. When a difficult field is presented before me as a field that must be worked, I understand that I must make this field my special burden until, before the earnest, continuous efforts put forth, the difficulties disappear, and the work is established.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 2]          The Southern field, with its encouraging and discouraging features, has been kept before me for many years. The other day, as I was sitting in my office room, I seemed to lose all sense of where I was. A company was before me. It seemed to be a business meeting, and differences of opinion were expressed regarding the subjects under consideration. . . .  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 3]          Instruction was then given by One who has authority. All that is now said regarding the Southern field is to be said with a full comprehension of the existing difficulties. No hasty movements are to be made in taking men out of positions and putting other men in their places.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 4]          The principle that is to regulate the proceedings of the last great assize is contained in the words, "Justified by faith; judged by works." This is our day of trust, a time of solemn privilege. Soon is to come our day of reckoning.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 5]          God is the absolute owner and director of all people, and in a special manner of his church. To every human being are entrusted gifts. There is no child of God, high or low, rich or poor, who is not the possessor of some sacred trust. We are stewards of the manifold grace given to every man to profit withal. All that we have we receive from Christ. Of ourselves we can do nothing.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 6]          Some are filled with self-complacency. They think that were they entrusted with greater talents and larger responsibilities, they could do a work that would be of much advantage. Often such ones are self-deceived. Let every one beware. Some are filled with restless desire for a higher place. With ourselves it is well to be discontented, if this strengthens our efforts to do something better, to reach a nobler good. But let none mourn that they can not glorify God in the use of talents that he has not entrusted to their keeping. He holds us responsible only for the work that he has placed in our hands.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 7]          One thing all can do. They can avoid making the work of others unnecessarily hard by criticizing their efforts, putting stones in front of the wheels of the car they are trying to push uphill. If they are unwilling to help, to put their shoulder to the wheel, let them at least refrain from hindering those who are working. God calls for workers who will refuse to discourage their fellow-workers.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 8]          There is room for all to use their God-given talents. What are we doing with our gifts? Men are needed who can plan for the successful performance of the many duties waiting to be done. Who will fit himself for the position of sacred trust that God wishes him to occupy? Do the work for which you are adapted. Do not exhaust your mental and physical strength by complaining of what others are doing. No one has any excuse for murmuring about the work of his neighbor. Take hold somewhere, and prove yourself a successful worker. Each office has a burden proportionate to its importance.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 9]          The Southern work has been the subject of prejudice and evil surmising. The spirit of wicked opposition has been manifested by some who were more in need of correction than were those criticised. This field, in its unsightly barrenness, has stood before heaven as a witness against the unfaithfulness of those who have had great light. When I think of this long-neglected field, and of the way in which it has been treated, there comes over me an intensity of feeling that words can not express. I can only pray that the Lord will raise up workers to enter this field.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 10]          As yet, there are only a few places in the South that have been worked. There are many, many cities in which nothing has been done. Why did not those who felt so free to criticise, go to work in this needy field, and do something as wise and just and righteous as that which they required from those whom they criticized? If men know so well what ought to be done, why do they not take hold of the work that for years has been urged upon them? . . .  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 10}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 11]          Those who have not borne the burden of opening up the work among the colored people, can know comparatively little of the trials, the prayers, and the wrestling of those who have been pioneers in this work. And those who have never borne the burdens connected with the successful building up of publishing enterprises can comprehend comparatively little of the perplexities and necessities of this work. Men are few who have the adaptability for this work that would make their efforts successful. The work needs men who are willing to begin small, yet who are broad and liberal in their plans, men who are willing to reach to the lowest sinner, and lead him upward to the light.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 11}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 12]          In their determination to meet the people where they were, the pioneers of successful work among the colored people were obliged to teach old and young how to read. This was a laborious task. They had to provide food and clothing for the needy. They had to speak comforting words to the downcast. Those who, after a day's work, walked miles to attend night school, needed sympathy. The teachers had to adapt their instruction to many varied minds.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 12}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 13]          Angels of God looked on with approval. The workers had God's commendation. Many times the plans laid to drive them out of the field were frustrated by His providence.  {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 13}
[SW, September 4, 1902 par. 14]          Some mistakes were made; for it was a difficult matter to know how to advance the various interests. The workers passed through an experience of disappointment and trial. But Christian love and patience won for them the victory. Reverses taught them caution. They learned much by what they suffered, and gained a valuable experience.                                                                   -    {SW, September 4, 1902 par. 14}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 1]       December 4, 1902 A Word of Cheer.    Be of Good Courage.        My fellow-laborers, never let your courage fail. Never complain. Never talk unbelief because appearances are against you. As you work for the Master, you will feel pressure for want of means, but the Lord will hear and answer your petitions. Let your language be, "The Lord God will help me; therefore shall I not be confounded; therefore have I set my face like a flint, and I know that I shall not be ashamed."  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 2]     Look on the Bright Side.        Difficulties will arise that will try your faith and patience. Face them bravely. Remember that Christ has said, "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." You are not asked to fight alone. Christ and the heavenly angels are fighting with you. Look on the bright side. If the work that you are doing is hindered, be sure that it is not your fault, and then go forward, rejoicing in the Lord. Heaven is full of joy. It resounds with the praises of him who made so wonderful a sacrifice for the redemption of the human race. Should not the church on earth be full of praise?  Should not Christians publish throughout the world the joy of serving Christ? Those who in heaven join with the angelic choir in their anthem of praise must learn on earth the song of heaven, the keynote of which is praise and thanksgiving.  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 3]     Turn Defeat into Victory.        If you make a mistake, turn your defeat into victory. The lessons that God sends will always, if well learned, bring help in due time. Put your trust in God. Pray much, and believe that in his work the Lord will guide you step by step. Trusting, hoping, believing, holding fast the hand of infinite power, you will be more than conquerors.  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 4]     The Water of Life Free.        Come to the water of life, and drink. Do not stay away, and complain of thirst. The water of life is free for all. Spend much time on your knees in prayer. Believe that God hears your prayers, and you will see of his salvation.  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 5]     Study the Word.        Depend on this: If you study the Word of God with a sincere desire to get help, the Lord will fill your soul with light. Your work will be approved by God, and your influence will be a savor of life.  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 6]     Work in Faith.        Have faith in God. Unbelief can only deny and destroy. Faith lifts the head in confidence and trust. True workers walk and work by faith. Sometimes they grow weary with watching the slow advance of the work, when the battle wages strong between the powers of good and evil. But if they refuse to fail or be discouraged, they will see the clouds breaking away, and the promise of deliverance fulfilling. Through the mist with which Satan has surrounded them, they will see the shining of the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness.  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 7]          Work in faith, and leave the results with God. Pray in faith, and the mystery of God's providence will bring its answer. At times it may seem that you can not succeed; but work and believe, putting into your efforts faith and life and hope and courage. After you have done what you can, wait for the Lord, declaring his faithfulness, and he will bring his word to pass. Wait, not in fretful anxiety, but in undaunted faith and unshaken trust.  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 8]          "For ye shall go out with joy, and be led forth with peace; the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree; and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign that shall not be cut off."  {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, December 4, 1902 par. 9]     Victory through Christ.        "If God be for us, who can be against us? He that spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things? . . . Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us. For I am persuaded that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, December 4, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 1]       December 18, 1902 Our Work as True Believers.         As a people, we profess to believe sacred truths. Because of our belief in these truths, are we happier and holier, more earnest, self-denying, and fervent, than the people of other denominations? What evidence do we give to the world that our faith is above that of the ordinary religionist? By the fruit that we bear in word and work, we reveal the influence that advanced truth and increased light have on us. "By their fruits," Christ declares, "ye shall know them." Do our works correspond to the sacredness of our faith?  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 2]          The true Christian "cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God." His godly life is a daily testimony against sin. He is a representative of the truth he professes. Of these true-hearted followers, Jesus declares that he is not ashamed to call them brethren.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 3]          Weighty responsibilities rest upon all who have received the message of truth for this time. Entrusted with great light, we should remember that "unto whomsoever much is given, of him shall much be required." As stewards of the manifold grace of God, we are to be a blessing to those around us, exerting an influence that will draw them to the light of God's Word. "Even Christ pleased not himself." He lived for the good of others, and we are to work as he worked. We are to love our neighbor as ourselves. We are our brother's keeper.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 4]          Christ "gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works," And that faith which fills us with godly zeal is the only genuine faith. Christ abides in the hearts of those who abide in him. Only those who are one with him can bear rich clusters of fruit.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 5]         All that we are and all that we have should be consecrated to the Lord's service. Our voice, our influence, and our means should be used in proclaiming to the world God's message of invitation. "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. . . . And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely."  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 6]          Christ declares that for the fulfilment of his purpose of mercy, the co-operation of divine and human agencies is required. Angels of mercy are sent to our world to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 7]          Unitedly God's children, with voice, with pen, and with their entrusted earthly treasures, are to give Christ's invitation, "Come." The heavenly agencies are holding themselves in readiness to co-operate with human agencies in laboring for the salvation of sinners.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 7}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 8]          We call upon you, brethren and sisters, to unite with the heavenly agencies in advancing God's great work. Use your influence and your means in his service, doing what you can in the closing years of earth's history to diffuse the light of the gospel message.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 8}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 9]          If we are true believers in Jesus, we shall shed light on the darkened pathway of those around us, revealing the gracious character of our Redeemer. And by our influence many will be drawn to "behold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world."  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 9}
[SW, December 18, 1902 par. 10]          They will yield themselves to his service; for Jesus will be in them "a well of water, springing up unto everlasting life." Those who have honored his name, who have been co-laborers with him in seeking the salvation of souls, shall enter into his joy, and sit down with him on his throne, to share in his eternal glory.                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, December 18, 1902 par. 10}
[SW, December 25, 1902 par. 1]       December 25, 1902 What God Desires Us to Be.         God calls for intelligent Christians, for men and women who are filled with the knowledge of his will. He calls for men and women who by their good works show that the truth has brought about a change in their lives. The religion that consists in professions merely is but a pretence. Those whose union with Christ ends with the writing of their names on the church roll are not channels of light.  {SW, December 25, 1902 par. 1}
[SW, December 25, 1902 par. 2]          God's servants should daily gain more knowledge of him. Daily they should grow in grace and in spiritual understanding, strengthened with might according to his glorious power. They are to increase in spiritual efficiency, that they may give strength to those for whom they labor.  {SW, December 25, 1902 par. 2}
[SW, December 25, 1902 par. 3]          God does not ask men and women to enter his service with their natural traits of character, to make a failure before the heavenly universe and before the world. He does not ask a man who is unconverted to attempt to serve him. Christ invites all to come to him; but when they come, they are to lay aside their sins. All their vices and follies, all their pride and worldliness, are to be laid at the foot of his cross. This he requires because he loves them and desires to save them, not in their sins, but from their sins.  {SW, December 25, 1902 par. 3}
[SW, December 25, 1902 par. 4]          The recovery of souls from sin is to be a revenue of goodness to men and of glory to God. The Lord is to receive all the praise for the wonderful change wrought. But how many offer praise and thanksgiving to God? How many, by thanking the Giver, show that they appreciate their blessings? How many give thanks to the Father, "Which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light?" We have redemption through his blood. He has delivered us from the power of darkness, and has translated us into the kingdom of his Son. The heavenly angels are constantly engaged in serving us, bringing to us most wonderful opportunities and blessings. Why, then, should we be so slow to express our thanksgiving? Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God. A fragrant atmosphere surrounds the believing, thankful soul who offers praise to his Heavenly Father. Let all appreciate the blessing of the Lord. We reflect bright beams of light when in the home and the church we express our appreciation of the Lord's goodness.  {SW, December 25, 1902 par. 4}
[SW, December 25, 1902 par. 5]          Through his human instrumentalities, God desires to reveal the power of his grace,--to make known the riches of redemption.  {SW, December 25, 1902 par. 5}
[SW, December 25, 1902 par. 6]          In all wisdom people are to be warned and taught. Those who are seeking to win souls to Christ must be guarded in every action, lest they leave a wrong impression on those for whom they are working. The Lord will give success to those who in spiritual and temporal lines deal faithfully with minds. Let those who work for Christ put on Christ; then there will be a continual advancement in knowledge and understanding, an advancement that will make a strong impression on the world. Those who are daily learning of Christ will become so meek and lowly that Christ can work through them. He will go before them as their righteousness. As they follow in his footsteps, fulfilling his requirements, many will take knowledge of them that they have been with Christ. Their lives are conformed to the truth; and as they reveal the Saviour's character in their lives, they are doing the work that he did. As they behold Christ, they are changed from glory to glory, from character to character. Such believers will move the world.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, December 25, 1902 par. 6}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 1]       January 1, 1903 As We Forgive Those that  Trespass Against Us.         Church-Members are to help one another. Christ has given directions for their guidance, declaring that they are to show an unselfish interest in one another. When one commits a sin, they are not to talk of it among themselves. They are to go to the one who has offended, and talk with him in the spirit of Christ. "Tell him his fault between thee and him alone; if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother." "If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way, first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift."  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 2]          Do church-members obey this word? If in every institution established among us, in publishing houses, sanitariums, and schools, God's people had followed this plan, as outlined in the Old and New Testaments, would we not stand today on vantage-ground?  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 3]         The members of the church are to be faithful one to another. It is a sin to cherish anger against any one. Christ looks upon anger as murder. He declares, "I say unto you, That whosoever is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgment; and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the council; but whosoever shall say, Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire." God has a controversy with that man. A man may think he has occasion for feeling angry, but his passionate words are a savor of death unto death. He who utters them is under the control of Satan. In heaven his wicked railing is placed in the same list as swearing.  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 4]          There are many things that are not now seen in a true light, which in the day of the Lord will be made plain. But the question of forgiveness needs no interpretation. There is never a time or place where it is right for you or for me to say, "I will not forgive my brother; I will not walk in fellowship with him." He who does this places himself in opposition to the teachings of Christ. If your brother does you an injustice ignorantly, and then holds out the hand of fellowship, saying, "If I have erred, and have done you an injury, forgive me," and you draw away from him, refusing to forgive, you walk away from the great Counselor, and need yourself to repent and be forgiven.  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 5]          If he does you an injury knowingly, and afterward repents, saying, "Forgive me," it is not for you to turn away, refusing to forgive him because you think that he does not feel humble enough and does not mean what he says. You have no right to judge him, because you can not read the heart.  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 6]          If a brother errs, forgive him if he asks you. If he is not humble enough to ask, forgive him in your heart, and express your forgiveness in word and act. Then his sin will not in any degree rest on you. "Consider thyself, lest thou also be tempted." "If he trespass against thee seven times in a day, and seven times in a day turn again to thee, saying, I repent, thou shalt forgive him." And we are not only to forgive seven times, but seventy times seven. Just as often as God forgives us, we are to forgive one another.  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 7]          Christ sees that little heed is paid to his instruction. His people come to him in prayer, asking favors of him, while at the same time they are cherishing hatred against their brethren, not only thinking, but speaking evil of them. God can not bless them; for they refuse to put out of the way that which causes discord and variance. They would not appreciate the blessing of God, should he give it to them as they desire.  {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, January 1, 1903 par. 8]          My brethren and sisters, prepare the way, that you may come to God and be forgiven. Act your part in the work of confession. It is not your brother's sin that you are to confess, but your own. In doing this, you are making straight paths for your feet and for his -- paths that will lead him to Christ.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, January 1, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 1]       January 8, 1903 The Claim of Redemption.         The giving of tithes and offerings is an acknowledgment of God's claim on us by creation, and also of his claim on us by redemption. Because all our power is derived from Christ, these offerings are to flow from us to God. They are to keep ever before us the claim of redemption, the greatest of all claims, and the one that involves every other. The realization of the sacrifice made in our behalf is ever to be fresh in our minds, and is ever to exert an influence on our thoughts and plans. Christ is to be indeed as one crucified among us.  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 2]          "Know ye not . . . that ye are not your own? for ye are bought with a price." And what a price has been paid for us. Behold the cross, the victim uplifted upon it. Look at those hands, pierced with the cruel nails. Look at his feet fastened with spikes to the tree. Christ bore our sins in his own body. That suffering, that agony, is the price of your redemption. The word of command was given, "Deliver them from going down to perish eternally. I have found a ransom."  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 3]          The wonderful love of God, manifest in Christ, is the science and the song of the heavenly universe. Should it not call forth from us gratitude and praise? Know you not that he loved us, and gave himself for us, that we in return should give ourselves to him? O, that the impenitent might see and understand that the Spirit of God is leading them with inexpressible solicitude and gracious importunity to the feet of Jesus; and that he who was delivered for your offenses was raised for your justification, and is waiting to receive your homage.  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 4]          Why should not love to Christ be expressed to the world by all who receive him in faith, as verily as his love has been expressed to those for whom he died?  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 5]          Christ is represented as hunting, searching for the sheep that was lost. It is his love that encircles us, bringing us back to the fold, giving us the privilege of sitting together with him in heavenly places. When the blessed light of the Sun of Righteousness shines into our hearts, and we rest in peace and joy in the Lord, then let us praise the Lord; praise him who is the health of our countenance, and our God. Let us praise him not in words only, but by the consecration to him of all that we are and all that we have.  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 6]          "How much owest thou unto my Lord?" Compute this you can not. Is there part of your being that he has not redeemed? Is there anything in your possession that is not already his? When he calls for it, will you selfishly grasp it as your own? Will you keep it back, and apply it to some other purpose than the salvation of souls? It is in this way that thousands of souls are lost. How can we better show that we appreciate God's sacrifice, his great gift to our world, than by bringing him gifts and offerings with praise and thanksgiving on our lips because of the great love wherewith he has loved us and drawn us to himself.  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 7]          Looking up to heaven in supplication, present yourselves to God as his servants, acknowledging that all you have is his, saying, "Lord, of thine own we freely give thee." Standing in view of the cross of Calvary, seeing the Son of God crucified for you, let your earnest inquiry be, "Lord, what wilt thou have me to do?"  {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, January 8, 1903 par. 8]          Of the apostles it is written, "They went forth and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following." Still the heavenly universe is waiting for channels through which God's love may flow to the world. The same power that the apostles had is for those now in God's service.                                        Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, January 8, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 1]       January 15, 1903 A Call to Labor.         "And I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me."  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 2]          The Lord calls upon young men to enter the harvest field, and work diligently as harvest hands. Let them go forth to trade on their talents. He who has called them to labor in the gospel will give them evidence that they are chosen vessels, and will give them words to speak for him.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 3]          One of the very best ways in which young men can obtain a fitness for the ministry is by entering the canvassing field. Let them go into towns and cities as canvassers for the books that contain the truth for this time. In this work they will find opportunity to speak words of life. The seed of truth they sow will spring up to bear fruit.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 4]          When young men take up the canvassing work filled with an intense longing to save their fellow-men, they will see souls converted. From their work a harvest for the Lord will be reaped. Then let them go forth as missionaries to circulate present truth, praying constantly for increased light and knowledge, that they may know how to speak words in season to those that are weary. They should improve every opportunity for doing a deed of kindness, remembering that thus they are doing errands for the Lord.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 5]          They will be invited to take meals with the families they visit. Flesh-meat will be passed to them. As they refuse it, giving their reasons for so doing, they will perhaps have opportunity to present the principles of health reform. In their work they should always take some health books with them; for health reform is the right hand of the message.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 6]          The canvasser should speak modestly, and he should never engage in controversy. He should feel that he is on trial before the heavenly universe. "Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves," Christ said; "be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves." You will meet many precious souls ripe for the harvest. Learn therefore to speak modestly and discreetly. Show that you have been with Jesus and have learned of him.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 7]          This is the rule we are to follow,--to be like him who went about doing good. Christ said, "If any man serve me, let him follow me." By studying the life of the Saviour, find out how he lived and worked. Strive each day to live his life. Wear his yoke, and learn his meekness and lowliness, walking in the path that leads heavenward.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 8]          Follow on to know the Lord, and you will know that his going forth is prepared as the morning. Seek constantly to improve. Strive earnestly for identity with the Redeemer. Live for the saving of the souls for whom he gave his life. Try in every way to help those with whom you come in contact. Let your love for Christ lead you to say, "Thy Word have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against thee." Let your life fulfil the words, "Thou through thy commandments hast made me wiser than mine enemies." Talk with your Elder Brother; he will complete your education, line upon line, precept upon precept. A close connection with him who offered himself as a sacrifice to save a perishing world will make you an acceptable worker. When you can lay your hand on truth, and appropriate it, when you can say, "My Lord and my God," grace and peace and joy in rich measure will be yours.                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 1]       January 15, 1903 A Letter.         "Elmshaven," St. Helena, Cal., Dec. 6, 1902. Dear Brethren and Sisters,--  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 2]          The new year is just before us, and plans should be laid for earnest, persevering effort in the Master's service. There is much to be done to advance the work of God. I have been instructed that the canvassing work is to be revived, and that it is to be carried forward with increasing success. It is the Lord's work, and a blessing will attend those who engage in it with earnestness and diligence.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 3]          The larger books, "Patriarchs and Prophets," "Great Controversy," and "Desire of Ages," should be sold everywhere. These books contain truth for this time,--truth that is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. Nothing is to hinder their sale.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 4]          Many more of our larger books might have been sold if church-members had been awake to the importance of the truths these books contain, and had realized their responsibility to circulate them. My brethren and sisters, will you not now make an effort to circulate these books? Work earnestly. Put your hearts into this work, and the blessing of God will be with you. Go forth in faith, as you go praying that God will prepare hearts to receive the light. Be pleasant and courteous. Show by a consistent course that you are true Christians. Walk and work in the light of heaven, and your path will be as the path of the just, shining more and more until the perfect day.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 5]          I ask you, dear Christian workers, to do what you can to circulate the books that the Lord has said should be sown broadcast throughout the world. Do your best to place them in the homes of as many as possible. Think how great a work can be done if a large number of believers will unite in an effort to place before the people, by the circulation of these books, the light that the Lord has said should be given them. Under divine guidance, go forward in the work, and look to the Lord for aid. The Holy Spirit will attend you. Angels of heaven will accompany you, preparing the way.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 6]          The Lord calls for many more to engage in the canvassing work in the year 1903. For Christ's sake, my brethren and sisters, make the most of the hours of the new year to place the precious light of present truth before the people.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, January 15, 1903 par. 7]          Jesus is calling for many missionaries, for men and women who will consecrate themselves to God, willing to spend and to be spent in his service. O, can we not remember that there is a world to labor for? Shall we not move forward step by step, letting God use us as his helping hand? Shall we not place ourselves on the altar of service? Then the love of Christ will touch and transform us, making us willing for his sake to do and dare.                                                             Ellen G. White.  {SW, January 15, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, January 22, 1903 par. 1]       January 22, 1903 Sowing and Reaping.         "One soweth and another reapeth." The Saviour spoke these words in anticipation of the ordination and sending forth of his disciples. The earthly work of the great Teacher was soon to close. The apostles were to follow after to perfect this work, to gather the fruit of the seed that he had sown. In the streets of the cities and in the synagogues Christ had been sowing the seeds of truth. The plan of salvation had been clearly and distinctly outlined; for the truth never languished on the Saviour's lips. As a result of his work, an interest had been aroused. The disciples were to follow up the efforts of the divine Sower, reaping where he had sown, that both the Sower and the reapers might rejoice together.  {SW, January 22, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, January 22, 1903 par. 2]          Today, in his great harvest-field, God has need of both sowers and reapers. Let those who go forth into the work, some to sow and some to reap, remember that they are never to take to themselves the glory of the success of their work. God's appointed agencies have been before them, preparing the way for the sowing of the seed and the reaping of the harvest. "I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor," Christ said; "other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors."  {SW, January 22, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, January 22, 1903 par. 3]         Those who sow the seed, presenting before large and small gatherings the testing truths for this time, at the cost of much labor, may not always gather the harvest. After they have done their part, and they rest from their labors, other servants of God, going over the ground, reap the fruit of their seed-sowing.  {SW, January 22, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, January 22, 1903 par. 4]          "He that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together." Read these words carefully. Study their meaning; for they outline God's plan. Often the Lord's workers are bitterly opposed in their field of labor, and thus their work is hindered. They do their best. With earnest, painstaking effort they sow the good seed. But the element of opposition becomes fiercer and fiercer. Some may be convinced of the truth, but they are intimidated by the opposition. They have not the courage to acknowledge their conviction. The lives of the workers may be endangered by those who are controlled by Satan. It is then their privilege to follow the example of their Master, and go to another place. "Ye shall not have gone over the cities of Israel," Christ said, "till the Son of man be come."  {SW, January 22, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, January 22, 1903 par. 5]          Let the messengers of truth pass on to another field. Here there may be a more favorable opportunity for work, and they may successfully sow the seed of truth, and reap the harvest. The report of their success will find its way to the place where the work was apparently unsuccessful, and the next messenger of truth who goes there will be more favorably received. The seed sown in trial and discouragement will be seen to have life and vitality. Adversity, sorrow, loss of property,--the changes of God's providence, recall with vivid distinctness the words spoken years before by the faithful servant of God. The seed sown springs up and bears fruit. First appears "the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear."  {SW, January 22, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, January 22, 1903 par. 6]          God has need of wise men and women, who will labor earnestly to accomplish the work committed to them. He will use them as his instruments in the conversion of souls. Some will sow, and some will reap the harvest of the seed sown. Let every one do his best to improve his talents, that God may use him either as a sower or a reaper.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, January 22, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 1]       January 29, 1903 Words of Counsel.    The Renunciation of Self.            In John's Gospel, from the thirteenth to the seventeenth chapters, God's will respecting the ministers of Christ is plainly outlined. It is their privilege to believe that God means just what he says. God desires them to believe every verse in these chapters, and to live them out before their brother ministers.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 2]          To every one God has given his work. All have not the same work, but all are to be workers together with God, laboring in perfect unity one with another, bearing fruit to the glory of God. God's servants are branches of the True Vine, and they should produce the best quality of fruit. They are distinct branches, but they draw their sustenance from one source,--the parent stock, Christ Jesus.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 3]         Those who work for God are daily to empty the heart of self, that they may be cleansed of their hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. They are to depend wholly upon Him who taught as never man taught. Unless the soul-temple is daily emptied of self, and prepared for the reception of the Holy Spirit, self will rule the entire being. The words and acts will be tarnished with selfishness. Christ will not appear in the life; but there will be seen a self-confidence that is wholly different from his character.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 4]          In order to be a co-laborer with Christ, man must put away his supposed wisdom. Then he will be humble enough to wear Christ's yoke and to receive his Spirit, the gift that brings to the soul rest and peace. Christ's invitation is, "Learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light." In learning the lessons I teach, in cherishing the grace of patience and forbearance, in striving to control the thoughts and words, in revealing Christlike love one for another, you will learn to be meek and lowly, and you will find the peace and rest that is more precious than gold.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 5]     How to Deal with Temptation.            As God's chosen ministers assemble for counsel, those who have been living tried and tempted lives will be tempted to give expression to their feelings. They have been severely tried; difficulties have arisen before them as they try to advance. But if they keep Christ enthroned in the heart, ever looking to him, they will not give expression to sentiments that would leave upon the minds of their brethren a disagreeable impression. They will follow Christ's way of managing difficulties, remembering that he is the Finisher as well as the Author of their faith. They will remember that if they are to wear Christ's yoke, they must do as he did. They will leave in God's hands the things to be done and the things to be suffered, remembering that they are not under the control of self, but that they have given themselves up to be laborers together with Christ, and that they are to learn from him the way to overcome evil with good in all that they are called upon to suffer.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 6]          Let those who are tried and tempted consider these questions, How do you deal with your difficulties? Do you harness yourself for an encounter with trial and temptation? And then do you lay hold on these temptations, as you suppose you must, while your spirit is hot within you, and wrestle with them, quite sure that this is what you ought to do? As you battle with your covetousness and uncharitableness on their own ground, do you come out victor? -- No; you come out discouraged, bruised, and wounded, bound, and enfeebled spiritually.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 7]          What should you do? -- Simply put your whole trust in the One who understands your temptations and trials, the One who alone can master temptation. If you had not been premature in your efforts, you need not have fought so terrible a battle; for the Captain of your salvation was at work for you, ready to do for you that which you can not do for yourself, and to leave you free to do that which he has told you to do,--learn of him his meekness and lowliness. He has been tempted in all points "like as we are," and he knows how to succor those who are tempted. Had you first talked with God in prayer, by faith grasping his promises, you would have received strength for the conflict.  {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, January 29, 1903 par. 8]          When we believe the promise, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world," we shall be strong to endure. We need a constant sense of the abiding presence of Christ. He is our righteousness.                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, January 29, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 1]       April 2, 1903 In the Master's Service.         In times past God has used humble men in his service, and because of their faith and devotion these men have often accomplished more than many laborers of better education and higher pretensions. They realized their weakness and their dependence upon God, and by personal efforts, by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation, they turned men from error to truth, from the path of transgression to obedience to God. The mighty power of grace worked with them, and success attended their efforts. "God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to naught things that are; that no flesh should glory in his presence."  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 2]          Two men start out to labor in the cause of God. One has had every advantage of education. His mind is cultivated, his powers are developed, and he is prepared to become an efficient worker. But we look in vain to see the good results of the advantages he has enjoyed. Instead of increasing his usefulness, his education fosters a feeling of self-importance; he esteems himself above his less fortunate brethren. He does not continue to store his mind with useful knowledge to fit himself to bear greater responsibilities. While he boasts of learning, he does not labor to the utmost of his ability, with an eye single to the glory of God.  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 3]          The other has good natural abilities, but a limited education. He is a constant learner in the school of Christ. The love of Jesus is in his heart, and he walks humbly with God. He is unselfish in thought and purpose, and he tries to do all the good that he can. As he uses the ability that he has, his mind expands.  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 4]          The educated man may exalt himself over his unlearned brother, but he is like the man who hid his talent in the earth. He has shunned the trouble and exertion necessary to trade with his entrusted talents, that he may return them, with the increase, to his Lord. Unless he repents, he will be condemned as a slothful servant, and will be dismissed from the presence of his Lord. But the one who is faithful in the use of his talents, returning at last both principal and interest, will hear the words, "Well done, good and faithful servant."  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 5]          The man who blesses society, and makes a success of life, is the one who, whether educated or uneducated, uses all his powers in the service of God and his fellow-men.  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 6]          In all our churches there are persons who might be educated to become workers for Christ. There is certainly a fault somewhere, or there would be more workers developed to unite with us in our efforts for the salvation of souls. "Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he will send forth laborers into his harvest." Have special meetings for the education of workers. Souls for whom Christ died are perishing all around us, and what excuse can we give that they have never been warned?  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 7]          Think of the mighty truths that God has entrusted to our keeping, and let earnest work follow your thoughts. Make mighty strokes for God. No compromise is to be made with sin, or with timidity and cowardice. The Christian laborer knows no drudgery in his heaven-appointed work. He enters into the joy of his Lord in seeing souls emancipated from the slavery of sin; and this joy repays him for every self-denial.  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 8]          Our faith is weak, our sense of God's requirements feeble. We must awake to duty. We must be endowed with power from on high. Instead of resting satisfied with our present attainments, let us cherish a longing desire that our lips may be purified and touched with a live coal from off the divine altar. The word of God to us must come to the people, not in a feeble, hesitating way, but with earnestness and power. We must pray more earnestly, more fervently, that God may work in us and through us. Angels are commissioned to be our helpers. They are passing between earth and heaven, bearing upward the record of the doings of the children of men.  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 9]          We can never be saved in inactivity. The life of Jesus rebukes every idler. In his strength we may do the work that he did. The promises of God are rich and full and free. We may have with us the power of his salvation. It is because threads of unbelief are woven into all the web of life, that our experience is so lacking in power. Shall we not begin to weave in, instead, the precious golden threads of faith? Remember, "This is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith." If clouds hide the sun from sight, we do not mourn as if it would never again appear. God's dear face of brightness is not always seen, but we are not to despond. It is our duty to trust him in the darkness, knowing that his love is changeless.  {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, April 2, 1903 par. 10]          It was the joy of Christ to save souls. Let this be your work and your joy. Perform all duties and make all sacrifices for Christ's sake, and he will be your constant helper. Go straight forward where the voice of duty calls; let no seeming difficulties hinder you. Take up your God-given responsibilities, and as you bear your sometimes heavy burdens, do not ask, "Why idle stands my brother, no yoke upon him laid?" Do the duty nearest you, and do it thoroughly and well, not coveting praise, but working for the Master because you belong to him.                       Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 2, 1903 par. 10}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 1]       April 9, 1903 Work for the Master.         With every age God's plan deepens and broadens. His people are to adjust their movements to his progressive plan. They are to move forward with the force of Omnipotence, because they move in harmony with the divine purpose. They are to seize every opportunity to bless the world lying in darkness.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 2]          Our church-members should show greater devotion. They should labor with greater zeal for the promulgation of the last message of mercy. Now is the time for all to work. Now is the time to separate from every species of self-indulgence. Those who are engaged in the Lord's service are to labor unselfishly, pressing together in Christian unity. They are to love as brethren; they are to be kind and courteous; their influence is to be a savor of life unto life.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 3]          Many young men and women now engaged in secular labor will feel impressed to give themselves to the service of God. Some will feel a desire to enter the canvassing field, and will become able evangelists. Let these be given opportunity to obtain an education for the work of God.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 4]          Those who are impressed to enter the work, whether in the home field or in the regions beyond, are to go forward in the name of the Lord. If they depend on God for grace and strength, they will succeed. At the beginning their work may be small, but if they follow the Lord's plans, it will enlarge. God lives. He will work for the unselfish, self-sacrificing laborer, whoever and wherever he may be.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 5]          God does not ask his servants to show their devotion to him by burying themselves in monasteries or by going on long pilgrimages. It is not necessary to do this in order to show a willingness to deny self. It is by working for those for whom Christ died that we show true love for him. By humiliation, suffering, and death Christ purchased the salvation of human beings. Those who love him will think how he laid aside his glory, and came to this earth to live the life of the poorest, suffering often from hunger. "Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests," he said; "but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head."  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 6]          To each human being God has assigned a work. Abraham was called to go forth from his home, a light-bearer to the heathen. And without questioning, he obeyed. "He went out, not knowing whither he went." So today Christ's servants are to go where he calls, trusting him to guide them and give them success.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 7]         God's people are to feel a noble, generous sympathy for every line of work carried on in the great harvest-field. By their baptismal vows they are pledged to make earnest, self-denying efforts to promote, in the hardest parts of the field, the work of soul-saving. God has placed on every believer the responsibility of striving to rescue the helpless and the oppressed.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 8]          To those who profess to believe in him, God says, "Go forth to all parts of the world, and diffuse the light of my truth, that men and women may be led to Christ." Let us awake to our duty. Let us do all that we can to help forward the Lord's work. Let superficial excuses be blown to the winds of heaven. No longer grieve the Spirit of God by delaying. Forget not the words, "We are laborers together with God." Co-operate with the angels sent down from the heavenly courts to minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 9]          Time is passing; the end is near. While you are unconsecrated, golden opportunities for helping souls to see Jesus as he is -- full of grace and truth -- are passing by, never to return. That which you have not done as a devoted Christian in the year now passed into eternity, you can not now do. But through the grace of Christ you may redeem the time by redoubling your efforts. Let your interest in the souls for whom Christ has died deepen and broaden. Inquire not, "What shall this man do?" for then Christ would say to you, as he said to Peter, "What is that to thee?" Keep your own soul in the love of the truth, and work with untiring endeavor to win souls to the Saviour.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 10]          Earnest, self-sacrificing workers are needed, workers who will go to God, and with strong crying and tears plead for the precious souls who are going to ruin. There can be no harvest without seed-sowing, no result without effort.  {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 10}
[SW, April 9, 1903 par. 11]          The work is fast closing up, and on every side wickedness is increasing. We have but a short time in which to work. Let us awake from spiritual slumber, and consecrate all that we have and are to the Lord. His Spirit will abide with true missionaries, furnishing them with power for service. God is an overflowing fountain of strength. The gospel is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believes. When this power is utilized, it will be found to be more than sufficient to meet the power of the enemy.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 9, 1903 par. 11}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 1]       April 30, 1903 Salt that has Lost its Savor.         Christ has presented in figures the plans which we are to study, and upon which we are to act. The fifth chapter of Matthew is full of precious instruction. Read this chapter, and write it upon the tablets of the soul. The Saviour declares: "Ye are the light of the world. . . . Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." "Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and to be trodden under foot of men." If the character is not under the moulding influence of the Holy Spirit, if we have not that faith which works by love and purifies the life from all hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong, what does our profession avail? If the truth that is professed is not allowed to sanctify the temper, the disposition, the words and acts; if there is a constant denial of faith, God is greatly dishonored. Where there should be seen the sweetness of humility, combined with firmness and integrity, there is seen a hard spirit, that is not a savor of life unto life, but of death unto death.  {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 2]          God requires us to exercise toward our brethren the compassion that we desire them to exercise toward us. God expects those who claim to believe in him, to bring the Christlikeness into all their service. The mind and heart are to be cleansed from all sin, all unlikeness to Christ. God has duties for every church-member to perform. His people are to exalt the power of his law above human judgment. By bringing themselves, body, soul, and spirit, into harmony with the law, they are to magnify it, and make it honorable.  {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 3]          God will open the way for his subjects to perform unselfish deeds in all their associations, in all their business transactions. By acts of kindness and love they are to show that they are representing the kingdom of heaven. By self-denial, by sacrificing the gain they might obtain, they will present the truth in its beauty.  {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 4]          But if their words and acts are unchristlike; if the spirit they cherish is not helpful; if they retain the old, unsavory traits of character; if they study how they may get the best of a bargain, to the disadvantage of some one else; if they care little whether they hurt and destroy a brother's feelings, they are as salt that has lost its savor. They are a hindrance to God's work.  {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 5]          How can we be as salt that retains its savor? How can we exert a saving influence? By obeying, in every transaction of life, the plain commands of God; by being kind, benevolent, generous; by seeing the necessities of the cause of God, and trying to relieve them; by doing the work that Christ did.  {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 6]          Read the fifty-first psalm. Let its lessons be practised. Not a tithe of what we should be are we in word, in spirit, in purity, in Christlikeness. This is why we have not more power with God. We profess to believe the most sacred truth, which God declares will refine and sanctify those who believe, leading them to live lives in marked contrast to the lives of worldlings. But if our profession is merely nominal, we may be sure that our influence is not exerted on Christ's side. We are as salt without savor, fit only to be cast out as worthless.  {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, April 30, 1903 par. 7]          Without the help that comes from God, even those who are looked upon as the most eminent believers are in danger of falling into the sins which Satan has prepared to dishonor God. Let all who claim to be believers remember that it is only when they have the joy of Christ's salvation in the heart that they are qualified to guide sinners to repentance and reformation. It is the genuine believer, the one who not only assents to the truth, but believes and practises the truth, and is not satisfied unless he has with him the presence of God, that is a power for good in the world.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, April 30, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 1]       June 4, 1903 God's Promises Our Plea.         In the formation of character, we should build for time, and then we shall build for eternity. There is time enough for this--time enough for all that the Lord has appointed us to do, if we will only work, not in our own way, but in his. We have the promise of God's help, and like the importunate widow we are to plead for his blessing, for the power to live as his children.  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 2]          As with earnestness and assurance you come to God, tell him all about your necessities. Claim his promises. He has given us the privilege of coming to him, and we need have no fears of wearying him. Do not doubt his word of promise. Study the word, and with your Bible in your hand say. "Here, Lord, I come to receive the gift thou hast promised me." But you should be able to say, "I have done as thou hast said." Do not bring God's word before him, asking him to do things which he has promised, when you are not entitled to the promise.  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 3]          The promise is, "Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you." "If ye shall ask anything in my name, I will do it." What are the conditions? "If ye love me, keep my commandments." If you are disobedient, and yet plead the promises of God, you bring to him a note to be cashed when you have not fulfilled your part of the contract. You complain that your check is not honored, when it is a forgery. Thus it is with those who bring the name of Christ as their authority for the fulfilment of the promise, when they have not done those things by which they show their love for Christ and their faith in him. Let it not be forgotten that those who bring their petitions to God, claiming his promises, while they do not comply with the conditions, insult Jehovah.  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 4]         There is need of close examination of the deed of trust wherewith we approach God. Many have no assurance of acceptance with him. They have forfeited, and are continuing to forfeit, the conditions upon which acceptance is based. When weighed in the balances of the sanctuary, they are found wanting; for they love self; Christian principle is away down in the scale, and their profession of knowing Christ is a deception. They approach God with his promises, and ask him to fulfil them, when by so doing he would dishonor his name. In his mercy and love the Lord has given this testimony for them, and the words here traced should be carefully studied.  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 5]          Christ gave his life to make it possible for the human family to have another trial, to form such characters as will entitle them to be called sons and daughters of God, members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. The Lord will surely comply with the conditions he has made, if they will show themselves true and faithful. "Abide in me," he says, "and I in you. As the branch can not bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in me. . . . If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples."  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 6]          "As the Father hath loved me," Christ said, "so have I loved you; continue ye in my love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father's commandments, and abide in his love. These things have I spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full. This is my commandment, that ye love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you." This is the substance of the covenant which God has made with his people.  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 7]          John declares: "And hereby we do know that we know him, if we keep his commandments. He that saith, I know him, and keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God perfected. Hereby know we that we are in him. He that saith he abideth in him, ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked." Then, lest the matter shall not be plainly understood, the apostle adds, "I write no new commandment unto you, but an old commandment which ye had from the beginning."  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 8]          "Whoso keepeth his word," John declares, "in him verily is the love of God perfected. Hereby know we that we are in him. He that saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked." "Let that therefore abide in you which ye have heard from the beginning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning shall remain in you, ye also shall continue in the Son and in the Father. And this is the promise that he hath promised us, even eternal life."  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 9]          I am commissioned to say that the piety and spiritual discernment and righteousness of those who profess to believe the present truth must be pure and holy. Their characters must be entirely transformed by divine grace, else they will never see the kingdom of God. They will perish with the wicked. I know not how to make the people understand this, and yet it is a case of life and death with them. Will they confess their sins? Will they humble their hearts before God, before it shall be too late?  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, June 4, 1903 par. 10]          God has declared: "Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven. And this word, Yet once more, signifieth the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things which can not be shaken may remain. Wherefore we receiving a kingdom which can not be moved, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear; for our God is a consuming fire."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, June 4, 1903 par. 10}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 1]       June 11, 1903 "Learn of Me."         The perplexities and anxieties that trouble us will be lightened when we heed the invitation of Christ, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light."  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 2]         These words are of the highest value to those who desire to walk in the narrow path that leads to everlasting life. The word of God puts faith at the entrance gate, and lines the whole way with the light and peace and joy of willing obedience. The things that appear to be crosses are found by experience to be crowns. The prize is ever in sight. The travelers keep before them the mark of their high calling in Christ. His commands are righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Spirit.  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 3]          Professing Christians need a decided re-conversion. When they practice the teachings of Christ, they will find that his gentleness has made them great. "Learn of me," is the Saviour's command. Yea, learn how to present truth under the divine influence of the Holy Spirit. There is power for those who receive Christ; for we read, "As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name. "His promise is that if we accept his invitation, we shall be anointed with the oil of gladness, which is emptied from the two anointed ones into the hearts prepared to receive it. Shall we claim the promise? Shall we not receive the anointing of the holy oil?  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 4]       Unreserved Surrender.          God will accept nothing less than unreserved surrender. Half-hearted, sinful, professing Christians would spoil heaven, were they permitted to enter. They would stir up a second rebellion there. Those who know the truth, yet do not exalt the Author of truth, will never enter the city of God. Heaven would be purgatory to them, because they know nothing of the high, holy principles that govern the members of the royal family above. The directions that Christ has given are so distinct and so definite that no one need take a false step. Let us not please and glorify Satan by showing that he has power over our churches, our ministers, our medical missionaries. Let us have confidence in one another. Let us not think that because we have made crooked paths for our feet, every other professing Christian has done the same thing. Let the one who in the past has been a fault-finder begin to climb the ladder heavenward, keeping his eyes fixed on the light above.  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 5]      Fellowship with Christ.          The true Christian keeps the windows of the soul opened heavenward. He lives in fellowship with Christ. His will is conformed to the will of God. The Lord calls for workers who have been transformed by the renewing of the mind, workers who have gained an individual experience in proving "what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God." Shall we not, in the few days of probation that remain to us, act like men and women seeking for life in the kingdom of God, even an eternity of bliss?  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 6]      The True Source of Happiness.          We are to strive earnestly to reach the standard set before us. Not as a penance are we to do this, but as the only means of gaining true happiness. The only way to gain peace and joy is to have a living connection with Him who gave his life for us, who died that we might live, and who lives to unite his power with the efforts of those who in this life are striving to overcome.  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 7]         Holiness is constant agreement with God. Shall we not be that which Christ so greatly desires us to be,--Christians in deed and in truth,--that the world may see in our lives a revelation of the saving power of truth? This world is our preparatory school, and while here we shall meet with trials and difficulties. But we are safe while we cleave to Christ. The whole world was gathered in his embrace. He died on the cross to give the death-stroke to Satan, and to take away the sin of every believing soul. He calls upon us to offer ourselves on the altar of service, a living, consuming sacrifice. We are to make an unreserved consecration to God of all that we have and are.  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, June 11, 1903 par. 8]          In the lower school of earth we are to learn the lessons that will prepare us to enter the higher school, where our education will continue under the personal instruction of Christ. Then he will open to us the meaning of his word. We can not afford to miss the privilege of seeing his face and of hearing the gospel from his lips. Shall we not put our whole souls into the work of preparing for admission into the higher school, where we shall see Christ face to face? Shall we not be determined to obey the word of God? Or shall we choose our own wisdom, and trifle away the day of gracious opportunity, wasting the years and months so rapidly passing into eternity?                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, June 11, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 1]       June 18, 1903 A Cause of Spiritual Weakness.         The servants of Jesus Christ are to carry forward his work solidly and unitedly. Never are they to cherish a criticizing, fault-finding spirit. When such a spirit is cherished, a door is opened for the powers of darkness, and there comes into the work a blight that kills Christian activity. The Holy Spirit is grieved because of the disregard of the prayer that Christ offered just before his trial and crucifixion, that his disciples might be one. God has not made men judges one of another, but fellow-helpers. Do not spend in judging and condemning time that might be spent in encouraging one another, in suggesting ways and means for advancing the work of God in hard and difficult places.  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 2]          Why are we not more spiritually minded? Why do we so readily yield to the temptation to bite and devour one another? It is because Satan is allowed to enter the heart with his temptations. His suggestions are received and acted upon, and hearts are grieved and wounded. The time and energy that should be wholly on the Lord's side, are used for the enemy. God's working forces are robbed of strength and courage, and their burdens are increased. Precious time is worse than wasted, and minds are filled with sadness and distrust. All this when every jot of strength, every power of mind and body, should be employed in a concerted action against the enemy of God and man.  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 3]          The only safe course for God's servants to pursue is to work with an eye single to his glory, that the whole body may be full of light. To do this means to keep Christ's lessons ever in mind, and to do all in a way that he can approve, revealing the spirit that he revealed for those he calls his little children.  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 4]          "A new commandment I give unto you," Christ said, "that ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another."  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 5]          If it is by the manifestation of this love that we are to convince the world that we are Christ's disciples, is it not time that we changed our course of action? Is it not time that we gave the world proof that we are Bible Christians, that we are keeping God's commandments? Shall we not cease to judge and despise and condemn one another?  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 6]          We have our Bibles. Why, then, do we not practise the teachings of Christ? He says, "He that hath my commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth me; and he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him. Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the world? Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love me, he will keep my words; and my Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him. He that loveth me not keepeth not my sayings; and the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Father's which sent me."  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 7]          Again we read: "Jesus cried and said, He that believeth on me, believeth not on me, but on Him that sent me. And he that seeth me seeth Him that sent me. I am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth on me should not abide in darkness. And if any man hear my words and believe not, I judge him not; for I came not to judge the world, but to save the world. He that rejecteth me and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him; the word that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day. For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak. And I know that his commandment is life everlasting; whatsoever I speak therefore, even as the Father said unto me, so I speak."  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 8]         I entreat those who claim to believe that Christ is their personal Saviour to practise his teachings. Shall we not, from this time, believe in Christ, and show our faith by obeying his words? Will not those who proclaim the gospel to sinners believe the gospel, and by their obedience to every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God, testify to its power? Will not those who preach Christ live the Christ life? God calls upon those who have the light to walk in the light. Then their souls will be all light in the Lord.  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 9]          True Christians find their happiness in obeying the words of the Saviour. They place no dependence upon worldly maxims. Their whole dependence is placed on the Source of all power. By beholding Christ, they become changed. Of what character, then, will be their speech? The following scripture shows. "And this I pray," Paul writes to the Philippians, "that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that ye may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ; being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God."  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 10]         Shall we not unite with the prayer of Christ and the prayer of Paul, and, in such holy companionship, make our experience rich in precious words of love and true courtesy and Christian politeness, "being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God"?  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 10}
[SW, June 18, 1903 par. 11]          Bear in mind, my brethren, that here in this world we are being tested and tried. God calls upon the presidents of our conferences, upon our ministers, and upon those in positions of trust in our institutions, clearly to reveal to the world the miracle-working power to God, to show that they are true followers of Christ, "filled with the fruits of righteousness."  {SW, June 18, 1903 par. 11}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 1]       June 25, 1903 A Present Help.         "And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one, and that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me." These words seem almost beyond the grasp of our faith, yet we are to believe them, and act in accordance with them. But we must remember that Christ does not promise to hide with himself in God the humanity of the one who clings to his sinful ways or his self-righteousness. We must take time to pray, and then we must live lives that are in harmony with our prayers, believing that the Lord will answer us. The answer may not come in just the way that we expect, but we may rest assured that the Master knows our every necessity. We are to meet every trial with the words, "Not my will, but God's be done."  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 2]          "Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." In Luke this text is introduced by this illustration:--  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 3]          "And he said unto them, Which of you shall have a friend, and shall go unto him at midnight, and say unto him, Friend, lend me three loaves; for a friend of mine in his journey is come to me, and I have nothing to set before him? And he from within shall answer and say, Trouble me not. The door is now shut, and my children are with me in bed; I can not rise and give thee. I say unto you, Though he will not rise and give him because he is his friend, yet because of his importunity he will rise and give him as many as he needeth."  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 4]          Then follows the promise, so full of assurance and hope: "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you. For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 5]          There is necessity for diligence in prayer; let nothing hinder you. Make every effort to keep open the communication between Jesus and your own soul. Seek every opportunity to go where prayer is wont to be made. Those who are really seeking for communion with God, will be seen in the prayer-meeting, faithful to do their duty, and earnest and anxious to reap all the benefits they can gain. They will improve every opportunity of placing themselves where they can receive the rays of light from heaven.  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 6]          We should pray in the family circle; and above all we must not neglect secret prayer, for this is the life of the soul. In solitude let the soul be laid open to the inspecting eye of God. Secret prayer is to be heard only by the prayer-hearing God. No curious ear is to hear the burden of such petitions. The soul, free from surrounding influences, free from excitement, calmly reaches out after God; and sweet and abiding will be the influence emanating from Him who sees in secret, whose ear is open to hear the prayer arising from the heart. By calm, simple faith the soul holds communion with God, and gathers to itself rays of divine light to strengthen and sustain it in the conflict with Satan. God is our tower of strength.  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 7]          Pray in your closet; and as you go about your daily labor, let your heart be often uplifted in prayer. It was thus that Enoch walked with God. These silent prayers rise like precious incense before the throne of grace. Satan can not overcome him whose heart is thus stayed upon God.  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 8]          Although there may be a tainted, corrupted atmosphere around us, we need not breathe its miasma, but may live in the pure air of heaven. We may close every door to impure imaginings and unholy thoughts by lifting the soul into the presence of God through sincere prayer. Those whose hearts are open to receive the support and blessing of God will walk in a holier atmosphere than that of earth, and will have constant communion with heaven.  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 9]          To place ourselves in close connection with Christ, by fervent, believing prayer,--this is our duty. For our part of the contract we are responsible. For the rest we are to trust the One who knows and understands what will best help us in our endeavors to do his will.  {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, June 25, 1903 par. 10]          Let us place ourselves in the line of cooperation with God, making it possible for him to answer our prayers. He has issued his promissory notes, declaring, "A new heart will I give you." He says that he will be found of those who seek him with the whole heart. When you lose your hold on Christ, the bank of heaven has not failed, but you have broken your covenant with God. He can not cover your sin while you continue in sin, refusing to let him take away your transgression, because you suppose that in disobeying the commands of God, you have placed yourself beyond help. The Lord says, "Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me." Then stop worrying over the troubles that you so often bring upon yourselves, and come like a penitent child to Jesus, confessing your sins. "Thus saith the high and holy One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones." And to all such the Saviour says, "Ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you."          Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, June 25, 1903 par. 10}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 1]       July 9, 1903 The Christian's Calling.                         As Given in Paul's Letter to the Ephesians.          Study the first chapter of Ephesians, and unite with the prayer of the great apostle, "That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him; the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches of the glory of his inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe, according to the working of his mighty power, which he wrought in Christ, when he raised him from the dead, and set him at his own right hand in the heavenly places."  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 2]          Let none be zealous to exalt self, and find fault with others. This has been done, and it has brought in coldness, indifference, hard-heartedness, and dissension. Let us pray for reconversion. Let us show sincere repentance, and the Lord will pardon our transgressions and forgive our sins. Power will come to us through connection with Christ. The conscience will find rest in Christ. He is "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." As we believe him, we are changed into his likeness. His image is engraved on the heart. His love is reflected to the world in our words and deeds. Thus is revealed to the world the power that truth has to sanctify the receiver. Under the bright, glorious beams of Christ's righteousness, the human soul is made pure and holy. True religion ennobles the mind, refines the taste, sanctifies the judgment, and makes its possessor a partaker of the purity and influences of heaven; it brings angels near, and separates more and more from the spirit and influence of the world.  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 3]          I point you to the words of the apostle Paul in the fourth chapter of Ephesians. This whole chapter is a lesson that God desires us to learn and practise. The apostle beseeches us to walk worthy of the vocation wherewith we are called, "that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, even Christ; from whom the whole body, fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love."  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 4]          Study the closing words of the chapter: "Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth, but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace unto the hearers. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Let all bitterness, and wrath, and anger, and clamor, and evil-speaking, be put away from you, with all malice; and be ye kind one to another, tender-hearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ's sake hath forgiven you."  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 5]          "Be ye therefore followers of God as dear children; and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us, and hath given himself for us as an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor. But fornication, and all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not be once named among you, as becometh saints; neither filthiness, nor foolish talking, nor jesting, which are not convenient; but rather giving of thanks. . . . Let no man deceive you with vain words; for because of these things cometh the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience. Be not ye therefore partakers with them. For ye were sometimes darkness, but now are ye light in the Lord; walk as children of light (for the fruit of the Spirit is in all goodness and righteousness and truth); proving what is acceptable unto the Lord. And have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them."  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 6]          "See then that ye walk circumspectly, not as fools, but as wise, redeeming the time, because the days are evil. Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is." Too often those claiming to be Christians allow the enemy to gain access to their minds. They readily receive his suggestions, and this causes a dearth of spiritual power, and a great and a lamentable confusion. Mistakes are made, and precious golden moments are taken to remove the results of Satan's working. Shall we not confess the sins that have dishonored God, imperiled souls, and wasted the hours that ought to have been devoted to proclaiming present truth?  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 7]          God has called us to service as well as to right living. He requires all to do with faithfulness, the duties of today; but these duties are much neglected by the majority of professed Christians. They shun the lowly and humble poor, and self-denying, self-sacrificing work for Christ. Their supreme selfishness leads them to choose easier and more agreeable work.  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 8]         It was not so with the Majesty of heaven. When he whom angels worshiped, he who was rich in honor and glory, came to earth, and found himself in fashion as a man, he did not hold himself aloof from the unfortunate, nor excuse himself from the hard, self-denying path he had entered upon as a teacher of righteousness. "I came," the divine Teacher said, "to save that which was lost." It may not always be agreeable to unite with the Master, and become co-workers with him in helping those who stand most in need of help; but this is the work that Christ did. He has given us an example, and he calls upon us to copy it. He would have us make known to others "the exceeding riches of his grace." "For we are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them."  {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, July 9, 1903 par. 9]          Is the servant greater than his Lord? Should we shrink from our part in carrying out the "eternal purpose" of God for the salvation of sinners, "which he purposed in Christ Jesus our Lord"? Awake to duty, my brethren and sisters; watch for souls as they that must give an account, and God will grant you, "according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with might by his Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God."                             Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, July 9, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, August 25, 1903 par. 1]       August 25, 1903 God's Plan for Proclaiming  the Gospel Message.         "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will let him take of the water of life freely." These words outline God's plan for the promulgation of the gospel. His instrumentalities, human and divine, are to unite in an effort to save the lost. Thus souls are to be rescued from the bondage of sin. God calls upon those who have taken his name to obey his orders. All are called to some part of his work.  {SW, August 25, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, August 25, 1903 par. 2]          "'I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. I have united humanity and divinity, and my office invests me with all power in heaven and in earth. I have ordained that angels and men shall be employed in my work. Divine and human instrumentalities are to unite. I have given the churches instruction regarding what they ought to do. My work is to be carried forward until I shall arise and proclaim with a loud voice, 'It is finished.' I have opened a fountain of living water for a thirsty world. Agencies from the heavenly courts unite in urging the members of the church on earth to give the invitation to come to the water of life freely. Each one, feeble though he may deem himself, is to voice my words and to perform some part of my work. I call upon those who have received the truth to take up the work entrusted to them. Do your best. Proclaim the gospel invitation. Unite with those who are already at work. I testify that if any one shall alter the words of the prophecy of this book, engendering unbelief, causing my words to lose the practical application which I thus fully and authoritatively give them, I will visit him with signal marks of my displeasure."  {SW, August 25, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, August 25, 1903 par. 3]                    The Power of the Truth to Convict and Convert Souls.          It is through the transforming influence of divine grace on human hearts that the power of the word of truth is revealed. The truth, proclaimed in regions where it has not yet been heard, makes an impression on hearts. It seems to have greater power to transform character than when presented to those who are familiar with its office work. Truth has little power on the hearts of those who walk contrary to it when by so doing they can gain advantage for themselves,--those who, while claiming to receive it, follow a course opposed to its principles. Such ones admit that they believe the truth, but they give no evidence that they are sanctified by the truth. The places in which it has never been proclaimed are the best places in which to work. The truth is to take possession of the will of those who have never before heard it. They will see the sinfulness of sin, and their repentance will be thorough and sincere. The Lord will work upon hearts that in the past have not often been appealed to, hearts that heretofore have not seen the enormity of sin.  {SW, August 25, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, August 25, 1903 par. 4]          Christ is the only successful antagonist that sin has ever encountered. Let the full light of his life stream into the souls of those who are in darkness. Under the direct power of the gospel, thousands have been converted in a day. When the sinner becomes sensible of the fact that only through Christ can he gain eternal life, when he realizes that obedience to God's word is the condition of entrance into the kingdom of God, when he sees Christ as the propitiation for sin, he comes to the Saviour in humility and contrition, confessing his sin and asking for forgiveness. His soul is impressed with a sense of the majesty and glory of God. The power of an eternal life of peace and joy and purity is felt so deeply that an entire surrender is made.  {SW, August 25, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, August 25, 1903 par. 5]          I am instructed to say that some who outwardly appear the most fully given to sin will, when light flashes into the soul, make most successful workers in places where there are those who are just such sinners as they themselves once were.  {SW, August 25, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, August 25, 1903 par. 6]          I write this because those engaged in the canvassing work and in house-to-house labor often meet men and women who are coarse and forbidding in outward appearance, but who, if won to the truth, will be among its most loyal and staunch adherents. The spirit of truth is indeed of value in any church. Those whom the Lord uses may not always have outward polish, but if they have integrity of character, the Lord values them just as highly.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White                                                                   -    {SW, August 25, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, September 1, 1903 par. 1]       September 1, 1903 The Work Before Us.         Christ's commission to us is, "Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {SW, September 1, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, September 1, 1903 par. 2]          We have before us a great work. False teachers will preach false theories. They do not desire the truth. They are afraid to have the truth presented to the people. They do not want the facts to appear as they are given in the word of God. Let all who believe the third angel's message take up the work that God has committed to them. Let them seek to realize its greatness and importance. Let believers do all in their power to arouse an interest in present truth in the neighborhood in which they live. Let all act an earnest, disinterested part. Some will labor in one way, and some in another, but all should do something. The books containing the reasons of our faith must be translated into all languages. This work must make more rapid progress than it has made.  {SW, September 1, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, September 1, 1903 par. 3]          When we act our part with faithfulness, Christ will work with power upon minds. We are to be God's helping hand. We have no time to devote to self-pleasing. With freshness and power the truth is to be presented to the people of the world. Christian workers are greatly needed.          E. G. W.                                                                   -    {SW, September 1, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, September 8, 1903 par. 1]       September 8, 1903 Power from Above.         As the end draws near, the work of God is to increase in strength and purity and holiness. The workers are to be filled with love for God and for one another. They are to cherish principles of strictest integrity. When the true keynote is struck, God will reveal himself as the God of mercy and love. Angels of heaven will ascend and descend the ladder of shining brightness, to co-operate with human workers.  {SW, September 8, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, September 8, 1903 par. 2]          The members of the church triumphant,--the church in heaven--will be permitted to draw near to the members of the church militant, to aid them in their necessity. Let us ever remember that we are laborers together with God. In this heavenly union we shall carry forward his work with completeness, with singing and rejoicing. In every soul will be kindled the fire of holy zeal. Company after company will leave the dark standard of the foe, to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.  {SW, September 8, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, September 8, 1903 par. 3]          God's workers must gain a far deeper experience. If they will surrender all to him, he will work mightily for them. They will plant the standard of truth upon fortresses till then held by Satan, and with shouts of victory take possession of them. They bear the scars of battle, but there comes to them a comforting message that the Lord is teaching them terrible things in righteousness. He will lead them on, conquering and to conquer.  {SW, September 8, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, September 8, 1903 par. 4]          When God's servants with consecrated zeal co-operate with divine instrumentalities, the state of things that exists in the world will be changed, and soon the earth with joy will receive her King. Then "they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever."      Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, September 8, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 1]       December 15, 1903 A Fruitful Missionary Field.         "They that turn many to righteousness shall shine as the stars forever and ever."  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 1}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 2]          I have an intense interest in all that concerns the welfare of the Southern work. When a difficult field is presented before me as a field that must be worked, I understand that I must make this field my special burden, until, before the earnest, continuous efforts put forth, the difficulties disappear, and the work is established.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 2}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 3]          The Southern field, with its encouraging and discouraging features, has been kept before me for many years.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 3}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 4]          The workers in the South have had to struggle long against obstacles that have hindered their progress. It is God's help alone that has enabled them to move forward in the face of difficulties which at times have threatened to overcome them. If all in our ranks knew how difficult it has been to establish the work in places which have since become important centers, they would realize that it takes courage to face an unpromising situation, and to declare, with hands uplifted to heaven, We will not fail nor become discouraged. Those who have not broken the ground in fields that have never before been worked, can not understand the difficulties of pioneer work. If they could understand God's working, they would not only rejoice because of what has been done, but would see cause for rejoicing in the future of the work.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 4}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 5]          My brethren in the South, there is no reason for discouragement. The good seed is being sown. God will watch over it, causing it to spring up and bring forth an abundant harvest. Remember that many of the enterprises for soul-saving which have proved so successful, have, at the beginning, been carried forward amidst great difficulty.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 5}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 6]          I am instructed to say to you, Move guardedly, doing always that which the Lord commands. Move forward courageously, assured that the Lord will be with those who love and serve him. He will work in behalf of his afflicted people. He will not suffer them to become a reproach. He will purify all who yield themselves to him, and will make them a praise in the earth. Nothing in this world is so dear to God as his church. He will work with mighty power through humble, faithful men.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 6}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 7]          The message of Christ's soon coming is to be given to all the nations of the earth. Vigilant, untiring effort is required to overcome the forces of the enemy. Our part is not to sit and weep and wring our hands, but to arise and work for time and for eternity.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 7}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 8]          It was in accordance with God's purpose that the publishing work was started at Nashville. In the Southern field there is need of a printing office for the publication of the truth for this time, and especially for printing reading-matter suitable for the different classes of people in this field. And there is no city in the South better suited than Nashville for the carrying forward of the publishing work. The establishing of such an institution is an advance movement. If rightly managed, this institution will give character to the work in the South, and to many souls will be the means of imparting a knowledge of the truth. The Nashville publishing house will still need to be assisted for a time by gifts and offerings.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 8}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 9]          Those who have never borne the burdens connected with the successful building up of publishing enterprises can comprehend comparatively little of the perplexities and necessities of this work. Men are few who have the adaptability for this work that would make their efforts successful. The work needs men who are willing to begin small, yet who are broad and liberal in their plans.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 9}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 10]          The work in Nashville is important. If the workers labor earnestly and judiciously, there will be conversions to the truth in the schools of learning that have been established in Nashville for the colored people. Let every worker be sure that he has on the gospel shoes, that his feet are shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 10}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 11]          Light will shine upon the workers in Nashville. From this center light will shine forth in the ministry of the word, in the publication of books large and small. We have as yet merely touched the Southern field with the tips of our fingers. "The earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea." The same Voice that at the beginning said, "Let there be light," in these last days declares that a knowledge of God's word shall not be confined merely to a few places.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 11}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 12]          The laborers who have the missionary spirit will go forth as heralds of the morning. Christ, heaven's Conqueror, is in the midst of you. From the experiences you are now passing through in the South, all may learn lessons. Truth and righteousness live, and will continue to shine amidst the darkness of this degenerate age.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 12}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 13]          Let a class of canvassers be fitted up, by thorough instruction and training, to handle the publications that shall come forth from the press. Those who take up the work of canvassing as a preparation for the ministry will indeed realize the truth of the Saviour's words, "He shall testify of Me; for he shall receive of Mine, and shall show it unto you."  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 13}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 14]          It is not the Lord's will that the work in the South shall be confined to the set, "regular lines." It has been found impossible to confine the work to these lines and gain success. Workers daily filled with zeal and wisdom from on high must work as they are guided by the Lord, waiting not to receive their commission from men.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 14}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 15]          The Lord has laid upon me a heavy burden in behalf of the work in the Southern States of America. In the past I have received much instruction regarding this work, and for years I have followed the movements of the workers with intense interest. As it now is, this field is no credit to those who claim to be fulfilling the commission that Christ gave His disciples just before his ascension.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 15}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 16]          Oh, that the presidents of our conferences would encourage the church-members to take an active interest in the work in the South, and to do all in their power to advance the work of Seventh-day Adventists in this field!  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 16}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 17]          We know that some have done all in their power to help the Southern work. Every cent entrusted to us by the Lord is to be wisely and economically used. May God help those to whom He has given this world's goods, to awaken to His design and to their individual responsibility. God says to them, "I have put you in possession of My goods that you may trade upon them to carry forward the Christian missions that are to be established far and near. I have given you the benefits of accumulated knowledge. The advantages of the past and present are yours. Upon you rests the weighty burden of accumulated light."  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 17}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 18]         With every age God's plan deepens and widens to embrace the world. God's instrumentalities, His light-bearers, are to adjust their movements to His progressive plans. They are to embrace new territory. The churches are to be wide-awake, moving with the force of Omnipotence, because they move in harmony with God's purpose. They are to seize every opportunity for blessing a world in darkness. A spirit of greater devotion must be shown by the churches. They must labor with greater zeal for the promulgation of the last message to be given to the world.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 18}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 19]          Everywhere there are those who will take their stand for present truth. Beside all waters we are to sow the seeds of truth. Let us never allow ourselves to be controlled by feelings of hopelessness. God's work will be done. The Lord knows those that are His. In His providence, He will direct them as He directed Cornelius.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 19}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 20]          Have we not a work to do for the Lord, and should we not labor more intelligently, more earnestly, than we have labored in the past for those who need help? Let us remember that we are God's helping hand. With the Bible as our guide and counselor let us go forth to work for the Lord, serving Him in the way He has appointed, proclaiming the message of present truth in a way that makes it impressive and acceptable. We are weak, but God will give us His enduring strength if we will but believe.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 20}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 21]          God will use His believing ones as His instrumentalities, through them ministering to souls fainting for the bread of life. Words of hope and cheer falling from lips that have been touched with a live coal from God's altar, will revive and comfort those who are weary and distressed.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 21}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 22]          God's people would put on joy and gladness as a garment if they would only receive that which God is waiting to give them--that which would make them strong to help those in need of help. Our people need the breath of life breathed into them, that they may revive to spiritual action. Many have lost their vital energy, and are sluggish, dead, as it were. Let those who have been receiving the grace of Christ help these souls to rouse to action. Let us keep in the current of life that comes from Christ, that we may kindle life in some other soul. Healthy, happy action is what is needed in the church today.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 22}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 23]         The Lord's work in the South is to go forward. The workers are to move steadily, cautiously, promptly. When advancement calls for sacrifices, they are to make sacrifices, and make them gladly and willingly. This the cause of God demands of every one. Let all move forward courageously, trusting in God to supply their needs according to the riches of His goodness. He has at His disposal all the resources of heaven. Before those who trust and obey Him, He will open ways of advance. In emergencies, he will give them special help.  {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 23}
[SW, December 15, 1903 par. 24]          The Lord has been working with and for the tried laborers in the South. Many are preparing to put their shoulders to the wheel, to help advance the work. The cloud of darkness and despondency is rolling back, and the sunshine of God's favor is shining upon the workers. The Lord is gracious. He will not leave our work in the South in its present condition. The ones living in this great field will yet have the privilege of hearing the last message of mercy, warning them to prepare for the great day of God which is right upon us. Now, just now, is our time to proclaim the third angel's message to the millions living in the Southern States, who know not that the Saviour's coming is near at hand.                                  Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, December 15, 1903 par. 24}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 1]       January 5, 1904 The Distribution of Literature.                      (From advance sheet of Testimonies, Vol. VIII.)          Let every Seventh-day Adventist ask himself, "What can I do to proclaim the third angel's message?" Christ came to this world to give this message to his servant to give to the churches. It is to be proclaimed to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people. How are we to give it?  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 2]          The distribution of our literature is one means by which the message is to be proclaimed. Let every believer scatter broadcast tracts and leaflets and books containing the message for this time. Colporteurs are needed who will go forth to circulate our publications everywhere.  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 3]          In the miracle of feeding the multitude with a few loaves and fishes, the food was increased as it passed from Christ to those who received it. Thus it will be in the distribution of our literature. God's truth, as it is passed out, will multiply greatly. And as the disciples, by Christ's direction, gathered up the fragments, that nothing might be lost, so we should treasure every fragment of literature containing the truth for this time. None can estimate the influence that even a torn page containing the truths of the third angel's message may have upon the heart of some seeker after truth.  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 4]          There are many places in which the voice of the minister can not be heard, places which can be reached only by publications,--the books, papers, and tracts, that are filled with the Bible truth that the people need. Our literature is to be distributed everywhere. The truth is to be sown beside all waters; for we know not which shall prosper, this or that. In our erring judgment we may think it unwise to give literature to the very ones who would accept the truth most readily. We know not what may be the good results of giving away a leaflet containing present truth.  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 5]          Many are sad and discouraged, weak in faith and trust. Let them do something to help some one more needy than themselves, and they will grow strong in the strength of God. Let them engage in the good work of selling our books. Thus they will help others, and the experience gained will give them the assurance that they are God's helping hand. As they plead with the Lord to help them, he will guide them to those who are seeking for the light. Christ will be close beside them, teaching them what to say and do. By comforting others, they themselves will be comforted.  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 6]                              Importance of the Canvassing Work.          I have been instructed that the canvassing work is to be revived, and that it is to be carried forward with increasing success. Let us be thankful to our heavenly Father for the interest that our brethren and sisters have taken in the sale of "Christ's Object Lessons." By the sale of this book great good has been accomplished; and this work should be continued. The effort to circulate "Object Lessons" has demonstrated what can be done in the canvassing field. This effort is a never-to-be-forgotten lesson of how to canvass in the prayerful, trustful way that brings success.  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 7]          Our larger books could be sold if our canvassers would take up this work earnestly, filled with the realization that these books contain precious instruction that God has entrusted to us that we may give it to the world.  {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, January 5, 1904 par. 8]          My brethren and sisters, will you not make an effort to circulate these books, and will you not bring into this effort the enthusiasm that you brought into the effort to sell "Object Lessons"? In selling "Object Lessons," many have learned how to handle the larger books. They have gained an experience that has prepared them to enter the canvassing field.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, January 5, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 1]       January 19, 1904 Religion in the Home.            My Dear Brethren and Sisters Gathered in Council at Nashville:--          I have an intense interest in the work in the Southern field. My prayer is that this work shall no longer be delayed and hindered. A great hindrance to the advancement of the work has been brought in by church-members who, though knowing the truth, have not been sanctified by the truth. It is through sanctification of the truth that we are enabled to appreciate the teachings of Christ, given to guide men and women in all the conduct of life.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 2]     The Place to Begin.        The work of sanctification must begin in the home. It is God's purpose that the families of his people shall be symbols of the family above. Those who are Christians in the home will be Christians in the church and in the world. Many do not grow in grace and in knowledge of the truth because they fail to cultivate home religion.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 3]          In the family the spirit of criticism and fault-finding should have no place. The peace of the home is too sacred to be marred by this spirit. But how often, when seated at the meal-table, the members of the family pass round a dish of criticism, fault-finding, and scandal. Should Christ come today, would he not find many of the families who profess to be Christians cherishing the spirit of criticism and unkindness? The members of such families are unready to unite with the family above. I am instructed to say to them, "Prepare to meet thy God." Discord in families leads to discord in the church. The unruly tongue creates mischief of all kinds.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 4]     Guarding the Tongue.        God expects his children to use the talent of speech in a way that will honor the Saviour. Let the heart be cleansed from all evil-thinking and evil-speaking. Let this be put away as evil leaven that will produce contention, alienation, and strife. Let the unruly tongue be brought under the control of God.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 5]          The brotherhood that is the outworking of Bible religion is to be more manifestly revealed in the lives of God's people today. In the family an education is to be given that will create a pure, elevating atmosphere. A high standard is ever to be kept uplifted. No harsh, passionate word is ever spoken without grieving the Lord Jesus, and hurting the heart of speaker and hearer. From the Christian home all angry or trifling speeches will be excluded; for nothing of this kind finds entrance into the home above.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 6]         Parents, be sure to spend some time each day in private prayer, asking the Lord for wisdom, lest self-importance take possession of your hearts, and you give the talent of speech into the control of Satanic agencies. The members of the church are to be ever on their guard against unadvised words. Sound words, seasoned with the grace of Christ, will produce correct practices. In the home circle, generous, gracious, Christlike words are of more value than any earthly treasure.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 7]     The Power of Example.        Remember that your children will follow closely the example that in word and deed you set them. Live lives that will help them to prepare for translation into the courts above, when the last trump shall sound, and Christ shall come to gather his faithful ones to himself. Do not neglect your children. They are your first care. The home is to be their first school. And in this school you yourselves are to learn lessons that will prepare you better to work for their salvation and for the salvation of others. These lessons will be of the highest value to you in your religious experience. As you labor successfully for your children, you are working out your own salvation, and God is working in you, to will and to do of his good pleasure.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 8]     The Importance of Self-Control.        Kindly, but firmly, correct every inclination to wrong that may appear in the lives of your children. But when you are obliged to correct a child, do not raise the voice to a sharp key, bringing into it that which will arouse the worst passions of the child's heart. Do not lose your self-control. The parent who, when correcting a child, gives way to anger, is far more guilty than the child.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 9]          Restrain every hasty speech that struggles for utterance. Before you speak that fretful, impatient word, stop and think of the influence that, if spoken, it will exert upon others. Remember that the ears of children are quick to hear every word and to mark every intonation of the voice. Remember, too, that angels hear the words you speak. You are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. Follow a course that will be an honor to Jesus, a course that will bring holy angels to your side. Let your home life be such that Christ can enter your dwelling as an abiding guest. Let it be such that people will take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus, and have learned of him.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 10]     Working in Harmony.        Husband and wife are to be closely united in their work in the home school. They are to be very tender and very guarded in their speech, lest they open a door of temptation through which Satan will enter to obtain victory after victory. They are to be kind and courteous to each other, acting in such a way that they can respect one another. Each is to help the other to bring into the home a pleasant, wholesome atmosphere. They should not differ in the presence of their children. Christian dignity is ever to be preserved.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 11]     The Duty of the Husband and Father.        To the man who is a husband and a father, I would say, Be sure that a pure, holy atmosphere surrounds your soul. As priest and house-band of your family, you are to learn daily of Christ. Never, never are you to show a tyrannical spirit in the home. The man who does this is working in partnership with Satanic agencies. Bring your will into submission to the will of God. Do all in your power to make the life of your wife pleasant and happy. Take the word of God as the man of your counsel. In the home live out the teachings of the word. Then you will live them out in the church, and will take them with you to your place of business. The principles of heaven will ennoble all your transactions. Angels of God will co-operate with you, helping you to reveal Christ to the world.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 12]     The Mother's Influence.        Necessarily a large share of the training of the children falls to the mother. She is to teach her children from their babyhood the lesson of obedience. The reins of control are not to be placed in their hands. The children are to be taught to regard their mother, not as a slave, whose work it is to wait on them, but as a queen, who is to guide and direct them, teaching them line upon line, precept upon precept.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 13]          Mothers, however provoking your children may be in their ignorance, do not give way to impatience. Teach them patiently and lovingly. Be firm with them. Do not let Satan control them. Discipline them only when you are under the discipline of God. Christ will be victor in the lives of your children if you will learn of him who is meek and lowly, pure and undefiled.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 14]     Co-operating with God.        Parents, live the Christ-life. Place yourselves where you can co-operate with God. There are many whose minds and hearts need to be ennobled and refined by the grace of heaven. Christianity is to preside in the heart and in the home. The counsel of God is to control in the home. Let us remember this, and become familiar with the directions that he has given in his word.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 14}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 15]          The word of God is to be our lesson book. We are not merely to read it, and say that we believe the truth for this time. This profession must be accompanied by an earnest, faithful practice of the teachings of the word of God. Under its hallowed power, the tenderest and most sanctified dispositions are to be developed in the home circle.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 15}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 16]     "Prove Your Own Selves."        Let every one attend most critically to himself. "Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves." Body and mind must be carefully and strictly dealt with, that unchristlike traits of character and tendencies to wrong may not bear sway. Unless a strict watch is kept over the heart, wrong principles will prevail in the life, and great unhappiness will be wrought. Every departure from righteousness becomes a force that works against the Lord Jesus. When right words and deeds are left out of the home life, there come in unchristlike words and deeds. Parents and children work at cross purposes with God. The family is placed where Christ will pronounce against it the woe pronounced against Chorazin and Bethsaida.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 16}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 17]          I appeal to parents to prepare themselves and their children to unite with the family above. Get ready, for Christ's sake, get ready to meet your Lord in peace. Begin to work in your family on right lines. Get down to the root of the matter. Bring the truth into your homes, to sanctify and purify them. Do not keep it in the outer court. How blind many professing Christians are to their own interests! How utterly they fail to see what Christ would do for them were he admitted into their homes. Let Christians work as earnestly to win the crown of life as worldlings work to win earthly advantages, and the church of God will certainly move forward with power.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 17}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 18]     The Christian Home a Power for Good.        A deeper and more successful work will be done in the church when the families composing it stand in right relation to God. The church will then reap the advantage of the Christlike influence exerted in the homes of the members.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 18}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 19]          The Holy Spirit produces actions that are in harmony with the law of God. The regenerating work of the Spirit will be seen in families where painstaking efforts are put forth to manifest kindness, patience, and love. Almighty power is at work, preparing minds and hearts to submit to the moulding influence of the Holy Spirit, leading parents to sanctify themselves, that their children also may be sanctified.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 19}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 20]          The home in which the members are polite, courteous Christians exerts a far-reaching influence for good. Other families will mark the results attained by such a home, and will follow the example set, in their turn guarding the home against Satanic influences.  {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 20}
[SW, January 19, 1904 par. 21]          The angels of God will often visit the home in which the will of God bears sway. Under the power of divine grace such a home becomes a place of refreshing to worn, weary pilgrims. By watchfully guarding, self is kept from asserting itself. Correct habits are formed. There is a careful recognition of the rights of others. The faith that works by love and purifies the soul stands at the helm, presiding over the whole household. Under the hallowed influence of such a home, the principle of brotherhood laid down in the word of God is more widely recognized and obeyed.                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.        Sanitarium, Cal., Dec. 20, 1903.                                                                   -    {SW, January 19, 1904 par. 21}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 1]       January 26, 1904 Encouraging Words to the  Workers.        To the Dear Brethren and Sisters Assembled in Council at Nashville: --            The divine command to deliver Israel found Moses self-distrustful, slow of speech, and timid. He was overwhelmed with a sense of his incapacity to be a mouthpiece for God. But he accepted the work, putting all his trust in the Lord. The greatness of his mission called into exercise the best powers of his mind. God blessed his ready obedience, and he became eloquent, hopeful, self-possessed, and well fitted for the greatest work ever given to man. This is an example of what God does to strengthen the character of those who trust him implicitly, and give themselves unreservedly to his commands.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 2]     Divine Help Promised.            The humble, efficient worker, who obediently responds to the call of God, may be sure of receiving divine assistance. To feel so great and holy a responsibility is of itself elevating to the character. It calls into action the highest mental qualities, and their continued exercise strengthens and purifies mind and heart. The influence upon one's own life, as well as upon the lives of others, is incalculable.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 3]     Co-laborers with the Saviour.            It is wonderful how strong a weak man may become through faith in the power of God, how decided his efforts, how prolific of great results. The hesitating and irresolute, through exercising his abilities in the cause of God, becomes firm and decided. Taking in the great fact that he is called by the Redeemer of the world to work with him for the salvation of men, he dedicates his life to the work. His nature becomes exalted; the mission of Christ opens before him with new importance and glory, and with deep humility he recognizes in himself a co-laborer with the Saviour. No higher office is given to man. No joy can equal the assurance of being an instrument in the hand of God for saving souls. It is a grand thing to look back upon a course of labor marked with glorious results; to see precious souls progressing in the light through your efforts; to feel that God has worked with and through you in the harvest-field of the world.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 4]     Our Rich Reward.            Careless spectators may not appreciate your work or see its importance. They may think it a losing business, a life of thankless labor and self-sacrifice. But the servant of Jesus sees it in the light shining from the cross. His sacrifices appear small in comparison with those of the blessed Master, and he is glad to follow in his steps. The success of his labor affords him the purest joy, and is the richest recompense for a life of patient toil.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 5]          In reviewing the past, the trials and difficulties that have beset him are not magnified in his mind. The consciousness of duty performed amply compensates for all his sufferings, and the glory of his coming reward clothes the future with the light of heaven. Glancing over the well-fought field of battle, he says with Paul, "I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 6]     The Christian's First Great Object.            He who is called of God to so sacred a work should put all his energies to its accomplishment. Every other consideration should become secondary to this great object. He should feel the solemn obligations resting upon him, one whom God has honored by choosing to unite him with the angels in the work of ministering to souls and enlightening them with divine truth. The history of our Saviour's conflict in the wilderness of temptation, his life of self-sacrificing love, his soul-agony in Gethsemane, the cruelty of the scenes in the judgment-hall, and the agony upon the cross, all combine to teach a lesson of self-sacrifice, of patience under affliction, of solemn consecration to God, and of fitting preparation for his holy work.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 7]     Christ Our Strength.            Laborer for God, when weary and heavy laden, flee to Christ, who has promised you rest. He is your burden-bearer; he is your strength. Never allow yourself to believe that you are yourself sufficient for the exigency of the times; never regard yourself as a graduated Christian. Your work is to discipline the mind, to store up knowledge, to perfect character while life lasts. Only thus can you wage successfully the great warfare of life.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 8]     The Call for Faithful Soldiers.            Keep the spirit as humble as that of a little child. Envy, pride, worldly ambition, cupidity, and love of ease must be sacrificed upon the altar of God. In the simplicity of love, be like those little ones whose angels do always behold the face of our heavenly Father. But unite with these virtues the courage of a tried warrior. We want faithful Calebs, who will raise their voices fearlessly in defence of the right, who are the first to press into the front of the battle, and plant the banner of truth in the heart of the enemy's camp.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 9]          Jesus calls for young men who will volunteer to carry the truth to the world. Men of spiritual stamina are needed, men who are able to find work close at hand, because they are looking for it. The church needs now men to give energy to the ranks, men for the time, able to cope with its errors, men who will inspire with fresh zeal the flagging efforts of the few laborers, men whose hearts are warm with Christian love, and whose hands are eager to go about the Master's work.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 10]          The unsearchable riches of Christ are to be presented to the world in contrast with the poverty of sin, and the delusive pleasures of the world. Only a heart brimming with the love of God, only a mind made active by constant study of eternal interests, can properly set forth the beauties of the truth of God.  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 11]          Those who unreservedly give themselves to this work, who faithfully reflect the beams of the Sun of Righteousness, fulfilling their mission with fidelity and love, will be recompensed on earth by the sweet consciousness of duty performed, and in the bright hereafter, when the saints shall come into their inheritance, the devoted worker for Christ will be welcomed into the joy of his Lord, hearing from the Master's lips the commendation, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant."  {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 12]     Courage in the Lord.            Great things are before us, and we want to call the people from their indifference to get ready. Things that are eternal crowd upon my vision day and night; the things that are temporal fade from my sight. We are not now to cast away our confidence, but are to have firm assurance, firmer than ever before. Hitherto hath the Lord helped us, and he will help us to the end. We will look to the monumental pillars, reminders of what the Lord has done to comfort us and to save us from the hand of the destroyer. We are to keep fresh the memory of every pain the Lord has soothed, every anxiety he has removed, every fear he has dispelled, every want he has supplied, every mercy he has bestowed. Thus we are to strengthen ourselves for the remainder of our pilgrimage. We can not but look forward to new perplexities in the coming conflict; but we may look at that which is past as well as at that which is to come, and say, "Hitherto hath the Lord helped us." "As thy days, so shall thy strength be." The trial will not exceed the strength given to bear it.                                                                   -    {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, January 26, 1904 par. 13]          We have only a little while to wage the warfare; then Christ will come, and the conflict will close. Then our last efforts to work with Christ and advance his kingdom, will have been made. Some who have stood at the fore-front of the battle, zealously resisting incoming evil, fall at the post of duty; the living gaze sorrowfully at the fallen heroes; but there is no time to cease work. They must close up the ranks, seize the banner from the hand palsied by death, and with renewed energy vindicate the truth and the honor of Christ. As never before, resistance must be made against sin,-- against the powers of darkness. The time demands energetic and determined activity on the part of those who believe present truth. If the time seems long as we wait for our Deliverer to come; if, bowed by affliction and worn with toil, we feel impatient to receive an honorable release from the warfare, let us remember--and let the remembrance check every murmur--that we are left on earth to encounter storm and tempest, to perfect Christian character, to become better acquainted with God our Father and with Christ our elder brother, and to work for the Master in winning many souls to Christ. "They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever."                                                              Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, January 26, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 1]       February 2, 1904 One with Christ in God.         The Lord calls for men of genuine faith and sound minds, men who recognize the distinction between the true and the false. Each one should now be on his guard, studying and practicing the lessons given in the seventeenth chapter of John, and preserving a living faith in the truth for this time. We need that self-control that will enable us to bring our habits into harmony with the prayer of Christ.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 2]          The instruction given me by One of authority is that we are to learn to answer the prayer recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. We are to make this prayer our first study. Every gospel minister, every medical missionary, is to learn the science of this prayer. My brethren and sisters, I ask you to heed these words, and to bring to your study a calm, humble, contrite spirit, and the healthy energies of a mind under the control of God. Those who fail to learn the lessons contained in this prayer are in danger of making one-sided developments which no future training will ever fully correct.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 3]       Christ's Interest for His People.          "Neither for these only, do I pray," Christ said, "but for them also that believe on me through their word; that they all may be one, even as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou didst send me.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 4]         "And the glory which thou gavest me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one: I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that thou hast sent me and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 5]          "Father, I desire that they also whom thou hast given me be with me where I am; that they may behold my glory, which thou hast given me; for thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world has not known thee; but I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me, and I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them."  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 6]       The Importance of Unity.          It is the purpose of God that his children shall blend in unity. Do they not expect to live together in the same heaven? Is Christ divided against himself? Will he give his people success before they sweep away the rubbish of evil-surmising and discord, before the laborers, with unity of purpose, devote heart and mind and strength to the work so holy in God's sight?  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 7]         Union brings strength; disunion weakness. United with one another, working together in harmony for the salvation of men, we shall indeed be "laborers together with God." Those who refuse to work in harmony greatly dishonor God. The enemy of souls delights to see them working at cross purposes with one another. Such ones need to cultivate brotherly love and tenderness of heart. If they could draw aside the curtain veiling the future, and see the result of their disunion, they would surely be led to repent.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 8]       The Influence of Disunion.          The world is looking on with gratification at the disunion among Christians. Infidelity is well pleased. God calls for a change among his people. Union with Christ and with one another is our only safety in these last days. Let us not make it possible for Satan to point to our church members, saying, "Behold how these people, standing under the banner of Christ, hate one another. We have nothing to fear from them while they spend more strength fighting one another than in warfare with my forces."  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 9]      The Work of the Apostles.          After the descent of the Holy Spirit, the disciples went forth to proclaim a risen Saviour, their one desire the salvation of souls. They rejoiced in the sweetness of communion with saints. They were tender, thoughtful, self-denying, willing to make any sacrifice for the truth's sake. In their daily association with one another, they revealed the love that Christ had commanded them to reveal. By unselfish words and deeds, they strove to kindle this love in other hearts.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 10]         The believers were ever to cherish the love that filled the hearts of the apostles after the descent of the Holy Spirit. They were to go forward in willing obedience to the new commandment, "As I have loved you, that ye also love one another." So closely were they to be united to Christ that they would be enabled to fulfill his requirements. The power of a Saviour who could justify them by his righteousness was to be magnified.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 11]       Criticism in the Early Church.          But the early Christians began to look for defects in one another. Dwelling upon mistakes, giving way to unkind criticism, they lost sight of the Saviour, and of the great love he had revealed for sinners. They became more strict in regard to outward ceremonies, more particular about the theory of the faith, more severe in their criticisms. In their zeal to condemn others, they forgot their own errors. They forgot the lesson of brotherly love that Christ had taught. And, saddest of all, they were unconscious of their loss. They did not realize that happiness and joy were going out of their lives, and that soon they would walk in darkness, having shut the love of God out of their hearts.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 12]         The apostle John realized that brotherly love was waning in the church, and he dwelt particularly upon this point. Up to the day of his death, he urged upon believers the constant exercise of love for one another. His letters to the churches are filled with this thought. "Beloved, let us love one another," he writes; "for love is of God. . . . God sent his only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through him. . . . Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another."  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 13]      Disunion in the Church of Today.          In the church of God today brotherly love is greatly lacking. Many of those who profess to love the Saviour neglect to love those who are united with them in Christian fellowship. We are of the same faith, members of one family, all children of the same heavenly Father, with the same blessed hope of immortality. How close and tender should be the tie that binds us together! The people of the world are watching us, to see if our faith is exerting a sanctifying influence upon our hearts. They are quick to discern every defect in our lives, every inconsistency in our actions. Let us give them no occasion to reproach our faith.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 14]      Our Greatest Source of Danger.          It is not the opposition of the world that endangers us the most; it is the evil cherished in the hearts of professed believers that works our most grievous disaster, and retards most the progress of God's cause. There is no surer way of weakening our spirituality than by being envious, suspicious of one another, full of fault-finding and evil-surmising. "This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace." Let all professed Christians work out this science, to love one another as Christ has told us. John 13:34, 35.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 14}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 15]      The Strongest Witness for Christ.          Harmony and union existing among men of varied dispositions is the strongest witness that can be borne that God has sent his Son into the world to save sinners. It is our privilege to bear this witness. But in order to do this we must place ourselves under Christ's command. Our characters must be moulded in harmony with his character, our wills must be surrendered to his will. Then we shall work together without a thought of collision.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 15}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 16]         Little differences dwelt upon lead to actions that destroy Christian fellowship. Let us not allow the enemy thus to gain the advantage over us. Let us keep drawing nearer to God and to one another. Then we shall be as trees of righteousness, planted by the Lord, and watered by the river of life. And how fruitful we shall be! Did not Christ say, "Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit"?  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 16}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 17]       God's Purpose in His Church.          The heart of the Saviour is set upon his followers fulfilling God's purpose in all its height and depth. They are to be one in him, even though they are scattered the world over. But God can not make them one in Christ unless they are willing to give up their own way for his way.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 17}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 18]         When Christ's prayer is fully believed, when its instruction is brought into the daily lives of God's people, unity of action will be seen in our ranks. Brother will be bound to brother by the golden threads of the love of Christ. The Spirit of God alone can bring about this oneness. He who sanctified himself, can sanctify his disciples. United with him, they will be united with one another in the most holy faith. When we strive for this unity as God desires us to strive for it, it will come to us.   Mrs. E. G. White.        Sanitarium, Cal., Dec. 31, 1903.                                                                   -    {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 18}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 1]       February 2, 1904 The Canvasser-Evangelist.         The Lord has sent his people much instruction, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. Little heed is given to the Bible, and the Lord has given a lesser light, to lead men and women to the greater light. O, how much good might be accomplished if the books containing this light were read with a determination to carry out the principles they contain. There would be a thousandfold greater vigilance, a thousandfold more self-denial and resolute effort, and many more would now be rejoicing in the light of present truth.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 2]          The end of all things is at hand. The men of the world are rushing on to their ruin. Their schemes, their confederacies, are many. New devices will continually be brought in to make of no effect the counsel of God. Men are heaping up treasures of gold and silver to be consumed by the fires of the last day. The things of this world are soon to perish. This is not discerned by those who have not been divinely enlightened, who have not kept pace with the work of God. Consecrated men and women must go forth to sound the warning in the highways and the byways.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 3]          Canvasser-evangelists are needed to hunt and fish for souls. Canvassers can reach a class that can be reached in no other way. From family to family they carry the message of truth. Thus they come into close touch with the people, and find many opportunities to speak of the Saviour. Let them sing and pray with those who become interested in the truths they present. Let them speak in families the word of life. They may expect success; for canvassers who go forth in the Spirit of the Master have the companionship of heavenly angels.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 4]          Let no one think that he is at liberty to fold his hands and do nothing. That any one can be saved in indolence and inactivity is an utter impossibility. Think of what Christ accomplished during his earthly ministry. How earnest, how untiring were his efforts! He allowed nothing to turn him aside from the work given him. Are we following in his footsteps? He gave up all to carry out God's plan of mercy for the fallen race. In the fulfillment of the purpose of heaven he became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. He who had had no communion with sin, who had known nothing of it, came to this world, and took upon his sinless soul the guilt of sinful man, that sinners might stand justified before God. He grappled with temptation, overcoming in our behalf. The Son of God, pure and unsullied, bore the penalty of transgression, and received the stroke of death that brought deliverance to the race.  {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 2, 1904 par. 5]          It was Christ's joy to help those in need of help, to rescue the perishing, to seek the lost, to lift up the bowed down, to heal the sick, to speak words of sympathy and consolation to the sorrowing and the distressed. The more fully we are imbued with his Spirit, the more earnestly we shall work for those around us, and the more we do for others, the greater will be our love for the work, and the greater our delight in following the Master. Our hearts will be filled with the love of God, and with earnestness and convincing power we shall speak of the crucified Saviour.--From Advance Sheet of Testimonies, Vol. VIII.                                                                   -    {SW, February 2, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 1]       February 9, 1904 The Risen Christ in Galilee.         Jesus had appointed to meet his disciples in Galilee; and soon after the Passover week was ended, they bent their steps thither.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 2]          Their absence from Jerusalem during the feast would have been interpreted as disaffection and heresy, therefore they remained till its close; but this over, they gladly turned homeward to meet the Saviour as he had directed.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 3]          Seven of the disciples were in company. They were clad in the humble garb of fishermen; they were poor in worldly goods, but rich in the knowledge and practise of the truth, which in the sight of Heaven gave them the highest rank as teachers. They had not been students in the schools of the prophets, but for three years they had been taught by the greatest Educator the world has ever known. Under his instruction they had become elevated, intelligent, and refined, agents through whom men might be led to a knowledge of the truth.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 4]          Much of the time of Christ's ministry had been spent near the Sea of Galilee. As the disciples gathered in a place where they were not likely to be disturbed, they found themselves surrounded by reminders of Jesus and his mighty works. On this sea, when their hearts were filled with terror, and the fierce storm was hurrying them to destruction, Jesus had walked upon the billows to their rescue. Here the tempest had been hushed by his word. Within sight was the beach where above ten thousand persons had been fed from a few small loaves and fishes. Not far distant was Capernaum, the scene of so many miracles. As the disciples looked upon the scene, their minds were full of the words and deeds of their Saviour. The evening was pleasant, and Peter, who still had much of his old love for boats and fishing, proposed that they should go out upon the sea and cast their nets. In this plan all were ready to join; they were in need of food and clothing, which the proceeds of a successful night's fishing would supply. So they went out in their boat, but they caught nothing. All night they toiled, without success. Through the weary hours they talked of their absent Lord, and recalled the wonderful events they had witnessed in his ministry beside the sea. They questioned as to their own future, and grew sad at the prospect before them.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 5]          All the while a lone watcher upon the shore followed them with his eye, while he himself was unseen. At length the morning dawned. The boat was but a little way from the shore, and the disciples saw a stranger standing upon the beach, who accosted them with the question, "Children, have ye any meat?" When they answered "No," "he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and ye shall find. They cast therefore, and now they were not able to draw it for the multitude of fishes."  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 6]          John recognized the stranger, and exclaimed to Peter, "It is the Lord." Peter was so elated and so glad that in his eagerness he cast himself into the water, and was soon standing by the side of his Master. The other disciples came in their boat, dragging the net with fishes. "As soon as they were come to land, they saw a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bread."  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 7]          They were too much amazed to question whence came the fire and the food. "Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught." Peter rushed for the net, which he had dropped, and helped his brethren drag it to the shore. After the work was done, and the preparation made, Jesus bade the disciples come and dine. He broke the food, and divided it among them, and was known and acknowledged by all the seven. The miracle of feeding the five thousand on the mountain-side was now brought to their minds; but a mysterious awe was upon them, and in silence they gazed upon the risen Saviour.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 8]          Vividly they recalled the scene beside the sea when Jesus had bidden them follow him. They remembered how, at his command, they had launched out into the deep, and had let down their net, and the catch had been so abundant as to fill the net, even to breaking. Then Jesus had called them to leave their fishing boats, and had promised to make them fishers of men. It was to bring this scene to their minds, and to deepen its impression, that he had again performed the miracle. His act was a renewal of the commission to the disciples. It showed them that the death of their Master had not lessened their obligation to do the work he had assigned them. Though they were to be deprived of his personal companionship, and of the means of support by their former employment, the risen Saviour would still have a care for them. While they were doing his work, he would provide for their needs. And Jesus had a purpose in bidding them cast their net on the right side of the ship. On that side he stood upon the shore. That was the side of faith. If they labored in connection with him,--his divine power combining with their human effort,-- they could not fail of success.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 9]          These early apostles proved that there is success in working with Christ. It is written of them that "they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following." Mark 16:20. The same power that the apostles had is still available for those who will do God's service; and the heavenly universe is waiting for channels through which the tide of mercy may flow throughout the world.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 1]       February 9, 1904 Christ's Followers the Light  of the World.          To the Brethren and Sisters Assembled in Council at Nashville, Tenn.          "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill can not be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 2]          In all ages God's people have been the light of the world. Joseph was a light in Egypt. He represented Jehovah in the midst of a nation of idolaters. While the Israelites were on the way from Egypt to the promised land, they were a light to the surrounding nations. Through them God was revealed to the world. Satan sought to extinguish their light; but by the power of God it was kept alive through successive generations while Israel maintained a national existence; and during the captivity faithful witnesses for God reflected the light of heaven to many lands. From Daniel and his companions, and from Mordecai, a bright light shone amid the moral darkness of kingly courts. In holy vision God revealed to Daniel light and truth that had lain concealed from other men, and through his chosen servants this light has shone down through the ages, and will continue to shine till the end of time.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 3]       Greater Light Implies Greater Responsibility.          We who are living in this age have greater light and greater privileges than were given to Abraham, Joseph, Moses, Daniel, Ezra, Nehemiah and other ancient worthies, and we are under correspondingly greater obligation to let our light shine to the world. God has made us the depositaries of his law. We have been redeemed by the precious blood of Christ, and we are to follow in his footsteps, to represent him before the world.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 4]         But are we faithful stewards? Are we doing all that we can to diffuse the light of precious truth? Brethren, you see the truth, you understand the claims of God's law; you know that no wilful transgressor will enter into life, and yet you see the law made void in the world. What is your duty? You are not to ask, What is convenient for me? what is agreeable? but, What can I do to save souls?  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 5]       A Great Work to be Done?          There is a great work before us. The world is to be warned. This work calls for the exercise of all the talents that God has entrusted to our keeping. He has given us abilities that enable us to exert an influence on other minds. We have talents in the pen, the press, the voice, the purse, and the sanctified affections of the soul. All these talents are the Lord's. He has lent them to us, and he holds us responsible for the use we make of them,--for the faithful discharge of our duty to the world. We may come very near to Jesus; we may commune with him, and having found rest and peace to our own souls, we may show forth to others the beauty of true holiness.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 6]      God's Great Promises.          We shall meet with conflicts to test our faith and courage, but they will make us strong if we conquer through the grace that Jesus is willing to give. But we must believe; we must grasp the promises without a doubt. They are ample and rich. Hear the assurance given by the prophet of the Lord:--  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 7]         "Although the fig-tree shall not blossom, neither shall fruit be in the vines; the labor of the olive shall fail, and the fields shall yield no meat: the flock shall be cut off from the fold, and there shall be no herd in the stalls; yet I will rejoice in the Lord, I will joy in the God of my salvation. The Lord is my strength; . . . he will make me to walk upon mine high places." As we exercise faith, the promises of God will be verified to us. And as we walk consistently with our profession of faith, we are also teaching others to walk circumspectly.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 8]       Walk in the Light.          Do not choose darkness. The Saviour says, "I am the light of the world. He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." When you constantly complain of darkness, you represent to the world that you are not following Jesus, or else that he has deceived you. But, dear brethren, have you not been in the habit of talking darkness and unbelief? Have you not, by so doing, greatly shadowed the path of others, and led them to think that there could be nothing attractive in the truth, nothing satisfying in the religion and service of Christ? Your words, your life, your character, have represented your religion, and how many souls have you discouraged and turned in the wrong direction?  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 9]         Do not consult feeling, for feeling is not to be our guide. We are to walk by faith, not by sight. Do not let unbelief separate you from God. Do not let one word of unbelief or discouragement escape your lips. Satan is pleased at every such expression, because it is dishonoring to Jesus. Seek earnestly to remedy every defect of character. Put away murmuring and fretfulness. In the indulgence of these traits you represent Satan, the prince of darkness, not Christ, the prince of light. Cast no shadow to darken the pathway of others. Walk in the light and the peace and joy that shine in the face of Christ will be reflected in you. Jesus lives, and his promise is, "According to your faith be it unto you."  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 10]       Men of Courage are Needed.          Those who talk unbelief may have a little enthusiasm when the sky is bright, and everything is encouraging; but when the battle goes hard, when we have to hope against hope, and urge our petitions to the throne of grace through deep darkness, then the unbelieving ones do not talk of the good land of Canaan, but make prominent the dangers to be encountered. They talk of the strong walls and the giants we shall meet, when their language should be, "The land . . . is an exceeding good land. If the Lord delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it us."  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 11]         Men of courage are wanted now; men who will venture something for the truth's sake; men who will be sober, but not gloomy or despondent; men who will watch unto prayer, and whose prayers will be mingled with living, active faith. We may be cheerful, and even joyful. Even under temptation our language should be that of faith and hope and courage. But no lightness, no trifling, should be indulged in; no low witticism should escape our lips; for these things give Satan great advantage. And we are living in the solemn hour of the judgment, when we should afflict our souls, confess our errors, repent of our sins, and pray for one another that we may be healed.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 12]       Whom do We Represent?          If we are converted, we shall no longer represent Satan by warped, one-sided characters; but in spirit and word and act we shall conform our lives to the perfect pattern given us in the life of Christ. Unless we follow this perfect example, evil practises will place us in Satan's snare. We can not afford to dally with the tempter, to persist in one wrong habit, to cherish one darling sin. If we confess and forsake our sins; if we come to Jesus in penitence and humility of soul, acknowledging our inability to remove one spot or stain of sin, and relying wholly on the merits of a crucified Saviour, we may expect forgiveness; for his word is pledged. He has said that he will pardon our transgressions, and blot out our sins. We must dwell upon the matchless love and compassion of Jesus, and not upon our own unworthiness and sinfulness. If we look to ourselves, all will be darkness; but Jesus is all light and life, and we have only to "look and live." We may "look unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame." What tenderness, what mercy, what love, are here manifested!  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 13]      Growth in Grace.          Through constant watchfulness and grace we may grow in grace and perfect Christian characters. But prayer will be no task to the soul that loves God; it will be a pleasure, a source of strength. Our hearts will be stayed upon God, and we shall say by our daily life, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." In view of what Jesus has done to redeem us from the power of Satan, how can we allow evil traits of character to gain the ascendency, thus giving Satan cause to exult, and bringing grief to Him who died for us?  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 14]      God is Waiting to Bless.          The Lord is waiting to bestow rich blessings upon us if we will only comply with the conditions. We can not glorify him while we cherish doubt. We must believe that he will do just what he has said he would. Remember that we have a living Saviour. If you do not feel light-hearted and joyous, do not dishonor God by talking of your feelings. Talk of the promises, talk of Jesus' willingness to bless; and before you are aware of it, the cloud will lift, light will come into the soul, and you will find peace and rest in Jesus.                                                                   -    {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 14}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 15]         I would that every one of you could have a view that was presented to me years ago. In my very girlhood the Lord saw fit to open before me the glories of heaven. I was in vision taken to heaven, and the angel said to me, "Look!" I looked to the world as it was in dense darkness. The agony that came over me was indescribable as I saw this darkness. Again the word came, "Look ye." And again I looked over the world, and I began to see jets of light like stars dotted all through this darkness; and then I saw another and another added light, and so all through this moral darkness the star-like lights were increasing. The angel said, "These are they that believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and are obeying his words. These are the lights of the world. Were it not for these lights, the judgments of God would immediately fall upon the transgressors of his law." I saw then these little jets of light growing brighter, shining forth from the east and the west, from the north and the south, and lighting the whole world. Occasionally one of these lights would begin to grow dim, and others would go out, and every time this occurred there was sadness and weeping in heaven. And some of the lights would grow brighter and brighter, and their brightness was far-reaching, and many more lights were added to them. Then there was rejoicing in heaven. I saw that the rays of light came directly from Jesus, to form these precious jets of light in the world.                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 15}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 1]       February 9, 1904 An Important Work.         My brethren and sisters, remember that one day you will stand before the Lord of all the earth, to answer for the deeds done in the body. Then your work will appear as it really is. The vineyard is large, and the Lord is calling for laborers. Do not allow anything to keep you from the work of soul saving. The canvassing work is a most successful way of saving souls. Will you not try it? Will you not do what you can to circulate the books that the Lord has said should be sown broadcast through the world? Will you not place them in the homes of as many as possible? Think how great a work can be done if a large number of believers will unite in an effort to place before the people, by the circulation of these books, the light that the Lord has committed to us to be given them.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 2]          Put your hearts into this work, and the blessing of God will be with you. Go forth in faith, as you go praying that God will prepare hearts to receive the truth. Be pleasant and courteous. Show by a consistent course that you are true Christians. Walk and work in the light of heaven, and your path will be as the path of the just, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day. Under the divine guidance go forward in the work, and look to the Lord for aid. The Holy Spirit will attend you. Angels of heaven will be with you. In your work you will meet with those who are fighting against appetite. Speak words that will strengthen and encourage them. Do not let Satan quench the last spark of hope in their hearts. Of the erring, trembling one, struggling against evil, Christ says, "Let him come unto me," and as he comes, Christ places his hands underneath him and lifts him up. The work that he did, you, as his evangelists, can do as you go from place to place. Labor on in faith, expecting that souls will be won to him who gave his life that men and women might stand on God's side. Draw with God to win the drunkard and the tobacco devotee from the habits that debase them till they are below the level of the beasts that perish.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 3]          O that thousands more of our people had a realization of the time in which we are living, and of the work to be done in field service, in house-to-house labor! There are many, many, who know not the truth. They need to hear the call to come to Jesus. The sorrowing are to be cheered, the mourners comforted. The poor are to have the gospel preached to them. I urge my brethren and sisters not to engage in work that will hinder them from proclaiming the gospel of Christ. You are God's spokesmen. You are to speak the truth in love to perishing souls. "Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled" (Luke 14:23), Christ says. Do not these words plainly outline the work of the canvasser? With Christ in his heart, he is to go forth into the highways and byways of life, giving the invitation to the marriage supper. Men of wealth and influence will come, if they are invited. Some will refuse, but, thank God, not all.  {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 9, 1904 par. 4]          The Lord calls for many more to engage in the canvassing work in the year opening before us. For Christ's sake, my brethren and sisters, make the most of the hours of this new year to place the light of present truth before those who are now in darkness. Jesus is calling for many missionaries, for men and women who will consecrate themselves to God, willing to spend and be spent in his service. O, can we not remember that there is a world to labor for? Shall we not move forward step by step, letting God use us as his helping hand? As we do this, the love of Christ will touch and transform us, making us willing for his sake to do and dare.--From Advance Sheet of Testimonies, Vol. VIII.                                                                   -    {SW, February 9, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 1]       February 16, 1904 True Repentance.         "When thou hast made an end of tithing all the tithes of thine increase the third year, which is the year of tithing, and hast given it unto the Levite, the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow, that they may eat within thy gates, and be filled; then thou shalt say before the Lord thy God:--  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 2]          "I have brought away the hallowed things out of mine house, and also have given them unto the Levite, and unto the stranger, to the fatherless, and to the widow, according to all thy commandments which thou hast commanded. I have not transgressed thy commandments, neither have I forgotten them. I have not eaten thereof in my mourning, neither have I taken aught thereof for the dead; but I have hearkened to the voice of the Lord my God, and have done according to all that thou hast commanded me.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 3]          "Look down from thy holy habitation, from heaven, and bless thy people Israel, and the land which thou hast given us, as thou swarest unto our fathers, a land that floweth with milk and honey."  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 4]       Our Responsibility for Others.          The Lord God of Israel will not accept halfway work. The true penitent does not put his past sins from his remembrance. He does not, as soon as he has obtained peace, grow unconcerned in regard to the mistakes he has made. He thinks how many have been led into evil by his wrong course, and he tries in every possible way to help any whom he has led into false paths. The clearer the light that he has entered into by returning to the Lord, the stronger his desire to set the feet of others in the right way. He does not gloss over his wayward course, making his wrong a light thing, but lifts the danger signal, that others may take warning. He walks humbly and carefully, his eyes fixed on his Leader.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 5]         It is very dangerous business for any man to regard it as of little consequence whether he pursues a right course, or whether his feet make crooked paths. We can not afford to regard it as a light matter to let Satan lead us into wrong. Evil is evil, whether the wrong done be large or apparently small.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 6]       Danger in False Doctrine.          Let no man flatter himself that it makes no difference what he believes. He who thinks this will accept Satan's suppositions, and will lead many other minds astray. He may repent and be converted. He may see his need of being washed in the fountain opened for Judah and Jerusalem before he can be accepted by God. But what of those he has led astray? They may never see their need of pardon.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 7]      The Only Safe Path.          Only in the path of truth is there safety. Sin may be forgiven, but let us not forget that the sin committed may influence others who will not repent, but will continue to walk in false paths, and to lead others astray.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 8]         Let every one take heed, and make straight paths for his feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. God is greatly dishonored, and many souls are lost, because men in positions of responsibility in the cause allow so many imperfections and failures to mar their lives. The admonition comes to all in positions of trust: Cleanse yourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of the Lord.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 9]       Christ Our Strength.          Man can not take one step in sincerity, in truthfulness, in righteousness, without the help of the Lord Jesus. For this help we are earnestly to plead. He will impart fresh grace for renewed spiritual progress. Fresh supplies of strength will come as the result of beholding Christ and drawing near to him. In the light of his perfection, evils that formerly seemed to be virtues will be seen as they really are.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 10]         There are rich promises and abundant grace for those who resist the enemy. Heavenly angels draw near to them. The seducing, delusive theories that Satan has presented before the tempted ones are unmasked. His smooth sophistries are made to appear as they are, bearing his deadly sting.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 11]          Christ, the gift of the Father to our world, is our hope and efficiency. In him all our hopes of eternal life center. He is our Advocate in the heavenly courts. He is interceding in our behalf. Without his grace, no progress in the spiritual life can be made. He who is traveling heavenward must daily receive a fresh supply of grace. In order for him to be successful in his conflicts with the enemy, Christ's righteousness must be imputed to him.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 12]          The truly penitent soul will reach high attainments of holiness, peace, and joy. But he will never forget that he owes it all to the Saviour. A sense of deep humiliation and contrition will fill his heart, and he will bow low before God.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 13]       Humility before God.          O how many today who know the truth are provoking God to withdraw from them the influence of his Spirit. Humble yourselves before God, and he will lift you up. Offer to him earnest supplications for aid. Do not gloss over the grievousness of your sins. It was sin that nailed Christ to the cross of Calvary. He who sincerely repents will be freely forgiven.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 14]      "Bring Forth Fruits Meet for Repentance."          The words and deeds of the truly penitent bear witness that theirs is a repentance that needs not to be repented of. They will offer earnest petitions for fresh grace, for new supplies of strength, for the efficiency and power of the Holy Spirit, promised to all who ask in faith. They understand the meaning of the apostle's words, "Ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God." The prayer that Christ offered for his disciples just before his crucifixion is their help in every emergency.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 14}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 15]         True repentance can never be mistaken. It bears fruit that testifies to its genuineness. Self is subdued; Christ is magnified. But false repentance results in a make-believe reformation, which reveals itself only by some new feature of self-exaltation. Fresh assaults of Satan will be made, and the snares of the wily foe will entice and delude the one who has not hidden his life with Christ in God. There will be a continual uplifting of self. There is not seen that drawing to God in earnest faith that must be seen if the soul is kept by the power of God unto salvation. Often some darling sin is cherished, some indulgence or lust that has brought the soul into bondage is retained.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 15}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 16]          These things have been presented to me in various figures as the reason why there is so deficient a spiritual advancement in our churches. There are those who are not willing to put away some sensual indulgence, which is to them as the right hand or the right eye. Thus the living faith that would have removed mountains of difficulty, and brought the soul into a sacred nearness with God, is made of no effect.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 16}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 17]                                         The Law of God.          Let us be loyal and true to every precept of the law of God. The Lord declares that if we will obey the principles of his law, these principles will be our life.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 17}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 18]          "Thou hast avouched the Lord this day to be thy God, and to walk in his ways, and to keep his statutes, and his commandments, and his judgments, and to hearken unto his voice; and the Lord hath avouched thee this day to be his peculiar people, as he hath promised thee, and that thou shouldst keep all his commandments; and to make thee high above all nations which he hath made, in praise, and in name, and in honor; that thou mayest be a holy people unto the Lord thy God, as he hath spoken."  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 18}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 19]       Not of Human Origin.          The precepts of God's law were not the production of any human mind, nor were they enacted by Moses. They were framed by the One infinite in wisdom, even him who is King of kings and Lord of lords, and by him were proclaimed from Sinai amidst scenes of awful grandeur. On obedience to these precepts depended Israel's prosperity.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 19}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 20]      God Honored by Obedience.          "Thou shalt keep therefore and do them with all thine heart and with all thy soul." God did not give his commandments to us for us to obey when we pleased, and to disregard at our pleasure. They are the laws of his kingdom, and are to be obeyed by his subjects. If his people would obey his law with the whole heart, decided witness would be borne to the world that those whom he has avouched to be his people, his peculiar treasure, do indeed honor him in all they do. Loyalty to God, unquestioning obedience to his law, would make his people a wonder in the world, because he would be able to fulfil his rich and abundant promises to them, and make them a praise in the earth. They would be a holy people unto him.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 20}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 21]      The Largeness of God's Promises.          "Now therefore," God declares, "if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people; for all the earth is mine; and ye shall be unto me a kingdom of priests and a holy nation."  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 21}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 22]         How wonderful the largeness of God's promises! And they are given to all who will hearken to his word, believing his declarations, and obeying his commands. Obedience to his law is the condition of future and eternal happiness.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 22}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 23]       Our Covenant Relation with God.          I am instructed to present these things as matters that concern us personally; for we are to be known in the earth as God's commandment-keeping people.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 23}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 24]         Let those who have entered into covenant relation with God remember that their spiritual prosperity depends on their loyalty. Let them not forget that they are greatly honored by being taken into covenant relation with God. The great Law-giver demands full and willing obedience. And human beings are to regard it as a privilege to obey his law. Christ gave his life to make it possible for God to pardon our transgressions. He has united divinity and humanity, that through repentance and faith men and women may become sons and daughters of God.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 24}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 25]          God asks us to keep his law for our good, for our safety. We are not to regard it as a hardship to be asked to obey. By obedience we place ourselves where we are recognized as God's sons and daughters. We put ourselves under his protection. By obedience we are given power to overcome as Christ overcame. But those who do not feel it an honor to stand on the Lord's side, those who are not willing to keep his law, can not expect to share in the blessings that come from a covenant relation with him.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 25}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 26]          The Lord has made known his will. As the almighty God, he has proclaimed his law. The relation in which he stands to his people is that of their Sovereign. It is their part to acknowledge his sovereignty, and with gladness accept his rule.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 26}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 27]          "Thou hast avouched the Lord this day to be thy God, and to walk in his ways, and to keep his statutes, and his commandments, and his judgments, and to hearken to his voice; and the Lord hath avouched thee this day to be his peculiar people, as he hath promised thee, and that thou shouldst keep all his commandments; and to make thee high above all nations which he hath made, in praise, and in name, and in honor; that thou mayest be a holy people unto the Lord thy God, as he hath spoken."  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 27}
[SW, February 16, 1904 par. 28]          God will faithfully fulfil his part of the covenant. He will give special help and blessing to those who obey him. Shall we fulfil our part?                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, February 16, 1904 par. 28}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 1]       February 23, 1904 Be Strong In The Lord.                            Sanitarium, Cal., Dec. 31, 1903. My Dear Brethren And Sisters At Nashville:            I Pray that you may be "steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord." We are living amid the closing scenes of this earth's history, and to us comes the warning, "watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong."  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 2]     The Christian's Strength.            Those who proclaim the third angel's message must put on the whole armor of God, that they may stand boldly at their post, in the face of detraction and falsehood, fighting the good fight of faith, resisting the enemy with the word, "It is written." Keep yourselves where the three great powers of heaven, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, can be your efficiency. These powers work with the one who gives himself unreservedly to God. The strength of heaven is at the command of God's believing ones. The man who takes God as his trust is barricaded by an impregnable wall.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 3]     A Careful Walk.            Be careful of your words. If any one speaks evil of you, even though it be without occasion, do not retaliate. It will not pay you. Accuse no one wrongfully, and if you are wrongfully accused, keep silent. Live peaceably with all men, and let the atmosphere surrounding your soul be sweet and fragrant. If you will battle against selfish human nature, you will go steadily forward in the work of overcoming hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. By patience, long-suffering, and forbearance, you will accomplish much. Remember that you can not be humiliated by the unwise speech of some one else, but when you speak unwisely, you humiliate yourself, and lose a victory you might have gained.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 4]     Life's Daily Duties.            Be faithful in the daily duties of life. Many Christians are working at cross purposes with God. They neglect the daily duties of life, and tell us that they are waiting for some great work to come to them. The daily duties seem to them to be unimportant and uninteresting. They long restlessly for a large place. Day by day they lose opportunities for showing their faithfulness. While waiting for some great work, their life passes away.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 5]          Do not fail to discharge your daily duties with the strictest fidelity. In the plan that God has for every Christian there are no nonessentials. There are lessons for each to learn in the daily experience. Be patient, and perform faithfully the work given you, however humble it may be. Go about your work calmly, relying upon God for strength. Look not anxiously into the morrow. Today employ your time to the very best account. Today let your light shine for Christ, even in the performance of little duties. Tomorrow again present yourself to Jesus as one ready to do any work, be it ever so humble. The faithful performance of today's duties will prepare you to take hold of tomorrow's work with fresh courage, saying, "Hitherto hath the Lord helped me." Ever stand as minute men before God. Let the prayer of your heart be, "Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? Imbue me with thy Spirit, and strengthen me for thy work." Thus you will grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 6]    Prayer the Christians Strength.            Pray much. Much prayer is necessary to successful effort. Prayer brings strength. Prayer has "subdued kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths of lions, quenched the violence of fire, turned to flight the armies of aliens."  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 7]          Prayer is the breath of the soul. Jesus lived in dependence upon God and communion with him. To the secret place of the Most High, under the shadow of the Almighty, men now and then repair; they abide for a season, and the result is manifest in noble deeds: then their faith fails, the communion is interrupted, and the life-work marred. But the life of Jesus was a life of constant trust, sustained by a continual communion: and his service for heaven and earth was without failure or faltering.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 8]          Christian workers can never attain the highest success until they learn the secret of strength. They must give themselves time to think, to pray, to wait upon God for a renewal of physical, mental, and spiritual power. They need the uplifting of his Spirit. Receiving this, they will be quickened by fresh life. The wearied frame and tired brain will be refreshed, the burdened heart will be rested.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 9]     Need of Bible Study.            The Christian worker must study the word of God. Many are surprised into the commission of sin because of a failure to study the Scriptures. They were off their guard, and Satan found them an easy prey. The psalmist declares, "Thy word have I hid in mine heart that I might not sin against thee." And in Paul's letter to Timothy we read, "All Scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction, in righteousness; that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works."  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 10]         The life of God, which gives life to the world, is in his word. It was by his word that Jesus healed disease and cast out demons. And by his word he stilled the sea and raised the dead; and the people bore witness that his word was with power. He spoke the word of God as he had spoken it to all the prophets and teachers of the Old Testament. The whole Bible is a manifestation of Christ. It is our only source of power.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 11]          As our physical life is sustained by food, so our spiritual life is sustained by the word of God. And every soul is to receive life from the word of God for himself. As we must eat for ourselves in order to receive nourishment, so we must receive the word of God for ourselves.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 12]          Yea, the word of God is the bread of life. Those who receive and assimilate this word, making it a part of every act, of every attribute of character, will grow strong in the strength of God. It gives immortal vigor to the soul, perfecting the experience, and bringing joys that will abide forever.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 13]     Value of Self-denial.            Do not allow anything to turn you aside from the path of self-denial. Of those who in ancient times engaged in contests of physical strength, we read, "every man that striveth in the games exerciseth self-control in all things. Now they do it to receive a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible." As we engage in the great struggle, let us think of what we shall lose if we fail. We shall lose the eternal life purchased for us by the blood of the Son of God. Shall we, then, grudge the toil of eternal vigilance? If we do all in our power to resist evils and surmount obstacles, we shall gain the victory. Vigor will reward the efforts made to press toward the prize of our high calling in Christ.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 14]          Worldly attractions will be presented to draw the attention from the Lord Jesus; but laying aside every weight and the sin that so easily besets, we are to press forward, showing to the world, to angels, and to men that the hope of seeing the face of God is worth all the efforts and sacrifices that the attainment of the hope demands.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 14}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 15]         "What things were gain to me," Paul declares, "these I counted loss for Christ. Yea, verily, I count all things to be loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord; for whom I suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but refuse, that I may gain Christ, and be found in him, not having a righteousness of mine own, even that which is of the law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which is from God by faith; that I may know him and the power of his resurrection, and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed unto his death; if by any means I may attain unto the resurrection from the dead.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 15}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 16]          "I count not myself to have laid hold; but one thing I do, forgetting those things that are behind, and stretching forward to the things which are before, I press toward the goal, unto the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus."  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 16}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 17]          "One thing I do." Paul allowed nothing to divert him from the one great purpose of his life. He did many things. He was a wise teacher. His letters to the different churches are full of instructive lessons. He worked with his own hands at his trade, in this way earning his daily bread. "These hands." he said, "have ministered unto my necessity." He carried a heavy burden for the churches, and sought earnestly to lead them in the right way. He was always seeking to help them in their difficulties, yet he declared, "This one thing I do." In the busy activities of life, he never lost sight of his one great purpose, -- to press toward the prize of his high calling.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 17}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 18]          My dear fellow-workers, let the great purpose that constrained Paul to press forward in the face of hardship and difficulty, lead you to consecrate yourselves wholly to God's service. Whatever your hands find to do, do it with your might. Make your work pleasant with songs of praise. If you would have a clean record in the books of heaven, never fret or scold. Let your daily prayer be, Lord, help me to do my best. Teach me to do better work. Give me energy and cheerfulness. Help me to bring into my service the loving ministry of the Saviour.  {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 18}
[SW, February 23, 1904 par. 19]          Look upon every duty, however humble, as sacred because it is a part of God's service. Do not allow anything to make you forgetful of God. Bring Christ into all that you do. Then your lives will be filled with brightness and thanksgiving. You will do your best, moving forward cheerfully in the service of the Lord, your hearts filled with his joy.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, February 23, 1904 par. 19}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 1]       March 1, 1904 A Holy Purpose to Restore Jerusalem.         Among the children of Israel scattered in heathen lands as a result of the seventy years' captivity, there were Christian patriots,--men who were true to principle; men who esteemed the service of God above every earthly advantage; men who would honor God at the loss of all things. These men had to suffer with the guilty; but in the providence of God their captivity was the means of bringing them to the front. Their example of untarnished integrity shines with heaven's luster.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 2]         Comparatively few of the Jews in captivity took advantage of the liberal decree of Cyrus providing for their return to their own land. But those who did return began the work of rebuilding the temple and the walls of Jerusalem. This great undertaking was carried forward very slowly. Years passed, and the work was still uncompleted. Then God brought forward a man of opportunity, through whom he worked for the restoration of the city of his chosen people.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 3]          Nehemiah, a Hebrew exile, occupied a position of influence and honor in the Persian court. As cup-bearer of the king, he was familiarly admitted to the royal presence; and by virtue of this intimacy, and his own high abilities and tried fidelity, he became the monarch's counselor. Yet in that heathen land, surrounded by royal pomp and splendor, he did not forget the God of his fathers or the people who had been entrusted with the holy oracles. With deepest interest, his heart turned toward Jerusalem, and his hopes and joys were bound up with her prosperity. Days of peculiar trial and affliction had come to the chosen city. Messengers from Judah described to Nehemiah its condition. The second temple had been reared, and portions of the city rebuilt; but the work of restoration was imperiled, the temple services were disturbed, and the people were kept in constant alarm, by the fact that the walls of the city were in ruins, and the gates burned with fire. The capital of Judah was fast becoming a desolate place, and the few inhabitants remaining were daily embittered by the taunts of their idolatrous assailants, "Where is your God?"  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 4]          The soul of the Hebrew patriot was overwhelmed by these evil tidings. So great was his sorrow that he could not eat or drink. He "wept and mourned certain days, and fasted." But when the first outburst of grief was over, he turned to the sure Helper. "I prayed," he said, "before the God of heaven." He knew that all this ruin had come because of the transgression of Israel; and in deep humiliation he came before God for pardon of sin and a renewal of the divine favor. He addressed his petitions to the God of heaven, "the great and terrible God;" for such the Lord had shown himself to be in the fearful judgments brought upon Israel. But with a gleam of hope, Nehemiah continued, "That keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love him and observe his commandments." For repentant and believing Israel there was still mercy.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 5]          Faithfully the man of God made confession of his sins and the sins of his people: "Let thine ear now be attentive, and thine eyes open, that thou mayest hear the prayer of thy servant, which I pray before thee now, day and night, for the children of Israel thy servants, and confess the sins of the children of Israel, which we have sinned against thee: both I and my father's house have sinned. We have dealt very corruptly against thee, and have not kept the commandments, nor the statutes, nor the judgments, which thou commandedst thy servant Moses."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 6]          And now, by faith taking fast hold of the divine promise, Nehemiah laid down at the footstool of heavenly mercy his petition that God would maintain the cause of his penitent people, restore their strength, and build up their waste places. God had been faithful to his threatenings when his people separated from him; he had scattered them abroad among the nations, according to his word. And Nehemiah found in this very fact an assurance that he would be equally faithful in fulfilling his promises. His people had now returned in penitence and faith to keep his commandments: and God himself had said that if they would do this, even though they were cast out into the uttermost part of the earth, he would gather them thence, and would cause the light of his countenance again to shine upon them. This promise had been given more than a thousand years before; but through all the centuries it stood unchanged. God's word can not fail.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 7]          Nehemiah's faith and courage strengthened as he grasped the promise. His mouth was filled with holy arguments. He pointed to the dishonor that would be cast upon God, were his people, now that they had returned to him, to be left in weakness and oppression.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 8]          Nehemiah had often poured out his soul thus before God in behalf of his people. And as he prayed, a holy purpose had been forming in his mind, that if he could obtain the consent of the king, and the necessary aid in procuring implements and material, he would himself undertake the arduous task of rebuilding the walls of Jerusalem, and seeking to restore the national strength. And now, in closing his prayer, he entreated the Lord to grant him favor in the sight of the king, that this cherished plan might be carried out.                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 1]       March 1, 1904 Hold Fast the Faith.    Dear Brethren and Sisters at Nashville:            I have a strong desire to be with you in your meeting at Nashville; for there are many things that I should like to say to you. But I dare not travel at this season of the year. I must not move unadvisedly. I have prayed much over this matter. At our morning and evening season of worship, and on my knees before God in the night season, I pray for the work and the workers in the South.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 2]          We must have the truth on every point. And we must hold fast the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. We are to draw near to God, and then he will draw near to us. The God of heaven gave his Son to redeem us, and we are to become partakers of the divine nature, that we may be vessels unto honor, fit for the Master's use.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 3]          We are not to draw ourselves into our shell, living only for self. Far different from this is the part that God expects us to act. Christ says, "Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill can not be hid. . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 4]     What God Expects of Us.            God has given men more than a mere animal life. He "so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." He expects those for whom he has made so great a sacrifice to show their appreciation of his love by following the example that Christ has set them, living lives that are in harmony with his will. He expects them to respond to the love he has expressed for them by denying self for the good of others. He expects them to use the powers of mind and body in his service. He has given them affections, and he expects them to use this precious gift to his glory. He has given them a conscience, and he forbids that this gift be in any way misused; it is, rather, to be exalted to the place of authority to which he has assigned it.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 5]     Answering Christ's Prayer for Us.            "They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world," Christ prayed. "Sanctify them through thy truth; thy word is truth." Since we are to be sanctified through the truth, it becomes us to know what is truth,--the truth for this time. This truth is to be exemplified in the lives of God's people. They are to make progress heavenward by looking to Jesus, and walking as he walked.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 6]          No error is of the truth, and error never sanctifies the receiver. It is by the truth that we are to be sanctified. Error possesses no sanctifying power. It can not save the soul. How careful, then, should the teachers of truth be that their words are true words,--words such as fall from the lips of the great Teacher!  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 7]          "As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone; but for them also which shall believe on me through their word." It is by the word which we bear that others are to be led to Jesus. How clear and truthful, then, should be this word!  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 8]          "That they all may be one," Christ continued; "as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that thou hast sent me." These words hold out before us wonderful possibilities. Shall we not individually seek to answer the prayer of Christ? Shall we not strive for the unity which he prayed might exist among his followers? What is this unity to do?--It is to show the world that God sent his Son to save sinners. Since it is to have so blessed a result, should not the followers of Christ do all in their power to obtain it?  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 9]     The Faith that Works by Love.            Wherein do we exercise the faith that works by love and purifies the soul? This faith is a living, working principle. Read the chapter in regard to the gifts that God has bestowed upon his church, and let the faith and intelligence of every believer arouse into sanctified action.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 10]          Have you had light upon the Scriptures? Have you advanced from light to greater light? With the light of the Holy Spirit shining upon the word, have we any reason for becoming uncertain in regard to what is truth? any reason to go back to an uncertain faith?--No, no! The foundation of God standeth sure. Sentiments, theories, and doctrines will not of themselves save any one. Doctrine, however true, is powerless to save without a living faith in God.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 11]     "How Shall We Escape?"            "Therefore we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. For if the word spoken by angels was steadfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompense of reward; how shall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation, which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed unto us by them that heard him; God also bearing them witness, both with signs and wonders, and with divers miracles and gifts of the Holy Ghost, according to his own will."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 12]          These words, spoken by the apostle Paul, come sounding down along the ages to our time. They lose none of their significance with the lapse of time, but increase in importance and power. They are to be received and obeyed by those who believe that we are living in the last days of this earth's history. It becomes us now, just now, to obtain a deep and living experience in the things of God. Read the second chapter of Hebrews to the people. Notice carefully the closing verses:--  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 12}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 13]          "Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. For verily he took not on him the nature of angels; but he took on him the seed of Abraham. Therefore in all things it behoved him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succor them that are tempted."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 13}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 14]          "Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus; who was faithful to him that appointed him, as also Moses was faithful in all his house. For this man was counted worthy of more honor than Moses, inasmuch as he who hath builded the house hath more honor than the house. For every house is builded by some man; but he that built all things is God.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 14}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 15]          "And Moses verily was faithful in all his house, as a servant for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a son over his own house; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 15}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 16]     "Harden Not Your Hearts."            "Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, Today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness; when your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years. Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart; and they have not known my ways. So I sware in my wrath, They shall not enter into my rest.)  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 16}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 17]         "Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 17}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 18]         "For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; while it is said, Today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. For some, when they had heard, did provoke; howbeit, not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was he grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that believed not?  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 18}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 19]         "So we see that they could not enter in, because of unbelief."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 19}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 20]          Will the people of God living in 1904 hear and believe these impressive words?  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 20}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 21]          "Let us therefore fear, lest, a promise being left us of entering into his rest, any of you should seem to come short of it. For unto us was the gospel preached, as well as unto them; but the word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 21}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 22]          A lack of faith in the truth of the living God is a fearful sin. I have been instructed to hold up before you as something of the highest value, a living, growing faith. Our hearing of the word must be mixed with faith, in order for that which we hear to be of any profit to us. We must hear in faith.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 22}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 23]          We need, O so much, the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. We are warned not to act carelessly, indifferently, independently of God, but to act in humility of mind, that the preaching of the word may bring us profit.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 23}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 24]          "The word of God is quick and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in his sight; but all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of him with whom we have to do. Seeing then that we have a great high priest that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not a high priest that can not be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 24}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 25]     Danger through Self-exaltation.            In order to appreciate these words of warning and encouragement, we must with earnestness and perseverance carry out the instructions they contain, working with faith and confidence, in humility and sincerity, ever pressing toward the prize of our high calling in Christ.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 25}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 26]          Never are we to give place to self-exaltation. Strong temptations will come to those who are working for Christ to do some wonderful thing to bring self into prominence. Here is our danger. But while we look to God, and obey God, we shall be safe.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 26}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 27]          The Lord will surely humble those who uplift themselves. Men are not safe unless they are clothed with the garments of Christ's righteousness. A holy joy, a sanctified experience, it is our privilege to have. The apostle Paul points us to the true source of peace and joy and victory. He says, "Rejoice in the Lord." There is to be no ambitious exalting of self. "Without me ye can do nothing," Christ declares. Then give all the glory to God. "Rejoice in the Lord, ye righteous, and give thanks at the remembrance of his holiness."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 27}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 28]          God will honor those who honor him, but those who will not be restrained from following a wrong course will be left to their own wisdom. "Behold, all ye that kindle a fire, that compass yourselves about with sparks; walk in the light of your fire, and in the sparks that ye have kindled. This shall ye have of mine hand: ye shall lie down in sorrow."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 28}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 29]     The Need of Constant Communion with God.            Christ has warned us against the danger of departing from the faith. There is need of constant, intimate communion with God. Only as we hold this communion with him shall we be kept from making shipwreck of faith. I am instructed to warn our people that everything that can be shaken will be shaken, that those things that can not be shaken may remain. Temptations will come to every soul. Every one will be tried and tested. Those who strive to hold fast to the faith will find that they must indeed pray and watch unto prayer.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 29}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 30]     "It is Written."            We are not to establish our faith on the hope of seeing miracles. Satan will work miracles to accomplish his purposes. We must rely on a "Thus saith the Lord." It is the word of God, and perfect, sanctified unity that are to make Christ's waiting ones complete in him.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 30}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 31]          In the wilderness of temptation Satan tried to induce the Savior to work miracles to prove that he was the Christ. We read: "Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil. And when he had fasted forty days and forty nights, he was afterward an hungered. And when the tempter came to him, he said, If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 31}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 32]          But it was part of the covenant made in heaven, that Christ, having taken humanity, was not to work miracles in his own behalf, but was to stand as a man among men. And therefore he answered Satan with these words, "It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 32}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 33]          "Then the devil taketh him up into the holy city and setteth him on a pinnacle of the temple, and saith unto him, If thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down; for it is written, He shall give his angels charge concerning thee; and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 33}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 34]          In quoting this promise, Satan omitted the words, "to keep thee in all thy ways," that is, in all the ways of God's choosing. Jesus refused to go outside the path of obedience. While manifesting a perfect trust in the Father, he would not place himself, unbidden, in a position that would necessitate the interposition of his Father to save him from death. He would not force Providence to come to his rescue, and thus fail of giving man an example of trust and submission.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 34}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 35]          Christ met the tempter with the weapon that we are to use in our contests with the enemy,--"It is written." "It is written," he said, "Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 35}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 36]          Once more Satan was foiled. Once more Jesus had resisted the ambitious challenge.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 36}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 37]          Then Satan took him "up into an exceeding high mountain, and showeth him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them; and saith unto him, All these things will I give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 37}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 38]          Divinity flashed through humanity, and Satan had no power to resist the command. Writhing with humiliation and rage, he was forced to withdraw from the presence of the world's Redeemer.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 38}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 39]     The Lesson for Us.            The record of Christ's contest with Satan was chronicled for the help and encouragement of the people of God today. In this contest Christ worked no miracle and gave no sign. His only dependence was God and his word. In the future, Satan is to come down with great power, to work signs and wonders. He will bring down fire from heaven in the presence of his devotees, and, to those who have allowed themselves to be led away from the only true foundation,--the word of God,--will give proof of his authority. He will deceive if possible the very elect. Those who are standing firm upon the word of the everlasting God will meet Satan with the weapon with which Christ met him,--"It is written." This will be of more power than the working of miracles. The people of God will conquer through the Holy Spirit's working, which is stronger than miracles or aught else. It is from the Lord that we are to obtain power.  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 39}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 40]    God's Covenant Our Refuge.            The covenant that God made with his people at Sinai is to be our refuge and defense. The Lord said to Moses:--  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 40}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 41]          "Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel: Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles' wings, and brought you unto myself. Now, therefore, if ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all people; for all the earth is mine, and ye shall be unto me a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 41}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 42]          "And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 42}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 43]          "And all the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do."  {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 43}
[SW, March 1, 1904 par. 44]          This covenant is of just as much force today as it was when the Lord made it with ancient Israel.                             Mrs. E. G. White.            Elmshaven," Sanitarium, Cal., Jan. 7, 1904.                                                                   -    {SW, March 1, 1904 par. 44}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 1]      March 8, 1904 Prevailing Prayer.         Four months Nehemiah was compelled to wait for a favorable opportunity to present his request to the king. During this period, while his heart was oppressed with grief, he constantly endeavored to carry a cheerful and happy countenance. In his seasons of retirement, many were the prayers, the penitential confessions, and the tears of anguish, witnessed by God and angels; but all this was concealed from human sight. The regulations of Eastern courts forbade any manifestation of sorrow within them. All must appear gay and happy in those halls of luxury and splendor. The distress without was not to cast its shadow in the presence of royalty.  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 2]          But at last the sorrow that burdened Nehemiah's heart could no longer be concealed. Sleepless nights devoted to earnest prayer, care-filled days, dark with the shadow of hope deferred, left their trace upon his countenance. The keen eye of the monarch, jealous to guard his own safety, was accustomed to read countenances and penetrate disguises. Seeing that some secret trouble was preying upon his servant, he suddenly inquired, "Why is thy countenance sad, seeing thou art not sick? This is nothing else but sorrow of heart."  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 3]          This question filled the listener with apprehension. Would not the king be angry to hear that while outwardly engaged in his service, the courtier's thoughts had been far away with his afflicted people? Would not the offender's life be forfeited? And his cherished plan for restoring the strength of Jerusalem--was it not about to be overthrown? "Then," he said, "I was very sore afraid." With trembling lips and tearful eyes he revealed the cause of his sorrow,--the city, which was the place of his fathers' sepulchers, lying waste, and its gates consumed with fire. The touching recital awakened the sympathy of the monarch without arousing his idolatrous prejudices; another question gave the opportunity which Nehemiah had long sought: "For what dost thou make request?" But the man of God did not venture to reply until he had first sought direction from One higher than Artaxerxes. "I prayed," he said, "to the God of heaven."  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 4]          Nehemiah felt that he had a sacred trust which required help from the king, and that everything depended upon addressing him in a right manner. In that brief prayer, Nehemiah pressed into the presence of the King of kings, and enlisted on his side a power that can turn hearts as the rivers of water are turned.  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 5]          A precious lesson is this for all Christians. Whenever we are brought into difficulty or danger, even when surrounded by those who do not love or fear God, the heart may send up its cry for help, and there is One who has pledged himself to come to our aid. This is the kind of prayer Christ meant when he said, "Pray without ceasing." We are not to make ejaculatory prayer a substitute for public or family worship or for secret devotion; but it is a blessed resource, at our command under circumstances when other forms of prayer may be impossible. Toilers in the busy marts of trade, crowded and almost overwhelmed with financial perplexities; travelers by sea and land, when threatened by some great danger, can thus commit themselves to divine guidance and protection. And in every circumstance and condition of life, the soul weighed down with grief or care, or assailed by temptation, may thus find comfort, support, and succor in the unfailing love and power of a covenant-keeping God.  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 6]          All things are possible to those who believe. No one who comes to the Lord in sincerity of heart will be disappointed. How wonderful it is that we can pray effectually; that unworthy, erring mortals possess the power of offering their requests to God! What higher power can man require than this,--to be linked-with the infinite God? Feeble, sinful man has the privilege of speaking to his Maker. We utter words that reach the throne of the Monarch of the universe. We pour out our heart's desire in our closets. Then we go forth to walk with God as did Enoch and Nehemiah.  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 7]          We speak with Christ as we walk by the way, and he says, "I am at thy right hand." We may walk in daily companionship with him. When we breathe out our desire, it may be inaudible to any human ear; but that word can not die away in silence, nor can it be lost, though the activities of business are going on. Nothing can drown the soul's desire. Above the din of the street, above the noise of machinery, it rises to the heavenly courts. It is God to whom we are speaking, and the prayer is heard. Ask then; "ask, and it shall be given you."  {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, March 8, 1904 par. 8]          Nehemiah and Artaxerxes stood face to face,--the one a servant, of a downtrodden race, the other the monarch of the world's great empire. But infinitely greater than the disparity of rank was the moral distance which separated them. Nehemiah had complied with the invitation of the King of kings, "Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me, and he shall make peace with me." The silent petition that he sent up to Heaven was the same that he had offered for many weeks, that God would prosper his request. And now, taking courage at the thought that he had a Friend, omniscient and omnipotent, to work in his behalf, the man of God made known to the king his desire for release for a time from his office at the court, and for authority to build up the waste places of Jerusalem and make it once more a strong and defensed city. Momentous results to the Jewish city and nation hung upon this request. And, says Nehemiah, "the king granted me according to the good hand of my God upon me."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, March 8, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 1]       March 15, 1904 Prudence and Forethought.         While Nehemiah implored the help of God, he did not fold his own hands, feeling that he had no more care or responsibility in the bringing about of his purpose to restore Jerusalem. With admirable prudence and forethought he proceeded to make all the arrangements necessary to insure the success of the enterprise. Every movement was marked with great caution. He did not reveal his purpose even to his own countrymen; for while they would rejoice in his success, he feared that, by some indiscretion, they might hinder his work. Some would be liable to manifest exultation that would arouse the jealousy of their enemies, and perhaps cause the defeat of the undertaking.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 2]         As his request to the king had been so favorably received, he was encouraged to ask for such assistance as was needed for the carrying out of his plans. To give dignity and authority to his mission, as well as to provide for protection on the journey, he secured a military escort. He obtained royal letters to the governors of the provinces beyond the Euphrates, the territory through which he must pass on his way to Judea; and he obtained, also, a letter to the keeper of the king's forest in the mountains of Lebanon, directing him to furnish such timber as would be needed for the wall of Jerusalem and the buildings that Nehemiah proposed to erect. In order that there might be no occasion for complaint that he had exceeded his commission, Nehemiah was careful to have the authority and privileges accorded him, clearly defined.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 3]          The example of this holy man should be a lesson to all the people of God, that they are not only to pray in faith, but to work with diligence and fidelity. How many difficulties we encounter, how often we hinder the working of Providence in our behalf, because prudence, forethought, and painstaking are regarded as having little to do with religion! This is a grave mistake. It is our duty to cultivate and to exercise every power that will render us more efficient workers for God. Careful consideration and well-matured plans are as essential to the success of sacred enterprises today as in the time of Nehemiah. If all who are engaged in the Lord's work would realize how much depends upon their fidelity and wise forethought, far greater prosperity would attend their efforts. Through diffidence and backwardness we often fail of securing that which is attainable as a right, from the powers that be. God will work for us, when we are ready to do what we can and should do on our part.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 4]         Men of prayer should be men of action. Those who are ready and willing, will find ways and means of working. Nehemiah did not depend upon uncertainties. The means which he lacked he solicited from those who were able to bestow.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 5]          The Lord still moves upon the hearts of kings and rulers in behalf of his people. Those who are laboring for him are to avail themselves of the help that he prompts men to give for the advancement of his cause. The agents through whom these gifts come, may open ways by which the light of truth shall be given to many benighted lands. These men may have no sympathy with God's work, no faith in Christ, no acquaintance with his word; but their gifts are not on this account to be refused.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 6]          The Lord has placed his goods in the hands of unbelievers as well as believers; all may return to him his own for the doing of the work that must be done for a fallen world. As long as we are in this world, as long as the Spirit of God strives with the children of men, so long are we to receive favors as well as to impart them. We are to give to the world the light of truth, as revealed in the Scriptures; and we are to receive from the world that which God moves upon them to give in behalf of his cause.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 7]          The Lord's work might receive far greater favors than it is now receiving, if we would approach men in wisdom, acquainting them with the work, and giving them an opportunity of doing that which it is our privilege to induce them to do for its advancement. If we, as God's servants, would take a wise and prudent course his good hand would prosper us in our efforts.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 8]          Some may question the propriety of receiving gifts from unbelievers. Let such ask themselves: "Who is the real owner of our world? To whom belong its houses and lands, and its treasures of gold and silver?" God has an abundance in our world, and he has placed his goods in the hands of all, both the obedient and the disobedient. He is ready to move upon the hearts of worldly men, even idolaters, to give of their abundance for the support of his work; and he will do this as soon as his people learn to approach these men wisely and to call their attention to that which it is their privilege to do. If the needs of the Lord's work were set forth in a proper light before those who have means and influence, these men might do much to advance the cause of present truth. God's people have lost many privileges of which they could have taken advantage, had they not chosen to stand independent of the world.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 9]          In the providence of God, we are daily brought into connection with the unconverted. By His own right hand God is preparing the way before us, in order that his work may progress rapidly. As co-laborers with him, we have a sacred, solemn work to do. We are to have travail of soul for those who are in high places: we are to extend to them the gracious invitation to come to the marriage feast.  {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, March 15, 1904 par. 10]         Although now almost wholly in the possession of wicked men, all the world, with its riches and treasures, belongs to God. "The earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof." "The silver is mine, and the gold is mine, saith the Lord of hosts." "Every beast of the forest is mine, and the cattle upon a thousand hills. I know all the birds of the mountains; and the wild beasts of the field are mine. If I were hungry, I would not tell thee; for the world is mine, and the fulness thereof." O that Christians might realize more and still more fully that it is their privilege and their duty, while cherishing right principles, to take advantage of every heaven-sent opportunity for advancing God's kingdom in this world!                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, March 15, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 1]       March 22, 1904 A Night of Preparation.         The royal letters to the governors of the provinces along his route, secured to Nehemiah an honorable reception and prompt assistance. And no enemy dared molest the official who was guarded by the power of the Persian king and treated with marked consideration by the provincial rulers. Nehemiah's journey was safe and prosperous.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 2]          His arrival at Jerusalem, however, with the attendance of a military guard, showing that he had come on some important mission, excited the jealousy and hatred of the enemies of Israel. The heathen tribes settled near Jerusalem had previously indulged their enmity against the Jews by heaping upon them every insult and injury which they dared inflict. Foremost in this evil work were certain chiefs of these tribes, Sanballat the Horonite, Tobiah the Ammonite, and Geshem the Arabian; and from this time these leaders watched with jealous eye the movements of Nehemiah, and endeavored by every means in their power to thwart his plans and hinder his work.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 3]          Nehemiah continued to exercise the same caution and prudence that had hitherto marked his course. Knowing that bitter and determined enemies stood ready to oppose every effort for the restoration of Jerusalem, he concealed the nature of his mission until a study of the situation had enabled him to form his plans. Thus he was prepared to secure the cooperation of the people, and set them at work before his enemies had opportunity to arouse their fears or their prejudice.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 4]          Nehemiah had been highly honored of God, and had been entrusted with great responsibilities; but he did not, because of this, presume to act in an independent, self-sufficient manner. He selected a few persons whom he knew to be worthy of confidence, and to them he made known the circumstances that had led to his visit to Jerusalem, the object to be accomplished, and the plans that he purposed to employ. Thus he secured their assistance in his important undertaking.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 5]         On the third night after his arrival, the burden weighing so heavily upon his mind as to prevent sleep, he rose at midnight, and with a few trusted companions went out to view for himself the desolation of Jerusalem. Mounted on his mule, he moved about by moonlight, surveying the ruined walls and broken gates of the city of his fathers. Painful were the reflections that filled the mind of the Jewish patriot. Memories of Israel's past glory stood out in sharp contrast with the evidences of her present degradation. Because she had disregarded the word of God, rejected reproof, and refused to correct her ways, she had been left to be thus reduced in power and honor among the nations. The people for whom God had so wonderfully wrought, had trifled with their privileges, set at naught his counsels, and joined themselves to his enemies, until he had withdrawn from them his special presence and protection.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 6]          With sorrow-stricken heart, the visitor from afar gazed upon the ruined defenses of his loved Jerusalem. And is it not thus that angels of heaven survey the condition of the church of Christ? Like the dwellers at Jerusalem, we become accustomed to existing evils, and often are content while making no effort to remedy them. But how are these evils regarded by beings divinely illuminated? Do not they, like Nehemiah, look with sorrow-burdened heart upon ruined walls, and gates burned with fire?  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 7]          Are not everywhere visible the shameful tokens of backsliding from God and conformity with a sin-loving and truth-hating world? In these days of darkness and peril, who is able to stand in defense of Zion and show her any good? Her spiritual state and prospects are not in accordance with the light and privileges bestowed of God.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 8]         To many of the professed followers of Christ today are applicable the same reproofs that were given to the people of Israel when the Lord said by his prophets, "Thus have they loved to wander, they have not refrained their feet, therefore the Lord doth not accept them; he will now remember their iniquity and visit their sins."  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 9]         In secrecy and silence, Nehemiah completed his circuit of the walls. He declares, "The rulers knew not whither I went, or what I did; neither had I as yet told it to the Jews, nor to the priests, nor to the nobles, nor to the rulers, nor to the rest that did the work." In this painful survey he did not wish to attract the attention of either friends or foes, lest an excitement should be created, and reports be put in circulation that might defeat, or at least hinder, his work.  {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, March 22, 1904 par. 10]         Nehemiah devoted the remainder of the night to prayer; in the morning there must be earnest effort to arouse and unite his dispirited and divided countrymen.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, March 22, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, March 29, 1904 par. 1]      March 29, 1904 Securing The Co-operation Of The People.         Although Nehemiah bore a royal commission requiring the inhabitants to co-operate with him in rebuilding the walls of the city, he chose not to depend upon the mere exercise of authority. He sought rather to gain the confidence and sympathy of the people, well knowing that a union of hearts as well as hands was essential to success in the great work which he had undertaken. When he called the people together on the morrow, he presented such arguments as were calculated to arouse their dormant energies and to unite their scattered numbers.  {SW, March 29, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, March 29, 1904 par. 2]          They knew not, neither did he tell them, of his mournful midnight circuit while they were sleeping. Nevertheless that very circumstance contributed greatly to his success. He was enabled to speak of the condition of the city with an accuracy and minuteness that astonished his hearers, while the actual contemplation of the weakness and degradation of Israel, deeply impressing his heart, gave earnestness and power to his words. He presented before the people their condition as objects of reproach among the heathen. The nation once so highly favored of God as to excite the terror of all surrounding countries, had now become a by-word and a hissing. Her religion was dishonored, her God blasphemed.  {SW, March 29, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, March 29, 1904 par. 3]          He then told them how, in a distant land, he had heard of their affliction, how he had entreated the favor of God in their behalf, and how, while praying, the plan had been formed in his mind, of soliciting permission from the king to come to their assistance. He had asked God that the king might not only allow him to go to Jerusalem, but invest him with authority and render the help needed for the work. His prayer had been answered in such a manner as clearly to show that the whole thing was of the Lord. And having laid the matter fully before them, showing that he was sustained by the combined authority of the Persian king and the God of Israel, Nehemiah put to the people directly the question whether they would take advantage of this favorable occasion, and arise with him and build the wall.  {SW, March 29, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, March 29, 1904 par. 4]          This appeal went straight to their hearts; the manifestation of the favor of heaven toward them put their fears to shame. With new courage they cried out with one voice, "Let us rise up and build."  {SW, March 29, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, March 29, 1904 par. 5]          The holy energy and high hope of Nehemiah were communicated to the people. As they caught the spirit, they rose for a time to the moral level of their leader. Each, in his own sphere, was a sort of Nehemiah; and each strengthened and upheld his brother in the work.  {SW, March 29, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, March 29, 1904 par. 6]         There is need of Nehemiahs in the church today,--not men who can pray and preach only, but men whose prayers and sermons are braced with firm and eager purpose. The course pursued by this Hebrew patriot in the accomplishment of his plans is one that should still be adopted by ministers and leading men. When they have laid their plans, they should present them to the church in such a manner as to win their interest and co-operation. Let the people understand the plans and share in the work, and they will have a personal interest in its prosperity. The success attending Nehemiah's efforts shows what prayer, faith, and wise, energetic action will accomplish. Living faith will prompt to energetic action. The spirit manifested by the leader will be, to a great extent, reflected by the people. If the leaders professing to believe the solemn, important truths that are to test the world at this time, manifest no ardent zeal to prepare a people to stand in the day of God, we must expect the church to be careless, indolent, and pleasure-loving.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, March 29, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 1]      April 5, 1904 "Zealous of Good Works."         Among the first to catch Nehemiah's spirit of zeal and earnestness were the priests of Israel. From the position of influence which they occupied, these men could do much to hinder or advance the work. Their ready co-operation at the very outset contributed not a little to its success. Thus should it be in every holy enterprise. Those who occupy positions of influence and responsibility in the church, should be foremost in the work of God. If they move reluctantly, others will not move at all. But "their zeal will provoke very many." When their light burns brightly, a thousand torches will be kindled at the flame.  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 2]          A majority of the nobles and rulers of Israel also came nobly up to their duty; but there were a few, the Tekoite nobles, who "put not their necks to the work of their Lord." While the faithful builders have honorable mention in the book of God, the memory of these slothful servants is branded with shame, and handed down as a warning to all future generations.  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 3]          In every religious movement there are some who, while they can not deny that it is the work of God, will keep themselves aloof, refusing to make any effort to advance it. But in enterprises to promote their selfish interests, these men are often the most active and energetic workers. It were well to remember that record kept on high, the book of God, in which all our motives and our works are written--that book in which there are no omissions, no mistakes, and out of which we are to be judged. There every neglected opportunity to do service for God will be faithfully reported, and every deed of faith and love, however humble, will be held in everlasting remembrance. Against the inspiring influence of Nehemiah's presence, the example of the Tekoite nobles had little weight. The people in general were animated with one heart and one soul of patriotism and cheerful activity. Men of ability and influence organized the various classes of citizens into companies, each leader making himself responsible for the erection of a certain portion of the wall. It was a sight well pleasing to God and angels to see the busy companies, working harmoniously upon the broken-down walls of Jerusalem, and it was a joyous sound to hear, the noise of instruments of labor from the earliest dawn "till the stars appeared."  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 4]          Nehemiah's zeal and energy did not abate, now that the work was actually begun. He did not fold his hands, feeling that he might let fall the burden. With tireless vigilance he constantly superintended the work, directing the workmen, noting every hindrance, and providing for every emergency. His influence was constantly felt along the whole extent of those three miles of wall. With timely words he encouraged the fearful, approved the diligent, or aroused the laggard. And again he watched with eagle eye the movements of their enemies, who at times collected at a distance and engaged in earnest conversation, as if plotting mischief, and then drawing near the workmen attempted to divert their attention and hinder the work. While the eye of every worker is often directed to Nehemiah, ready to heed the slightest signal, his eye and heart are uplifted to God, the great Overseer of the whole work, the One who put it into the heart of his servant to build. And as faith and courage strengthen in his own heart, Nehemiah exclaims, and his words, repeated and re-echoed, thrill the hearts of the workers all along the line, "The God of heaven, he will prosper us!"                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 1]       April 5, 1904 Present Truth.         Our people need to understand the reasons of our faith and our past experiences. How sad it is that so many of them apparently place unlimited confidence in men who present theories tending to uproot our past experiences and to remove the old landmarks! Those who can so easily be led by a false spirit show that they have been following the wrong captain for some time,--so long that they do not discern that they are departing from the faith, or that they are not building upon the true foundation. We need to urge all to put on their spiritual eye-glasses, to have their eyes anointed that they may see clearly and discern the true pillars of the faith. Then they will know that "the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knoweth them that are his." We need to revive the old evidences of the faith once delivered to the saints.  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 2]          Every conceivable fanciful and deceptive doctrine will be presented by men who think that they have the truth. Some are now teaching that children will be born in the new earth. Is this present truth? Who has inspired these men to present such a theory? Did the Lord give any one such views?-- No; those things which are revealed are for us and our children, but upon subjects not revealed, and having naught to do with our salvation, silence is eloquence. These strange ideas should not even be mentioned, much less taught as essential truths.  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 3]          We have reached a time when things are to be called by their right name. As we did in the earlier days, we must arise, and, under the Spirit of God, rebuke the work of deception. Some of the sentiments now expressed are the alpha of some of the most fanatical ideas that could be presented. Teachings similar to those we had to meet soon after 1844 are being taught by some who occupy important positions in the work of God.  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 4]          In New Hampshire, in Vermont, and in other places we had to resist the stealthy, deceptive work of fanaticism. Presumptuous sins were committed, and unholy lusts were freely indulged by some, under the cloak of sanctification. The doctrine of spiritual free-love was advocated. We saw the fulfilment of the scripture "that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils."  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 5]          Men standing in responsible positions have presented in subtle scientific words their human ideas of God. Will those who have been deceived by the art of the great deceiver now make a decided change? O, that they might realize how they have dishonored God!  {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, April 5, 1904 par. 6]          But I take no pleasure in dwelling upon these matters. The Lord has a care for his sheep, and he will not permit them to be deceived and destroyed. We must all make a determined effort to save the souls of those who have been deceived.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 5, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 1]       April 12, 1904 Derision And Discouragement.         Those who were restoring the defenses of Jerusalem did not go forward in their work unmolested. Satan was busy in stirring up opposition and creating discouragement. The principal agents in this movement were Sanballat the Horonite, Tobiah the Ammonite, and Geshem the Arabian. These idolaters had exulted in the feeble and defenseless condition of the Jews, and had mocked at their religion, and ridiculed their devastated city. And when the work of rebuilding the wall was entered upon, they, with envenomed zeal, set themselves to hinder the undertaking. To accomplish this, they attempted to cause division among the workmen by suggesting doubts and arousing unbelief as to their success. They also ridiculed the efforts of the builders, declared the enterprise an impossibility, and predicted a disgraceful failure.  {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 2]         "What do these feeble Jews?" exclaimed Sanballat, mockingly. "Will they fortify themselves? will they sacrifice? will they make an end in a day? will they revive the stones out of the heaps of the rubbish which are burned?" Tobiah, endeavoring to be still more contemptuous and sarcastic, added, "Even that which they build, if a fox go up, he shall even break down their stone wall."  {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 3]          The builders on the wall were soon beset by more active opposition. They were compelled to guard continually against the plots of their sleepless adversaries. The emissaries of the enemy endeavored to destroy their courage by the circulation of false reports; conspiracies were formed on various pretexts to draw Nehemiah into their toils; and false-hearted Jews were found ready to aid the treacherous undertaking. Again, the report was spread that Nehemiah was plotting rebellion against the Persian monarch, intending to exalt himself as king over Israel, and that all who aided him were traitors.  {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 4]          Emissaries of the enemy, professing friendliness, mingled with the builders, suggesting changes in the plan, seeking in various ways to divert the attention of the workers, to cause confusion and perplexity, and to arouse distrust and suspicion. And the plans formed for the advancement of the work were reported, by these spies, to the enemy, and thus they were enabled to labor with greater effect to thwart the purpose of the builders.  {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 5]          But Nehemiah continued to look to God for guidance and support, and the work went forward until the gaps were filled, and the entire wall built up to half its intended height. As the enemies of Israel saw that all their efforts had been unavailing, they were filled with rage. Hitherto they had not dared to employ violent measures; for Nehemiah and his companions were acting by the king's commission, and any active opposition might bring upon themselves the monarch's displeasure. But now, in their blind passion, they themselves became guilty of the crime of rebellion of which they had so eagerly accused Nehemiah. Having assembled for united counsel, they "conspired all of them together to come and to fight against Jerusalem."  {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 6]          The experience of Nehemiah is repeated in the history of God's people in this time. Those who labor in the cause of truth will find that they can not do this without exciting the anger of its enemies. Though they have been called of God to the work in which they are engaged, and their course is approved of him, they can not escape reproach and derision. They will be denounced as visionary, unreliable, scheming, hypocritical,--anything, in short, that will suit the purpose of their enemies. The most sacred things will be represented in a ridiculous light to amuse the ungodly. A very small amount of sarcasm and low wit, united with envy, jealousy, impiety, and hatred, is sufficient to excite the mirth of the profane scoffer. And these presumptuous jesters sharpen one another's ingenuity, and embolden each other in their blasphemous work. Contempt and derision are indeed painful to human nature; but they must be endured by all who are true to God. It is the policy of Satan thus to turn souls from doing the work which the Lord has laid upon them.  {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, April 12, 1904 par. 7]          Proud scorners are not to be trusted; yet, as Satan found in the heavenly courts a company to sympathize with him, so these find among professed followers of Christ those whom they can influence, who believe them honest, who sympathize with them, plead in their behalf, and become permeated with their spirit. Those who are at variance in almost everything else, will unite in persecuting the few who dare to pursue the straightforward path of duty. And the same enmity which leads to contempt and derision, will, at a favorable opportunity, inspire more violent and cruel measures, especially when workers for God are active and successful.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 12, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 1]       April 19, 1904 Disaffection Among the Unbelieving.         Some of the leading men among the Jews, becoming disaffected, sought to discourage Nehemiah by exaggerating the difficulties attending the work, and they represented the people as already exhausted by their excessive labor. Said they, "The strength of the bearers of burdens is decayed, and there is much rubbish; so that we are not able to build the wall."  {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 2]          Again, they attempted to intimidate the people by the report that large armies were preparing for a secret attack upon the city: "And our adversaries said, They shall not know, neither see, till we come in the midst among them, and slay them, and cause the work to cease." It was the help and encouragement received from traitors in the camp that emboldened the enemies of Israel to make those threats. And traitors reported the threats for the sole purpose of terrifying and disheartening the builders on the wall.  {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 3]          "And it came to pass, that when the Jews which dwelt by them came, they said unto us ten times, From all places whence ye shall return unto us they will be upon you." These alarms were given by those who were taking no part in the work. They were gathering up the statements and reports of their enemies, and bringing these in to the workers to weaken courage and create disaffection. Then every word of complaint, distrust, suspicion, or unbelief dropped by the workmen, with all the additional conjectures and conclusions of the news-carriers, was eagerly reported outside the walls, and circulated among those who despised the Jews, and sought to hinder their prosperity.  {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 4]          The same difficulties are experienced by those who are now seeking to make up the breach in the law of God. The servants of the Lord must expect every kind of discouragement. They will be tried, not only by the anger, contempt, and cruelty of enemies, but by the indolence, inconsistency, lukewarmness, and treachery of friends and helpers. As we seek to advance the cause of truth, and prepare a people to stand in the day of God, we are led directly away from the customs and practises of the world. But there are among us pleasure-seekers, who are not laboring to meet the high standard of the divine requirements, who love the spirit and influence of the world more than they love the truth or the prosperity of God's cause. These unconsecrated elements are used by Satan to accomplish his purposes. While still connected with the people of God, they unite themselves with his enemies, and thus the Lord's work is laid open to the attacks of its bitterest foes, and the arguments furnished by professed friends of the truth are employed to destroy the confidence, courage, and faith of workers who are too easily discouraged.  {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 5]          Even some who seem to desire the work of God to prosper, will yet weaken the hands of his servants by hearing, reporting, and half believing the slanders, boasts, and menaces of their adversaries. Those who appear to be honest souls are sometimes deceived through the influence of ambitious and turbulent men. Satan works with marvelous success through his agents; and all who yield to their influence are subject to a bewitching power that destroys the wisdom of the wise and the understanding of the prudent. Hence they allow themselves to be prejudiced, misled, and deceived. For this reason, many whose lives are a reproach to the cause of truth, will yet succeed in arousing distrust and suspicion of those through whom God is working.  {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 6]          How busy, in a crisis, is the rebellious spirit, the evil tongue! How eagerly will they gather up floating rumors, and send them to the bitterest enemies of God, to be sown broadcast, like thistle-seed, to produce their harvest of evil! And when the result is seen, in desolation, backsliding, and apostasy, then those who have done the very work which Satan prompted them to do, are ready to charge the result upon the faithful workers whom they have hindered, burdened, and distressed. But every man's work stands registered in the books of heaven, and no disguise can there conceal the motives that prompt to action. Those who obey God will be honored of him.  {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, April 19, 1904 par. 7]          Amid great discouragements, Nehemiah made God his trust; and here is our defense. A remembrance of what the Lord has done for us will prove a support in every danger. "He that spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things?" And "if God be for us, who can be against us?" However craftily the plots of Satan and his agents may be laid, God can detect them, and bring to naught all their counsels.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 19, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, April 26, 1904 par. 1]       April 26, 1904 Courageous Perseverance.         The most bitter opposition, the boldest threats of the enemy, seemed only to inspire Nehemiah with firmer determination, and to arouse him to greater watchfulness. "Nevertheless," he declares, "we made our prayer unto our God, and set a watch against them day and night." "Therefore set I in the lower places behind the wall, and on the higher places, I even set the people after their families with their swords, their spears, and their bows. And I looked, and rose up, and said unto the nobles, and to the rulers, and to the rest of the people, Be not ye afraid of them; remember the Lord, which is great and terrible, and fight for your brethren, your sons, and your daughters, your wives, and your houses. And it came to pass, when our enemies heard that it was known unto us, and God had brought their counsel to naught, that we returned all of us to the wall, every one unto his work. And it came to pass from that time forth, that the half of my servants wrought in the work, and the other half of them held both the spears, the shields, and the bows, and the habergeons." "They which builded on the wall, and they that bare burdens, with those that laded, every one with one of his hands wrought in the work, and with the other hand held a weapon. For the builders, every one had his sword girded by his side, and so builded."  {SW, April 26, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, April 26, 1904 par. 2]          Beside Nehemiah stood a trumpeter, and on different parts of the wall were stationed priests bearing the sacred trumpets. The people were scattered in their labors; but on the approach of danger at any point, a signal was given for them to repair thither without delay. Then the priests sounded an alarm upon the trumpets as a token that God would fight for them. "So we labored in the work," says Nehemiah; "and half of them held the spears from the rising of the morning till the stars appeared." Those who lived in towns and villages outside Jerusalem were required to lodge within the walls, both to guard the work and that they might be ready for duty in the morning. This would prevent unnecessary delay, and, furthermore, would cut off the opportunity, which the enemies would otherwise enjoy, of attacking the workmen as they went to and from their homes, or embittering with prejudice or discouraging by threats.  {SW, April 26, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, April 26, 1904 par. 3]          Nehemiah and his companions did not shrink from hardships, or excuse themselves from trying service. Neither by night nor by day, not even during the brief time given to slumber, did they put off their clothing, or even lay aside their armor. "So neither I, nor my brethren, nor my servants, nor the men of the guard which followed me, none of us put off our clothes, saving that every one put them off for washing."  {SW, April 26, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, April 26, 1904 par. 4]          Nehemiah was engaged in an important work, one which concerned the prosperity of the cause of God. Every effort previously put forth to accomplish that work had failed because of a lack of true faith and union of effort among the Jews. The Samaritans, disguising their enmity under a pretense of fidelity to the king of Persia, had succeeded in causing a discontinuance of the work. The zealous and true-hearted among the Jews had again and again been disappointed in their purposes. But in the strength of God, Nehemiah determined that the adversaries should not again hinder the work. The despisers of the God of heaven should be disappointed. Their Satanic policy could not succeed if the people of God would bar the doors against the enemy, and work harmoniously to carry out the divine will. The foe could not enter unless the gates were thrown open by traitors within.  {SW, April 26, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, April 26, 1904 par. 5]          If we are but loyal and true, every attack of the enemy will lead us to a firmer reliance upon God, and to more determined effort to carry forward his work, against all opposing influences.  {SW, April 26, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, April 26, 1904 par. 6]          "Know therefore that the Lord thy God, he is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love him and keep his commandments to a thousand generations."               Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, April 26, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 1]       May 3, 1904 A Rebuke Against Extortioners.         The wall of Jerusalem had not been completed, when Nehemiah's attention was called to the unhappy condition of the poorer classes of the people. In the unsettled state of the country, tillage had been, to some extent, neglected. Furthermore, because of their separation from God his blessing had not rested upon their lands. A scarcity of grain resulted. To obtain food for their families, the poor were obliged to buy on credit, and at an exorbitant price. They were also compelled to raise money by borrowing on interest, to pay the tribute to the king of Persia. The people of Israel were not now enjoying prosperity, as when the Lord blessed them for their obedience. Because of their sins, their defense had been removed, and the Lord had allowed other nations to overcome them. Under the rule of idolatrous kings, heavy taxes were imposed upon them; property, liberty, and life seemed at the mercy of these godless powers.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 2]          While they had no thought of revolting against the king of Persia, they had hoped, by repentance and reformation, to regain the favor of God, and to be restored to their former liberty. As yet their hopes were not realized. The tribute money for the king must be forthcoming in its season. To add to the distress of the poor, the more wealthy took advantage of their necessity, obtaining mortgages of their lands, and adding them to their own large possessions. They also required usury for all money loaned. This course soon reduced the unfortunate debtors to the deepest poverty, and many were forced to sell their sons and daughters to servitude. There appeared no hope of improving their condition, no way to regain either their lands or their children, no prospect before them but that of perpetual slavery. And yet they were of the same nation, children of the covenant equally with their more favored brethren. They had the same affection for their children as had the others. Their distress had not been caused by indolence or prodigality. They had been compelled to contract debts because of the failure of crops, and to pay heavy taxes.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 3]          As a last resort, they presented their case before Nehemiah. The soul of this man of God was filled with indignation as he heard of the cruel oppression that existed among his own people. He resolved to see that justice was done; yet he did not move rashly in the matter. He felt that God had laid upon him grave responsibilities, and he must be faithful to his trust. "I was very angry," he says, "when I heard their cry and these words. Then I consulted with myself." He took time to weigh the whole matter, and to form plans. Then with characteristic energy and determination, he exerted his influence and authority for the relief of his oppressed brethren.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 4]         The fact that the oppressors were men of wealth, whose support was greatly needed in the work of restoring the city and its defenses, did not for a moment turn him from his purpose. Having first sharply rebuked the nobles and rulers, he presented the matter in an assembly of the people, clearly showing what were the requirements of God touching the case, and urging them upon the attention of his hearers.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 5]          Similar events had occurred in the reign of the apostate Ahaz, and God sent a message to Israel, rebuking their cruelty and oppression. The children of Judah, because of their idolatry, had been delivered into the hands of their more idolatrous brethren, the people of Israel. The latter had indulged their cruel enmity by slaying in battle many thousands of the men of Judah, and seizing all the women and children, intending to keep them as slaves, or sell them into bondage to the heathen.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 6]          Because of the sins of Judah, the Lord had not interposed to prevent the battle; but by the mouth of the prophet Oded he rebuked the cruel design of the victorious army: "Ye purpose to keep under the children of Judah and Jerusalem for bondmen and bondwomen unto you; but are there not with you, even with you, sins against the Lord your God?" And the prophet assured them that the fierce anger of the Lord was upon them, and that their course of injustice and oppression would call down his judgments. Upon hearing these words, the armed men left the captives and the spoil before the princes and all the congregation. Then certain leading men of the tribe of Ephraim "took the captives, and with the spoil clothed all that were naked among them, and arrayed them, and shod them, and gave them to eat and to drink, and anointed them, and carried all the feeble of them upon asses, and brought them to Jericho, the city of palm-trees, to their brethren."  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 7]          Nehemiah wished to bring the offenders to see the real character of their oppressive work, and to be ashamed of it. Said he, "We, after our ability, have redeemed our brethren the Jews, which were sold unto the heathen; and will ye even sell your brethren? or shall they be sold unto us?" Nehemiah and others had ransomed certain of the Jews who had been sold to the heathen, and he now placed this course in contrast with the conduct of those who for worldly gain were enslaving their brethren. The fear of God should restrain them from such injustice. Nehemiah declared to the Jewish rulers--some of whom had been guilty of these practises--that instead of judging and punishing other criminals, they should investigate their own work, and cease at once their iniquitous extortion, lest they should become a reproach, even among the heathen.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 8]          He showed them that he himself, being invested with authority from the Persian king, might have demanded large contributions for his personal benefit. Instead of this, he had not taken that which justly belonged to him, but had liberally contributed to relieve the people in their great necessity. These extortioners had no more reason than he had to pursue the course they did. He urged them to cease at once their oppression, to restore the lands of the poor, and also the increase of money and provisions which they had exacted from them, and to lend them without security or usury.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 9]          "Then said they, We will restore them, and will require nothing of them; so will we do as thou sayest." "Then," says Nehemiah, "I called the priests, and took an oath of them, that they should do according to this promise."                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 1]       May 3, 1904 Parental Responsibility.         While parents who have the fear of God before them restrain their children, they should study their dispositions and temperaments, and seek to meet their wants. Some parents attend carefully to the temporal wants of their children; they kindly and faithfully nurse them in sickness, and then think their duty done. Here they mistake. Their work has but just begun. The wants of the mind should be cared for. It requires skill to apply the proper remedies to cure a wounded mind. Children have trials just as hard to bear, just as grievous in character, as those of older persons. Parents themselves do not feel the same at all times. Their minds are often perplexed. They labor under mistaken views and feelings. Satan buffets them, and they yield to his temptations. They speak irritably, and in a manner to excite wrath in their children, and are sometimes exacting and fretful. The poor children partake of the same spirit, and the parents are not prepared to help them, for they were the cause of the trouble. Sometimes everything seems to go wrong. There is fretfulness all around, and all have a very miserable, unhappy time. The parents lay the blame upon their poor children, and think them very disobedient and unruly, the worst children in the world, when the cause of disturbance is in themselves.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 2]          Some parents raise many a storm by their lack of self-control. Instead of kindly asking the children to do this or that, they order them in a scolding tone, and at the same time a censure of reproof is on their lips which the children have not merited. Parents, this course pursued toward your children destroys their cheerfulness and ambition. They do your bidding, not from love, but because they dare not do otherwise. Their heart is not in the matter. It is a drudgery, instead of a pleasure, and this often leads them to forget to follow out all your directions, which increases your irritation, and makes it still worse for the children. The fault-finding is repeated, their bad conduct laid before them in glowing colors, until discouragement comes over them, and they are not particular whether they please or not. A spirit of "I don't care" seizes them, and they seek that pleasure and enjoyment away from home, away from their parents, which they do not find at home. They mingle with street company and are soon as corrupt as the worst.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 3]          Conquer your disposition to be exacting with your children, lest too frequent reproof make your presence disagreeable to them and your counsels hateful. Bind them to your heart, not by foolish indulgence, but by the silken cords of love. You can be firm, yet kind. Christ must be your helper. Love will be the means of drawing other hearts to yours, and your influence may establish them in the good and right way.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 4]          Your influence over your children, and your course toward them, should such as to attract holy angels to your dwelling, that they may assist you in your efforts to make your family and your home what God would have them. When you essay to independently fight your own way through, the heavenly angels are repelled, and retire from your presence in grief, leaving you to struggle on alone.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 5]          Your children have the stamp of character that their parents have given them. How careful, then, should be your treatment of them; how tenderly should you rebuke and correct their faults. You are too stern and exacting, and have frequently dealt with them when you were excited and angry. This has almost fretted away the golden cord of love that binds their hearts to yours. You should ever impress upon your children the fact that you love them; that you are laboring for their interest; that their happiness is dear to you; and that you design to do only that which is for their good.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, May 3, 1904 par. 6]          Deal honestly and faithfully with your children. Work bravely and patiently. Fear no crosses, spare no time or labor, burden or suffering. The future of your children will testify the character of your work. Fidelity to Christ on your part can be better expressed in the symmetrical character of your children than in any other way. They are Christ's property, bought with his own blood. If their influence is wholly on the side of Christ, they are his co-laborers, helping others to find the path of life. If you neglect your God-given work, your unwise course of discipline places them among the class who scatter from Christ and strengthen the kingdom of darkness. --Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, May 3, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 1]       May 10, 1904 Integrity in Business Affairs.         These portions of sacred history teach an important lesson. Those who profess to love and fear God should cherish sympathy and love for one another, and should guard the interests of others as their own. Christians should not regulate their conduct by the world's standard. In all ages the people of God are as distinct from worldlings as their profession is higher than that of the ungodly. From the beginning to the end of time, God's people are one body.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 2]          The love of money is the root of all evil. In this generation the desire for gain is the absorbing passion. If wealth can not be secured by honest industry, men seek to obtain it by fraud. Widows and orphans are robbed of their scanty pittance, and poor men are made to suffer for the necessaries of life. And all this that the rich may support their extravagance, or indulge their desire to hoard.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 3]          The terrible record of crime daily committed for the sake of gain, is enough to chill the blood and fill the soul with horror. The fact that even among those who profess godliness the same sins exist to a greater or less extent, calls for deep humiliation of soul and earnest action on the part of the followers of Christ. Love of display and love of money have made this world a den of thieves and robbers. But Christians are professedly not dwellers upon the earth; they are in a strange country, stopping, as it were, only for a night. They should not be actuated by the same motives and desires as are those who have their home and treasure here. God designed that our lives should represent the life of our great Pattern: that, like Jesus, we should live to do others good.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 4]          The customs of the world are no criterion for the Christian. He is not to imitate their sharp practise, overreaching, and extortion, even in a small matters. Every unjust act toward a fellow-mortal, though he be the veriest sinner, is a violation of the golden rule. Every wrong done to the children of God, is done to Christ himself in the person of his saints. Every attempt to advantage one's self by the ignorance, weakness, or misfortune of another, is registered as fraud in the ledger of heaven.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 5]         He who truly fears God would rather toil day and night, and eat the bread of poverty, than to indulge a passion for gain which would oppress the widow and the fatherless, or turn the stranger from his right. Our Saviour sought to impress upon his hearers that a man who would venture to defraud his neighbor in the smallest item, would, if the opportunity were favorable, overreach in larger matters. The slightest departure from rectitude breaks down the barriers, and prepares the heart to do greater injustice. By precept and example, Christ taught that the strictest integrity should govern our conduct toward our fellow-men. Said the divine Teacher, "Whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them."  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 6]          Just to the extent that man would advantage himself at the disadvantage of another, will his soul become insensible to the influence of the Spirit of God. Gain obtained at such a cost is a fearful loss. It is better to want than to lie; better to hunger than to defraud; better to die than to sin. Extravagance, overreaching, extortion indulged by those professing godliness, are corrupting their faith, and destroying their spirituality. The church is in a great degree responsible for the sins of her members. She gives countenance to the evil, if she fails to lift her voice against it. The influence from which she has most to fear is not that of open opposers, infidels, and blasphemers, but of inconsistent professors of Christ. These are the ones who keep back the blessing of the God of Israel.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 7]          All who would form characters for heaven must be Bible Christians. They must be diligent in the study of the Chart of Life, and must carefully and prayerfully examine the motives that prompt them to action. The business world does not lie outside the limits of God's government. True religion is not to be merely paraded on the Sabbath, and displayed in the sanctuary; it is for every day and for every place. Its claims must be recognized and obeyed in every act of life. Men who possess the genuine article will in all their business affairs show as clear a perception of right, as when offering their supplications at the throne of grace.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 8]          God can not be excluded from any transaction in which the rights of his children are concerned. Over every one that is serving him in sincerity, his hand is spread as a buckler. None can wound the humblest disciple of Jesus without smiting that hand which holds the sword of justice.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, May 10, 1904 par. 9]          The apostle James, looking down to the last days, addresses a solemn and fearful warning to those who have heaped up riches by fraud and oppression: "Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your miseries that shall come upon you. Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are motheaten. Your gold and silver is cankered; and the rust of them shall be a witness against you, and shall eat your flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days. Behold, the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth; and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabbaoth."                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, May 10, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 1]      May 17, 1904 Heathen Plots.--No. 1.         Sanballat, Tobiah, and their confederates dared not openly make war upon the Jews; but with increasing malice they continued their secret efforts to perplex, injure, and discourage them. The wall about Jerusalem was rapidly approaching completion. When it should be finished, and its gates set up, these enemies of Israel could not hope to force an entrance into the city. Therefore they were the more eager and determined in their efforts to stop the work without delay. At last they devised a plan to draw Nehemiah from his station, and kill or imprison him while they had him in their power.  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 2]          Pretending to desire a compromise of the opposing parties, they proposed a conference with Nehemiah, and invited him to meet them in a village on the plain of Ono. But the Spirit of God, enlightening the mind of his servant, enabled him to discern their real purpose. Nehemiah says, "I sent messengers unto them, saying, I am doing a great work, so that I can not come down; why should the work cease, whilst I leave it and come down to you?" But these emissaries of Satan were persistent. Four times they sent messages of like import, but received the same answer.  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 3]          Finding this plan unsuccessful, they then had resort to a more dangerous stratagem. Sanballat sent to Nehemiah a messenger bearing an open letter wherein was written: "It is reported among the heathen, and Gashmu saith it, that thou and the Jews think to rebel; for which cause thou buildest the wall, that thou mayest be their king, according to these words. And thou hast also appointed prophets to preach of thee at Jerusalem, saying, There is a king in Judah; and now shall it be reported to the king according to these words. Come now therefore, and let us take counsel together."  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 4]          Had the reports mentioned been actually circulated, there would have been cause for apprehension; for they would soon have been carried to the ears of the king, whom a slight suspicion might provoke to the severest measures. But Nehemiah was convinced that the letter was wholly false, written to arouse his fears, and draw him into some snare prepared by his enemies. This conclusion was strengthened by the fact that the letter was sent open, evidently that the contents might be read by the people, and thus intimidate them also.  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 5]          He therefore promptly returned the answer, "There are no such things done as thou sayest, but thou feignest them out of thine own heart." He is not ignorant of Satan's devices, and he feels assured that all these attempts are made for the purpose of weakening the hands of the builders, that their work may not be accomplished. He turns to the Source of strength, with the prayer, "Now therefore, O God, strengthen my hands."  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 6]          Satan had been defeated again and again; and now with deeper malice and greater cunning, he proceeded to devise a still more subtle and dangerous snare for the servant of God. Sanballat and his companions were moved to hire men professing to be friends of Nehemiah, to give him evil counsel as the word of the Lord. The principal person engaged in this nefarious work was one Shemaiah, who had previously been held in good repute by Nehemiah. This man shut himself up in a chamber near the sanctuary, as if fearing that his life was in danger, and thither Nehemiah went to consult with him as one who was especially favored of God. The temple was at this time protected by walls and gates, while the gates of the city were not yet set up. This deceiver therefore professed great concern for Nehemiah's safety, and counseled him to seek shelter in the temple: "Let us meet together in the house of God, within the temple, and let us shut the doors of the temple; for they will come to slay thee; yea, in the night will they come to slay thee." The hero's fearless answer was, "Should such a man as I flee? and who is there, that, being as I am, would go into the temple to save his life? I will not go in."  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 7]          Had Nehemiah followed that treacherous counsel, he would have sacrificed his reputation for courage and faith in God, and would have appeared cowardly and contemptible. The alarm would have spread among the people: each would have sought his own safety; and the city would have been left unprotected, to fall a prey to their enemies. That one unwise move would have been a virtual surrender of all that had been gained.  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 8]          Nehemiah was not long in penetrating the true character and object of his counselor: "And, lo, I perceived that God had not sent him: but that he pronounced this prophecy against me; for Tobiah and Sanballat had hired him. Therefore was he hired, that I should be afraid, and do so, and sin, and that they might have matter for an evil report, that they might reproach me."  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 9]          In view of the important work that Nehemiah had undertaken, together with the integrity of his character, and the confidence in God which he professed to feel, it would be highly inconsistent for him to hide himself as if in fear. The preservation of life itself would not be a sufficient excuse for such a course. The infamous counsel given him was seconded by more than one man of high reputation, who, while professing to be his friend, was secretly in league with his enemies. Women also, while pretending to have received great light from God, basely sold themselves to serve the cause of the heathen. Nehemiah prays that God will mark their evil designs, and reward them according to their deeds.                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 1]       May 17, 1904 Good News From Washington         IN A LETTER RECEIVED FROM SISTER WHITE SINCE HER ARRIVAL AT WASHINGTON, SHE SPEAKS OF THE WORK THERE IN VERY ENCOURAGING LANGUAGE. SHE SAYS:--  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 2]          "The situation here fills me with hope and courage. We know that the Lord desires us to go forward as speedily as possible with the work before us. The location that has been secured for our sanitarium and school is all that could be desired.  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 17, 1904 par. 3]          "The atmosphere is pure, and the water is pure. A beautiful stream runs through our land from north to south. This stream is a treasure more valuable than gold or silver. The building sites are upon fine elevations with excellent drainage."  {SW, May 17, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 1]       May 24, 1904 Heathen Plots.--No. 2.         Despite all the plots of enemies, open and secret, the work of building went steadily forward, the wall rose to the proper height, and in about two months after Nehemiah's arrival at Jerusalem, the holy city was girded round with its defenses and the builders could walk upon its walls, and look forth upon their astonished adversaries. Says Nehemiah, "When all our enemies heard thereof, and all the heathen that were about us saw these things, they were much cast down in their own eyes; for they perceived that this work was wrought of our God."  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 2]          Yet the striking evidence that the hand of the Lord was with Nehemiah was not sufficient to restrain discontent, rebellion, and treachery. "In those days the nobles of Judah sent many letters unto Tobiah, and the letters of Tobiah came unto them. For there were many in Judah sworn unto him because he was the son-in-law of Shechaniah." Here are seen the evil results of intermarriage with idolaters. In this union, Satan had gained the victory. A family of Judah had connected themselves with the enemies of God, and the relation had proved a snare to the people. Many others also united in marriage with the heathen. These, like the mixed multitude that came up with Israel from Egypt, were a source of constant trouble. They were not whole-hearted in the service of God. When his work demanded a sacrifice, they were ready to violate their own solemn oaths of co-operation and support. All this had tended to weaken and discourage those who sought to build up the cause of God.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 3]         Some who had been foremost in plotting mischief against the Jews, and endeavoring by every possible means to cause their ruin, now professed a great desire to be on friendly terms with them. Some of the nobles of Judah who had become entangled in idolatrous marriages, had held traitorous correspondence with Tobiah, and had taken oath to serve him. They now presumed to represent this agent of Satan as a man of ability, wisdom, and foresight, and urged that an alliance with him would be highly advantageous to the Jews. At the same time they betrayed to him Nehemiah's plans and movements. Thus the work of God was laid open to his enemies, and opportunity was given them not only to misconstrue Nehemiah's words and acts, and circulate false reports concerning him, but to lay plans to counteract his efforts and hinder his work. Yet this man, who had so boldly stood in defense of the oppressed, did not exercise the authority with which he was invested, and bring to punishment these traitors in the camp. Calmly and unselfishly he went forward in the service of his people, never dreaming of slackening his efforts, though they should be repaid only with ingratitude and treachery.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 4]          The whole power and policy of Satan have always been aimed at those who are zealously seeking to advance the cause and work of God. Though often baffled, he as often renews his assaults. But it is when he works in secret that he is most to be feared. The advocates of unpopular truth must expect opposition from its open enemies; this is often fierce and cruel, but it is far less dangerous than the secret enmity of those who profess to be serving God while at heart they are servants of Satan. While apparently uniting in the work of God, many are connected with his foes; and if in any way crossed in their plans or reproved for their sins, they court the favor of the enemies of truth, and open to them all the plans of God's servants and the workings of his cause. Thus they place every advantage in the hands of those who use all their knowledge to hinder the work of God and injure his people. Thus these men of two minds and two purposes pretend to serve God, and then go over to the enemy and serve him, as best suits their inclination.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 5]          Every device which the prince of darkness can suggest, will be employed to induce God's servants to form a compromise with the agents of Satan. Repeated solicitations will come in to call us from duty; but, like Nehemiah, we should steadfastly reply, "I am doing a great work, so that I can not come down." We have no time to seek the favor of the world, or even to defend ourselves from their misrepresentation and calumny. We have no time to lose in self-vindication. We should keep steadily at our work, and let that refute the falsehoods which malice may coin to our injury. Slanders will be multiplied if we stop to answer them. Should we allow our enemies to gain our friendship and sympathy, and thereby allure us from our post of duty; should we, by any unguarded act, expose the cause of God to reproach, and thus weaken the hands of the workers, we should bring upon our characters a stain not easily removed, and place a serious obstacle in the way of our own future usefulness.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 6]          Those temptations are most dangerous which come from the professed servants of God, and from our friends. When persons who are uniting with the world, yet claiming great piety and love, counsel the faithful workers for God to be less zealous and more conservative, our answer must be an appeal to the word of God. When they plead for union with those who have been our determined opposers, we should fear and shun them as decidedly as did Nehemiah. Those who would lead away from the old landmarks to form a connection with the ungodly, can not be sent of heaven. Whatever may have been their former position, their present course tends to unsettle the faith of God's people.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 7]          Such counselors are prompted by Satan. They are time-servers. The testimonies, reproofs, and warnings of God's servants are unpalatable to them, being a reproof to their worldly, pleasure-loving propensities. We should shun this class as resolutely as did Nehemiah.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 8]          When plied with the arguments and suggestions of such advisers, it would be well for us each to inquire, "Should I, who am a Christian, a child of God; one called to be the light of the world, a preacher of righteousness; who have so often expressed my confidence in the truth and the way in which the Lord has led us, -- should I unite my influence with those who bitterly oppose the work of God? Should I, a steward of the mysteries of God, open to his worst enemies the counsels of his people? Would not such a course embolden the wicked in their opposition to the truth of God and to his covenant-keeping people? Would not such concession prevent me from opening my lips in exhortation, warning, or entreaty in my own family or in the church of God? If Paul or Peter were placed in similar circumstances, would he thus betray a sacred trust? Would not even men of the world despise me? Would they not scorn to be diverted from their life-work by difficulties or perils?"  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 9]          Satan will work by any and every means which he can employ to discourage the active servants of God. If the shepherd can be beguiled from his duty, then the way is clear for wolves to scatter and devour the sheep.  {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, May 24, 1904 par. 10]          Every success of the truth discourages the enemies of God: and they are sometimes forced to acknowledge that it is his work, while they hate it the more on that very account. False brethren will continue to increase. Those to whom God has sent warnings and reproofs, but who, rejecting the heaven-sent message, give heed to the counsel of his enemies, are the severest trial to his faithful servants. "They that forsake the law, praise the wicked."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, May 24, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 1]       May 31, 1904 The People Instructed in the  Law of God.         While Nehemiah labored diligently to restore the material defenses of Jerusalem, he did not forget that the God of Israel was their only sure defense, and that only in obedience to his commandments would they be secure. He therefore gave diligent attention to the instruction of the people in the law of God.  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 2]          At the time of the feast of trumpets, when many were gathered at the holy city, the people assembled in the street that was before the water gate; "and they spake unto Ezra the scribe to bring the book of the law of Moses, which the Lord had commanded to Israel. And Ezra the priest brought the law before the congregation both of men and women, and all that could hear with understanding, upon the first day of the seventh month. And he read therein before the street that was before the water gate from the morning until midday. . . . And the ears of all the people were attentive unto the book of the law."  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 3]          "And Ezra blessed the Lord, the great God. And all the people answered Amen, Amen, with lifting up their hands; and they bowed their heads, and worshiped the Lord with their faces to the ground." Certain of the priests and Levites united with Ezra in explaining to the people the principles of the divine law. "So they read in the book in the law of God distinctly, and gave the sense, and caused them to understand the reading."  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 4]          The scene was one of mournful interest. The wall of Jerusalem had been rebuilt, and the gates set up; thus far a great victory had been achieved; but a large part of the city was still in ruins. On a pulpit of wood, erected in one of the broadest streets, and surrounded on every hand by the sad reminders of Judah's departed glory, stood Ezra, now an aged man. At his right and left were gathered his brother Levites, who were consecrated to the service of God, and whose presence lent dignity and solemnity to the occasion. With heavy hearts they thought upon the days of their fathers, when the royal psalmist had sung: "Walk about Zion, and go round about her; tell the towers thereof. Mark ye well her bulwarks, consider her palaces." "Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth, is Mount Zion, on the sides of the north, the city of the great King."  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 5]          Looking down from the elevated platform, the eye swept over a sea of heads. From all the surrounding country the children of the covenant had assembled; and as one man they were listening, intent and reverent, to hear once more the words of the Most High.  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 6]          But even here the evidence of their sin was apparent. In their mingling with other nations, the Hebrew language had become corrupted, and therefore great care was necessary on the part of the speakers to explain the law in the language of the people, and so present it that it might be understood by all.  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 7]          As the law of God was read and explained, the people were convinced of their guilt and danger, and with tender consciences and penitential tears they mourned because of their transgressions. But as this day was a festival, a day of holy convocation, a day which the Lord had commanded to be kept with joy and gladness, they were bidden by their teachers to restrain their grief, and to rejoice in view of the great mercy of God toward them. "For," Nehemiah said, "this day is holy unto our Lord; neither be ye sorry; for the joy of the Lord is your strength."  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 8]          Accordingly, after the earlier part of the day had been devoted to religious exercises, the people spent the remainder in gratefully recounting the blessings of God, and enjoying the bounties which he had granted them, remembering also to send portions to the poor who had nothing to prepare. And there was great rejoicing, because they understood the words of the law which had been declared to them. The work of reading and expounding the law to the people was continued upon the following day. The solemn services of the day of atonement were performed at the time appointed,--on the tenth day of the seventh month,--according to the command of God. And from the fifteenth to the twenty-second of the same month the people and the rulers kept once more the feast of tabernacles.  {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, May 31, 1904 par. 9]          It was published "in all their cities, and in Jerusalem, saying, Go forth unto the mount, and fetch olive branches, and pine branches, and myrtle branches, and palm branches, and branches of thick trees, to make booths, as it is written. So the people went forth, and brought them, and made themselves booths, every one upon the roof of his house, and in their courts, and in the courts of the house of God. . . . And all the congregation of them that were come again out of the captivity made booths, and sat under the booths; for since the days of Joshua the son of Nun unto that day had not the children of Israel done so. And there was very great gladness. Also day by day, from the first day unto the last day, he ［Ezra］ read in the book of the law of God."                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                    -    {SW, May 31, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 1]       June 7, 1904 A Solemn Fast.         When the Feast of Tabernacles was past, one day only having intervened, the children of Israel kept a solemn fast. This was held not merely at the command of the rulers, but by the desire of the people. As they had from day to day listened to the words of the law, they had been deeply convicted of their own transgressions, and also of the sins of their nation in past generations. They saw that it was because of their departure from God that his protecting care had been withdrawn from them, and they had been scattered in foreign lands. And they now determined to seek God's mercy and to pledge themselves to walk hereafter in his commandments.  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 2]         Before entering upon the services of the day, they carefully separated themselves from the heathen who were intermingled with them. This being done, "they stood up in their place, and read in the book of the law of the Lord their God one fourth part of the day; and another fourth part they confessed, and worshiped the Lord their God."  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 3]         The people prostrated themselves before the Lord, humbly confessing their sins and pleading for mercy and pardon, each for himself individually, and for the entire congregation. Then their leaders encouraged them to believe that God, according to his promise had heard their prayers. They showed them that they were not only to mourn and weep and repent of their transgressions, but to trust that God had pardoned them, and to evince their faith by recounting his mercies and praising him for his goodness. Said these teachers, "Stand up and bless the Lord your God forever and ever."  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 4]         Then from the gathered throng, as they stood with hands outstretched toward heaven, arose the song of praise and adoration: "Blessed be thy glorious name, which is exalted above all blessing and praise. Thou, even thou, art Lord alone; thou hast made heaven, the heaven of heavens, with all their host, the earth, and all things that are therein, the seas, and all that is therein; and thou preservest them all, and the host of heaven worshipeth thee."  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 5]         In this portion of sacred history is a precious lesson of faith for all who are convicted of sin, and weighed down with a sense of their unworthiness. When they compare their characters with God's great standard of right, they see themselves condemned as transgressors. There is no power in law to free them from their guilt. But as they confess their sins, they can find pardon through Christ. From him flows the cleansing stream that can wash away the stains of sin. When the sinner has come to Christ with contrition of soul, confessing his transgressions, it is then his duty to appropriate to himself the Saviour's promise of pardon to the repentant and believing. He who seeks to find goodness and cause for rejoicing in himself, will always be in despair; but he who looks to Jesus, the author and finisher of his faith, can say with confidence, "I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me."  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 6]         Following the song of praise, the leaders of the congregation presented the history of Israel, showing God's great benefits and their ingratitude. Tracing the record from the days of Abraham, they called attention to God's design to preserve his name upon the earth by preserving for himself a people pure amid the general corruption; they recounted the mighty manifestations of his power in their deliverance from bondage in Egypt, and showed also how backsliding and apostasy had caused the blessing of the Lord to be withdrawn from Israel. Then the whole congregation entered into a covenant to keep all the commandments of God; and that the transaction might be as effectual as possible, this covenant was written out, and those who were thoroughly in earnest in the work of reformation affixed their names and seals. They wished to preserve for future reference a memorial of the obligation they had just taken upon themselves, as a reminder of duty and a barrier against temptation. Thus it was that the people took a solemn oath to "walk in God's law, which was given by Moses the servant of God, and to observe and do all the commandments of the Lord our Lord, and his judgments and his statutes." The oath taken also included a promise not to intermarry with "the people of the land." This had often been done by the people; and sometimes the rulers, as Solomon, and Ahab, had formed such unions; and these marriages, by introducing idolatry, had resulted in the ruin of thousands.  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 7]         The Lord had strictly forbidden the intermarrying of his people with other nations. This would prevent the Hebrews from marrying idolaters, and thus forming connections with heathen families. The reason which God assigned for prohibiting these marriages was, "They will turn away thy son from following me." But the heathen were less guilty than are the impenitent in this age, who, having the light of the gospel, persistently refuse to accept it. Those among ancient Israel who ventured to disregard the divine prohibition, did it at the sacrifice of religious principle. When those who now profess to be God's people join themselves in marriage with the ungodly, they form a tie uniting them to the world, and they will probably soon be one with them, notwithstanding their present profession.  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 8]         Before the day of fasting ended, the people still further manifested their determination to return unto the Lord. With one accord, all pledged themselves to cease the desecration of the Sabbath. Nehemiah did not at this time, as at a later date, exercise his authority to prevent heathen traders from coming into Jerusalem on the Sabbath, for the sale of provisions and other articles; but to save the people from yielding to temptation, he engaged them, by a solemn covenant, not to transgress the Sabbath law by purchasing of those vendors, hoping that this would discourage them, and put an end to their traffic.  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 9]         Provision was also made to support the public worship of God. A pledge was given by the congregation to contribute yearly a stated sum for the service of the sanctuary, as well as to bring the tithes and the "first-fruits of our ground, and the first-fruits of all fruit of all trees, year by year, unto the house of the Lord; also the first-born of our sons, and of our cattle, as it is written in the law, and the firstlings of our herds and of our flocks, to bring to the house of our God."  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 10]         The liberality of the Jews in their offerings for religious purposes might well be imitated by Christians. If tithes and offerings were required thousands of years ago, they are much more essential now. The labors of God's servants were then confined almost wholly to the land of Palestine; but the apostles and their successors were commissioned to preach the gospel throughout the world. The people of this dispensation are favored with greater light and blessing than were the Jews; therefore they are placed under even greater obligation to honor God and to advance his cause.  {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, June 7, 1904 par. 11]         The efforts of Nehemiah to restore the worship of the true God had been crowned with success. If Israel would be true to the oath they had taken, a bright future was before them; for the Lord has always magnified his law before his people, pouring rich blessings upon them so long as they have been obedient. The history of God's ancient people is full of instruction for the church of today. While the Bible faithfully presents the results of their apostasy as a warning to all future generations, it portrays, as a worthy example, the deep humiliation and repentance, the earnest devotion and generous sacrifice, that marked their seasons of returning to the Lord. There is encouragement, too, in the record of God's willingness to receive his backsliding but repentant people. It would be a scene well-pleasing to God and angels, would his professed followers in this generation unite, as did Israel of old, in a solemn covenant to "observe and do all the commandments of the Lord our Lord, and his judgments and his statutes."                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, June 7, 1904 par. 11}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 1]      June 21, 1904 A Sabbath Reformation.         Under the labors of Ezra and Nehemiah, the people of Judah had in the most solemn and public manner pledged themselves to render obedience to the law of God. But when the influence of these teachers was for a time withdrawn, there were many who departed from the Lord. During the absence of Nehemiah from Jerusalem, idolaters not only gained a foothold in the city, but contaminated by their presence the very precincts of the temple. Certain families of Israel, having intermarried with the family of Tobiah the Ammonite, had brought about a friendship between this man, one of Judah's most bitter and determined enemies, and Eliashib the high priest. As a result of this unhallowed alliance, Tobiah had been permitted to occupy a commodious apartment connected with the temple, which had been devoted to the storing of various offerings brought for the service of God.  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 2]          Thus not only was the temple of the Lord profaned, but his people were constantly exposed to the corrupting influence of this agent of Satan. Because of their cruelty and treachery toward Israel, the Ammonites and Moabites had by the word of the Lord been forever excluded from the congregation. And yet, in defiance of this solemn edict, the high priest himself casts out the consecrated oblations from the chamber of God's house, to make a place for the most violent and treacherous of a proscribed people. Greater contempt for God could not have been manifested than was expressed in this favor conferred on this enemy of God and his truth.  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 3]          When Nehemiah learned of this bold profanation, he promptly exercised his authority to expel the intruder. "It grieved me sore; therefore I cast forth all the household stuff of Tobiah out of the chamber. Then I commanded, and they cleansed the chambers; and thither brought I again the vessels of the house of God, with the meat offering and the frankincense."  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 4]          Not only had the temple been profaned, but the offerings had been misapplied. This tended to discourage the liberality of the people. They lost their zeal and fervor in the cause of God, and were reluctant to pay their tithes. The treasuries of the Lord's house were but poorly supplied; and the singers and others employed in the temple service not receiving a sufficient support, many left the work of God to labor elsewhere for the maintenance of their families. Nehemiah promptly corrected these abuses. He gathered together those who had forsaken the service of the house of God, and caused the tithes and offerings to be restored. Faithful men were appointed to take charge of the means raised, confidence was restored, and all Judah brought their tithes to the treasuries of the Lord.  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 5]          Another result of intercourse with idolaters was disregard of the Sabbath. Heathen merchants and traders from the surrounding country had been intent upon leading the children of Israel to engage in traffic upon the Sabbath. While there were some who would not be induced to sacrifice principle, and transgress the commandment of God, others were more easily influenced, and joined with the heathen in their endeavor to overcome the scruples of their more conscientious countrymen; and the idolaters boasted of the success that had attended their efforts. Many dared openly to violate the Sabbath. While some engaged in traffic with the heathen, others were treading in wine presses, and others bringing in sheaves upon the Sabbath day.  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 6]          Had the rulers exerted their influence and exercised their authority, this state of things might have been prevented; but their desire to advance their own secular interest led them to favor the ungodly. It is mingling our interest with the interest of unbelievers that leads to apostasy and the ruin of the soul.  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 7]          Nehemiah rebuked them for their shameful neglect of duty, which was largely responsible for the fast-spreading apostasy. "What evil thing is this that ye do, and profane the Sabbath day?" he sternly demanded. "Did not your fathers thus, and did not our God bring all this evil upon us, and upon this city? yet ye bring more wrath upon Israel by profaning the Sabbath." He gave command that when it "began to be dark before the Sabbath," the city gates should be shut, and that they should not be opened till the Sabbath was past; and, having more confidence in his own servants than in those the magistrates of Jerusalem might appoint, he stationed them at the gate to see that his orders were enforced.  {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, June 21, 1904 par. 8]          The merchants were not disposed to abandon their purpose; and several times they lodged without the gates of the city, hoping to find opportunity for traffic, either with citizens or country people. Upon being informed of this, Nehemiah warned them that they would be punished if they continued this practise. He also directed the Levites to guard the gates, knowing that on account of their higher position they would command greater respect than the common people; while from their close connection with the service of God, it was reasonable to expect that they would be more zealous in enforcing obedience to his law.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, June 21, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, June 28, 1904 par. 1]       June 28, 1904 The Sacredness of God's Law.         By the observance of the Sabbath the Israelites were to be distinguished from all other nations as the worshipers of the true God, the Creator of the heavens and the earth. The Sabbath was the divinely-appointed memorial of the creative work, and the day upon which it was to be celebrated was not left indefinite. It was not any day which men might choose and no day in particular, but the very day in which the Creator rested, that was sanctified and hallowed. On this day God would come very near to his obedient, commandment-loving people.  {SW, June 28, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, June 28, 1904 par. 2]          God places a very high estimate upon his law. Moses and Joshua commanded that it be read publicly at stated periods, that all the people might be familiar with its precepts, and reduce them to practise. If they did this, they had the exalted privilege of being counted as sons and daughters of the Most High, and might confide in him as dear children. In Nehemiah's day, the adversary of souls, working through the children of disobedience, and taking advantage of the unfaithfulness of men in holy office, was fast lulling the nation to forgetfulness of God's law, the very sin which had provoked his wrath against their fathers; and for a time it seemed that all the care, labor, and expense involved in rebuilding the defenses of Jerusalem would be lost.  {SW, June 28, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, June 28, 1904 par. 3]          David prayed, "It is time for thee, Lord, to work: for they have made void thy law." This prayer is no less pertinent at the present time. The world has gone astray from God, and its lawless state should strike terror to the heart, and lead all who are loyal to the great King to work for a reformation. The papal power has thought to change the law of God by substituting a spurious Sabbath for that of Jehovah; and all through the religious world the false Sabbath is revered, while the true one is trampled beneath unholy feet. But will the Lord degrade his law to meet the standard of finite man? Will he accept a day possessing no sanctity, in the place of his own Sabbath, which he has hallowed and blessed?--No; it is on the law of God that the last great struggle of the controversy between Christ and his angels and Satan and his angels will come, and it will be decisive for all the world. This is the hour of temptation to God's people; but Daniel saw them delivered out of it, every one whose name is written in the Lamb's book of life.  {SW, June 28, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, June 28, 1904 par. 4]          Men in responsible positions will not only ignore and despise the Sabbath themselves, but from the sacred desk will urge upon the people the observance of the first day of the week, pleading tradition and custom in behalf of this man-made institution. They will point to calamities on land and sea -- to the storms of wind, the floods, the earthquakes, the destruction by fire -- as judgments indicating God's displeasure because Sunday is not sacredly observed. These calamities will increase more and more, one disaster will follow close upon the heels of another; and those who make void the law of God will point to the few who are keeping the Sabbath of the fourth commandment as the ones who are bringing wrath upon the world. This falsehood is Satan's device that he may ensnare the unwary.  {SW, June 28, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, June 28, 1904 par. 5]         We need Nehemiahs in this age of the world, who shall arouse the people to see how far from God they are because of the transgression of his law. Nehemiah was a reformer, a great man raised up for an important time. As he came in contact with evil and every kind of opposition, fresh courage and zeal were aroused. His energy and determination inspired the people of Jerusalem; and strength and courage took the place of feebleness and discouragement. His holy purpose, his high hope, his cheerful consecration to the work, were contagious. The people caught the enthusiasm of their leader, and in his sphere each man became a Nehemiah, and helped to make stronger the hand and heart of his neighbor. Here is a lesson for ministers of the present day. If they are listless, inactive, destitute of godly zeal, what can be expected of the people to whom they minister?  {SW, June 28, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, June 28, 1904 par. 6]          Man's personal accountability to God should command careful attention. The law can never pardon. Its province is not to save the transgressor, but to convict him. It is far-reaching, and all we do bears the stamp of its approval or condemnation. Men professing godliness often regard the secret sins of the soul very lightly; but it is the secret motives of the heart that determine the true character, and God will bring them into judgment. The dangers resulting from disobeying God and seeking the friendship of the world have not lessened with the lapse of time. There is earnest work to be done; and the faithful watchman, who is actuated by love to God and a desire to save sinners, will reap the reward of his labors; but the unfaithful watchman, whose influence tends to union with the world, will cause the ruin of many souls.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, June 28, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 1]       July 5, 1904 Separation of Israel from  Idolaters.         Another subject to which Nehemiah's attention was called on his return to Jerusalem, was the danger that threatened Israel from intermarriage and association with idolaters. "In those days also," says Nehemiah, "saw I Jews that had married wives of Ashdod, of Ammon, and of Moab; and their children spake half in the speech of Ashdod, and could not speak in the Jews' language, but according to the language of each people." This assimilation to the language of the heathen was an indication of the inroads made by heathenism. In many families, children, trained by heathen mothers, were prattling around them in the tongue of the several idolatrous nations with whom the Israelites had intermarried. These children, as they grew up in the habits and customs of heathenism, became idolaters of the most dangerous class, because they were connected with the people of God.  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 2]          These unlawful alliances caused great confusion; for some who entered into them were persons in high position, rulers of the people and men connected with the service of God, to whom, in the absence of Nehemiah, the people had a right to look for counsel and correct example. God had carefully excluded the heathen from uniting with his faithful worshipers; but the divinely, erected barriers had been broken down, and as a consequence of mingling and intermarrying with other nations, the Israel of God were fast losing their peculiar, holy character.  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 3]          Nehemiah knew that ruin was before the nation if this evil were not put away, and he reasoned with these men on the subject. He firmly and fearlessly declared, "Ye shall not give your daughters unto their sons, nor take their daughters unto your sons, or for yourselves." He presented the case of Solomon, and reminded them that among many nations there had arisen no king like this man, whom God had favored, and to whom he had given great wisdom. But the idolatrous women whom he connected with his house by marriage, led his heart astray from God, and his example had a corrupting influence on all Israel.  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 4]          The commands and threatenings of the Lord, and the fearful judgments visited upon Israel in past generations, aroused the consciences of the people. The strongest and most endearing ties that bound them to idolaters were broken. Not only were future marriages with the heathen forbidden, but marriages already formed were dissolved.  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 5]          Some men in sacred office pleaded for their heathen wives, declaring that they could not bring themselves to separate from them. Nehemiah replied, with solemn sternness, "Shall we then hearken unto you to do all this great evil, to transgress against our God in marrying strange wives?"  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 6]          A grandson of the high priest, having married a daughter of the notorious Sanballat, was not only removed from office, but promptly banished from Israel. "Remember them, O my God," exclaimed Nehemiah, "because they have defiled the priesthood, and the covenant of the priesthood, and of the Levites." He adds: "Thus cleansed I them from all strangers, and appointed the wards of the priests and the Levites, every one in his business." No respect was shown for rank or position. No distinction was made. Whoever among the priests and rulers refused to sever his connection with idolaters, was immediately separated from the service of the Lord.  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 7]          How much anguish of soul this needed severity cost the faithful workers for God, the Judgment alone will reveal. Every advance step was gained only by fasting, humiliation, and prayer. There was a constant struggle with opposing elements.  {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, July 5, 1904 par. 8]          Many who had married idolaters chose to go with them into exile; and, with those who had been expelled from the congregation, they joined the Samaritans, a heathen people who had combined with their idolatrous worship many of the customs of the Jews. Hither some who had occupied high positions in the work of God now found their way, and after a time they cast in their lot fully with them. Desiring to strengthen this alliance, the Samaritans promised to adopt more fully the Jewish faith and customs; and the apostates, determined to outdo their former brethren, erected a temple on Mount Gerizim, in opposition to the house of God at Jerusalem. This spurious religion continued to be a mixture of Judaism and heathenism; and their claims to be the people of God were the source of schism, emulation, and enmity between the two nations from generation to generation.           Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, July 5, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 1]       July 12, 1904 The Need of True Reformers.         The servants of God today encounter difficulties very similar to those against which Nehemiah contended. Human nature is still the same. And Satan is as active, earnest, and persevering now as at any period in the past. Nay, rather, the word of God declares that his power and enmity increase as we near the close of time. The greatest danger of God's ancient people arose from their inclination to disregard his direct requirements and to follow, instead, their own desires. Such is the sin and danger of his people at the present time. The indolence, backsliding, and degeneracy in our churches may be traced, in a great degree, to the lax sentiments which have been coming in as a result of conformity to the world. The Sabbath is not as sacredly regarded as it should be. Improper marriages, with their train of evils, have dragged down some of the useful men to apostasy and ruin.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 2]         Before contracting marriage, every wise person will consider the matter in all its bearings: "Will the relation I am about to form lead heavenward, or toward perdition? Will it bring in sacred and devotional influences, or the corrupting influence of the world?"  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 3]          In the existing state of religious declension, there is crying need of earnest, faithful Nehemiahs and Ezras,--men who will not shun to call sin by its right name, and who will not shrink from vindicating the honor of God. Those upon whom God has laid the burden of his work are not to hold their peace, and cover prevailing evils with a cloak of false charity.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 4]          Men of courage and energy are needed to expose fashionable sins. Iniquity must not be palliated and excused. Those who lead the church to follow the customs and practises of the world, are not to be lauded and exalted. No regard for family or position will hinder the faithful servants of Christ from guarding the interests of his people. God is no respecter of persons. Great light and special privileges bring increased responsibility. When those who have been favored or honored of God commit sin, their influence goes very far to encourage others in transgression. And if, by their example, the faith of another is weakened, and moral and religious principle is broken down, the wrath of God will surely come upon those betrayers of their sacred trust.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 5]         Severity to a few will often prove mercy to many. Yet we must be careful to manifest the spirit of Christ, and not our own hasty, impetuous disposition. We must rebuke sin, because we love God, and love the souls for whom Christ died.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 6]          Ezra and Nehemiah repeatedly humbled themselves before God, confessing the sins of their people, and entreating pardon as if they themselves were the offenders. Patiently they toiled and prayed and suffered, because of the disaffection of those who should have joined with them, but whose sympathies were more frequently with their adversaries. That which rendered their work most difficult and trying was not the open hostility of the heathen without, but the secret opposition of traitors in the camp, and even among the priests and rulers. By lending their talents and influence to the service of evil-workers, these men of divided hearts increased tenfold the burden of God's faithful servants. They furnished the Lord's enemies with material to use in their warfare upon his people. Evil passions and rebellious wills were ever at war with the plain and direct requirements of God.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 7]          The spirit of true reform will be met in our day as in ancient times. Those who are zealous for the honor of God, and who will not countenance sin either in ministers or people, need not expect rest or pleasure in this life. Untiring vigilance must be the watchword of all who guard the interests of Christ's church. During Nehemiah's absence from Jerusalem, evils were introduced which threatened to pervert the nation.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 8]         The same dangers exist in our time. If those who have the oversight of the church leave their charge, unconsecrated ones, claiming to believe the truth but having no connection with God, will take advantage of their absence to do much harm. The restraint being removed from these self-seeking and turbulent spirits, their peculiar traits of character are made prominent, and by their hints, insinuations, and deceptive charges, they create doubt, unbelief, and dissension among the Lord's people. Such forget that spiritual things are spiritually discerned. They judge of the character and motives of God's servants according to their own ignorance of truth and the ways of righteousness. Their example, words, and influence weaken the force of God's requirements, and divide and scatter the church of Christ.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 9]         The word of God abounds in sharp and striking contrasts. Sin and holiness are placed side by side, that, beholding, we may hate and shun the one, and love and embrace the other. The pages that describe the hatred, falsehood, and treachery of a Sanballat or a Tobiah, describe also the nobility, devotion, and self-sacrifice of a Nehemiah or an Ezra. We are left free to copy either as we choose.  {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, July 12, 1904 par. 10]          The fearful results of transgressing God's commandments are placed over against the blessings resulting from obedience thereto. We ourselves are to decide whether we will suffer the one or enjoy the other. The law of God remains unchanged. Like himself, it is pure, perfect, and eternal. It is not enough to profess to be keepers of the law. The question is, Are we carrying out its principles in our daily life? "Righteousness exalteth a nation; but sin is a reproach to any people." Saith the voice of wisdom: "Receive my instruction, and not silver; and knowledge rather than choice gold. For wisdom is better than rubies; and all the things that may be desired are not to be compared to it."                                                             Mrs. E.G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, July 12, 1904 par. 10}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 1]      October 25, 1904 The Work in Nashville.                 Extracts from Mrs. E. G. White's Writings on the Subject.                                                    -              "A good beginning has been made in the Southern field. In the forward march of events the Lord has wrought most wonderfully for the advancement of his work. Battles have been fought, victories won. Favorable impressions have been made; much prejudice has been removed."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 2]          "As a people we should take a special interest in the work at Nashville. At the present time this city is a point of great importance in the Southern field. Our brethren selected Nashville as a center for the work in the South, because the Lord, in his wisdom, directed them there. It is a favorable place in which to make a beginning."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 3]          "Nashville is within easy access to Graysville and Huntsville. By the work in Nashville, the work in Graysville and Huntsville is to be confirmed and settled."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 4]          "Sanitarium work has also been begun in Nashville. This must be wisely managed and given support. Medical missionary work is indeed a helping hand of the gospel ministry. It opens the way for the entrance of truth."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 5]          "A sanitarium is to be established in Nashville. The site of this institution should not be right in the city, but outside the city limits, where land can be purchased for a reasonable sum. Nashville is to be a center for the work in the South, and a few miles from Nashville a school and a sanitarium should be established."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 6]          "At Nashville a sanitarium should be established. Not an immense building, but one larger than can be established in a smaller place."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 7]         "God has given our sanitariums an opportunity to set in operation a work that would be as a stone instinct with life, growing as it is rolled by an invisible hand. Let this mystic stone be set in motion. If ever a place needed medical missionary work, it is the Southern field. . . . Sanitariums should have been established in many places."                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 8]          "The Lord is calling upon his stewards to use their entrusted goods in advancing the work that has been begun in Nashville. Those who have deposited their means in banks or have invested it in property, are to put into circulation the means God has lent them to be used in his work. Thus their talent of means will be multiplied."  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 1]       October 25, 1904 The Work Among the Colored People.         (Note: Among the recommendations passed unanimously by the Fall Council of the General Conference Committee, is one to the effect that a general collection be taken up in all our churches the first Sabbath in November,-- November 5, 1904,--in behalf of the work among colored people in the Southern States. In view of this recommendation, we regard the following appeal as timely.--Editor.)  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 1}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 2]     To My Brethren and Sisters in America,--            We are thankful that the light of present truth has been shining in the Southern States, and that a few laborers in this field have been working wholeheartedly to communicate the truth to the colored people. Those who have not borne the burden of opening up the work among the colored people, can know comparatively little of the trials, the prayers, and the wrestling of those who have been pioneers in this work.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 2}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 3]          In the face of the most trying circumstances, a good beginning has been made in this needy field. The Lord now calls upon us to come up to his help. Again and again he has placed before our people the needs of the work among the colored race, but there are many who have done very little to help. Prejudice has existed in the minds of some against those who have been laboring far beyond their strength to carry forward this work. Those who have given place to unbelief and criticism are under the rebuke of God for every word they have spoken to discourage the workers, and to create prejudice against them. Doing nothing themselves, they have blocked the wheels, so that others could not advance.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 3}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 4]          The Lord has put the seal of his approval on the work done among the colored people in the South. Mistakes have been made; but have not mistakes been made in every other missionary field? When you watch for mistakes, and put out your hand to discourage where God approves, you are working and talking against the Master. God is very much displeased with every one who has placed any hindrance in the way of the advancement of the work for the colored people.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 4}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 5]          Some may think that the work in the Southern States is already receiving from the General Conference more than its share of attention, more than its proportion of men and means. But if the South were not a neglected, needy field, if there were not a pressing necessity for more work to be done there in many different lines, why should the Lord keep the question constantly before his people as he has done for so many years? We must redeem the time. Without delay this long-neglected field must be worked.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 5}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 6]          Few realize the magnitude of the work that must be done among the colored people. In the South there are millions who have never heard the third angel's message. These must be given the light of present truth. For the accomplishment of this, the Lord has provided many agencies. Gospel medical missionaries are to be trained and sent throughout the land. Small sanitariums and well-equipped treatment-rooms are to be established near the crowded centers. Colored evangelists are to be educated and sent forth to proclaim the truth in its simplicity to their own race. Canvassers are to carry the printed page into the homes of the people. And in order that this literature may result in good, the people are to be taught to read. How can they become intelligent Christians, unless first they learn to read the Bible? Schools are to be established and maintained; churches are to be built. Throughout the South there are to be erected memorials for God and his truth.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 6}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 7]          All this will require self-sacrificing effort on the part of our brethren and sisters in America. Those who live in the South can not bear the burden alone. We must lend them financial assistance.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 7}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 8]          I present before you, my dear brethren and sisters, the work among the colored people as the object of your liberality. The mission-schools, the training-school at Huntsville, the Nashville Colored Sanitarium, the ministers and Bible workers devoting their time to the salvation of the colored people,--all these and many other agencies are in great need of funds. The work must go forward. Every penny that can be spared should be invested in the Lord's cause. Let us see if the November collection can not result in thousands of dollars flowing into the treasury.  {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 8}
[SW, October 25, 1904 par. 9]          "God loveth a cheerful giver;" and if we with grateful hearts bring our gifts and offerings to him, "not grudgingly or of necessity," his blessing will attend us; for he has promised, "I will open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing." He will accept not only the gifts, but the giver. And although it may have cost self-denial on our part, the approval of conscience and the blessing of heaven will fill our hearts with happiness.                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.                                                                   -    {SW, October 25, 1904 par. 9}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 1]       January 3, 1905 A Message to Ministers.--1.         In the days of Nehemiah, after the restoration of the holy city and of the temple service, the Israelites made a "sure covenant" with the Lord, promising with an oath "to walk in God's law, which was given by Moses the servant of God, and to observe and do all the commandments of the Lord."  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 2]          This reformation was not permanent. Nehemiah himself, returning from an extended visit to the Persian court, found a sad state of affairs. With characteristic zeal he sought to purify the church from its wickedness. So prompt and thorough were his efforts that "all Judah" brought "the tithe of the corn and the new wine and the oil unto the treasuries." But after his death the Israelites again forgot God.  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 3]          To Malachi, the last of the Old Testament writers, was given "the burden of the word of the Lord to Israel" regarding the evils that had crept in. In his message to erring Israel we read:--  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 4]          "I have loved you, saith the Lord. Yet ye say, Wherein hast thou loved us?"  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 5]          The Lord answers:--  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 6]          "Was not Esau Jacob's brother? . . . Yet I loved Jacob, and I hated Esau, and laid his mountains and his heritage waste for the dragons of the wilderness. Whereas Edom saith, We are impoverished, but we will return and build the desolate places; thus saith the Lord of hosts, They shall build, but I will throw down; and they shall call them, The border of wickedness, and, The people against whom the Lord hath indignation forever."  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 7]          In delivering his message of reproof, the prophet begins with the priests who were dishonoring God by their sinful course. As the mouthpiece of Jehovah, he declares:--  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 8]          "A son honoreth his father, and a servant his master: if then I be a father, where is mine honor? and if I be a master, where is my fear? saith the Lord of hosts unto you, O priests, that despise my name. And ye say,--  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 9]          "Wherein have we despised thy name?"  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 10]          "Ye offer polluted bread upon mine altar; and ye say, Wherein have we polluted thee? In that ye say, The table of the Lord is contemptible. And if ye offer the blind for sacrifice, is it not evil? and if ye offer the lame and sick, is it not evil? Offer it now unto thy governor; will he be pleased with thee, or accept thy person? saith the Lord of hosts. And now, I pray you, beseech God that he will be gracious unto us; this hath been by your means: will he regard your persons? saith the Lord of hosts."  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 11]          The words that follow have special reference to the selfishness manifested by those who should be examples of liberality:--  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 12]          "Who is there even among you that would shut the doors for naught? neither do ye kindle fire on mine altar for naught. I have no pleasure in you, saith the Lord of hosts, neither will I accept an offering at your hand."  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 13]          Today, as in the days of Malachi, there are ministers who labor, not because they dare not do otherwise, not because the woe is upon them, but for the wages they are to receive.  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 14]         It is entirely wrong to hire every errand that is done for the Lord. The treasury of the Lord has been drained by those who have been only an injury to the cause. If ministers give themselves wholly to the work of God, and devote all their energies to building up his cause, they will have no lack. As regards temporal things, they have a better portion than their Lord, and better than his chosen disciples, whom he sent forth to save perishing man. Our great exemplar, who was in the brightness of his Father's glory, was despised and rejected of men. Reproach and falsehood followed him. His chosen disciples were living examples of the life and spirit of their Master. They suffered stripes and imprisonment; and it was finally their portion to seal their ministry with their blood.  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 14}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 15]          When ministers are so interested in the work that they love it as a part of their existence, then they can say, Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine or nakedness, or peril, or sword? As it is written, For thy sake we are killed all the day long; we are accounted as sheep for the slaughter. Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord."  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 15}
[SW, January 3, 1905 par. 16]          "The elders which are among you I exhort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and also a partaker of the glory that shall be revealed: Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but willingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; neither as being lords over God's heritage but being ensamples to the flock. And when the Chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away."                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, January 3, 1905 par. 16}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 1]      January 10, 1905 A Message to the Church.         From the rising of the sun, even unto the going down of the same, my name shall be great among the Gentiles, and in every place incense shall be offered unto my name, and a pure offering: for my name shall be great among the heathen, saith the Lord of hosts."  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 2]          The prophetic words of Malachi have been meeting their fulfilment in the proclamation of the Lord's truth to the Gentiles. God, in his infinite wisdom, chose Israel as the depositary of priceless treasures of truth for all nations. He gave them his law as the standard of the character they were to develop before the world, before angels, and before the unfallen worlds. They were to reveal to the world the laws of the government of heaven. By precept and example they were to bear a decided testimony for the truth. The glory of God, his majesty and power, were to be revealed in all their prosperity. They were to be a kingdom of priests and princes. God furnished them with every facility for becoming the greatest nation on the earth.  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 3]          Through disloyalty, God's chosen people developed a character exactly the opposite of the character he desired them to develop. They placed their own mold and superscription upon the truth. They forgot God, and lost sight of their high privilege as his representatives. The blessings they had received brought no blessing to the world. All their advantages were appropriated for their own glorification. They robbed God of the service he required of them, and they robbed their fellow-men of religious guidance and a holy example. Like the inhabitants of the antediluvian world, they followed out every imagination of their evil hearts. Thus they made sacred things appear a farce, saying, "The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord, are these," while at the same time they were misrepresenting God's character, dishonoring his name, and polluting his sanctuary.  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 4]          Long and patiently God bore with his people. Through Jeremiah he declared to the impenitent nation: "The Lord hath sent unto you all his servants the prophets, rising early and sending them; but ye have not hearkened, nor inclined your ear to hear."  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 5]          As a last resource, God sent his Son, saying, "They will reverence my Son." But they rejected him. Christ bore a plain message regarding their impenitence, and pronounced their doom. "Woe unto you!" he exclaimed, "for ye build the sepulchers of the prophets, and your fathers killed them. Truly ye bear witness that ye allow the deeds of your fathers; for they indeed killed them, and ye build their sepulchers. Therefore also said the wisdom of God, I will send them prophets and apostles, and some of them they shall slay and persecute: that the blood of all the prophets, which was shed from the foundation of the world, may be required of this generation; from the blood of Abel unto the blood of Zacharias, which perished between the altar and the temple: verily I say unto you, It shall be required of this generation."  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 6]          Paul and Barnabas declared to the Jews, "It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you; but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles. For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth."  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 7]          Today God's faithful people are giving a message of mercy to a world as yet unwarned of Christ's soon-coming. John prophesies of an angel flying "in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come."  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, January 10, 1905 par. 8]         The gospel invitation is to be given to all the world,--"to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people." The last message of warning and mercy is to lighten the whole earth with its glory. It is to reach all classes of men, rich and poor, high and low. As surely as this message shall be proclaimed in all the earth, so surely shall be fulfilled the prophecy given through Malachi: "From the rising of the sun, even unto the going down of the same, my name shall be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense shall be offered unto my name, and a pure offering: for my name shall be great among the heathen, saith the Lord of hosts."                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.        Sanitarium, Napa Calif.  {SW, January 10, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 1]       January 17, 1905 A Message of Judgment.         The whole worship of ancient Israel was a promise, in figures and symbols, of Christ; and it was not only a promise, but an actual provision, designed by God to aid millions of people by uplifting their thoughts to the One who was to manifest himself to the world.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 2]          In losing sight of the sacredness of the temple service, and of its deep significance, the priests of Israel greatly dishonored the name of God. Referring to the reproach brought upon his name, God, through Malachi, declared to those who stood in the temple courts: "Ye have profaned it, in that ye say, The table of the Lord is polluted, and the fruit thereof, even his meat, is contemptible."  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 3]          Continuing, the prophet asserted: "Ye said also, Behold, what a weariness is it! and ye have snuffed at it, saith the Lord of hosts; and ye brought that which was torn, and the lame, and the sick; thus ye brought an offering: should I accept this of your hand? saith the Lord. But cursed be the deceiver, which hath in his flock a male, and voweth, and sacrificeth unto the Lord a corrupt thing; for I am a great King, saith the Lord of hosts, and my name is dreadful among the heathen.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 4]          "And now, O ye priests, this commandment is for you. If ye will not hear, and if ye will not lay it to heart, to give glory unto my name, saith the Lord of hosts, I will even send a curse upon you, and I will curse your blessings; yea, I have cursed them already, because ye do not lay it to heart."  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 5]          In our day, workers who have been following a wrong course must make a decided reformation, else the blessings they have received will be turned into a curse. And this reformation can be made only by untiring perseverance. Wrongs are not righted, nor is character transformed, by a few feeble, intermittent efforts. Sanctification is not the work of a day or a year, but of a life-time. Without continual efforts and constant endeavor, there can be no real advancement in the divine life, no attainment of the victor's crown.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 6]          The Lord requires of all who profess to be his people, far more than they give him. He expects believers in Christ Jesus to reveal to the world, in word and deed, the Christianity that was exemplified in the life and character of the Redeemer. If the word of God is enshrined in their hearts, they will give a practical demonstration of the power and purity of the gospel. The testimony thus borne to the world is of much more value than sermons, or professions of godliness that do not reveal good works. Let those who name the name of Christ remember that individually they are making an impression favorable or unfavorable to Bible religion, on the minds of all with whom they come in contact.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 7]          Plain is the message borne by the Lord through his servant Malachi:--  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 8]          "Ye shall know that I have sent this commandment unto you, that my covenant might be with Levi, saith the Lord of hosts.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 9]          "My covenant was with him of life and peace; and I gave them to him for the fear wherewith he feared me, and was afraid before my name. The law of truth was in his mouth, and iniquity was not found in his lips: he walked with me in peace and equity, and did turn many away from iniquity. For the priest's lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the law at his mouth; for he is the messenger of the Lord of hosts.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 10]          "But ye are departed out of the way; ye have caused many to stumble at the law; ye have corrupted the covenant of Levi, saith the Lord of hosts."  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 11]          In the days of Israel, the enemy infused into the minds of men subtle sentiments derogatory to the character of God. With Satanic cunning he invented theories to ensnare all classes. Christ himself, as a teacher sent from God, came to separate truth from error, doubt, tradition, superstition, -- from the mass of rubbish that man had piled upon it. By his teachings Christ reset truth in the framework of God's own law, and caused it to shine in its original, heavenly luster.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 12]          Today the enemy of all truth is working as never before to make of no effect the binding precepts of God's law. His theories and suggestions are presented so ingeniously, so plausibly, that the so-called Christian world have taken their stand under his banner. By pen and by voice they are endeavoring to tear down the standard of God's government, and in its place to erect a human, theoretical standard.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 13]         To false teachers in our day, as well as to those living in Malachi's time, are spoken the words: --  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 14]          "Therefore have I also made you contemptible and base before all the people, according as ye have not kept my ways, but have been partial in the law. . . .  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 14}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 15]          "Judah hath dealt treacherously, and an abomination is committed in Israel and in Jerusalem; for Judah hath profaned the holiness of the Lord which he loved, and hath married the daughter of a strange god. The Lord will cut off the man that doeth this, the master and the scholar, out of the tabernacles of Jacob, and him that offereth an offering unto the Lord of hosts. And this have ye done again, covering the altar of the Lord with tears, with weeping, and with crying out, insomuch that he regardeth not the offering any more, or receiveth it with good will at your hand."  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 15}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 16]          "Ye have wearied the Lord with your words. Yet ye say, Wherein have we wearied him? When ye say, Every one that doeth evil is good in the sight of the Lord, and he delighteth in them; or, Where is the God of judgment?"  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 16}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 17]          In reply, the God of judgment himself declares: --  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 17}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 18]          "Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me: and the Lord whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the Messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 18}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 19]          "But who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a refiner's fire, and like fuller's soap. And he shall sit as a refiner and a purifier of silver: and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former years.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 19}
[SW, January 17, 1905 par. 20]          "And I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not me. saith the Lord of hosts."                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, January 17, 1905 par. 20}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 1]       January 24, 1905 Christ's Closing Ministry in  the Heavenly Sanctuary.         As foreshadowed in the type, and foretold in the Scriptures, Christ, at the time appointed, entered the most holy place of the temple of God in heaven. He is represented by the prophet Daniel as coming at this time to the Ancient of days: "I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came" -- not to the earth, but -- "to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him."  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 2]          This coming is foretold also by the prophet Malachi: "The Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts." The coming of the Lord to his temple was sudden, unexpected, to his people. They were not looking for him there. They expected him to come to the earth, "in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel."  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 3]          Shortly after the fulfilment of some of the signs that the Saviour foretold would be seen before his second coming, there took place throughout the Christian world a great religious awakening. Students of prophecy came to the conclusion that the time of the end was at hand. In the book of Daniel they read: "Unto two thousand and three hundred days, then shall the sanctuary be cleansed." Thinking that the earth was the sanctuary, they understood that the cleansing foretold in Daniel 8:14 represented the purification of the earth by fire at the second coming of Christ. Searching the Scriptures for further light, and comparing this prophetic period with the records of historians, they learned that the twenty-three hundred days extended to the year 1844.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 4]          This was the foundation of the great advent movement of 1844. The falling of the stars in 1833 gave added force to the proclamation of the message of a soon-coming Saviour. Through the labors of William Miller and many others in America, of seven hundred ministers in England, of Bengel and others in Germany, of Gaussen and his followers in France and Switzerland, of many ministers in Scandinavia, of a converted Jesuit in South America, and of Dr. Joseph Wolff in many Oriental and African countries, the advent message was carried to a large part of the habitable globe.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 5]          But the people were not yet ready to meet their Lord. There was still a work of preparation to be accomplished for them. Light was to be given, directing their minds to the temple of God in heaven; and as they should by faith follow their High Priest in his ministration there, new duties would be revealed. Another message of warning and instruction was to be given to the church.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 6]          Says the prophet: "Who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a refiner's fire, and like fullers' soap; and he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver: and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness." Those who are living upon the earth when the intercession of Christ shall cease in the sanctuary above, are to stand in the sight of a holy God without a mediator. Their robes must be spotless, their characters must be purified from sin by the blood of sprinkling. Through the grace of God and their own diligent effort, they must be conquerors in the battle with evil. While the investigative judgment is going forward in heaven, while the sins of penitent believers are being removed from the sanctuary, there is to be a special work of purification, of putting away of sin, among God's people upon earth. This work is more clearly presented in the messages of Revelation 14.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 7]          When this work shall have been accomplished, the followers of Christ will be ready for his appearing. "Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former years." The church which our Lord at his coming is to receive to himself will be "a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing," "fair as the moon, clear as the sun, and terrible as an army with banners."  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 8]          Besides the coming of the Lord to his temple, Malachi also foretells his second advent, his coming for the execution of the judgment, in these words: "And I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not me, saith the Lord of hosts." Jude refers to the same scene when he says, "Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds." This coming, and the coming of the Lord to his temple, are distinct and separate events.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 9]          The passing of the time in 1844 was followed by a period of great trial to those who still held the advent faith. Their only relief, so far as ascertaining their true position was concerned, was the light which directed their minds to the sanctuary above. Some renounced their faith in their former reckoning of the prophetic periods, and ascribed to human or Satanic agencies the powerful influence of the Holy Spirit which had attended the advent movement.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, January 24, 1905 par. 10]          Another class firmly held that the Lord had led them into their past experience; and as they waited and watched and prayed to know the will of God, they saw that their great High Priest had entered upon another work of ministration, and, following him by faith, they were led to see also the closing work of the church. They had a clearer understanding of the first and second angels' messages, and were prepared to receive and give to the world the solemn warning of the third angel of Revelation 14.                                                             Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, January 24, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 1]       February 7, 1905 A Message of Purification.         He shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver; and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former times."  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 2]          In this scripture is portrayed a refining, purifying process, to be carried on in the hearts of men by the Lord of hosts. The process is most trying to the soul, but it is only by this means that the dross can be removed. Of necessity we must endure trials; for through these we are brought close to our heavenly Father, in obedience to his will, that we may render to him an offering in righteousness.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 3]          "In the world ye shall have tribulation," Christ declares, "but in me ye shall have peace." Pride, selfishness, evil passions, and love of worldly pleasure must all be overcome; therefore God sends afflictions to test and prove us, and show us that these evils exist in our characters. We must overcome through his strength and grace, that we may be partakers of the divine nature. "Our light affliction," Paul writes, "which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen are temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal." Affliction, temptation, adversity, and our other varied trials, are the means by which God refines and sanctifies us.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 4]          "Beloved, think it not strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened unto you: but rejoice, inasmuch as ye are partakers of Christ's sufferings: that, when his glory shall be revealed, ye may be glad also with exceeding joy."  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 5]          There is a high standard to which we are to attain if we would be children of God, noble, pure, holy, and undefiled; and a refining process is necessary if we would reach this standard. How would this refining be accomplished if there were no difficulties to meet, no obstacles to surmount, nothing to call out patience and endurance? These trials are not the smallest blessings in our experience. They are designed to nerve us to determination to succeed. We are to use them as a heaven-appointed means of gaining decided victories over self, instead of allowing them to hinder, oppress, and destroy us.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 6]          Character will be tested. Christ will be revealed in us if we are indeed branches of the Living Vine. Under every circumstance in life we shall be patient, kind, forbearing, and cheerful. Day by day and year by year we shall conquer self and develop a noble heroism. This is our allotted task; but it cannot be accomplished without resolute decision, unwavering purpose, continual watchfulness, unceasing prayer, and constant help from Christ.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 7]          Every Christian has a personal battle to fight. Every one must win his own way, through struggles and discouragements. Those who decline the struggle lose the strength and joy of victory. No one, not even God, can carry us to heaven unless we make the necessary effort on our part. We must expel the unlovely natural traits that make us unlike Jesus, and allow him to put his attributes into our lives. While God works in us to will and to do of his own good pleasure, we must work in harmony with him.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 8]          The religion of Christ transforms the heart. It makes the worldly-minded man heavenly-minded. Under its influence the selfish man becomes unselfish, because this is the character of Christ. The dishonest, scheming man becomes upright, so that it is second nature to him to do to others as he would have others do to him. The profligate is changed from impurity to purity. He forms correct habits; for the gospel of Christ has become to him a savor of life unto life.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 9]          The Master sees wherein we need to be purified for his heavenly kingdom. He will not leave us in the furnace until we are wholly consumed. As a refiner and purifier of silver, he is beholding his children, watching the process of purification, until he shall discern his image reflected in us. Although we often feel affliction's flame kindling about us, and at times fear that we shall be utterly consumed, yet the lovingkindness of God is just as great toward us at these times as when we are free in spirit and triumphing in him. The furnace is to purify and refine, but not to consume and destroy. God in his providence would try us, to purify us as the sons of Levi, that we may offer to him an offering in righteousness.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 1]       February 7, 1905 The Watchman.    To Conference Officers: Dear Brethren,--        The question has been asked, Should the Southern Watchman occupy territory outside of the Southern States? One night I seemed to be in a meeting where this question was being discussed. Some argued that it would not be wise for an effort to be made to push the circulation of the Watchman in all parts of the field. They said that the Review and Herald and the Signs of the Times should be given the right of way, and that the Southern Watchman should not be allowed to interfere with the circulation of these two papers, which have been so long in the field. They thought that our work with the Watchman should be confined to the Southern States.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 2]          Some were greatly astonished at these propositions. One of authority arose and said, The Lord God of Israel sees the selfishness of the human heart. Let those who are interested in our two older papers beware of allowing selfish plans to find a place in their work. The Southern Watchman is to have a place in the field at large. It bears the message of truth as verily as do the Review and the Signs of the Times. You are to be careful not to hinder the Watchman in its work.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 3]         Much more liberality must be shown toward the Southern field. This field needs workers and means, and those who show selfishness in their dealings with it greatly displease the Lord. God is dishonored by the indifference shown by many regarding the needs of the field. The destitution of men and means in the Southern field need not and should not exist.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 4]          Money intended for this field should not be diverted into other channels. The workers in the South must not be allowed to struggle on as they have done in destitution and discouragement. God is displeased at the showing. Let this order of things be changed. The Lord's eye is over all his work, and over the workers in all parts of the field.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 5]          Let those who have had success in the circulation of the Signs and the Review remember that the Watchman also has a work to do. It will accomplish much good if it is given an opportunity to do its appointed work in all parts of the world. Its field is wherever subscribers can be found for it.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, February 7, 1905 par. 6]          God calls upon his people to cleanse themselves from all selfishness. Let the workers in the Southern field arouse and put on strength. Let them be encouraged by their brethren in more favored fields. The South has had but little of the determined effort and liberal assistance that it ought to have had. From this time on let the work be advanced as far as possible.                                                           Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, February 7, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 1]       February 14, 1905 Tithes and Offerings.         It is of the Lord's mercies that we are not consumed, because his compassions fail not. They are new every morning; great is thy faithfulness."  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 2]          In the days of Malachi God gave his people words of reproof, warning, and instruction, but those who should have profited by these messages, seemed to continue their violation of right principles. Patiently the Lord dealt with them. "Even from the day of your fathers," he declared, "ye are gone away from mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return unto me, and I will return unto you."  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 3]          It would seem that every heart would have responded to this invitation. The God of heaven pleaded with his erring children to return to him, that they might again co-operate with him in carrying forward his work in the earth. But they remained impenitent. Self-vindication is apparent in their response, "Wherein shall we return?"  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 4]          The Lord revealed to his people their special sin. "Will a man rob God?" he asked. "Yet ye have robbed me." Still unconvicted of sin, the disobedient inquired, "Wherein have we robbed thee?"  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 5]          Definite indeed is the Lord's answer: "In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse: for ye have robbed me, even this whole nation."  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 6]          The Lord has been greatly dishonored by the failure of the church to impart of their means for the advancement of the work which he desires to see going forward with power. I entreat my brethren and sisters throughout the world to awaken to the responsibility that rests upon them to pay a faithful tithe. Do not allow lax principles to lead you to rob God. Keep a faithful account with your Creator. Realize fully the importance of being just with him who has divine foreknowledge. Let every one search his heart diligently. Let him look up his accounts, and find out how he stands related to God.  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 7]          He who gave his only begotten Son to die for you, has made a covenant with you. He gives you his blessings, and in return he requires you to bring him your tithes and offerings. No one will ever dare to say that there was no way in which he could understand in regard to this matter. God's plan regarding tithes and offerings is definitely stated in the third chapter of Malachi. God calls upon his human agents to be true to the contract he has made with them. "Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse," he says, "that there may be meat in mine house."  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 8]          Duty is duty, and should be performed for its own sake. But the Lord has compassion upon us in our fallen condition, and accompanies his commands with promises. He calls upon his people to prove him, declaring that he will reward obedience with the richest blessings. "Prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts."  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 9]          This message has not grown weak because of its age. It is just as binding now as when first given, and just as fresh in its importance as God's gifts are fresh and continual. There is no difficulty in understanding our duty in the light of the word of God,--this message given by his holy prophet. We are not left to stumble along in the darkness of ignorance. The truth is plainly stated, and it can be clearly understood by all who wish to be honest in the sight of God.  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 10]          The subject of tithes and offerings has not been dwelt upon as it should have been. Men are not naturally inclined to be benevolent, but to be sordid and avaricious, and to live for self. And Satan is ever ready to present the advantages to be gained by using all their means for selfish, worldly purposes; he is glad when he can influence them to shirk duty, and rob God in tithes and offerings. But not one is excused in this matter. "Let every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him." The poor and the rich, the young men and women who earn wages,--all are to lay by a portion; for God claims it. The spiritual prosperity of every member of the church depends on personal effort and strict fidelity to God.  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 11]          Can we not reason from cause to effect? Can we not see that because of our slothfulness in trading on the Lord's goods, because of our selfishness in refusing to return to him his own portion, his work is retarded? There is not means enough in the treasury to sustain God's laborers in the field of service. Christ looks upon a vineyard unworked, a world unwarned, with wickedness increasing on every hand. Men and women are spending the Lord's goods in selfish gratification, preparing for the fearful punishment that must come upon them unless they repent.  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 12]          The treasury must be supplied with funds, that Christian missions may be set in operation and supported. Schools must be established, that the youth may be prepared to stand at the last day. The multitudes going to ruin must be labored for. For the accomplishment of this good work the gifts of God's people are needed. Let church-members do their very best in this matter. Withhold not your offering because it is small. If it is given with a willing mind and an understanding heart, the Lord will accept it, and in his hands it will be many times increased.  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, February 14, 1905 par. 13]          If all will act their part, the barrenness of the Lord's vineyard will no longer speak in condemnation of those who profess to follow Christ. The third angel's message is to be heard in all places. Economize! Strip yourselves of pride. Give to God your earthly treasure. Give what you can now, and as you co-operate with Christ, your hand will open to give still more. And God will refill your hand, that the treasure of truth may be taken to many souls. He will give to you, that you may give to others.                                                     Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, February 14, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 1]       February 21, 1905 A Blessing and a Curse.         The promise of special protection and prosperity to those who faithfully heed the Lord's instruction regarding tithes and offerings, was not a new message, delivered first by Malachi. Early in the history of the Israelites, the Lord, through Moses, covenanted with his people that if they would obey his commandments, he would give them rain in due season, the land should yield her increase, and the trees of the field should yield their fruit. He promised that their threshing should reach unto the vintage, and their vintage unto the sowing-time, and that they should eat their bread to the full, and dwell in their land safely. But if they disregarded his requirements, he would deal with them entirely contrary to all this. His curse should rest upon them in place of his blessing. He would break their pride of power, and would make the heavens over them as iron and the earth as brass. "Your strength shall be spent in vain; for your land shall not yield her increase, neither shall the trees of the land yield their fruits. And if ye walk contrary unto me," "then will I also walk contrary unto you."  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 2]          "Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse; a blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you this day; and a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the Lord your God."  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 3]          "Know therefore that the Lord thy God, he is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love him and keep his commandments to a thousand generations; and repayeth them that hate him to their face, to destroy them: he will not be slack to him that hateth him, he will repay him to his face. Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them."  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 4]          These words should be as distinctly stamped upon every soul as if written with a pen of iron. Obedience brings its reward, disobedience its retribution.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 5]          Today, as in the days of the Jewish nation, God's prospering hand attends the obedient. And those whom the Lord blesses are ever to be mindful of his mercies. Their gifts are to be in accordance with the blessings received. But many whom God prospers manifest base ingratitude to him. When blessings rest upon them, and their substance is increased, they make these bounties as cords to bind them to the love of their possessions; they allow worldly business to take control of their affections and their entire being. Turning the blessings of God into a curse, they serve their own temporal interests to the neglect of God's requirements.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 6]         Those who are selfishly withholding their means need not be surprised if God's hand scatters their possessions. That which should have been devoted to the advancement of his work and cause, but which has been withheld, may in various ways be taken away. God will come near to them in judgments. Many losses will be sustained. God can scatter the means he has lent to his stewards, if they refuse to use it to his glory. Some may have none of these losses to remind them of their remissness in duty, but their cases may be the more hopeless.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 7]          It is a solemn thought that by our present course we are deciding our eternal destiny. Let those who know the truth practice the truth, remembering that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, and is of more value than all the treasure the world contains. The world is the Lord's vineyard. To every one of us the Master says, "'Go work today in my vineyard.' As I have cared for you, so you are to care for the honor of my name."  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 8]         God blesses the work of men's hands, that they may return to him his portion. He gives them the sunshine and the rain; he causes vegetation to flourish; he gives health, and ability to acquire means. Every blessing comes from his bountiful hand, and he desires men and women to show their gratitude by returning him a portion in tithes and offerings,--in thank-offerings, in free-will offerings, in trespass-offerings. They are to devote their means to his service, that his vineyard may not remain a barren waste. They are to study what the Lord would do were he in their place. They are to take all difficult matters to him in prayer. They are to reveal an unselfish interest in the building up of his work in all parts of the world.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 9]          Money and goods, houses and lands, -- these the Lord has entrusted to his human agents for the advancement of his work. Those who use in his service the talents that have been lent them, are following in Christ's footsteps. Their unselfish course hastens forward the work the Lord desires to accomplish.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 10]          Those who think that they can please God by obeying some other law than his, and by performing works other than those which the gospel has enjoined, are mocking God. They are insulting the Holy One of Israel. Warning after warning is given in the last message of mercy to the world. Appeal after appeal is made. The worst of sinners are to hear the call. All are to be given a final test. Loath to give up, sorrowful, yet hoping. Christ knocks at the door of the heart.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, February 21, 1905 par. 11]          God's people are to maintain the elevated character of his work. They are to carry forward this work in his lines. Christ is their pattern, and he says, "Whosoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me." Let us remember that we are laborers together with God. He has made us his stewards, to prove us and to try us, even as he proved and tried ancient Israel.                          Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, February 21, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 1]       February 28, 1905 Giving Willingly.         When the people of God were about to build the sanctuary in the wilderness, extensive preparations were made. Costly materials were collected, and among them was much gold and silver. As the rightful owner of all their treasures, the Lord called for these offerings from the people; but he accepted only those that were given freely. The people offered willingly, until the word was brought to Moses: "The people bring much more than enough for the service of the work, which the Lord commanded to make." And the proclamation was made to all the congregation: "Let neither man nor woman make any more work for the offering of the sanctuary. So the people were restrained from bringing; for the stuff they had was sufficient for all the work to make it, and too much."  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 2]          The Lord requires that we return to him, in tithes and offerings, a portion of the goods he has lent us. He accepts these offerings as an act of humble obedience on our part, and a grateful acknowledgment of our indebtedness to him for all the blessings we enjoy. Then let us offer willingly, saying, with David, "All things come of thee, and of thine own have we given thee." Withholding more than is meet tends to poverty.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 3]          God will bear long with some; he will test and prove all; but his curse will surely follow the selfish, world-loving professor of truth. God knows the heart; every thought and every purpose is open to his eye. He says, "Them that honor me I will honor, and they that despise me shall be lightly esteemed." He knows whom to bless, and who are deserving of his curse. He makes no mistakes; for angels are keeping a record of all our words and works.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 4]          "God loveth a cheerful giver," and those who love him will give freely and cheerfully when by so doing they can advance his cause and promote his glory. The Lord never requires his people to offer more than they are able; but according to their ability to give, he is pleased to accept and bless their thank-offerings. Let willing obedience and pure love bind upon the altar every offering that is made to God; for with such sacrifices he is well pleased, while those that are offered grudgingly are an offence to him. When churches or individuals have no heart in their offerings, but would limit the cost of carrying forward the work of God, and gauge it by their own narrow views, they show decidedly that they have no living connection with God. They are at variance with his plan and manner of working, and he cannot bless them.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 5]          All that you have and are belongs to God. Then will you not say from the heart, "All things come of thee, and of thine own have we given thee"? "Honor the Lord with thy substance, and with the first-fruits of all thine increase." As ye abound in everything, in faith, and utterance, and knowledge, and in all diligence, and in your love to us, see that ye abound in this grace also."  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 6]          Thus Paul exhorted his Corinthian brethren to show Christian beneficence. And in his epistle to Timothy he wrote: "Charge them that are rich in this world that they be not highminded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life."  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 7]          Liberality is not so natural to us that we gain this virtue by accident. It must be cultivated. We must deliberately resolve that we will honor God with our substance; and then we must let nothing tempt us to rob him of the tithes and offerings that are his due. We must be intelligent, systematic, and continuous in our acts of charity to men, and in our expressions of gratitude to God for his bounties to us.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 8]          We should regularly reserve something for God's cause, that he may not be robbed of the portion which he claims. This is too sacred a duty to be left to chance, or to be controlled by impulse or feeling. When we rob God, we rob ourselves also; we give up the heavenly treasure for the sake of having more of this earth. This is a loss that we cannot afford to sustain.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 9]          Presented in a spirit of reverence and gratitude, our gifts are recognized in heaven above. It is the humility, the thankfulness, the reverence with which the gifts are offered, that make them a sweet-smelling savor, acceptable to God. We should ever remember that he is not indebted to us for that which we return to him. He is the One to whom we owe our all.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, February 28, 1905 par. 10]          "This day the Lord thy God hath commanded thee to do these statutes and judgments: thou shalt therefore keep and do them with all thy heart, and with all thy soul."                                 Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, February 28, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 1]       March 7, 1905 The Spirit of Praise.         They that feared the Lord," writes the prophet Malachi, "spake often one to another; and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon his name."  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 2]          To the Christian is granted the joy of gathering rays of eternal light from the throne of glory, and of reflecting these rays not only on his own path, but on the paths of those with whom he associates. By speaking words of hope and encouragement, of grateful praise and kindly cheer, he may strive to make those around him better, to elevate them, to point them to heaven and glory, and to lead them to seek, above all earthly things, the eternal substance, the immortal inheritance, the riches that are imperishable.  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 3]          "Rejoice in the Lord alway," says the apostle; "and again I say, Rejoice." Wherever we go, we should carry an atmosphere of Christian hopefulness and cheer; then those who are out of Christ will see attractiveness in the religion we profess; unbelievers will see the consistency of our faith. We need to have more distinct glimpses of heaven, the land where all is brightness and joy. We need to know more of the fulness of the blessed hope. If we are constantly "rejoicing in hope," we shall be able to speak words of encouragement to those whom we meet. "A word spoken in due season, how good is it!" Souls are perishing for the lack of personal labor.  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 4]          Not alone in daily association with believers and unbelievers are we to glorify God by speaking often one to another in words of gratitude and rejoicing. As Christians, we are exhorted not to forsake the assembling of ourselves together, for our own refreshing, and to impart the consolation we have received. In these meetings, held from week to week, we should dwell upon God's goodness and manifold mercies, upon his power to save from sin. In features, in temper, in words, in character, we are to witness that the service of God is good. Thus we proclaim that "the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul."  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 5]          Our prayer- and social-meetings should be seasons of special help and encouragement. Each one has a work to do to make these gatherings as interesting and profitable as possible. This can best be done by having a fresh experience daily in the things of God, and by not hesitating to speak of his love in the assemblies of his people. If you allow no darkness or unbelief to enter your hearts, they will not be manifest in your meetings.  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 6]          Do not gratify the enemy by dwelling upon the dark side of your experience; trust Jesus more fully for help to resist temptation. If we thought and talked more of Jesus, and less of ourselves, we should have much more of his presence. If we abide in him, we shall be so filled with peace, faith, and courage, and shall have so victorious an experience to relate when we come to meeting, that others will be refreshed by our clear, strong testimony for God. These precious acknowledgments to the praise of the glory of his grace, when supported by a Christlike life, have an irresistible power, which works for the salvation of souls.  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 7]          The bright and cheerful side of religion will be represented by all who are daily consecrated to God. We should not dishonor our Lord by a mournful relation of trials that appear grievous. All trials that are received as educators will produce joy. The whole religious life will be uplifting, elevating, ennobling, fragrant with good words and works. The enemy is well pleased to have souls depressed, downcast; he desires unbelievers to gain wrong impressions regarding the effect of our faith. But God desires the mind to take a higher level. He desires every soul to triumph in the keeping power of the Redeemer.  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 8]          The psalmist says: "Give unto the Lord, O ye mighty, give unto the Lord glory and strength. Give unto the Lord the glory due unto his name; worship the Lord in the beauty of holiness." "I will extol thee, O Lord; for thou hast lifted me up, and hast not made my foes to rejoice over me. O Lord my God, I cried unto thee, and thou hast healed me. . . . Sing unto the Lord, O ye saints of his, and give thanks at the remembrance of his holiness."  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 9]          In the gracious blessings which our heavenly Father has bestowed upon us, we may discern innumerable evidences of a love that is infinite, and a tender pity surpassing a mother's yearning sympathy for her wayward child. When we study the divine character in the light of the cross, we see mercy, tenderness, and forgiveness blended with equity and justice. In the language of John we exclaim, "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." We see in the midst of the throne One bearing in hands, and feet, and side the marks of the suffering endured to reconcile man to God, and God to man. Matchless mercy reveals to us a Father, infinite, dwelling in light unapproachable, yet receiving us to himself through the merits of his Son. The cloud of vengeance which threatened only misery and despair, in the reflected light from the cross reveals the writing of God: "Live, sinner, live! ye penitent and believing souls, live! I have paid a ransom."  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, March 7, 1905 par. 10]          We must gather about the cross. Christ and him crucified must be the theme of contemplation, of conversation, and of our most joyful emotion. We should have special praise services for the purpose of keeping fresh in our thoughts everything that we receive from God, and of expressing our gratitude for his great love, and our willingness to trust everything to the Hand that was nailed to the cross for us. In these meetings we should learn to talk the language of Canaan, to sing the songs of Zion. By the mystery and glory of the cross we can estimate the value of man, and then we shall see and feel the importance of working for our fellow men, that they may be exalted to the throne of God.                                         Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, March 7, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 1]       March 14, 1905 The Restoration of Eden.         Behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch.  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 2]          "But unto you that fear my name shall the Sun of Righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and ye shall go forth, and grow up as calves of the stall. And ye shall tread down the wicked; for they shall be ashes under the soles of your feet in the day that I shall do this, saith the Lord of hosts."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 3]          As the children of Israel, God's favored people, persisted in rebellion, notwithstanding the warnings and reproofs he had sent them, they were challenged to prepare to meet their God. By his appointed agents the Lord had sent them message after message which they had only despised and rejected, and now they must prepare to meet his retributive judgments. They would not prevail against him; for "lo, He that formeth the mountains, and createth the wind, and declared unto man what is his thought; that maketh the morning darkness, and treadeth down the high places of the earth, the God of hosts is his name." As an offended Judge, the Lord would execute his judgments upon his impenitent people. If they would escape his vengeance, they must humble their hearts, and confess their sins.  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 4]          Malachi was inspired to give this prophecy not only for the instruction of Israel, but "for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 5]          With earnest longing, God's people await the tokens of their coming King. As the watchmen are accosted, "What of the night?" the answer is given unfalteringly, "'The morning cometh, and also the night.' Light is gleaming upon the clouds above the mountain-tops. Soon there will be a revealing of his glory. The Sun of Righteousness is about to shine forth. The morning and the night are both at hand,--the opening of endless day to the righteous, the settling down of eternal night to the wicked."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 6]          "The redeemed of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head; they shall obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning shall flee away."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 7]          "They shall be mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 8]          At the coming of Christ the wicked are blotted from the face of the whole earth,--consumed with the spirit of his mouth, and destroyed by the brightness of his glory. Christ takes his people to the city of God, and the earth is emptied of its inhabitants. "Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 9]          For a thousand years, Satan will wander to and fro in the desolate earth, to behold the results of his rebellion against the law of God. The Revelator, after presenting the scenes of the Lord's second coming and the destruction of the wicked, prophesies of Satan's imprisonment, and declares that "he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled; and after that he must be loosed a little season."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 10]          During the thousand years between the first and the second resurrection, the judgment of the wicked takes place. Daniel declares that when the Ancient of days came, "judgment was given to the saints of the Most High." At this time the righteous reign as kings and priests unto God. John in the Revelation says, "I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them." "They shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years." It is at this time that, as foretold by Paul, "the saints shall judge the world." In union with Christ they judge the wicked, comparing their acts with the statute book, the Bible, and deciding every case according to the deeds done in the body. Satan also and evil angels are judged by Christ and his people.  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 11]          At the close of the thousand years the second resurrection will take place. Then the wicked will be raised from the dead, and appear before God for the execution of "the judgment written." Thus the Revelator, after describing the resurrection of the righteous, says, "The rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 12]          The wicked receive their recompense in the earth. "Upon the wicked he shall rain quick burning coals, fire and brimstone, and a horrible tempest: this shall be the portion of their cup." Fire comes down from God out of heaven. The earth is broken up. The weapons concealed in its depths are drawn forth. Devouring flames burst from every yawning chasm. The very rocks are on fire. The day has come that shall burn as an oven. The elements melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein are burned up. The wicked "shall be stubble; and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts." All are punished "according to their deeds."  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 13]          In the cleansing flames the wicked are at last destroyed, root and branch,--Satan the root, his followers the branches. The full penalty of the law has been visited; the demands of justice have been met; and Heaven and earth, beholding, declare the righteousness of Jehovah.  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 14]          "And I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away." The fire that consumes the wicked purifies the earth. Every trace of the curse is swept away. No eternally burning hell will keep before the ransomed the fearful consequences of sin.  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 14}
[SW, March 14, 1905 par. 15]          Restored to the tree of life in the long-lost Eden, the redeemed will "grow up" to the full stature of the race in its primeval glory. The last lingering trace of the curse of sin will be removed, and Christ's faithful ones will appear "in the beauty of the Lord our God;" in mind and soul and body reflecting the perfect image of their Lord. Oh, wonderful redemption! long talked of, long hoped for, contemplated with eager expectation, but never fully understood.                                                            Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, March 14, 1905 par. 15}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 1]       March 21, 1905 "In The Spirit and Power of Elias."         The closing words of Malachi are a prophecy regarding the work that should be done preparatory to the first and the second advent of Christ. This prophecy is introduced with the admonition, "Remember ye the law of Moses my servant, which I commanded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 2]          "Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord; and he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I come and smite the earth with a curse."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 3]          This prophecy was fulfilled by John the Baptist; for the Saviour himself declared to his disciples, "Elias is come already." Upon hearing this, the disciples "understood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 4]          In every stage of this earth's history God has had his agencies to carry forward his work, which must be done in his appointed way. John the Baptist had a special work, for which he was born and to which he was appointed,--the work of preparing the way of the Lord.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 5]          The mission and the work of John the Baptist were specified by the angel of the Lord, as recorded by Luke: "And he shall go before him in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord." The Holy Ghost was to be upon him.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 6]          The wilderness-ministry of John the Baptist was a most striking, literal fulfilment of prophecy. Isaiah had foretold his work as "the voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 7]          John, as a prophet, stood forth as God's representative, to show the connection between the law and the prophets and the Christian dispensation. Like Malachi, he pleaded with the Jews: "Remember ye the law of Moses, . . . with all the statutes and judgments." His work and ministry pointed back to the law and the prophets, while he, at the same time, pointed the people forward to Christ as the Saviour of the world. He called upon them to "behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 8]          The forerunner of Christ lifted up his voice in the wilderness of Judea, crying, "Repent ye; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. For this is he which was spoken of by the prophet Esaias, saying, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord." "Make straight in the desert a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low; and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain. And the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it. . . . O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountain; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! behold, the Lord will come with strong hand, and his arm shall rule for him; behold, his reward is with him, and his work before him. He shall feed his flock like a shepherd; he shall gather the lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosom."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 9]          In the spirit, and with the power, of Elijah, John the Baptist denounced the corruptions of the Jews, and reproved their prevailing sins. His discourses were plain, pointed, and convincing. Many were brought to repentance, and, as evidence of their repentance, were baptized by him in Jordan. This was the work necessary in order to prepare the way for the earthly ministry of Christ.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 10]          The work of John the Baptist, and the work of those who in the last days go forth in the spirit and power of Elijah to arouse the people from their apathy, are in many respects the same. His work is a type of the work that must be done in this age. Christ is to come the second time to judge the world in righteousness. The messengers of God who bear the last message of warning to be given to the world, are to prepare the way for Christ's second advent, as John prepared the way for his first advent. In this preparatory work, "every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain shall be made low; and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain;" for history is to be repeated, and once again "the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together; for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 11]          In this age, just prior to the second coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven, God calls for men who will prepare a people to stand in the great day of the Lord. Just such a work as that which John did, is to be carried on in these last days. The Lord is giving messages to his people, through the instruments he has chosen, and he would have all heed the admonitions and warnings he sends. The message preceding the public ministry of Christ was, Repent, publicans and sinners; repent, Pharisees and Sadducees; "for the kingdom of heaven is at hand." Our message is not to be one of peace and safety. As a people who believe in Christ's soon appearing, we have a definite message to bear,--"Prepare to meet thy God."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 12]          Our message must be as direct as was that of John. He rebuked kings for their iniquity. Notwithstanding the peril his life was in, he never allowed truth to languish on his lips. Our work in this age must be as faithfully done.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 13]          Look at the picture that the world presents today. Dishonesty and fraud, violence and bloodshed, are seen on every hand. The widows and the fatherless are often robbed of their all. The theater, the race-track, and questionable amusements of every kind engage the attention of multitudes. In many churches sins have become fashionable. They are glossed over and excused. The right hand of fellowship is given to the very men who bring in false theories and sentiments. Right principles are no longer cherished. The conscience has become insensible to the counsel and reproofs that have been given. Messages calling for repentance are unheeded.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 14]         In this time of well-nigh universal apostasy, God calls upon his messengers to proclaim his law in the spirit and power of Elias. As John the Baptist, in preparing a people for Christ's first advent, called their attention to the ten commandments, so we are to give, with no uncertain sound, the message: "Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come." With the earnestness that characterized Elijah the prophet and John the Baptist, we are to strive to prepare the way for Christ's second advent. Resolution, self-denial, and consecrated effort are required of every laborer. Alertness and consecrated zeal must take the place of listless indifference. The prayerful, earnest appeals that come from a heart imbued with the spirit that actuated Elijah, will bring conviction to the honest in heart.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 14}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 15]          "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 15}
[SW, March 21, 1905 par. 16]          "Behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be. He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen, Even so, come, Lord Jesus."  Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, March 21, 1905 par. 16}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 1]       March 28, 1905 Jewish Formalism.         By the Babylonish captivity the Israelites were effectually cured of the worship of graven images. During the centuries that followed, they suffered from the oppression of heathen foes, until the conviction became fixed that their prosperity depended upon their obedience to the law of God. But with too many of the people, obedience was not prompted by love. The motive was selfish. They rendered outward service to God as the means of attaining to national greatness. They did not become the light of the world, but shut themselves away from the world in order to escape temptation to idolatry.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 2]          In the instruction given through Moses, God had placed restrictions upon their association with idolaters; but this teaching had been misinterpreted. It was intended to prevent them from conforming to the practice of the heathen. But it was used to build up a wall of separation between Israel and all other nations. The Jews looked upon Jerusalem as their heaven, and they were actually jealous lest the Lord should show mercy to the Gentiles.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 3]          After their return from Babylon, much attention was given by the Jewish leaders to religious instruction. All over the country, synagogues were erected, in which the law was expounded by the priests and scribes. And schools were established, wherein were to be taught not only the arts and sciences, but also the principles of righteousness. But these agencies became corrupted. During the captivity, many of the people had received heathen ideas and customs, and these were brought into their religious service. In many things they conformed to the practices of idolaters.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 4]          As they departed from God, the Jews in a great degree lost sight of the teaching of the ritual service. This service had been instituted by Christ himself. In every part it was a symbol of him; and it had been full of vitality and spiritual beauty. But the Jews lost the spiritual life from their ceremonies, and clung to the dead forms. They trusted to the sacrifices and ordinances themselves, instead of trusting him to whom they pointed. In order to supply the place of that which they had lost, the priests and rabbis multiplied requirements of their own; and the more rigid they became, the less they manifested the love of God. They measured their holiness by the multiplicity of their ceremonies, while their hearts were filled with pride and hypocrisy.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 5]          Those who desired to serve God, and who tried to observe the rabbinical precepts, toiled under a heavy burden. They found it impossible to obey all the minute and burdensome injunctions made by man, and hence they could find no rest from the accusings of a troubled conscience. Thus Satan worked to discourage the people, to lower their conception of the character of God, and to bring the faith of Israel into contempt. He hoped to establish the claim put forth when he rebelled in heaven, -- that the requirements of God were unjust, and could not be obeyed. Even Israel, he declared, was unable to keep the law.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 6]          While the Jews desired the advent of the Messiah, they had no true conception of his mission. They sought, not redemption from sin, but deliverance from the Romans. They looked for the Messiah to come as a conqueror, to break the oppressor's power and exalt Israel to universal dominion. Thus the way was prepared for them to reject the Saviour.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 7]          At the time of the birth of Christ the Jewish nation was chafing under the rule of her foreign masters, and racked with internal strife. The Jews had been permitted to maintain the form of a separate government; but nothing could disguise the fact that they were under the Roman yoke, or reconcile them to the restriction of their power.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 8]          The Romans claimed the right of appointing and removing the high priest, and the office was often secured by fraud, bribery, and even murder. Thus the priesthood became more and more corrupt. Yet the priests still possessed great power, and they employed it for selfish and mercenary ends. The people were subjected to their merciless demands, and were also heavily taxed by the Romans. This state of affairs caused widespread discontent. Popular outbreaks were frequent. Greed and violence, distrust and spiritual apathy, were eating out the very heart of the nation.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 9]          Hatred of the Romans, and national and spiritual pride, led the Jews still to adhere rigorously to their forms of worship. The priests tried to maintain a reputation for sanctity by scrupulous attention to the ceremonies of religion. The people, in their darkness and oppression, and the rulers, thirsting for power, longed for the coming of One who would vanquish their enemies and restore the kingdom to Israel. They had studied the prophecies, but without spiritual insight. Thus they overlooked those scriptures that point to the humiliation of Christ's first advent, and misapplied those that speak of the glory of his second coming. Pride obscured their vision. They interpreted prophecy in accordance with their selfish desires.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, March 28, 1905 par. 10]          The Jewish nation had been preserved as a witness that Christ was to be born of the seed of Abraham and of David's line; yet they knew not that his coming was now at hand. In the temple the morning and evening sacrifice daily pointed to the Lamb of God; yet even here was no preparation to receive him. The priests and teachers of the nation knew not that the greatest event of the ages was about to take place. They rehearsed their meaningless prayers, and performed the rites of worship to be seen by men, but in their strife for riches and worldly honor they were not prepared for the revelation of the Messiah. The same indifference pervaded the land of Israel. Hearts selfish and world-engrossed were untouched by the joy that thrilled all heaven. Only a few were longing to behold the Unseen. To these heaven's embassy was sent.                                                          Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, March 28, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 1]       April 4, 1905 Sound Doctrine.         In the writings of the prophets are portrayed scenes that, although hoary with age, appear to us in the freshness and power of new revelations. Through faith we understand that these records of God's dealings with his people in past ages have been preserved in order that we may discern the lessons God desires to teach us by present-day experiences.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 2]          Living, as we are, in no less momentous a period than that just prior to Christ's second advent, we need to be especially careful to avoid making mistakes similar to those made by the Jews living in the time of Christ's first advent.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 3]          Like the Jewish leaders, who gradually devised a formal system of worship, in which the importance of unessential matters was greatly magnified, some men are now in danger of losing sight of the important truths applicable to this generation, and of seeking for those things that are new, strange, entrancing.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 4]          There is need of cherishing elevated principles. Those who search after and advocate fanciful ideas need to be taught what is truth before they attempt to teach others. Man-made theories and suppositions are not to be sought after as truth.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 5]          There are many who are as true as steel to principle, and these will be helped and blessed; for they are weeping between the porch and the altar, saying, "Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach." We must let the foundation principles of the third angel's message stand out clear and distinct. The great pillars of our faith will hold all the weight that can be placed upon them.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 6]          In this age of error, of day-dreaming and reverie, we need to learn the first principles of the doctrine of Christ. Let us strive to be able to say with the apostle, "We have not followed cunningly devised fables when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ." The Lord calls upon us to follow high and noble principles.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 7]          Truth, present truth, is all that the word of God represents it to be. The Lord would have his people keep themselves from all superfluities, from all that tends to mysticism. Let those who are tempted to indulge in fanciful, imaginary doctrines sink the shaft deep into the quarries of heavenly truth, and secure the treasure that means life eternal to the receiver. In the word there are the most precious truths. These will be found by those who study with earnestness; for heavenly angels will direct the search.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 8]          Referring to those who are now living upon the earth, Paul declared: "The time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine, but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables."  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 9]          How significant, how soul-stirring, is the charge Paul gave at the time he prophesied concerning those who would not endure sound doctrine: "I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom: Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine."  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, April 4, 1905 par. 10]          Those who commune with God walk in the light of the Sun of Righteousness. They do not dishonor their Redeemer by corrupting their way before God. Heavenly light shines upon them. As they near the close of this earth's history, their knowledge of Christ, and of the prophecies relating to him, greatly increases. They are of infinite worth in God's sight; for they are in unity with his Son. To them the word of God is of surpassing beauty and loveliness. They see its importance. Truth is unfolded to them. The doctrine of the incarnation is invested with a soft radiance. They see that the Scripture is the key that unlocks all mysteries and solves all difficulties. Those who have been unwilling to receive the light and walk in the light will be unable to understand the mystery of godliness, but those who have not hesitated to take up the cross and follow Jesus, will see light in God's light.                                           Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, April 4, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 1]         SW - The Watchman      July 25, 1905 Stand Firm for the Right    Mrs. E. G. White         It was Christ himself who spoke through Moses to the children of Israel:--  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 2]          "Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily my Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. . . . The children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between me and the children of Israel forever."  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 3]          The Sabbath command is part of the law engraven on tables of stone by the finger of God, a part of that great law which we should study and obey. We should diligently study all of God's word, that we may proclaim with power the message that is to be given in these last days.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 4]          Many of those upon whom the light of the Saviour's self-sacrificing life is shining refuse to live in accordance with his will. They are not willing to live a life of sacrifice for the good of others. They desire to exalt themselves. But God calls for true, steadfast workers, whose lives will counteract the influence of those who are working against him. They are to keep their eyes fixed on Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. He is the source of all light, the fountain of all blessing.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 5]          God calls upon his workers, in this age of diseased piety and perverted principle, to reveal a healthy, influential spirituality. My brethren and sisters, this God requires of you. Every jot of your influence is to be used on the side of Christ.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 6]          It behooves every soul whose life is hid with Christ in God to come to the front now, and to contend for the faith once delivered to the saints. Truth must be defended and the kingdom of God advanced as they would be were Christ in person on this earth.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 7]          When the Holy Spirit controls the minds of our church-members, there will be seen in our churches a much higher standard in speech, in ministry, in spirituality, than is now seen. The church-members will be refreshed by the water of life, and the laborers, working under one Head, even Christ, will reveal their Master in spirit, in word, in deed, and will encourage one another to press forward in the grand, closing work in which we are engaged. There will be a healthy increase of unity and love, which will bear testimony to the world that God sent his Son to die for the redemption of sinners. Divine truth will be exalted; and as it shines forth as a lamp that burneth, we shall understand it more and still more clearly.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 8]          The testing truth for this time is not the fabrication of any human mind. It is from God. It is genuine philosophy to those who appropriate it. Christ became incarnate in order that we, through belief of the truth, might be sanctified and redeemed. Let those who hold the truth in righteousness arouse, and go forth, shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, to proclaim the truth to those who know it not. Let them make straight paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 9]          We are now to prepare the way for our coming King.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 10]          In every movement Christ's followers are to reveal their regard for Christian principles,--loving God supremely, and their neighbor as themselves; reflecting light and blessing on the pathway of those who are in darkness; comforting those who are cast down; sweetening the bitter waters for their fellow-pilgrims.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 11]          Let us increase in a knowledge of the truth, giving all praise and glory to him who is One with the Father. Let us seek most earnestly for the heavenly anointing, the Holy Spirit. Let us have a pure, growing Christianity, that in the heavenly courts we may at last be pronounced complete in Christ.  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 12]          "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh! Go ye out to meet him!" Lose no time now in rising and trimming your lamps. Lose no time in seeking perfect unity with one another. We must expect difficulties. Trials will come. Christ, the captain of our salvation, was made perfect through suffering. His followers will encounter the enemy many times, and will be severely tried; but they need not despair. Christ says to them, "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world."  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, July 25, 1905 par. 13]          The following lines seem to portray the Christian warfare:--        "I thought that the course of the Christian to         heaven     Would be bright as the summer, and glad         as the morn.     Thou show'dst me the path; it was dark         and rough,--     All rugged with rock, all tangled with thorn.     I dreamed of celestial rewards and renown;     I asked for the palm branch, the robe, and         the crown;     I asked, and Thou show'dst me a cross and         a grave."  {SW, July 25, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 1]       August 29, 1905 Recent Very Encouraging Testimonies  for Nashville and  the South                                         Extracts.          The workers in Nashville need encouragement that they have never received. The way in which the work there has been treated by some has made wounds that should now be healed. The Lord will not vindicate one vestige of selfishness. He calls upon men to act under his supervision.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 2]          The work in Washington is important and essential, and great efforts have been made to call the attention of our people to that field. But now the Lord would have us consider the work in the South. These matters have been presented to me in such a way that I see my duty clearly. In the name of the Lord, I, as his messenger, call upon the leaders of the people in his cause to do the works of righteousness. The souls of the people in Nashville are just as precious in the sight of the Lord as the souls of the people in Washington. The light of truth is to shine forth as brightly from Nashville as from Washington. The necessity at Nashville is at the present time far greater than it is at Washington. Right is right. Justice must be shown to the Southern field. God sees a selfishness working for the mastery that must be overcome.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 3]          I am bidden to say that selfishness and any form of injustice must not find a place in our work. Let the brethren repent before the Lord for any selfishness that has come in toward the work in the Southern States. This matter has been presented to me three times, and I was instructed that five thousand dollars ought to have been placed in Elder _____'s hands before he left the conference grounds. All ye are brethren. . . . Over and over again I am bidden to urge upon your attention the necessities of the work in Nashville. The Lord has specified what should be done there. A grand work has been started, and it should by all means be sustained. It must not be hindered by neglect, but it is to go forward in straight, clear lines.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 4]         Brother _____, Brother _____, and his wife and others are laboring hard and earnestly, and are wrestling with many difficulties; and they must be given assistance. Souls in Nashville are as precious as souls in Washington. The conditions in Nashville make the work of the laborers doubly hard. If those in other parts of the field who have been highly favored by God do not awake to the true situation, the Lord will visit them for their difference.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 5]          Brethren _____ and _____ have been trying to advance in their school work, but while the means was flowing into Washington, they were exhorted to patience. They have made as much headway as possible.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 6]          Recently a beautiful sanitarium site of thirty-five acres was chosen, not far from Nashville. On this site a sanitarium building must be put up soon. For a long time Dr. _____ and his co-workers have been struggling on in the face of many difficulties. They must be helped. I give this instruction to you as it was given to me.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 7]          I was instructed that I must present before them (i. e., the leading brethren) the self-denying labors of Elders _____ and ____-, and say, Beware what impress you leave upon the minds of these tried servants of God, whose influence is of the highest value. They have known the truth from the earliest period of our work, and have ever sacrificed for the truth's sake.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 8]          Moreover, I was instructed that I must call attention to the history of our first work among the people when these aged pioneers were men of earnest, enduring action. These men have their work to do, an important work. Even in their age their testimony and their endeavors bear witness that the wheels of providence are not constructed to stand still or roll backward. In their labor is their happiness. It is not work that wears men out, but sadness, anxiety, and worry. If Elder _____ and Elder _____ break down, it will be because of the heavy perplexity that has come upon them in trying, without sufficient means or helpers, to accomplish the urgent work before them in the Southern field.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 9]          The great Medical Missionary, who has purchased men with the price of his own blood, knows what it means to work under discouragement and perplexity. He carried many burdens, and his untiring labors made him very weary. . . .  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 10]          Elder _____ and Elder _____ are to be given the assistance and the advantages that will make their efforts successful. They are to be sustained in their labors. The Lord would have those of his people who are willing to give of their means for the advancement of his work now turn their attention to the work in the South, and especially just now to Nashville. Twenty times as much could have been accomplished in the South as has been accomplished had the sanitarium work been built up, and had the necessary schools been established.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 11]          The Lord's tried servants in Nashville are becoming worn out with disappointment. Few realize the value of these staunch old soldiers. Sometimes they are not given the credit due them. . . .  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 12]          These matters are first in my mind, for they have been reviewed and repeated since last Sabbath evening. In this letter I can give only a jot of the history of the self-denial with which the work was carried forward in the beginning, and how earnestly the laborers worked to meet emergencies.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 13]          Elder _____ has labored unselfishly and untiringly to raise money for the General Conference and for the Review and Herald and other institutions. His persevering, self-sacrificing zeal carried him long distances through the heat of summer and the cold of winter. On one occasion he drove a long distance in the winter in Minnesota. I think it was there that he froze his hands, causing himself great suffering, but he got the money that was needed. Though weary and worn, he had no thought of laying down the armor, but fought his way through every difficulty.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 14]          Of Elder _____ and Elder _____ God says, "I will guide them, I will put my grace in their hearts. Because they have not been turned away from the truth, to give heed to seducing spirits, but have stood firm, declaring the message given them, they are to be highly esteemed. They will not exchange the faith that they have boldly and fervently declared, for another doctrine which is not true."  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 14}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 15]          I am glad that these men are still able to do solid, substantial work. They must have greater encouragement, in point of financial assistance, in their work in the Southern field. Their efforts have brought many souls into the truth, and they must not be left to wear out their souls in discouragement. The Southern field is a very hard, needy field, and it must receive assistance. Chosen men should be appointed to receive the funds that will now be called for in behalf of the enterprises that must now come to the front in this needy field.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 15}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 16]          Over and over again the light has been given that a special work is to be done in Huntsville. Those who are rooted and grounded in the truth, in all its bearings, are to be placed in charge of the work. A beginning has been made on the orphanage for colored children, but this work stands unfinished. On the beautiful farm of over three hundred acres, God purposes that an efficient missionary training school shall be conducted, which will develop many workers for the colored people.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 16}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 17]          A small sanitarium should also be established in connection with the Huntsville School. The sanitarium building should not be of a shoddy character. Neither should it be narrow and contracted. It should be built substantially, and there should be in it a room for the physician and nurses, to carry on the work of healing the sick and giving patients and students an education in regard to the right principles of living.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 17}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 18]          I now make a call that means shall be sent direct to Nashville, that the fruit of the gospel in good works may appear. The work there is to be supervised by men who understand what needs to be done, and who have learned how to economize.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 18}
[SW, August 29, 1905 par. 19]          The work in the South must now receive attention. It has stood in an unfinished condition long enough. I now expect that the necessities of this work will be seen and understood, and that our people everywhere will be encouraged to send donations, great and small, to Nashville. The workers there have waited patiently until the Washington fund should be made up. This fund has been made up, and help should now be given to Nashville to carry forward the work that must be accomplished.                 Ellen G. White.  {SW, August 29, 1905 par. 19}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 1]       September 5, 1905 To my Brethren and Sisters in the  Southern Union Conference  Mrs. E. G. White         At this time our means and our influence are called for to sustain the work that our brethren in Nashville are carrying forward. Nashville has been chosen as a center for the work of the South. The Lord has gone before the laborers in this city and has given them favor with the people. In his providence the publishing work has been established there, and a beginning has been made in sanitarium work. For over a year Elder Haskell and his wife, with faithful associates, have conducted a city mission and Bible training school, with increasing success. And just recently the Lord in his providence has given our brethren there a commodious meeting-house and a beautiful tract of land for sanitarium purposes. The way has also at last opened for carrying on tent-meetings in the city, and the beginning of a series of public meetings has brought joy to the hearts of our workers.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 2]          All of these advance movements require means. The Lord has signified that our brethren and sisters in the North and the South, the East and the West, shall with willing liberality prepare the way before our Nashville brethren. The men of long experience who have been placed in this important center are to be given an opportunity to bring the light of present truth to the attention of thousands.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 3]          But the help that God sends his servants is sent most freely when his people faithfully and self-sacrificingly act their part in his service. We are to do our best, and then lay our heart's desires before the great Burden-bearer, saying, "Lord , we can do no more. Grant us the help that we so much need in order to advance thy work." It is then that God moves upon the hearts of his servants in other places to send men and means for the advancement of his work.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 4]          In a special sense does the responsibility of supporting the Nashville work rest upon the members of our churches throughout the Southern States. My dear brethren and sisters, you can do much more than you have done to help. I ask you to study diligently the appeals that are being published in the Review and Herald and the Southern Watchman in behalf of the Southern field, and then rise nobly to the opportunity now presented of establishing the work firmly in Nashville.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 5]     Australia as an Example            While I was in Australia the Lord instructed me to appeal to the churches in America for assistance in helping to establish the work in that field across the broad waters of the Pacific. But these appeals did not slacken the efforts of our people in Australasia. Many gave more than they were really able to give. The field was a most needy one and the poverty of the people was great; but in their liberalities the church-members excelled their brethren and sisters in America. A faithful tithe was paid, and the offerings were most liberal. The Lord blessed their efforts, and his cause prospered, to the glory of his name.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 6]     Evangelistic Work Needed            The evangelistic work that is now being carried forward in Nashville is a sample of the work that must be done in many other Southern centers. Nothing will stir the South like taking hold of the work in new places. The cities are to be entered. Let workers press into the unwarned cities and proclaim the truth of Christ's soon coming. In every place where the work is begun the standard of truth is to be lifted higher and still higher. The fields in the South need faithful, persevering workers, not merely preachers, but those who can minister.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 7]     The Need of Diligence            Our church-members in the South need to arouse and work as never before for God, studying his word and praying earnestly for guidance. As they do this, God will give them light. My brethren and sisters, you have a voice, you have reason, you have capabilities in a greater or less degree; and the Lord calls upon you to work for those in darkness. Visit your neighbors and show an interest in the salvation of their souls. Arouse every spiritual energy to action. Tell those whom you visit that the end of all things is at hand. The Lord Jesus will open the door of their hearts and will make upon their minds lasting impressions.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 8]          Keep up the work. Be laborers together with God. Go forth two and two into the harvest field. Let not church-members be so busy about their own affairs that they have no time to work for the Lord. Let not our sisters spend precious hours adorning their own and their children's clothing. How much more pleasing to God it would be if that time were spent in opening the word of God to those in darkness.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 9]     Christ our Pattern            My sisters, Christ is your pattern. He could have come to our world clothed in his royal robes, but he came in poverty and humiliation. Christians will never try to make a display in dress. "If any man will come after me," the Saviour said, "let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me: so shall he be my disciple." Self-indulgence and conformity to the world are always at variance with the principles of the gospel of Christ. Save your pennies and your dimes, and you will have something to give to the Lord.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 10]          "Whose adorning," Peter writes, "let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel; but let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price."  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 11]          Church-members, let the light shine forth. Let your voices be heard in humble prayer, in witness against the amusements of the world, and in the proclamation of the truth for this time. Your voice, your influence, your time--all these are gifts from God to be used in winning souls to Christ.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 11}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 12]          In your work you may find some who are sick. Do what you can to relieve them. As you minister to their physical needs, and at the same time break to them the bread of life, your efforts in their behalf will make more impression upon them than many ordinary sermons would. In your ministry for these sin-sick souls apply the remedy found in the Bible. When opportunity offers, describe the willingness of Christ to hear the prayers offered to him in sincerity and faith. It may be that your effort will gain a soul for Christ.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 12}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 13]          Strive to arouse men and women from their spiritual insensibility. Tell them how you found the Lord Jesus, and how blessed you have been ever since you gained an experience in his service. Tell them what blessing comes to you as you sit at the feet of Jesus and learn precious lessons from his word. Tell them of the gladness and joy that there is in the Christian faith. Your warm, fervent words will convince them that you have found the pearl of great price. Let your cheerful, encouraging words show that you have certainly found the higher way. This is genuine missionary work, and as it is done, many will awake as from a dream.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 13}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 14]          Our work has been outlined. Over and over again we are to repeat the words of Christ: "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." This commission is never to lose its force upon the minds of the believing people of God. Into the darkness of sin the light of truth is to shine forth, that the darkness may be expelled. Those who reflect light will receive more light to reflect. New power will be brought into the church.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 14}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 15]          God's people are to be light-bearers to those in darkness. Let companies of Christian workers unite to help the needy and to proclaim the truth for this time. As they labor with self-sacrifice for the sake of others, denying themselves of that in which hitherto they have indulged, but which they have not really needed, they are God's helping hand.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 15}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 16]          The Lord calls upon his people to arouse out of sleep. The end of all things is at hand. When those who know the truth will be laborers together with God, the fruits of righteousness will appear. By the revelation of the love of God in missionary efforts, many will be awakened to see the sinfulness of their own course of action. They will see that in the past their selfishness has disqualified them to be laborers together with God. The exhibition of the love of God as seen in unselfish ministry to others will be the means of leading many souls to believe the word of God just as it reads.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 16}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 17]          God desires to refresh his people by the gift of the Holy Spirit, baptizing them anew in his love. There is no need for a dearth of the Holy Spirit in the church. After Christ's ascension, the Holy Spirit came upon the waiting, praying, believing disciples with a fulness and power that reached every heart. In the future the earth is to be lightened with the glory of God. A divine influence is to go forth to the world from those who are sanctified through the truth. The earth is to be encircled with an atmosphere of grace. The Holy Spirit is to work on human hearts, taking the things of God and showing them unto men.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 17}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 18]          Christ came to this earth, his divinity clothed with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity, and divinity lay hold upon the throne of God. In our behalf he became subject to all the temptations of Satan, and placed himself in the power of those who clamored for his life and crucified him as a malefactor. His death on the cross was an exhibition of the unselfishness of God. Infinite benevolence poured out all heaven's treasures in this one gift to rescue man from Satan's power. Through the revelation of the love of God on the cross of Calvary the real character of the work of Satan and his agencies was demonstrated. It was shown what power would have ruled the world had not God interposed in our behalf and, by the sacrifice of his only begotten Son, rescued human beings from the power of the enemy.  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 18}
[SW, September 5, 1905 par. 19]          This great sacrifice was made to save the world. The message of salvation is not be proclaimed in a few places only. Throughout the earth it is to be sounded forth. Those who know not the gospel are in the darkness of unbelief. They know not God. Why is the church so indolent, so selfish, so weak? Why do the members not make earnest efforts to proclaim the message of mercy, that others may know the joy of salvation through Christ?  {SW, September 5, 1905 par. 19}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 1]       September 12, 1905 The Importance of  Bible Study    Mrs. E. G. White         Search the Scriptures," Christ said; "for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of me." The Christian should be diligent in studying the Scriptures; he should read over and over again its precious truths. Wilful ignorance of the word endangers Christian life and character. It is this that blinds the understanding and brings confusion into our lives.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 2]         We need to have systematic knowledge of the principles of revealed truth. By Bible study and daily communion with Jesus, we shall gain clear, well-defined views of individual responsibility, and strength to stand in the day of trial and temptation. He whose life is united to Christ by hidden links will be kept by the power of God, and he will not be carried about by every wind of doctrine.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 3]          We all need a guide through the many strait places in life, as much as the sailor needs a pilot over the sandy bar or up the rocky river; and where is this guide to be found? We point the reader to the Bible. Inspired of God, written by holy men, it points out with great clearness and precision the duties of both old and young. It elevates the mind, and softens the heart, and imparts gladness and joy to the spirit. The Bible presents a perfect standard of character; it is an infallible guide under all circumstances, even to the end of the journey of life.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 4]          After the first acquaintance with the Bible, the interest of the earnest seeker grows rapidly. The discipline gained by a regular study of the word of God enables him to see a freshness and beauty in truth that he never before discerned. Reference to texts, when speaking, becomes natural and easy to a Bible student.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 5]          The mine of truth is never exhausted. Thousands of gems lie hidden from the surface-seeker. The more you search with humble heart, the greater will be your interest, and the more you will feel like exclaiming with Paul, "O, the depth of the riches, both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgements, and his ways past finding out."  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 6]          Above everything else, it is essential for the teacher of the word of God to seek most earnestly to possess himself of the internal evidence of the Scriptures. He who would be blessed with this evidence must search the Scriptures for himself. As he learns the lessons given by Christ, and compares scripture with scripture, to see whether he himself bears its credentials, he will obtain a knowledge of God's word, and the truth will write itself on his soul.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 7]          The truth is the truth. It is not to be wrapped up in beautiful adornings; that the outside appearance may be admired. The teacher is to make the truth clear and forcible to the understanding and to the conscience. The word is a two-edge sword, that cuts both ways. It does not tread as with soft, slippered feet.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 8]          There are many cases where men who have defended Christianity against skeptics have afterward lost their own souls in the mazes of skepticism. They caught the malaria, and died spiritually. They had strong arguments for the truth, and much outside evidence, but they did not have an abiding faith in Christ. O, there are thousands upon thousands of professed Christians who never study the Bible! Study the sacred word prayerfully, for your own soul's benefit. When you hear the word of the living preacher, if he has a living connection with God, you will find that the Spirit and the word agree.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 9]          The Old and New Testaments are linked together by the golden clasp of God. We need to become familiar with the Old Testament Scriptures. The unchangeableness of God should be clearly seen; the similarity of his dealings with his people of the past dispensation and of the present, should be studied. Under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, Solomon wrote, "That which hath been is now: and that which is to be hath already been; and God requireth that which is past." In mercy God repeats his past dealings. He has given us a record of his dealings in the past. This we need to study carefully; for history is repeating itself. We are more accountable than were those whose experience is recorded in the Old Testament; for their mistakes, and the results of those mistakes, have been chronicled for our benefit. The danger signal has been lifted to keep us off forbidden ground, and we should be warned not to do as they did, lest a worse punishment come upon us. The blessings given to those of past generations who obeyed God are recorded that we may be encouraged to walk circumspectly, in faith and obedience. The judgements brought against wrong-doers are delineated that we may fear and tremble before God. This Scripture biography is a great blessing. This precious instruction, the experience of ages, is bequeathed to us.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, September 12, 1905 par. 10]          It is time well employed to search the Scriptures; "for in them ye think ye have eternal life." And Jesus declares. "They are they which testify of me." By the work of the Holy Spirit the truth is riveted in the mind and printed in the heart of the diligent, God-fearing student. And not only is he blessed by this kind of labor; the souls to whom he communicates truth, and for whom he must one day give an account, are also greatly blessed. Those who make God their counselor reap the most precious harvest as they gather the golden grains of truth from his word; for the heavenly Instructor is close by their side. He who obtains his qualification for the ministry in this way will be entitled to the blessing promised to him who turns many to righteousness.  {SW, September 12, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 1]       October 3, 1905 This Same Jesus Shall So Come    By Mrs. E. G. White         The time came for Christ to ascend to his Father's throne. As a divine conqueror he was about to return with the trophies of victory to the heavenly courts. As the place of his ascension, he chose the spot so often hallowed by his presence while he dwelt among men. On reaching the Mount of Olives, Jesus led the way across the summit to the vicinity of Bethany. Here he paused, and the disciples gathered about him. Then with hands outstretched in blessing, he slowly ascended from among them. And as the cloudy chariot of angels received him out of their sight, the words came down to them, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 2]          It is "this same Jesus" that is coming again, the one who, when he was on earth, "went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil." The voice of the mighty Healer penetrated the deaf ear. A word, a touch of his hand, opened blind eyes. He rebuked disease and banished fever. His voice reached the ears of the dying, and they arose in health and vigor. In whole villages there was not a moan of sickness in any house; for he had passed through them, and healed all their sick. And while he healed their diseases he taught the people the way of life.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 3]          Jesus made a tour "into the coasts of Tyre and Sidon," where he healed the demoniac daughter of the woman of Canaan. And he "departed from thence, and came nigh unto the Sea of Galilee; and went up into a mountain, and sat down there." The multitude flocked to him, bringing their sick and lame, and laying them at his feet. He healed them all; and the people, heathen as they were, glorified the God of Israel.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 4]          For three days they continued to throng about the Saviour sleeping at night in the open air, and through the day pressing eagerly to hear the words of Christ, and to see his works. At the end of three days their food was spent. Jesus would not send them away hungry, and he called upon his disciples to give them food.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 5]          Jewish prejudice was still strong in the hearts of the disciples, and they answered Jesus, "Whence can a man satisfy these men with bread here in the wilderness?" But obedient to his word, they brought him what they had,-- seven loaves and two fishes. The multitude were fed, seven large baskets of fragments remaining. Four thousand men, besides women and children, were thus refreshed, and Jesus sent them away with glad and grateful hearts.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 6]          This same Jesus, compassionate, tender, is coming again. On the Mount of Olives he told his disciples the signs that will precede his coming. But the day and the hour of his coming he has not revealed. The exact time of the second coming of the Son of man is God's mystery. The whole world is full of rioting, full of godless pleasure, is asleep, asleep in carnal security. Men are putting far off the coming of the Lord. They laugh at warnings. The proud boast is made, "All things continue as they were from the beginning." "Tomorrow shall be as this day, and much more abundant." We will go deeper into pleasure-loving.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 7]         But Christ says, "Behold, I come as a thief." At the very time when the world is asking in scorn, "Where is the promise of his coming?" the signs are fulfilling. While they cry, "Peace and safety," sudden destruction is coming. When the scorner, the rejecter of truth, has become presumptuous; when the routine of work in the various money-making lines is carried on without regard to principle; when the student is eagerly seeking knowledge of everything but his Bible, Christ comes as a thief.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 8]          The crisis is stealing gradually upon us. The sun shines in the heavens, passing over its usual round, and the heavens still declare the glory of God. Men are still eating and drinking, planting and building, marrying and giving in marriage. Merchants are still buying and selling. Men are jostling one against another, contending for the highest place. Pleasure-lovers are still crowding to theatres, horse-races, gambling hells. The highest excitement prevails, yet probation's hour is fast closing, and every case is about to be eternally decided. Satan sees that his time is short. He has set all his agencies at work that men may be deceived, deluded, occupied, and entranced until the day of probation shall be ended, and the door of mercy forever shut.  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, October 3, 1905 par. 9]          Christ is coming with clouds and great glory. A multitude of shining angels will attend him. He will come to raise the dead, and to change the living saints from glory to glory. He will come to honor those who have loved him, and kept his commandments and to take them to himself. He has not forgotten them nor his promise. There will be a re-linking of the family chain. When we look upon our dead, we may think of the morning when the trump of God shall sound, when "the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed." A little longer and we shall see the King in his beauty, and he will present us "faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy." Wherefore, when he gave the signs of his coming, he said, "When these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh."  {SW, October 3, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 1]       October 10, 1905 The Law of God the Standard  in the Judgment    Mrs. E. G. White         The first angel of Revelation 14 calls upon men to "fear God and give glory to him," and to worship him as the Creator of the heavens and the earth. In order to do this, they must obey his law. The wise man says, "Fear God, and keep his commandments; for this is the whole duty of man." Ecclesiastes 12:13. Without obedience to his commandments, no worship can be pleasing to God; for "this is the love of God, that we keep his commandments." "He that turneth away his ear from hearing the law, even his prayer shall be abomination." 1 John 5:3; Proverbs 28:9.  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 2]         Many religious teachers say that Christ, by his death, freed us from the law; but not all take this view. Prof. Edward Park, in setting forth the current religious perils, ably says:--  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 3]          "ONE SOURCE OF DANGER IS THE NEGLECT OF THE PULPIT TO ENFORCE THE DIVINE LAW. IN FORMER DAYS THE PULPIT WAS AN ECHO OF THE VOICE OF CONSCIENCE. . . . OUR MOST ILLUSTRIOUS PREACHERS GAVE A WONDERFUL MAJESTY TO THEIR DISCOURSES BY FOLLOWING THE EXAMPLE OF THE MASTER, AND GIVING PROMINENCE TO THE LAW, ITS PRECEPTS, AND ITS THREATENINGS. THEY REPEATED THE TWO GREAT MAXIMS, THAT THE LAW IS A TRANSCRIPT OF THE DIVINE PERFECTIONS, AND THAT A MAN WHO DOES NOT LOVE THE LAW DOES NOT LOVE THE GOSPEL; FOR THE LAW, AS WELL AS THE GOSPEL, IS A MIRROR REFLECTING THE TRUE CHARACTER OF GOD. THIS PERIL LEADS TO ANOTHER, THAT OF UNDER-RATING THE EVIL OF SIN, THE EXTENT OF IT, THE DEMERIT OF IT. IN PROPORTION TO THE RIGHTFULNESS OF THE COMMANDMENT IS THE WRONGFULNESS OF DISOBEYING IT."  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 4]          "AFFILIATED TO THE DANGER ALREADY NAMED IS THE DANGER OF UNDERESTIMATING THE JUSTICE OF GOD. THE TENDENCY OF THE MODERN PULPIT IS TO STRAIN OUT THE DIVINE JUSTICE FROM THE DIVINE BENEVOLENCE, TO SINK BENEVOLENCE INTO A SENTIMENT RATHER THAN TO EXALT IT INTO A PRINCIPLE. THE NEW THEOLOGICAL PRISM PUTS ASUNDER WHAT GOD HAS JOINED TOGETHER. IS THE DIVINE LAW A GOOD OR AN EVIL? IT IS A GOOD. THEN JUSTICE IS GOOD; FOR IT IS A DISPOSITION TO EXECUTE THE LAW. FROM THE HABIT OF UNDERESTIMATING THE DIVINE LAW AND JUSTICE, THE EXTENT AND DEMERIT OF HUMAN DISOBEDIENCE, MEN EASILY SLIDE INTO THE HABIT OF UNDERESTIMATING THE GRACE WHICH HAS PROVIDED AN ATONEMENT FOR SIN."  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 5]          The law of God, from its very nature, is unchangeable. It is a revelation of the will and character of its Author. God is love, and his law is love. Its two great principles are love to God and man. "Love is the fulfilling of the law." The character of God is righteousness and truth, and such is the nature of his law. The psalmist says, "Thy law is the truth;" "all thy commandments are righteousness." And the apostle Paul declares, "The law is holy, and the commandment holy, and just, and good." Such a law, an expression of the mind and will of God, must be as enduring as its Author.  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 6]          And this law is the standard by which the lives and characters of men will be tested in the judgment. After pointing out our duty to obey his commandments, Solomon adds: "For God shall bring every work into judgment." The apostle James admonishes his brethren, "So speak ye, and so do, as they that shall be judged by the law of liberty."  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 7]          Jesus will appear in the judgment as the advocate of his people, to plead in their behalf before God. "If any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous." 1 John 2:1. "For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us." "Wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make intercession for them." Hebrews 9:24; 7:25.  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 8]         In the judgment all who have truly repented of sin, and by faith claimed the blood of Christ as their atoning sacrifice, have had pardon entered against their names in the books of heaven; as they have become partakers of the righteousness of Christ, and their characters are found to be in harmony with the law of God, their sins will be blotted out, and they themselves will be accounted worthy of eternal life. The Lord declares, by the prophet Isaiah, "I, even I, am he that blotteth out thy transgressions for mine own sake, and will not remember thy sins."  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, October 10, 1905 par. 9]          Jesus said, "He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before my Father, and before his angels." "Whosoever therefore shall confess me before men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven. But whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven."  {SW, October 10, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 1]       November 28, 1905 The Gift of the Spirit  Mrs. E. G. White         During the Jewish economy, the influence of God's Spirit had been seen in a marked manner, but not in full. For ages prayers had been offered for the fulfilment of God's promise to impart his Spirit, and not one of these earnest supplications had been forgotten.  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 2]          Christ determined that when he ascended from this earth, he would bestow a gift on those who had believed on him, and those who should believe on him. What gift could he bestow rich enough to signalize and grace his ascension to the mediatorial throne? It must be worthy of his greatness and his royalty. He determined to give his representative, the third person of the Godhead. This gift could not be excelled. He would give all gifts in one, and therefore the divine Spirit, that converting, enlightening and sanctifying power, would be his donation.  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 3]          Just before his trial, condemnation, and crucifixion, Christ said, "I tell you the truth; it is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send him unto you. And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment." "I will not leave you comfortless; I will come to you." "I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him; but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in you."  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 4]          This is a wonderful announcement. Christ longed to be in a position where he could accomplish the most important work by few and simple means. The plan of redemption is comprehensive; but its parts are few, and each part depends on the others, while all work together with the utmost simplicity and in entire harmony. Christ is represented by the Holy Spirit; and when this Spirit is appreciated, when those controlled by the Spirit communicate to others the energy with which they are imbued, an invisible chord is touched which electrifies the whole. Would that we could all understand how boundless are the divine resources!  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 5]          But the time had now come. The Spirit had been waiting for the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Christ. For ten days the disciples offered their petitions for the outpouring of the Spirit, and Christ in heaven added his intercession. This was the occasion of his ascension and inauguration, a jubilee in heaven. He had ascended on high, leading captivity captive, and he now claimed the gift of the Spirit, that he might pour it out upon his disciples.  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 6]          The Spirit was given as Christ had promised, and like a mighty rushing wind it fell upon those assembled, filling the whole house. It came with a fulness and power, as if for ages it had been restrained, but was now being poured forth upon the church, to be communicated to the world.  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 7]          What followed this outpouring? --Thousands were converted in a day. In Christ's day many heard the gospel, but they did not become sufficiently interested to search for the pearl of great price. But on the day of Pentecost three thousand were converted by the preaching of the gospel. A wonderful communication was made that day between heaven and earth.  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 8]          Those who witnessed this scene had recently witnessed in the same city the crucifixion of the world's Redeemer. But how little those who beheld him hanging on the cross understood what his death meant! How few realized that "God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life!"  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, November 28, 1905 par. 9]          On the day of Pentecost, Christ's witnesses proclaimed the truth, telling men the wonderful news of salvation through Christ. And as a flaming two-edged sword the truth flashed conviction into human hearts. Men were brought under Christ's control. The glad tidings were carried to the uttermost bounds of the inhabited world. The church beheld converts flocking to her from all directions. The altar of the cross, which sanctifies the gift, was rebuilt, Believers were reconverted. Sinners united with Christians in seeking the pearl of great price. The prophecy was fulfilled, the weak "shall be as David," and David "as the angel of the Lord." Every Christian saw in his brother the divine similitude of benevolence and love. One interest prevailed. One object swallowed up all others. Every pulse beat in healthy concert. The only ambition of the believers was to see who could reveal most perfectly the likeness of Christ's character, who could do the most for the enlargement of his kingdom "The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and one soul." The Spirit of Christ animated the whole congregation; for they had found the pearl of great price.  {SW, November 28, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 1]       December 19, 1905 Salt that has Lost  Its Savor  Mrs. E. G. White         Christ has presented in figures the plans which we are to study, and upon which we are to act. The fifth chapter of Matthew is full of precious instruction. Read this chapter, and write it upon the tablets of the soul.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 1}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 2]          The Saviour declares. "Ye are the light of the world . . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven . . . . Ye are the salt of the earth; but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and trodden underfoot of men."  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 2}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 3]          All who would present themselves "a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God," must receive the saving salt, the righteousness of our Saviour. Then they become "the salt of the earth," restraining evil among men, as salt preserves from corruption. But if the salt has lost its savor; if there is only a profession of godliness, without the love of Christ, there is no power for good. The life can exert no saving influence upon the world. Your energy and efficiency in the upbuilding of my kingdom, Jesus says, depend upon your receiving of my Spirit. You must be partakers of my grace, in order to be a savor of life unto life.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 3}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 4]          If the character is not under the molding influence of the Holy Spirit, if we have not that faith which works by love and purifies the life from all hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong, what does our profession avail? If the truth that is professed is not allowed to sanctify the temper, the disposition, the words and acts, if there is a constant denial of faith, God is greatly dishonored. Where there should be seen the sweetness of humility, combined with firmness and integrity, there is seen a hard spirit, that is not a savor of life unto life, but of death unto death.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 4}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 5]          God requires us to exercise toward our brethren the compassion that we desire them to exercise toward us. God expects those who claim to believe in him to bring the Christlikeness into all their service. The mind and heart are to be cleansed from all sin, all unlikeness to Christ. God has duties for every church-member to perform. His people are to exalt the power of his law above human judgment. By bringing themselves, body, soul, and spirit, into harmony with the law, they are to magnify it, and make it honorable.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 5}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 6]          God will open the way for his subjects to perform unselfish deeds in all their associations, in all their business transactions. By acts of kindness and love they are to show that they are representing the kingdom of heaven. By self-denial, by sacrificing the gain they might obtain, they will present the truth in its beauty.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 6}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 7]          But if their words and acts are unchristlike; if the spirit they cherish is not helpful; if they retain the old, unsavory traits of character; if they study how they may get the best of a bargain, to the disadvantage of some one else; if they care little whether they hurt and destroy a brother's feelings, they are as salt that has lost its savor. They are a hindrance to God's work.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 7}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 8]          How can we be as salt that retains its savor? How can we exert a saving influence? -- By obeying, in every transaction of life, the plain commands of God; by being kind, benevolent, generous; by seeing the necessities of the cause of God and trying to relieve them; by doing the work that Christ did.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 8}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 9]          Read the fifty-first psalm. Let its lessons be practiced. Not a tithe of what we should be are we in word, in spirit, in purity, in Christlikeness. This is why we have not more power with God. We profess to believe the most sacred truth, which God declares will refine and sanctify those who believe, leading them to live lives in marked contrast to the lives of worldlings. But if our profession is merely nominal, we may be sure that our influence is not exerted on Christ's side. We are as salt without savor, fit only to be cast out as worthless.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 9}
[SW, December 19, 1905 par. 10]          Without the help that comes from God, even those who are looked upon as the most eminent believers are in danger of falling into the sins which Satan has prepared to dishonor God. Let all who claim to be believers remember that it is only when they have the joy of Christ's salvation in the heart that they are qualified to guide sinners to repentance and reformation. It is the genuine believer, the one who not only assents to the truth, but believes and practices the truth, who is not satisfied unless he has with him the presence of God, that is a power for good in the world.  {SW, December 19, 1905 par. 10}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 1]       May 8, 1906 Studying the Word of God    Mrs. E. G. White.         "If thou criest after knowledge, and liftest up thy voice for understanding; if thou seek her as silver, and searchest for her as for hid treasure, then shalt thou understand the fear of the Lord, and find the knowledge of God."  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 2]         The word of God has been preserved through the centuries to be our lessonbook in these last days. It is our guide. It points us to a sure path, in which our feet can travel with safety, as we seek for the better country, even a heavenly.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 3]          Through the word of the eternal God we are made wise unto salvation. Its principles are to be ever in our hearts and on our lips. "It is written" is to be our anchor. Those who make this word the man of their counsel realize the weakness of the human heart and the power of divine grace to subdue every unsanctified, unholy impulse. They are almost constantly in prayer, and have the guardianship of holy angels. When the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of God lifts up a standard for them. There is harmony in the heart; for the principles of heaven bear sway.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 4]          The appreciation of the word grows with its study. The testimony of every true searcher of the Bible is, "I had no idea of the treasures of knowledge that it contains."  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 5]         It is not enough for us to read the word, supposing that a casual knowledge of its principles will bring about a transformation of character. Firmly may certain doctrines of truth be held. Again and again they may be reiterated, till the holders come to think that they are indeed in possession of the great blessings which these doctrines represent. But the greatest, most powerful truths may be accepted, yet kept in the outer court, exerting little influence to make the daily life Christlike. The soul is not sanctified by truth that is not practiced.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 6]          The Bible should be read every day. It gives the correct standard by which to judge between right and wrong. The moral principles it teaches are a shield to those who are exposed to temptation.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 7]          A fixed principle of truth is our only safeguard. Strong purpose and a resolute will close many an open door to temptation, and to influences that are unfavorable to the maintenance of a Christian character.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 8]          "He also that received seed among thorns is he that heareth the word; and the cares of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he becometh unfruitful."  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 9]          Many professing Christians are so engrossed with earthly cares that they have no time for the cultivation of piety. They do not regard the service of God as of the first importance. A man may seem to receive the truth, but if he does not overcome his unchristlike traits of character, the thorns grow and strengthen, killing the precious graces of the Spirit. The thorns in the heart, the unchristlike traits of character, must be uprooted and cast out; for good and evil cannot grow in the heart at the same time. Unsanctified inclinations and desires must be cut away as a hindrance to growth in grace.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 10]          Man is to read the word of God, filled with a hungering desire to hear in faith and profit by the hearing. "Take heed, therefore, how ye hear; for whosoever hath, to him shall be given; and whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away, even that which he seemeth to have."  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 11]          We are to give sincere, earnest attention to the teaching of Christ, realizing the importance of hearing aright, that God may use us in teaching others. To him who listens intently shall be given; for God sees that he will use his knowledge aright. From him who has not improved his opportunities, who has not practiced the truth that others may share in the blessing of his knowledge, shall be taken away, even that which he has. His opportunity to be all that God designed him to be, receiving and imparting the light of heaven, shall be taken away from him.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 11}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 12]          Our only safety is in living in hourly communion with the high and holy principles of the Bible. As we read and study, Christ will commune with us. Precious beams of light will shine upon the word, and by unseen intelligences the mind will be refreshed.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 12}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 13]          The service of God is not drudgery to the fully consecrated soul. Obedience to our Saviour does not detract from our happiness, the true enjoyment of this life, but it has a refining, elevating power upon our characters. The daily study of the precious words of life strengthens the intellect, and gives a knowledge of the grand and glorious works of God in nature.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 13}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 14]          Not only does the study of the Scriptures fortify the soul against the temptations of Satan, but the Scriptures thoroughly furnish the believer to all good works, and prepare him to give to every man a reason of the hope that is in him. But the best way to recommend the truth is, not by argument, not by talk, but by living it daily, by leading a consistent, modest, humble life as a disciple of Christ.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 14}
[SW, May 8, 1906 par. 15]          It is safe to be earnest for the right. The first consideration should be to honor God, and the second to be faithful to humanity, performing the duties which each day brings, meeting its trials and bearing its burdens with firmness and a resolute heart. Earnest and untiring effort, united with strong purpose and entire trust in God, will help in every emergency, will qualify for a useful life in this world and give a fitness for the immortal life.  {SW, May 8, 1906 par. 15}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 1]       May 15, 1906 The Responsibility of God's People    Mrs. E. G. White.         God has made his people stewards of his grace and truth, and how does he regard their neglect to impart these blessings to their fellow men? Let us suppose that a distant colony belonging to Great Britain is in great distress because of famine and threatened war. Multitudes are dying of starvation, and a powerful enemy is gathering on the frontier, threatening to hasten the work of death. The government at home opens its stores; public charity pours forth; relief flows through many channels. A fleet is freighted with the precious means of life, and is sent to the scene of suffering, accompanied by the prayers of those whose hearts are stirred to help.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 2]          For a time the fleet sails directly for its destination. But, having lost sight of land, the ardor of those entrusted with carrying food to the starving sufferers abates. Though engaged in a work that makes them co-laborers with angels, they lose the good impressions with which they started forth. Through evil counselors, temptation enters.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 3]          A group of islands lies in their course, and, though far short of their destination, they decide to call. The temptation that has already entered grows stronger. The selfish spirit of gain takes possession of their minds. Mercantile advantages present themselves. Those in charge of the fleet are prevailed upon to remain on the islands. Their original purpose of mercy fades from their sight. They forget the starving people to whom they were sent. The stores entrusted to them are used for their own benefit. The means of beneficence is diverted into channels of selfishness. They barter the means of life for selfish gain, and leave their fellow beings to die. The cries of the perishing ascend to heaven, and the Lord writes in his record the tale of robbery.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 4]          Think of the horror of human beings dying because those placed in charge of the means of relief proved unfaithful to their trust. It is difficult for us to realize that man could be guilty of so terrible a sin; yet Christians are daily repeating this sin.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 5]          In Eden man fell from his high estate, and through transgression became subject to death. It was seen in heaven that human beings were perishing, and the compassion of God was stirred. At infinite cost he devised a means of relief. He "so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." John 3:16. There was no hope for the transgressor except through Christ. God saw that "there was no man, and wondered that there was no intercessor; therefore his arm brought salvation unto him; and his righteousness it sustained him." Isaiah 59:16.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 6]          The Lord chose a people, and made them the depositaries of his truth. It was his purpose that by the revelation of his character through Israel men should be drawn to him. To all the world the gospel invitation was to be given. Through the teaching of the sacrificial service, Christ was to be uplifted before the nations, and all who would look upon him should live.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 7]          But Israel did not fulfil God's purpose. They forgot God, and lost sight of their high privilege as his representatives. The blessings that they had received brought no blessing to the world. All their advantages were appropriated for their own glorification. They robbed God of the service he required of them, and they robbed their fellow men of religious guidance and a holy example.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 8]          A great work is now to be accomplished in setting before men the saving truths of the gospel. The purpose which God seeks to accomplish through his people is the same that he desired to accomplish through Israel when he brought them forth out of Egypt. By beholding the goodness, the mercy, the justice, and the love of God revealed in the church, the world is to have a presentation of his character. And when the law of God is thus exemplified in the life, even the world will recognize the superiority of those who love and fear and serve God above every other people on the earth.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 9]          The Lord has his eye upon every one of his people; he has his plans concerning each. All the light of the past, all the light which shines in the present and reaches forth into the future, as revealed in the word of God, is for every soul who will receive it. The glory of this light, which is the very glory of the character of Christ, is to be manifested in the individual Christian, in the family, in the church, in the ministry of the word, and in every institution established by God's people. The Lord designs that all these shall be agencies in the fulfilment of his great purpose for the human race.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, May 15, 1906 par. 10]          In Zechariah's vision the two olive trees which stand before God are represented as emptying the golden oil out of themselves through golden tubes into the bowl of the sanctuary. From this the lamps of the sanctuary are fed, that they may give a continuous bright and shining light. So from the anointed ones that stand in God's presence the fulness of divine light and love and power is imparted to his people, that they may impart to others light and joy and refreshing. They are to become channels through which divine instrumentalities communicate to the world the tide of God's love.  {SW, May 15, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 1]       June 12, 1906 The Power of the Spirit in Christian Life and Labor  Mrs. E. G. White         To effect the salvation of men, God employs various agencies. He speaks to them by his word and by his ministers, and by his Holy Spirit he warns, reproves, and instructs. By these means he designs to show mankind their duty and their sins, and the blessings they may receive; to awaken in them a sense of spiritual want, that they may go to Christ and find in him the grace they need.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 2]          But many choose to follow their own way. They do not hunger after righteousness. They have no relish for spiritual or divine things. They assent to the truth, but are not sanctified through it. There are few who are really consecrated, few who have fought and conquered in the battle with self. "He that forsaketh not all that he hath, "Jesus says, "cannot be my disciple."  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 3]          It is our work, each for himself, to cherish in the heart the precious graces of the Holy Spirit. God is the embodiment of benevolence, mercy, and love, and his Spirit ruling in the heart will produce in the life the fruit of the Spirit, love, joy, and peace. Let each ask himself, Do I possess the grace of love? Have I learned to suffer long and to be kind? In the work of God, talents, learning, and eloquence, without this heavenly attribute, are as meaningless as sounding brass or a tinkling cymbal.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 4]          It is by contemplating Christ, by exercising faith in him, by experiencing for ourselves his saving grace, that we are qualified to present him to the world. If we have learned of him, Jesus will be our theme; his love burning upon the altar of our hearts, will reach the hearts of the people. The truth will be presented, not as a cold, lifeless theory, but in the demonstration of the Spirit.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 5]          Human strength is weakness, human wisdom is folly. Our success depends on a living connection with God. The truth is shorn of its power when preached by men who are seeking to display their own learning and ability. Such men do not learn of Jesus, and they cannot present to others a Saviour with whom they themselves are not acquainted.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 6]          An intellectual knowledge of gospel truth is not enough; we must know its power upon our own hearts and lives. We should pray as earnestly for the descent of the Holy Spirit as the disciples prayed on the day of Pentecost. Ministers need to come to Christ as little children. Tasting the sin-pardoning love of Christ, they can point others to him as a sin-pardoning Redeemer. They can present the truth from the fulness of a heart that feels its sanctifying power.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 7]          We have not many years to work, and all God's people should be imbued with his Spirit, and work in harmony with his revealed will. If we have the Spirit of Christ, we shall work as he worked; we shall catch the very ideas of the Man of Nazareth, and present them to the people.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 8]          By efforts put forth in wisdom and love, many may be awakened to a sense of their responsibility before God. Although a man may have sunk to the very depths of sin, there is a possibility of saving him. Many have lost the sense of eternal realities, lost the similitude of God, and they hardly know whether they have souls to be saved or not. They have neither faith in God nor confidence in man. But they can understand and appreciate acts of practical sympathy and helpfulness.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 9]          As they see one with no inducement of earthly praise or compensation come into their wretched homes, ministering to the sick, feeding the hungry, clothing the naked, and pointing all to Him of whose love and pity the human worker is but the messenger, -- as they see this, their hearts are touched. Gratitude springs up. Faith is kindled. They see that God cares for them, and they are prepared to listen as his word is opened.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 10]          Angels help in this work to restore the fallen, and bring them back to the One who has given his life to redeem them, and the Holy Spirit co-operates with the ministry of human agencies to arouse the moral powers by working on the heart, reproving of sin, of righteousness, and of judgment.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 11]          Some of the rescued ones may, through faith in Christ, rise to high places of service, and be entrusted with responsibilities in the work of saving souls. They know by experience the necessities of those for whom they labor; and they know how to help them; they know what means can best be used to recover the perishing. They are filled with gratitude to God for the blessings they have received, and their energies are strengthened to lift up others who can never rise without help. Taking the Bible as their guide and the Holy Spirit as their helper and comforter, they find a new career opening before them.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 11}
[SW, June 12, 1906 par. 12]         Every one of these souls that is added to the force of workers, provided with facilities and instruction as to how to save souls for Christ, becomes a co-laborer with those who brought him the light of truth. Thus God is honored, and his truth advanced.  {SW, June 12, 1906 par. 12}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 1]       July 17, 1906 A Call to Consecrated Service  Mrs. E. G. White         Men and women are God's agencies for the salvation of souls. Of his true followers the Lord says, "This people have I formed for myself; they shall show forth my praise." They are my witnesses, my chosen representatives in an apostate world. Filled with a desire to win souls to Christ, they have the sympathy and co-operation of the heavenly universe.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 2]          The church on earth is to become the court of holy love. Those who by the Lord's appointment occupy in it positions of trust are to bring into it the pity and self-sacrifice of the great Head of the church. Christian fellowship is one means by which character is formed. Thus selfishness is purged from the life, and men and women are drawn to Christ, the great center, and thus is answered his prayer that his followers may be one, as he is one with the Father.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 3]          Christ has promised to make his people harmonious on every point, not pleasant and agreeable and kind today, and tomorrow harsh and disagreeable and unkind, falsifying their profession of faith. But many refuse to place themselves where he can help them. They are breaking the commandments of God; for they have left their first love.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 4]         There are in human nature elements of destruction, which, under certain conditions, break forth to consume. The moral powers are prostrated. The excited passions tyrannize over the higher, nobler faculties; and Christlikeness is not revealed. The infinite One -- he who alone was able to bring order and beauty out of the chaos and confusion of nature's darkness -- is able to subdue the rebellious heart of man, and bring his life into conformity to the divine will. His Spirit can quell man's rebellious temper. But unless men possess the love of Christ, the qualifications that otherwise would be of value in God's work will be controlled by the selfishness of the human heart. In order to be true Christian workers, we must surrender ourselves unreservedly to Christ.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 5]          The Lord has called, and he still calls, for those who are apparently blind to their deficiencies, the self-complacent ones, who plan and devise how they can best situate themselves. God help the spiritually blind to see that there is a world to be saved. The truth is to be made manifest to those who know it not, and this work calls for the self-denying grace of Jesus Christ.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 6]          Thousands who are now spiritually useless should be digging up their buried talents and putting them to the exchangers. Many have written for themselves their resolves to do as little as possible, and these have sealed their resolutions for the judgment of that great day when every talent will be required by God, that he may see how much each one of his servants has gained by trading. Those who think they will surely reach heaven while they follow their own ways and imaginations, might better break the seal, and re-examine their title to the treasures of heaven.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 7]          The men and women who feel at ease in Zion might better become anxious about themselves, and inquire, What am I doing in the Lord's vineyard? Why am I not learning in Christ's school his meekness and lowliness of heart? Why have I no burdens to bear in his service? Why am I not a decided and earnest Christian, employing all my powers in laboring for the salvation of souls who are perishing all around me? Saith not the Word, "We are laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building"? Shall I not, with my Saviour's help, build a character for time and eternity, and promote godliness in myself, and in others the sanctification of the truth?  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 8]          Come, my brethren and sisters, unfold your napkin and begin to trade with your Lord's goods. In so doing, you will gain other talents. Every soul entrusted with talents is to use his talents to benefit others. Who in the great day of final reckoning will say, "I was afraid, and went and hid thy money in the earth; lo, there thou hast that is thine"? To such the Lord will answer, "Thou wicked and slothful servant, . . . thou oughtest therefore to have put my money to the exchangers, and then at my coming I should have received mine own with usury."  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, July 17, 1906 par. 9]          Man is only required to do according to his ability. But his ability will surely grow if it is exercised. Wake up, brethren; for your own souls' sake, wake up. Without the grace of Christ you can do nothing. Work while you can. Be not deceived into thinking that your lot in life is to be constantly favored, that you can shirk the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice, which Christ bids all share with him. You will gain a valuable experience in being partakers of the self-denial and self-sacrifice of Christ.  {SW, July 17, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 1]       August 7, 1906 The Perfect Standard  Mrs. E. G. White         The law of God is the only true standard of moral perfection. In the life of Christ this law was carried into action, and this is our example. Nothing short of this will meet the requirements of God. We may plead our inability to keep the law, but this will not excuse us. Such a plea is the language of the carnal heart, which is not willing to put forth determined effort in self-conquest. Christ could say, "I have kept my Father's commandments." And the disciple John declares, "He that saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked."  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 2]          We read the biographies of Christians, and think their experience and attainments entirely beyond our reach. These, we say, are the histories of a few who were specially favored by grace. But these high attainments are for all. Christ died for every soul, and God assures us in his word that he is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. We may be engaged in the common duties of every-day life, but we can make these sacred by simple, earnest faith, and persevering, trusting prayer. God is honored by the steadfast integrity, the holy walk and conversation, of his people, even in the humblest walks of life.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 3]          The apostles and prophets and holy men of old did not perfect their characters by miracle. They used the ability given them by God, trusting alone in the righteousness of Christ; and all who will use the same means may secure the same result.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 4]          It is our privilege to have high spiritual attainments; for God's word has declared it. But these call for faith and labor on our part. We must have an earnest desire for higher and still higher attainments in the Christian life. Paul exhorts us to "grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." This means a close connection with God, which will give us trust and confidence in him, until we have an experimental knowledge of his divine nature, and are changed into his image. Then we can glorify God by revealing to those with whom we associate the result of the transforming influence of his grace.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 5]          There are many whose religion consists in theory. To them a happy emotion is godliness. They say, "Come to Jesus. It makes no difference what you believe so long as you are honest in your belief." They do not seek to make the sinner understand the true character of sin. He is not urged to search the Scriptures on bended knees that he may know what is truth, or to pray that his eyes may be anointed with eyesalve that he may see the grace of Christ.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 6]          When the lawyer came to Christ, saying, "Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?" the Saviour did not say, Believe, only believe, and you will be saved. "What is written in the law?" he said; "how readest thou?" The lawyer answered: "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." Christ said, "Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live." Here the false doctrine that man has nothing to do but believe is swept away. Eternal life is given to us on the condition that we obey the commandments of God.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 7]          Satan is willing that every transgressor of God's law shall claim to be holy. This is what he himself is doing. He is satisfied when men rest their faith on spurious doctrines and religious enthusiasm; for he can use such persons to good purpose in deceiving souls. Everywhere his influence is manifest. Men are working against the divine precepts. In their desire to evade the cross-bearing attendant on obedience, even the churches are claiming that the law of God has been changed or abrogated. Men boast of wonderful progress and enlightenment; but the heavenly watchers see the earth filled with corruption and violence.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 8]          God has borne long with the violators of his law, but if they remain impenitent their punishment is certain. A great work is to be accomplished in setting before them the saving truths of the gospel. This is the means ordained by Divine Wisdom to stem the tide of moral corruption. This is his means of restoring his moral image in man. It is his remedy for disorganization, the power that draws men together in unity.  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, August 7, 1906 par. 9]          The work of proclaiming the gospel, God has committed to his church. They are to teach the perpetuity and binding force of the holy commandments delivered at Sinai. Of these the testimony of John is, "By this we know that we love the children of God, when we love God and keep his commandments. For this is the love of God, that we keep his commandments; and his commandments are not grievous." "He that saith, I know him, and keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God perfected."  {SW, August 7, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 1]       August 14, 1906 The Law of God Still in Force  Mrs. E. G. White         Christ warns his followers, "Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing; but inwardly they are ravening wolves." He exhorts us not to be deceived when false shepherds present their doctrines. These men tell us that the commandments of God were done away at the death of Christ. Shall we believe them, these men who claim to be sanctified, while they refuse to obey God? They say the Lord has told them that they need not keep the ten commandments; but has the Lord told them this? -- No; God does not lie.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 2]          Satan, who is the father of lies, deceived Adam in a similar way, telling him that he need not obey God, that he would not die if he transgressed the law. But Adam fell, and by his sin he opened the floodgates of woe upon our world.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 3]         Again, Satan told Cain that he need not follow expressly the command of God in presenting the slain lamb as an offering. Cain obeyed the voice of the deceiver; and because God did not accept his offering, while he showed his approval of Abel's offering, Cain rose up in anger and slew his brother.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 4]          We need to know for ourselves what voice we are heeding, whether it is the voice of the true and living God, or the voice of the great apostate. Eternal life is of value to each of us, and we must take heed how we hear. We need sound doctrine, pure faith. We cannot afford to receive the sayings of men for the commandments of God. God declares, "If his children forsake my law, and walk not in my judgments; if they break my statutes, and keep not my commandments; then will I visit their transgression with the rod, and their iniquity with stripes."  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 5]          John gives the definition of sin. "Whosoever committeth sin," he says, "transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law." And this was after the crucifixion of Christ, when, we are told, the law was abolished. When type met antitype in the death of Christ, the sacrificial offerings ceased. The ceremonial law was done away. But by the crucifixion the law of ten commandments was established. The gospel has not abrogated the law, nor detracted one tittle from its claims. It still demands holiness in every part. It is the echo of God's own voice, giving to every soul the invitation, Come up higher. Be holy, holier still. This just and holy law is the standard by which all will be judged in the last day. We need to ask ourselves the question, Are we making void the law of God, or are we standing in vindication of it? We should carefully examine our thoughts and words.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 6]          The law has no power to pardon transgression. Repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ must be exercised. As the sinner looks into this divine mirror, he will see the exceeding sinfulness of sin, and will be driven to Christ. Godly sorrow will result from a realization of his frailty and depravity. His faith in the atoning sacrifice will be based on the sacred promise of full and complete pardon in Christ.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 7]          But every one who has this hope of pardon through Christ, must "purify himself, even as he is pure." His life thenceforth must be governed by a new principle. The influence of a gospel hope will not lead the sinner to look upon the salvation of Christ as a matter of free grace, while he continues to live in transgression of the law of God.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, August 14, 1906 par. 8]          Let us earnestly inquire, What is truth? We cannot afford to build on a sandy foundation. The doctrines revealed in the word of God are to be the foundation of our faith. It is of the utmost importance that we understand, as far as God has given us capacity for understanding, the principles upon which his government rests; for the principles which we believe and receive into the heart will govern and control the actions. The more clear the understanding of the truth which is in Jesus, the more spiritual will be the religious life, the more holy the affections.  {SW, August 14, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 1]       September 18, 1906 Our Hope  Mrs. E. G. White         The name of Jesus of Nazareth is the only "name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved." For "God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." And the love of Christ made him willing to become "the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world."  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 2]          What does this love do for us? "Behold," John says, "what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." Such love is without a parallel, giving to men the relationship of sons to God. "And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ." Therefore the Father expects obedience of his children; therefore he expects a right disposition of the property he places in their hands.  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 3]          Children of the Lord! How precious is the promise! How full is the Saviour's atonement for our guilt! With a heart of unutterable love, he pleads his sacred blood in the sinner's behalf. The wounded hands, the pierced side, the marred feet, plead eloquently for fallen man, whose redemption has been purchased at such an infinite cost.  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 4]          Neither time nor events can lessen the efficacy of the atoning sacrifice. As the fragrant cloud of incense rose acceptably to heaven when Aaron sprinkled the blood upon the mercy-seat, cleansing ancient Israel from the guilt of sin, so the merits of the slain Lamb arise as sweet incense today, while his blood cleanses the repenting sinner from the defilement of sin.  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 5]         Jesus consented to take human nature, that he might know how to pity sinful, erring mortals. He volunteered to become acquainted with the temptations that beset us, that he might know how to deliver those who are tempted, and that he might know how to plead with his Father in their behalf. If our perceptions could be quickened to take in this wonderful work of our Saviour for our salvation, love, deep and ardent, would burn in our hearts. Apathy and cold indifference would disappear.  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 6]          God has made ample provision that we may stand perfect in his grace. Through Christ, unworthy as we are, we may obtain all spiritual blessings. But there are stern battles to be fought, and Christ says to his people. "Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation." The Christian should put on the whole armor of righteousness, and prove himself strong and true in the Redeemer's service. God calls for vigilant sentinels who will stand firm at the post of duty, valiant soldiers of the cross, ready to do and dare all things for the cause for which they are enlisted.  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 7]          The child of God should watch the first dimming of his light, the first neglect of prayer, the first symptom of spiritual slumber. "He that endureth to the end shall be saved." But it is by the constant exercise of faith and love that believers are enabled to do this. They may have the overcomer's reward, and stand before Christ to sing his praises in the day when he assembles his saints; but their robes must be cleansed in the blood of the Lamb, charity must cover them as a garment, and they must be found spotless and without blemish.  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 8]          John says of this grand assemblage: "After this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb."  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 9]          "These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple; and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes."  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, September 18, 1906 par. 10]          "What must it be to be there?"  {SW, September 18, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 1]       September 25, 1906 Our Advocate and our Adversary  Mrs. E. G. White         He showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him." Zechariah 3:1.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 2]          The third chapter of Zechariah contains truths that afford a profitable lesson for all. The people of God, in the person of Joshua, are represented as a criminal on trial. Joshua, as high priest, is seeking a blessing for them. While he is thus pleading before God, Satan is standing at his right hand as his adversary.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 3]          Satan is an accuser, and is making the case of Israel appear as desperate as possible. He presents before the Lord their faults and failures, hoping that they will appear so dark in the eyes of Christ that he will render them no help in their great need. Joshua, aware of the imperfections of Israel, stands under condemnation, clothed with the filthy garments of sin, while Satan is pressing upon his soul a sense of guilt that makes him almost hopeless.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 4]          How does Christ look upon the case? What position does he take toward Joshua and the accuser? "The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?" Thus Christ replies to the accuser.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 5]          Satan would ruin the people of God, covering them with the blackness of guilt, but Jesus interposes. The people had sinned; but he took the guilt of their sins upon his own soul. He snatched the race as a brand from the fire. With his human arm he encircles humanity, while with his divine arm he grasps the throne of the infinite God. Thus the adversary is rebuked, and help is brought within reach of perishing souls.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 6]          "Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel. And he answered and spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair miter upon his head. So they set a fair miter upon his head, and clothed him with garments."  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 7]          Satan began his work as an accuser in heaven. This has been his work ever since the fall, and it will be his work in a special sense as we approach nearer to the close of time. He is aroused when he sees a people on the earth, who, even in weakness and sinfulness, have respect to the law of Jehovah. He delights in their unworthiness. He has no intention that they shall obey the divine law, and has devices prepared for every soul, that all may be ensnared and separated from God. He would accuse and condemn God, and all who try to carry out his purposes in mercy and love, in compassion and forgiveness.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 8]          Every manifestation of God's power for his people arouses the enmity of Satan against them. He instigates them to evil, and when he has succeeded, throws all the blame upon the tempted ones, presenting them before the Advocate clothed in the black garments of sin, and endeavoring to secure the severest penalty. He urges justice without mercy, not allowing repentance. He argues that the penalty of sin can never be remitted, and God be just.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 9]          The sinner cannot contradict or answer the charge of Satan against him; but our Advocate makes an effectual plea for those who have placed their cases in his hands. He silences the bold accuser by the unanswerable argument of the cross, presenting his wounded hands and feet, and pleading his own blood in behalf of the sinner. He has power to change our raiment, to remove the filthy garments, to place upon the repenting, believing sinner his robe of righteousness, and write pardon against his name; and the Saviour will not turn away from the purchase of his blood, the objects of his care.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 10]          The counterfeit justice that Satan advocates is abhorred by God. His censuring must not be imitated by any who are partakers of divine mercy and love. Guard your own soul, my brother, my sister; watch closely for the first jealous thought, the first suggestion to question or judge others. We must not be severe with the infirmities of others, but attend zealously to our own individual case.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 11]          Child of God, angels are watching the character you develop, they are weighing your words and actions;. therefore take heed to your ways, examine closely your own heart, prove whether you are in the love of God.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 11}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 12]          Courage, fortitude, faith, and implicit trust in God's power to save are needed. These heavenly graces do not come in a moment; they are acquired by the experience of years. But every sincere and earnest seeker will become a partaker of the divine nature. His soul will be filled with intense longing to know the fulness of that love which passes knowledge. As he advances in the divine life, he will be better able to grasp the elevated, ennobling truths of the word of God, until, by beholding, he becomes changed, and is enabled to reflect the likeness of his Redeemer.  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 12}
[SW, September 25, 1906 par. 13]          The angel, with the authority of the Lord, made a solemn pledge to Joshua: "If thou wilt walk in my ways, and if thou wilt keep my charge, then thou shalt also judge my house, and shalt also keep my courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by."  {SW, September 25, 1906 par. 13}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 1]       October 2, 1906 A Test of Gratitude and Loyalty  Mrs. E.G. White         "Honor the Lord with thy substance, and with the first-fruits of all thine increase; so shall thy barns be filled with plenty, and thy presses shall burst out with new wine."  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 2]          This scripture teaches that God, as the Giver of all our benefits, has a claim upon them all; that his claim should be our first consideration; and that a special blessing will attend all who honor this claim.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 3]          Herein is set forth a principle that is seen in all God's dealings with men. The Lord placed our first parents in the garden of Eden. He surrounded them with everything that could minister to their happiness, and he bade them acknowledge him as the possessor of all things. In the garden he caused to grow every tree that was pleasant to the eye or good for food; but among them he made one reserve. Of all else, Adam and Eve might freely eat; but of this one tree God said, "Thou shalt not eat of it.' Here was the test of their gratitude and loyalty to God.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 4]          So the Lord has imparted to us Heaven's richest treasure in giving us Jesus. With him he has given us all things richly to enjoy. The productions of the earth, the bountiful harvests, the treasures of gold and silver, are his gifts. Houses and lands, food and clothing, he has placed in the possession of men. He asks us to acknowledge him as the Giver of all things; and for this reason he says, Of all your possessions I reserve a tenth for myself, besides gifts and offerings, which are to be brought into my storehouse. This is the provision God has made for carrying forward the work of the gospel.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 5]          It was by the Lord Jesus Christ himself, who gave his life for the life of the world, that this plan for systematic giving was devised. He who left the royal courts, who laid aside his honor as Commander of the heavenly hosts, who clothed his divinity with humanity in order to uplift the fallen race; he who for our sake became poor that we through his poverty might be rich, has spoken to men, and in his wisdom has told them his own plan for sustaining those who bear his message to the world.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 6]          The Lord has devised this plan because it is best for us. Satan is constantly working to foster in men worldliness, covetousness, and avarice, that he may ruin their souls, and hinder the work of God. The Lord is seeking to cultivate in us gratitude and liberality. He desires to free us from selfishness, which is so offensive to him, because so contrary to his character. In carrying out God's plan, men may, by his grace, so relate themselves to him and to their fellow men that they will be registered in the books of heaven as co-laborers with Christ in the great plan of redemption.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 7]          Not only does the Lord claim the tithe as his own, but he tells us how it should be reserved for him. He says, "Honor the Lord with thy substance, and with the first-fruits of all thine increase." This does not teach that we are to spend our means on ourselves, and bring to the Lord the remnant, even though it should be otherwise an honest tithe. Let God's portion be first set apart.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 8]          The directions given by the Holy Spirit through the apostle Paul in regard to gifts, present a principle that applies also to tithing: "On the first day of the week let every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him." Parents and children are here included. Not only the rich, but the poor, are addressed. "Every man according as he purposeth in his heart ［through the candid consideration of God's prescribed plan］, so let him give; not grudgingly, or of necessity; for God loveth a cheerful giver." The gifts are to be made in consideration of the great goodness of God to us.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 9]         And what more appropriate time could be chosen for setting aside the tithe and presenting our offerings to God? On the Sabbath we have thought upon his goodness. We have beheld his work in creation as an evidence of his power in redemption. Our hearts are filled with thankfulness for his great love. And now, before the toil of a week begins, we return to him his own, and with it an offering to testify our gratitude. Thus our practice will be a weekly sermon, declaring that God is the possessor of all our property, and that he has made us stewards to use it to his glory. Every acknowledgment of our obligation to God will strengthen the sense of obligation. Gratitude deepens as we give it expression, and the joy it brings is life to soul and body.  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, October 2, 1906 par. 10]          The duty and privilege of systematic giving to the cause of God is a matter that should by no means be neglected by ministers. God has called them to watch for souls as they that must give an account. He has commissioned them to bear his message to the churches. They should see that none are left in ignorance concerning this subject. They should seek to impress the people with a sense of their entire dependence upon God, and their accountability to him for all his benefits.                               (Concluded next week.)  {SW, October 2, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 1]       October 9, 1906 A Test of Gratitude and Loyalty No. 2  Mrs. E. G. White         God has given special direction as to the use to which the tithe should be devoted. He does not design that his work shall be crippled for want of means. That there may be no haphazard work and no error, he has made our duty on all these points very plain. The portion that God has reserved for himself is not to be diverted to any other purpose than that which he has specified. Let none feel at liberty to retain their tithe, to use according to their own judgment. They are not to use it for themselves in an emergency, nor to apply it as they see fit, even in what they may regard as the Lord's work. God has shown honor to men in taking them into partnership with himself in the great work of redemption. He expects his agents to labor not against him, but in unison with him, that his treasury may be supplied.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 2]          The minister should, by precept and example, teach the people to regard the tithe as sacred. Let him not give his influence to any plans for diverting from their legitimate use the tithes and offerings dedicated to God. Let them be placed in the Lord's treasury, and held sacred for his service as he has appointed.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 3]          The tithe is God's portion, not at all the property of man, and the Scripture declares that he who withholds it is guilty of robbery. Who, then, will stand with clean hands before the Lord?  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 4]          Consider the prophecy of Malachi in connection with Daniel, Zephaniah, Haggai, and Zechariah. Let the teaching of these books be carefully investigated, also the building of the temple, and the temple service. Through the prophets, God has given a delineation of what will come to pass in the last days of this earth's history; and the Jewish economy is full of instruction for us.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 5]          The offering of beasts did not cleanse away sin, but was a symbol of the great and complete sacrifice that was to be made for the sins of the whole world. The rivers of blood that flowed at the harvest thanksgiving, when sacrifices were offered in such large numbers, were meant to teach a great truth. For even the productions of the earth, the bounties provided for man's sustenance, we are indebted to the offering of Christ upon the cross of Calvary.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 6]          God teaches us that all we receive from him is the gift of redeeming love. From his instruction to Israel, he would have us learn that he has made ample provision for the poor to receive the comforts of this life, and also for the gospel to be carried to all those who are perishing in their sins.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 7]          The whole sanctuary service was designed to impress the people with the fact that the things which God has set apart for himself are holy. They were ever to observe the distinction between the sacred and the common. Holy things must be kept holy.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 8]          The period of our probation is fast closing. Soon our opportunity to give the last message of mercy to the lost will be forever past. The help of every one that loves Jesus is now needed in the Lord's work. Let there be no idlers in the Master's vineyard. Let there be no robbery of God in tithes and offerings, which are needed to sustain his cause.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 9]          Those who are laborers in word and in doctrine will have all that they can possibly do in improving their God-given charge; "Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season, reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long suffering and doctrine." The minister's wife may be a great help to her husband in seeking to lighten his burden if she keeps her own soul in the love of God.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 10]          "The liberal deviseth liberal things; and by liberal things shall he stand."  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 11]          "There is that scattereth, and yet increaseth; and there is that withholdeth more than is meet, but it tendeth to poverty." The promise to those who honor God with their substance still stands upon record on the sacred page. If the Lord's people had faithfully obeyed his directions, the promise would have been fulfilled to them. But when men disregard the claims of God, plainly set before them, the Lord permits them to follow their own way, and reap the fruit of their doings. Whoever appropriates to his own use the portion that God has reserved, is proving himself an unfaithful steward. He will lose not only that which he has withheld from God, but also that which was committed to him as his own.  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 11}
[SW, October 9, 1906 par. 12]          Let all study with special care the third chapter of Malachi. That chapter contains warning and instruction in righteousness for every soul. The Lord is still testing us to see whether we will prove faithful servants. He is calling upon his people to consider his goodness, to respond to his mercy, and to give proof of their loyalty by bringing all the tithes into his storehouse." "Prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it."  {SW, October 9, 1906 par. 12}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 1]      October 16, 1906 Conformity to the World    Mrs. E. G. White         Christians, whatever may be their field of labor, whatever part of the Lord's vineyard is assigned them, cannot be in conformity to the world. The world's ways are not God's ways. There must be no obliteration of the line of demarcation given us by Jesus Christ, to separate between Christians and the world, thus bringing down the truth to a common level, and dishonoring the God who at an infinite sacrifice sent his Son into the world. There must be no betrayal of holy trust on the part of any who profess to be children of God.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 2]          There is no safety for the child of God unless he daily receives a new and fresh experience in looking unto Jesus. By beholding him day by day, he will reflect his image, and thus represent his divine attributes. His only safety lies in daily placing himself under the guidance of God's word, in daily bringing his course of action to the test inquiry, "Is this the way of the Lord?" A divine life will represent Jesus Christ, and will be antagonistic to the customs, practices, and standards of the world.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 3]          We need, as Christians, to keep Jesus ever before us, looking unto him, the "author and finisher of our faith." Every soul who is seeking to become a joint heir with Jesus Christ must consider that his special work during this testing period is to study the character of Christ, and conform to that character. He cannot do this in his own strength; but through the abundant grace given of God, daily improvement will be made.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 4]          Satan, on the one side, is striving to press you into his service; Christ, on the other, is seeking to win and draw you to himself. You cannot become victor over Satan's devices without fierce conflicts with inclination. Satan, striving for the mastery, is determined to conquer. Every faculty is to be strictly guarded and held loyal to God. This is the way of the Lord, to bring self under severe discipline, constantly keeping the eye fixed on Jesus. Through his grace, the striving one comes out of the conflict with temptation with clearer views, rejoicing in a new and elevated strength and power, because he makes the Lord "first, and last, and best in everything."  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 5]          The religious life is simply abiding in Christ. To flash out brightly now and then under the praise of the world is not the religion of Jesus Christ. Science, so-called, human reason, and poetry, cannot pass as revelation, although it is Satan's plan that these things shall become first in human minds. Those souls that have not realized that the follower of Christ must subordinate every power that has been bestowed upon him to the will of God, will be drawn into the nets which Satan has carefully woven for their inexperienced feet. They cannot see that it is required of them to bring every thought into captivity to Christ. This restraint is to them a galling yoke. They are found, in the place of conformity to the revealed will of God, opposed in heart and practice to his requirements.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 6]          Unless these souls are willing to become as clay in the hands of the potter, to be molded into such vessels as God can use, they will always show a deformity of character, will always bear the marks of a vessel unto dishonor. They will never receive the finishing touch of immortality. Such characters would, in their deficiency, mar heaven.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 7]          God requires the training of the mental faculties. They need to be so cultivated that we can, if necessary, set the truth before the most intelligent. The converting power of God upon heart and character is also needed every day. There must be self-discipline on the part of every one who claims to be a child of God; for it is in this way that the mind and will are brought into subjection to the mind and will of God. Decided discipline in the cause of the Lord will accomplish more than eloquence and the most brilliant talents. An ordinary mind, well trained, will accomplish more and higher work than the most educated mind and the greatest talents, without self-control.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 8]          Soundness in the faith means more than many discern. It means to correct every error that exists in our thoughts and actions, lest we corrupt the word of God.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 9]          There are needed for this time well-balanced minds, healthy, wholesome Christians; but many who profess Christ have a sickly experience. Separated and consecrated to Jesus Christ, the soul finds joy and peace. Christ does not leave us in our weakness and inefficiency, but, gathering us in the arms of his mercy, binds us to his great heart of infinite love.  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, October 16, 1906 par. 10]          "Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid." "I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you." "And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus." Here is Christ's work; will you co-operate with him? "Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things."  {SW, October 16, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 1]       December 4, 1906 Led by the Spirit  Mrs. E. G. White         This I say then, Walk in the Spirit, and ye shall not fulfil the lust of the flesh. For the flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh: and these are contrary the one to the other: so that ye cannot do the things that ye would. But if ye be led of the Spirit, ye are not under the law. Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these: Adultery, fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, envyings, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and such like: of the which I tell you before, as I have also told you in time past, that they which do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God. But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance: against such there is no law. And they that are Christ's have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another." Galatians 5:16-26.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 2]          In the first six of these verses there is presented the class that cannot enter into the kingdom of God. Those who do the things here specified, shall not inherit that kingdom. But there is presented another class, who can and will enter the kingdom of God, who will have a right to enter there; and they are persons who are seeking a moral fitness to stand around the great white throne in white robes of character. In the day of their probation they realize the importance of the work to be done, and take hold of it intelligently and understandingly. They make it a personal work, an individual work.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 3]          "The fruit of the Spirit is love." This is the very thing for which we are to labor. If we have the love of Christ in our souls, as a natural consequence we shall have all the other graces, -- "joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance," and "against such there is no law." The law of God does not condemn and hold in bondage those who have these graces, because they are obeying the requirements of that law. They are law-keepers, and therefore they are not under the bondage of the law.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 4]          Some time ago, when we were passing through Oswego, N.Y., we saw two stern officers guarding two men who were chained together and carried in their hands large leaden balls. We did not come to the conclusion that they had been keeping the laws of the state of New York, but that they had been breaking them, and that they could not walk at liberty because they were transgressors of the law. We were trying to live in harmony with all the laws of the state of New York and with the law of God, and we were walking at liberty; we were not under the bondage of the law. If we live in harmony with the life of Christ, and with the law of which his life was a living example, we are not, we cannot be, under the bondage of the law.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 5]          There are two courses of action that we may pursue. One course leads us away from God, and shuts us out of his kingdom, and in this path are envyings, strife, murder, and all evil deeds. In the pursuance of the other course of action will be found joy, peace, harmony, and love. Love--that is what we are to cherish; what we most need is the love of God in our hearts. We are more destitute of this precious boon than of anything else. When divine love is in the heart, it will reveal itself; it will surely go out to others. It will be seen in the words, in the very expression of the countenance.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 6]          Not long since I heard a sick child say that some one did not love him. He was asked why he said so. "How do you know that he does not love you?" "Why, I can just tell as soon as I look at him that he does not like me; I know he doesn't love me." A child reads the very look in the eye, and understands the expression of the countenance. Is it a marvel to us that a child can tell who are his friends; that he knows that certain persons are fond of him? Then it should not take us many months to tell whether the love of Christ is in our heart, whether it is overflowing from it.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 7]         When the love of Christ is enshrined in the heart, like sweet fragrance it cannot be hidden. The holy influence, reflected through the character, will be manifest to all.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 8]          We see the restlessness of the world, their dissatisfaction and ambitious longings. They want something they do not possess. They want excitement and amusement. But for the Christian there is joy, there is peace; he has gentleness, meekness, forbearance, and patience; and to these we want to open the door of our heart, cherishing the heavenly graces of the Spirit of God.  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, December 4, 1906 par. 9]          Let me call your attention to Peter's ladder of eight rounds: "Add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ."  {SW, December 4, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 1]       December 18, 1906 The Importance of Searching  the Scriptures  Mrs. E. G. White         As a book of study, the Bible is superior to all other books as a means of strengthening the intellect. What fields of thought the youth may here find to explore. The mind may go deeper and still deeper in its research, gathering strength with every effort to comprehend truth; and yet there is an infinity beyond.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 2]          What subjects are presented in the Sacred Scriptures for the mind to dwell upon. Where can be found higher themes, or themes so intensely interesting? Where in all the round of human science can be found anything that will compare with the Bible in interest and sublimity, anything that will so call out the mind in deep and earnest thought?  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 3]          Open the Bible to our youth, draw their attention to its hidden treasures, teach them to search for its jewels of truth, and they will gain from their research such strength of intellect as the study of science and of philosophy could not impart. The grand subjects upon which the Bible treats, the dignified simplicity of its inspired utterances, the elevated themes which it presents to the mind, the light, sharp and clear, from the throne of God, enlightening the understanding, will develop the powers of the mind to a degree that is truly marvelous.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 4]          Through the divine Word, the inspired history of the race is placed in the hands of every individual. All may become acquainted with our first parents, as in holy innocence they stood in Eden, enjoying communion with God and sinless angels. They may note the introduction of sin, and trace its results upon mankind, following step by step down the track of sacred history as it records the story of man's disobedience and impenitence and God's just retribution for sin.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 5]          The reader may move through the most inspiring scenes. He may hold converse with patriarchs and prophets; he may behold Christ, who was equal with God and the Commander in heaven, coming down to humanity, and working out the plan of redemption, breaking off from man the chains wherewith Satan had bound him, thus making it possible for him to regain his godlike manhood. This is a subject that may well call out our deepest thought and most earnest affections.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 6]          If they fulfil the purpose of God, even the most experienced Christians will be continual learners in the school of Christ, that they may become efficient teachers. And it is impossible to teach without learning. We cannot explain and enforce the great truths of the Bible without seeing clearer light ourselves. Our own views will be enlarged, and the effort to make the words of God plain to others will fasten them in our own minds.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 7]          Men may have enjoyed a training in the schools, and may have become acquainted with the writings of great theologians; yet truth will open to the mind and impress it with new and striking power, as the Bible is searched and pondered, with an earnest, prayerful desire to understand its sacred truths.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 8]          Let the mind grasp the stupendous truths of revelation, and it will never be content to employ its powers upon frivolous themes it will turn with disgust from the trashy literature and idle amusements that are demoralizing the youth of today. Those who have communed with the poets and sages of the Bible, and whose souls have been stirred by the glorious deeds of the heroes of faith, will come from these rich fields of thought far more pure in heart and elevated in mind than if they had been engaged in studying the most celebrated secular authors, or in contemplating and glorifying the exploits of the world's Pharaohs and Herods and Caesars.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 9]         The powers of the youth are mostly dormant, because they do not make the fear of God the beginning of wisdom. The Lord gave Daniel wisdom and knowledge because he would not be influenced by any power that would interfere with his religious principles. The reason why we have so few men of mind, of stable and solid worth, is that they think to find greatness while disconnecting from God.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 10]          The period of our mortal existence is preparatory to the life which measures with the life of God. And because man was born for a higher, nobler life than that which so many develop, God would have him enlarge his capabilities, availing himself of every privilege that would enable him to cultivate and strengthen the understanding.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 11]          The Sacred Word is the voice of God to man. If we will but let it speak to us, it will teach us what nothing else can teach. If made the rule of life, it will elevate, refine, and sanctify.  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 11}
[SW, December 18, 1906 par. 12]          The Command of Christ comes to us with the same force as when addressed to the first disciples eighteen hundred years ago. "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of me."  {SW, December 18, 1906 par. 12}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 1]       December 25, 1906 The Coming Crisis    Mrs. E. G. White         With unerring accuracy the Infinite One keeps an account with all nations. While his mercy is offered with calls to repentance, this account will remain open; but when a certain limit which God has fixed is reached, the ministry of his wrath begins. The account is then closed; divine patience ceases; there is no more pleading for mercy in their behalf.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 1}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 2]          The prophet, looking down the ages, had our time presented before his vision. The nations of this age have been the recipients of unprecedented mercies. The choicest of Heaven's blessings have been given them; but increased pride, covetousness, idolatry, contempt of God, and base ingratitude, are written against them. They are fast closing up their account with God.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 2}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 3]          The days are fast approaching when there will be great perplexity and confusion in the religious world. There will be gods many and lords many; every wind of doctrine will be blowing; and Satan, clothed in angel robes, would deceive, if it were possible, the very elect.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 3}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 4]          The universal scorn thrown upon true piety and holiness, leads those who have not a living connection with God to lose their reverence for his law. And as the disrespect for the divine law becomes more manifest, the line of demarcation between its observers and the world and a world-loving church will become more distinct. Love of God's precepts increases with one class, according as contempt for them increases with the other.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 4}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 5]          The great I AM is vindicating his law. He is speaking to those who make it void in storms, in floods, in tempests, in earthquakes, in perils by land and by sea. Now is the time for his people to show themselves true to principle.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 5}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 6]          We are standing on the threshold of great and solemn events. The Lord is at the door. Upon the Mount of Olives the Saviour rehearsed the scenes that were to precede this great event: "Ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars," he said. "Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows." While these prophecies received a partial fulfilment at the destruction of Jerusalem, they have a more direct application in the last days.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 6}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 7]          John and the other prophets also were witnesses of the terrible scenes that will take place as signs of Christ's coming. They saw armies mustering for battle, and men's hearts failing them for fear. They saw the earth moved out of its place, the mountains carried into the midst of the sea, the waves thereof roaring and troubled, and the mountains shaking with the swelling thereof. They saw the vials of God's wrath opened, and pestilence, famine, and death come upon the inhabitants of the earth.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 7}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 8]          Already the restraining Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the world. And hurricanes, tempests, disasters by sea and land, follow each other in quick succession. Science seeks to explain all these. The signs thickening around us, telling of the near approach of the Son of God, are attributed to any other than the true cause. Men cannot discern the sentinel angels restraining the four winds that they may not blow until the servants of God are sealed; but when God shall bid his angels loose the winds, there will be such a scene of his avenging wrath as no pen can picture.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 8}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 9]          A crisis is just upon us; but God's servants are not to trust to themselves in this great emergency. In the visions given to Isaiah, Ezekiel, and John, we see how closely heaven is connected with the events transpiring upon the earth. We see the care of God for those who are loyal to him. The world is not without a ruler. The program of coming events is in the hands of the Lord. The Majesty of heaven has the destiny of nations, as well as the concerns of his church, in his own keeping.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 9}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 10]          God has revealed what is to take place in the last days, that his people may be prepared to stand against the tempests of opposition and wrath. Those who have been warned of the events before them are not to sit in calm expectation of the coming storm, comforting themselves that the Lord will shelter his faithful ones in the day of trouble. We are to be as men waiting for their Lord, not in idle expectancy, but in earnest work, with unwavering faith. It is no time now to allow our minds to be engrossed with things of minor importance.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 10}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 11]          While men are sleeping, Satan is actively arranging matters so that the Lord's people may not have mercy or justice. The Sunday movement is now making its way in darkness. The leaders are concealing the true issue, and many who unite in the movement do not themselves see whither the under-current is tending. Its professions are mild, and apparently Christian; but when it shall speak, it will reveal the spirit of the dragon. It is our duty to do all in our power to avert the threatened danger. We should bring before the people the real question at issue, thus interposing the most effectual protest against measures to restrict liberty of conscience. We should search the Scriptures, and be able to give the reason for our faith. Says the prophet, "The wicked shall do wickedly, and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand."  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 11}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 12]          The important future is before us. To meet its trials and temptations, and to perform its duties, will require great faith, energy, and perseverance. But we may triumph gloriously; for not one watching, praying, believing soul will be ensnared by the devices of the enemy. All heaven is interested in our welfare, and waits our demand upon its wisdom and strength. Every opposing influence, whether open or secret, may be successfully resisted, "not by might nor by power, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts." God is just as willing now as anciently to work through human efforts, and to accomplish great things through weak instrumentalities. We shall not gain the victory through numbers, but through full surrender of the soul to Jesus.  {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 12}
[SW, December 25, 1906 par. 13]          Now, while mercy still lingers, while Jesus is making intercession for us, let us make thorough work for eternity.                                                    -    {SW, December 25, 1906 par. 13}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 1]       January 1, 1907 "Forgive as Ye Would be Forgiven"    Mrs. E. G. White         Many things that do not appear in a correct light will be made plain in the day of the Lord; but the question of forgiveness needs not to be interpreted. If a brother errs, forgive him if he asks you. If he is not humble enough to ask, forgive him in your heart, and express your forgiveness in words and actions. Then the weight of his sin will not in any degree rest on you.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 2]          If thy brother "trespass against thee seven times in a day, and seven times in a day turn again to thee, saying, I repent, thou shalt forgive him." And we are not only to forgive seven times, but until seventy times seven. Just as often as God forgives us, we are to forgive one another -- "considering thyself," Paul cautions, "lest thou also be tempted."  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 3]          There is never a time when it is right for you or me to say, "I will not forgive my brother; I will not walk in harmony with him." He who does this places himself in opposition to the teachings of Christ. If your brother does you an injustice ignorantly, and then holds out the hand of fellowship, saying, "If I have erred and have done you an injury, forgive me," and you draw away from him, refusing to forgive, you turn away from the great Counselor, and need yourself to repent and be forgiven.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 4]          If your brother injures you knowingly, and afterward repents, saying, "Forgive me," it is not for you to refuse to forgive because you do not think that he feels humble enough, and does not mean what he says. You have no right to judge him, for you cannot read the heart.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 5]          One man is never to say to another, "When I see that you have reformed, then I will forgive you." This is in accordance with human nature, but it is not God's plan. By showing that you do not desire fellowship with your brother, you not only hurt his soul and your own, but you wound and bruise the heart of Christ.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 6]          Little heed is paid to the instruction Christ has given. His people come to him in prayer, asking favors, while at the same time they are cherishing hatred against their brother, not only thinking, but speaking evil of him. God cannot bless them; for they refuse to put out of the way that which causes discord and variance. They would not appreciate the blessing of God, should he give it to them as they desire.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 7]          Christ points his followers to the path of self-sacrifice and self-surrender. How much better it would be if they would humble themselves under the mighty hand of God, seeking to remove everything that hinders pure, loving fellowship. Those who do this not only help themselves, but help their brethren and sisters, clearing away the cloud of misunderstanding which Satan throws across the pathway.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 8]          My brethren and sisters, prepare the way, that you may come to God and be forgiven. It is not your brother's sin you are to confess, but your own. In doing this, you are making straight paths for his feet, and softened and subdued, he will fall on the Rock, and be broken. And the Lord will look with pleasure on the offering brought to him.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 9]          Study the Saviour's words: "Except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case"--whatever your position --"enter into the kingdom of heaven." The righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees was of a selfish character, consisting of external forms. The righteousness which God requires is internal. The heart must be purified, else Christ cannot be enthroned there: then the life must be conformed to the will of God.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 10]          It is no marvel that the church is not vivified by the Holy Spirit's power. Men and women are setting aside the instruction Christ has given. Anger and covetousness are gaining the victory, and the soul temple is full of wickedness, so that there is no room for Christ. Men, unheeding the words of the Saviour, follow their own perverse ways. They take themselves into their own hands, rejecting reproofs and warnings, until the candlestick is moved out of its place, and spiritual discernment is confused by human ideas. Men set the law of God aside to follow the light of their own imagination.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 11]          All who love Jesus will search the Scriptures, that they may know and do his will. In God alone is our strength. In quietness and forbearance we shall conquer. Those who reveal the patience of Christ will obtain deliverance. They will share in the triumph of their Master. "Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city."  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 1]       January 1, 1907 Extracts from Testimonies Concerning A  Sanitarium at Washington, D. C.    "No Time to be Lost"        "May God help us to develop plans so that our youth can become genuine medical missionaries. . . . We have before us the work of establishing a medical institution near Washington."  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, January 1, 1907 par. 2]       January 1, 1907 Extracts from Testimonies Concerning a Sanitarium at Washington, D. C.       "No time is to be lost. Call for the best talent, and make arrangements for conducting a nurses' training-school. All that can be done, should be done, to make a deep impression in favor of the truth for this time. Place at the head of this institution one who can be trusted. Obtain facilities for giving treatment, and secure God-fearing youth as your helpers."-- Letter of Instruction, dated Aug. 27, 1903.  {SW, January 1, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 1]       January 8, 1907 God's Sign  Mrs. E. G. White         God saw everything that he had made, and "behold, it was very good. And the evening and the morning were the sixth day." "And on the seventh day God ended his work which he had made; and he rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it; because that in it he had rested from all his work."  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 2]          "And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily my Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you." "It is a sign between me and the children of Israel forever."  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 3]          God gave the Sabbath to his people to be a continual sign of his love and mercy and of their obedience. As he rested on this day and was refreshed, so he desired his people to rest and be refreshed. It was to be a constant reminder to them that they were included in his covenant of grace. Throughout your generations, he said, the Sabbath is to be my sign, my pledge, to you that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you, that I have chosen you and set you apart as my peculiar people. And as you keep the Sabbath holy, you will bear testimony to the nations of the earth that you are my chosen people.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 4]          During their bondage in Egypt, the children of Israel lost their knowledge of the true Sabbath, and with it their knowledge of the Creator. God called his people out of Egypt, and in the wilderness gave them his law, the expression of his character and authority. From Mount Sinai he spoke the commandments in an audible voice, and then wrote them with his own finger on tables of stone, thus denoting their enduring character. In this law God declared, "The seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God; in it thou shalt not do any work; . . . for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it."  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 5]          Before the law was given from Sinai, God wrought a miracle each week to impress the people with the sanctity of the Sabbath. He rained manna from heaven for their food, and each day they gathered this manna, but on the sixth day they gathered twice as much as usual, according to the directions of Moses.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 6]          "And the children of Israel did eat manna forty years, until they came to a land inhabited; they did eat manna, until they came unto the borders of the land of Canaan." Thus for forty years God worked each week a miracle before his people, to show them that his Sabbath was a sacred day.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 7]          The children of Israel were erecting the tabernacle in the wilderness, and haste was necessary; but the word came to them: "Verily my Sabbaths ye shall keep." Though the work on the tabernacle must be carried forward with expedition, the Sabbath must not be employed as a working day. Even the work on the Lord's house must give way to the sacred observance of the Lord's rest-day. Thus jealous is God for the honor of his memorial of creation.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 8]          The Sabbath is a token between God and his people. It is a holy day, given by the Creator to man as a day upon which to rest, and reflect upon sacred things. God designed it to be observed through every age as a perpetual covenant. It was to be regarded as a peculiar treasure, a trust to be carefully cherished.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 9]          As we observe the Sabbath, let us remember that it is the sign which heaven has given to man that he is accepted in the Beloved; that if he is obedient, he may enter the city of God, and partake of the fruit of the tree of life. As we refrain from labor on the seventh day, we testify to the world that we are on God's side, and are striving to live in perfect conformity to his commandments. Thus we recognize as our sovereign the God who made the world in six days and rested on the seventh.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 10]          The Sabbath is the clasp which unites God and his people. But the Sabbath command has been broken. God's holy day has been desecrated. The Sabbath has been torn from its place by the man of sin, and a common working day has been exalted in its stead. In the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah is outlined the work God's people are to do. A breach has been made in the law, and this breach is to be repaired. The true Sabbath is to be restored to its rightful position as God's rest-day. The law is to be magnified and made honorable.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 11]          To those who do this work the Lord says, "Thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on my holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father, for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it."  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 1]       January 8, 1907 The Work in Washington    Time Already Lost        "If there is one place above another where a sanitarium should be established, and where gospel work should be done, it is Washington. We cannot estimate how great an influence would have gone forth from Washington in favor of the truth, had a sanitarium been established there twenty years ago. Above all places, this place should be worked. Satan is working there with all his might."  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 2]          "I present this to you as a matter that is stirring me mightily. One thing is certain: We shall not be clear unless we at once do something in Washington to represent our work. I shall not be able to rest until I see the truth going forth as a lamp that burneth.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 3]          "Our people far and near need to ask themselves how the Lord regards their neglect of important centers in America. There are many places in this country in which the truth has never been proclaimed. Many years ago there should have been a sanitarium in Washington D. C. But men have chosen their way in many things, and the places to which the truth should have found entrance by the establishment of medical missionary work, have been neglected."  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, January 8, 1907 par. 4]          "If there is any place in the world that should have the full rays of present truth, it is Washington, the city that is the very heart of this nation."--Mrs. E. G. White in letter written Oct. 14, 1903.                                                             J. S. Washburn.  {SW, January 8, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 1]       January 15, 1907 Gifts and Offerings         The end is fast approaching, and many of our churches are asleep. Let all now make it their chief business to serve the Lord. God has entrusted to his people the talent of means, some more and some less than others. With many the possession of wealth has proved a snare. In their desire to follow the fashions of the world, they have lost their zeal for the truth, and they are in peril of losing eternal life. In proportion as God has prospered them, men should return to him of the goods he has entrusted to their stewardship.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 2]          As members of the Lord's family we have a decided work to do. We must carefully examine our hearts to see if we are truly converted to God's service. Are we entirely free from worldly habits, ideas, and customs that are abhorrent to God?  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 3]     An Important Event        "Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me; and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in; behold, he shall come saith the Lord of hosts. But who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? For he is like a refiner's fire, and like fuller's soap; and he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver; and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord, as in the days of old, and as in former years. And I will come near to you in judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterers, and against false swearers, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not me, saith the Lord of hosts. For I am the Lord, I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed."  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 4]          Those who are living upon the earth when the intercession of Christ shall cease in the sanctuary above are to stand in the sight of a holy God without a mediator. Their robes must be spotless, their characters must be purified from sin by the blood of sprinkling. Through the grace of God and their own diligent efforts, they must be conquerors in the battle with evil. While the investigative judgment is going forward in heaven, while the sins of penitent believers are being removed from the sanctuary, there is to be a special work of purification, of putting away sin, among God's people on earth.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 5]     Robbing God        "Even from the days of your fathers ye are gone away from mine ordinances, and have not kept them. Return unto me, and I will return unto you, saith the Lord of hosts. But ye said, Wherein shall we return?"  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 6]          The Lord reveals to his people their special sin. "Will a man rob God?" he asks. "Yet ye have robbed me." Still the convicted of sin, the disobedient, inquire, "Wherein have we robbed thee?"  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 7]          Definite indeed is the Lord's answer: "In tithes and offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse; for ye have robbed me, even this whole nation. Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house and prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough to receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground, neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts. And all nations shall call you blessed; for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord."  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 8]          Here are important matters for our consideration. Read carefully the charge that God makes against those who have not fulfilled the conditions of their agreement with him. In his mercy, the Lord has bestowed rich bounties upon his people, and many have selfishly withheld from him the money for which he called. Let all carefully examine into their business relations with their Creator. Those who will not hesitate to deal treacherously with their Maker will certainly not hesitate to deal treacherously with their fellow-men.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 9]          I desire to impress upon all our people that God regards the withholding of tithes and offerings as robbery. We are merely stewards of God. We do not own the money that passes into our hands. In its disbursement we are to be co-laborers with Christ.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 10]         We should feel an intense interest in the advancement of the work of God. This work has already grown to large proportions, but it is to advance still more rapidly. We need many more laborers, and there must be with all a spirit of self-denial, in order to provide facilities for the carrying forward of the message into new fields. In many places the work has been greatly retarded because of the scarcity of means. The rebuke of God will rest upon those who do not come up to his help.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 11]          In the Southern field a beginning has been made, but there is still a great work to be done for all classes. We now call upon all who love Christ to help with their means the work of God in this needy field.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 12]     Laborers Needed        There should be among us an army of people who are prepared to open the Scriptures to many who are perishing in their sins. Let spiritually-minded men and women take hold of this work where they are. As they find opportunity, let them pray for those for whom they labor. All classes are to be reached. Poverty need not hinder any one from coming to Jesus. We should manifest a decided interest for those who are more wealthy, and endeavor to lead them to lay up their treasure in the heavens, an enduring substance, that will never perish.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 12}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 13]          Let our church-members take up such work where they are, and let all unite in sustaining the work in the regions beyond. Wonderful progress has already been seen, but we still have an exceedingly large work before us, a work that calls for self-denial and cross-bearing.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 13}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 14]     The Lord's Treasury Should Be Supplied        As we close the year 1906, I plead with my brethren and sisters to make their record right with God, and to be faithful in rendering to him his own in tithes and offerings. May God help each one to act his part in the work of saving souls.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 14}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 15]          In the Lord's treasury there should be sufficient means to give an adequate support to those who devote their time to the work of saving souls. Their just wages should not be begrudged them. Those who are willing to labor for the Master should not be allowed to lack for the necessities of life. They should be enabled to live comfortably, and also to have enough so that they can make donations to the cause of God; for it frequently happens that they are expected to take the lead in making offerings.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 15}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 16]         In the great work of warning the world, those who have the truth in the heart, and are sanctified through the truth, will act their assigned part. They will be faithful in the payment of tithes and offerings. Every church-member is bound by covenant relation with God to deny himself of every extravagant outlay of means. Let not the want of economy in the home life render us unable to act our part in strengthening the work already established, and in entering new territory.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 16}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 17]          Schools and sanitariums are to be established. These should be located out of the cities. Students should be fitted to engage in various lines of God's work. We have been greatly favored in securing land and buildings suitable for sanitarium work, at prices far below the original cost. Through the work done in these institutions, we may reach all classes, high and low. The work in behalf of the sick and suffering was ordained of God.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 17}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 18]     Following in Christ's Footsteps        Christ's chief work was in the preaching of the gospel to the poor. He chose to minister to the needy, the ignorant. In simplicity he opened before them the blessings they might receive, and thus he awakened their soul's hunger for the truth, the bread of life. Christ's life is an example to all his followers. It is the duty of every one who has learned the way of life to teach others what it means to believe in the word of God.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 18}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 19]          There are many in the shadow of death, who need to be instructed in the truths of the gospel. Nearly the whole world is lying in wickedness, yet we have words of hope for those who sit in darkness.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 19}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 20]          "The land of Zabulon and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up. From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand."  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 20}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 21]          From Christ's methods of labor we may learn many valuable lessons. He did not follow merely one method; in various ways he sought to gain the attention of the multitude; and then he proclaimed to them the truths of the gospel.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 21}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 22]          "And Jesus, walking by the sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And he saith unto them, Follow me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed him. And going on from thence, he saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father mending their nets; and he called them. And they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed him.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 22}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 23]          "And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. And his fame went throughout all Syria; and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them. And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan."  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 23}
[SW, January 15, 1907 par. 24]          Christians are not only to give freely of their means to sustain the Lord's work; wherever they are, they are to labor disinterestedly for souls. They themselves are to be sanctified through the truth, to be purified and cleansed from all pride and selfishness. Then they will be prepared to meet their solemn obligations to God, and to enlighten the minds of others who are in darkness regarding Bible truth. Not one thousandth part of what should be done is being done by those who understand the plan of salvation. Every true Christian is so to represent the plan of salvation in his own consistent life, and in his unselfish efforts in behalf of others, that no one to whom he has access may say, "No man careth for my soul."                                                               Ellen G. White.        Sanitarium, Cal., Dec. 6, 1906.  {SW, January 15, 1907 par. 24}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 1]       February 5, 1907 True Worth  Mrs. E. G. White         In his word the Lord has shown what man may become if connected with the Source of all wisdom. The soul of every one is precious. All heaven is interested in the plan of salvation, and its power is waiting our demand. We may choose wisely, and through Christ become more precious in the sight of God than the golden wedge of Ophir, or we may become as sounding brass and a tinkling cymbal; but if we do degenerate, we shall lose heaven with all its riches.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 2]          Character cannot be bought with gold; it cannot come to us by accident. Character is attained by individual effort, aided by the grace of Christ. It is formed by hard, stern battles with self. Conflict after conflict must be urged against hereditary tendencies.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 3]          If the character is left to be molded as chance may direct, it will become deformed and unlovely. In every one there are weak points, and Satan takes advantage of these. Temptations will thicken about the pathway; but the Lord will help those who ask him in sincerity. Then stand fast in the strength of Jesus. Swerve not from the right to gain favor or to avoid difficulty. Christians can afford to be straightforward, and firm as a rock to principle; and all the excellence of character we attain will be gained by moving in this straight line.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 4]          Be kind and considerate of others; but at the same time be frank and sincere, for the Lord despises dissembling. The standard of the world is not the criterion for the Christian: God and the right should be his motto. Truthfulness and frankness should be cherished. He should deal honestly and righteously in this present evil world.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 5]          We can go through the world but once; we cannot come back to rectify mistakes; therefore every move should be made with godly fear and careful consideration. Honesty and policy will not harmonize; either truth and honesty will triumph, or policy will prevail, and honesty cease to direct. The two principles cannot act together; they can never be in agreement.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 6]          These things will bear thoughtful consideration, close, critical examination. We are in the investigative judgment, and the work for the time is solemn heart-searching. The duty devolves upon every one to consider, to watch, and to pray. You are not bidden by the Lord to examine your neighbor's heart. Let your investigative powers be put to work to discover what is in your own heart, the defects in your own character, the work to be done in your own home.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 7]          The proving time has come, and angels are watching the development of character. How many, since they have professed Christ, have changed for the better? My brother, my sister, are you becoming more and more like Jesus, who is pure, undefiled, holy? Can your associates see in you the likeness of Christ? Can they see that you maintain in your dress, in your conversation, in your daily life, the simplicity of your Master?  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 8]          The ambition of every soul should be to make straight his paths, that the feet of others may not be led astray. But the anxiety with many is to shape their course to be admired of men. What value can Christians place on the praise and flattery of men who have no reverence for God nor love for his truth? The honor received from such persons is of no worth. We should not aim to receive the applause of the world, but to honor Him who is worthy of the heart's best and holiest affections. This is a worthy ambition, and it brings the highest reward; for God has promised, "Them that honor me I will honor."  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 9]          O how much the Spirit of Christ is needed by every one who has any interest or acts any part in the work of God. God would have every one make the most of his talents and opportunities, putting them to a wise use, with an eye single to his glory. But self must not gain the mastery. Hide yourself in Jesus, and let him appear as "the One altogether lovely," the chiefest among ten thousand.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, February 5, 1907 par. 10]          It is the duty and privilege of all to use reason as far as man's finite faculties can go; but there is a limit to man's resources. There are many things that can never be reasoned out by the strongest intellect, or discerned by the most penetrating mind. Philosophy cannot determine the ways and works of God; the human mind cannot measure infinity. Jehovah is the fountain of all wisdom, of all truth, of all knowledge. There are high attainments that man can reach in this life through the wisdom that God imparts; but there is an infinity beyond that will be the study and the joy of the saints throughout eternal ages. Man can now only linger on the border of that vast expanse, and let imagination take its flight. Finite man cannot fathom the deep things of God; for spiritual things are spiritually discerned. The human mind cannot comprehend the wisdom and power of God.  {SW, February 5, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 1]       February 12, 1907 Faithful and Slothful Servants  Mrs. E. G. White         All should endeavor to realize the shortness of time, and the solemnity and importance of the period in which we live. There is no time now to be spent in serving self, and in acquiring property for ourselves and our children. A change is to take place; a new order of things is to begin. The heavens are to be rolled together as a scroll; and then shall appear "the Son of man coming in the clouds with power and great glory." For "the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him; then shall he sit upon the throne of his glory."  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 2]          Then it is that "the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman and every freeman," will receive as their works have been. Solemn hour, when the servants are reckoned with, and recompense is awarded to all. There will be no second trial. Probation will close forever.  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 3]          All unbelief in regard to the claims of God's law here ceases; for it is by this standard that all are judged. Every eye then sees God, and every soul realizes what has proved his ruin. It is then seen and acknowledged that God's law governs all created intelligences. There are none to question the authority of the great Lawgiver. Scoffers no longer say, "Where is the promise of his coming?" neither do they wonder that a peculiar people believed in, and waited for, their Lord's appearing. His coming is the greatest event in the world's history; and those who have had respect to all his commandments, are then classed among the loyal and true, and rewarded with eternal life.  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 4]          Shall we not all be aroused before probation closes, to see that fidelity to Christ in this life will meet with a sure reward when he shall give to every man according as his works have been? The Lord plainly tells what he thinks of those who sit at ease, leaving others to do the work assigned them. They are represented by the slothful man in the parable of the ten talents. "I was afraid," he says, "and went and hid thy talent in the earth."  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 5]          And why did the delinquent do this? Here is his answer: "I knew thee that thou art a hard man, reaping where thou hast not sown, and gathering where thou hast not strewed." The Lord replies, "Out of thine own mouth will I judge thee, thou wicked servant. Thou knewest that I was an austere man, taking up that I laid not down, and reaping that I did not sow; wherefore then gavest thou not my money into the bank, that at my coming I might have received mine own with usury?"  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 6]          Then the sentence is pronounced: "Take the talent from him;" take away all my gifts and endowments, and all his opportunities for usefulness. For a time I lent him talents, and gave him opportunity to use them to my glory. He saw others at work, and might have joined them, and done much good; but he had no love for me or my service, and his life was spent in serving self. This indolent servant now sees that God's claims cannot be set aside with impunity.  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 7]          All have received talents, and all can use them in the service of the Master; but many choose to put skill, tact, perseverance, and energy into their business transactions. Too little is said to stir up these non-workers; but if anything is said, many pay no attention. The Lord Jesus is about to "be revealed in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ." But men neglect all the claims of Jehovah, disregard his holy law, disappoint his expectations in everything, and yet they feel that they are not the ones who will be punished at Christ's coming. How terrible is the self-deception of those souls who are at ease in Zion. They believe everything in God's word that flatters their self-love, but they heed not the warnings and denunciations that make them uncomfortable. Like the Jews, many mistake the enjoyment of their privileges for the benefit they should derive from them.  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 8]          It is a great step heavenward, not only to see and love the truth, but to carry it out in the daily life. How changed will a man become under its sanctifying influence! "Wherefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; behold, all things are become new." His words and deportment are such that it can in truth be said of him that he is a partaker of "the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust."  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 9]          As long as probation lasts, there will be work to do for the Master. In the church burden-bearers are needed -- not those who are trying to occupy the highest position, but those who are humble, earnest workers for Jesus. Fathers and mothers in Israel are everywhere needed, those who will honor God in their families, in the church, among unbelievers, and wherever they are. Think of different ones for whom you can manifest an interest, and in the fear of God make personal efforts to reach them. As long as, keeping self out of sight, and with heart filled with love, you labor to seek and to save that which was lost, the rich blessing of God will attend you.  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, February 12, 1907 par. 10]          May the converting power of God come upon the churches, that they may feel a burden for souls, for the souls for whom Christ died, and seek to save them before the day of God's wrath breaks over the world.  {SW, February 12, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 1]       February 19, 1907 "Come Out from Among Them, and  Be Ye Separate"  Mrs. E. G. White         The voice of the long-suffering Saviour invites us, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." To the needy, the fainting, those who are bowed down with burden and care and perplexity, the invitation is, Come. It is Christ's glory to encircle us in the arms of his mercy and love, and bind up our wounds. He will sympathize with those who need sympathy, and strengthen those who need strength.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 2]          There is life and peace and joy in Jesus Christ. He is the sinner's friend. In him there is power and glory and strength for all. If we believe that this power and glory are ours, and comply with the conditions laid down in his word, we shall be strong in the strength of the Mighty One.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 3]          But many professed Christians are well represented by the vine that is trailing upon the ground, and entwining its tendrils about the roots and rubbish that lie in its path. To all such the message comes, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty."  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 4]          There are conditions to meet if we would be blessed and honored by God. God has the first and highest claims upon his people. Set your affections upon him and upon heavenly things. Your tendrils must be severed from everything earthly. You are exhorted to touch not the unclean thing; for in touching this, you will yourself become unclean. It is impossible for you to unite with those who are corrupt, and still remain pure. "What fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial?"  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 5]          Will separation from the world, in obedience to the divine command, unfit us for the work the Lord has left us? Will it hinder us from doing good to those around us? --No; the firmer hold we have on heaven, the greater will be our power for usefulness. We should study the Pattern, that the spirit which dwelt in Christ may dwell in us. The Saviour was not found among the exalted and honorable of the world. He did not spend his time among those who were seeking their ease and pleasure. He worked to help those who needed help, to save the lost and perishing, to lift up the bowed down, to break the yoke of oppression from those in bondage, to heal the afflicted, and to speak words of sympathy and consolation to the distressed and sorrowing.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 6]          We are required to follow the Master's example. The more we partake of the spirit of Christ, the more we shall seek to do for our fellow men. We shall bless the needy and comfort the distressed. Filled with a love for perishing souls, we shall find our delight in following the footsteps of the Majesty of heaven.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 7]          The requirements of God are set plainly before us; the question to be settled is, Will we comply with them? Will we accept the condition laid down in his word -- separation from the world? This is not the work of a moment or of a day. It is not accomplished by bowing at the family altar and offering up lip-service, nor by public exhortation and prayer. It is a lifelong work. Our consecration to God must be a living principle, interwoven with the life, and leading to self-denial and self-sacrifice. It must underlie all our thoughts, and be the spring of every action. This will elevate us above the world, and separate us from its polluting influence.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 8]          All our actions are affected by our religious experience. If our experience is founded in God; if we are daily tasting the power of the world to come, and have the fellowship of the Spirit; if each day we hold with a firmer grasp the higher life, principles that are holy and elevating will be inwrought in us, and it will be as natural for us to seek purity and holiness and separation from the world, as it is for the angels of glory to execute the mission of love assigned them. Every one who enters the pearly gates of the city of God will be a doer of the word. He will be a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 9]          Probation is about to close. In heaven the edict will soon go forth, "It is done." "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be."  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 10]          Soon the last prayer for sinners will have been offered, the last tear shed, the last warning given, the last entreaty made, and the sweet voice of mercy will be heard no more. This is why Satan is making such mighty efforts to secure men and women in his snare. He has come down with great power, knowing that his time is short. His special work is to secure professed Christians in his ranks, that through them he may allure and destroy souls.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, February 19, 1907 par. 11]          If we would not commit sin, we must shun its very beginnings. Every emotion, every desire, must be held in subjection to reason and conscience. Every unholy thought must be instantly repelled. By faith and prayer all may meet the requirements of the gospel. None can be forced to transgress. Temptation, however strong, is never an excuse for sin. "The eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayers." Cry unto the Lord, tempted soul. Cast yourself, helpless, unworthy, upon Jesus, and claim this very promise. The Lord will hear. He knows how strong are the inclinations of the natural heart, and he will help in every time of temptation. Those who hunger and thirst for righteousness will be filled.  {SW, February 19, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 1]       March 5, 1907 Seeking the Lost  Mrs. E. G. White         Then drew near unto him all the publicans and sinners for to hear him. And the scribes and Pharisees murmured, saying, This Man receiveth sinners, and eateth with them." The Jewish leaders prided themselves on being God's chosen people; but they were full of selfishness and pride. When Christ came to them, they refused to receive him, because he did not flatter their pride nor indorse their opinions. They turned from him with scorn because he received publicans and sinners. By his ministry of mercy and compassion, Christ rebuked all pride and selfishness; therefore the Jews would have none of him. They were angry that the works they did to be seen of men did not awe or charm the great Teacher, or draw from him one word of approval. They flattered themselves, but Christ did not flatter them. He spoke against all vanity and pride as abhorrent to the Most High. It is the prayers of the humble and contrite that are heard and answered. God declares that he knows the proud afar off, but he says, "To this man will I look, even to him that is of an humble and contrite heart."  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 2]          The Pharisees could not bear to see the publicans following Christ and listening to his teaching with an interest that their teaching had never received. Hatred against the Saviour filled their hearts, and they said bitterly, "This Man receiveth sinners and eateth with them," implying that he chose these as his associates and was insensible to their wickedness.  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 3]          To this reproach Christ replied with the parable of the lost sheep. "What man of you," he said, "having an hundred sheep, if he lose one of them, doth not leave the ninety and nine in the wilderness, and go after that which is lost, until he find it? And when he hath found it, he layeth it on his shoulders, rejoicing. And when he cometh home, he calleth together his friends and neighbors, saying unto them, Rejoice with me; for I have found my sheep which was lost."  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 4]          The loss of the sheep makes it necessary for the shepherd, at any cost, to seek for it. "Doth he not leave the ninety and nine, and goeth into the mountains, and seeketh that which is gone astray?" Christ asked. The sheep has wandered from the fold, and the shepherd leaves the rest that he may seek for the lost one. It must be found, however dark the night or severe the tempest. At each step the shepherd calls the lost sheep by name, until in the distance he hears its faint and dying cry. In crevices and among the tangled briers he searches, until he finds it. Then carefully rescuing it from its peril, he places it on his shoulders, and goes home with rejoicing.  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 5]          "God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." By making this gift to save perishing souls, God has shown the value he places on human beings. Then should any one, high, or low, rich or poor, be treated with contempt? Satan has made it his study to lay the temple of God in ruins, to obliterate the image of God in man. And by yielding to sin, men have become defiled and corrupted. Christ came, clothing his divinity with humanity, that he might touch humanity, without extinguishing it by divinity. He came to save the lost sheep. He became a servant that by loving service he might uplift the lowly.  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 6]          More than eighteen hundred years ago Christ walked on this earth, a man among men, yet a God. Hear what he said, "I am come to seek and to save that which was lost." A solemn duty rests upon every one who believes in Christ to go outside the church and seek in every way to save souls. To be a Christian means to be Christlike, and upon all Christians rests the duty of working as Christ worked.  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 7]          Christ came to this world to represent the character of God as expressed in his law, and in human nature he lived that law. So our lives are to be spent in doing God's will. We have been made repositories of sacred truth; but this truth is of no value to us unless it is practiced in the daily life. Christians are to do thorough work. Instead of expending their time and means in working for those who already have been blessed with so many opportunities and privileges that they do not know how to appreciate them, let God's workers go into places where the truth has not been heard. Let earnest zeal and fervent piety be manifested in behalf of those who are in the darkness of error. Of those who work in this way Christ says, "Ye are laborers together with God." "Ye are the light of the world." "Ye are the salt of the earth." "Ye are my witnesses." "Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 8]          We are to exert a saving influence over those who are without God and without hope in the world. The pathway to the city of refuge is to be kept free from the rubbish of selfishness and sin. Those who profess to be following the Lamb of God are to take every stumbling-block out of the way. But too often those who claim to believe the truth lay stumbling-blocks in the way of others. They say that they know Christ, but in works they deny him. By their trifling conduct they hurt those they might have helped. They sin against God and lie against the truth, imperilling their own souls and leading others astray.  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, March 5, 1907 par. 9]          "Walk in wisdom toward them that are without, redeeming the time, because the days are evil." God's people are to be lights, shining amid the moral darkness of the world. By a godly life they are to show that the truth exerts an ennobling influence over them.  {SW, March 5, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 1]       March 12, 1907 Work While it is Called Today  Mrs. E. G. White         We are laborers together with God." Brethren and sisters, remember that it was your sins that made the cross of Calvary necessary, and that through Christ's sacrifice there, it is possible for you to live a new, transformed life. When you accepted Christ as your Saviour, you pledged yourselves to unite with him in an earnest, unwearying effort to seek to save the lost. You are to hold every power you possess as a precious trust to be used in God's service and to save souls.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 2]          "God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." At an immense cost, probation has been granted to human beings. At the day of judgment there will come to the lost a full realization of the meaning of the sacrifice made on Calvary. They will see what they have lost by refusing to be loyal. They will think of the high, pure association it was their privilege to gain. But it is too late! The last call has been made. The wail is heard, "The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved."  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 3]          The world is to see God in his followers. Life and immortality are brought to light through those who are one with Christ. It is our privilege to have the Spirit that is the wisdom of heaven. Those who have the Spirit, in whatever position they may be, the highest or the lowest place of service, will reveal in their lives the power of Christ's grace.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 4]          Truth alone is to be our watchword. Self is to be hidden. Christ alone is to appear, full of grace and truth.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 5]          We have only a little longer time in which to prepare for eternity. May the Lord open the closed eyes of his people, and quicken their dulled senses, that they may realize that the gospel is the power of God unto salvation to them that believe. I desire if possible to impress upon the hearts of Christians the importance of giving so pure and righteous a representation of God that the world shall see him in his beauty. I desire them to be so filled with the Spirit that dwells in him that the world shall have no power to divert them from the work of presenting to men the wonderful possibilities before every soul who receives Christ. My heart is so full of this matter that sleep departs from my eyes and slumber from my eyelids.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 6]          Each worker, while preserving his individuality, should seek to labor in harmony with every other worker. Each is to be united with his fellow-workers in bonds of Christian fellowship, and all are to be united with the Lord. The aim of every one is to be the advancement of the cause of truth. Each is to seek earnestly for the impartation of the Holy Spirit. Each is to look to Jesus, believing that he will receive the blessings he must have in order to be a strength to the work. Each may receive light from the Source of light. "Wait on the Lord: be of good courage, and he shall strengthen thine heart: wait, I say, on the Lord."  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 7]          All are to do their best. All are to keep looking to their Leader, studying the lessons he has given in his guidance of his people from the beginning. The experiences of Abraham, of Moses, of Daniel, contain lessons of great value to us at this time.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 8]          Those whom God chooses as his workers are not always talented, in the estimation of the world. Sometimes he selects unlearned men. These have a special work. They reach a class to whom others could not obtain access. Opening the heart to the truth, they are made wise in and through Christ. Their lives inhale and exhale the fragrance of godliness. Their words are thoughtfully considered before they are spoken. They strive to promote the well-being of their fellow men. They take relief and happiness to the needy and distressed. They realize the necessity of ever remaining under Christ's training, that they may work in harmony with God's will. They study how best to follow the Saviour's example of cross-bearing and self-denial. They are God's witnesses, revealing his compassion and love, and ascribing all the glory to him whom they love and serve.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 9]          Constantly they are learning of the great Teacher, and constantly they reach higher degrees of excellence, yet all the time feeling a sense of their weakness and inefficiency. They are drawn upward by their strong, loving admiration for Christ. They practice his virtues; for their life is assimilated to his. Ever they move onward and upward, a blessing to the world and an honor to their Redeemer. Christ says of them, "Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth."  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 10]          Such workers are to be encouraged. Their work is done, not to be seen of men, but to glorify God. And it will bear his inspection. The Lord brings these workers into connection with those of more marked ability, to fill up the gaps they leave. He is well pleased when they are appreciated; for they are links in his chain of service. And it is his desire that every human instrumentality engaged in work for him shall be recognized, however small may be the work he does.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, March 12, 1907 par. 11]          Men who are self-important, who are filled with the thought of their own superior abilities, overlook these humble, contrite workers; but not for one moment does God lose sight of them. He marks all that they do to help those in need of help. In the heavenly courts, when the redeemed are gathered home, they will stand nearest the Son of God. They will shine brightly in the courts of the Lord, honored by him because they have felt it an honor to minister to those for whom he gave his life.  {SW, March 12, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 1]       April 16, 1907 Self-Exaltation  Mrs. E. G. White         Self-exaltation is a dangerous element. It tarnishes everything it touches. It is the offspring of pride, and it works so ingeniously that, unless guarded against, it will take possession of the thoughts and control the actions. The Laodicean message must be proclaimed with power; for now it is especially applicable. Now, more than ever before, are seen pride, worldly ambition, self-exaltation, double-dealing, hypocrisy, and deception. Many are speaking great swelling words of vanity, saying, "I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing." Yet they are miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 2]          There are some who sincerely desire to serve God, and who in true penitence seek that they may find him. But there are also others who go on frowardly in their own way. The Lord says to them, "Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord." Let those who name the name of God search their hearts to see whether they be in the faith. Let them search the word carefully, reviewing the experience of God's ancient people.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 3]         "An angel of the Lord came up from Gilgal to Bochim, and said, I made you to go up out of Egypt, and have brought you unto the land which I sware unto your fathers; and I said, I will never break my covenant with you. And ye shall make no league with the inhabitants of this land; ye shall throw down their altars; but ye have not obeyed my voice: why have ye done this? Wherefore I also said, I will not drive them out from before you; but they shall be as thorns in your sides, and their gods shall be a snare unto you. And it came to pass, when the Angel of the Lord spake these words unto all the children of Israel, that the people lifted up their voice, and wept. And they called the name of that place Bochim; and they sacrificed there unto the Lord."  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 4]          The people bowed before God in contrition and repentance. They offered sacrifice, and confessed to God and to one another. The sacrifices they offered would have been of no value if they had not shown true repentance. Their contrition was genuine. The grace of Christ wrought in their hearts as they confessed their sins and offered sacrifice, and God forgave them.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 5]          The revival was genuine. It wrought a reformation among the people. They remained true to the covenant they had made. The people served the Lord all the days of Joshua, and all the days of the elders that outlived Joshua, who had seen the great works of the Lord. Their sins were repented of and forgiven, but the seed of evil had been sown, and it sprang up to bear fruit. Joshua's life of steadfast integrity closed. His voice was no longer heard in reproof and warning. One by one the faithful sentinels who had crossed the Jordan laid off their armor. A new generation came upon the scene of action. The people departed from God. Their worship was mingled with erroneous principles and ambitious pride.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 6]          "And the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord, and served Baalim. And they forsook the Lord God of their fathers, which brought them out of the land of Egypt, and followed other gods, of the gods of the people that were round about them, and bowed themselves unto them, and provoked the Lord to anger. . . . And the anger of the Lord was hot against Israel; and he said, Because that this people hath transgressed my covenant which I commanded their fathers, and have not hearkened unto my voice; I also will not henceforth drive out any from before them of the nations which Joshua left when he died: that through them I may prove Israel, whether they will keep the way of the Lord to walk therein, as their fathers did keep it, or not."  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 7]          The multitudes who were fed by Christ thought they loved him, until he told them that they cared more for the bread that perishes than for the bread of eternal life. The rich young ruler thought he loved the Saviour. He had listened to the gracious words that fell from his lips, and had seen his wonderful works. But when the Saviour said, "Sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven; and come and follow me," he went away sorrowful, clinging to his idol. He loved his riches more than he loved Christ. Simon the Pharisee thought he loved Jesus, until he found that the Saviour did not esteem his as highly as he did a poor, sorrowful, repentant woman.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 8]          With the Christian self-love, self-interest, must perish. There must be union with Christ. When on earth, he bound men to his heart by ties of love and devotion. He inspired hope and trust. He revealed in himself man's true ideal, and awakened a desire for its attainment; but he said no word to gratify curiosity or awaken selfish ambition.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 1]       April 16, 1907 "The Lord Loveth a Cheerful Giver"                                       Sanitarium, Cal., March 8, 1907.          I address the members of all our churches. We are living in a special period of this earth's history. A great work must be done in a very short time, and every Christian is to act a part in sustaining this work.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 2]          God is calling for men who will consecrate themselves to the work of soul-saving. Those who desire to be regarded by God as liberal should devote mind and heart -- the entire being -- to his service. When we begin to comprehend what a sacrifice Christ made in order to save a perishing world, there will be seen a mighty wrestling to save souls. O, that all our churches might see and realize the infinite sacrifice of Christ!  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 3]          As a people, we have been benumbed. Matters of but little importance have been brought in to absorb much means and precious talent. There are some whose hearts are responsive to the calls of God. But some are investing capital in enterprises that give no results in the salvation of souls. Such enterprises are snares of the enemy.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 4]          The great enemy of souls would be pleased if we were kept busy with things of but little importance, and so should lose our present opportunities for labor. We need now to awake out of sleep, and to labor earnestly to warn those in the highways and in the byways. Soon the work will be finished, and now is our time to labor with intense energy and untiring industry.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 5]          The judgments of God are in the earth, and, under the influence of the Holy Spirit, we must give the message of warning that he has entrusted to us. We must give this message quickly, line upon line, precept upon precept. Men will soon be forced to great decisions, and it is our duty to see that they are given an opportunity to understand the truth, that they may take their stand intelligently on the right side. The Lord calls upon his people to labor,--labor earnestly and wisely,--while probation lingers.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 6]          Among the members of our churches, there should be more house-to-house labor in giving Bible readings and distributing literature. A Christian character can be symmetrically and completely formed, only when the human agent regards it as a privilege to work interestedly in the proclamation of the truth, and to sustain the cause of God with means. The treasury must not be allowed to become empty, when there are such urgent calls for help from every part of the world.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 7]          Every church-member should cherish the spirit of sacrifice. In every home there should be taught lessons of self-denial. Fathers and mothers, teach your children to economize. Encourage them to save their pennies for missionary work. Christ is our example. For our sake he became poor, that we through his poverty might be made rich. He taught that all his followers should unite in love and unity to work as he worked, to sacrifice as he sacrificed, to partake of his sufferings, that they may be partakers of his glory.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 8]          The Lord now calls upon the members of the Seventh-day Adventist church in every locality to consecrate themselves to him, and to do their very best, according to their circumstances, to assist in his work. By their liberality in making gifts and offerings, he desires them to reveal their appreciation of his blessings, and their gratitude for his mercy.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 9]          My dear brethren and sisters, all the money we have is the Lord's. I now appeal to you, in the name of the Lord, to unite in carrying to successful completion enterprises that have been undertaken in the counsel of God, and that are waiting for their portion of the $150,000 fund which has been called for by the General Conference Committee.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 10]          Let not the work on the Nashville Sanitarium and the Takoma Park Sanitarium be hindered for lack of means. Let not the work of rebuilding at Huntsville be made difficult and burdensome because the necessary means is withheld. Let not those who are struggling to build up the other enterprises, great and small, that are needing the promised aid, become disheartened because we are slow to unite in making up the fund that is asked for. Let all our people arise, and see what they can do. Let them show that there is unity and strength among Seventh-day Adventists.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 11]          In the providence of God, some may gather more wealth than do others. The Lord blesses them with health, with tact and skill, that they may receive of his goods and bestow upon others. The possession of means brings a test of character. All have a responsibility according to that which they have received; and from those who possess wealth, the Lord looks for bountiful gifts. To those who desire to be baptized with the Holy Ghost, I would say, Take up the work of God where you are, and with your gifts help the work in places nigh and afar off.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, April 16, 1907 par. 12]          My dear brethren and sisters, let us every one make a covenant with God by sincere self-denial and self-sacrifice, that we may help in extending the truth to many places. The Lord will certainly bless all who do his will without murmuring or complaining.                                                               Mrs. E. G. White.  {SW, April 16, 1907 par. 12}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 1]       April 23, 1907 The Example and Teaching of Our  Redeemer  Mrs. E. G. White         Many see much to admire in the life of Christ. But true love for him can never dwell in the heart of the self-righteous. Not to see our own deformity is not to see the beauty of Christ's character. When we are fully awake to our own sinfulness, we shall appreciate Christ. The more humble are our views of ourselves, the more clearly we shall see the spotless character of Jesus. He who says, "I am holy, I am sinless," is self-deceived. Some have said this, and some even dare to say, "I am Christ." To entertain such a thought is blasphemy.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 2]          Not to see the marked contrast between Christ and ourselves is not to know ourselves. He who does not abhor himself can not understand the meaning of redemption. To be redeemed means to cease from sin. No heart that is stirred to rebellion against the law of God has any union with Christ, who died to vindicate the law and exalt it before all nations, tongues, and peoples. Pharisaic self-complacency and bold assumptions of holiness are abundant. There are many who do not see themselves in the light of the law of God. They do not loathe selfishness; therefore they are selfish. Their souls are spotted and defiled. Yet with sin-stained lips they say, "I am holy. Jesus teaches me that the law of God is a yoke of bondage. Those who say that we must keep the law have fallen from grace."  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 3]          Christ says, "Blessed are they that do his commandments." The heavenly benediction is pronounced upon those who keep the law. "They shall have right to the tree of life," the Saviour declares, "and shall enter in through the gates into the city."  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 4]          We must decide for ourselves whether or not these words will be spoken to us. A right decision will be revealed by action in harmony with the law of God. But we cannot possibly keep the commandments without the help of Christ. He alone can save us, by cleansing us from all sin. He does not save us by the law; but neither will he save us in disobedience to the law.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 5]          Christ draws us to himself because he has been lifted upon the cross of Calvary. He came to the world with the accumulated love of eternity. Sweeping away the exactions which had encumbered the law of God, he showed that the law is a law of love, an expression of the Divine Goodness. He showed that in obedience to its principles is involved the happiness of mankind, and with it the stability, the very foundation and framework, of human society.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 6]          The degree of our love for God depends upon the clearness and fulness of our conviction of sin. "By the law is the knowledge of sin." But so far is it from making arbitrary requirements, that it is given to men as a hedge, a shield. Whoever accepts its principles is preserved from evil. Fidelity to God involves fidelity to man. Thus the law not only points out sin, but it guards the rights, the individuality, of every human being. It restraints the superior from oppression, and the subordinate from disobedience. It insures man's well-being, both for this world and the world to come. To the obedient it is the pledge of eternal life; for it expresses the principles that endure forever.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 7]          In his work of redemption God is infinitely wise and just and good; and the more we see of the perils to which we have been exposed by sin, the more grateful we shall be for the deliverance he has wrought. But his plan for the redemption of the human race is not comprehended by the wisest of this earth. They may think and reason to the utmost of their ability; but they know almost nothing of the mysteries of the God who holds supervision over the universe.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 8]          God has worlds upon worlds that are obedient to his law. These worlds are conducted with reference to the glory of the Creator. As these inhabitants see the great price that has been paid to ransom man, they are filled with amazement. With intense interest they watch the controversy between Christ and Satan; and as this controversy progresses, and the glory of God shines brighter and brighter, they give praise to God.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 9]          And yet, because finite men can discern a little of God's marvelous power, they take the glory that belongs to the Creator. Oh, that the veil could be removed, and they could see beyond their wisdom! Every mouth would cease its boasting, and men would see the greatness of the plans of God.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, April 23, 1907 par. 10]          God intends that to the earnest seeker the truths of his word shall be ever unfolding. The mysteries it contains are not such because God has sought to conceal truth; the inability to understand is not in his purpose, but in our inability to understand. But it is impossible for any human mind to exhaust even one truth or promise of the Bible. One catches the glory from one point of view, and another from another point; yet we can discern only gleamings. The full radiance is beyond our vision. It will take eternity to unfold it all.  {SW, April 23, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 1]       May 21, 1907 "Prepare to Meet Thy God"  Mrs. E. G. White         Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning; and ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their lord, when he will return from the wedding; that when he cometh and knocketh, they may open unto him immediately. Blessed are those servants whom the Lord when he cometh shall find watching; verily I say unto you, that he shall gird himself, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them. And if he shall come in the second watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, blessed are those servants. . . . Be ye therefore ready also; for the Son of man cometh at an hour when ye think not."  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 2]          We are here warned not to defraud our souls of the privileges that the Lord has provided in order that we may be rich in faith, and heirs according to the promise. We are to watch vigilantly for the coming of the Lord. The first symptoms of spiritual slumber are to be sternly overcome. The first inclinations to spiritual indolence are to be firmly resisted. "Be sober, be vigilant," is the apostle's exhortation. Every moment is to be faithfully employed.  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 3]          The apostle says, "It is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure." Thus plainly is it stated that, co-operating with God, we are to work out our own salvation. And in this life of faith and devotion, "he that shall endure to the end, the same shall be saved."  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 4]          Those who would be ready to meet their Lord must keep their lamps filled with the oil of grace. It was a neglect to do this that distinguished the foolish virgins from the wise. They had lamps, but no oil; their characters could not stand the test. The wise virgins had not only an intelligent knowledge of the truth, but through the grace of Christ their faith and patience and love constantly increased. Their lamps were replenished by their vital connection with the Light of the world. And while the foolish virgins awoke to find their lamps burning dimly or going out in the darkness, the wise virgins, their lamps burning brightly, entered the festal hall; and the doors were shut.  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 5]          The oil with which the wise virgins filled their lamps represents the Holy Spirit. "The angel that talked with me," writes Zechariah, "came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep, and said unto me, What seest thou? And I said, I have looked, and behold a candlestick all of gold, with a bowl upon the top of it, and his seven lamps thereon, and seven lamps to the seven pipes, which are upon the top thereof. . . . Then answered I, and said unto him, What are these two olive trees upon the right side of the candlestick, and upon the left side thereof? And I answered again, and said unto him, What be these two olive branches, which through the two golden pipes empty the golden oil out of themselves? And he answered me and said, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my Lord. Then said he, These are the two anointed ones, that stand by the Lord of the whole earth."  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 6]          By the holy beings surrounding his throne, the Lord keeps up a constant communication with the inhabitants of the earth. The golden oil represents the grace with which God keeps the lamps of believers supplied. Were it not that this holy oil is poured from heaven in the message of God's Spirit, the agencies of evil would have entire control over men.  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 7]          When the call shall come, "Behold, the Bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him," those who have not received the holy oil, who have not cherished the grace of Christ in their hearts, will find, like the foolish virgins, that they are not ready to meet their Lord. They have not in themselves the power to obtain the oil, and their lives are wrecked. But if God's Spirit is asked for, if we plead, as did Moses, "Show me thy glory," the love of God will be shed abroad in our hearts. The golden oil will be given to us.  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, May 21, 1907 par. 8]          Now is the time to prepare for the coming of our Lord. Readiness to meet him cannot be obtained in a moment's time. Preparatory to that solemn scene there must be vigilant waiting and watching, combined with earnest work. So God's children glorify him. Amid the busy scenes of life their voices will be heard speaking words of encouragement, hope, and faith. All they have and are is consecrated to the Master's service. Thus they prepare to meet their Lord; and when he comes, they will say, with joy, "This is our God; we have waited for him, and he will save us. . . . We will be glad and rejoice in his salvation."  {SW, May 21, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 1]       June 11, 1907 "Abide in Me"  Mrs. E. G. White         In no way can Christ's disciples be cleansed but by obedience to the truth. The apostle Paul writes: "Christ also loved the church, and gave himself for it; that he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, that he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish." And Peter writes: "Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently; being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth forever." "Wherefore laying aside all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings, as new-born babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby; if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious."  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 2]          As the branch derives its nourishment from the vine, so all who are truly converted draw spiritual vitality from Christ. "Verily, verily, I say unto you," he declared, "Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For my flesh is meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed. He that eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth me, even he shall live by me. This is that bread which came down from heaven: not as your fathers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live forever. . . .  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 3]          "Many therefore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it? When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmured at it, he said unto them, Doth this offend you? What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was before? It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life. But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him. And he said, Therefore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father. From that time many of his disciples went back, and walked no more with him. Then said Jesus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away? Then Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? thou hast the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God."  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 4]          Thus Christ presents the false union with himself in contrast with the true. Those who have not a living connection with Christ may to outward appearance be in fellowship with him. Their names may be enrolled on the church books, but they are not members of his body. They do not bear fruit to the glory of God. "Ye shall know them by their fruits," Christ said. "Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them."  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 5]          Christ has provided means whereby our whole life may be an unbroken communion with himself; but the sense of Christ's abiding presence can come only through living faith. There must be a personal consecration to him. Self must be hid with Christ in God; then the grace received will be constantly imparted as a grateful offering to God. In this union Christ identifies himself with man before God and the heavenly universe. "But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name." Our sins are reckoned to Christ. His righteousness is imputed to us, and we are made the righteousness of God in him. Because of his atoning sacrifice, our prayers go up to the Father, laden with the fragrance of Christ's character, and, one with Christ, we are accepted in the Beloved.  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 6]          Christ's connection with his believing people is illustrated by the parable of the vine and its branches as by no other. We should study the lesson, that we may know what the parent stock is to the branch, and in what light the Lord regards those who believe and abide in Christ. Let all contemplate the completeness it is their privilege to have, and ask themselves the question, Is my will merged in Christ's will? Is the fulness and richness of the Living Vine -- his goodness, his mercy, his compassion and love -- seen in my life and character?  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, June 11, 1907 par. 7]          A blessing and a power will attend the labors of those who are thus joined to Christ by a living faith. They will experience a higher culture of mind and heart. Selfishness will be overcome. Their prayers will be more fervent. The quickening, sanctifying influence of the Holy Spirit will be poured out upon them, and they will be brought nearer to the kingdom of heaven.  {SW, June 11, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 1]       June 18, 1907 A Call To Service  Mrs. E. G. White         This is life eternal," Christ prayed, "that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent." There is in this prayer a greatness that no human language can express. Thousands upon thousands long for a knowledge of God. Some have a partial knowledge of him, but not the fulness of knowledge. Others, filled with unrest, long for something that they have not.  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 2]          Christ longed to help and save the perishing, and he expressed his longing in the words, "Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together. And herein is that saying true, One soweth, and another reapeth. I sent you to reap that whereon ye bestowed no labor: other men labored, and ye are entered into their labors."  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 3]          The labor for which Christ saw there was so much need was harvesting. Harvesters are few. The work of gathering in the grain takes tact and skill, that none be lost. Winnowers of souls are needed in every place where the standard of truth, on which is inscribed the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus, has been uplifted.  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 4]          "The harvest truly is great, but the laborers are few." When Christ made this statement, there were scribes and Pharisees, priests and rulers, in every city and town in the land. But the Saviour saw that these teachers were wholly unfitted to minister to the spiritual needs of the people. "Ye know not the Scriptures, neither the power of God," he said to them. Ye teach for doctrine the commandments of men.  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 5]          To every one God has committed a work. Each one is invited to take Christ's yoke and learn of him. Intensity is needed in the work of seeking to save those who are perishing out of Christ. Satan is intense in his efforts to deceive souls and gather them under his banner of apostasy and rebellion, and his helpers are without number.  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 6]          The Lord has a great work to be done. He has decisive battles to be fought, and he calls upon young men and women to fight for him, to consecrate themselves to his work. "I have written unto you, young men, "John says, "because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one.... Ye have an unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things. I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth."  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 7]          And the apostle Paul wrote: "Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God."  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 8]          It is God who implants his Spirit in the hearts of young men, leading them to fight for him against great odds. Thus he inspired Paul of Tarsus, who fought with all his intrusted capabilities for heaven's revealed truth, against apostates who ought to have upheld him. God's servants will have today to meet the same difficulties that Paul met. But Christ left the ninety and nine that he might seek and save the one lost sheep, and can we be justified in doing less?  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 9]         Sound an alarm throughout the length and breadth of the land. Tell the people that the day of the Lord is near, and hasteth greatly. Let none be left unwarned. Having heard the solemn warning of the third angel, we are debtors to others, to impart the truth to them.  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, June 18, 1907 par. 10]          We have no time to lose. The end is near. We must look our work fairly in the face, and advance as fast as possible in aggressive warfare. The powers of darkness are working with intense energy from beneath, and with stealthy tread Satan is advancing to take those who are now asleep, as a wolf taking his prey. God help us to give the warning now while we may, and with our eyes fixed on Jesus our Leader, press on to victory.  {SW, June 18, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 1]       September 24, 1907 Christ Our Redeemer  Mrs. E. G. White         Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith, lived not to please himself. Without humbling himself to the death of the cross, he could not have borne the penalty of transgression, and so he left heaven, and took his place in the ranks of fallen beings, enduring, for our sakes, suffering and abuse.  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 2]          It must have been a very severe ordeal for our Saviour to lay aside his royal robe and kingly crown, and clothe his divinity with humanity, coming to this world as a little child, to live a life of obedience in behalf of the sinful race. Lest we should make a mistake in regard to what the redeemed must be, he came to give in his life a revelation of the character God requires of his children. He came that we might have an example of what human nature may become by receiving him as a perfect Saviour. He came to show us that we may be Christlike. "As many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 3]          Before the foundation of the world was laid, the plan of redemption was devised. In heaven a mysterious voice was heard saying, "Sacrifice and offering thou wouldst not, but a body hast thou prepared me. . . . Lo, I come to do thy will, O God;" "yea, thy law is within my heart."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 4]          Think you not that Christ suffered loneliness of spirit, as, unrecognized and unhonored, he lived in the world that he himself had made? Who is he? Ask Isaiah. He will tell you:--  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 5]          "Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 6]          Ask him who was sent to announce his coming:--  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 7]          "In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wilderness of Judea, and saying, Repent ye: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. . . . I indeed baptize you with water . . . but He that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire; whose fan is in his hand, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and gather his wheat into the garner; but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 8]          Ask John, the beloved disciple.  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 9]          "In the beginning was the Word," he declares, "and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. . . . In him was life, and the life was the light of men. . . . And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 10]          We turn to Peter, and he declares of his Master,--  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 11]          "Thou art Christ, the Son of the living God."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 12]          We ask Christ himself who he is, and he replies,--  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 12}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 13]          "Before Abraham was, I AM." "The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son; that all men should honor the Son, even as they honor the Father."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 13}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 14]         We ask Paul, "Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel, traveling in the greatness of his strength?"  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 14}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 15]          With strength and assurance comes the answer, "Without controversy great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 15}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 16]          "Being in the form of God, he thought it not robbery to be equal with God: but made himself of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men: and being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 16}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 17]          In him "we have redemption through his blood, even the forgiveness of sins: who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature: for by him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by him, and for him: and he is before all things, and by him all things consist."  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 17}
[SW, September 24, 1907 par. 18]          Jesus is our great Exemplar, and in his life and death he taught the strictest obedience. He died, the just for the unjust, the innocent for the guilty, that the honor of God's law might be preserved, and yet man not utterly perish. If we are true servants of God, we shall follow our Saviour's example, and there will be no question in our minds whether or not we shall obey the divine law of ten commandments.  {SW, September 24, 1907 par. 18}
[SW, October 1, 1907 par. 1]       October 1, 1907 The Cheerful Giver Accepted  Mrs. E. G. White         This I say, He which soweth sparingly shall reap also sparingly; and he which soweth bountifully shall reap also bountifully. Every man according as he purposeth in his heart, so let him give; not grudgingly, or of necessity: for God loveth a cheerful giver." The Lord is our divine Creditor, and he has made us promises through the prophet Malachi that are very plain, positive, and important. It means very much to us whether or not we are rendering to him his own. He allows his stewards a certain portion for their own use, and if they will trade upon that which he claims, he will divinely bless the means in their hands. "Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, that there may be meat in mine house, and prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of hosts, if I will not open you the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to receive it. And I will rebuke the devourer for your sakes, and he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground; neither shall your vine cast her fruit before the time in the field, saith the Lord of hosts. And all nations shall call you blessed: for ye shall be a delightsome land, saith the Lord of hosts."  {SW, October 1, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, October 1, 1907 par. 2]          The only plan which the gospel has marked out for sustaining the work of God is one that leaves the support of his cause to the honor of men. With an eye single to the glory of God, men are to give to him the proportion which he has required. Viewing the cross of Calvary, looking upon the world's Redeemer, who for our sake became poor, that we through his poverty might be made rich, we shall feel that we are not to lay up for ourselves treasures on the earth, but to lay up treasures in the bank of heaven, which will never suspend payment nor fail. The Lord has given Jesus to our world, and the question is, What can we give back to God in gifts and offerings to show our appreciation of his love? "Freely ye have received, freely give."  {SW, October 1, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, October 1, 1907 par. 3]          How much more eager will every faithful steward be to enlarge the proportion of gifts to be placed in the Lord's treasure-house, than to decrease his offering one jot or tittle. Whom is he serving? For whom is he preparing an offering?--For the One upon whom he is dependent for every good thing which he enjoys. Those who are recipients of his grace, who contemplate the cross of Calvary, will not question concerning the proportion to be given, but will feel that the richest offering is all too meager, all disproportionate to the great gift of the only begotten Son of the infinite God. Through self-denial, the poorest will find ways of obtaining something to give back to God.  {SW, October 1, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, October 1, 1907 par. 4]          Were the thousand channels of selfishness cut off that now exist, and the means directed in the right channel, there would be a large revenue flowing into the Lord's treasury. No one can practice real benevolence without practicing genuine self-denial. Self-denial and the cross lie directly in the path of every Christian who is truly following Christ. Jesus says, "If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me." Will every soul consider the fact that Christian discipleship includes self-denial, self-sacrifice, even to the laying down of life itself, if need be, for the sake of him who has given his life for the life of the world?  {SW, October 1, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, October 1, 1907 par. 5]          Christians who view Christ upon the cross, are bound by their obligation to God because of the infinite gift of his Son, to withhold nothing which they possess, however dear it may be to them. If they possess anything that can be employed to draw any soul, no matter how rich, or no matter how poor, to the Lamb of God who taketh away the sins of the world, they are to use it freely for this purpose. The Lord employs human agents to be co-workers with him in the salvation of sinners.  {SW, October 1, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, October 1, 1907 par. 6]          The joy set before Christ, the joy which sustained him in all his sufferings, was the salvation of poor sinners. This should be our joy, and the spur of our ambition in the cause of our Master. In view of what Christ has done for us, and what he has suffered for sinners, we should, out of pure, disinterested love for souls, imitate his example by sacrificing our own pleasure and convenience for their good. In so doing we please God, and manifest our love and devotion to him as his servants. And he that is faithful to the end will reap the overcomer's sure reward.  {SW, October 1, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 1]       October 8, 1907 Unselfish Christian Effort  Mrs. E. G. White         John writes: "And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities."  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 2]         The words of this scripture are to be fulfilled. Soon the last test is to come to all the inhabitants of the earth. At that time prompt decisions will be made. Those who have been convicted under the presentation of the word, will range themselves under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. They will see and understand as never before that they have missed many, many opportunities for serving God. They will realize that they have not worked as zealously as they should to seek and save the lost, to snatch them, as it were, out of the fire.  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 3]          Soon the inhabitants of the world are to be arraigned before the judgment-seat of God, to answer for the deeds done in the body; and "Prepare to meet thy God" is the message we are everywhere to proclaim. The trumpet must give a certain sound. Clearly and distinctly the warning is to ring out, "Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen. . . . Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues."  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 4]          Our work has been marked out by our Heavenly Father. Taking our Bibles, we are to go forth to warn the world. We are to be God's helping hand in saving souls. We are to be channels through which his love can flow to the perishing. A realization of the greatness of the work in which we have the privilege of taking part, ennobles and sanctifies the true worker. He is filled with the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Nothing is drudgery to the one who submits to the will of God. "Doing it as unto the Lord" is the thought that throws a charm over the work that God gives him to do.  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 5]          The Lord's servants are to be "not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord." Listlessness and inefficiency are not piety. When we realize that we are working for God, we shall have a higher sense of the sacredness of spiritual service than we have ever had. This realization will put persevering energy into the discharge of every duty. True religion is intensely practical. In the saving of souls nothing but earnest, whole-hearted labor will avail. We are to make our every-day duties acts of devotion, constantly increasing in usefulness because we look at our work in the light of eternity.  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 6]          Only a little longer will the voice of mercy be heard; only a little longer will the gracious invitation be given, "If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink." God sends his warning message to people everywhere. Let his people work so harmoniously, so earnestly, that all will take knowledge of them that they have been with Jesus. Let them speak the words of "truth and soberness," words of reason and good sense.  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 7]          Do you, dear reader, realize your responsibility? Are you doing this work that God has given you to do? Is the love of Christ abiding in your heart, softening and subduing your words? Do you seek for the Holy Spirit's power, humbling yourself before God? Have you surrendered yourself to him for purification and sanctification? Do you pray earnestly for the heavenly power that alone can quell the quick-rising anger and check the hasty words? Have you put away all self-seeking? Are you doing your work faithfully? Do you give such evidence that you are working with Christ that no one can justly question the worth of your labor?  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, October 8, 1907 par. 8]          Draw your power from the highest Authority, the Lord Jesus Christ. He will aid you in your efforts to save those who are out of the fold. Remember that you are working for God, not for man. Plead earnestly for the power of God. Show a constantly increasing devotion to his service, and leave with him the measurement of your work.  {SW, October 8, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 1]       October 22, 1907 Christ's Sacrifice for Us  Mrs. E. G. White         The Lord created man pure and holy. But Satan led him astray, perverting his principles and corrupting his mind, turning his thoughts into a wrong channel. His purpose was to make the world wholly corrupt. But when the poor, condemned sinner was lying under the curse of the Father's broken law, Jesus so loved him that he gave himself for the transgressor.  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 2]          That he might accomplish his purpose of love, he became bone of our bone and flesh of our flesh. "As the children are partakers of flesh and blood, he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. For verily he took not on him the nature of angels; but he took on him the seed of Abraham. Wherefore in all things it behooved him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succor them that are tempted."  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 3]          "We see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honor; that he by the grace of God should taste death for every man. For it became him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through suffering."  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 4]          Christ redeemed man by the virtue of his blood. We cannot estimate the value of this precious ransom.  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 5]          Through the agency of the Holy Spirit, a new principle of mental and spiritual power was to be brought to man, who, through association with divinity, was to become one with God. Christ, the redeemer and restorer, was to sanctify and purify man's mind, making it a power that would draw other minds to himself. It is his purpose, by the elevating, sanctifying power of the truth, to give men nobility and dignity. He desires his children to reveal his character, to exert his influence, that other minds may be drawn into harmony with his mind. "As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in him, rooted and built up in him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. . . . For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principality and power."  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 6]          Christ might, because of our guilt, have moved far away from us. But instead of moving farther away, he came and dwelt among us, filled with all the fulness of the Godhead, to be one with us, that through his grace we might attain perfection. By a death of shame and suffering he paid our ransom. From the highest excellency he came, his divinity clothed with humanity, descending step by step to the lowest depths of humiliation. No line can measure the depth of his love.  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 7]          Christ has shown us how much our God can love and suffer in order to secure our complete restoration. The Son of God, in whom dwelt absolute perfection, became sin for the fallen race. He did not know sin by the experience of sinning, but he bore the terrible weight of the guilt of the whole world. He became our propitiation, that all who receive him may become sons of God. The cross was erected to save man. Christ uplifted on the cross was the means devised in heaven of awakening in the human soul a sense of the sinfulness of sin. By the cross Christ sought to draw all to himself. He died as the only hope of saving those who because of sin were in the gall of bitterness.  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 8]          To break down the barrier that Satan had erected between God and man, Christ made a full and complete sacrifice, revealing unexampled self-denial. He revealed to the world the amazing spectacle of God living in human flesh, and sacrificing himself to save fallen men. What wonderful love!  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 9]          To carry this truth to the inhabitants of the earth, to rescue them from their guilt and indifference, is the mission of the followers of Christ. Men must have the truth in order to be sanctified through it, and we are the channels of God's light. Our talents, our means, our knowledge, are not merely for our own benefit; they are to be used for the salvation of souls, to elevate man from his life of sin, and bring him, through Christ, to the infinite God.  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, October 22, 1907 par. 10]          The principle illustrated by the cross is to give, give. This principle, carried out in actual benevolence and good works, is the true fruit of the Christian life.  {SW, October 22, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 1]       November 5, 1907 A Call to Service  Mrs. E. G. White         Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together."  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 2]          True indeed are these words. Everywhere there are hearts crying out for the living God. The Lord has his representatives in all the churches, who have faithfully walked in all the light that has shone upon their pathway. They hunger to know more of the ways and works of God. All over the world, men and women are looking wistfully to heaven. Prayers and tears and inquiries go up from souls longing for light, for grace, for the Holy Spirit. Many are on the very verge of the kingdom, waiting to be gathered in. These demand the service of those to whom God has intrusted his truth.  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 3]          And those also who are dead in trespasses and sins demand our service. The man who is wholly absorbed in his countingroom, the man who finds pleasure at the gaming table, the man who loves to indulge perverted appetite, the frequenter of the theater and the ball-room, put eternity out of their reckoning. They are not in the procession that is moving heavenward, but are led by the great apostate, and if they continue in this path, they will with him be destroyed. All around us are souls perishing in their sins. Every year thousands upon thousands are dying without God and without hope of eternal life. The plagues and judgments of God are in the earth, and souls are going to ruin because the light of truth has not been flashed upon their pathway.  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 4]          The heart of God is moved. Souls are very precious in his sight. It was for this world that Christ wept in agony; for this world that he was crucified. God gave his only begotten Son to save sinners, and he desires us to love others as he loved us. He desires those who have a knowledge of the truth to impart this knowledge to their fellow men.  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 5]         Now is the time for the last warning to be given. There is a special power in the presentation of truth at the present time.  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 6]          The proclamation of the third angel's message is our work. We are to present the truth in regard to the Sabbath of the Lord. God's memorial of creation has been torn down and in its place there stands a false sabbath. Satan has led men to declare that this is the true Sabbath, and in the belief of this delusion millions are passing into eternity. But among many of those who ought to co-operate with him, there is a fearful lack of sympathy for souls unsaved. Unless our hearts beat in union with the heart of Christ, how can we understand the sacredness and importance of the admonition to "watch for souls as they that must give an account"? We talk of Christian missions. The sound of our voices is heard; but do we feel Christ's tender heart-longing for souls?  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 7]         Who can sympathize with Christ in his distress and anguish, as with quivering lips he exclaimed, "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not"? Who can say with Jeremiah, "Oh that mine head were waters, and mine eyes a fountain of tears, that I might weep day and night for the slain of the daughter of my people"?  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 8]          We are living in the closing scenes of this earth's history. Prophecy is rapidly fulfilling. The hours of probation are fast passing. We have no time--not a moment--to lose. Let us not be found sleeping on guard. Let no one say in his heart or by his works, "My Lord delayeth his coming." Let the message of Christ's soon return sound forth in earnest words of warning. Let us persuade men and women everywhere to repent, and flee from the wrath to come. Let us arouse them to immediate preparation; for we little know what is before us.  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, November 5, 1907 par. 9]          The Lord is soon to come, and we must be prepared to meet him in peace. Let us be determined to do all in our power to impart light to those around us. We are not to be sad, but cheerful, and we are to keep the Lord Jesus ever before us. He is coming soon, and we must be ready and waiting for his appearing. O how glorious it will be to see him, and be welcomed as his redeemed ones! Long have we waited, but our faith is not to become weak. If we can but see the King in his beauty, we shall be forever and forever blessed. I feel as if I must cry aloud, "Homeward bound." We are nearing the time when Christ will come with power and great glory, to take his ransomed ones to their eternal home.  {SW, November 5, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 1]       November 12, 1907 By What Authority?  Mrs. E. G. White         It was the last days of the Saviour's life on earth. The crucifixion was just at hand. But Jesus taught in the temple, "and the blind and the lame came to him," and "he healed them." Now "when the chief priests and scribes saw the wonderful things that he did, and the children crying in the temple, and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David, they were sore displeased." "And they spake unto him, saying Tell us, by what authority doest thou these things? or who is he that gave thee this authority?"  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 2]          Christ answered them by asking a question. "I also will ask you one thing," he said, "which if ye tell me, I in like wise will tell you by what authority I do these things. The baptism of John, whence was it? from heaven, or of men?"  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 3]          The priests and rulers were perplexed. "They reasoned with themselves, saying, If we shall say, From heaven; he will say unto us, Why did ye not then believe him? But if we shall say, Of men; we fear the people; for all hold John as a prophet. And they answered Jesus, and said, We cannot tell. And he said unto them, Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things."  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 4]          In his wonderful deeds of healing, Christ had answered the question of the priests and elders. He had given them evidence of his authority which could not be controverted. But it was not evidence that they wished. They were anxious that he should proclaim himself as possessing divine authority, that they might misapply his words, and stir up the people against him. They wished to destroy his influence and put him to death.  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 5]          Christ knew that if this people could not recognize God in him, they would not believe his assurance that he was the Christ. They had seen the sick healed, and the dead raised to life. They had witnessed the resurrection of Lazarus after he had been in the grave four days. The moral supremacy of Christ was revealed in all his words, in every work of love and power, but they recognized it not. They thought to take him by guile, and cause him to speak something that they could use to his condemnation. But Christ not only evaded the issue they hoped to bring about, but turned the condemnation upon them. In the purity and self-denial of John's life, they had felt the power of God. Conviction had been sent to every soul. If they would not heed John's warning, they would not heed the words of Christ.  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 6]          John had preached the coming of the Messiah. In trumpet tones the works of the forerunner of Christ had rung their ears: "There shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots. And the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord; and shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord and he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears; but with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips, shall he slay the wicked. And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loin and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 7]          "He saw that there was no man, and wondered that there was no intercessor: therefore his arm brought salvation unto him; and his righteousness, it sustained him. For he put on righteousness as a breastplate, and an helmet of salvation upon his head; and he put on the garments of vengeance for clothing, and was clad with zeal as a cloak. According to their deeds, accordingly he will repay, fury to his adversaries, recompense to his enemies; to the islands he will repay recompense. So shall they fear the name of the Lord from the west, and his glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy shall come in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord shall lift up a standard against him. And the Redeemer shall come to Zion, and unto them that turn from transgression in Jacob, saith the Lord."  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 8]         For ages the people of Israel had been separating themselves from God, and they had lost sight of precious truths which he had committed to them. Now they refused to do the work which God had appointed them in revealing Christ to an apostate world. They professed to be anxious to know the will of God, but they rejected the evidence that Jesus was the Messiah, which was given them in such abundance.  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 9]          If the rejecters of light in Christ's day had opened their hearts to the appeals of the Spirit of God, they would have sympathized with the purpose and work of Christ. They would have seen in him the antitype of all their sacrificial offerings. They would have been saved from the terrible doom pronounced upon them by the One who gave his life that they might live. Israel would have had a God to deliver them from the bondage of the Roman yoke,--a God who would have done more for them than a loving father could do for his child. Christ wept over the obdurate city, saying, "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them that are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not. Behold, your house is left unto you desolate."  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 9}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 10]          We have before us the example of the Jewish nation, who jealously cherished their self-righteousness. They had not that faith which works by love, and purifies the soul from all defilement.  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 10}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 11]          The truths of the Bible have again become obscured by custom, tradition, and false doctrine. The erroneous teachings of popular theology have made thousands of skeptics and infidels. There are errors and inconsistencies which many denounce as the teaching of the Bible, that are really false interpretations of Scripture adopted during the ages of papal darkness. Multitudes have been led to cherish an erroneous conception of God, as the Jews, misled by the errors and traditions of their time, had a false conception of Christ. "Had they known, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory."  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 11}
[SW, November 12, 1907 par. 12]          Let those who hear the message God sends today beware lest they follow the example of the self-exalted Jews. It is ours to reveal to the world the true character of God. Instead of criticising the Bible, let us seek, by precept and example, to present to the world its sacred, life-giving truths, that we may "show forth the praises of Him who hath called us out of darkness into his marvelous light."  {SW, November 12, 1907 par. 12}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 1]      December 17, 1907 The Christian's Relation to Christ    Mrs. E. G. White         I am the vine, ye are the branches," Christ says; "he that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for severed from me ye can do nothing." John 15:5, margin. The Jews had always regarded the vine as the most noble of plants, and a type of all that was excellent and fruitful. When Christ was about to take leave of his disciples, he gave them this cherished plant as a beautiful emblem of his relation to believers. He had been presenting before them the close union with himself by which they could maintain spiritual life when his presence was withdrawn. To impress this truth upon their minds, he illustrated it by using the vine as its most appropriate and striking symbol.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 1}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 2]          Can we conceive a closer, more intimate relation to Christ than is set forth in the words, "I am the vine, ye are the branches"? The fibers of the branch are almost identical with those of the vine. The communication of life, strength, and fruitfulness from the trunk to the branches is unobstructed and constant. Thus the root sends its nourishment through the branch. Such is the true believer's relation to Christ. He abides in Christ, and draws his nourishment from him.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 2}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 3]          All Christ's followers have as deep an interest in this lesson of the vine and its branches as had the disciples who listened to his words. In the apostasy, man alienated himself from God. The separation is wide and fearful; the power of evil is so identified with human nature that no man can overcome, except by union with Christ. But Christ has made provision again to connect us with himself, and through this union we receive moral and spiritual life and power.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 3}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 4]          A connection with Christ can be established only by the exercise of a personal, living faith. When this intimacy of connection and communion is formed, our sins are laid upon Christ, and his righteousness is imputed unto us. He was made sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in him. We have access to God through him; we are accepted in the Beloved. Such a union is enduring; every other union must perish.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 4}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 5]          "Severed from me ye can do nothing," Christ said. The branch cannot live separated from the vine; no more can we except we abide in Christ. "If a man abide not in me," Christ says, "he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned." But "he that abideth in me," "the same bringeth forth much fruit." We shall bring forth the fruit of righteousness, fruit that will bless men and honor and glorify God.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 5}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 6]          Christ is ever seeking to present before his followers the privileges that are offered to sinful, feeble humanity. He would teach them that only through him can it be restored to healthful growth. We are to bear in mind that the branches in the True Vine are the believers who are brought into oneness by connection with the Vine.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 6}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 7]          The connection of the branches with one another and with the Vine constitutes them a unity, but this does not mean uniformity in everything. Unity in diversity is a principle that pervades the whole creation. While there is an individuality and variety in nature, there is a oneness in their diversity; for all things receive their usefulness and beauty from the same source. The great Master Artist writes his name on all his created works, from the loftiest cedar of Lebanon to the hyssop upon the wall. They all declare his handiwork, from the lofty mountain and the grand ocean to the tiniest shell upon the seashore.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 7}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 8]          The branches of the vine cannot blend into each other; they are individually separate; yet every branch must be in fellowship with every other if they are united in the same parent stock. They all draw nourishment from the same source; they drink in the same life-giving properties. So each branch of the True Vine is separate and distinct, yet all are bound together in the parent stock. There can be no division. They are all linked together by his will to bear fruit wherever they can find place and opportunity. But in order to do this, the worker must hide self. He must not give expression to his own mind and will. He is to express the mind and will of Christ. The human family are dependent upon God for life and breath and sustenance. God has designed the web, and all are individual threads to compose the pattern. The Creator is one, and he reveals himself as the great Reservoir of all that is essential for each separate life.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 8}
[SW, December 17, 1907 par. 9]          Christian unity consists in the branches being in the same parent stock, the vitalizing power of the center supporting the grafts that have united with the Vine. In thoughts and desires, in words and actions, there must be an identity with Christ, a constant partaking of his spiritual life. Faith must increase by exercise. All who live near to God will have a realization of what Jesus is to them and they to Jesus. As communion with God is making its impress upon the soul, and shining out in the countenance as an illuminating light, the steadfast principles of Christ's holy character will be reflected in humanity.  {SW, December 17, 1907 par. 9}